bw. COWAN, 30 K 81, NEW BRIDGE STREET, LUDGATE CIRCUS, LONDON. — = = ‘ 2 4 - ETR A fy \ j \ C p% j ESSA ae o EE E T a ne UE E a SS Se se | eer a ee l (| $8450.95 : i IYS \ oai 1894-88 N y Vi | ; LLEEUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, 7 | > A PRACTICAL AND SCIENTIFIC a + of + Horticulture ee ee FOR GARDENERS AND BOTANISTS. EDITED BY GEORGE NICHOLSON, merae a m ai 7 Of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. i EEN a ‘i AssĪBTED BY Provaeies J. W. H. TRAIL, A.M., M.D., F.L.S., IN THE PARTS RELATING TO. INSECTS AND FUNGI; p AND J. GARRETT IN THE FRUIT, VEGETABLE, AND GENERAL GARDEN WORK PORTIONS. E3 Division I.—A To CAR. » PUBLISHED BY L. UPCOTT oud 170, STRAND, LONDON, W.C. GENERAL AGENT, Missour! BOTANICAS « GARDEN Linrars ia corn eae as MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. P.R EFACE. It is .to. be te that earnest efforts to attain Soong E rt ar sand ottia wi Hooker’s recenily-completed hes ; that work being the one . gs. i A species, I have is to ona ‘Sai hy eee and raa and to mn the names PREFACE. w science in which he has Ne Been spe cially “interested, and in whick? > is “undoubted authority. j z e ; i ; * appertains 4 to Florists’ E and for ae Gardes Work. on many special subjects — - Begonias may be cited as an example E for much assistance to Mr. W. Warsoy, also of*the Royal Gardens, Ke Miso, B. Hester, ALS, the article Begonia, in its entirety, was written by him. has, oe ae given me aid and. advice ; > aud] hiss to aicknowledge constant help ay ih i An Encyclopædia of Dorticulture. 3 p | Ss DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, The following are the Abbreviations used :—f. flowers; fr. fruit; rhiz. rhizomes; cau. caudex ; sti. stipes. The Asterisks (*) indicate plants that are especially good or distinct. l. leaves; h. height; deg. degrees ; A. In compound words from the Greek the initial a ; acaulis, without a stem, &e. S ROD. See Verbascum Thapsus. ABELE TREE. Nai Poplar. See Populus ABELIA sare] ile Dr. Clarke Abel, Physician to Lord Amherst’s Embassy to China, in 1817, ‘and author of a “Narrative of a Journey to China” (1818); died 1826). Sika, Caprifoliacee. tubular, funnel-shaped, five-lobed. Leaves petiolate, den- tately crenated. Well suited for the cold greenhouse, either s trellis or pot plants; free-flowering when well grown, and of easy culture. May be treated in sheltered and warm climates as hardy; and can be grown out of doors during summer in less favoured spots. Théy thrive ~ ina compost of peat and loam in equal parts, to which a * small quantity of silver sand may be added. Increased by cuttings in summer, and by layers in spring, under floribunda and rupestris, ee La ered).* . Tosy- urple, about 2in. long, clusters. March, l opposite, 0 oblong. h. 3ft. Mexico, ms best and freest flowering evergreen species. Sept C A sona pera small, in pairs at s of leafy ma a reddish oblong. h. 5ft. China, 1844. A shrub. ve pe yh lag > elgg id hairs. ber. ps ena has nsnaliy a privative meaning; as aphyllus, without BEARD. Se Hypericum caly- Very ornamental shrubs. r way; applied in natural history to species or genera that deviate from the usual characters of their : ABIES (from abeo, to rise; alluding to the iain habit of growth of the tree; or, according to some, from apios, a Pear-tree, in allusion to the form of the fruit). Spruce Fir. The synonymy of this genus is much confused, plants belonging to several genera being ho quently referred to Abies in nurserymen’s catalogues and gardening periodicals. ORD. Conifere. A -genus of © about twenty-five species, widely distributed over the — mountainous regions of the Northern hemisphere. Cones cylindrical, or but slightly tapering, erect; catkins gener- ally solitary; the carpels not thickened at the tip; and the leaves solitary, partially scattered in insertion, and = more or less two-ranked in direction. Seales deciduous, oe falling off as soon as the seed is ripe, leaving the axis on the tree. All the es bear seeds at a compara- tively sang age; most are perfectly hardy. For general lovely).* shoots rather rig “pated amabilis (o PL with prelen furrowed, with elom- don scattered, crowded, ljin. to 2in. long ; linear obtuse, dark above, silvery beneath. The cones are described as cylindric: and about bin. long. hk. 180ft. California, 1831. A conifer, very massive in appearance, i A. baborensis.* l. linear, dark silvery on surface, very numerous, those of E Tito r. ixanchen e ointed, and those of the aancha more ro obuso” so and p in. to lin. long. cones erect, cylindri i our or five, Sin. to Bin. long, and abou té reniform, ree bract. A. to ott. Algiers, 64, bag, e tin tree. Syn. A. Numidica alm of Gilead Balsam Fir).* pex aa =o Sunt wen z 4 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Abies— continued. lyin. in length ; lower ones longest, obtusely pointed or emar- ` , bright green above, with two silvery lines beneath. cones ginate 4in. long, purple. A. 120ft. introduced magnificent fir, with an erect stem, regularly whorled horizontal branches. A. bracteata (bracted).* 7. rigid, linear, flat, distichous, 2in. to 3in. long, bright glossy green Above, and glaucous beneath. cones about 4in. ig with the bracts developed into long rigid leaf-like linear spines, 2in. gg ad E cee curved inwards. h. 25ft. Southern California, 1 ry handsome tall slender tree, = put, owing to its very early sowie of 4 injured by the spring frosts, A, Brunoniana (Brown’s). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana. A. canadensis (Canadian). A synonym of Tsuga canadensis. — w shoots, it is much A. cephalonica es ere A l. subulate, flat, dark green | above, and silvery beneath, acute. cones erect, cylindrical, green when’ young, afterwards reddish, and brown when ripe, 5in. to 6in. in length, and about 14in. in diameter; scales broad, thin, and rounded, shorter than the bracts. h. 5Oft. to 60ft. Mountains of Greece, 1824. A. very desirable tree for growing in exposed situations. A, cilicica (Cilician). Z. linear, slightly curved or straight, lin. to lyin. long, dark greenabove, and glaucousbeneath, crowded, in two ranks. cones cylindrical, — yh a long ; scales broad, thin, entire, coriaceous. A. 40ft. Mount Taurus, in Asia This species seldom produces a good pomana tree in England, and cannot, therefore, be recommen cultivation. A. concolor (one-coloured).* J. linear, flat, obtuse, ms, glanoj green, distichously arranged 4 in double rows, those in th er rows 2in. to 3in. long, upper ones shorter, channelled Abao: cones © oq drical, obtuse stk At bane and top, ae to bin. long, Zin. to diameter ; scales numerous, im ricated , larger than the bracts. h. 80ft. to 150ft. California, &c., 1851. A very beautiful pec with yellow bark on the young i e SYNS. A. lasioca A, Parsonii. A, Douglasii (Douglas’). A synonym, ' Pseudotsuga Douglasii. _ A, dumosa (short-leaved). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana. Aana A oieee ihe oe mmc Afi 3 EB ae: obtae at eth e into yr ng ong imbri beari eaten ro th nae engl Fortune’ ’s). It is said that in its native country, its aspect is rather than handsome, and that but one living representative is believed to be in existence in this country—at Veitch’ ae rics SYN. Ketcleeria Fortunei. _ A. Fraseri (Fraser’s). Double Balsam Spruce Fir. 7. linear, emarginate, silvery beneath. cones oblong, squarrose, somewhat leafy, obcordate, mucronate, half e: ted, reflexed, h, 30ft. to 40ft. North Carolina, 1811. This species closely resembles A. - balsamea, from which it differs in having shorter and more erect Bian and smaller cones. encts, da, obtuse * J, in double rows, on each side of the heaton, obtuse, a pectinate, silvery beneath, from jin. to lin. long. cones lateral, solitary, c hpr ppe y obtuse Aae larmeto apex, ĝin. to. 5in. long, 2in. wide; bracts ovate, L’ A andso dentate, very short. h. d . Califor- ew nia, 1331. ome tree of symmetrical habit, and rapid At aa i Grosity-coned) Synonymous with A. concolor, A, MaETIRES Ctseniscent). * 7, densely crowded, two-rowed, lin. nearly 2in. long, olive green, very. glaucous on the upper pat < ince wie young, becoming duller with age, and marked with two silvery lines beneath. cones 6in. to Tin. long, 24in. to 3in. in it A fen lands tly species, wit a North California, erg at successive Sees ob je species, ve intervals, _linear-oblong, peat: apex AoA. in. to not qui! ovate, oblong, retuse. cones ji cylin a "Shin, to Sie long, 1}in. to 2in. wide, narrowed i at the base and sh urple; scales entire, nearly lin. wide, not so as wide. apan, 1879. A tall, pyramidal tree. A. Mertensiana (Merten’s), Synonymous with Tsuga Merten- ` siana. - i (vermilion). Synonymous with Picea eremita, ] (Morinda). Synonymous with Picea Morinda. 3 nobilis (noble).* 2 linear, mostly on Ausi ‘side of the branct short, acute, silvery beneath, 1 žin. long. cones i gy So a bain. long, 23in. broad, papain! 3s “Sata, moro long, and the t om ios 8 imbri Pg or “Ininutely bifid at the apex, o on young trees in two ro oe o base, lin. long, ee ee Japan, 1870. Ceea plants oan Abies—continued. ` anregen 4in. to bin. long, and ny to 23in. aie bracts e, coriaceous, three-lobed, frin tly exceeding the scales. k. 80ft. to 100ft. mime EC eei A magnificent and stately tree, of regular growth. A. Numidica (Numidian). Synonymous with A. baborensis. A. obovata (reversed-egg-coned), A synonym of Picea obovata. A. orientalis (eastern), Synonymous with Picea orientalis. | A. Parsonii (Parson’s). Synonymous with A. concolor. Fe. | A. pectinata (comb-like).* Z. linear, solitary, flat, obtuse, stiff, q turned-up at the points, two-ranked, 4in. to lin. long, shining | green above, with two lines of silvery white on each side of the E | midrib beneath. cones axillary, cylindrical, erect, 6in, to Bin. long, lżin. to 2in. broad, when ripe, brown; scales with a lo —_ l bractea, iin. to lin. long, and 1łin. broad. * h. 80ft. to 1 a very noble silver tir, of slow growth when young only. . Central F Europe, 1603. There are several unimportant varieties of this splendid species. A. Pindrow (Pindrow). In its native home, the Himalayas, this is jena! | beautiful tree, attaining the height of 150ft., but it jae merally failed in England, in comseunaay4 of our late spring rosts destroying the young growth. — It pomos, very near A, Webbiana, but is readily distin hed by its longer and acutely bidented leaves, and s er cones. A. Pinsapo (Pinsapo).* The Spanish Silver Fir. 1. linear, dered around the branches, nearly terete, and entire at the apex, not quite şin. long, bright green, With faint silvery lines on the inner side. rae sessile, oval, or oblong, 4in. to Stin. long, about’ 2in. wide; bracts short, concealed by the broad rounded scales, h. 60ft. to 80ft. South Spain, , 1839. A very magnificent species, very regular and symmetrical in habit. The one or two echt offered for sale are not desirabl e. = en 4in. Aesse I ft rere wn, cones sik note sr This is a UW species, pe ere Sat en tree for lawns. A. religiosa iene er ia he gee oblong. h. 100ft. to ] Oft. M A enol me species, but not hardy in Aae ETE | ae slightly more long, ea istad to Oe e side, rigi eT ear, : e, erect, ied bluntly ounded at the apex, 3in. long, lin. wide; scales transversely oblong, perime inflexed, denticulate; bracts 4in. wide, = long, ee" te, terminating in a reflexed angular point, exceeding the Seale. Japan, 1879. A tall pyramidal robust species. A: Schrenkiana (Schrenk’s). Synonymous with Picea Schrenk- iana. A. sibirica (Siberian), Like the last, this species is not recom- — mended ; its growth is very slow, even under the most favourable circumstances. Siberia. A. Smithiana (Smith’s). A synonym of Picea Morinda. &e., a tree 60ft. to 100ft. in hamt Has not been long eno: h ea English gardens for any decided opinion to be formed as merits as an ornamental tree. A. Tsuga (Tsugan). A synonym of Tsuga Sieboldi, koI (Veitch’s).* l. crowded, lateral oni A y haio istichous manner, those on the upper side m shorter and — S D henediere ‘sin. to lin. long, linear, flat, glaucous above, silvery th ; emarginate on the sterile brane! on the fertile ones. cones erect, sub-cylindrical, purplish 210 2żin. long, Zin. to nearly lin. wide; scales hi densely packed, each enclosing a 4 jong as the malo; CA Oe » Deseri as a perfectly hardy ; it should be planted on elevated arn | E. the south or south-east. _ A. Webbiana (Webb's) l two-rowed, linear, flat, obtusely long. cones cylindrical, Siin, to fin; sk -r scales kidney- l, im Maa., about lin, long, iculate. - TOR 18 90ft. Hima- dsomi dal tree, with ing horizontally, much divided, and (Williamson’s). A synonym of Tsuga Pattoniand. : ABOBRA (its Brazilian name). Orn. Qucurbitacee. species in cultivation is a very pretty half-hardy only climbing perennial, having a fleshy root about 1ft. or more — eA surface of tho soil. It thrives well in warm sunny spots, and in a light soil; seeds may be sown in pots be agas out about the middle of ay AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 8 © Abobra—continued. tuberous roots may be stored during winter in a green- house or frame. See also Gourds. een-flowered). ale green, f nt; femalés ed by Ans oval scarlet rier which are about tas large asa > Ey l. dark green, glossy, much divided into narrow segments, ~ South America. A rapid growing plant, admirably adapted for - training over arbours or trellis-work. It isa very pretty form of ornamental gourd. ë ABORTION. An imperfect formation, or the non- formation of an organ; any fruit or produce that does not come to maturity, or anything which fails in its progress before it is matured, frequently from a defect in the male or female flowers. ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA. See berry or Magpie Moth. ABRICOCK. A former mode of writing r ABROMA (from a, not, and broma, food ; from its un- wholesomeness). ORD. Sterculiacew. Handsome, free- Sonaria evergreen trees, with hairy lobed leaves, and extra axillary or terminal few-flowered peduncles. Of easy. i alihi a dlrs temperature, in loam and peat soil. Propagated or cuttings, the former sown in March, latter sale tai anaes Lalt-ipened wood, and placed gy s bel th-stalked).* fl. purple, drooping. A. (smoo' ‘augue Weer cordate, three to five lobed; upper, ovate- lanceolate, undivided. h. oft. East India, 1770. A. fastuosa (prickly-stalked). jl. dark purple. June. J. lower, 4 cordate, acutely five lobed; upper, ovate, entire. h. 10ft. New a. Holland, 1800. _ ABRONIA (from abros, delicate; referring to its in- volucrum). Sand Verbena. ORD. Nyctaginacee. A small genus of seven species, mostly natives of California, four of which only are known in general cultivation. They are Goose- Fic, 1. ABRONIA guns iatiihowing Flower and Habit. dwarf trailing habit, producing showy blossoms in } verbena-like clusters. Corolla funnel- shaped ; limb They succeed best in light sandy soil, in a posi- ; if well drained, the rockery is perhaps Increased by seeds, the outer skin of which off before sowing; sow during autumn in and keep in a frame until the follow- be placed in their flowering set in spring, and also in _ A. arenaria (sand-lovin acl p> ers a Rg oean yeas ta e aa f. pale purple, bu Abronia—continued. fragrans ( (fragrant).* ure white, in terminal and axilla clusters, very delicately Ea am inh expanding in the andin. May. 1865. A perennial, more or less erect in growth, taming large branching tufts from lft. to 2ft. high. Imported seeds only of this species will grow. A. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of A. arenaria. A. pulchella (pretty). Jl. pink. July. A. 6in. 1848. A, rosea (rose-coloure: ñ. rose-coloured, June. &. 6in, 1847, An unimportant specie A. umbellata (umbel- flowered).* fl. rosy me in mem terminal clusters, slightly scented. April. l oval or oblong h. bin, to 24in. 1823. An elegant prostrate half-hard ; but under eg a culture it isa perennial. SYN. Epiru p akar ag ABRUPT. Suddenly terminating, as abruptly pinnate; when pinnate leaves are without a terminal or odd leaflet. ABRUS (from abros, soft, in reference to the extreme softness of the leaves). ORD. Leguminosæ. A very orna- mental and delicate much branched deciduous stove climber, whose roots have the virtues of the common liquorice. Leaves abruptly pinnate, bearing many pairs of leaflets. Requires a strong heat to keep it in a growing, healthy condition, and to flower it well; and thrives best in sandy loam. Increased by cuttings under a hand glass, in sand, or seeds raised in heat. -shaj anean Pn black s spot at the base, ‘od i by the dhi: o rig rosaries, whence the name. March to : l. leaflets ligulate, ong. h. 12ft. East Indies, 1 : Varieties are now then met with having rose coloured or white flowers. ABSORPTION. The action by which liquids and gases become incorporated with various bodies, molecular or other invisible means, to which function all parts of a growing plant contribute, the roots more especially. ABUTA (native name). ORD. AS ~ E strong growing ornamental stove evergreen climber. Used medicinally in Cayenne. Flowers diccious, | males racemosely panicled; females loose sar simply racemose. It grows freely in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings will root readily if planted in a pot of — sand, with a hand glass placed ofan thom, in heat. About half-a-dozen species are known, — the oute og Aido dark perp Hepp hae ag h. 10ft. Cayenne, 1820. ae ABUTILON (Arabic name for a paint aua to the Marsh Mallow). ORD. Malvacee. Very showy, de- corative, and free-growing shrubs, both for the greenhouse and outside culture. Calyx naked, five-cleft, usually — angular; style multifid at apex. The many beautiful hybrids (of which Fig. 2 represents a group) now in cultivation, far supersede the true species. Culti- vation: Few plants are more easily grown, and worthy of liberal treatment than these. The best soil for them is equal parts turfy loam, peat, and leaf mould, with — some gritty sand. They may either be grown in pots or planted out; but in all cases thorough drainage is indis- pensable, as they require an abundance of water, and stag- nancy must be guarded against. At the end of May the may be planted outside, when they will flower p: through thesummer. Ina free growing and flow i they enjoy weak manure water. From the latte autumn till early spring they may be kept al conservatory out injury, though in a warm ; : struck plants will go on flowering th ae pes part of the winter; or plants may be specially prepared for winter flow They are admirably adapted for forming standards ‘of various heights, iin 2ft. to 6ft. Some of the taller sorts are very useful for taie andi A, THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, > Abutilon — continued. of the young wood, at almost any season; the best time, however, is early spring and September. Inserted in pots, in a compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, loam, and sand, and placed in a temperature of from 65deg. to 70deg., they wili then quickly root, and form good plants. Seeds may be sown in pans filled with soil as recommended for cuttings, and placed in a similar temperature. Those fol- lowed by a dagger (t) are the best for training to pillars, roofs, &c. A. Bedfordianum (Bedford’s). fl. yellow and red. November. l. deeply-lobed. A. 15ft. Brazil, 1838. A. Darwini (Darwin’s).t* fl. bright orange, with darker veinings, fine cupped form. April. l. large, broad. h. 4ft. Brazil, 1871. A handsome species, of good habit, equally suitable as a stove or greenhouse plant during winter, and for outdoor culture dur- ing summer months, There are a great number of garden hybrids from this. A. globiflorum (globe-flowered). f. solitary, large, globose,cream-coloured. November. /. on long stalks, cordate, pezat, h. 4ft. to 5ft. Mauritius, A.igneum (bright). Synonymous with A, insigne, A. insigne (handsome-fiowered).* f. large, purplish crimson, with dark venation, in axillary pendulous racemes; petals short, broad, much reflexed. Winter. 1 @arge, cordate, thick, rugose Stem deep green, with short brown hairs. A. 6ft. New Grenada, 1851. Syn. A. igneum. See Fig. 3. A. segnpetiious (hig river).t* f small, bell- ped, sopie beautiful, Fms sepals being T petals owl ae ye and stamens dark brown. Au and winter. l. small, pointed. A. 3ft. Rio Grande, 1864. A free-flowering species, with a drooping habit ; the shoots should well — in during spring. Syn. A. vezil- rium. A. pæoniflorum (pzony-flowered). E pink, smaller than those of A. insigne, but very distinct. January. l. large, ovate. h. 6ft. Brazil, 1845. A. pulchellum (pretty).t* /. white, on few- A rered axillary racemes. July. l cordate, unequally crenated, downy beneath. A. 8ft. Habit very branching. New Holland, 1824. A. striatum (striped).* fl. orange yellow, with a thick veining of blood-red, on long curving stalks. l. large, lobed, on long slender petioles. Brazil, 1837. A free grower, and makes an excellent greenhouse plant. In sheltered posi- tions, in the south-west of England, this species prne to be almost bardy. It requires to be freely pinched. A very continuous bloomer. Thompsoni ompson’s). fl. striated yellow, large. T Samea lL small, vine-like, richly mottled with yellow and dark green. edt. or 4ft. Habit very neat and erect. A. venosum (veined).+* A. orange, with red veins, very large, shaped, din. long; pedicels nearly 12im. long. July. l large, deeply palmate. R. 10ft. splendid species is distinguished by its unusually large fiowers. A. vexillarium (standard), Synonymous with A. megapotami- cum. vitifolium (vine-leaved).* f porcelain blue, large, cu ‘ gh l cordate, five to seven lobed, assuming, towards the autumn, a fine golden hue. A. Xft. Chili, 1837. This fine shrub. - or tree, is hardy in Ireland and the south of England, but should have a protection from frost. It is not a fast grower. The following are some of the best varieties, which, although they do not include all the newest sorts, yet afford à good selection of first-rate kinds, which will give general satisfaction. They are arranged according to their respec- tive colours. Those marked with a dagger (+) are best for roofs and pillars. AUREUM GLOBOSUM,* flowers flowered. deep orange, per red shaded, of medium size, with good form and sub- stance ; DARWINI MAJUS,* bright orange, deeply veined, extremely Red and C Abutilon—continued. free, and of good form and size ; FLEUR D'OR, light orange, veined pale red, very free and dwarf; GRANDIFLORUM,* deep orange, red shaded, deeply veined with red, a robust, ee variety ; LEO, flowers pale below, deeper above, red-veined, of medium size ; PRINCBOF ORANGE,!* a strong grower, and very free, Ornamental-foliaged. DARWINI TESSELATUM,!* foliage mottled with yellow, invaluable for sub-tropital bedding ; SELLOWIANUM MARMORATUM,* very large maple-like foliage, heavily mottled with bright yellow, a most effective variety ; THOMPSONI, leaves very freely blotched with puar: VEXILLARIUM IGNEUM,ł* very free of good habit, prettily blotched. All these ornamental-foliaged varieties are invaluable for bedding purposes Fic. 2 GROUP OF ABUTILONS. Purpie-coloured. EMPEROR,* flowers large, rich purple magenta P'lsop purple shaded lake, very attractive; urple; PURPUR eep purple s ê, ve ? Kouriria DE ST, MAURICE, flowers medium size, very profuse ; VIOLET QUEEN,* bright violet purple, very distinct and free. rimson-flowered, BRILLIANT,* flowers of good form ‘and substance, brilliant red inside, rather paler outsid warf and free; CRIMSON BANNER,* rich crimson, dwarf, ve ; Fire KiNG," bright red, orange shaded, veined with crimson ; Lustrovs,* brilliant red crimson, large, most profusely roducod, habit dwarf; NE PLUS ULTRa,* intense crimson, of excel oe all SCARLET GEM, * Sowers medium sized, brilliant scarlet, habit and free. ADMIRATION, light pink, shaded salmon, deep white, v owy; CLOCHETTE," deep rosy pink, veins, very dwarf and free; Te Pee Aa — wi deeper veins, flowers very large; KING OF THE ROSES,” rich Gee? shaded, habit Pe AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA Eor a * OF HORTICULTURE. 5 ‘Abatilon—eontinvd : ood size and substance, habit dwarf and very free; LADY OF onan * flowers medium sized, rich pink ; LOUIS MARIGNAC, pais l oani veined white, splendid ‘habit, a charming- variety ; INCESS MARIE, }ł* flowers rich 1osy lake, very profuse, of excellent form; ROSÆFLORUM,ł* pale salmon rose, veined with crimson. Ed White-flowered. BOULE DE NI£GE,}* very fine pure white flowers, the best in its class ; PURI very free, of good habit, and pure white ; SERAPH,* dwarf, and very floriferous. Fia. 3. FLOWER OF ABUTILON INSIGNE. flowered. CANARY pna; k similar in habit to Boule de ‘ i Siheag rtgrentey Sree rée bright wW, size ei lemon willow: Iaoa iom atest $ _— yellow, of medium size ubt, emet a charactor iii : ber a ‘epecies is close upon 400, and the genus one of the largest known. In our enumeration, we have strietly confined ourselves to describing such as are un- tionably in cultivation, and to this end we have adopted accurate method of deciding which are and which ,viz., by consulting the trade lists of nursery- this country and on the Continent. Such are not always correct, from a scientific in matter of nomenclature. The ales, or other temperate regions, pnd e easily cultivated of have a tondone to make Tong Acacia— continued. a straight shoots; these should be selected for training upon rafters ~or “pillars, on which they thrive well and form splendid ornaments in spring; whilst the more shrubby : 5 kinds will be equally at home in pots in the form of bushes. = Roots and tops grow with great rapidity, and an abundance E of water is required at all times. Immediately after flower- ing (usually about May) is the best time to prune Acacias; they may then be placed in the open air, and fully ex- posed to the sun, until October. They make a far healthier, cleaner growth, and ripen their wood much better outside than under glass; all they require is copious waterings, never allowing them to become dry, and keeping clear of weeds. In the first week in October house the plants, and winter in a temperature of 40deg. to 50deg. They delight in a light rich compost of equal parts turfy loam and leaf mould, freely intermixed with sand, or peat may be used instead of the leaf mould. Propagation: Cuttings of the half-ripened wood, put in with a heel, root readily during the summer. They do not bear heat well, nor do they require it. The soil should be equal parts peat and sand, covered with pure sand, thoroughly consolidated. Insert the cuttings as soon as made; water home, and leave them. in the shade till dry. Then place the bell glasses over them, shade and water so as to prevent flagging. Pot off as soon as rooted, and keep in a close pit or house until the plants are thoroughly established. Seeds should be sown as soon as ripe, in sandy peat; about jin. deep, or a little more, for large seeds. A temperature of 55deg. to 60deg. suits them ‘well. Pot off when large enough to handle, and place in a cool close pit or house until quite established ‘The culture and propagation of the stove species are the same as for the greenhouse sorts, but the former require, of course, greater heat. Their flowers, how- ever, are much less frequently produced than their more temperate congeners, consequently they are not so much grown. A. affinis.* fl. yellow. May. h. 5ft. New Holland, 1822, Green- house species. A. albicans (whitish).* fl. white; heads, two to ‘rm cae -two rising in racemes from the axils to the leaves. 2. with aie’ pairs of pinne, each pinna pairs of oblong linear-leaflets. A. 5ft. A. amoena (pleasing), This closely resembles A. es of A. scale ta n a L with h. 20) Arabi Sarg ad See Fig. 4. er ere = (silver-leaved). A synonym of A. braci armata — simple leaved).* jl. yellow, in soli globular heads, uely te-ob cnemenved AG te 10h Bastais, 20s re’ Tilto entire, ry no greek Cah a t teva ee Matt. tS Re Sra ova aoe A. 20ft to 40H, Kast Indios, t of nea pubes ead A. cookin (spoon-leaved), yellow, a heads, April. l phyllodia aa „many-nerved at the base, quite entire, mucronate. A. 4ft. West Australia, 1818. SYN. A. Benthami. A. cultriformis (knife-formed -a in ondes pma, disposed in either yee or te i ayr fe velo -s ‘Ap onding 2 ‘our lines faa, cul bears to one side. orm omg lodia eight to ten lines 1 in ah acute hooked point, w South Wales, 1820. ped).* Frie. eh Swan Rie 18 | . | | 6 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, #- Pgs Homie ga Acacia—continued. aa lia ema grated llow; racemes axillary; Australia, 1818, The whole aspect of this beautiful tree is silky. ied eee March. bp a) losia H emmi Bh. often 1ft. long, Syn. A. leucophylla ener een, almost blue; branches drooping. h, 18ft. Swan A. homomalla (equal-woolled). A synonym of A. glaucescens, ag cya hap ee A. Hugelii (Baron Hugel’s). fl. pale yellow. February. West A, dealbata (whitened).* The Silver Wattle. fl. yellow, in pedi- ‘Australia, 1846. Greenhouse species. cellate heads, disposed in racemes along the axillary branches. July. l. from ten to twenty pairs of pinne, each of which bears thirty to thirty-five pairs of linear, much crowded pubescent T ane h. 10ft. to 20ft. Australia and Tasmania, 1820. ane (spreading). fi. yellow, in globular heads, which are usually twin. May. Jl. phyllodia linear, one-nerved, ending in = nae = e acumen ; branches diffusely procumbent, angular. Victoria and Tasmania, 1814, A. fairness (Drummond’s).* fl. pale lemon; spikes axillary, drooping, cylindrical, simple. April. 2. with two pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing two to three pairs of linear obtuse leaflets, Plant unarmed, silky. A. 10ft, Swan River. Very handsome and one of the best grown, forming a somowhat dwarf shrub, | Fic. 4. ACACIA ARABICA (a) Flowering Branch, (b) Seed-pod. A. Farnesiana (Farncsian). Ji. yellow, sweet-scented, disposed in » usually twin, unequally pedunculate heads. July. i. with five to eight pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing from fifteen to twenty pairs of linear glabrous leaflets. A 6ft to 10ft. St. Domingo, 1656. Greenhouse species, au (milky-white).* fl. white; spikes globose, stalked, y, usually twin, July. J. with four to six pairs of pinnæ n a twelve to fifteen pairs of linear, distant, are glaucous beneath. A. 5ft. to 10ft. South Sip spikes twin, but solitary l. phyllodia linear-lanceolate, piem a es ns s rrm te, three-nerved. h. 6ft. to 8ft. t).* jl. yellow ; heads globular ; uncles solita: o twin, ax , one-headed, to Mori with one pair of Fidei ech pinna b bearing let do wees of linear-lanceo- variety of A. vot A pakti ` australia, 1850. A 4. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* pA ellow, in attenuated at “tg it ge ged eat May. l phyll te Beale ı ends, many-nerved, h. tte "Sale of Bour ow Bose amana is very l this. i ' (hairiest).* fl. white, on solitary beads rous, April. J. with one of pinne, each = a to seven —. of oblong, obtuse bales’ h. 6ft. Stems, branches, an e Gantane beset with aN white, Stitt K Da oe perae pania » cea mpd }. f iollow, in axillary s es Sie l ong, oblong: ending in — Senegal). Gum Senegal. fe agin aro mera work to ott. North — | ap 7 ‘30 A. ixiophylla (Ixia-leaved). fl. yellow; heads about twenty- flowered ; peduncles downy, shortly racemose or solitary. March. 1. phyllodia narrow, oblong-lanceolate, sub-falcate, obtuse, aie mucronate, much branched. h. 2ft. New South Wales, A, juniperina Gjuniner- leayed). f. yellow, on globular, solitary heads. May. l p hyllodia linear-subulate, ending in a pungent pus; han EA terete, pubescent. h. 6ft. Australia and asmania, 1790. Greenhouse species. A. Lebbek (Lebbek).* fl. yellow, sweetscented ; heads many- flowered, Pegg cagge three to four together, from the crowded upper nodes, May. ¢. with two to four pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing about six to eight pairs of oval, somewhat dimidiate leaflets, which are obtuse at both ends. h. 20¢t, East and West Indies, "1823. Stove species, | A. leucophylla (white-leaved). Synonymous with A. holosericea. | A. linearis (linear).* jl puan; on numerous, meres ing | axillary, spikes. May. J. phyllodia narrow-linear, very long, -| one-nerved, and quite entire. X 3ft. to 6ft. New South Wales and Tasmania, 1819, A. 1 longissima (longest). Synonymous with A. longissima. A. longifolia (long-leaved).* A yellow; spikes loose, axillary, cylindrical, Mare y . phyllodia linear-lanceolate, narrowed at each end, ison samen striated. h. 10ft. Aw 1792. A fine erect-growing greenhouse = i A. longissima (longest-leaved axillary, generall: branches. form, one-nerved, spreading. — net Stove mee ssi Syn. A. linearis A. lunata (half-moon).* ow Which are longer than th g 1 ollow heads disposed April. a s phyllodia Shiono rather falcate, AGO + aT callous cece = h. 2ft. to 4ft. Australia, teat 1810, sere A. olewfolia. G A, melanoxylon (bla: ow ; heads few, disposed ina kind of raceme. APA pty oda lan conlamediiane, rather falcate, obtuse, oa entire, many-nerved. he 6ft. to to 10ft. Australia, 1818. Greenhouse species. a A. mollissima (softestleaved).* fl. yellow; heads iicelffite, i in racemes along the ary peduncles. July. 2. with a t to eighteen pairs of pinne, dh ge pinna” Searing: thirty to forty pairs of linear, much crowded, pubescent leaflets, which are clothed with yellowish velvety down when young ; branches and petioles angular. h. 10ft. to 20ft. Van Diemens Land, 1810. a A. olezefolia (olive-leaved). A synonym of A. lunata. A, oxycedrus (sharp-cedrus).* fl. yellow 3s Ree axillary, solitary, slcmeuta, April. J. phyllo ia scattered, or somewhat verti- cillate, lanceolate-linear, ending in a ungent point, three-nerved. h. 6ft. to 10ft. New South W es, 18 Greenhouse species. tian: ikes several, Shyllodia ts Jom fili- "ch South Wales, fs A. mney Sogredovicel). fli yellow, di in solitary i heads. March. p hyllodia chtlauely oblong- ceolate, entire, T: Holland. Greenhouse species. : A. penninervis (feather-nerved). f. yellow; heads about: the at both ends, straight, 2in. to 3in. long, 4in. broad, feather ve h. 4ft. to 6ft. New Holland, 1824. yelow: HE heads s solitary, on short peduncles, March. ¢ phyllodia short, bifario : obliquely truncate, mucronate ; branches broadly i at A. pubescens (downy).* fl. yellow ; heads small, globose pedicel: — ie disposed in racemes pi ong the axillary peduncles. March. eighteen pairs of linear glabrous jeaiiets. ? h. 6ft. to 1 paren erete, hairy. New Holland, 1790. inne ve to seven dns of oblon: iota te 2ft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1803. Greenhouse species. ikes. May. l ia yee von in clusters, “pps or whorled. h. 20ft. Tasmania, Habit pacsi, like & wavy, ean: anches clammy, glabrous. h. oft. New size of a pea, racemose. April. J. phyllodia oblong, acum A. platyptera (broad- deg ge OE diy winged: N Swan River, 1840, Greenhouse species. 1. with three to ten pairs of pinnæ, each p inna bearing six to- s yellow ; heads solitary. A A. pulchella (pretty).* fl. wW; Aia r a fete. A. Riceana ag ape BE pe pale yellow, i in long solitary, a weeping willow. Very handsome and distinct.. SYN. See Fig. 5. ‘ fi oe niin soli- A. rotundifolia (round-leav yellow ; heads globose, , on long peduncles. Mach. T i. phyllodia on short petioles mer ae rounded, obtuse or retuse, mucronate. ; ; ous. h. 6ft. New Holland, 1842. coe ow-like). yellow; heads soli a . salign S i. ro atten tenuated iy sea Paste entire, almost nerveless, A. 6ft. to loft. New Holland, 1818. Greenhouse species, ae oe cnn axillary, solitary, slender. l with five to AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 7 ae - Acacia—continued. ~ pairs of pinnz, each pinna bearing fifteen to eighteen pairs of along Saee obtuse, paas leaflets ; branches white ; plies some wanting. h, 20tt. Arabia, 1823, Stove species. A. setigera (bristly). Synonymous with A. Riceana. A. sophoræ (sophora-podded). fl. yellow; spikes usually twin 4 . May. & pusia obovate, oblong oe an id uite entire, many nerved ; sometimes-there are bipinnate leaves at the tops of the branches. h. 20ft. New Holland, 1805. A A. sphærocephala (round-headed).* fl. yellow; racemes axillary, usually twin, ovate-roundish. l. with numerous close-set linear 4 falcate pinnules, which are usually tippéd by a glandular yellow 4 “food body ;” spines twin, hollow. Mexico, A very remarkable =- stove species, inhabited by ants during certain seasons in its native country, A. uncinifolia (hook-leaved). pe yellow; spikes usually twin, dense, on short peduncles, cylindrical. March. 1. phyllodia long, linear-subulate, flat, recurved, mucronate, three-nerved; branches angular, h. 6ft. Swan River, 1846, A. vera (true). Egyptian Thorn; Gum Arabic. fl. white, usually in twin heads, pedunculate, axillary. July. l with two pairs of pinn#, each pinna bearing eight to ten pairs of ue linear leaflets ; branches and spines red. k, 20ft. Egypt, Fro. 5. A FLOWERING BRANCH OF ACACIA RICEANA, A. verticillata (whorl-lea: * ow; ikes axilla E goli- tary, oblo: March. 1. Siaa s ending in a pungent mucrone, disposed somewhat verticillately. h. 6ft. to 10ft. A spreading Ee greenhouse species, of variable habit. New Holland, 1780. A. vestita (clothed).* f. yellow, in loosely racemose heads, along f the peduncles ; upper ones solitary. June. 1, phyllodia obliquely 7 elliptic-lanceolate, one-nerved, ending in an awnlike mucrone, : hispid. A. 4ft. New Holland, 1820. A. viscidula (clammy).* /. yellow; heads globular, on short stalks, axillary, solitary or twin. February. @ linear, clammy; branches slender, clammy. A. 6ft., erect. New South Wales, ACZINA (from akaina, a thorn; in allusion to the slender spines on the calyx or fruit). ORD. Rosacea. A s genus of dwarf sub-shrubby plants. Flowers capitate, or interruptedly spicate, uninteresting; petals absent. Leaves mE te, impari-pinnate. Excepting for rockwork, or as edgings to flower beds, they are not of much value; their habit is, however, very compact and neat. They require similar treatment to other hardy herbaceous plants, in ordinary soil. Increased by cuttings, creeping rootlets, y seeds. divisions, and by A. meeeT ee small-leayed).* ll, in close heads, furnish th if oom. Ae. i. small, 8 owy, 4 ines. pinnate. h. lin. to 2in. Now Zealand. A neat evergreen with a compact and cushion-like } itis a very effective subject for the rock garden, and grows in most situations. The crimson iolar heads of spine-formed calyces form a conspicuous ind ornamental feature of the plant, SYN. A. Novæ Zealandice. flowers; Aczna—continued. A. millefolia (myriad-leaved).* fl. inconspicuous. A very f species with finely-cut pale n leaves. The fruiting spikes of this are not collected in globular heads, as in the oth Bee their presence detract from its value as an ornamental plant. = 8 Otherwise, it is very graceful. Bo aT Fic. 6. ACÆNA MICROPHYLLA. A. m hylla (many-leaved).* f. green, small, in rounded Bw i pen l. pinnate; leaflets deeply cut. h. 6in. to lft. Chili, 1828 Small, fern-like. A. poe Zealandiz (New Zealand). A synonym of A. micro- phyla. A. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). jl. green. Summer. h. 9in. Chili, 1868. Good for rock gardens, A. pulchella (pretty).* jl. inconspicuous. A- pretty bronzy- leaved species, admirably suited for rockwork crevices, where poo is no object. It grows very rapidly, and forms handsome ACALYPHA (the name given by Hippocrates to the Nettle).. ORD. Euphoribiacee. - Stove ornamental and variegated nettle-like leaved shrubs. Flowers greenish or reddish, inconspicuous, in erect or drooping bracted axillary or terminal spikes; those of the upper portion sterile, of the lower, fertile. The undermentioned only are those-most worthy of cultivation. "They -ase-very Gaal grown, with ordinary stove treatment, and in a peat and loam compost. When well cultivated, the leaves of the hybridised varieties are highly coloured, but rather coarse than otherwise. In- creased by cuttings under a glass in sandy soil, in stove heat, during April. A. Macafeeana (Macafee’s). l red, blotched with bronzy crim- son. 1877. A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* I. cordate ovate, russet brown, blotched with paler spots. The best and handsomest stove species. A. ee L large, very hairy, ovate-acuminate, centre brown, with a distinct margin of rosy carmine, about jin, wide. Fiji Islands, 1875. a A. musaica (mosaic).* l bronzy green, variegated with orange and dull red. Polynesia, 1877. A. torta (twisted). 7. dark olive, tinted green; margin cut into blunt, oblong segments. Samoan Islands. Remarkable i for its curiously contorted foliage. It has erect stems, whicl are terete, and covered by the leaves in a very war way. er A. tricolor (three-coloured), A synonym of A. Wilkesiana. A. Wilkesiana (Wilkes’).* 7, ovate-acuminate, curiously blotched, ith red and crimson; mottled, and splashed „wi : pund colour coppery green. h. 6ft."to 10ft. New Hebrides, Syn, A, tricolor. g F W. ta (Wilkes’s margined),* 1 large, olive brown, margined with rosy carmine. Fiji Islands, 1875, ACANTHACEZ:, A large “ordér of soft-wooded, — herbaceous plants, usually having gamopetalous axill calyx composed of deeply imbricated scales; _ a 8 ACANTHEPHIPPIUM (the derivation of this word is not apparent). Orp. Orchidacee. A peculiar class of terrestrial stoveorchids. Flowers rather large, racemose, few; sepals combined in a broad oblique pitcher, including the petals, which are adnate to the base of the column; column short, produced into a long foot. Pseudo-bulbs oblong. Leaves few, large, longer than the scapes. The best species are the two first-mentioned. They will thrive well in sandy peat, with a quantity of small stones, broken pots, or gravel. A great deal of heat and moisture are absolutely essential during the growing period. Propagated, as soon as growth commences, by dividing the pseudo-bulbs. A. bicolor (two- coloured).* fl. purple and gerom, about 2in. long, naate, produced in clusters of three or four together; — blong-lanceolate, acutish; lateral lobes of lip rounded. une, kh. 9in. Ceylon, 1833. A. Curtisii (Curtis’s).* fl. same sha ape A: Sr oe purple spots, light ace nail of lip ales keels yellowish, ect" white with Malay Archipelago, 1881. The five keels between the side Tanis distinguish it from the foregoing species and A. as above Ape t the lip), rose, and ;. column . A, javanicum (Javanese).* fl. yellow and red, with distinct longitudinal stripes; petals triangular; lip three-lobed ; lateral lobes truncate ; intermediate lobe constricted in middle, ovate, and tuberculate at the apex, fleshy on both sides at base, bie truncate emarginate inflexed teeth. September. h. l4ft. va, 1843. A. sylhetense (Sylhet). fl. white, with many irregular spots and blotches towards the extremities of the pot POFO. June, 9in. Sylhet, 1837. sea lavender). evergreen plan ORD. Plantaginacee. Dwarf hardy tufted plants, distinguished from allied genera in having thriving best ina net soil, | i “The flowers are similar to Statice s E by seeds (which germinate slowly), a a E alin arg ee shaded border, and transplanted when large enough to handle; or by cuttings and very carefully made divisions. The cuttings should be tear is in late summer, and placed in a frame, to remain there during the winter. A. glumaceum (prickly fl. rose, ee about jin. across, = six to eight in a be ikel W Summer. 1. densely packed and ted with spines. A. 6in. Armenia, 1851. Very com- pact an distinct.” Wee Statice Ararati. A. Kotschyi (Kotschy’s). fl. white. A good species, but very rarely seen in British gardens, icate, from twel Summer, nt yo eaten Cities, 1873. A rare and handsome opin n the preceding, See á ete THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, : _ACANTHOLIMON (from akanthos,a spine,and limon, — pcr pointed rigid leaves. They are of rather Saat ated 2 "A, latifoling ACANTHOPHENIX (from akantha, a spine, and | phoinia, the Date Palm). ORD. Palmacew. A very elegant — stove palm, differing from Areca principally in habit, and _ requiring a light sandy soil and a summer temperature ~ of 65deg. to 80deg., winter 55deg. to 65deg. Increased by seeds only; these germinate best in a moist bottom ` heat, and a well decomposed compost of one part loam, — one of peat, one of leaf mould, and the remainder of sand. — They may remain in this soil for two or three years. A, crinita (hairy).* 7. spirally arranged, in threes, the central one being female, l. the fronds are arched, broadly ovate in outline, pectinately pinnate in division, with long linear acuminate seg- ments, paler beneath. The stem is densely armed with black, eae spines, and much swollen towards the base, Sey- chelles, 1 ACANTHORHIZA (from akantha, a spine, and rhiza, — a root), ORD. Palmacee. A small genus of stove palms, — differing from Trithrinax by the aérial roots of the trunk hardening into spines (which are horizontal or pointed upwards), and by the blade of the leaf being divided ~ down to the petiole. They delight in a rich loamy — soil, and are propagated by seeds, in a moist, sweet — hotbed, in spring. A. aculeata (spiny).* Z. orbicular, "gr neg slit into numerous linear-lanceolate, glabrous fe , deep-green above, silve beneath; petioles slender; the trunk is covered with a network — a of branching Mexico, 1879. SYN. Chamerops staura- — A. Wallisii (Wallis’s).* A recent introduction from tropical — America, and not yet much cultivated; it is a tall palm with -~ en Sar ves, ee Ora aati fe ‘ACANTHOSTACHY UI (from ‘ikinthos, aspine,and — stachys,a spike). ORD. Bromeliacea. A monotypic genus of ; stove evergreen herbaceous plants; of easy culture in a com- post of equal parts sand, decayed wood, and rotten leaves. Propagated by suckers, which strike readily in be © heat. - A. strobilacea (cone-fruited). fl. red and yellow; scape simple, long, scurfy; bracts coloured. June. Jl. radical, very long, in- curved, narrow, thick, oe a spiny-toothed, covered with white scurf. A. Brazil, 1840. ACANTHUS Pa akanthos, a spine; several species being spiny or prickly). Bear’s Breech. ORD. Acanthacew. A group of stately, ornamental perennial plants, mostly hardy, remarkable for their vigorous growth and beautiful foliage. Flowers sessile, crowded, spicate; corolla tubular, one-lipped; lip three lobed. To attain perfection they — require a deep soil, and a situation fully exposed to the ~ sun. They will, however, thrive moderately well in common soil and partial shade. The habit being connie a a bold one, they are most suited for isolated tufts, — backgrounds of mixed borders, and the wild Eisen Propagated by seeds, sown in gentle heat, or by divisio of the roots, in autumn or early spring. e A. carduifolius (thistle-leaved). jl. blue. August. h. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. Greenhouse species. A. hispanicus (Spanish). f. white August. l. large, shining, and deeply cut, he 2 2ft. Spain, 1700. te the acila of al ra) * e, e ax “st a ae see ea si of p o R ni une. , e lees : etiaro ei Aaro ft Dalmatia, "1869. Ae aeaemeamal (artean a with Ah lati- Jolius. mollis (soft).* fl. white or rose, sessile in the axils of the deepl hed oie spikes about lsft. Summer. l. eer B Cocbr 2 te in outline, 2ft. long by Ift. broad. A. to 4ft. d-leaved).* A egei of A. mollis, but but larger diag pore ro ust in every part. This is probably the best yh: ; it is one of the rene suitable for ns tropical a, A warm sunny spot is needful, SYN. SYN. A. lust __ tanicus. Fig. 8. A. ae doa (mountain).* _Africa, 1865. A nag a niger wh). J popii whita y rose. Aug aad. unarmed, glabrous, shining green, -= AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 9 Acanthus— continued. s erag raaa raged iny).* rosy, sessile, on a ¥ ‘Se on with += onda ll : ines. Autumn. 4 4 fate, naib, blistered, spiny ; spines white. A. 34ft. South 2 A, spinosus (spiny.* 7. purplish, spicate ; sepals spiny. Summer. and each ba mn a A rra e Tuo mina e by a short 'ACAULESCENT. Sii i var eis stem. Something additional, not usually APUN pe with another body, and growing with i ACCUMBENT. Varta iaai in distinction to incumbent, or lying upon. ACER (from acer, hard or sharp; wood is extremely hard, and was formerly much used ~ making pikes and lances). Maple. ORD. Sapindacee. genus comprised for the most part, of handsome hardy deciduous shrubs, or trees, adapted for forming shrubberies, plantations, &c. Flowers greenish, except where men- tioned, A. Pseudo-platanus is one of our most useful Several of the species produce very useful timber ; sugar is one of the constituent parts of the sap of all of them, and is obtained in large quantities from A. saccharinum, in North America. They all prefer a some- what sheltered position. ‘The most satisfactory soil is one free, deep, loamy, and well drained; the latter is desirable ‘with some of the Japanese varieties. The varieties of A. ee. and palmatum are well worth growing in for conservatory decoration. Pro- pagation: By seeds, sown either in autumn or spring, covering them not more than a jin. deep; the common biter may be sown a while the rarer ones should sown in a frame. By layers, and by grafting; the latter method is is adopted with many of the A rarer species | « Acer—continued. and varieties, especially the variegated kinds; they aro also readily increased by budding in summer. A. sueaanm (Austrian), Synonymous with A. campestre austriacum. > A. .campestre (field) * Common M A x% erect racemes. May. Jr. wings of fruit much divaricated. L small, ‘cordate, with five-toothed lobes, A, 20ft. Britain. A small tree with rough bark, full of dee -i fissures ; wood often beautifully veined, when it is highly valu A. c. austriacum (Austrian).* f. much larger than those of | the species. fr, smooth, Lobes of leaves somewhat acuminated, SYN. A. austriacum. A. c. collinum Eas ame fl. smaller: fr. smooth. Lobes of leaves obtuse. A. ©. hebecarpum ‘deme fruited).* jr. clothed with velvety pubescence. le Bene a ge | Fic. 9. LEAF AND FLOWER SPIKE oF Acs ‘7 A. c. levigatum (smooth-leaved). l very sooth a shining. - A. ¢, nanum (dwarf). Dwarf habit. n p Ae o a S 1. larger and less divided than inthe * 1. beanti : niches and sirip s ol wite or A “a 10 e THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, oo. America, 1827. very beautiful species, having pendulous branches clothed with leaves, which change into a bright scarlet colour in the autumn. A. creticum (Cretan). fr. smooth, with the wings hardly diverging. base, acutely three-lobed at the top. A. 4ft. orms evergreen. um (thick-fruited).* jf. conglomerate, on »short “poles , apetalous. April. Z. truncate at the base, palmately ve-lobed, with blunt recesses, and bog A and deeply-toothed lobes. A. 40ft. North America, 17: Syns. A. eriocarpon, A, tomentosum, A. glaucum, and A. virginianum A. Douglasii (Douglas). Synonymous with A. glabrum. A. eriocarpon (hairy-fruited). Synonymous with A. dasy- carpum. A. Ginnala (Ginnalian).* fl. on compound, crowded, erect ra- cemes. Amur River. This is generally classed as a variety of A, tartaricum, but its habit is much more graceful, and in this form the leaves are prettily cut and lobed, whilst the leafstalks and midrib are more deeply coloured. A. glabrum (smooth).* fl. corymbose, on short two-leaved branchlets, greenish-yellow, June. J, roundish-cordate, deeply three to five-lobed, or Ae the lobes bi-serrate, of a light green. h. 15ft. to 30ft. North West America. SYNS. A. Douglasii, A, tripartitum, S aan (glaucous). Synonymous with A. dasycarpum. llum (various-leaved).* Fret ss May. i. ar eae ovate, entire, and three-lobed, ig htly serrated, smooth, h. 4ft. aei 1759. An evergreen. SYN. A. sempervirens. A. ibericum (Iberian). fl. corymbose. May. l. bluntly three- lobed ; lobes with one or two teeth, lateral se a marked With the middle nerve to the insertion of the petiole. k. 20ft. Iberia, jl. on few-flowered ke corymbs. May. l. cuneated at the Levant, 1752. A. Ji * d lish- April. y amten (Fanka s ep zod; aa p o variotion of taka MISAN? 'ohange in character es th ag hot alent it useful in oi _ Spol conservatories, and in the highly Kept gro ands surrounding ‘A lacrifoliam dase. ‘Synonymous with A. cblon. Lobelii (Lobel very slightly irregular] toothed, five-lobed ; hates or less oar pointed: A a Garceles eaved).* f. on erect, compound, ra- l. digitatel ease 4 with roundish recesses ; : lobes bomer iki three-] h. 60ft, Northern California, A. erect Maye ortaty i lier’ on few-flowered corymbs, corda! roe lobed 3 lobes almost fe quite ual, h. 10ft. to boft. South Europe, 1739. Taa um (mountain). sient on compound, erect racemes, May. 1. cordate, 6 - s wa ome uncqually and es h. 18f SYN. A. spicatum. A. Negundo. too Mie Cae pranan aha A. sae: ua (oblong). (fl. on compound racemes, pale yellow. February. J. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, wate onika, h. 20ft. Nepaul, 1824. SYN. A. laurifolium. A. obtusifolium (obtuse-leav fl. drooping, corymbose. May. i, » ierg i bluntly rere te A crenately serrulate, about the length of the petioles. A. 15ft. Crete. A. Opalus (Opalus). A synonym of A. opulifolium. A. opulifolium (G aliere lated)" jl. on nearly sessile corymbs. May. _ “tg ade = oe ay me lobed ; lobes obtuse, bluntly and coarse France, 1823. SYN. A, Opalus. ze Ghar A. o. obtusatum (bluntish).* A larger, stro owing, round- headed tree, with dark green leaves, ote pia with -a whitish or pels tomentum or on the under surface. me o or on five to seven-flowered A 3 Ma: l pamatei into fi Beyond the nia; bes oblong, poate ns ade A ot Japan, 1820. T * handsom eet with Balk task pe purple plo folage 3 Sela 7 2p (crispy or gag Mi red stalked, con dys, pang Japan, 1871, vy distincts ani minia Lombardy poplar in habit of growth. ee ture A dissectum (finely-divided).* fl, ft itin terminal. teed di are gg five to pap ito Mt May. i eg ag oblong, acuminated, deeply serrated, h. 30ft. Japan "ALD ornatum (peutifuy* Ve riam i ea red leaves, With lighter midstbe: Japan, tan eet ‘ety dissectum, “girionis (palmatifid).* Z. very ine ayer cut dawn quité to the imi drib, ¢ light green colour. 1875, i. nine to ten parted; | “ee Acer—continued. + A. p. reticulatum (netted).* J. palmately seven-lobed; lobes uneqv-‘. sharply serrate, emerald green, with dark green +i. Japan, 1875. A very elegant variety, with slender branches, A. p. roseo-marginatum (rose-margined).* 7. freely divided, the lobes ee deeri? cut, light green, margined with rose, 1874. A very distinct "and charming variety. A. p. sanguineum (blood-red),* J. deeply five-lobed, the lobes suited, of a deep reddish-crimson colour, much brighter than the variety atropurpureum. 1874. This presents a very striking contrast to the last. A. p. is ec “x (seven-lobed).* fl. purplish, on numerous flowered umbels, Spring. l. varying much, from palmatel five- lobed, with toothed undivided lobes, to deeply seven to nine-lobed, with more or less finely cut divisions. Japan, 1864. There are numerous beautiful forms of this variety. There are many varieties of this much varying species, but we have only mentioned those best known; many are only known by their native names, and there is some doubt as to their distinctive characteristics. They are all extremely hand- some. A. pennsylvanicum (Pennsylvanian).* fl. in long droop’ : simple racemes. May. l cordate, three-lobed, ieamand 4 finely and acutely serrated. h. 20ft. Trunk elegantly strip with white lines. North America, 1755. Syn. A. striatum. S a, pari (painted).* fl. corymbose, stalked, Z, five to seven- ed ; lobes vay be mak or polon, Sige a acuminated. h. 15ft. to bore Temperate sia, li connivens (converging), A. A: marmoratum (spotted), A Be Aiton (red), and A, p. variegatum (variegated), are varieties differing principally in the colouring of — the leaves, All are oe desirable, mbs: May, The Norway Ma) fog oe l tongs lobed; lobes suntnatea, h a few coarse Euro’ 1683. pg tn ornamental a ra s A aee aha bers 39 It poa a pe sin Japan, Pe le. ji, on nearly A, tanoides (p A rr stalked corym! , smooth, ott five } aiden a L l pe z r ie a AN 3 p. Schwedleri (Sch one 1, very large, nea A vigorous grower, rit ome most effective. A. p. variegatum (variegated).* J. variegated with white. There are several other varieties, but of less importance than the foregoing. é A. Pseudo-platanus ore tree).* i team jl. on rather compound panne ous racemes. May. l porini with five seniuaiod unequally-toothed lobes. h. 30ft. 60ft. Europe. There are few deciduous trees so well slaptad for standing singly in rough e situations. A deep, soft, dry soil is most suitable for it, but it will grow in soils of very opposite qualities. A, P.albo Laon, rig (white-variegated).* A very beautiful farm, in spring especially. l. white and green, A. 7 flavo variegata (yellow-variegated). 4 variegated with yellow. A. P. longifolia (long-leaved).* 1. more deeply cut, and the petioles much longer than in the species. P. purpureum (purple).* l. purple underneath. The tree, — when slightly ruffled by the wind, alternately ing clothed ` in purple and pale green. Numerous other less excellence are grown. A. rubrum (red).* Scarlet Maple. handsome, congl rate, corymbose. J. cordate at Fc base, ace and ee toothed, palmately five- -lobed y with acute recesses. Branca i fruit also scarlet. A. 20ft. nada, 1656. A variety wi h paves apisan hed with yellow is u An excellent species, thriving ell in damp, swampy situations, and is commonly increased | ptim : t gee rufinerve (red-nerved).* ‘The leaves vary both in size and outline, from 24in. to 4 fin, each way; three to five- lobed, etar: A irregularly toothed margins, glabrous above, but with reddish hairs along pria nerves beneath.. The young branches are con- ipionons on on of the bluish-grey glaucescence with w y are covered. T ; r. albo-limbai )* differs only fro . 0 in having a a ae nee istin a A margin—not a constant, Japan, 1 ; Penge x anpha aoe * E yellow, on oni cer ‘on short peduncles ; pedice April. & I; are abei. paom A 40ft. . America, 1 i735, * ma Pe” ie eae he dott. North Ainorica i312 . Ginnala, but small a— a ae S hose A. sempervirens (evergreen). Synonymous with A. hetero- phyllum. A. spicatum (spiked). Synonymous with A. montanum. A, striatum (striated). Synonymous with A. pennsylvanicum. A. tartaricum (Tartarian).* fl. white, on crowded, erect, com- pound racemes. May. l more or less cordate, acuminated, serrated, with obsolete lobes. A. 20ft. 1759. This species is one of the first to expand its leaves in spring. A. tomentosum (tomentose). Synonymous with A. dasycarpum, A. tripartitum (three-parted). Synonymous with A, glabrum. A. Van Volxemii (Van Volxem’s), f/f. not known in England. l palmately three to five-lobed, very large, light DAE above, hy 4 and quite glabrous beneath. Caucasus, 187 Distinct . and fine, A. villosum (hairy). fragrant, on lateral racemes. April. Buds, fruit, and ott ioe , villous. l. cordate, five- ied. rP yillous beneath ag wou ze m es; lobes ovate acute. h. 2 Himalaya, at high elevations. ot hardy. í &. virginianum (Virginian). Setodear tt with A. dasycarpum. rt `” ACERACEH. An order of very ornamental hardy trees, of which the sycamore and maple are well-known representatives. i a, without, and keras, a horn; the lip . ORD. Orchidaceæ. An interesting genus of terrestrial orchids. Calyx of three ovate, equal, con- verging sepals; petals two, narrow, oblong; lip spurless, much longer than the calyx, narrow, oblong, with four linear lobes. The most interesting species is the native one. Indigenous to dry, chalky pastures in the south-east of England, and it will only thrive in similar soils when grown in gardens. Propagated by careful divisions of tubers Fic. 10. FLOWER OF ACERAS ANTHROPOPHORA. ae Man atang ste gh EE Bee See y e > keras, a horn; the stamens being destitute of the terminal bristles so con- spicuous in its near ally, Poong ORD. Tiliaceæ. An K interesting stove evergreen tree, » very closely allied to Tilia. It thrives well in a mixture of loam and peat, and is in- creased by ripe cuttings, which root readily if placed in sand, under a hand glass, in heat. A. oppositifolium (opposite- sviit Š A. white, on_terminsl three-flowered peduncles. June. t ong, ian a with a few mucronated teeth h. Amboyna, ACEROSE, ACEROSUS. Needle-pointed, tine, and slender, with a sharp point. ACETARIOUS. An adjective applied to plants used salads. ACEUS. A termination expressing a resemblance to the thing whose name it terminates— foliaceus, leaf-like, of the texture of a leaf or folium. ; ACHANIA. See Malvaviscus. „ASHENE. A hard, dry, one-seeded, superior seed- “ACHERONTIA aTRoros. See Sphinx Atropos. ACHILLEA (named after. who is said to have = idan ao theca this plant). Milfoil. tone an a ge genus, containing numerou — small, eorymbove involucra AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 11 Acer—continued. Achillea— continued. A. & Semenevi (Semenov's).* é ar r graceful net gaan -a scales oblong, often with a shrivelled ap) Recep- tacle “with membranous scales, chaff. Ray florets few, sometimes rather large and showy. Pappus, none. All the species are easily cultivated in ordinary garden soil. A. Eupatorium, and other large growing kinds, are well suited for borders or groups, wbilst the. the alpine section should be planted on the rockery. A great number of species, although excellent for naturalising in rough shrubberies, are totally unfitted for garden culture. The species number about fifty. Propagated during spring, by pes: See ta cuttings, and seeds. ti h w cele E yt wows l. pinnate ; leafiets obtusely lanceolate, serrate, silvery white, 6in. to 8in. long. h. 1pft. to 24ft. gg 1640. Handsome perennial, thriving best in a warm position. A. Eom q'asan. a -leaved).* _jl.-heads ae gaan — Bno m -e tte 6in. e pe e a Greece. pennn e veia paeet mat asplenifolia asplenium * heads rose-coloured small. “a acom abarca ge ng ag eat gt l lower ones stalked, Pinnatitd lobes a ay upper ones pinnate. h. 18in. North A. atrata (black. * f.-heads white. ano l, in a rosette, saan cone pa — coda epg on A aurea (olde ~ : ect and agama.” E umn. anger than ine yd eae ce with tivwhich mnachos i t tufted. hurraaga tepme e: Fic. 11. ACHILLEA Oravan powme Habit and detached — a Clavenna’s).* fl.-heads in neat and compact Sak omni : ape segments linear, ia amdi denticulated at the h. 16in, ‘Austria, 1656: Avery neat and pretiy species, ba Aike pori ia p hoary appearance. -heads s : < er > or naga Agee f de whililah yellow. July. kun Fic. 12. ACHILLEA EUPATORIUM, showing H: . Flower- A. Eupatorium (fern-leaved).* brilliant yellow, in PE . June linear, pinnate, lobed and 3 12 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, + nmana a n aaa a aaa m aa Achillea—continued. ` A. Herba-rota (Herba-rota).* jl.-heads white, in lax corymbs, on slenderstems. May. l. lanceolate, serrated. h.6in. France,1640, When touched, this pretty little plant gives off an a ble aromatic perfume. To attain full beauty it requires sandy loam and a sunny position, A. macro lla (large-leaved). fl.-heads white. _ July. l long and br pinnate; leaflets horizontal. h. 3ft. Italy, 1810. A. Millefolium roseum (rosy).* /.-heads rose-coloured, in small ovoid heads, which are produced continuously for several months. 1. strap-shaped; segments very narrow. h. lft. to 3ft. Engiand. It is well worth growing, both as a border plant, and for cutting purposes. . A. mongolica (Mongolian). fl.-heads white. July. J. undivided. h. 14ft. Siberia, 1818. A. moschata (musky).* j.-heads white, in lax corymbs. June. A. bin. l. bright green, about 2in. long, pinnatifid. Italy, 1775. A pretty tufted alpine. A. nana (dwarf). fl.-heads white. June to August. l. pinnate; leaflets horizontal. k. 6in. Italy, 1759. A rockery species. A. odorata (sweet-scented). /.-heads white, fragrant. June to August. Z. bipinnate. h. 6in. Spain, 1729. A, pectinata (comb-leaved).* /.-heads white. June. J. bright green, about Zin. long, pinnatifid. Italy, 1775. A pretty tufted pine. A. Ptarmica flore-pleno (double sneezewort).* fl.-heads pure white, freely produced in terminal corymbs. All through the „summer and autumn. Z. lanceolate, serrulate. h. lft. to 2ft. England This is one of the most useful white border perennials « grown, increasing very readily. When out of flower the stems should be cut down to the surface. A. santolinoides (lavender-cotton-like). fl.-heads white. July. l. pinnate ; leaflets transverse. h. lft. Spain. A. serrata Bw meg fi.-heads clear white, large, in small corymbose clusters, forming a somewhat sp: panicle. l. white, with: adpressed hairs, sessil h. 15in. Switzerland, 1686. is = Fis, 13. ACHILLEA TOMENTOSA, showing Habit and detached portion of Inflorescence, A. tomentosa (downy).* fl.-heads bright yellow, in repeatedly com- . pound corymbs. Summer. J. woolly, -bipinnatifid; segments inear, acute. A. 8in. to 12in. Europe. One of the best yellow- flowered species for the rock garden, having a dense habit. See Fig. 13. A. umbellata (umbel-flowered).* fl.-heads white, six to eight ina simple umbel. June. J. regularly lobed; lobes obovate, entire ; clo with a dense, silvery pubescence, on which account the t is chiefly cultivated. ; pretty dwarf rock plant. A. vallesiaca (Vallesian). /l.-heads white. June to August. l pinnate ; leaflets horizontal. h. 1ft. Switzerland, 1819. ACHIMENES (from cheimaino, to suffer from cold; alluding to the general tenderness of the species). ORD. Gesneracee. A large genus of stove or warm green- house plants, of great beauty. Branched, generally hairy, herbaceous perennials, with scaly catkin-like stolons underground (Fig. 14), and sometimes from the axils of the leaves. Corolla funnel-shaped; tube rather oblique, gibbous behind at the base. Pedicels one-flowered, axil- lary, solitary, or fasciculated, bracteated. Leaves opposite, h. 4in, to fin. Greece. A very = or three in a whorl, serrated. = Tobe successfully cultivated, they must be started and „rown in stove heat till they commence blooming, when they may be removed to the conservatory or ordinary house, there to remain until after flowering. Batches of tubercles should be started in heat from February till the end of _ April, so as to give a succession of bloom. Shak + when active receive more frequent supplies. When the shoots tops are quite dead, they may be removed, and i Achimenes—continued. are about 2in. high, the tubercles may be transplanted to the pots, pans, or baskets in which it is intended to grow them, using as potting compost fibrous peat and leaf-soil in equal proportions, with about a sixth part of sheep’s or rotten cow manure, and sufficient silver sand to make the whole porous and of a whitish appearance. Thorough drainage is indispensable, and a layer of the rougher soil, or sphagnum, should be placed over the potsherds, to pre- Fia. 14. ROOT OF THE ACHIMENE, showing Tubercles. vent the loose soil stopping the drainage. Place the pans as near the glass as possible, and shade from bright sune shine. Give liberal supplies of water, with occasional number of flowering branches. Place neat stakes to u stem, and keep well tied, arranging the stakes as sym» i metrically as possible, so as to ensure an even outline, but Fic. 15, BOUQUET OF VARIOUS ACHIMENES. do not allow them to be seen. Light syringing with cleat water, morning and evening, is beneficial. After the plants have done blooming, they should gradually have less water as the foliage and stems decay; a light airy atiol is needed to mature and ripen the tubers. When the pots stored on the sides in any warm dry corner ¥ ee ae! eae “vi ; P -AN ENCYCLOPADIA . OF HORTICULTURE. 13 ie at Achimenes—continued. will not fall below 50deg., keeping the os ora (large-flowered).* fl. „oe purple, very large, sane until the time of starting again. Achimenes soli axillary ; limbs of corolla mg. June itt, Meee are liable to attacks of thrips, red-spider, and green-fly, especially if the atmosphere is kept dry; these are easily destroyed by fumigation with tobacco. This must only be done when the foliage is quite dry, otherwise the plants will suffer. Achimenes are especially beautiful when well arranged, especially if two or three varieties are mixed together, as white, red, and purple (Fig. 15). There are several methods of increasing these :—(1) By cuttings; these need not be cut off at a joint, as they will root from any portion of the stem. Insert them thickly in well- drained pots of sandy soil—say a mixture of equal parts of peat and sand—and place in bottom heat. (2) By leaves, which should be severed from the stems, and pricked in pots of similar soil to the cuttings, placing all the petiole below the surface; stand the pots in bottom heat. (3) By scales from the corms, which should be carefully rubbed off and sown, like seeds, in pots or pans of the same compost, “covered with sand, and placed in bottom heat. By seeds, which are very small, and, consequently, Fra. 16, FLOWER OF ACHIMENES LONGIFLORA. require to be carefully sown. The must be thoro 4 drained and filled nearly to Tg levelled, paar p% watered with a fine rose, after which the seed should be thinly scattered, covered very lightly with sand, and p in a shady position. Keep oye roan and apply my very lightly, or the tiny germs will eager 4 Place a sheet of glass over the seed-pans. When the are large enough to handle, they may be pricked off and after- wards treated like rooted enttings. The best time for all modes of propagating is early spring. a A pieter all J crimson; tube of sr lindrical, saccate at base, pilose ; limb small, $ one-flowered. July, ‘August. . pilose, pnd , unequal. A. l4ft. y E g a (White)* f. white ; tube of corolla gibbous at base; t segment largest uncles axillary, fic June. unegui, obligue at base, ree pilose, mie igit. nane ka ae a )}* fl. scarlet; peduncles solitary, axillary. August. l three in a whorl, ovate, promienion, sons , with Parakey the axils. A». lift. Jamaica, 1778 pen , with “Er pacha ol toed pein icles a flowered. aop ae arte l exico, at see Aegea lobes finely aag: Ere ito top. ovat; OTs iimo at base, sparingly fi nore as A. heterophylla (various mete gg fl. solitary or twin; corolla sentlely lebes cltabed. iets: posite, one smaller than the other, ‘cordate ovate, pc E gren coarsely serrated. k, lft. Mexico. Plant rather hairy. A. hirsuta (hairy). Jl. reddish, with yay eye ; limb of corolla flat, with rounded serrulate segmen peduncles one-flowered, July. l cordate, serrated. h. 24ft. Stem ‘yalhiforben. G 18 Plant h: A. Kleei (Klee’ 8).* A lilac ; corolla dark near thé mouth, with a dash of Falon in the throat ; calyx downy ; uncles one- flowered. — L ovate, acuminate, serrated, A, 6in. Guate- mala, 1848. Plant hairy.. A.l o egora A. nat; ents of calyx lan- ceolate, erect ; Mort with a lo So sae be n ample spreading limb ; icels one-flowered. J en A st.- L three to four inaw rl, ovate or bags a my: Cog A, lft. Guate- mala, 1841. Plant hai A. multifiora enrages lilac ; sepals linear ; corolla E e ea be curv roundish, lower one fringed ; peduncles ye three in five-flowered. August. sppe or three in a ene oani Maipiy snd doubly serrated. Brazil, 1843. A. tama eh “x A reddish yellow, with dark peer orate, nearly equally et he oa ge oe a Autumn. beneath, —— Th A. patens (spreading). fl. violet, blue; calyx downy; tube RES h. itt. ling., June, ora, ong-stalked).* jl. scarlet, with yellow sokola drow Rar a oe = base; Basten " the e of te upper eN y. l rather uneq oblique meek, n serrated, Stem simple, downy. Guatemala, 1840. A. picta Beea jl. scarlet, with yellow eye; tube of calyx turbinate ; lobes of corolla roundish, three lower ones smallest; peduncles’ solitary or two-flowered, ed, axil lary one-flowered July. fi opposite, or three in a whorl, cordate-ovate, coarsely serrated, velvety, and ae painted. h. 1)ft. Mexico, A. rosea (i: . rose, ies, limb of corolla equal to tube ; pednocian RE gess manga June. l. sometimes three whorl, pilose, A. 1} Guatemala, 1848. The foregoing are the most important species known. Hybrid varieties are innumerable, and even surpass the species in beanty, the best of which are enumerated below in their respective colours. Bine and Kanpa Flowered, ADVANCE,* flowers reddish- purple, lighter at the eye, dwarf, and d free h habit; ARGUS,* rich plum, with deep orange eye, large and free; BUENZOD,* tiowers rich crimson purple apote. with orange in the centre, heri Arel free ; FICER rieh vi vay and free, compact habit; ee form, rich ne-p z Gaon * Ky Aes very large, the tube white outside ; Grannis, rich ged papie, with large shaded, a charming ety ; LADY SCARS- carm stronger eon in parple, shaded grower e freely prod rich blue gaats. one of a finest mhs m aos MADAME GEORGE, ~_. al shaded crimson; MAUVE * flowers very large, a distinct mauve, with a brownish eye-shade, very profuse, with a grand habit, one of the best; po ge meager ee * deep claret purple, orange throat with dark ve variety ; ROLLISONII,* flowers large, deep pte et blue, yellow throat, spotted with deep crimson, very omei VivicaNs,* dark carmine-purple, with crimson eye, | oh few blue rays streaking from the eye, habit good, and very Crimson and Scarlet Flowered. Av with yellow throat, very large, PORTH,* deep crimson, a DAZZLE, A Ga; „small, ao THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ‘Achimenes—continued. salmon, with yellow eye; MAGNET,* deep orange, spotted with . crimson, with a distinct carmine zone, a very free-flowering and beautiful variety ; PARSONSI* is a decided improvement upon the Rose-Flowered. ADMIRATION, deep rose, white throat, spotted with carmine; CARMINIATA SPLENDENS,* bright rose yellow, spotted in the centre, a charming variety; LEOPARD, bright magenta rose, freely spotted at the throat; LONGIFLORA Rosa,* rich lilac rose, deeper in centre, of medium size, very free and dwarf; MASTERPIECE,* deep rose, violet shaded, with a distinct white throat; PINK PERFECTION,* rich rose, the eye rich carmine and violet rayed, one of the best; ROSEA MAGNIFICA,* bright rose, with a yellow eye, very finely spotted, a very lovely variety ; ROSE QUEEN,* flowers very large, rich rosy-lake, shaded deep purple, with a well defined orange throat; UNIQUE,* rosy-pink, deep yellow eye, spotted crimson, a very charming variety. White-Flowered, AMBROSE VERSCHAFFELT,* flowers of good size, pure white, with a dark rayed centre; LONGIFLORA ALBA,* similar in form and habit to Longiflora, but with large white flowers, slightly marked in the centre; MADAME A. VERSCHAF- FELT,* flowers large, pure white ground, heavily veined with purple, a very attractive variety; MARGARETTA,* flowers of medium size, pure white, and destitute of any markings whatever. ACHLAMYDEOUS. Without floral envelopes. ACHRAS. See Sapota. ACHYRANTHES. See Chamissoa and Iresine. ACICULAR. Needle shaped. ACINETA (from akineta, immovable; the lip being jointless). ORD. Orchidacew. A small genus of cool house, robust, sub-terrestrial orchids allied to Peristeria. Flowers | very dry, an occasional syringing, to keep the leaves from shrivelling, being all that is necessary. A. Arcei (Arce’s). fl. yellow. Central America, 1866, A. Barkeri (Barker’s).* fl. yellow and dark crimson, on stout ee ones from the base of the bulbs, and bearing fifteen to thirty fragrant flowers. Midsummer. J, broadly lanceolate, 2ít. long. Pseudo-bulbs, 5in. to 7in. long. Mexico, 1837. This ‘species remains a long time in perfection. tha (yellow-flowered),* fl. yellow, white, and crimson, chrysan’ fragrant ; lower of the lip having a blunt illose horn; racemes erect 8 ook h. 2ft. Mexico, 1850. wind : A. densa (dense-flowered).* E sub-globose, and of a waxy consist- eae lemon a al egal sy dg wears racemes rather Costa Rica, . Very like A. Barkeri. A robust growin, species. SYN. A. Warczewiczii. ne . & Humboldtii (Humboldt’s).* f. straw colour, dotted with 3 brown Bem crag gr A May. É broadly lanceolate, generally fade. SYN. Anguloa superba. A. sulcata (grooved). fl. bright yellow. Columbia, 1879. Very like the ee A aA from which it differs in mere , A, Warezewiczii (Warczewicz’s). Synonymous with A. densa. , but the flowers speedily ACINOS. See Cal: ACIOTIS (from akis, a point, and ous, an ear; in allusion to the shape of the petals). ORD. Melastomacee. A small genus of pretty stove evergreen is most suitable. Young cuttings root readily if in pots filled with peat, placed in heat, and co of the moss all round the inside of the basket, and press plants, but may be grown : thin, membranaceous. A mixture of loam, peat, and sand - Aciotis—continued. i ; South America, 1793: -The pots in which thi cies is grown should be kept in pans of water. . . à A. lor ( us-coloured).* fl. small, red, in spicate racemes. l. petiolate, e ic-oblong, ae beneath, deep shining green above. h. lft. inidad, 1816. ACIPHYLLA (from ake, a point, and phyllon, a leaf, reférring to the sharply pointed segments of the leaf). ORD. Umbellifere. A genus of curious and remarkable erect hardy perennials, with densely fascicled, spicate, or panicled umbels of flowers; and pinnate or bi-tripinnate leaves. They are most suited for the rockwork, in a light sandy soil. Propagated by seeds or divisions iñispring. A. Colensoi (Colenso’§),* fl. white. This extraordinary ever- — green forms a circular h, 5ft. or 6ft. in. diameter, of bayonet- like spines, having flowering stems 6ft. to 9ft. high, covered — with spreading spinous leaflets. New Zealand, 1875. E A. squarrosa (rough-headed).* fl. white. R. 6ft. to 9ft. New — Zealand. More frequently met with than the preceding, of very — dense growth. Commonly known as the Bayonet Plant. 3 ACIS (named after Acis, shepherd of Sicily, son of | Faunus and the nymph Simæthis). ORD. Amaryllidaceæ. § A genus of very pretty dwarf bulbous plants, suitable for < the rockery, in sunny sheltered situations. This genus was formerly included with Leucojum, from which it is — distinguished by its dwarf slender habit, filiform style, — and membranous capsule. All are delicate little plants, with narrow linear leaves and bell-shaped flowers. They require a free, open, rich soil, and should remain and bloom undisturbed for years; divide the clumps every three or je four years, and renew the soil. A. au ‘autumn-bl * th white, delicate pink at the ( preceding the et paini three on a stem. — the base, sh Ain- to eln Portuen, 1628. “A charming species and the only one at all common, ° 0 0 4 A, Brennen Giros Mareen ) hite, larger than _ those of the last. August. a a Raana Tee Mager than : rare in cultivation. a ia 4 A. roseus (rose-coloured).* fl., rose red in. long; to t wered. August. tine Har hee Corsica, 1820. Very rare. tingitanum (Tangiers). Of recent introduction; has a many- flowered umbel, and very long leaves. A, trichophyllus (hair-leaved).* fl., perianth white, about in. — long; segments loosely nerved, with a faint flush of red at the base. January. A. 6in. Spain, 1820. ACISANTHERA (from akis, a point, and anthera, an anther; anthers jointed). ORD. Melastomacee. A mono- typic stove genus allied to Rhexia, of semi-shrubby habi It grows well in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat; and cuttings root freely in the same soil in stove tempera- ture. t A. quadrata (square-branched). jl. purple, ventricose, a axillary, solitary. July, Z. three-nerved, ovate, crenated ; square. Habit erect, branched at the apex. A. lf Jamaica, 1804. More curious than ornamental. “ACMADENIA (from akme, a point, and dan, greenhouse shrubs. Flowers terminal, solitary, or few, furnished with imbricate sepal-like bracts; petals five, with long claws, which are bearded on the inside. Leaves : a mixture of peat and sand, with a little turfy loam orough ina aeaa i re in a pot of very sandy soil, covered with a bell glass, and shaded, will root freely in a cool house. tetragona -angled).* jl. white, large, sessile, solitary. et x me oran with scabrous margins, Alit io 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1798. : ACMENA (from Acmene, nymphs of Venus, who had an altar at Olympia). ORD. Myrtacew. A small genus evergreen shrubs. Flowers in dense trichoto- mous cymes, with five small distant petals, and very conspicuous and pretty berries. They grow well in- equal mixture of peat, loam, and sand. — readily by placing half-ripened cuttings in sand, und glass, without heat. Egret, e AN ee * OF HORTICULTURE. 15 . white, in threes, May to tem ere fa at Sige t ayes + h. 4ft.. New Holland, 1 i A. apes (ovate-leaved).*°A new species, having, according to Mr. W. Bull, ovate leaves, which, along with the stems and petioles, are dark purple, giving the plants, when making new growthyra striking appearance. It has a neat habit. ACOKANTHERA. See Toxicophlea. ACONIOPTERIS. See Acrostichum. ACONITE. See Aconitum. ACONITE, ER. See Eranthis. ACONITUM (from Acong, o cone, a harbour of Heraclea, in Bithynia, near where it is said to abound). Aconite; Monk’s Hood; Wolf’s Bane. ORD. Ranunculaceæ. An extensive genus of very ornamental hardy perennials. Flowers in terminal racemes; sepals five, the upper one helmet shaped, the two sides broader than the two back ones; petals five, small, the two upper with long claws the tip; the three inferior smaller or undeveloped. = Leaves palmate. They thrive well in any ordinary garden soil. If left undisturbed for several years, they will attain a goodly size, and produce fine panicles of handsome flowers. They are invaluable for growing beneath the shade of trees, where they succeed better than almost any other class of plants. All are very easily propagated by divisions of the roots and seeds; the latter should be sown as soon as ripe inacold frame. Care should be taken not to leave pieces of the roots about, for, with but one exception, those of all the species are very poisonous.. Although very unlike horse-radish, they have frequently been mistaken for it, with fatal results; and none of the species should be cultivated in or near the kitchen garden. Sect. I.—Roots, Tuberous, -poi k u ur i r og art or lobes, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Switzerland, 1819. album awhite-floweted)® pure white, large, with erect helmet, August, eit to l green, with oblong-cuneate divisions. 4ft. to 5ft. Levant, 1752. This is a rare and very f pel. of pel- Berries Aan in) Synonymous with A. rostratum. ee pene werd ). bluish-purple, large; spur Ani as une. with bit segment "he Bt to Sit. l deep blu aa biflorum (twin-flowered). fo en, covered y A TEA alpine species. A. Cammarum (Cammarum). f. rich purple, on ra p loose spikes ; yg capitate ; helmet ETERAJ J oe September. with short, bluntish lobes. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Austria, A. cernuum (drooping). /. violet, large, on nodding, loose. racemes ; aaa iniiai. or a little hooked ; helmet Kiet are beaked. July and August. l with trapeziform, pinnate ts Dba Branches ebe kun spreading. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1800. A. delphinifolium (Delphinium-leaved).* fl. pale bluish purple, zo on loose racemes; spur a little hooked; helmet hemi- June. l. smooth, deeply cut into five parts. Stems . h. in. to 2ft. North America, 1820. A rare alpine species, a fl. blue, very large, in loose panicled spikes ; mt; spur capitate, inclining. June. 2 with 3 h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1822. eminent).* jl, blue, on erectly spreading pubescent | porong a i with cuneate bi helinet closed ; lip very long, refracted. 1800. cuneate bipinnate lobes. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe, A. eriostemon (woolly-stamened bluish-purple, disposed in long, pre n: tS aden a es; spur sae aed helmet „Switzerland. T m A with cuneate, bipinnate lobes. A. 4ft. exaltatum (exalted), gh. ‘sok icles, with ascend- «Bagg branches spur somewhat ak honban: ere: Pyrenean thea traperiform, pinnate bes, h. 6ft. Aconitum— continued. Bec recommen ad a Meng hooked att = a e apes! eel ed, inclining multifid, ciliated (as well as the pulled, whee ohn: vind, A et, Siberia. 1822. A. gibbosum (swollen), Synonymous with A. nasutum. A. Gmelini (Gmelin’s), fl. cream-coloured, middle-sized, on very long loose racemes; spur straight, obtuse ; bottom of the helmet rounded, cylindrical, July, J. on long staiks, villous beneath and shining ‘above; lobes divided into narrow segments, A, 2ft. Siberia, 1817. Syn. A. nitidum. A. gracile (slender),* jl. pale blue or violet, large, on loose racemes ; spur erect, clavated-hooked ; helmet with a middle sized beak. June. Z smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lo slender. h. 2ft. Italy, &c. A. Halleri (Haller’s).* . opaque violet, on elongated, loose. racemes, With a few lateral icare ones ; spur capitate ; helmet convex-hemispherical, gaping. June. l lobes linear, dilated, bof og Stem straight, long, branched. h. 4it. to 6ft. — A. H. bicolor (two-coloured),* £ white, variegated with bine; disposed in spikes or panicles. June. Fig. 17. FLOWER OF ACONITUM NAPELLUS, nearly Full Size, A. hamatum (hooked). Synonymous with A. exaltatum. re hebegynum (blunt-styled), Synonymous with 4. paniculatum, um (various-leaved 1l en ao~ in fom. large, numerous, y pray ae RS hag ae below, sessile above, broadly cordate, coarsely todi ws opo edge, and deep green. A. 2ft. Himalayas, 1874, A new intro- duction, said to be non-poisonous, and used as a tonic in India. woe og ie ne mer í jl. pale or a violet, on very loose and much branched panicles, large ; spur thick, lo ' abru re On beak blunt ; helmet sub- heeri aad pge Ees with broad cuneiform - lobes, and obtuse lobules. A. 4ft. 1821. A. intermedium (intermediate). fi. blue, on a loi 3 with ascending stiff branches ; spur supine, somewhat | helmet arched. Juue. i. with trapeziform, pinnate lob to 4ft. Alps of Europe, 1820. = A. japonicum (Japanese).* jl, flesh-coloured, on loose ‘panicles, fr ascending risi helmet arae i conical, a mucronate ; beak acute ste July to September. J. stalked, trifid; lateral lobes bitid, middle. lobe eid, all blunt and deeply oothed. d round, ‘smooth, h. 6ft, Japan, 1790. One 16 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Aconitum — continued. helmet arched, conical. June. J. with jagged, trapeziform -pinnate lobes. k. 3ft. Switzerland, 1820, A. lycoctonum (true Wollf’s-bane).* fl. livid-violet, rather large ; racemes more or less pubescent, branched at the base; bottom of helmet cylindrical ; beak elongated. July. J. large, seven-parted. Stem slender, simple, upright. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1596, maximum (largest). fl. pale blue; panicle loose, furnished with a few long distant, few-flowered, pubescent branches ; spur short, incurved; helmet hemispherico-conical, obtuse, July. l. multifid, large, smooth. h. 6ft. Kamtschatka, 1823. A. meloctonum (Badger’s-bane). fl. cream-coloured, loose, ubescent ; panicle large, with diverging branches ; spur arched ; ttom of helmet conico-cylindrical. July. Z. five to seven- parted, deep green. A. 2ft. to4ft. Piedmont, 1821. A. Meyeri (Meyer's). f. bluish purple, on pubescent peduncles ; spur capitate, inclining. June. l. with cuneate bipinnate lobes, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Bavaria, 1823. A. molle (soft). fl. violet, large, puberulous; racemes panicled, pubescent ; helmet irregularly conical, obtuse; front erect ; spur capitate, ora little hooked. June. J. smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lobes, A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1820, _ Fig. 18. Acontrum NAPELLUS, showing Root, Seed-pod, Flower- spike, Leaf, and Flower with Sepals removed. A. Napellus (little turnip).* Common Monk’s Hood, fl. blue, on on aL e ee desired rho ees erect, pubescent ; ur capil : convex-hemispherical, gaping, smoothish ; lip revolute. | Summer. ce opedately five-lobed. h. 3ft. to aft. a great number of varieties of this species cultivated and introduced. following are some of the names repre- senting slightly varying forms which have, however, been regarded as species by Reichenbach and other authors: acutum, amenum, num, Braunii, callibotryon, Clusianum, com- mutatum, Se ornon; Funkianum, hians, Hoppeanum, rok srt Mishiehhofer', napelloites, : J igocarpus, rigidum, strictum, tenw - folium, venustum, virgatum, One of the most virulent of poisonous plants, both to cattle as well as human beings ; and, ieg om Foye eminently handsome appearance, it should only be plan laces where no danger is likel its presence. See Figs. 17 and 18. eae M PERT Eataa from _. A. nasutum (great-nosed). fl. violet; panicle contracted; quit _ smooth ; spur elongated, arched ; helmet conical, bending forward: beak short. June. l with broad, trapeziform, pinnate 3 h. 3ft. Caucasus, &c., 1818. SYN. A. gibbosum. z A. nitidum (shining). Synonymous with A. Gmelini. E (Otto’s).* jl. blue, variegated with white; young pedi nodding ; spur supine, somewhat hooked; helmet i l with trapeziform, p bes, A, 2ft. to 4ft. Carpathian Mountains, 1824. € July, August. A, paniculatum (paniculate).* fl. large, y or contracte , more r | A. Willdenovii a ( r much branched, ubescent - helmet conical, beaked; front sinuate. June to Eeptember: Aconitum — continued. l. smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lobes, and Switzerland, 1815. Syn. A. hebegynum. A. plicatum (folded), Synonymous with A. tawricum. A. productum (long-lipped). fl. violet, downy, on few-flowered, h. 2ft. to 3ft. France loose, pubescent racemes; helmet straight, irregularly convex- _ conical, with a drawn-out beak ; spur capitate. June. l, on long stalks with three-narted lobes. A, lft. Siberia. A. rostratum (beaked).* jl. violet; panicle rather loose; spur thick, depressed, globose; helmet conical, elongated, abruptly — l. with trapeziform, pointed in front; beak stretched out. June. Syn, A. pinnate lobes, A, lft. to 2ft. Switzerland, 1752. alpinum. A. Schleicheri (Schleicher’s). fl. blue or violet, middle sized, on short racemes; spur capitate; helmet convex-hemispherical, gaping, smoothishe#. Summer. Stem straight for infracted), simple, slender. A. Europe. SYN. A. vulgare, A. semigaleatum (half-helmeted). jl. pale blue, pubescent — when qoa , on very loose racemes ; padanges elongated; spur hooked ; helmet convex, navicular. June. 1. branous, smooth ; root about the size and form of a pea. h. 6in. to 2ft. Kamtschatka, 1818. A. Sprengelii(Sprengel’s). /l. bluish purple; spur obtuse, straight. — a with blunt, bipinnate lobes, A. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe, t. to 5ft. A. tauricum (Taurian).* fl. deep blue, disposed in dense racemes} : posunie erect, smooth ; lateral sepals smooth inside; opns blunt; elmet closed, hemi-spherical. June. l segments almost palto disposed and divided into linear acuminate lobes. A. ft. to 4ft. Germany, 1752. SYN. A. plicatum. th A. tortuosum (twisting), jl. pale or deep violet, large; pani loose, few flowered ; spur trite long, abruptly pointed (neither arched, nor convolute). July, 7% smooth, with narrow wedge- siapa lobes, and acute lobules. h. 6ft. to 8ft. North America, A. toxicum (very poisonous). fi. violet, large, pubescent, on loose, also pu t, racemes; a Seky: helmet large, arched with a blunt beak, June. č. smooth, with trapeziform pinnate — Stem flexuous, almost simple. A. 2ft, America, A. uncinatum (hooked).* f erally lilac, large, smooth; racemes loose, rather umbellate a A op X, vel a panicled somewhat spiral, inclined ; roche ata di July. 4. with trapeziform pinnate lobes. Stem wil S ee from the axils of the leaves, A. 4ft, to 8ft. Ne Fic. 19, ACONITUM VARIEGATUM, showing Habit and Flower. variegatum iegated).* fl. blue. large, smooth; racemes ae Joose; Spur erect, p alera nna ; helmet bent for kard, inflated; beak ascending. July. Z. lower, on stalks uppen sessile, smooth, thickish, Fig. 19. A. = albiflorum (white-flowered).* fl. white, small straight. A. v. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. white, edged with blue or lilac; — helmet straight. A. vulgare (common). A synonym of A. Schleicheri. (Willdenow’s).* f bintsh- par les peduncles pescent ; spur obtuse, straight. bart. to Sit. | Carniola, 1823. Sect, II.—Roots, Fibrous or Napiform. hs thora (Anthora).* f. pale yellow ; panicles gene peo ur aieri Ri obcordate; helmet arched. mately cut into linear lobes. h, ift. to 2ft. species by some authors : x l. with finely jagged lobes. 4 multifid, few, ise i a icled., spur © h. 1ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1597, See ; e following varieties of A. Anthora are erroneously classed as | Tx ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF Recntiacamone. : "o iaa A: helmet rather i conical, Da ith h'a sh ~ acuminated beak. l. with rather larg large dark green lobe ps of Jura, 1873. A. a. eulophum (well-crested). 7. yellow; cles and flowers puberulous ; helmet conical. y eking 1821. pani yellow; pri A flowers A grandifiorum (large-flowered). fl. yellow, large; penia; Ee, and fruit Aena helmet rather coni Alps of - Jura, 1821. A. a, Jacq uinii (Jacquin’s). jl. yellow, smooth; helmet some- what conic: cael, drawn out into an elongated beak. A. a. nemorosum (grove-loving).* Jl er — and flowers ubescent ; helmet somewhat conical, bent; beak short. l. with road lobes. A. autumnale (autumn-flowering).* B panicles; peduncles rigidly i ol closed ; lip very long, refrac lobes. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe. A. barbatum (bearded).* fl. cream coloured, . middle rer racemes dense, puberulous ; Spur straightish, obtuse ; bottom of helmet conical ; middle sepals densely bearded. July. l. opaque, with the lobes divided into many linear segments, on long stalks, which are villous as well as the nerves. A, 2ft. to 6ft. Siberia, "Syn. A. squarrosum, Pog Ghinense (Chinese).* fl. intense bit ei bri; Sage ie een * in —— compound racemes; pedicels l. lower ones ares, daspay cut into tise Bora base ; upper ones sessili ‘igeshary becoming more entire. “haf toe Chin 1658 4 ish- le, in loose A ar helmet cuneate, bipinnate ’s). fl. cream. long, cy crowded, tere y os the 7 tears os maid “spiral helmet constricted, clavate. July. L large, seven to nine- with the lobes unequally cleft, 2ft. to 3ft, Pyrenees, boo A. lupicidum (Wolf's-bane), Synonymous with A. Vulparia. macrophyllum (large-leaved). jl, yellow, numerous, panicled ; ur arched; helmet large, somewhat ventricose at the apex. Jay. L large, more or less dissected. h. 4ft. to 8ft. Germany. A. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). Synonymous with A. ochroleucum. A. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).* fl. cream coloured, large ; spur arched ; bottom of helmet conico-cylindrical ; middle sepals covered with short hairs; ; racemes puberulous, rather loose. July. l. five to seven-parted, deep green, the first ones are pube- rulous above. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Russia, 1794. SYNS. A. Nuttaliii, A, ate pa (Pallas’). Probably a mere variety, with a continuous =- spur, of r7 anthora. A. pallidum (pale). Synonymous with A. ochroleucum. ean).* f. yellow, rather large ; M003 i , rounded; racemes m With pir get 1a barted almost to the base, : ph ve, on long stalks, A. 2ft. Pyrenees, &c., 1739. zs peo h). Synonymous with A. barbatum. vulparia (Fox-bane).* 4. yellow, smooth ; : oma 3 yale Bo stretched out, acute ; racemes Europe, 1821. S A ilai. dum The tie A. v. (Ca panicled lurid colou: Pooma -nas variegated with £ =s T ressed ; peduncles smooth, Lie foundly cut. Stems smooth, h 2ft to 3ft. : Carpathian Mountan, 1810, wia v. Cynoctonum (tall s-bane). and stem per en iy numerous, brte h. Sft. toate France, a v. moldavicum (Moldavian). ; helmet ge om compressed. h. 3ft. to 4th Moldavite A. v. rubicundum (reddish). fl. livid violet, panded villous, variegated with yellow; helmet conico- cylindrical, compressed. A, 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1819, A. v. septentrionale (northern).* helmet conico-cylindrical, compressed. blue, panicled, villous; h. 4ft. North Europe, ACONTIAS. See Xanthosoma. RN. The seed or fruit of the oak. See Quercus. ACORUS (from a, without, and kore, the pupil of the eye; in allusion to its reputed medicinal qualities). ORD. Aroideæ. A _small genus of hardy herbaceous plants. ; perianth six-qleft, inferior, per- in a moist soil, and are very 2d Acorus—continued. : e ; epit, Huo mealea iaiaaeaia z Fic. 20. ACORUS CALAMUS, E ia paris than the abore China, 1796. This is much smaller E all its parts the above, but very pretty. A. g. variegatus.* A pretty variety with white striped leaves, A ann handsome little tufts. X y ACOTYLEDONS. Plants having no cotyledons, or seed leaves, as in Cuscuta, but usually applied to crypto- gamic or flowerless plants, such as ferns, mosses, &c. ACRADENIA (from akra, top, and aden, a gland; referring to the five glands on the top of the ovary). ORD. Rutacee, An excellent neat and compact evergreen bush, suitable for the cool conservatory. It requires a rich loam and leaf mould. Propagated by seeds and cuttings under a bell glass. an Pigeon fl. white, fusion, in August. l Eiifolintey gland-dotted. A Bf.” Tasmania, 1846. ACRE (from agros, an open field). The English Statuto acre consists of 160 square rods (perches, poles, roods, or lugs); or 4840 square yards; or 43,560 square feet. — The following list shows the differentiation in the number of square yards per acre in the various districts of Great Britain and Ireland: Cheshire, 10,240; Cornish, 5760; Cunningham, 6250; Derby (W.), 9000; Devonshire, 4000; Herefordshire, 32263 ; Irish, 7840; Leicestershire, 2308] ; Scotch, 6150; Wales, North (customary), $240; ditto (erw), 4320 ; Westmoreland, 6760; Wiltshire, 3630 _ACRIDOCARPUS (from akris, a locust ; and oaia fruit; meaning not obvious). ORD. Malpighiacee. A handsome sub-tropical or warm greenhouse climber, re- quiring plenty of water, and a very free drainage. In- a TN eating: oe ea uced in great . natalitius (Natal).* ellow; shaped, poset me et pala yy pat tal yon p aage + parein a terminal. July. 1, oblong or obovate, obtuse, ae ACRIOPSIS (from akros, top, and opeis, a Orchidacee. A small genus of pretty stove epiphytal o almost unknown to cultivation. Flowers small, a in loose panicles; lip adnate to the very curions | oC from which it projects at right ome i A. densiflora (crowded-flowered).* linear-lanceolate. h. 6in. Borneo, i A. ja Jay l Aie ohe Si Java, 1340. A. yellow, green. May. z “esr eee: sey. & solitary, 18 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Acroclinium— continued. tubular florets; involucrum many-leaved, imbricated. Leaves numerous, linear, smooth, acuminated. Stems, numerous, erect. They thrive best in a loamy soil, and constitute very neat summer flowering annuals if sown out of doors in patches in June; they are also useful as winter decorative greenhouse plants if seed is sown in August in pots placed in a cold frame. The flower-heads setae be gathered when young, if it is desired to preserve em, Fic. 21. ACROCLINIUM ROSEUM, showing Habit and Flower. A, roseum (rosy).* /l.-heads pretty rose, solitary, terminal, on erect, slender, and grace: wt disposed branches. l. linear, acute, h. lft. to 2ft. S. W. Australia, 1854. See Fig. 21. A. r. album (rosy white).* A very pretty white form of the preceding. A.r. g rum flowered).* fl.-heads than in A homans (large- ).* fl. rose, larger © ACROCOMIA (from akros, top, and kome, tuft; refer- -~ ring to the position of the leaves). OBD. Palmacee. A = genus of South American palms, containing about eleven species, which are not easily distinguished, but having the ollowing general characteristics: Trunk from 20ft. to 50ft. - high, and clad with long prickles. The flowers, which appear in the axils of the lower leaves, are greenish or yellow, and their drupes are much the same colour. Leaves pinnate, with seventy to eighty leaflets on each side of the pinnæ. They require a warm greenhouse and rich sandy loam. Increased by suckers. Two species only are in general cultivation. A. aculeata (prickly). h. 40ft. West Indies, 1791. A. fusiformis (spindle-shaped). h. 40ft. Trinadad, 1731. A. globosa (globular). h. 20ft. St. Vincent, 1824. _ A. horrida (horrid). h. 30ft. Trinidad, 1820. A. lasiospatha (hairy spathed). J. drooping. Trunk about 40ft. _ high, smooth and ringed. Para, 1846. AK scelerocarpa (hard-fruited).* A very elegant species bearing a head of spreading pinnate leaves, with the rachises and petioles e, and the leaflets linear, taper-pointed, glaucous under neath about lit. long. A. 40ft. West Indies, 1731. Syn. Cocos A. tenuifolia (fine-leaved). h. 30ft. Brazil, 1824. Plants increasing at the summit, as Ferns, &c. a ACRONYCHIA (from akron, tuft, and onus, a = claw ; referring to the curved points of the petals). ORD. Rutacee. An ornamental rue-like greenhouse evergreen shrub. Petals and sepals four; stamens eight, inserted on a disk; fruit berry-like. It requires ordinary greenhouse treatment. Increased by cuttings in July in sand, under a bell glass. : A. Cunninghami (Cunningham’s).* fl. white, in clusters, resem. = aon hoe of at with an exquisite fragrance. ACROPERA. See Gongora. _ ACROPHORUS. See Davallia, ACROPHYLLUM (from akros, top, leaf; ; referring to the way in which the leaves d at the summit of the branches, above the flowers). e. July. A Tit. - lobed lower pinnules. fi long, deltoid, wit. acea- O g Acrophyllum—continued. Cunoniacee. Handsome greenhouse small, erect-growing, evergreen shrubs, flowering profusely during the spring months. They require a mixture of fibrous peat, a little loam, and sharp sand ; thorough drainage, an airy situation, and as little artificial heat as possible, are important to its well-being. Re-pot in February. Propagated by cuttings of the half ripened shoots, which strike freely in a soil of sand and peat, if covered with a hand glass, and placed in a cool house. The roots should not be allowed to get dry, and light syringing during late spring and summer will be found beneficial in assisting to keep down thrips. A. verticillatum (whorled). A synonym of A.venosum. A. venosum (veined).* fl. pinkish white, in dense axillary spikes, which are borne on the upper part of the stems and branches. May and June. J. nearly sessile, oblong, cordate, acute, serrate, in whorls of threes, h. 6ft. New South Wales. Syn, A. verticillatum. ACROPTERIS. See Asplenium. ACROSTICHUM (from akros, top, and stichos, order ; meaning very obscure), ORD. Filices. This genus includes Aconiopteris, Chrysodium, Egenolfia, Elaphoglossum, Gym- nopteris, Olfersia, Polybotrya, Rhipidopteris, Soromanes, Stenochlena, Stenosemia. A large and almost entirely tropical genus; it includes groups with a wide range in venation and cutting. Sori spread over the whole surface of the frond or upper pinnse, or occasionally over both sur- faces. The species having long fronds, are admirably suited for growing in suspended baskets, and the dwarfer sorts do wellin Wardian cases. A compost of peat, chopped sphagnum, and sand, is most suitable. For general treat- ment and culture, see Ferns. ~ r-pointed).* rhi imbing. i. 4in. ans eph pon ).* rhiz. thick, climbing. sti ni A. to 6in. lo acuminatum. A. alienum (foreign). rhiz. woody. sti. 6in. to 18in. long, scaly downwards. barren fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, often 1ft. broad, the upper part deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate lobes, the lower part pinnate, with entire or deeply pinnatifid lower pinnæ., fertile fronds much smaller, with distant narrow linear or pinnatifid leafy pinnæ. Tropical America. Stove species. SYN, Gymnopteris aliena. A. apiifolium (parsley-leaved).* cau. stout, woody, erect, sti. of barren fronds 2in. to šin. long, erect, densely clothed with tomen- tum. barren fronds 4in, to 6in. each way, deltoid, tripinnate; pinnæ close, only the lowest pair with pinnatifid pinnules, ulti- mate divisions oblong-rhomboidal, łin. to jin. long, the base cuneate, the outer edge slightly toothed. fertile fronds on a slender naked stem 6in. to 8in. long, the fronds. panicled with a few distant, slender, simple, or compound branches. Philippine Islands, 1862, Stove species. Syn. Polybotrya apiifolia, A. apodum (stemless).* cau. thick, woody, the scales dense, linear, brown, crisped. sti. tufted, very short, or obsolete. O@rrem Fronds lft. or more long, 14in. to 2in. broad, the apes acuminate, the lower part narrowed very gradually, the edge and midrib densely fringed with soft, short, brown hairs. fertile fronds much smaller than the barren ones. West Indies to Peru, 1824, Stove species. SYN. Hiaphoglossum apodum. A. appendiculatum (appendaged).* rhiz, firm, woody. barren howe A 6in. to 18in, lo “hn. to ĝin. road, simply pinnate. sti. din. ed, or slightly scaly; pinnæ 2in. to 4in. long, łin. to Zin. broad, the e varying fro. t inne roundish or . Stove species. eum (golden).* cau. erect. sti. erect, 1ft. to 2ft. long, strong. gy oe 2ft. (oiie s , lft. to 2ft. broad, the upper pinne fertile, — rather smaller than the barren ones, which are usually stalked, ligulate oblong, Zin. to 1ft. long, żin. to Sin. broad, acute or blunt, “sometimes retuse with a mucro; edge quite entire, base sub-cuneate. — . Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres, 1815. An evergreen aquatic stove species, requiring abundance of heat and — moisture. SYN. Chrysodium aureum. auritum (eared).* cau. erect, woody. barren fronds with a sn bin. rA long, deltoid, 8in. to 12in. each way, ternate, ` the central segments deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate e lobes; the lateral ones unequal sided, with lanceolate oblong- ertile fronds with a stem 12in. to 18in- with distant linear pinne half line broad ; upper OF HORTICULTURE. p o> rhiz. slender, wide scandent. barren long, about lin. broad, simple, the t bluntish, the edge entire, the lower half uper ey, ually tothe base or short stem. fertile fronds bin. to 12in. long, one to ! three lines broad, flexuose, on a stem lin. to 6in. long. Hima- : _ layas. Greenhouse species. SYN. Chrysodium axillare. _ A. barbatum (bearded). Synonymous with A. scolopendrifolium. A. bifurcatum (twice-forked), sti, densely tufted, 2in. to 4in. long, slender, stramineous, naked. fronds 3in. to 4in. long, about sin: broad, pinnate ; lower pinne of fertile fronds two or three cleft, with linear divisions ; those of the barren pinnæ b er, and not so deep. St. Helena. Greenhouse species. Syn. Polybotrya bifurcata. A. Blumeanum (Blume's).* rhiz. woody, wide dinde sti. of barren fronds 6in. long, scaly. barren fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, with numerous sessile pinnæ on each side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad; apex acuminate, the edge slightly toothed; base rounded. fertile fronds with distant pinnae 4in. to 8in.long, tin. to jin. broad, Assam. Greenhouse SYN. Chrysodium Blumeanum. A. callæfolium (calla-leaved). A form of A. latifolium. A. canaliculatum (channelled).* rhiz. woody, wide guo th out. i tri te; lower road ; | acuan lan- A. caudatum (tailed). A synonym of A. petiolosum. A. cervinum (stag-horned).* rhiz. woody, _—— scaly. sti, 1ft. or more long, scaly. barren fronds 2it. to 4ft. long, pinnate; pinnæ 4in. to Qin. long, lin. to 2in. broad, entire or nearly so, unequal at the base; fertile pinnw distant, linear, lanceolate, bipinnate, with short spreading sub-cylindrical pinnules, Brazil, 1840. Stove species. SYN. Olfersia cervina. A. conforme (conformed). rhiz. wide creeping, scaly. sti, lin, to 12in. long, firm, erect, stramineous, naked or slightly scaly. fronds 2in. to Yin. long, żin. to 2in, broad, acute or bluntish, the base cuneate or spathulate, the edge entire. barren fronds narrower than the fertile one. ` ALLEYS. Small walks of various widths, but generally 1ift. or 2ft. wide, and formed in right lines, parallel to the main walks, or borders, sometimes covered with a thin coat of sand, gravel, or shells, or paved with flints, pebbles, &c. Spaces left between beds of seedling plants are generally meant when alleys are referred to. ALLIACEOUS. Pertaining to the Garlic family. ALLIARIA. See Sisymbrium. ALLIGATOR APPLE. See Anona palustris. ALLIGATOR PEAR. See Persea gratissima. . ALLIUM (from all, meaning hot or burning; in allu- sion to the well known properties of the onion tribe). ORD. Liliaceew. Hardy bulbous plants, with flat or- in a membranous spathe at the summit of l campanulate. The genus is a very large one, but compara- A tively few species are worthy of cultivation, and most of these only as border plants, or for planting in the wild garden, or woodland in masses. They are of very easy culture, in- creasing rapidly by offsets. The little bulbs, which are produced in clusters, may be separated and re-planted in autumn or early spring, about 4in. deep. Seeds are also easily obtainable. These may be sown thinly in light soil, in February or March, where they should remain until the to their flowering situations. During the growing season, all the attention required will be to keep the plants free of weeds, and place stakes to the tall-growing kinds. A. (taper-pointed).* fl. deep rose, jin. to Jin. across, in many-flowered umbels. Ju y and August. l rather stems, very narrow, only about a line wide. h. bin. to 1 North- West America, 1840. A. og mean fot. fl. deep red purple; in other respects, like ge ene a JE Papis; umbels globose ; sca ieee : Summer. l subulate. h. 9in, Palestine, 1546, For ‘biue)* fl. deep sks sky blue, with a dark line 2 ; umbel dense, globular, E - Siberia, 1830. One of the eal species gro A, Bidwelliz (Mrs. Bidwell’s),* fl. bright rose, aa iin, across, in few-flowered umbels, July, _ ‘narrow, rather longer than the stem. h. 2in. to 3in. Sierra Nevada, 1880. A very charming little species for tke rockery. 3 =. ie A. Breweri (Brewer's).* £ Ted rose, Bently or quite lin. across, -in few-flowered umbels. l. much 1 r than the de jin. or more broad. oy in. to šin. California, A ray oh (common onion). ji. white; scape ve Werk lodge than ves. June, July Ci fist tular, rounded. h. 3ft. "For ee. Are c 5 Aggrogatum. Aggregated, Tree, or Potato Onion. See’ autumn or following spring, when they'may be transplanted Pa A, Erdelii (Erdel’s). +A. flas 1 (golden), terete radical leaves, i capitate or umbellate flowers g Rage me naked, or leafy scape; perianth spreading or "tat tog “he te to ie, 4 broadly lanceolate, acute, ciliated, toothed bod the e , åt tirst erect and glaucescent, afterwards gree read ing, much shorter than the stem. A. 2‘ft. to 3k. ‘cath af Paton Europo. Very vigorous and free flowering. “SYN, aaa ‘ paradoxum (aaia. “white, fully pendulous, oe long footstalks spri y from fittle hste. of ellow bul Se . l. one oF “tw lon on o re scape, inear- aon ~ lanceolate, Soars, keeled, sti oe broad, drooping © “Allium— continued. i coruleum (blue-flowered).* fl. blue, in large compact globu: -Jar heads. June. h. 8in. Russia, 1840. Very distinct. A. Douglasii (Douglas’). Synonymous with A. unifolium. ls white, keeled with green, in“compact umbels. h. 6in. Palestine, 1879. A rare but pretty species, and should be planted in a warm position.on the rockery. ` ‘~A. falcifolium (sickle-leaved).* fl. pale rose, łin. to Zin. across, _ w-flowered ‘umbels. August. l two in number, thick, ly linear, falcate. h. 2in. to 3in. North-West America, 1880, Pgs ret (sickle-formed). Probably a variety of A. uni- folium, with pure whites flowers, in several-flowered umbels. * habin.“ _ California, 1882. . yellow, bell-shaped, and somewhat droop- s; scape leafy at the base. J, round, not y ty umbels ei y about lft. Italy, 1759 A, Helios, attish above the base. h. -slender species. A fragrans. Sec Nothoscordum. ” A. karataviense (Karatavian). jl. white, im dense globose heads. May. l. very broad, flat, glaucous, sometimes variegated. h. 6in: Turkestan, 1878. š A. Macnabianum (MacNab’s).* fl. deep magenta, a colour quite © unique in this family, in large umbels. l. nearly as long as the- j stem, channelled, about łin. broad. h. 1ft. North America, Pea A. magicum (enchanting). Synonymous with A. nigrum. * N 1) n Fic. 58. ALLIUM Moxy. A gore g oer. fl. brigh Spring J. few, broadly to 15in. South Euro: flowered and very fine in masses. Seo E j A. Murrayanum (Murray’s).* 4. vor le, in large heads.. — l. narrow, longer than the stem. . lft. North America, A good variety of A. acuminatum. A. mutabile (ohangoabIek mie ji. white, changing to rose, in many: flowered umbels, July. Z. shorter than the stem, narrow, c nelled. A, 12in. to 24in. North America, 1824, A. neapolitanum (Neapolitan).* fl. white, with green ainda numerous, in a loose umbel, on stems exceeding the leaves in — length ; pedicels much longer than the flowers. Early summer. l. two or three, sheathing the flower stem, stra shaped kage lin. across. h. 15in. to 18in. South Europe, 1 bably the most ornamental white-flowered species. A. nevadense (Sierra Nevada). fi. white, or pale rose, ; about gin across, in several-flowered umbels. July, J. flat, rather longer than the stem, about jin. wide. h. 3in. to 6in, ‘Sierra Nevada and Utah, 1882. A. nigrum (blackish).* ji. dull violet, or whitish, with a green vein, very numerous, in a large umbel. Summer. l thick, t yellow, numerous, in n compact umbels, ceolate, To sub-cylindrical, A. 10in. — , 1604. Se eile bright- — A. p (Piedmont). * - le, large, be'l- “nh ped, in venient clusters, a aie f: lanotbiate,"* shorter than t iedmont 1 A Genk, little por rockwork, or oda border, One the handso tone ome specics grown, d A. reticulatum netted). jl. varyin gtd arsenal Summer. ger oi cee or nyo Aliforan, arving an h. Sin. to ” “15in, North-West America, 1882. A rare s] i A. a Attaiatfotium (akienustela faar ase This: regarded a3 oe a mag il handsome w cs This may be gogn North-West, . * ‘ Es: * z cultivation, see Gesnera. ». AN ENCYGLOPÆDIA _ kd -OF HORTICULTURE. 6 : Sie Miaon He, D E , Allopléctits continued, . int Be A. roseum (rose-coloured).* fl. pale lilac-rose, largo, in umbels of Itatus i yea -leaved).*, fi. whitish, ‘about 2in, long, in ten or twelve; stems round, rather longer than the leaves. ary tufts.» August. Z. opposite, one is lin. to 2in, long, an - Summer, 7. strap- shaped, channelled, rolled inwards at the top, r “the other 6in.ste 9in. long, and 2in. wide, oblong, shortly acumi- % not hairy. A. 12in. to lóin. South Europe, 1752.. z * nate, roundéd, peltate at the base, and raised on stout foot- A. sativum vaten: Garlic. fi. white; umbel bulbiferons. . «stalks, lin, to Zin. long. A. lft. Costa Rica, 1877. à Summer. l. flat. h. 15ft. Sicily, 1548. For “culture, see Garlic. | A. r nhs (creeping). jl. yellow; corolla with curved tube, A. schcenoprasum (rush-leaved onion). Chives, fl urple p ` four lobed; sepals ovate, “spotted ; ‘peduncles axillary, solitary. umbel many-fiowered, globose, without bulbils. : June and July. _ February... 1, ovate, rather fleshy, serrate, on short petioles. St. l cylindrical, somewhat tapering towards the point; stem with one | © Martha, 1845... Plant downy ; an evergreen trailer, leaf, or naked. h. lft England, For cultivation, see Chives. | Aevittatus (striped). Jl, calyx crimson; corolla pale yellow; A. spherocephalum (globe-headed).* jl. densely pac ‘ked “in a C farerne fasciculate; surrounded by vivid red foliaceous bracts. subspherical head ; in a bud state the upper ones are-reddish- l. large, shortly-stalked, broadly-ovate, of a deep velvety greeny purple, the lier green. June. J, narrow, shorter than the long “having a broad greyish-green band down the centre, branching off terete stems. * h, 1}ft. to 2ift. South Europe, 1759, oe aan course of the principal veins, Stems erect, fleshy. A. stramineum (straw-coloured ellow, in deine lo ade * umbels. July. T, Aa t Rea te sims, “A . to zamorensis (Zamora).* jl. yellow ; sepals orange-red. h. 1ft. Siberia. E lumbia, 1875. æ A. striatum (striated). „See EE E E ` ORUS. See Pellea and Cryptogramma. A. triquetrum (three-cornered). jl. white, somewhat betshnpod, ALLOTMENT GARDENS. A system of . system of assigning with a narrow streak of pure green down each petal, in al 7 . 2 slightly drooping ‘adel, On erent? triangular prs shorter than © small portions of land to be cultivated-by labourers after the leaves. Summer. l green, broadly strap-shaped, keeled in a .| their ordinary day’s work. sarap 78 manner, sometimes very long. h. 12in. to i8in. South_| «© The following are the most important rules to be carried out; “but, should occasion arise, other rules must be made * one-leaved). fl. bright rose. July. > ar TTI PNET A hands. from Calif ly. A Ut, to 2 ornia, ome species, ornia, resem - A.” » but differing from pot N ap species by the circum- stance that its bulbs are develo at a distance from each other, and = Cn by at -like rhizome, jin. to lin. long. . Douglasti. ý Syn. A A, u A ‘scien ved Garlic; Ramson® fl. pure © white, oa rpg rianth Segments; umbel level at top ; ` triangular. - Summer. l. one or two, radi stalked, ‘ares, bright green. h. 1ft. “England. See Fig. 59, A, g). jl, pure ea or rose-coloured, in large pa er s ing ts ain to Ait.. Figo el iin, broad, early! ~ as long as the stem n. A retty new species f Oregon and California, 1881. gige er Aa A. Victorialis (Victovia’s). . spicate umbels. May. shorter than the stem. Al. greenish-white, in many-flowered, broadly ovate- oblong, à hannelled, Europe, 1739. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Southe This is conspicuous from its broad eaves, a | very rare in cultivation. ALLOPLECTUS (from allos, diverse, and pleco, to plait; the calyx appears as if it was plaited in diverse direc- tions), ORD. Gesneracer. Very handsome stove evergreen shrubs. Corolla tubular or club-shaped, straightish ; calyx coloured. Leaves opposite, one in each pair smaller than the other, petiolate, fleshy, scattered or decumbent, or erect, the under surface generally reddish; branches —. i Bin, * - to meot particular cases :— Each’ Allotment should consist of a : ger to be let yearly at a rent of not aike than 10s. Allotment to be let for one year only, to be re-let to thessame occupier, provided his character has been satis- factory during the preceding year. ` 8. The rent shall be considered due at Michaelmas! If it remains unpaid for one month after that date, the Allot- rood of land » ment shall be forfeited. _ 4. The Allotment to be cultivated solely by spade hus- bandry, and the same crop shall not be planted on the same part two years in succession, 5. Separate Allotments shall be divided by a space not less than 18in. 6. Any occupier trespassing on his neighbour's Allotment, or inf’any way interfering or damaging the same, shall not be allowed to hold his Allotment after the expiration of the year. ALLSPICE. See Calycanthus. ALLSPICE TREE. See Pimenta. ALMEIDEA (in honour of J. R. P. de Almeida, a | Brazilian, who was of great assistance to St. Hilaire while — on his travels in Brazil). Ory. Rutacew. Stove trees or shrubs with alternate, simple, entire, stalked leaves. Racemes terminal, divided at the apex into compound thyrse-like» panicles, The undermentioned species, the , ovate- ienesolate, } only one as yet introduced, will grow freely in a mixtire of loam, sand, and peat. Partly ripened cuttings will strike |. root if planted thinly in" pot of sand under a hand glass, in heat. : ” A. rubra (red). fl. pink; petals very blunt; racemes compound. September. Z. lanceolate, acute at the base. h, 12ft. Brazil; 1849, Evergreen shrub, _ ‘ ALMOND. See Amygdalus, ALNUS (from al, near, and’ lan, the bank of a river; general habitat of the genus). The Alder Tree. ORD. Betulacee. A genus. of deciduous trees and shrubs. Flowers moncecious ; barren ones in long drooping au- tumnal catkins, thsting through the ` winter; fertile ones, produced in spring, in oval catkins, resembling + -a fir-cone in shape, the fleshy scales of which become _ indurated and ligneous as they approach — maturity. Leaves stalked, roundish, blunt. Propagated usually Wo-coloured), ft. yellow, p le; corolla = ober one- flowered, June, patted ye ‘ovate, oblong, den: sy "ales above, downy beneath ; branches : ” a Grenada, 1840, Plant erect, rather A. capitatus (headed). £ capita te; sepals red, leaf RE s tergani middle S poluneles axillary, ” March. arge, ow reddish beneat St tetragonal, red. Zit, Soati Ane ee panes: Stem bluntly seeds, which are gathered towards the end of October; they require to be well dried, in order that the cones do not become mouldy. The- s8eds are sprinkled lightly on the a ground with the slightest possible covering. Towards the = end ‘of the year, the seedings will be about 10in. high. $i „heThey are then planted in rows 1}ft. apart, and 6in. from “each other, where they may remain*for two years, after which they can be placed out in the ‘situations where they a are intended to stand. Planting is best done in November _ a. A. di (two-eoloured). fl. pu i rple, yellow, axillary, crowded, nearly Aa e : eee entire, pubescent. Brazil, or March ; and, if it t on. to make a plantation a "s are not difficult to -grow, with a i + wd è i z F4 ~ $ $ a“ a Tiry, s 50 “SSS, - ‘THE DICTIONARY. OF GARDENING, an, $ Alocasia—continued.* . ‘ “Alder; the, young trees mae * fats in, shee made with a ‘an ordinary garden, spade, about 9in. deep, and about 4ft. apart. They are also increased, but rarely, by-cuttings, by _ suckers, an@uby grafting. _ i i cordifolia (heart-shaped-leaved).* fl. greenish-brown, “March “Aged epifo before the "aca ofthe leaves. Z. heart-shi acuminate, dark gréen, and shining. æ 16ft: to 50ft. * Cala and Naples, 1820. A large, very distinct, and handsome roel headed tree. interesting of ornamental trees. ae, A. firma (firm).*_ l. oval lanceolate, acuminate, sharply serrated, many-nerved. Japan. One ofthe most distinet of alltthe Alders. Fic. 60, ALNUS GLUTINGSA, showing Catkins and Fruit. A. glutinosa (sticky)*. barren catkins long, large, and cylindrical, pendent, their footstalks branched. fertile catkinsysmall, ovate, with deep-red scales. Spring, l. roundish-cwneiform, obtuse lobed at the margin, and ‘serrated, somewhat glutinous, downy in the axils of the nerves beneath. h. 50ft. to 60ft. Britain, ‘The Alder affects moist and damp’situations, and, as it grows quickly, it is a useful tree to plant in baresituations. It is valuable as a nurse to other trees by the sea-side. See Fig. 60 A. g. aurea (golden).* Foliage golden colour. A. (incised).* * Compact form, with leaves qŭite like those of co hawthorn. SYN. A. g. oxyacanthifolia, A. E ta (cut).* l, oblong and pinnatifid, with the lobes has elegant droo b * pees is one of the gS ping branches and fern-like leaves, A. g. oxyacanthifolia (sharp- prickled). Synonymous with A. g. that of bye: com imperialis (= aspleni, incisa. a ad rie ms the form, e variety slightly di or cut foliage ; A. g. varie = arak in i riea or less lobed A. g. crea * A. incana (hoary).* 1. eae pal or erate aie at the base, sharply serrate, whitened, and mostly dow 20ft. North Tom iate regions. Thilsects drier n our native A. glutinosa, K ridis (ereen) Aa miil Sa stalk lustered, l. round oval or er ge heart-shaped, rh ous and rp agew softly downy beneath, serrate, with ver D and glosely set teeth. Mountainous regions of northern hemisphere 3 E Amer ALOCASIA "(Erom a, without; and Coloc to Colocasia. Orn. often with large and handsomely variegated, usually pel- tate, Teac and shortly petiolate diko spathes. . They - rong thoist heat, and consist of fibrous peat, with a little light- fibry loam, in “large lumps; ‘to this add a good proportion of sphagnum “and lumps. of charcoal, with plenty of silver sand. It grows rapidly in-dry soil, and is one of the most |e bat a R cucullata (hood-leaved). jl. green, whitish. Spring. ie roideé@. Stove plants of great beauty.. _ ~ "veins distinct ivory white. A, Thibau repo ihe 2 t erate atiii ite deeply cordate; basal obes rounded an sharply poin athe me by numerous grey ve ae ae from ssn, an abundant supply of ie o to thea pots. - rp Keep the bulbs and soil raised well above the rim of the pots, and finish off with a surfacing of- either sphagnum. or cocoanut ‘fibre. The latter will soon encourage new root- = lets» Crock the pot quite two-thirds up with clean, broken ki potsherds. “Water freely when in good growth, and give | liqhid mantire once or twice a week through the growing = season. = Shade. during bright sunshine in ‘the spring and summer months. Increased by seeds and divisign of the stems or rhizome, Winter temperature, 60deg. to 65deg.; summer, + 7odeg. to s5deg. See also Caladium : and Colocasia. Å. alba (white Th. whitey h. 13ft. Java, 1854. ° * A, amabilis (lovely). Synonymous with A. longiloba. ise A; chelsonii (Chelséa).* An interesting hybrid bet Wéen A. cuprea” and A. longiloba. 4, large, upper surface deep green, glossy and’ metallic, under side purplish, as in A. cuprea. h, att, > India, “A. cuprea (coppers). * Jf., spathe purplish-red, with short” lamina. l. cordate-ovate, peltate, "deflexed, 12in. to 18in. long, rich bronze . colour, p e beneath, 2fte. Borneo,’ 1860. - S¥NS.. A. metallica, Xanthosoma plumbea. A, gigantea (gigantic), Synonymous with A. longiloba. guttata (spotted). fl., spathe white otted with purple. l leafstalk also spotted. R. 2ift. Borneot 189. At elipti i (hybrid).* A cross between A. Lowii and A. cupred. tic in outline, with a very short acuminate point, and very astignty arted at the base, deep olive-tinted green on the upper Surface, having stout, the bak Gay p: the “pees qh an ivory E Py meake dull m ae aTa Sa thei Diades, de green, aeS ha iotelson of dark brown ; be sige long. India, 1867. A very- Se r A _A. Johnstoni (Johnston’s).*° Le sen Age the front lobe being about T2in. lone, Det the two back lobe l4in. long and diver; ent,- Olive-green, prettily variegated inde strikingly veined with brig: t rosy red. The leafstælks are fut- nished at intervals with irregular whorls of stiff spines, the points of which are turned upwards. - Stem darkly mottledwith flesh- ~ coloured bands just above the spines. Solomon Isles, 1875. This _ plant has quite a unique appearance. s A. Liervalii (Lierval’s), l. bright green. Philippines, 1869. wi l. large sagittate, with the upper ee à A. longiloba (long-lobed). spreading out, green, With silvery veins, A. 4ft, Java, 1864. Syns A anai; A A. gigantea. y Fy Lowii (Low’s). fl., spathe white. 1. cordate- sagittate, vine to lóin. long, pelfate, deflexed, olive- green, | with thick white - ribs, deep purple beneath. Borneo, 1862, A. macrorhiza (long-rooted). (jl. green, whitish: “h. 5ft. Ponik A. m. variegata (variegated). J. large; somewhat cordate, with slightly waved margins, bright green, blotched and marbled with white, sometimes aren Al, quite ‘white ; footstalks broadly ki with pure white, Ceylon. A very striking and effective’ lar, haa plant. Marshallii (Marshall’s). i eteen, with dark "blotches, broad central silvery band. India, 1 A. metallica (metallic). p i At wit, cuprea hapal A. navicularis Cosina spath Er the boat-s , whitish. h. lft. ibs. Ç > A, Roezlii. See olan marmoratum. ~ A. sca’ sniper A eT ‘flyespathe entirely white ; limb i an K Tong, oblo te. A spreading, not deflexed, sagittate, # "not in the least’ oat te, deep ining green a pale ane beneath, e length 22in. lin. A. 4ft. to 4itt. orth- West Borneo, 187 1878, . Altho his is not such an ornamental species as A, Lowiiy A. Thibautiana, or A. cuprea, it has the merit’ of being a much larger and bolder plant than either of these, an fs one of the largest species in the pe A. Sedeni’ winged s).* A hybrid bet@hien A, if and A. cupred. 4 oval, cordate, sagittate, deflexed, bronzy i purple beneath, traversed “which is Se purple beneath, said to be by far the finest of the genus. | k varga Sor Ca A. whitish. 0. leafstalk e muted with violet. oe a * r a . as TAER AN, ENC ETA r | A e Ea EAE Aree E a “= Aloe—continuéd, ~ < weet gt = DE A. ra)* l. erect, dly sa: ittate, rich ne à s cked at the to pas i nsif 1ft. to Lift. 3 ~*~» born Xoo footstalks, pon ys git ale ps mottl na * cE ; ins diameter 3 S 3 i orm, cha: sane E F ` Tripod with : les, 1808 Sel of dark green, Pell t. or more, gma “mi ae two to thirse li nee pale, rather i : ~ pine Isles, aon? r gex e to one and a half lines) brariched.- A ALOE (from Bloch, its Arabic Bisa. “Allied queue’: ote Or g tmunk 4ft. to’ Lag in diameter, ‘SY zi phat a A - This hitherto much confused genus of greenhouse succ- - J. G. Baker“ (vide “Journal, of, the Linnean“ Society, vol. xxviii, pp. 152—182), to whose pcooupty we e in- debted for many of the following particulars: —Plant with ` = | or without stems; shrubs or (rarely) trees 5 ‘sgt thick,” $ + “fleshy, frequently ina rosette; peduncles sim] émed, I i endowed with few or many empty practes. Mig! amog! i -pedicels bracteated at base, solitary; -tube straight E or slightly recurved ; segments, ated ; stamens hypo-, P gonous, asiglong as the perian longer: Mr. _. describes over eighty speci many € s which, for. various | and important reasons, — Natives the Cape of Goo hese very” interesting an eis bone fe “And. peat, together Se an A ee eto wise” with the | pon ‘our: space. better. Wate 4 must be carefully administered. l ry greenhouse, and . ae cana have too TE E at See time. - * ; ianth twelve to fifteen lines nd 2in. to. Sin: ong; aan rA se twenty in a’ coe 2 eee 1 è es long ; racemes dense, ift. in length, 3in. in diameter ; ong, branched, 7, ina dense rosette, ensiform, 1} in. to 3im broad, slowly narrowing from Base to th ed above tpi, where it is four to five lines thick: m marginal prickles one anda half to two lines long. Stem simple, when fully. grown, wn, 20ft. s te bispina (y Bees: ra Ay loosely disposed, lanceolate, to 8in. Bami tr A wroan sty ry ve up’ green “without ts or ogo four. lines Mok: back broad, glaucous, obscurely lined and ` ines thick ; margin - tinted. Eag in old specimens 1ft. to ait. long > diameter. Syns. A. Hanburyana, A, paniculata, and A. arborescens (tree-like).* Jl., perianth red, fifte n lines long ; raceme PaA soit . ; pedicels ascendi to fifteen 1 Hines lor pagne les: > hft., simp le be 1. (rosette 3ft. tos it. diameter) . ae lenia, aggre be; : lift. to. 2it. ; base 2i. broad, thence -to ap < attenuate minated, green, rather Ay eR without s or press. „three to four lines long ; ; basefiye to six linestthicks 1 aur i e beyond the base ch? dunelled ;. marginal prick es close, one and, Balt t to two lines long, horny.- Stem. simp e, finally 10ft. to 12ft, 2in. to in. in diameter. 1700. æ (shrubby). arfer. l. often loose, and shotter, ple. a a acenetinen red or white oop ped uncl ed), H, ‘iicianth sei four een to EER lines 4in, to bin. mg, ard about 4in. thirteen to eighteen lings long ; scape in a dense t , ascending, lanceolate thtlines broad, without spots or lines ; d; middle one and a half lines thick ; h | Apicra Haworthia, Pachidendron,Phylloma. ORD. Liliaren, s ~ lents, and its allies, have been. completely ee by . Mrr. 7 ige, so much the- A ‘africana (African). OE Pace: fifteen to faaie m cle t esno` ; e Hope, except where otherwise] > lanceolate dycurious plants thrive | šin. to 4in. in r Astri Faw Be tor twin in a dense rosette. A, Zeyheri. - A. barbadensis (Barbadoes). EA with Fa vera” | “As Barberze (Barbers). _ Synonymous with 4.Bainesii, * | A, brevifolia (hort. aroa) ae, & th red, fifteen to eighteen ` lines long 3" éin., "long, 24in. to 3in. in diameter ; . * “be _-pediéels wu é isi elve lines long; peduncles simple, ge | ; lft. long. 1, thirty orty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, din. to * Gin, longyand in. broad at the base, glaucous, without spots or lines; ed, below swollen or flat; middle three to four _' k convex; sparingly tubereled ; marginal teeth,” oe and a half lines long. Stem short, simple. s j e sed). somewhat larger ; peduncles in Nos leaks ljin, to ie broad ; bes some- sixteenlines long; ter ; pedicels * dense, Panna channe d, ard tof ro G Pe b anid (De Candote Dk ad iasg inpe gin ne ee ŝin. gr lines long ; halite pon B yon lin. Jong ; raceme 4 oe 4 oy wattle’ to 12in, iin. y f ensiform, 9in. to 12in. on: green, lined; base near! ae upper surface channelled; one to one one anda half lines long. ciliata ( iated).* yt, perianth bri red, twelve to fifteen ines long ; raceme simple, loose, 2in. n. long ; pedicels three to four li long; peduncles slender, simple. J, linear, widely ee f am lexicaul, green, 4in. to Ga ong; base six to nine We A nes; mi wly narrowing towards the apex, without spots or e one line thick ; marginal teeth minute, w long, sarmentose ; branches three to four lines in diam six to twelve lines long, obscurel, y striated with i i Fh Commelyni (Co: ’s), A mere form of A. mitre, i brina (related). fl., perianth zeug h red, twelve s fiftee i loose, long, ¢ es long; raceme rather in. ĝin. long, and 2in. in dicels he to four lines. long; scape 1jft., slender, mear SEa l. loosel ensiform, bin. to.8in. long, and lin. broad, PE face eee he m iddle three lines thi Fag is oh margina pikes mingte, brownish ; garer 10ìn. to 12in. (sometimes igini in da. > ing open ; _ lower ones deflexed. Stem ait, * South broad at the page p - middle three to four -. em y: prickles distant, Poke -, short, simple. China, 1817. upper leaves ascending ; hese ‘ta Africa, 1845, Me ins hite, horny, ‘two lines 4 s ort, din. to lin. in diameter. 1796. = ee wc i an , perianth brilliant red, tên to 4 diameter lower | os t) or more, shortly MoS 2i. - ae ee ed; pedicels ascend. » Six to ; pe stout, bra nched, lift. to m twelve f ae ly spotted ; middle nse rosette, outer ones recurved, la late, s ž nes t marginal th minute, close, Plangstenieng. Natal, bee two-branched).* th oblong” ten t food (two i Joose, SF ines jong, and 2in, an diameter ; ree to four lines lon. ng y peduncies stout, branched. č y ceeked. at the top of apc, lanceolate, 8in. to 12in. ; bottom ety be to fifteen line: ad, glaucous, without soe ightly channell@d above the base ; middle three our thick, marrow-margined wi ickles SYN. . Schmidtiana. welve f } white ; marginal : minute, pale. Arborescent, branched: A. 20ft. to 30ft; tr short, ageren 3ft. to 4ft. in diameter, a. ae A. (distant) fl, peria påle ied "Ätte lines long; raceme « snsely capitate, Sin. to 4in, lower. pedicels twelve to fifteen lines long; usually simple. l ase ending, gg wd disposed, šin. to Sin. long, and 1}in. to 2in, broad, green, sligh without spots and lines; face co vo; mide three | lines thick ; back sparingly tolg sauegina! prickles cl white, horny, one to . Stem short, simple, lin. in ‘capa Tiesin od green. 1732. . A. glauca (m fifteen to six- Ton: er sin ite, to hah ite to 4in. x he base tecn lines ‘ ter; Bet x s~ lin. Ka ‘lin. oa ee ‘broad ae care it sone tubercled | at marginal “to ei di $ a “THE DICTIONARY g OF GARDENING, © Aloe—confinuell. ee a bed å E practiis (graceful). Jl perianth yellow, straight, S teeri to nlines long ; raceme densely paeked, simple, Žin. to. din. y ‘pedicels three to four lines dong ; peduncle simple, 6in. to, Jin. rR y long, two-edged at the base. l. loosely disposed, spreading, 6in. to wr 6 “Loin. long ;* “base. ten twelve lines broad, ‘ensiform , acumi- ated, glaucous otless and without lines ; “face slightly chan- “fe back ro’ ded’, marginal prickles close, minute. Stem - eafy Simple, 1822. “ A. Greenii (Green’s).* fl, erfinth pale red, fourteen to fifteen lines long ; raceme oblong,#in- to 8in. long, and 3in. in diameter ; lower pedicels five'to six lines long; scape 2ft, long, J. in a, dense rosette, lanceolate, 15in. “tø 18in. long; bottom 2}in. to Zin. * broad, slowly narrowing from middle to the apex; middle three to four lines thick ed flat, shining green, obscurely lined and spotted white ; marginal prickles spreading, one and a half to two Tines long, hi horny. Stem short, simple, 1ljin. in diameter. _ South Africa, 1875, A. Hanburyana (Hanbiiry S). Synony mots with A.“albocincta. A. humilis (humble).*. fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines. long; raceme loose, simple, 6in, long, and 2in. to 2hin. in » diameter ; pedicels mine to twelye lines lon s-beduagles s about lft. l. thirty to orty in a dense 1 sette, ascen ing, lanceolate, acumi- nate, 3in. tø 4in, Jong, six to eight lines. broad, glaucous green, obscurely Imed > face Slightly “concave Above, sparingly tubereled ; # middle three? back convex; parsial prickles pale, . » one line long. J lant s emless. 173% A. h. ac T: pointed). l ovate Jadeitea, 4in. 6 sin, long, fif to eighteen lines broad; marginal prickles pale, two to two and a half lines long, At incurva, A. ‘suberectd, and A. subtuberculata, ðf Haworth; A. Candollei, and A, macilenta, of Baker, are mere forms of the foregoing species," A. incurva (incurved). A mere formf A. humilis. - A, latifolia (broad-leaved).* Jl, perianth brilliant fifteen to eighteen lines long; raceme dense 4in. to din. ~ Jong and wide; lower peduncle robust, 2ft., often branched» dense rosette, ovate-lanceolate, 6in. a bottom, slowly narrowing from belo not lined, but copiously spotted white ; thick ; marginal prickles one a a half to lines long ;*raceme’ d fifteen» eighteen lines long’. rosette, lanceolate, ‘om, thence Sh x le gre oläén scarlet, _ corymbose, terminal, edicels tin. to 2in. one J l ively to twenty in a to 3}in. i. oe at e upwards, green, ged to four lines - , horny, ¢ er ns , Narrowing SNE. Me potion: lined; S middle rmed ; three Jin Resi on both sides, una argifial eand a to two lines as. Stem finally, ts eoa 2m. in diameter, 1789. A. macilenta (thin). A mere form of A. humilis. A. tha (long-spined), fl. unknown, 1. fifteen to twenty = x dense rosette, lanceolate, 15in. to 20in. long, and 3in. to 4in. at the, bottom , slightly narrowed from middle to*apex ; tickle four Ihes thick ; face flat, green, obscurely lined, spotted ; marginal prickles horny, three to four lines long. į 2ft. toft., 14in. toin. in diameter. South Africa, 1862. A, maérocar a (I (argéfruited).* -yl » perianth club-shaped, bril- liant red, fiftéen to sixteen ‘lines aa raceme loose, terminal, 6in. long, and 2}in. to 3in. in diameter ; jower pedicels jin. long : duncles 2ft. 2.°twelve to twenty ‘ina dense rosette, gabe, nceolate, less than lft. long; bottom 3in. to 4in, broad; top channelled ; middle three to four lines thick,« green, copiously ogg inal prickles spreading, half line long. Stem simple. Abyssinia, 1870. Stem simple, A. (spotted) Synonymous with A. abyssinica, A. ma tifera (] ae See Haworthia margari“ A. mitseoformis (mite it $ ped).* f „+perianth brilliant red, 4in, + bin. tons: and me hoa ee fact r: popes ascending ; lo i ‘ strong, the sdiadtin A fni sd teen Hines Tong ; A penny i aana ncedlate, z xi E ryad; green, i ightly glaucous, ott. spots Find d three to four lines thick; ; Pack ee ats; middle tubercled ; apex horny, pungent ; margi palepone to one and a half lines jon, i ghee ee ns f in diameter. : 8 et se simple, e _— A. m. flavispina yellow spin Differs from the type in having narrower and lanceo até leaves;and yellow spines. A. Comimelyni, A. » A. pachyphylla, and A, zanthacantha, are also forms of this Spode aie A f (many-spined fs th pale red, . ht 5 neeme dels peianth, lar 3 i mple, fe + ion four to six lines our on ag grey slender, hr to rapide. te, pa ng, fc laucous; face deeply hacen Ke E vt , i pal numerous, white. Plant A. nobilis (noble).* f; pi ; hteen lines Io: raceme dense, 6 or more SAES wore : x y ii a ON ia a Aloe—continued. z e lin. to 2in, long; peduncles simple, 1}ft. l rather loosely dis- posed, lanceolate, Qin. to*12in. long, 2jin. to 4in. broad; face green, without spots#or lines, concave above the base ; mid hod three to four lines thick; “apex rather pungent; back poco upwards ; marginal prickles’ rather elose, one and a half two lines long, horny. Stem simple, at length Sit. to 4ft. high, Lyin. to 2in. in diameter. 1800. A. pachyphylia (thick-leaved). A mere form of A. mitreformi8, A. paniculata (panicled), Synonymous with.A. wlbocincta. bated A. Perryi (Perry’s).* jl, perianth greenish, nine to ten lines long; ` raceme dense, Sin, n; long} pedicels three to four lines. long. » Inflorescence "lift ry, commonly two-headed. _ l. in a rosette, à e ip Tit ‘to fi ‘long, À and 2kin. broad, from below the middle to the apex narrowed, pale glaucous green, spotless, ob- scureély lined, channelled above the bases middle three to four? lines thick ; rginal teeth close, horny, one line long, Stem .~ simple,. lin. in diameter. Socotra, 1879., = A. prolifera (proliferous). Synonymous with A. brevifolia. A. urascens (purplish). _ fl., perianth .reddish, twelve, ` to lifteen lines long; raceme dense, 6in, to Qin. low®, and about ~ 3in, in diameter; pedicels nine to twelve lines long; scape s fh to, * simple, 1ift. to aft. L forty to fifty in a dense rosette, 1fb. 1}Ht. long, ensiform, 2in. broad’ at the base, tel hag i Dr & towards the apex, green; base flat; middle three lines thick, slightly chauselied u wards sometimesspotted ; marginal prickles small, White. Stem 2ft. to ats sometimes forked, 1789. A. rhodocincta (red-margined), of gardens, is probably a form of A, albocincta. A. a ie (soapy).*.. fl, perianth brilliant red, “bigod to ~ twenty-one lines long p raceme EA corynibose, Zin. to 4in. Jong — and wide: lower pedicels 1}in. to 2in. Tong scape 1ft. to 2ft., ee or sparingly branched., l. twelve to twenty in a dense rose lanceolate, Iin: to.12in. long, Myc to twenty-four lines broad, narrowed "from below the. middle upwards; middle three to four co ines ; face flatrat bottom; back swollen, green, coplennney #0 spotted, tinctly lined ; marginal, prickles adjoinin, mee on one, c abs tah lines long. Áá ‘Stem short, simple, tka, n. ameter,’ ‘ Schimperi (Schimper's).* ft, perianth bright red, RARE ) r per Paih | ee connabone,” din, in dia- times spotted, ; ck are channelled; teeth minute, spre e. Abyssinia, 1876. < m A. tiafia (Schmidt’s), Synonymous with A, Cooperi. y A. serra (saw). fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines long; y raceme simple, dense, 6in. long or more, Zin. to, 4in. in dene , s pedicels six to twelve lines long; scape simple, lift. to 2ft.~ thirty to forty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, din. to Sin. long, — tivelve to eighteen lines broad bélow, withont Spots and lines; base swollen, concave, towards the apex; middle three to four — lines thick, s pringly tubercléd ; marginal prickles close, one to- one and a half lines ong. Plant shortly stemmed, 1818. a A. serratula (finely-toothed).* fl., perianth red, fifteen to eighteen 2 lines long; raceme rather dere, 6in. long ; pedicels’ six to” nine s4 _ lines long; peduncles simple, about lft. l twelve to twenty NA a ; dense rosette, lanceolate, bin, to in” long; bottom lyin. to 2łin. broad, pale green ; face below the top flat or slightly concave, obscurely lined, spotted thargin minutely, denticulated. Stem ~ simple, finally Tft. to 2ft. high, sP in. to Zin. in diameter. 1789 A. spinulosa (spiny). A mere form of A: mitreeformis. A. striata (striated), Synonymous with A, albotineta, striatula (slightly beanie rianth ge el twel fifteen lines long ; raceme. ob ther dense, ac AY sin. © 6in. long, Maai 2in. in dimou ieis ler aS su F nearly l Jinear, spreading Gip: to eri long ; $ a not. Ruated, ‘six to eight linet i broad.” abo ethe base upwards „narrowed, slightly channelled ; middle one line thick ; marginal . prickles deltoid, Stem Tong, sarmentose ; Fag branches three to * six lines in ; internodes 6in. ong. 1823. . r A. suberecta (slightly erect). A mere ere humilis. Me mg reulata (slightly knobved). A mere form of 4. umilis. j ? (Socotrine).* . fy peřianth reddish, fif lines long dense, about 1ft Tong, 2 in. to 3in. in rag hy Sep nine to twelve lines long ; peduncles simple, Tift Lt to forty in a dense rosette, ensiform, acuminate, tia a aft. long; base 2in.; middie lin. brow, green, slightly gia aoe spotted slightly a schannélje upwards; Prickles pale, on one line long. Stem 3ft. to 5ft., often forked. Isle i of Socotra. : ow, five to six nearly 1 a .5 perianth ( 1 n channelled ; pale: Stem long, , Taceme loose, pow Chae S šin. to 4in. ongy nee. be ` cending, three r lines long ; scape 1}f -panicle deltoid. J. twelve to oe: in| to 6in. long, 1}in. to 2in * k x f pS r > ià Ka Eec AN Enoy * OPÆDIA “OF E xa BB é eee — MEF ai ai p gere A (p ribitive name, Tiia spenapoied biome raa e | Sonus ta wt rely ma ong, ar rta ae p e rosette, lanceo! ie ad ¢ ao he slowly narrow- | ing from below the middle to apex ; middle five to six lines. ; at ick ; back wounds: face slightly swollen; copiously. spotted, not ~ dined ; marginal prickles close, spreading, abeut one. pine long. Stem short, simple, “South. Africa, 1875, A. variegata ( fated). fl., periant - sixteen lines fong? raceme, simple, loose, 3 a abot it Zin. in diameter + pedicels. three to four lines long ; scape simple, tapering, 6in. to 8in. Z. close, er patent, lanceolate, « 4in, to 5in. long, lin. broad; face concave back keeled, “bright .. 2 Soe copiqualy wah ahs grey on both „sides ; margin whitish, i “reddish; fifteen to in. to 4in, long and tota wat ‘ee cottage wi indosi ’ ‘ “IG. él. A “ALOE VERA. S Ras PN étrue).* fi, perianth yellow, éylindrical, tin’ to lin, tele | = _ raceme dense, bin. to 12in. long ; scape strong, 2ft. to Sft. long, simple, or branched. J. ensiform, “dense, ageregate, 2i. to 4in. broad, wing from the base to apex, pale green ; middle about lin. 3 face channelled above the base; marginal prickles sub- >l deltoid, horny. Stem rately more than ft. or 2ft, 1596. barbadensis, A: vulgaris, See Fig. 61 wait (common), Synonymous with A. vert. E formis ntha (yellow-spined).. A mere form of A, mitræ- EER sig Daedra migi * ; om a, not; and loma, a fringe Composite. Allied to ge). hardy evergreen p may be propagated A. ORD. nt. Grows freely i in sandy loam. 5 Seta 2 as me This is ja ae aa so < N ‘ |> L ovate, acute, se i = pa eyes; “long, transfer into io "rieh sandy soil, | smaller than those t} full of roots, transfer to those that are to hold the; the season. By this mode of culture, good plan dto Eupatoria. An omamental o e pommer train shrubs closely allied to Nolana, but differing principally : having several ovaries from one to six-celled, whereas Nolana has five four-celled_-ovaries. Le stems woody. They require ordinary gre ina peat and loam compost. „Cutting root freely in'sandy loam, with a very gentle bottom heat, in about a fortnight. penei © s lue, large, axillary, soli Bp fs te e eeng Ja pale blae, Jary Jarga, axit plnee en ‘glabrous. h. 2ft. Chili, 1843. This pret jes is an excelle: one for growing out-of-doors during summer months. ALONSOA. (in honour of Z: Alonso, formerly Spanish | «secretary for Santa? Fe de ig ey ORD. Scrophulariacee. A genus of very prétty half-hardy shrubs, herbaceous ‚perennials, or annuals, with axillaty, sub-racemose flowers, „which are parin en D - o five-cleft limb, bernat 3 wilk grow freely * August or ‘Mave, y soil in - gentle heat, or by seeds c mbacoous | species. ‘may be datod as pe e i, ; and ` should be raised in alittle heat, and planted out t eaply i in a Mog. A. albiflora white-flo red jl. pure white, with we aia waa A x h. lft. to 2it. Mexico, STT. is recomm mote , asin Porm ry i vide a succession of flow ghout theautumn and i i pee A. caulialata (iig stenta: jl. scarlet, racemose, June. “Stems and branches quadrangular, winged. h. lft. Pern 1823, Half-hardy, herbaceous. A. Lame p rad (cut-leaved).* jl. É; pecuncies long, alternate, _ disposed in terminal racemes. ery: Octdber. l. 0 pposie; ovate, ~ acute, t ralig toothed, or serrate. h. lft. to ae Chili, 1795. Glabrous greenhouse shrub, Syn. Hemimeris urticifolia. A. linearis (linear-leaved), fi. scarlet, with a dark bottom, like most of the species. May to October. 7. opposite, or three in a ‘whorl, linear, entire, or emotély a gee je young leaves _ fascicled in the axils of the old `o 3 to 2ft. Pom 1790. » Greenhouse shrub, SYN. ae ris coccinea. Swe Oe A. linifolia (flax-leaved).*,, sc et, Te Lit. to 1ft. ‘New Hol- land, This is an el e ann ‘ai i b eful, and ve e ai only pir culture. 7 b,c r pretty species, ALOYSIA (in Hidnoar of aria Ferdinand VII., King of T "his rex ies a allied to Verbena, whic ers. * A greenhouse. deciduous e me and graceful habit. The : i exe ure is to obtain well-grown 5 it and grow them on f6# the se pana e less water until they are vi TE when it. matte nearly withheld. About the end of the light and warmth, and jater zon as the plants break, cut back to Shree en thé young “pots a size or two Aloysias form maintained for any length of time. er a cold, greenhouse, or lent: pillar subjects for eithe: doors, in which - latter situa well, but require thorough aiina 0 or mats, from Notember until Mare! CA night, until d ersfrom ; re frosts passe ey a i es en in being con- ““tinually cut off for the man Gf doougation to + which they are applied, and Riss as _ adapted. . They are easily inci d ragla A young Game ` spring, which shi heat, ves ree pi ouse treatm ts are about an inch ley were n bita. When the pots : aro i “THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, _ Aloysia— continued. 3a. citriodora (lemon-scented). * fl. whitish or lilac, very small, -~ in terminal panicles. August. l. pale green, lanceolate, agree- „ably scented, arranged in whorls of threes; branches slender. “Chili, 1781. Syns. Lippia citriodora, Verbena triphylla. ALPINE GARDEN. A very interesting style of gardening, whichsucceeds best by imitating Nature as closely as possible. The situation may J be an open or a sheltered one. In building a Rock or Alpine Garden, it should be so arranged that all aspects are secured — -shady and sunny— fully or in deemo only. Pockets and crevices of yarious sizes may be made, and ge a soil suitable for the sub- jects to be planted oneei: one having a direct connec- tion with the bulk of the soil; and the c mstructing material should be arenes ith a gentle fall so that moisture’ drains towardarather than from the roots. Alpine plants, - as a rule, flo better on-a properly constructed rockery than if placed in any other position, because thorough drainage is effected, and the long and fine roots can” run down in the crevices, where “the soil is cool and moist. Although most alpine plants are naturally exposed to the full action of sun and wind, they should be placed out in early autumn, or early spring, so as to become thoréughly + established before the approach of scorching summer weather. , Failing materials necessary for the construction of a roker? many alpines are easily grown in the ordinary border, in a naturally or artificially well drained situation. Excavate to the depth of 18in., put in a layèr of stones, broken bricks, &c., 6in. deep; fill up with rich fibrous loam and leaf mould, adding sufficient sand to keep the soil porous. When the desired subjects are firmly planted, cover the surface with small gravel or stone chippings, which, while allowing the rain to penetrate the soil, effectually checks evaporation, and keeps it moist and cool, as well as giving the surface the appearance of rocky débris. Of course, a much better effect will be pecami if the surface is slightly undulated. (in awe of Progper Alpinus, an Italian zé 6-2 botanist).. ORD. Zingiberacee., A rather large genus of reer stove herbaceous perennials, with considerable grace and beauty. Flowers disposed in terminal spikes. Leaves Preja smooth, even, entire, sheathed at the base, and : having transverse veins. Roots fleshy, branched, having much, of the -snelk and -E of ginger. The soil can hardly be, too rich for th ccessful culture of these plants. «A mixture of equal parts loam, peat, leaf mould, or thoroughly rotted hotbed manure, freely mixed with sharp _ sand or fine charcoal dust, forms an excellent compost. During the growing season, atop dressing of rotten ‘dung, - and a frequent application of weak manure water; prove = excellent stimulants. They grow rapidly “and consume a _ great deal of food i in the Th so many leaves, Unless the former is vigorous and of Te erable “sap it Bed to be crowned with spikes of bloom. ahigh temperature, ari Po U: le space, to grow them: ll. Soo: pies lants will agetine the yellow leaf, y dually with but no mgr h Pe them off too seve vn. N or must they be stored i jak Sachs they require h when resting as at divide the . plant is after the young shoots have made an inch of growth in spring. A. albo-lineata (w lined).* l c lanceol green, pres = Ah Reon o of wie h. we toate SN uinea, A. mutica (beardless). A. i Ba on a tppike id agone i e calyx white ; corolla du ee outer ents ; appe, ht yel si >| roduction of.so much stem and + racemes axillary and terminal; Bii el a che: | deciduous. light _} and young nes root re pe: -+ Alpinia---continued. planted out in borders -of tropical houses. ` “It should on no - re be severely divided. See Fig: 62. è | = Fig. 62, ALPINIA gery showing Fomm of Individual Flower. “hs vittata (striped).* à 6in. to 8in. Jong, elliptic lanceolate, taper: ing to a long fine point, and also narrowed gradually towards the sheathing base, pale green, marked by broad stripes “ dark and creamy white, running off from the midrib i nS lines, correspo! ding to the venation. South Sea Isla: Fig. 63, for which we are indebted to Mr, Bull, ALSIEKE. See Trifolium hybridum. - ALSODEIA (from alsodes, leafy ; plants. thickly, Bove with leaves). ORD. Violacew. Ornamental evergreen sto shrubs. Flowers small, whitish, ra &. > oad e ‘Leaves ustally alternate, feather-nerved 5 eS sma They thrive best in a mixture A nd ae A ens istad. h. Git. ` in sand, i in heat,” ALSOPHILA ( n alsos, a a grove, and phileo, or love; in ref ce to the situation. which, they affect in Natnege ORD. Pitices. A magnificent genus of tropical and tem - rate tree ferns. Sori globose, dorsal, ona vein or in o forking of a vein ; receptacle mostly elevated, frequently villous’ ; involucre none. The species of this. genus reo an abundant supply of water,-particularly in summer, an the young fronds must be carefully shade from solar-heat: ey thrive well ina peat and loam For i cultgre see Ferns. pe A. -aonionta eo ws dolancea ENGR es AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA . * = OF HORTICULTURE. -55 Alsophila—continued, . both sides bright green, slightly hairy on the ribs, not scaly. sori minute, medial; texture herbaceous, Tropical America; very common. A Very effective stove species. SYN. A. ferox, &c. See Fig. 64. ` x -A. armata (armed).* fronds ample, tripinnatifid or tripinnate. . ræchises stramineous, densely pilose ; pinnæ oblong-lanceolate, 1}ft. to 2ft. long ; pinnules ligulate-lanceolate, sessile, din. to 5in. long, žin to lin. broad ; segments falcate, blunt, one to one and a half lines broad, subentire or toothed ; both sides densely pilose on the ribs, not scaly. sori suhcostular. ‘Tropical America; extremely abundant. Stove species. _ j a ku = aspera (rough).* i: slender, 10ft to 30ft. high. sti. and oe ee aculeated ; main and partial rachis above stri- 8 e, slightly scaly beneath ‘and on the costa, the rest glabrous, Fic. 63. ALPINTA VITTATA, often glossy. fronds bipinnate; pinnules shortly petiolate, oblong ; ~ apex acuminate, pinnatifid’ half or two-thirds of the- wa: , - he way. — E the costa ; lobes oblong-ovate, often acutely serrulate ; decid caring small, deciduous, bullate scales beneath. sori very a eci ari West Indies, &c, Stove species, ~ > A. australis (southern).* sti, with very long, firm, subulate ; cee lift. long, and as well as the main Pathiows, ‘miwicato- asperous, stramineous, frente nagia; sttbglaucous beneath, more ae t Alsophila—continued. kz i — or less villous on the costs and costule above, and very minutely bullato-paleaceous beneath, often quite naked, from óft. to 30ft, long ; primary pinne 14ft. long, 6in. to 10in. wide ; pinnules 3in. to 4in. long, din. to fin. wide, oblong, acuminate, deeply pinnatifid, or, towards the base even pinnate ; ultimate pinnules or lobes oblong, acute, serrated, subfalcatey sori copious, rather small. New Holland, &c., 1833. A very handsome nhouse species, A. comosa (hairy). Synonymous with A. Sebttiand, f A. contaminans(contaminating).* cau. slender, growing from Z0f to 50ft. high. sti. and rachises purplish brown, glossy, aculeate. Jronds 6ft. to 10ft, long, ample, glabrous, deep green above, glau- ccus beneath’ primary pinnm 2ft. or more in length, oblong-ovate, acuminate; pinnules sessile, 4in.»to Sin. long, din, to lin. wide, deeply pinnatifid, linear-oblong, sub-faleatey entire. sori nearer the costule thanthe margin, “Java and Malaya. Stove species, Syn. A. glauca. : ; 5 A. Cooperi (Cooper’s).* fronds añ mineous, muricated, glabrous beneath pale, sp ing ; pinne oblong-langeola nules ligulate, 4in. to Sin, Jong, Fm. stalked ; segments lig te, blant, and a half lines broad. sori small, e E ž . =h & ns S n EST r CES , » ay hat ie £ i — -THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, 3 ; — continued. © - 4 A. excelsa (tall).* trunk about 30ft. high. sti. and main rachises muricated. -fron is ampie, dark green aboye, paler beneath ; primary pinnar: Iie to 2ft. loug, 6in. to 10in. wide; pinnules numerous, oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, deeply pinnatifid, often quite pinnate ; ultimate divisions jin. to jin, long, oblong, acute or obtuse, fal , the gins sub-recurved, serrated. opious n - costules. Norfolk “Island. This rapid- growing ‘an splendid species proves nearly hardy in the _ neighbourh of Cornwall; and is a maost effective plant for — sub-tropical, gardening purposes generally. Greenhouse species. A. ferox (fierce). Synonymous with A. aculeata. - A; Gardneri (Gardner’s). Sy ous with A. paleolata, ` A 4 ‘ ee (gigantic). cau. grow: g from 20ft. to 40ft. high. sti. asperous; fronds, primary pinne lift. to 2ft. amd more long, deeply pingestd ot the, a; ; pinnules, upper ones = sessile, lo petiolate, oblong-acumi- nate, šin. to long, five to fine lines wide, deeply pinnatifid ; lobes triangular or rounded, serrated, sort copious. India, &c. Stove species, SYN. A. glabra, - A. glabra (glabrous). Synonymous with A. gigantea, : A. glauca (grey). taminans. Ainfesta (troublesome). «fronds ample, tripinnatifid ; pinnz oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. to 1}ft. long ; pms ligulate, Sin. long, 4in. to lin. broad, cut down to a narrow wing; segments lin. broad, ligulate, blunt, nearly entire; texture sub-coriaceous; colour deep green on both sides, Tropical America; widely distributed. Stove species. sori Synonymous with A. con- main and secondary rachises purple, decid- uously powdéry, spiny. fr ott. to 10ft. ipinna rimary to 2ft. long, 8in. wide, sblosigiiencoolate: acuminate ; pin- nules oblong inate, sessile, pinnatifid only at the apex; ultimate divisions linear- oblong, acute, spinulose-serrate, sori copious, close to the Australia, 1867. Green- house species, SYNS. A, Macarthurii, A. Moorei. A. lunulata_(moon-shaped pinnuled). fronds “4 ample, ti nate. rachises stramineous, glabrous below, densely muricated; pinnæ oblong-lanceolate, lift. to 2ft. long; pinnules close, ligulate, ses- sile, 4in. to 5in. long, fin. to lin, broad ; segments close, ligulate, falcate, blunt, one line broad, obscurely crenulate. sori minute. h. 25ft. Polynesia. Greenhouse species. A. Macarthurii (MacArthur's), Synonymous with A, Leichard- tiana. A. Moorei (Moore’s). Synonymous with A. Leichardtiana. A. paleolata (scaly).* cau. slender, 10ft. to 20ft. high. fronds ample, tripinnatifid. rachises stramineous, smooth, pubescent below ; pinnz oblong-lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long; pinnules ligu- late, sessile, or shortly stalked, šin. to 4in. long, din. to fin. broad, deeply cut, the segments blunt and nearly entire ; texture sub-coria- ceous ; colour deep green, both surfaces deeply pilose, the lower on the ribs. sori lafge, medial. Columbia, &c. Stove species. SYN, A. Gardneri. A. east (tall). sti. aculeated and paleaceous below, with large glossy, dark brown scales, fronds bipinnate, glabrous, pinnatitid at the apex ; ey pinnze lft. or more long, the rachis winged above; pinnules 2in, to _long, oblong-acuminate or obtuse, pinnatitid half way down to the costa ; lobes short, sub-rotundate, often acute, mostly entire. sori small on all the lobes, between the costule and the margin, Trop ical America, Stove species, A. pruinata (asif hoar-frosted),* . sti. woolly at the båse. å fronds glaucous, bi- i te; Prima om cate 12in. to 18in. long, ovato-lanceolate ; pinnules í in. to 4in. long, petiolulate, from a broad base, oblong-acuminate, ng, lin. ee tifid, or again pinnate ; ultimate divisions }in. long, very acute, deeply and sharply serrated. sori solitary. Tropical America, extending to Chili. Stove or greenhouse species, radens (rasping). cau. 3ft. high, 3in. diameter. sti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, clothed with ovate, pale brown scales.” fronds 6ft, to 8ft. long, lanceolate-ovate, bipmnatisect ; primary segments lft. long, elongato-oblong, acuminate ; secondary ones 2in. to 3in. long, iolulate, linear-lanceolate, pinnati-partite; segments oblong, nticulate. sori between the costule and the margin. il. Stove species. a A. Rebeceze (Rebecca’s).* cau. slender, 8ft. high. fronds ample, bipinnate; pinnules,.twenty to thirty on each By the lower ones iS mein te Sin. “more or less inciso- apex acuminate. sori principally in two rows between _| lactesee peas |S Alsophila—continued. the midrib and edge. Queensland. Greenhouse species. Fig. 65, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull, A. sagittifolia (arrow-leaved).* fronds oblong-deltoid, 4ft. to bft. long, bipinnate. rachises stramineous, muricated; pinnæ lanceolate, ?ft. to 1ft. long, the lower shorter, deflexed ; pinnules _, sessile, li te, crenulate, cordate on both sides at the base, lin. to llin. long, nearly jin. broad. sorilarge. Trinidad, 1872. Very | handsome and distinct stove species. As Scottiana (Scott’s).* fronds ample, tripinnatifid. rachises castaneous, nakéd and smooth beneath; pinnæ oblong-Ianceolate, _ See y < ii = = eS Fic. 64. ALSOPHILA ACULEATA, 1}ft. to 2ft, long; pinnules sessile, 3in. to 4in. long, about din. broad, ligulate, cut down to a narrow wing on the rachis; seg; ments ligulate, blunt, dentate,.sub-faleate, not lin. broad. sub-costular. Sikkim, 1872. comosa, P A. Teenitis (Tenitis-like).* fronds 3ft. to 6ft. long, bipinnate ; pinnules distant, in. to 5in. long, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous, sub-entire, petioled ; petiole articulated on the rachis, sort m a single series, equidistant between the costa and the mixed with long, copious hairs, Brazil. An elegant stove species. AR . A. villosa (villons).* j¢au. 6ft. to 12ft. hight sti, 1ft. or more long, ~ tubercular, densely tlothed*at the base with ferruginous les. fronds from 6ft. to 8ft. long, bi- or “sin, dong broadly lanceo- Greenhouse species, SYN. A. à te E f A late in outline; pinnules lin, to gin. dong, oblong-lanceols obtusely acuminate, deeply pinnatifid ; long, obtuse, sori copious. America, A P > or coarsely serrated. _ beautiful stove species. _ tk T ae. . ALSTONTIA (in honour of Dr. Alston, once fessor | of Botany at Edinburgh). ORD. Apocynaceæ. Usually tall, — , or milk-bearing stove evergreen shrubs or trees, th small white flowers, which are disposed in terminal mes. . Leaves entire, opposite, or often whorled. Of easy k o, thriving best in a mixture of peat, loam, and sand. — Cuttines root readily in sand, in heat» Besides the one — mentioned, there are eleven other gpeciés, — : (school). fl., corolla’ salver-shaped, white; c As short de dh Mare to May, 1. five to seven in a whorl, - _ obovate-oblong, obtuse; ribbed ; upper surface glossy, under white, * ~~ and having the veins approximating the margin, A. 8ft. India, 1803. SyN. Echites scholaris. cee se > ALSTRO (in honour of Baron Alströmer, & Swedish botanist and friend of Linnæus).. ORD. Amaryllt- . em dacew. Tall handsome hardy or half-hardy tuberous root plants, with leafy stems and terminal umbels of richly: coloured flowers} Périanth regular, six-parted, + AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 57 Alstromeria—continued. panulate; inner segments narrower, two of which are somewhat tubulose at the base; stamens included within, and inserted with perianth; stigma trifid. Leaves linear, lanceolate, or ovate, and resupinate, or inverted in position by the twisting of the petiole. Cultivation: Few plants need less attention to grow them successfully, either in pots or planted out. The best position for those kinds which succeed outside is a deep and dry, sloping, sheltered border; in a compost of two-parts peat and leaf soil, and one loam with some sharp sand. Water freely if severe drought Fic. 65. ALSOPHILA REBECC. sets in; @ surface covering of common moss, or eut fern | in winter, will prove an advantage. ‘They are very effec- tive in masses. Propagation: They may be increased by seed or root division: Sow”the former when ripe, or in hae spring, thinly in pans, pots, or boxes, and place in a cool cat: of. hig so that they Will receive some fostering in at pais — The seedlings should be pricked out ie Ree re = enough to handle, and grown on till well ahd dad ee er glass. A mixture: of peat, leaf ‘mould, ess oe oam, is the best compost in which to sow the blishea — the young plants. When sufficiently esta- saod, they may be placed in a warm sheltered spot outside, and about 1ft. apart. The fageiculated masses of Alstromeria— continued. fleshy roots are readily separated into as many pieces as there are crowns; this operation may be performed during September or October, or February and Marth; but it must be done carefully. Except for the sake of increase, the less they arë disturbed the better. They arevexcellent subjects for pot Culture (some can only be managed thus, unless planted out in a héuse), and may be potted as early in the autumn as possible,an 8in., 10in., or 12in. pots. Thorough drainage isyessential; arrange the €rocks care- fully, and placea Jayer.of thin turfy loam over thém. -`A compost of equal parts turfy loam, leaf mould, and fibrous peat, with an abundance of sand, will suit them admirably. Water sparingly at first, but when root-action is fully resumed, they must never be allowed to get dry. Support the stems by staking when they require it, and just previous to flowering, top-dress with some rotten manure and leaf soil. Occasional syringings will be necessary to. keep down red spider, especially if the atmosphere is very dry. As the plants finish flowering, and the leaves fade; gradually diminish the supply of water until the stems are quite down, when they may be placed somewhere out of the way, free from frost, for the winter, but not kept dry enough to make them shrivel. In repotting, as much of I * . THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, OTR —e tinued. i ara Alstromeria—continued. i z Ko with black spots inside towards the base; umbels many- fovere saa a or erate at Ep fants shifte ithout dense ; pedicels pubescent, rarely bracteated, l. alternate, ovate, mrad bing roots, plants s se ripe shortly acuminate, pubescent underneath. Stem climbing, gla- - larger or the*same sized pots, E ding to their condition. brous. Peru, 1865. Tender species. pages were at one time much more largely grown | .A, Flos Martini (St. Martin's flower), Synonymous with e at present, and the gongs. represented A, pulehra. ‘ nea ay ee garden. i x _ A. Hookeri (Hooker’s). Synonymous with A. Simsii. 3 ae D w A. Ligtu (Ligtu). Synonymous with A. caryophyllea. ; nes EN A. Pelegrina (the native name).* fl. white, or pale yellow, striped 2 i+ SAY : y with rose, and yellow spot on each segment ; pedicels one-flowered, — “ a PHS N on a six or more stalked umbel, Summer. i. Janceolate, twisted at i the base. A. 1ft. Chili, 1754. Rather tender. See Fig. 67. A. p. alba (white).* Lily of the Incas. fl. white. Perhaps this . isthe most chaste of all the Alströmerias, and more tender than many others ; it should have a specially warm spot, or the protec- tion of glass. 1877. A. peruviana (Peruvian). Synonymous with A. versicolor, A. psittacina Sage -like).* jt. bright crimson at the base, ‘greenish upwards, spotted with poe: ; upper perianth segments - slightly hooded, hence the specific name; umbels many-flowered ; ‘peduncles angular, September, Z. ohlong-lanceolate, acute, twisted at the base. Stem erect, spotted. h. 6ft. Mexico, 1829,” í Hardy. a A. p. Erembaulti areola s) jl. white, spotted with pone August, h. 2ft. 1833. A beautiful but rather tender ybri¢ 2 A. pulchella (pretty). Synonymous with A. Simsi | pulchra aye fl. in ba a a four My ih ty each; tie ower perianth segments purplish outside, an ges of a sulphur FIG, 66. Atstnowmnig kURANTIACA, sitin Habit and Flower. white ; the upper part of the upper segments is of a fine yellow, dotted with eep red spots; the lower part of a flesh colour; (golden).* fl. e; two upper perianth seg- pedicels twisted, Z. linear, lanceolate. Stem erect. h. lft. ngs enis tneolt streaked with i nas i arranged Ss a five to six Chili, 1822. Syns. A. Flos Martini, A tricolor. One of the most - + ene rong seek ea nag eroga r ye beautiful species in cultivation, but requires protection. , linear- k j TES ‘ turned back at the base, about 44in, long. h. 3ft. to 4ft, Chili, A. rosea (rosy). Synonymous with A. Simsii. ym A variable but very showy quite hardy. See Fig. s A. Simsii (Sims’s),* EA briliant yellow, with red streaks, very caryophyllæa (clovye-like scent).* scarlet ; fra : showy ; umbels many-flowered ; uncles two-flowered. June. rea rg peg mth ge peduncles ay than te imd a i. spathulate, cilia Stem we F i pi Chili, 1822. Tender ee March, l. spathulate-oblong. Stem erect. A. Sin species, SYNS. A, Hookeri, A. pule rosea. i Brazil, 1776. This stove $ on requires perfect rest in A. tricolor (three-coloured). Synonymous with A. pulchra, ier SYN. A. Ligtw. oe ; ; sigh e Fia, 68. Austnowunta VERSICOLOR, showing Habit and Flower. : * versicolor (various coloured).* F yellow, with od marks A. vers aca the Bo mtn umbet of, ; three sho lked blooms, very flori par sun . SA ie ttered, A. 2ft, to4ft. Peru, aeia ka with several beautiful varieties, Sib are ned eaves e ES perunate. eae rose, tips Rear pit eo ois terion, ck stalked, A charming but scarce variety. $ 1 ariek Gn allusion to the anthers come? barren). Orv. Amaranthacew. Well ved half-hardy plants, with incon- axillary heads. Some of the under- mecica tant varicties belong, technically - aahihera, in which genns the five stamens i ae nseparats below, and alternate with as many sterile ‘filaments. They are so universally known in gardening — ; in es on & on oes al Pa ‘ind fiat the ta generic name, that we have here in- spathulate ; upper ones lanceolate, — ded them for convenience’ sake. Where Alternantheras ‘iid on the edges, elancescent | Ea in large quantities (and if they are to be used gin colour i from rosy sy white wa deep ectively, a considerable number must be provided), their economical pro ion becomes a matter of imp A good colour a ae eee et ae T A. p. major (greater)* » low. ORD. Malvacee. _ Closely allied to Malva. Outer calyx six to nine-cleft, inner one five-cleft. Most species belonging to this genus are AN ENCYCLOPADJA OF HORTICULTURE. Alternanthera—continued._ some house or pit in the full light and warmth of the sun; for, unless so grown, green or badly coloured plants will be the result. The best and quickest way of producing this class of plants in large quantities, is to make up a special hotbed for them about the end of March or beginning of April. 6in. of the glass with leaves and manure, or any other material that will produce a steady bottom heat of 80deg» or 85deg., and will last for three weeks or so at that point; which, at this season, will be an easy matter. When the heat has become regular and steady, about 4in. or in. of light, rich, sandy soil should be placed all over the surface, adding, ‘at the same time, a sprinkling of silver ` sand on the top, and pressing it moderately firm with a flat board. The cuttings may now be prepared and dibbled in, lin. apart each way. If kept close, moist, and shaded from bright sunshine, in a few days they will be forming _roots, and so soon as that takes place the shading be discontinued, and the ventilation gradually increased | until they are finally hardened off and planted out. If carefully lifted, and placed in trays or baskets, with a rhubarb leaf over them, they may be taken any distance, and planted without flagging ; ; with this advantage—that the plants being . in good colour, the beds are effective at once. April is early enough to commence striking them, and these will be fit to plant out by the middle of June. The several species quoted in various dictionaries hitherto are unknown in English gardens. + A. amabilis (1 cca table . elliptic, acuminate, greenish in some stages, with the principal ribs stained with red, but under free growth becoming almost entirely suffused with rose colour, mixed ~ with ET the midribs continuing to be of a deep red hue. Brazil, 1 A. a. amoœna (charming).* Z small, spathulate, orange red and purple in colour, which is shaded with deep green and bronze, Brazil, 1865. A most elegant little plant, with a spreading habit. A. a. tricolor (three-coloured).* J. broadly ovate, glabrous, dark | green at the edge, and have a centre of vivid rose, ‘traversed by seen gr rple veins, an irregular band of orange yellow intervening tween the centre margin. Brazil, 1 A. Bettzichiana (Bettzich’s). 4, olive and red. Brazil, 1862, A. Pn thulata (spathulate-leaved), l. spathulate, but more tas the others; the principal colours are reddish pink oon light brown; these ‘are Shade with bronze and green. Brazil, 1865,» A rather tall species. ® * E ae (fig- like).* 4, variegated with green, rose, and red. A. paronychioides (Paronychia-like * l, narrow thulate, ground colour d orange red, SA ully shaded vith olive green, Dense com about 4in. high, pact grower, forming a little clump ficent).* A A p moguificn, m3 (magni )* very fine variety, witha much ry bronze, with rich orange tips ; "ia A. h which colour they retain all throu none t golden yellow, A. versicolor (various-colour).* peo ie sized, ovate, bright rosy pink and crimson, shaded with bro green, bran freely, and making a compact and handsome pase: gag Bese ALTERNATE. Placed on opposite sides. of an axis on a different line, as in alternate leaves. k iet p. m. aurea (greater- ought - medicinal qualities of some of the species). Marsh Mal- Hardy biennials or perennials, pines = of cultivation, particularly in woods, coppices, and 3 they will thrive in almost any kind of soil. They may be either increased by dividing the plants at the reek or by seeds; the biennial species must be raised from totun ii ee year, which may be sown in spring where they are to remain, or in pans placed i in a cold frame, from which the young plants may be removed when large aoigh A. cannabina (Hemp-leaved).* fl. rose-coloured ; peduncles a3 lary; many-flow bescent, we, onesies longer than the leaves. June. l pu- tely-parted, upper ones three-parted ; : 189i. Perennial and grossly t toothed. A. Aa a South Taie. If a pit be used, it should be filled up within- ‘Se og . crenated. ALTHZEA (from altheo, to cure; in reference to the | alumina; as aluminous soils, Althzea—continued. : A. caribzea Saripesaue, ie fl. rose coloured, with EN ia solitary, almost sessile. March. J. cord late, roundish, eeej crenate-serrated, Stem stiga, — h. = Caribbee Islan Islands, 1816. Biennial. . ney A. ficifolia (fig- aved). Antwerp Hollyhock. vA generally yellow or pranga = > in terminal: spikes, large, eg a double. June. beyond the middle into seven lobes ; td oblong, obei hepa, footed: h. Oft: Sibi; ibe, ennial, A. flexuosa (zigzag). * a scarlet, axillary, solitary, pte petals. obcordate, June. date, mewh at seven-lobed, o btuse, on long footstalks. „k. ‘ott a North India, 1803. Pere: A. frutex (shrubby). Synonymous with Hibiscus syri iacus. A. narbonensis (Narbonne).* S fl. pale red ; peduncles many- flowered, loose, longer than tlie leaves, August. pubescent, j lower ones five or seven-lobed, upper ones three- lobed. oft. to 6ft. France, 1780. Perennial. af ATN + ‘ = # Tia. "h FLOWER OF ALTHÆA OFFICINALIS. A. officinalis (officinal). Common — Mallow. elic uniform blush colour; cles y many- mheinn much shorter than the leaves. July. l tioth with soft white tomen- tum on both surfices, cordate or ovate, toothed, undivided, or somewhat five- pisa h. 3ft. to 4ft. Marshes, Britain. Peren- nial. See Fig. A. rosea (rose)* The Hollyhock. (ft. rose-coloured, large, axil. lary, sessile, somewhat spiked at the top.* July.~ U. cordate, with five or seven angles, crenated, rough. Stem straight, hairy. h. T China, 1573. For special culture and varieties, see Holly- A. striata (streaked). fl. rt aiei — stri Stem pu fl. white, os oa in veirar solitary, on l. cordate, bluntly three- rulous, AEN somewhat scabrous, x "ALUMINOUS. Pertaining to, or containing alam, or UM ROOT. See Heuchera. ALYSSUM (from a, not, and lyssa, rage; in re to a fable that the plant allayed anger). Madwort. O Crucifere. Annuals or dwarf branching shrabby pe- rennial&, often clothed with hoary stellate hairs, Flowers small, crutiform, white or yellow.’ Leaves distant, or the radical ones tufted, usually entire. Several of the species are very much alike, They are excellent plants for the rockery, or for the front of borders, growing - freely in — common but well drained garden soil. They may be in- creased by cuttings, division of the roots, and by seed. The cuttings should be made from young shoots, 2in, or Sim. in length, inserted in sandy loam, » early i in _ m in * 60 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, > Alyssum—continued. t shady place. Seed may be raised outside, or in a frame in pans in sandy soil, most of them germinating in two or three weeks. A. alpestre (alpine).* fl. yellow; raceme simple. June. l. obovate, hoary. Stem rather shrubby at the base, diffuse, greyish. R. Sin. South Europe, 1777. Perennial. A very neat little tufted species. A, argentewm (silvery), A. Bertolonii (Bertoloni’s), and A. murale (wall), are larger growing species allied to the above, but of less cultural merit. a : Be. eg 7 E llow, corymbi 4 = e under surface. + and Habit. A, atlanticum (Atlantic). . yellow; race l, lanceolate, hoary, and tics dens shrubby at h Sin. fe lit. È Europe, 1620, A. Marschallianum is in ween A. a A. a. obtusifolium : i met with under cultivation 0 Orvsiolium ; but is seldom kat éx za à m ë AOE SE a Alyssum—continued. June, l. lanceolate, entire, greyish-velvety from stellate down, Stem shrubby at the base, A. 1ft., Italy, 1710. Closely allied to A, saxatile, but not so hardy ; it is very desirable for rockeries, A. macrocarpum (large-fruited). A. white, racemose. June. L oblong, blunt, silvery. Stem shrubby, branched, somewhat spiny. h. 8in. South of France, 1828. A. spinosa (thorny), and A. halimifolia (purslane-leaved), are very like this species. A. dasy- carpum (thick-fruited) is an annual with yellow flowers. A. maritimum, See Koeniga. A. montanum (mountain). jf. yellow, sweet-scented; raceme simple. May to July. l. somewhat hoary; lower ones obovate; upper ones oblong, Stems rather herbaceous, diffuse, pubescent. h. 2in. or Sin. Europe, 1713. A distinct and charming species for the rockery, forming compact tufts of slightly glaucous green. A. cuneifolium (wedge-leaved), A. diffusum (diffuse), and A. Wulfeni- anum (Wulfenius’) come close to this species, the latter being the most desirable. pity . A. olympicum (Olympian). f. deep yellow, small, in roundish “corymbose heads. Summer. J, spathulate, sessile, very small, greyish. h. Zin. to 3in. Northern Greece. A. orientale (Oriental).* fl, yellow, corymbose. May. J. lanceo- late, repandly-toothed, waved, downy. Stems suffruticose at the re . lft. Crete, 1820. There is a variety with variegated eaves, kas A. saxatile (rock).* fl. yellow, in close corymbose heads. April. l. lanceolate, entire, clothed with hoary tomentum. Stems shrubby as at the base. h. 1ft, Eastern Europe, 1710. A very common and showy spring plant. See Fig. 70, ` —— ae - Fic. 72. FLOWER SPIKE OF AMARANTHUS CAUDATUS. A. s. variegatum (variegated).* A constant and gated form, which is even more handsome than the type. On prettily oar well drained, position. _ A. gemonense (German).* ^, yellow, in close corymbs, April to Sig it does well, as it requires a sunny, 7 AN 61 OF HORTICULTURE. ENCYCLOPAEDIA Alyssum—continued. A. serpyllifolium (‘Thyme-leaved).* Sy, pale yellow, in simple racemes, April to June. Z, very small,“4in. to zin. long, ovate, scabrous, hoary. h. 3in, to 4in. Branches spreading, sub-woody at the base. South Europe, 1822. A. tortuosum (twisted). /l. yellow; raceme corymbose. June. l. hoary, somewhat lanceolate. Stem shrubby at the base, twisted, diffuse, h. 6in. Hungary, 1804. A. Wiersbeckii (Wiersbeck’s).* /l. deep yellow, in close corymbose heads, about 1łin. across. Summer, ¢, 2in. long, oval-oblong- pointed, sessile, attenuated at the base, roughish and hairy. Stems erect, scabrous, simple, rigid. k. 14ft. Asia Minor. AMARANTHACEZ:. An extensive order of herbs or (rarely) shrubs, with opposite or alternate leaves, and in- conspicuous apetalous flowers, which are spicately or capi- tately disposed. The majority of, this order are weeds; *,. ` . x £ a well-known exceptions being many species of Amaranthus. AMARANTH, GLOBE. See Gomphrena. ei FIG. 73, FLOWER SPIKE OF AMARANTHUS HYPOCHONDRIACUS, A s S (from a, not, and maraino, to - M asa j in reference to the length of time some of the m retain their colour). ORD. Amaranthacee. Hardy at kpd annuals, with alternate entire leaves and green or red flowers in large bracteate clustered Amaranthus— continued. at the base of a three or five-lobed glabrous perianth. Stamens four or five. Of very easy culture; they thrive best in rich loamy soil, and are largely employed for sub-tropical and other bedding, for vases and conservatory decorations, being very ornamental. The seed should be sown in April in a hotbed, and the plants thinned out in the same situation when about }in. high. About the end of May, they can be transplanted out of doors in their permanent situations. They are also very handsome when grown in pots. The young plants. should be potted off early, and freely encouraged, allowing plenty of pot- room and moisture,.and be kept near the glass, to bring ont. their brightest colouring. To develop their full beauty, plenty of room is required. There are about twelve species (indigenous to warm and tropical countries), . ay A. bicolor (two-coloured).. l. green, variously streaked with light yellow. A. 2ft. India, 1802. This species is rather delicate, and -must have a warm sunny situation, A? bs ruber (red).* J. brilliant glistening scarlet, merging into a dark violet red, mixed with green, Hardier than the type. A. caudatus (caudate).* Love Lies Bleeding. fl. dark purplish, collected in puhery whorls, which are disposed in handsome drooping spikes. ugust, - h. 2ft. to 3ft. India, 1596, A very common and vigorous growing hardy annual. There is a `. yellowish-flowered variety, which, though less ornamental, is an = effective contrast. See Fig. 72. * A. crūentus (dark bloody), Synonymous with A. hypochondriacus. A. Henderi (Hender’s). J, lanceolate, undu intense rosy carmine, varying with orange buff, golden sallow ok olive green. h, 3ft.. A garden hybrid, closely dto A. sali ius. Pyra- _ midal habit P; . . A: hypochondriacus (hypochondriac).* ‘Prince's Feather. » fl. deep crimson, on densely packed, erect spikes. July. J. pur- plish beneath. h. 4ft. to oft. Asiatic, 1684. SYN. A. cruentus. “See Fig. 75. te ‘ » A. h. atropurpureus,(dark purple).* An improved variety of above, A. melancholicus ruber (melancholy-red).* h. about lft. growing variety, with large shaded crimson Japan, ™A compac sot TE S long, willow- j» npac leaves. Largely used for bëdding purpos * ò à * HA. salicifélius" (willow-leaved).* 1. Tin, to 15i :* shaped; ; and wavy, W “by theft-droopingoùtline, pre- le sent a very elegant and ei e appearance. When fully grown, thedeaves are brilliantly and tipped with orange, carmine, -and bronze. #. 3ft. Philippine Isles, 1871, pt as A. s. ‘ of Wales.* i. carmine, orange n * bright yéllowgbeautifully blended, k. 3ft. A garden i HA. S (bloody).. fl, purple, disposed partly in small axils of the upper leaves, and partly ee P branc k e. hing pani f y ulia and he in the ` flexible spikes, which form a more or l blood red. A. 3ft. Bahama, 177 * k Fic, 74. AMARANTHUS TRICOLOR. í ‘ * uw le, dis d in A. spocioaus (showy). ft Sa O PED CEPE a ei erect spikes, forming a fine plumy panicle. July. spikes. Flowers polygamous, furnished with three bracts a reddish tinge, which disappears at the time of flowering. h. 3ft. to 5ft. Nepaul, 1819. a 62 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Amaranthus— continued. A.s. aureus (golden). jf. of a fine brownish golden hue, very effective when grown in masses, A. tricolor (three-coloured),* l. of a fine transparent purplish red, or dark carmine, from the base to the middle ; a large spot of bright yellow occupies the greater part of the upper end of the leaf; point generally green; leafstalks yellow. h. lift. East Indies, 1548. requiring a somewhat warmer situation. See Fig. 74. AMARYLLIDACES. A large and important order of usually bulbous plants, sometimes with a stem. Flowers solitary, umbellate or paniculate; perianth superior, six- lobed, often with a corona at the top of«the tube. Leaves ensiform or linear. This order contains many very beauti- genera, including Agave, Amaryllis, Crinum, Haman- thus, Hippeastrum, Narcissus, Pancratiwm, and several others, ; AMARYLLIS (from Amaryllis, the name of a country- woman mentioned by Theocritus and Virgil). ORp. Amaryllidacee. Half-hardy or hardy deciduous bulbous plants. Flowers large, sweet-scented, pedicelled; scape tall, solid, compressed; spathe two-leaved; umbels few- flowered; perianth with a very short tube, funnel-shaped, six-parted, sub-regular or irregular ; segments many-nerved, broad, undulate, spreading sOmewhat at the apices; . stamens at the summit of the tube, unequal, declined ; * anthers fixed by the middle, incumbent, curved into a cir- cular arch after,bursting ; style declined ; stigma thickened, sub-three-lobed. Cap obovate; seeds globose, fleshy. Leaves appearing at a different season from the scapes, numerous, strap-shaped. The following genera are some- | times arranged hereunder, but we shall treat -them separately: Brunsvigia, Crinum, Hippeastrum; Nerine, Phycella, Sprekelia, Sternbergia, Vallota, Zephyranthes. Warm, dry, and well-drained positionsy houses, or at the base of south or south-west walls, are the most suitable sites for A. Belladonna and its-varieties. The soil should be sgppowed of good fibrous loam, leaf mould, and sand in equal parts. Place the bulbs 6n or Sin. deep, | and surround with sand, 3 with the compost, which should» be pressed firmly about them; they should not be again disturbed for years, when they will ultimately establish themselves, and produce grand masses of bloom. The best time to plantia ra ke is June or July, when they commence root- n, before the | flower-stems are sent up. If thé surface when they are planted be covered with ‘Breen saxifrage or sedum, it’ will mie much neater appearance’ when the plants are in bloom. In their growing season, and in dry weather, an : . ak * j SS ee: Fic. 75. AMARYLLISYBELLADONNA, showi it ab G YELIS:B à, showing Habit ab Flowering occasional soaking òf clear water, or liquid manute, will be greatly beneficial. -The extremely ornamental plants now largely grown, and frequently >] sed as Amaryllis in nurserymen’s catalogues, belong tœthe genus Hippeastrum. There are several garden varieties of this species, ~ „front of hot- — after Egitichathey. may be co¥ered | „= A. eft, For pot culture of the Belladonna ‘Lily, see Hippeastrum. ¥ Amaryllis—continued. A. Belladonna.* Belladonna Lily. This splendid species is very variable, both in the size and colour of the flowers, fre- quently producing variously shaded flowers, from almost white to a reddish or purplish hue, Autumn. West Indies, 1712. See Fig. 75. The leaves and flowers are not produced together, In Fig. 76 they are both shown in the same illustration for economy of space. ‘4 ibe Fig. 76. AMARYLLIS BELLADONNA, showing Bulb and Flower Sp! A. B. pallida (pale).* A pale-coloured variety of this species- AMATEUR. By this term it is usually meant to refer to-one who has a taste for a particular pursuit, and who is, in a pecuniary point of view, independent of it. An amateur ener is one who rears and grows his plants — and cultivates his garden for his own amusement, for mere _ love of it. SWEET. See Hypericum Androse- mum. A i AMBER-TREE. See Anthospermum. AMBROSINIA (commemorative of Professor Git cinti. Ambrosini, of Bologna). ORD. Aroidew. A curious, half-hardy, tuberous perennial, thriving in any light soil, with protection in winter. Increased by seeds and bY- divisions. The former should be sown, as soon as Tipe, — in a cool house; and the latter should bo made just previous to new growth in spring. me ok ; AN ENCYCLOPEDIA 63 OF HORTICULTURE. . Ambrosinia—continued. zi Bassii (Bass’s).* gy bs irr ag ‘eke the ap ote ae sy Sr ten as to preclude the access of pollen to the stigma on the er side of the spathe, save by insect agency. l oblong, stalked. h. 4in. Corsica, Sardinia, 1879. AMBURY, or ANBURY. The name given to galls of small Weevils (Ceuthorhynchus sulcicollis), which appear on the roots of Cabbages and Turnips, as well as of the Wild Mustard, and of other weeds belonging to the genus Brassica. The galls form swellings indi- vidually about the size of split peas, but often two or more are joined to form considerable masses. In each is a space inclosing a white grub. Anbury is usually not very hurtful. It is quite distinct from Clubbing. The galled roots should be collected, before the grubs emerge, and burned. ` — AMELANCHIER (Savoy name of the Medlar, to which this genus is closely allied). ORD. Rosacee. Tripe Pomacew. _ Hardy deciduous shrubs or small trees, with gars serrated leaves, and racemes of white es: bracteas linear lanceolate. Pome, when mature, to five-celled. They are of easy cultivation, in - a somewhat rich loamy soil, and are propagated by layers, or cuttings in autumn, in sheltered situations; by seeds, and by in early spring on the hawthorn or æ the quinee, or the 1 er on the stronger growing species E s the jae v Wadan) i Grape Pear. fi. white. April. Pome crasta SE Kari rere when young rather villoùs, Pir length glabrous, to 8ft. Cànada, 1746. A very . 10ft. to 20ft. bee -but at lene tree, having a a paoa of flowers in early spring, è and rich autumnal foliage. SYN. Pyrus Botryapiwm. E ? As e florida (flowery).* f. white, numerous, in upright racemes, b . Pome purple. l. oblong, obtuse at both ends, an serrate tat e terminal portion, glabrous in every state. ~ North America, 1826. _ A. ec. ovalis (oval-leaved), fl. white, racemes pressed together. April. J. roundish-elliptic, acute when rather young, velvety beneath, glabrous when mature. h. 6ft. to 8ft. North America, . olia (small-leaved). This has a dwarfer habit and | to leaves. af A. sanguinea (bloody). white; racemes capitate. pril, Pome wm ga L ți, obiong, To rounded a ® beth amae, ake Reo serrated, al a, naked. orth America, og This form d br rincipally bon a atia in the fewer fio wer s, much orter raceme, and sh te > bee oader, and more ubescent be: h pima A very desirab x piem producin ae flowers in spring. Syn. Mespilus Entan. i 3ft. to 9ft. an, abundance’a ` AMELLUS (a name employed by Virgil for a blue _ aster-looking plant growing on the banks of the river Mella). ORD. Composite. Pretty branched perennial - herbs, ascending or diffuse. Flowers in solitary: heads, Leaves hairy, lower ones opposite; upper alternate. Of very easy culture, in ordinary garden soil. Increased by divisions, or cuttings, placed under glass in spring. A. Lychnitis (lychnitis). /l.-heads violet, solitary, terminal, and lateral. June. J, linear, lanceolate, entire, hoary, h. 6in. "Cape |” of Good Hope. A com post of loam, pa leaf soil, and sand suits this plant well, Hvorgressh greenhouse trailer, propagated by cuttings. _AMENTUM. A catkin. A deciduous spike of unisexua] -apetalous flowers. pi AMERICAN ALMOND. See Brabejum. ALOE. See Agave americana, y BLIGHT, or WOOLLY APHIS (Schizoneura lanigera). The white, cottony-looking matter which is found upon the bark of the Apple and other ata of a similar nature, belongs to a species of Aphis, p ich has short legs; thë females are wingless, while yee males are winged; the latter appear in July and ugust. The insects belong to a group of Aphides un- provided with honey-tnbes on the hinder part of the body, and in which the third vein of the front wing shows ce * J+ of about pees $e loads to the acre, ‘tak! |" surrounds the base of each tree infeste ings of- stables, and grafting-clay plastered over t American Blight—continued. only one fork. The woolly coating also distinguishes them from true Aphides. The American Blight is said to have been imported from America in 1787, but this is uncer- _ tain. As these insects getinto the cracks and under the bark “Of trees, they are hard to dislodge. The injury inflicted is not apparent for some time; but, in process of time, large cankerous wounds are produced, ‘which gradually (with the aid of the insects) destroy the branches, and render the tree useless, If young trees are attacked, they are ren- dered valueless in a very short time. The insects hide in crevices of the bark of the trees each autumn, an remain dormant during the winter, ascendingto their ol quarters as the weather becomes warm. Trees whic covered with moss and lichens probably serve as p for hibernation; hence it is desirable to remove fsh hiding-places, as well as all pieces of dead bark. To their being left may be frequently attributed the severe attacks of Blight experienced where they exist on trees. So soon as the cottony substance makes its appearance in spring, -one of the followi remedies should be applied, and, if ew oe the trees will be quite ruhin and Scraping... In RSPR trees should be thoroughly cleaned ; "ant so long as there is a chance of the insects being in the bark, all 1 ieces, moss, &c., should be®brushed off, and pe should re be thoroughly saturated with a s olution of-soft soap, or of soft soap and lime water, app ied with a stiff brush, so as to enter all the crevices. If this brushing is attended to as soon as the insects appear, they will be cleared off in a very short time. . g Pis the ammoniacal liquor ‘om gas works. diluted with from eight: twelve times its bulk of water, or it is dangerous to the trees; in fact, after, ‘dilution, it is advisable to, it, previous to using to any great extent. As the ally cov of the insects resists water, ye i is desirablé that the sored ~be applied with a brush, and forced amongst the Blight. “Lo. kilt insects on the roots, it. is, we clear away s possible from ‘them, -to ate i or ammoniacal tlutionss soot, pe ar ae her fal sapei > the soil w also ro ; ¥ Infusion of Toba Leaves Sto Feanor) kills the insects on shoots dipped into Parafin or Petroleum. This is ‘a ssifaple” and daai rem Obtain a painter’s half-worn sash tool, free ` from paint, and just moisten it i the oil. Then brush out each infested placè as 0 the Blight appears, and in one qi the trees be cleared. Spent Tan. ~ Collect» spent ito a heap a month or two before it is to be used, and if it has heated well and rotted, so much ‘the better. In winter, clear away all leaves, rubbish, grass, &c., and sp the tan at ‘te rate pare. t at it We have had practical proof of its utility. k rain o and other Spirits. ‘The mode of the Other ia that have been suggested are the dr bark. >% CAN CHINA ROOT. Boa Smilax. AN COWSLIP. See Dode CAN CRANBERRY. = See Oxycoccus macrocarpus. ; AMERICAN CRESS. See Barbarea. AMERICAN PLANTS. -This term includes Rho- dodendron, An and SMS — of a — end 64 THE DICTIONARY. OF GARDENING, American Plants—continued. : constitution, indeed, any hardy flowering shrubs requiring a moist peat border. AMERIMNON (from a, privative, and merinna, care; in allusion to the little attention the plant requires; name originally applied to the House- -leek). Syn. Amerimnum. ORD. Leguminose. Ornamental evergreen stove shrubs, with alternate, stalked, ovate, somewhat cordate, simple leaves. Of easy culture, thriving best in a rich loamy soil; the young cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root readily in sand under a hand glass, in heat. A. Brownei (Browne’s).* fl. white, sweet scented ; peduncles -axill Wer owered, glabrous or puberulous. May. l. ovate, te, acute, glabrous. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Jamaica, rellis or other support. > Ha ak (strigulose). ff. white; racemes axillary, soli- tary, three times longer than the petioles, May. J. ovate, rather cordate, obtuse, clothed with adpressed hairs on both surfaces : branches and petioles clothed with light brown, dense, short hairs. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Trinidad, 1817. AMERIMNUM. See Amerimnon. AMHERSTIA (commemorative of Countess Am- herst, a zealous promoter of natural history, particularly botany). ORD. Leguminose. A stove evergreen tree of almost unsurpassed magnificence and brilliancy, requiring a very high and moist temperature. It delights in a rich strong loam, and may be propagated by cuttings of the half-ripened wood, in sand, under a glass, in bottom heat of about 80deg.; also by seeds. + A. nobilis (noble).* 7. of a fine vermilion colour, diversified with Pes spots, large; racemes long, pendulous, ‘axillary. May. e, impari-pinnate, bearing six to eight pairs of leaflets, h. t. to 40ft. India, 1837. The flowers are, unfortunately, somewhat ephemeral, lasting but a few days in perfection, during „which period, however, no object in the whole range of the vege- “rad presents a more striking aspect, than this tree. (commemorative of J. B. Amici, a celebrated ench. physician). ORD. Leguminosae. retty green- house or half-hardy perennial, iaer E any warm, Young cuttings will root in sand under a ey e d spot. . at ghis in héat. This very desirable plant is valuable — ow of its flowering late in the autumn, two-jointed-podded).* llow, splashed with wp i uae so anita Lag per to six: owered. a Gaon a ammos, sand, and bio, t reference to the sandy soil in which it is foun Composite. This well-known everlasting is closely allied _ to Gnaphalium, from which it differs principally in habit. with oblong, pointed, toothed, chaffy scales; -involucre of. imbricated leaflets. It may be treated as ~ @ half-hardy annual, or as a biennial, if seeds are sown in September and kept ‘fn a cool greenhou during the winter, and this is the best way to grow it. we moderately ve; in ORD. « > € fl 3 about an inch across, of a silvery : exception of the paor p: florets, Bpr e ccrymbose ; les. May tember, 3 a tufted roan s Stems wi er Holland, 1 ordinary soil, il, with good drainage, and is propagated by layers and seeds. Simons noses f. pi d leaflets Inceola gp 1837. s Sky wh on both surface. iat. with two on of cordate ate ess Pach an are fal ad luei esand anges w si Mexico, a (narrow-leaved).* jl, sometimes of a uniform” AMMODENDRUM. See ‘Ammodendron. AMMYRSINE. See Leiophyllum. AMOMOPHYLLUM. See Spathiphyllum. AMOMUM Pe, not, and mame. im reference to the quality ie a Zingiberacee. Stove deciduous peren ials, chiefly aromatic, formerly used in pay Flowers produced close to the ground, in spikes or clusters, brac- teate. Leaves distichous, shéathing at the base, lanceo- late, entire. - For culture, see Alpinia. e yellow, sometimes crimson, with the labellum of a yellow | colour, more or less pale, and sometimes entirely crimson ; seape — ed, from. a> to din. i in length ; spike capitate. July. L linear owen Bre Sft. Madagascar, A. Gardamonum (cardamom).* | jt. brownish ; lip three-lobed, er, flexuose Procumbent,” August. Hast indies, 1823. : ng from the m of long. h. 2}ft. Wester Africa, a, diflorum (large-flowered whi “fie short. “June. Ipc lancet pointed. "ht nate m thie type and from each other, that itis impossible to AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA 65 OF HORTICULTURE. Amomum—continued. A. Granum .* Grains of Paradise. fl. white, tinged with yellow and rose. J, elliptic-lanceolate, long-pointed. - Stems very red at base, and dull purplish-red above from the long sheathing leafstalks. h. 3ft. West Africa. A. Melegueta (Melegueta).* fl. pale pink, solitary, with an orbi- cular irregularly toothed lip. May. J. narrow, linear-elliptic, distichous, sessile. A. lft. to 2ft. Sierra Leone, 1869. Habit creeping. A. sceptrum (sceptre). fl. bright rose purple, large, sub-erect ; the most conspicuous portion is the lip, which is 2}in. in diameter ; flower-scapes 6in. high. January. J, narrow, oblong-lanceolate. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Old Calabar, 1863. A. vitellinum (yolk-of-egg-coloured). fl. yellow; lip oblong, obtuse, toothed; spike oblong, sessile, rather loose. April l. oval. h. 2ft, East Indies, 1846, Plant stemless, glabrous, AMORPHA (from a, not, and morphe, form ; incom- plete formation of the flowers). Bastard Indigo. ORD. _ Leguminose. A handsome genus of hardy deciduous shrubs with very graceful impari-pinnate leaves, and many pairs of leaflets, which are full of pellucid dots. Racemes spicate, elongated, usually in fascicles at the tops of the branches; corolla without wings and keel; vexillum or standard ovate, concave. They are well adapted for small shrub- . beries, requiring a sheltered situation, and thrive well in common garden soil. Increased by layers, or cuttings, taken off at a joint, and planted in a sheltered situa- tion early in autumn; these should be allowed to remain undisturbed till the following autumn. Amorphas produce an abundance of suckers, from which they may be readily propagated. : A. canescens (hoary).* The Lead Plant. jl. dark blue. l, leaflets ovate-elliptic, mucronate. A. Sft. Whole plant clothed with hoary hairs. A. fruticosa (shrubby).* The False Indigo. fl. very dark bluish purple. June. Z., leaflets elliptic-oblong ; lower ones dis- tant from the stem. h. 6ft. . Carolina, 1724, Shrub glabrous, or a little villous. There are several varieties, having mucronate, emarginate, or narrower leaflets, but all with purple flowers, berries collected with the bracts into a compound fruit. Leaves rigid; edges spiny. The variegated form is a -useful plant for decorative purposes, and may be employed without the usual harmful consequences attending stove plants generally, but it must not be subjected to cold draughts. The soil should consist of two parts fibrous loam, one of peat, one of dung and leaf mould, and another of sand. ‘Those propagated from suckers, which should be laid by a day or two and then inserted in a strong heat, have, as a rule, longer and lighter-coloured leaves. Offsets are often produced at the base of the fruit, and make stout plants, with high-coloured foliage. When the plants are potted in spring, plunge them in bottom heat, to hasten their growth; but this is not absolutely necessary. Should _ it be desired to fruit the variegated form, the plants may f ‘ be submitted to the same pröcess of culture as detailed ~ypeeunder Pine Apple (which see). A. bracamorensis (Bracamora). Brazil, 1879. + ete (bracted). jl. crimson. April. h. 3ft. Brazil, A. ducida (shinifig). A. pink, April. h. 3ft. South America, A. macrodonta £ reddish, tinted buff ; om elongate-ovoid, with imbricating dentate bracts. fr. co. , „about 8in. long and 4in. wide, with conspicuous bracts, and highly aa perfumed. Z. with conspicuous teeth. 1878. SYN. Bromelia - undulata. : an A. Mordilona (Mordilona; native name). fr. large, with a fine — _. 1. distinguished in being without spines. Columbia, (large-toothed).* s ~ a A. Porteana (Porter’s).* Z armed on the margins with sharp spines, deep olive green, with a broad band of pale yellow running down the centre from base to apex. This species has a somewhat erect habit of growth. Philippines, 1865. A. sativa (cultivated). Pine Apple. For culture, see Pine Apple. A. s. variegata (variegated).* l. rosulate, finely arched, 2ft. or 3ft. long, serrated on the edges ; centre bright green, sometimes with a few lines of white, broadly margined with rich creamy- yellow, tinged with red towards the margins, > oa i Tic. 91. ANDROSACE SARMENTOSA, showing Habit, and the two inds of Leaves, &c. "A. Vitaliana (Vital’s).* fl. rich yellow, comparatively large ; g tube inflated at the middle, almost nestling among the leaves. May to July. l. linear, acute, greyish. Stems numerous. A. lin. to Zin. Pyrenees, &c., 1787, When well grown, it produces flowers in abundance, and is the only species in cultivation having yellow flowers. A well-drained, sunny pocket is desirable, with a cal- careous soil, covering the surface with nodules of sandstone. Syn. Gregoria Vitaliana. * A. Wulfeniana (Wulfen’s).* fl. rosy, or wS large. Summer. - -l oval, acuminated, in dense rosettes. h. 2in. Styria. A very rare species in cultivation in this country. ANDROSÆMUM. See Hypericum. eo ANDROSTEPHIUM (from aner, a man, and stephos, a crown; some of the stamens are barren and petaloid, forming a corona). ORD. Liliacew. A very pretty little hardy bulb, of dwarf habit, allied to Brodiwa. It re- | quires a rich sandy loam, in a sunny position, and may be propagated by offsets and seeds; the latter should be sown as soon as ripe ina cold frame. Plant Gin. deep, when it will require no protection in winter. A. violaceum (violet). fl. violet blue, about lin. 1ng, three to six in an umbel, on pedicels about their own length ; tube in- fundibuliform, about as long as the spreading segments ; corona half as long. Spring. J. four to six, very narrow. h. 6in. Texas, 1874. : ANDRYALA (the meaning of this is unknown). ORD. Composite. These are pretty half-hardy evergreen herbaceous perennials, easily grown in ordinary well- “wpe drained garden soil. Increased by seeds and divisions A. M = in spring. Two species only are in cultivation. Bs: A, lanata woolly).* jl.-heads yellow, Hieracium-like. May. l white, woolly, i an oe dear i radical ones stalked ; upper ones le. ems with a leaf at each joint. h. about lft. South Europe, 1732, 7 ador). jl.-heads bright yellow, as large as a hal “Drea orn . April. roto, 1871. nis i (from a, not, and eilema, involucre; Con y the absence of the involucre). ORD. iaki with ew. _ Greenhouse and stove evergreen peren- Coma th generally a trailing habit. A genus resembling mie a. from hich it is distinguished by the inflores- T eing sub-paniculate, and the peduncles entirely + er T Aneilema—continued. j exserted from the bracts at the branching of the panicle. Flowers without any involucre. They thrive in a compost of loam, peat, leaf mould, and sand, well mixed. Increased by seeds and fdot divisions. There are a large number of - species known to botanists. % A. biflora (two-flowered).* fl. blue; floral stalks two-flowered. July. l. lanceolate. Stem creeping ; plant smooth. New Holland, 1820. Greenhouse species. A. sinicum (Chinese). fl. pale blue; racemes about seven- flowered, alternate, placed in a panicle form. May. J. ligulate, acuminate. Stems branched, diffuse. k. 1ft. China, 1820. Green- house species. P ° ANEMIA (from aneimon, naked; in reference to the naked panicles of sporangia). Including Anemidictyon. ORD. Filices. A well-marked genus of stove and greenhouse ferns, chiefly confined to Tropical America. Capsules small, very abundant, forming a copiously-branched panicle, quite distinct from the leafy part of the frond. This genus of handsome dwarf-growing ferns is of easy culture, in a compost of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and sand. Several species are exceedingly pretty for fern cases. For general culture, see Ferns. (maidenhair-leaved).* sti. 12in. to 18in. long, irm, naked, fronds, barren portion shortly-stalked, 6in. to 9in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, b ee: næ close, lanceolate, the lowest the est; ultimate divisions oblong or linear. y the outer toothed, with a tirm texture; cle in. to 4in. long, — the peduncle lin. to 3in. long.. West Indies, 1793. A very hand- some stove fern. ` — ; A. ciliata (ciliated). Synonymous with A. hirsuta. ; A. collina (hill). sti. 8in. to 12in. long, firm, erect, densely clothed with fine ferruginous hairs. fronds, barren portion sessile, 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, with about twelve sessile pinnz on each side, which are lin. to ljin. long, and about jin. broad, un- equal-sided, obliquely-truncate hglow, blunt, sub-entire, with a . sub-coriaceous texture’; panicle . to šin. long, close, ¢he pe- duncle 4in. to 6in. long. Brazil, 1829. Very rare stove species. Syn. A. hirta. @ = A. deltoidea (deltoid-like). Synonymous with A. tomentosa. A. Dregeana (Drege’s).* sti. 8in. to 12in. long, firm, slightly villose. fronds, barren portion sttb-sessile, 8in. to Tin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, about equal in width in the lower half, with eight to twelve pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1}in. long, jin. to fin. broad, ovate-deltoid, unequal at the base, the upper side sub-cordate, the edge inciso-crenate; panicle šin. to 4in. long, the lower branches elongated; peduncle same length. Natal. Stove species, í A. flexuosa (wavy). Synonymous with A. tomentosa. A. hirsuta (hairy). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, slender, naked. fronds, barren portion 2in. to 6in. long, lin. to Sin. broad, sessile, oblong- deltoid, bipinnatifid ; pinnæ in six to eight opposite pairs, lin. to ljin. long, jin. to jin. broad, varying from oblong, obtuse, sub- entire, truncate at the base on the lower side, to deeply pinnatifid with narrow divisions; panicle lin. to 2in. long, close ; peduncle 2in. to 6in. long, slender, Jamaica, 1704. Very handsome stove species. SYNS. A. repens and A. ciliata. A. hirta (hairy). Synonymous with A. collina. mandioccana (Mandioccan).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, deciduously villose. fronds, barren portion lit. or more long, 2in. to 4in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, the lower half about equal in width; pinne in twenty or more close pairs, the point narrowed, but scarcely acute; edge finely serrulate, the upper base parallel with the stem, the lower obliquely truncate ; rachis and surfaces finely ilose; texture sub-coriaceous; panicle very compound, 3in. to in. long; peduncle longer. Brazil. A very beautiful and distinct stove species. A. Phylilitidis (Phyllitis-like).* sti. 6in. to 18in. long, strami- neous, naked, or fibrillose. fronds, barren portion sessile, 4in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 8in. broad, ovate-oblong, simply pinnate ; pinnz in — four to twelve sessile pairs, the lowest the la: ovate, lin. to bin. long, jin. to 2in. broad, the apex acute, the edge erenulate, the base rounded or cuneate, or unequal, with a 1 texture panicle dense, 3in. to Sin. long, the branches short ; peduncles the same length. Cuba, Mexico, &c. SYN, Anemidietyon Phyl tidis. Greenhouse species. A A oe a A. P. lineata (lined). fronds with a yellowish-green central stripe down the pinne. South America, | ‘eS A. P. plumbea (leaden). Synonymous with A. P. tessellata. A. P, tessellata (tessellated). “Pim raire pen een, with bright green centre and leaden-grey border. Brazil, 1875. The forms- have a more hardy constitution than the other species, a J we fe names often met with but only show slight deviations. They all and gros well in the greenhouse. SYN. A. P. plumbea. a | A. repens (creeping). -Synonymous with 4. hirsuta. of this species are erous : fraxinifolia and macrophylla are sion and seeds. - and skilfal hybridising, will produce results commensurate -4 Pt a = y 74 aE Anemia—continued. + = bod neto Lin A. villosa (hairy). oira with A. tomentosa. i ANEMIDICTYON. See Anemia. ANEMONE (from anemos, wind; the ‘greater part of the species grow in elevated places, much exposed to the wind). Wind Flower. ORD. Ranunculacee. An extensive — genus of very ornamental hardy perennials. The generic characters of Anemone proper are: Involucre of three cut leaflets, distant from the flower; calyx of five to twenty petal-like sepals; petals ab sub-genus Hepatica: Involnecre of three entire leaflets, just under the flowers; calyx of six to nine petal-like sepals; ls absent. For botanical purposes, they are both now included under the one generic name of Anemone; but in gardens the Hepa- ticas are frequently regarded as a distinct genus. They delight in a rich sandy loam, but most Ms thrive in ordinary garden soil. Some are suitable for borders, while others thrive howto on the rockery, most of the preferring a damp and p attially s Dor position. = Fér- = For numerous varieties of A. coronaria, both double and single flowered, the soil can hardly be too nd the position, al though open, be a sheltered one, and well drained. . The tubers ma planted early in October, about Gin. | apart, and 3in. A ), Various colours bei rmixed, when | : a splendid effect i uced in o bes Py in After flowering, the tubers- inal y in June— and spread out thinly, y,2 PEP ad until pr are dry, when they should be t necessary, divided, and in pots or boxes of dry s gr orbs tet nt ning a | . of two parts turfy loam, and one of leaf mould or rotten hotbed or cow manure, with about a sixth part of sharp gritty sand; but, if so grown, "they should be protected through severe weather, and brought into warmth as ae: råa cool plzce quired. The herbaceous species are propagated by roo divisions or root cuttings, or by seeds, in autumn or early -~ spring; the seeds are better sown as soon as ripe in pans in a cold frame. Some, such as A. japonica, are freely increased by division ; while others, such as A. narcissiflora, are very slow; and the tuberous rooted ones, by root divi- The best and most rapid means of propa- © _ gating the invaluable varieties of A. coronaria, and also of _ obtaining new ones, is by seed. A careful selection of flowers, with the trouble incurred. So soon as the seed ripen, they should be gathered and sown at once in aawarm sheltered situation outside, or in pans under glass, covering lightly with sandy soil, and keeping moist. They are somewhat difficult to sow on account of a mass of cotton-like down which adheres closely to them; they should be thoroughly separated therefrom by rubbing them in dry sand. Of course, if the seed are sown at different times, plants will be produced which will flower at different periods, and a succession of bloom may be had from A —indeed, nearly all the year. A. alba (white). 7. voei ioe solitary ; sepals ei a very blunt. June. or ite; segments ly en at top; por of the posse el stalked. hein bin. Asa A. alr pose (alpi j te variously coloured, sometimes white, white the bac l yellowish or yellow with their backs paler; sepals s : , elliptical, rarely ovate. May. 1. sometimes smooth, sometimes clothed ‘with long crowded Xy - hairs, biternate; segments pinnate and ey. magiaa invo- et be od same form. A, 6in. Mi i fis ; par with a sr aga Plant on the ry in rich Syn. Pulsatil ita wien. sulpharen if “tea beautiful soft yellow, 2in. to 24in. trey they are usually cup-shaped ; sepals A. a rooted, Pa lites on = OF GARDENING, g z Anemone—continued. D A six, covered with a silky dewn outside; anthers of a rolden colour. May and June, ea stalked, droopi Ena lft. long; leaflets pinnati deeply othed. A Er beautiful form, thriving in ordinary sete baad it Tathor moist situation, See Fig. 92.* ee ê ”. 7 sA * A +o Sr } p ee. FIG. 92. ANEMONE ALPI A. americana TONENE i A synonym of A, Hepatica. A. angul ed).* fine sky blue, over 2in. across with pror tg b yee oil maiig a tuft of yellow styles ; sepals l. palmately five- fine S A. Hepatica in all its parts ; it is well shited for the border or rockery, enjoying a deep rich soil. SYN. Hepatica angulosa, Apennine).* blue, ijin. across ; sepals x Probtuse, sy pédicel one- flowered. Mara r ate ; ‘segments lanceolate, deeply-toothed, bin. England (naturalised here and there), and So p Reet An exceedingly pretty pint, with soft-looking feathery foli i “It thrives best under t artial shade of trees, where the flowers rétain their colour longer. Tuberous rooted, — A. baldensis (Mount Baldo).* f. white, clothed with apres _ hairs on the outside, and reddish tinged with blue; to ten, oblong-oval hi A parece one-flowered. May. 2 segments many-pa lobes linear ; invoiicrii eaves m h. 6in. Switzerland, 1792. A. cwrulea is ie” identi s this species. ety a of the rockery. re. "Tuberous af A. (fair).* ents fourteen, „elliptical, spreading. February. obed; is rrated. ” hb. 8in. to 12in. East Europe. sA very pecies, ce the size pennina . 5 birata oblo. pi binately pir Carolina). purple or wit pu pescent | ong atin fp licel; A to twen -linear. May. l. ternate, wi three- , or cut acute! y- footed os involucral leaves trifid, with cut lobes, A 90. A. kirey slender sae delicate plant. § ay of yom ops Tuberous roo "e - Ke: d č » AN ENCYCLOPEDIA ; a oF HORTICŪLTURE. L ti 5 Aone con tinued he s Anemoné—ton{inued. A. decapetala (ten-petaled).* f. cream white or pale sulphur, about lin. to Zin. across, erect ; sepals eight to twelve, oblong, spreading. May to June. J. tripartite, and freely divided into numerous linear-acute segments, of ‘a deep green colour, h. 12in. to 18in. North-West America, &c. A pretty free-flowering es, suitable for naturalising in woods, &. It is less orna ntal than many Others, but is very distinct. a r) 4 a A a ; ü sge, í ‘ go. 93. Reaper A. “aes FLORE-PLENO.. 4 Cg. Cs 7 ae, "as eins,” es RES eps n “ florists? Ezo s have originated; which ae e ead a a poa ; mvo ma are invalua’ r l either dy : 7 : © 10) = Ta. dichotoma (forked).* = Fig. 94. ANEMONE FULGENSS, ; T ee a 1 spring flowering. Tt thrives best in a good loam c” tbe what sha from the mid-day sun, soil, and should rooted. * > Fic. 95. ANEMONE Heras Ai vhite, with g tinge of red on the s five, elliptical; pedice under, side ; s any, usually bifid. May. J. three parted; oblong, deep thed at top; those of the involucrum h. 1)ft. Siberia, North America, we, 1 rder, " for ing in woods. SYN. A. 5 pennsylvanica. Fic, 96. FLOWER AND LEAF OF ANEMONE JAPONICA, A. fulgens (shining).* fl. of a dazzling vermilion or scarlet, out with a black central patch of stamens, . &CTOSS 5 obovate. May. Greece, South Europ 1865. A beautiful variety, much more shoWy than As tensis (of w it is generally regarded as a yr yj, and a universal favourite. In ‘Hardy Perennials, Mr. Wood says of this splendid species: “It may be grown in pots for conservatory or indoor denorptinn. E needs no atigi for such purposes; a cold frame will prove cient to bring the flowers out in winter. Bordera er Aho ot eat avian ta regs mame te per i seen to 2 jp The half shade of trees te front of S abbery ; and, after all, it * e n 76 4T HE premipytny OF GARDENING, + Gos Anemone—con tinued.. . ‘ Anemone—continned. is impossi! e to t this flower wrong as regards effect. To ow it Be or er, ity must have a moist situation and good oam.’ » A. Halleri (Haller’s).* fl purplish inside, large, erect ; sepals six, $ oval-lanceolate. April, Z. pinnate, very villous ; segments three parted ; lobes with dantbolate- linear, acuminated divisions. h. 6in. Switzerland, 1816. A sunny border or the ee Syn. Pulsa-~ tilla Halleri Ps A. Hepatica (supposed remedy for liver PeR Common He- patica. jl. usually blue; sepals six to he February. l. cor- date, three-lobed ; lobes quite entire, Dv thake are , petioles and scapes rathgte hairy, h. 4in. to 6in, are numerous ' varieties of cies. p a w g epatica trilobae |. a” Varieties : large pure whi Fen: coomulea (blue), - f p" the double Ea, Ain is scarce and very s owy; rubra™ š — produces deh one wers, and of which there is -a double E i variety, very bright and lasting ; rei large sky-blue flowers. > Besides these there are many “others. y are “all charming early spring-flowering plants, preferring rich light soil, and to remain $ undisturbed for years, when they form erand clumps, often pro- 4 * i a 3 seedlings where they stand. Syn. A. americana. See - FIG. 98. ANEMONE NARCISSIFLORA, showing Habit and Flower A. Honorine Jobert (Honorine Jobert). ‘Synonymous with A. A. narcissi ora (Naxdlasulidlowered)t Jl. usually crea coloured, x japonica alba. Ai sometimes puo on the outside; epee | neral: Ñy- ay gan A. hortensis (garden). Nearly approaches A. coronaria thè flowered ; pedicels in some instances twic ae ti e onger parent of a large number of garden forms...4. fulgens and A. than.the involucrum, and in others chal Pe rt; sepals five or = stellata are by competent authorities placed a var rietiesæ in ovaté or oval, blunt-or acute. May. l. radical ones palmately three toufive parted ; lobes deeply toothed; lobules linear, acute ; ape ui those of the involucrum Fp! to five cleft: h. about 1ft, Europe, =~ A. japonica (Japanese).* fl. _Tosy carminé® front Zin. to 24 North America 1773. a extremely variable and beautiful Lapopies # across, on footstalks which spring from a whgrf6f three or Rockery.« See Figy98 leaves; anthers golden yellow. Autu ternate, with u an- * sepals. pe equally lobed, toothed se; ements. O 3ft Japan, 1844. ie biG $; scapes PEPEE TI s Fig. 96. 7 E, de®. tht toothed, lanceolate, acute ;involucral- leaves — J h. in, oat Aeaee varies fides in t A. Hudsoniana (Hudson’s). Synonymous with A. multifida, "Robinson s)* ae rming variety regs the rockery or on border, and one of the 3 preb stin the whole gen ` ni rosea (rosy).* A very pretty f with rose-coloure flowers, of a thero i is a double AONO” sub-variety; there 4 ag also a double form of the type, named bracteata fi. Ply white * _ flowe: fei surrgpnded witha large involucrum. x oba (blunt-lobed-1 d) fl. cream coloured ; ve, obovate; pedune! ae pateat one- ib ae naked, or the lateral í cordate, and are, as W wae June. l. three a Mae i aa ý . broadly cuneäted, and deep] ino Olucra leñv ji n b + Himalaya, 5. rhe species Teal doe y is og porie. hg E 4 rn golden yellow ; se wt to vel piscape one, Tarely,tio, flowered. orbicular, bluntly th =a ve-lobed, toothed g : E a trifid. South-west rope, 1597. AW, ite hows př though scarce, is in cultivation, and ig very pretty. which should te. anà dee be grown on the A | here » ing soil Poth P, with a somewhat damp ere % Tub Fig. 97. ANEMONE JAPONICA ALBA. Apa Ap eran ie pit A. j. alba (white).* This is a splendid variety, with a profusion of -L imate, sing. after large pure white flowers, which are produced from August to | November. This white form is one of the “ote Mee wed A, A. oe basir pecs are Fer oe Berens, with ac of dense- p stamens, or cutting purposes wers are | a A y invaluable. 1 Fig ves „mll SYN. "A. Howrine rote Jobas. mai, rii Poe ` j. elegans (clegant).* like A. jap with broader |. ,? Sw i gn and ns ian Sey tke whi Bishi an = | ee pavonina a ae nous with A. satiate, : across. This is also called rosea and hybrida. 3 Japan. ; A, pennsylvanica (Pennsylvanian), Synonymous with A. dicho- — A. lancifolia (lance-leaved). $ white; sepals five, ovate-acute ; “ome ~ scapes one-Howores. tied. A . all stalked, ternate; segments | A. pratensis on J dark purple, pen julods; e na nd Y lanceolate, t h. A aye Pennsylvania, 1823. Very i N 0 rthern Europe, de ae, 17a | oa pe chiefly from the following species in ire pi f fr gma” aes = sepals narrowerand more acute, a snpra en apex. SYN. Pu ‘ ose ofthe involucrum — on to iain. North America. Border or oe # is AN ENCYCLOPEDIA Fs 6” z OF “HORTICULTURE. 77 “Anenlonsr continued a $ ge: 3 - mate oS * tee Fi. 99, ANEMONE ; porsan. | ‘ us ati It if a very prett ER ; when w ome tu + ely., peg Ar ge ing ani i which g — aot Pakui A. PY urica (Dal fl. erect; lous. nt dwarf. Sunny border orr A, P: lilacing. ‘(ilac)y fl. lilac. x Fo A. P,irubra (red). fl. erect ; sepals blur a Dereng „A ranun es (Ranunculus-like).* fl. sually yellow (bat in i the Pyrenean variety purple), generally solitary, single or double ; i j aoe five to six, ellipti March. l. radical ones three to five i arted ; segmients subt ñd, deeply toothed ; those of the invo- l - lucrum on short stalks three Sat deeply toothed. 3in. nee in English woods, but rarely. Tuberous r ad. VA RTS er. ' : Jl. white; anthers le: sepals five, 1, ‘as well oo polar one of which is pee a l = Mise i Do G parted; lobes cuneated, trifid ; lobules at j s + a ğ LED —éontinued. cut, acutely toothed. h. lft. to 2ft. Nort dia, Should ice eee be grown on the banks of running bs 2. uation in the border. A. sibirica (Siberian). /. white ; sepals six, orbicular ; scapes one-flowered. June l. ternate; ; segments deeply toothed, ciliated, those of the involucrum on short stalks, ternate; seg- + Pippo lanceolate. k. 6in. Siberi , 1804. Rockery; very rare. llata (star-leaved),* f. Sepia, or rose or whitish, g ary; sepals ten to twelve, oblong, bluntish. il. Z. three parted ; lobes cune , deeply-toothed ; parai leaves sessile, oblong. a hii n. South Europe, ae A peery and gay sprins flowering plant. Tuberous rooted SYN. * Doub forms.of em gt | in cultivation. ; ee OAC ; E FIG. 101. ANEMONE SYLVESTRIS. A sylvestris (wood).* Snowdrop Windflower. io pure satin white, ightly drooping, 1}in. across when fully open, nt; sepals six, iptical ; pedicel solitary. April. 1 Scanner oF: or quinate, hairy beneath ; segments wey 4 toothed at top, those of the inyolu- crum stalked. A, 6in. to 18in. Euro This distinct and showy species thrives ost ina Se soil in a rather shady and moist situation. The roots are creeping, and should be allowed plenty of room, so that they may ram le” without check. See Fig. 101. $ L Tm + 78 THE DICTIPRNARY OF GARDENING, oe k n ia Anemone—continued. A. trifolia oe yt gta jl. white, erect; sepals five, elliptical, obtuse. April. Z. all stalked, ternate ; "segments ovate-lanceo- late, acute, Cached. “hobin. France, 1597. close to A. nemorosa. A. vernalis (spring).* fl. whitish inside, violet, and covered with silky down outside, erect, sub-sessile, or on pedicels ; sepals six, straight, elliptic-oblong. April. l. pinnate; segments cuneate- lanceolate, »trifid ; involucrum very villous. A. 6in. Europe, 1816. A curious rather than a showy species; it makes a pretty pot plant, but must not, under any consideration, be allowed to want water. It can be plunged i in sand ‘ashes i in the open, and just as the flowers commence to expand, transfer to a cool frame. This species comes t thrives best in a nie bes and loam compost, to which small pieces 4 of charcoal may Fis. 102. A! virginiana (Virginian).* fl. purplish green or pale purple, small; se five, elliptical, silky-pubescent on the outside ; pedicels often rising in pairs from the involucel. May. = l. ter- nate ; segments trifid, acuminated, deeply toothed; those of the involucre and involucels stalked; peduncles three to. four, much elongated, middle one naked, sometimes lft. high ; lateral ones bearing two-leaved involucels, =h. 2ft. North America, 1722. Border or woodlands, and damp places. e added. Syn. Pulsatilla vernalis. See A. vitifolia (vine-leaved). f. white, villous on the outside; ~ anthers cop ati gre sepals eight, oval, oblong ; pedicels one- flowered. L large, cordate, five-lobed, beneath as well as the stems dothoa with white wool; lobes broadly ovate, cut, a crenate ; those of the involucrum stalked, wooll underneath, smooth above, bluntly oo RAe puttar h. 2ft. Upper N epaul, 1829. This requires ; ree poste to stand the winter. Very near A. japoni aan probably the p: ‘ogenitor of it. ANEMONOPSIS (from anemone, and opsis, resem- blance ; flowers like those of the Anemone). ORD. Ranun- culacee. A handsome and remarkable hardy herbaceous perennial, not unlike An , but smaller “It | A.lanceolata late-leaved).* May. of te zoot stonk in spring Feopaiiot D7 msds and ug * “taut ncn, at eaved). ts five? E ea Ney (arge-leaved.* Ji. in loose racemes ; pepis about ANGRÆCUM d du ed A = ; i i nine, conca id internal ys (deduc [ron ial a Malayan twelve, in noA gine cLa morh of tka sepals nea kos for air plants). ORD. Ore Bs TRIBE Vandee. oblong. ae. = ES os, glabrous. Bao bce . most be f epiphytal, orchi H 2 aR to Be Y Satan: rem: e " ro n ANEMOPÆGMA (from anemos, the wind, and ra on prh tail like. spur depen the basetef the paigma, sport). ORD. Bignoniacee. A handsome — lip.” The flowers are produced ikes from the axils shrub. For culture, see Bignonia. A. * racemosum ars sae E ar coloured, in axillar? racemes, large. vigorous climber is, as pergi very rare in cultivation. + (from ano, upwards, and theo, to run; in ANETHUM reference to its quick growth). ORD. Umbellifere. A genus of erect glabrous annuals. Flowers yellow ; involucre and involucels wanting. Leaves decompound, with linear- setaceous lobes. This'genus i is of no ornamental value, its most important ing the garden Dill (A. graveolens), which see for culture. ANGELICA G reference to the supposed CU é some species). ORD. Umbelliferæ.” Perennial or binni herbs. Flowers white ; umbels terminal; involucra wanting or of few leaves; involucels of many leaves. . Leaves bipinnate. The common Angelica (A. Archangelica) is the only species that calls for mention. ` It isa native biennial, and was at one time in much request for „and as a herb of supposed great medicinal value. Seed should be sown in September or March in cn ae the young plants thinned out to about ANGELICA T salicariefolia i in South Dasa), ‘ Ons. Very pretty stove herbaceous perennials lary, racemose; corolla irregular, bi-labiate; lower ip oe saccate at the base, trifid; upper one smaller, bifid. — 3 ves opposite.. Stem and. branches quadrangular. : mat light turfy loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, is _ good compost. Cuttings of young shoots in spring strike readily under a hand glass or plunged in the propagating bed, giving plenty of air daily. : _ A. salicarizefolia (willow-leaved).* ue, hairy, axillary, soli- tary, eS p roende ugust. Ena towards cer a ‘ šít. South America, | A, cor } considerably enhances their value. ANGIOPTERIS (from aggeion, a vesseland pteris, a wing). ORD. Filices. A genus of gigantic greenhouse ferns. Capsules eight to fifteen, opening by a slit down the side, sessile, very close but not concrete, arranged in linear-oblong or boat-shaped sori near the edge of the frond. These ferns require a very “liberal supply of water, and plenty of room to fully expand. The most © - suitable compost is a mixture of strong loam and peat, `% zu with some sharp sand. Thorough drainage must be ` afforded. A. evecta (evectic). erect, 2ft. to 6ft. high, lift. to arbe thick, very fleshy. sti. swollen and articulated at the base, fur- nished with two large leathery persistent aurieles. fronds 6ft. to * i 15ft. long, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnæ lft. to 3ft. lon; hiir e th oF lowest the largest ; rachis swollen at the base ; -pinnul In. e, . s 12in. long, żin. to lin. broad, linear-ob; ong, ‘Sessile or shortly- stalked, acuminate ; edge entire or finely too thed: Tropies of Old - World.’ This is the only clearly defined species; the others » usually known as distinct species are but varieties of it, and its culture should not be attempted if plenty of room cannot be afforded ite ANGOPHORA (from aggos, ‘a vessel, and ‘phero, to bear; in reference to the shape of the fruit). “ORD. Myrtacee. Australian evergreen gréenhouse ornamental trees or shrubs. Flowers corymbose; calyx five or six- ` cleft: Leaves large, opposite. A mixture of leaf soil, peat, and sand suits them well. Ripened cuttings will root in. sapiy soil under a hand glass in a cool i in a few - weeks. aimilla (heartleaved).* f. yellowish, corymbose; large. May. 1. sessile, ovate, cordate at the base, glabrous. h. Tit. to 10ft. New Holland, 1 * be at cau. à On Sp: the leaves. The leaves are evergreen, and arranged in two rows, the ‘one opposite to the other, and, in many kinds, being curved, give the plant a very graceful appearance. The fact of these plants producing their blooms during the winter—a period when flowers are generally scarce— They usually continue six or eight weeks in “perfection, or even more. The fol- lowing table of night temperatures should be almost uni- versally adhered to for all the species e erated, except ` 5A. falcatum, which thrives best in a cool house. From “November to. February, 58deg. to 63deg. ; March to May, ‘September and October, 65deg?; Jüne to August, 70deg- _ The day temperature should be 7deg. or 8deg. higher than that of the night. A compost f crocks, Shasta, ‘end S, T is best. A layer of a few largë ĉrocks at the e m of the pot or pan will be required; over ead’ another layer of charcoal and smaller crocks, 7 Wari” to allow the Pe to . eapeort the plant; 50 that the pair of leav be, in. large plants, : about 4in. ve the rim oE tho 7 keen We pocions A less in the case of sma E ki plant is carefully adjusted in 1 E de ay held there with one hand, the should work in among the nore a, and charcoal harcoal, ceasing so to do when — f the remaining space must be © sii San rah sp um, ipae firm (this is ae essential) in a cone shape, which may be built up to within }in. of the lower pair of leaves. . Prior to potting, which wap ought to be done between February and April, water should ; be withheld for a short time; but give a good immediately after the operation. In the process of re- potting, clear the goots of the old moss, all rotten stems, and particles of yed roots. If plants are potted as — we have recommended, a Rig an soaking once ainak” : only, or if grown on of wood, “a in ere * Sa cient. Excessive f ion ae $ AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA 79 OF HORTICULTURE. Angræcum—continued. or at the roots, will cause the leaves to drop, and prevent any growth being made, in which case the plant ought to be lowered. If the stems have emitted but few roots, a ring of moss vag esa the stems, and kept constantly wet, will induce the® plant to throw out additional roots, -when the lowering may be proceeded with. To keep the Parte free from insect pests, frequently sponge the foliage. -Thrips generally prove very troublesome, and a moderate , fumigation is needful, dislodging the insects that may be ‘secreted low down in the centre of the plant, shortly before , >. the operation, by Gropping a little weak tobacco water or © ‘sulphur among thêm. k _ A, arcuatum (curved).* jl. white; racemes from the axils of the > = two-year-old leaves, two or three being produced from a single ? wth, about 6in. long, arching. l. about 4in. long, and in. ad. Natal. Syns. Listrostachys arcuata. A. (Listrostachys), Sedeni, comes close to the above species, but is excessively rare in cultivation. A. bilobum (two-lobed).* jl. white, with a tinge of-rose, about ljin. in. diameter ; spur 2in. long, produced from the side of the stem, just above the two-year-old leaves ; racemes pendulous, 6in. or more long, bearing about a dozen flowers, which a t ce. October to December. 4in. long by 2in. two-lobed at the apex, about eight n a plant. “Stem erect, about bin. high. Cape Coast, 1841. Should be grown in a A. caudatum (tailed i ellow, mixed with brown ; bellum pure Serre ie one, about Yin. long, two- lobed at the lowest portion ; racemes arching, lft. or more lon roduced from the base of the two-year-old leaves. Autumn. . pale green, drooping, about 10in. long by lin. broad. R. 1}ft. , eet Stem erect, or nearly so. Sierra Leone, 1834. ~ > A, cephalotes (capitate).* jl. white. Tropical Africa, 1873. | A. Chailluanum (Chaillu’s).*, 7. white ; sepals and petals narrow, acute ; spur yellowish green, 4in. or more long; racemes pendu- lous, 8in. or 10in. long, about twelve medium sized flowers pro- duced from the side of the stem, just above the axils of two-year- s * C i) N old leaves. J. 6in. long, 1}in. broad, slightly wavy, two-lobed at | the apex, arranged in an imbricate manner. West Africa, 1866. A rare species. i A. Christyanum (Christy’s). A curious species, with yellow or greenish-white flowers, having a much developed three-lobed lip. The plant has the aspect of A. arcuatum. Af citratum (Citron-like).* 1. creamy white, or pale yellow, nearly lin. in diameter; spurs about l}in. long; racemes three, on strong plants, produced from the axils of two-year-old leaves, arched, about 1ft. long, bearing sometimes twenty flowers. l. 4in. to 6in. long and 2in. broad, six or eight on a pias. occupying about ljin. of stem. Madagascar, 1868. Habit compact ; stem nearly erect. + =, oka = pow nd em Sa of the , very short, closely imbricated, deep bright green. Sierra 1 i i ie aust abi aaa Leone; 4. A Very neat growing little species, Bg gto -y-lipped).* fl. sepals and lip uppermost; hite very ah racemes about 18in. long, from the axils of ate pa ves ; f erect, but gradually becoming pendulous from the ‘con mcement of the flowers. 2in. broad, ee green, stiff. Madagascar, 1826. ae tals greenish white ; ł. 20in, long g SYN. Ærobion eburneum. „virens is an inferior variety, but A. e. superi urpasses type in beauty ; it is, however, at present extremely rare. Mins, SS A. Ellisii (Ellis’s).* fl. pure white, fragrant, about 2in. across, with narrow reflexed sepals and petals, the column standing very p minent ; spur pale brownish, 6in. to,8in. ; racemes frequently. long, on the side of the stem just above the axils of the two-year-old oe. a aon awen gone. l. dark green, 9in. or 10in. ; ong, and 2in. bread, divided at the apex into two u l é or are d, p wo unequal lobes A. falcatum (sickle-shaped).* jl. pure white, very fragrant ; spur rved, 2in, long; racemes from the axils of the two- A Bay 2 ves, short, bearing from two to five blooms, J. 2in. to 4in, long, wr narrow and fleshy, dark i ute An elegant litt house ies, and one ofthe smallest ng to th „genus Tt should i i : å bout ate be grown in peat, iif a basket or pa gue (Kotschy’s),* the glass, but rather shaded. T the pe, gr white pink Jl. yellowish white, perfume similar to ; -tinted, cemes from the axils a ii = ae ay , lin, to 1hin. a ; spur reddish tilted. by the Renae l twistings ; ra- twelve blooms, og leaves, 18in. long, bearing about pokes y six or more on a good plant. Zanzibar, 1880. Should be grown in a basket, or on a cylindrical block of teak broad, of which there _ wood. ë pA tear konte, o uae long, in . to Ning See 7 it cor linear- 7 Stem short. ..Madagasca Ae } a Me green, leathery, nerveless oe * um (two-rowed-leaved). fl. whitish, jin. across, on one” i ti | pseudo-bulbs of the preceding year’s growth. Angrecum—continued. A. pellucidum (transparent).* jl. white, of a delicate semi-trans- oon texture, and with a Aney tinged Jabellum ; racemes from he axils of the lowest leaves, ging perpendicularly from the stems, about lft. long, bearing thirty to forty blooms. l. 12in. long by 2in. or 3in. cae Sierra Leone, 1842. Must be grown ina suspended basket. * A. pertusum (broken).* ji. pure white ; spur comparatively short, with a well-marked yellow Kaa racemes from - as of two- year-old leaves, horizontal, or slightly nodding, 6in. Tin. long, with from forty to sixty densely packed, small blooms. Zl dar green, arching, 10in, long by lin. broad, h. 1ft. Sierra Leone, . Very distinct and attractive. A. Scottianum (Scott’s).* fl. pure white, very delicate in texture, the lip is uppermost, lin. or more across ; spur narrow, yellowish, din. to 4in. long ; peduncle slender, a little longer than the spur, usually but one-flowered. l. narrow, terete—thus differing from most of its congeners—tapering or awl-shaped, about ĝin. long, jin. to jin. in diameter, Ap Grm in the upper surface and ridged below. Comoro ds, 1878. (Seden’s), A rare form of A. arcuatum. 2n down from the labellum, often from 10in. to Et „November, December, and January, and lasts about three weeks in beauty. Z. dark _distichous, about 10in. long. = ~= Madag , 1823. tis one of the grandest of winter wering orchids. i A. virens (green). ‘An inferior variety of A, eburneum. ANGULAR. Having angles, or Fh angles. ANGULOA (commemorative of Angulo, a Spanish naturalist). ORD. Orchidacee. A small genus containing about six ‘species. The flowers, which are large and beautiful, are p oat singly on scapes from 12in. to 16in. high, several of which are produced from the ripened Pseudo- bulbs from 5in. to 8in. high, as thick as a man’s wrist, bearing two to three erect, broad, lanceolate leaves, 2ft. to 4ft. long. Temperature, summer, day (maximum), 70deg. ; night (minimum), 60deg. Winter, day (maximum), 60deg. ; night (minimum), 45deg. These are bold growing cool- house plants, best grown in rough fibrous peat, with good drainage. They delight in an abundant supply of water both to the roots and foliage when growing, and require to be kept in a somewhat dark or heavily-shaded place. During the season of rest, and until young shoots commence growth, they should be kept rather dry. They are pro- pagated by dividing the pseudo-bulbs, just before they “commence to grow. The flowering season is summer. ¥s).* fl. fra: t; sepals and petals concave, See rate Se ta ip Fe ria age ea globular, ia * or tulip-like. Columbia -(at 5000ft. t. elevation), 1842. * This is the largest growing species, of which there are one or two rare varieties. ES ¥ eburnea (ivory-flowered).* fl., sepals and petals of the purest bat ; lip : tted with pink, “New Gre In other respects similar to above, but is very rare. ' 3 A. Ruckeri (Rucker’s).* fl., sepals yellow, with crimson crimson. Colum’ .. Not so large a grower foregoing, but with same sized flowers, R. sanguinea (bl * This variety has flowers of a deep ae red colour, but er al A. superba (superb).* Synonymous with Acineta Humboldtii. uniflora (one-flowered).* jl. sub-globose, pure white, some- en es with brown, spotted profusely with pink inside. Columbia, 1844. One of the best in cultivation. _ ANGURIA (one of the Greek names for the cu- cumber). Orv. Cucurbitacew. A stove genus of ever- ~ green climbers allied to Momordica. Flowers monæcious ; ts ; lip deep e Fei of ts is T corolla joined to the calyx, ventricose, red, with a five- — g border. Fruit somewhat tetragonal. Several species have been introduced from time to time, but they are rarely seen in our gardens. Some of them are — handsome plants, and well worthy of cultivation. ANHALONIUM. See Mammillaria. ANIGOZANTHUS. (from anoigo, to expand, and anthos, a flower ; in reference to the branching expansion of the flower stalks), ORD. Hemodoracew, Greenhouse and half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Flowers large, parted spreadin racemose or corymbose; perianth tabalgy,clongated, woolly. as 80 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, n Anigozanthus—continued. Anigozanthus—continued. Leaver linear ensiform. Thoy aro of cosy oultivation, | ,tyrtamthtnne (ples, J. porns ang whe: Pameto ciated growing readily in a turfy compost of peat and loam; three Stam ts i irate, aaie ‘clothed with h oy E nar e parts of the former to one of the latter, the whole inter- alow T zit. aus er. 1844. EEn A “ ae ee a mixed with sand to make it porous. In the growing ANIL. See Indigofera Anil. season, they must be kept well watered, and somewhat dry during their season of rest in winter. They are very easily ANIME RESIN. See Hymenza Courbaril. propagated by dividing the roots in spring. — ANIMATED OAT. Sce Avena sterilis. A. coccineus (scarlet).* fl. scarlet; perianth swelling towards the ANTH summit, iry, segments a little retlexed ; disposed in dichoto- ANTS. US. See Antholyza. a mously-forke panicles ; pedicels rather long. June. l lanceolate, ANISE (Pimpinella Anisum). A hardy annual, oc- eep grcen. Stem ciliated. A. 5ft. Swan River, 1837. casionally used for garnishing or seasoning. Sow seed, ~ in ordinary garden soil, ona warm sunny border, ~ in May, where it is intendedfor the plants n remain. ANISEED TREE. See Illicium. ANISOCHILUS (from anisos, unequal, and cheilos, a lip; in reference to the inequality of both lips of calyx and corolla). ORD. Labiatæ. A very ornamental genus of stove perennials or biennials. Whorls of flowers densely imbricate into oblong cylindrical spikes; corolla with an exserted, defracted tube, inflated throat, and bila- biate limb. They thrive in any light rich soil, Cuttings “will root in a sandy soil under a bell glass, i in heat; seeds may be sown in February in heat. A. carnosum (fleshy). fl. lilac; whorls densely imbri- cate into oblong cylindrical pedunculate a June = to September. l. petiolate, ovate-roundish, obtuse, crenated, cordate at the base, thick, fleshy, tomentose aces. Stem erect. h. 2ft. East Indies, on both surf; 1788. f ANISOMELES (from anisos, unequal, and melos, a member ; in reference to the anthers of Ta the longer stamens being halved). ORD. Labiate. . Ornamental greenhouse or everg shrubs, herbaceous- or 1 Whorls sometimes densely eeiowercd, others few, and loose; corolla with upper lip erect, oblong, entire ; lower lip larger, spreading, and lateral lobes ovate, obtuse. They are of very easy culture in light rich soil; young cuttings strike freely in spring, in heat, under a bell glass. A. furcata requires little or no artificial heat, but the protection of a bell glass is beneficial. Seeds of A. ovata may be sown in- spring, in heat, and, after due hardening off, the seedlings may be planted outside in May. A. furcata (forked).* fl. small, elegantly variegated with white, red, and purple, in loose many-flow racemose cymes. July. petiolate, ovate, nated, crenated, cordate at the base, hispid on both surfaces. h. 4ft. to 6ft.. Nepaul, 1824. A. malabarica (Malabar). fl. perplsh ; w tant, many-flowered, dense. July. l. ob long- * late, 2in. to 4in. in length, obtuse, serrately © oft . in the upper part, quite entire at the base. A. 4 , to 5ft. Tropical Asia, in humid places, 1817. Shrw A. ovata (ovate-leaved).* fl. purple; lower lip of % xi deeper pata whorls many- “ho wered, lower ones af tant, upper ones interruptedly spicate. August: sft ovate, oe, ‘broadly crenated, h., 2ft. “a . Nepaul, 1823. An annual. Habitat alala to Insts ANISOMEROUS. Unequally-parted ; un- symmetrical : ANISOPETALUM. See Bulbophyllum. S . All plants which spring from the flower, and die within the course of a year, A number of things, however, which are not strictly of annual duration, A. Manglesii (Mangle n; sti capitate, beyond the abe, iaaii eatin ‘epiked raceme. eens but which are sown y year he a ager to w re y autumn or erect, clothed with short thick crimson persistent velvety down. . “Bernie for the sake’ of convenience, ans s eis Š À FIG. 103. INFLO. ESCENCE AND LZAF 0 i A. flavidus (yellowish-green- flowered).* am. yellowish green, panicled ; scapes long. May. L. lanceolate, oos as is also the stem ; down of branches deciduous, h. 3ft. New Holland, 1808, | There i is a scarlet and green-flowered variety of this species. | See ig. 1 h. 3ft. Swan River, 1833. A. pulcherrimus (beautiful).* f. yellow; penton much HE ate a Rta tmnt A M EUS wi mentum. ; “River, 10 say wae SS THREAD-LEAVED PINE, AGAVES, AND YUCGA, IN A GUERNSEY GARDEN. $ AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 81 Annuals—continued. best sown in the spots where they are intended to remain during March and April, and care must subsequently be taken to keep the ground clear of weeds, and also to thin out the seedlings, allowing each sufficient room to develop and exhibit its true character. If allowed to remain too crowded, the plants, as a matter of course, suffer, and the size and number of the flowers and the general effect are considerably decreased. Successional sowings of a good many of the showy species will be found to prolong their flowering season. In well-kept establishments, where Annuals are duly appreciated, several sowings are made in pots at intervals of a few weeks. As the previously sown clumps begin to get shabby, they are removed, and replaced by others which have still to bloom. By this means a continual sheet of bloom can be maintained for a long time. It is much better to trust to plants grown in pots in order to carry out the plan just sketched, as _ these receive no check when placed in their new quarters ; A ="fföwers, will be the result, whilst transplanted clumps frequently fail, and many species do not transplant at all readily from an open border. In order to secure a fine show in early spring of such plants as several of the Silenes, Myosotis, Saponaria, and a number of others, it is best to sow the seeds in an open sheltered border, about the end of July or beginning of August, taking care to keep a small reserve stock in a cold frame in case very severe weather kills the unprotected stock. Half-hardy Annuals are those for which our climate is not sufficiently warm, or rather our summer is not, as a rule, either hot enough or long enough, to allow them to grow, flower well, and ripen seeds, if sown in the open air. Many of these are amongst the showiest of garden plants, so it is worth while to give them the shelter of a warm ~ frame during their earlier stages and gradually harden them off, planting out at the end of May or beginning of ` June, when danger resulting from severe weather is passed. After germination, the seedlings should have plenty of light and air, or a weak spindly growth, and, as a consequence, poor The most satisfactory method of watering very tiny seeds is to place a piece of fine muslin over the seed pot, through which the water will be easily conveyed to the seeds, and thus prevent disturbance. Tender Annuals require the same treatment as the half- hardy ones, except that they need throughout their existence the protection of the glass structure. All, or nearly all, garden Annuals delight in full sunlight and plenty of air. In the open, these requirements, as a rule, obtain, but sometimes mistakes are made under glass by keeping the plants too close and over much shaded, as well as too great a distance from the glass. ANNULAR. Having a ring-like form. i = ANNULATE. With the appearance of rings. ANGCTOCHILUS (from anoiktos, open, and cheilos, a lip; in reference to the spreading apex of the lip). ORD. Orchidacee. Terrestrial orchids, the radical leaves of which are the chief attraction; they are characterised as being amongst the most beautiful and delicate objects in the vegetable kingdom. The flowers, which should be pinched off so soon as they appear, are, as a rule, small and unattractive. All the species belonging to this genus are of a dwarf habit, scarcely exceeding 6in. in ht, with leaves from 2in. to 6in. long, including the fleshy petioles. They require in order to grow them satisf torily. —£e-one part of silver sand, washed twice or throe, Wee thoroughly, add two of sphagnum, which should also be well washed and picked plier should be chopped into minute particles, in ia that it may freely amalgamave with the sand; mix a ao begs and peat with the whole. In the pots, when well = y Pits placing a large piece of potsherd, over the rgsa and nearly half filling up with pieces broken small orm size, place a thin layer of crude sphagnum, firmly with the ure a good deal of attention — Aneectochilus—continued. and bringing it up more or less in the form of a cone above the rim of the pot, into which the plants should be firmly fixed. Plants which have been propagated by division should be carefully removed from their old positions, and placed in 82-sized pots. About five separate pieces might be placed evenly over the surface, making holes with a neat dibble, into which the roots should be dropped their entire length, pressing the soil firmly and carefully by the aid of the dibble. Fix them so that they may grow in- wardly, and not out over the rim of the pots, pegging each creeping root needing such attention firmly down upon the surface of the soil afterwards; after a good soaking, they may be replaced in any warm, shady situation. For the purpose of propagating, a strong plant is necessary, which may be cut into pieces just below the first joint, each piece having a root. It is necessary for the bottom piece to have two eyes, one to root from, and the other to push into a shoot. The “bottom,” or plant which has been cut, should be again placed in the pot, whence it was lately taken, and then under a bell glass, when it will soon throw up a young shoot, which ought to be left on until well rooted; it may then be separated from the old plant and treated similarly to the portion first removed, still leaving the old part in the pot. These plants must be grown in glass cases, or under bell glasses, but they should always have a little air, to the want of which Mr. Williams, who grows them so success- fully, attributes the many failures; for, as he says, when too much confined, they grow up spindly, and damp off in the stem; the latter, being fleshy, requires more substance and sturdiness. The air should be admitted through a space of about lin. or 2in. The following ranges of tem- perature are advised: Winter, night, 55deg. to 60deg.; day, 65deg. to 70deg. during March, April, and May; night, from 60deg. to 70deg.; and, afterwards, a few degrees higher, with a maximum day temperature of 80deg. Bottom heat should not be given, as it induces a weak, fast growth. Great care will be needed to prevent ravages of insects, by which the plants should never be allowed to become infested. The most suitable month for repotting is March, just before they commence growing, — when they will need a good supply of water up to October, — excepting when it is desirous to utilise them as drawing- — room or other ornaments, in which case they should be kept rather dry for a i Goodyera ra and Physurus. A. ar ara (silvery-veined).* 1, ground colour light green, mottled with a darker kao: veins forming a pasee a enamn network. Java. A. Bullenii (Bullen’s).* 7. 2}in. long, ground colour bronzy green, aa a brood distindt lites of ry red, or golden stripes running the entire í t A. Dawsonianus (Dawson’s).* l ovate, of a dark velvety, rich olive green, traversed by about seven longitudinal ring coloured veins ; the space on each side of the midrib being filled with fine reticulations of the same colour. Malay Archipelago, 1868, A. D. pictus (painted).* A variety with more reticulated veins; faves the same district as the type. 1869. A. intermedius (intermediate),* l. 2}in. long, and liin. broad, with a ar surface, dark olive, striped and veined with gold. h. 3in. Will succeed with a glass covering, if in a stove house and shaded from the sun. A. Lowii (Low’s).* l. 4in: to Sin. long, and 3in. broad, rich dark velvety green, shading off to mellow orange brown, lined from base to apex with well-defined deep golden veins, and lines of the same hue, A. 6in. Borneo. The best of the genus. L. virescens(greenish).* Z brighter green, with brighter mark- ings over the whole surface. ee ee ae A. Ordianus (Ordi’s).* l. shape and habit of A. Do ianus, b the colour ìs a vivid green, and lined with golden Veins. Java, 1869. — A. querceticola (forest-dwelling). l. 2in. long, light green, with blotches of white down the centre. h. 3in. to ĝin. Java, 1861. A. Roxburghii (Roxburgh’s).* l 2}in. long, ljin. broad, with a _ dark velvety green appearance, the wholoaurizeentriated with well defined lines of silver, A. 3in. India. ‘he true species is very rare; several are sold as it. na Eoo A. Ruckerii (Rucker’s).* l broadly ovate; ground colour bronzy, gom; with six rows of distinct spots running from base to apex. meo, 196l. © wet 82 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Ancctochilus—continued. A. setaceus (bristly).* King Plant. l. 2in. long, ljin. broad ; surface a beautiful velvety green, veined in re; lines, and covered with a network of gold. hk. 4in. Java, 1836. If examined with a pocket lens when the sun is shining, the extreme beauty of the network will be very plainly seen. There are several varieties, the best of which are: A. s. cordatus (héart-shaped). broader. Very rare. s. grandifolius (large-leaved).* J. light green, beautifully laced and banded with a network of gold>._Also rare. A. s. inornatus (unadorned). J. of a dark rich velvety hue, with a few slight markings, destitute of the golden Yeticulation. Java. A. striatus (striated).* l. 3in. long, dark green, witha broad band of white down the centre. A. 5in. Distinct. May be grown under a glass shade. A. Turneri (Turner’s).* 1. large, rich bronze, freely marked with golden reticulations. One of the handsomest; a very free grower. A. Veitchi1 (Veitch’s).* J. 3in. long and 2in. broad ; ground colour beautiful light velvety green, interspersed from base to apex with well-defined lines and bars of the same colour, but lighter, A, 4in. A free grower. l. rounder, and gold markings Fic. 104. ANCECTOCHILUS XANTHOPHYLLUS, A, xan ins (yellow-le .* l, 2hin, i ; ground eakat dusk Tevi sree wii ae i liin. broad ; stripes down the centre, covered with a beautiful golden net- Page hed at hinid brog See Fig. 104. ze us (striped).* 1. ov anceola i heker with peah senai Bale Aag ae i gape ANOMATHECA (from anomos, singular, and theca, a capsule, or seed-pod), ORD. Irideæ. Very pretty little bulbous perennials, Perianth hypocrateriform; tube tri- quetrous, and constricted at the throat, They are hardy when planted in warm sunny situations in the open border, young seedlings coming up freely if the capsules are not collected. Their dwarf stature, brilliance, profusion of flowers, and habit of blooming continuously over a length- ened period, render them very popular subjects amongst growers of hardy perennials. Although generally credited with being hardy, when cultivated out of doors they should be lifted and stored away in frost proof quarters before winter commences, until the following March. They are excellent as Anomatheca—contfinued. window garden plants, and also for pot culture. If grown in pots, they should be shaken out, and repotted in February or March. They multiply very rapidly, and may be divided in patches, not by single bulbs, once yearly. Light sandy loam, mixed with a little leaf mould, is the best compost for them. They are sometimes increased by seed, which may be sown so soon as ripe, very thinly, in seed pans, thinning out if growing very close together; the next season they may be put out four or five in a pot. When they become crowded, shift into a much larger pot, but do not disturb the ball. The young seedlings will probably produce flowers the second season. A. cruenta (bloody).* fl. rich carmine crimson ; perianth segments elliptical, three lower ones broader than the others, with a dark blotch at the base ; tube long, whitish; scapes secund, bearing about five or six flowers. Summer and autumn. J. two-ranked, about jin. broad, sword-shape, somewhat tapering. Bulb ovate, rather large. h. 6in. to 12in. Cape of Good Hope, 1830, A. juncea (rushy). fl. very bright pink, with a dark spot at the | base, produced in profusion. The leaves are narrower than those of theforegoing. Cape of Good Hope, 1791. A rare species. ANONA (Anona is the name applied to these plants in St. Domingo). Custard Apple. ORD. Anonacew. Stove evergreen shrubs, with fragrant leaves. Petals six, in two rows. Carpels indefinite, joined into one, fleshy, many-celled, edible, roundish fruit, with amuricated, scaly, or reticu- lated skin. They thrive best in rich loamy soil, mixed with a little peat. Ripened cuttings, without removing any leaves thereof, will root if planted in sand and placed under a hand glass, in a moist heat. When seeds are procurable from their native homes, they are easily raised if sown in pots, and plunged into a hotbed. Summer temperature, 60deg. to 80deg.; winter, 55deg. to 65deg. A. Cherimolia (The Cherimoyer). fl. outer petals somewhat concave, linear-oblong, brown on the outside, each marked with a dark spot at the base ; peduncles opposite the leaves, solitary. July. jr. somewhat globose and scaly, dark purple. Esteemed by © the Peruvians as one of their most delicate, and as being not in- ferior to any fruit in the world. Z. ovate-lanceolate, not dotted ; Bic | under surface silky tomentose, strong scented. h. 20ft. Peru, Preem > A, glabra (smooth-fruited).* /l. outer petals ovate, obtuse, brown; zi yx leathery, large; peduncles opposite the leaves, two- : ? flowered. July. fr. greenish-yellow, conoid, blunt, smooth, & ag ca smooth, h. 16ft. Florida and the West Indies, A. longifolia (long-leaved). fl. purplish; outer petals concave, ; J thick, all acute, large, axillary, solìtary, stalked. globose, dotted, and reticulated, fiesh-coloured. 1. oblong, acu- minated, mucronate, smooth, A, 20ft. Guiana, 1820, A. muricata (muricated-fruited).* The Sour Sop. jl. outer petals cordate, concave, thick, acuminatéd, green on the outside, yellow inside, and spotted; peduncles solitary, one-flowered, sweet scented. jr. muricated, with fleshy points, green. l dvate- lanceolate, smooth, somewhat shining, fragrant. A, 15ft. West Indies, 1656. A. palustris (marsh). May. fr. ovate- Alligator Apple ; Cork-wood. fl. yellow; petals all acute. jr, rather areolate, large, heart-shaped, sweet- scented. l. ovate-oblong, leathery, quite smooth. A. 10ft. to 20rb. South America, 1788, A. reticulata (netted). The Custard Apple, or Bullock’s Heart. jl. outer petals oblong-lanceolate, acute, somewhat concave at the base, brownish on the outside, whitish-yellow on the Iside, marked with dark purple spots. jr. ovate-globose, reticulate, $ as large as a tennis ball, with yellowish soft flesh ; it is much oe esteemed by some people. l. oblong-lanceolate, acute, smooth, somewhat dotted. A. loft. to 25ft. Brazil, 1690, i t A. squamosa (scaly). The Sweet Sop. fl. outer petals linear- £ oblong, somewhat concave at the base, nearly closing, greenish- 1 yellow. (fr. a ogg sete i. oblong, bluntish, smooth, full | of pellucid dots, rather glaucous beneath. A. 20ft. South ; America, 1739, ANONACEZ. An order of trees or shrubs, mostly tropical, with axillary peduncles, lateral or opposite the : leaves, and with alternate, simple, entire, or hardly toothed Æ , Jeaves, without stipules. Anona is the typical genus. ' ANONYMOS BRACTEATA. See Zornia tetra- phylla. ANOPLANTHUS BIEBERSTEINI. See Phelipza foliata. ANOPLOPHYTUM. See Schlumbergeria and Tillancsia. 2 | eesuperior to the type. i E $ flowers. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 83 ANOPTERUS (from ano, upwards, and pteron, a wing ; in reference to the seeds, which are winged at the apex). ORD. Sawifragee. A very handsome greenhouse ‘evergreen shrub, having a free branching habit, large dark shining green leaves, and long panicles of salver-shaped It would probably prove quite hardy in the south and west of England, and parts of Scotland, provided it had a slight winter~protection. It grows well in sandy loam and peat. When grown in pots, it requires plenty of room and water. Half-ripened cuttings root freely under a bell glass in a cool house or frame in summer. A. glandulosa (glandular).* 4. white, rose tinted, large; ra- cemes erect, simple, terminal. April, May. 1. alternate, rarely nearly opposite, ovate-oblong, attenuated at both ends, nearly sessile, leathery, toothed. A. 3ft. Van Diemen’s Land, 1823. ANSELLIA (named after Mr. Ansell, the botani- cal“collector who accompanied the ill-fated Niger Expe- dition). ORD. Orchidacee. Strong growing, free flower- ing stove epiphytal orchids. Best grown in large pots, as they produce a quantity of roots. They require a compost of turfy peat, with moderate drainage. An ample supply of water during the growing season is needed; but care must be taken not to let any remain in the heart of the plants, as they are very likely to rot. During the season of rest, little or no water, but a-damp atmosphere, are the chief requirements. Propagated by divisions of the bulbs just after flowering. A. africana (African).* f., sepals and petals nearly 2in. long,” greenish yellow, spotted with brownish red; lip small, yellow ; spikes large, drooping, branched, each sometimes bearing nearly a hundred blooms. Stems 3ft. to 4ft. high, with light evergreen # foliage. Fernando Po, 1844. Lasts two months in perfection. A. a. gigantea (gigantic).* fl. on upright spikes from the to of the pseudo-bulbs, but smaller, of a light yellow tint, wit Meri few narrow, transverse, brown bars, and a deep yellow lip, without warts of any kind on its middle lobe, and with more or less crenulated keels. Very rare. A. a. lutea (yellow). Not so strong a grower; producing clusters of light yellow flowers from the top of the pseudo-bulbs. Natal. A. a. nilotica (Nile district).* As a garden plant this is much ) The habit is dwarfer, the colours of the ffowers brighter and more distinctly defined. The sepals and petals, too, are more spreading. Eastern Africa. ANS. A. See Potentilla anserina. : NNÆ. Two movable, articulated organs at- tached to the heads of insects and crustacea, commonly called “horns ” or “feelers.” They are variable in form and length. Antenn® seem to serve for touch, and, perhaps, for smell Natal, 1847. The perfume is very peculiar. and hearing. rë . ANTENNARIA (from antenne; in reference to ‘the similarity which exists between the seed down of the plant and the antennæ, or feelers, of an insect). ORD. Composite. Hardy herbaceous perennials, distinguished by the dry, coloured, chaffy scales encircling éach head of flowers, of Which the stamens and pistils are on different plants. Fig. 105, > or borders, in any light soil. Antennaria—continued. Propagated by divisions of the roots in spring, and seeds; the latter should be sown in spring in a cold frame. Grown chiefly for their leaves. A. dioica (dicecious).* f1.-heads pink, in crowded corymbs, 3in. to 4in. high. June. 2. radical ones spathulate, woolly chiefly be- neath ; upper ones lanceolate. Stems simple $ shoots procumbent. Britain. e two or three varieties of this pretty species exceed the type in beauty. Syn. Gnaphalium dioicum. A. d. hyperborea (northern). 7. woolly on both surfaces. A. d. minima (smallest).* A very small growing variety. A. margaritacea (pearly).* fl.-heads white, corymbose. August. `L linear-lanceolate, acute, alternate, cottony, especially beneath. Stems branched above. h. 2ft. Naturalised in England and on the Continent. Said to have been introduced from America about the sixteenth century. The pretticr but much rarer A. triplinervis, from Nepaul, comes close to this species. See Fig. 105. A. tomentosa (downy).* fl.-heads corymbose. Summer.. One of the dwarfest and best of silvery-leaved plants, either as an edging for small beds or for covering the higher portions of rockwork ; it is much used in carpet bedding. It scarcely grows more than lin. high, and forms a dense carpet ina short space of time. It should be grown separate from other plants, It is frequently known underthe name of A. candida. ANTERIOR. Placed in front, or outwards. ANTHEMIS (from anthemon, a flower; referring to their general floriferous character). Camomile. > ORDA- Composite. Receptacle convex, chaffy. Involucre hemi- spherical or nearly flat ; scales imbricated, membranaceous at the margin. Pappus none; ray florets ligulate; disk tubular. This is a large genus, principally of medicinal value, and contains very few species worth the cultivator's trouble. Of easy culture in any ordinary soil. Propagated by divisions. A. Aizoon (Aizoon).* fl.-heads resembling a white Daisy; florets of the ray fourteen to eighteen, trifid, twice as long as the th of the disk. Summer. J. Janceolate, or broadly so, acutely and deeply serrated, narrowed towards the base, covered with white down ; lower ones crowded ; stem-leaves rather acute, gradually lessening in size. A. Zin. to 4in. Northern Greece. Free grower, dwarf, and compact. A. Biebersteinii (Bieberstein’s).* f/l.-heads yellow. Summer. l — pinnately divided into linear three-lobed segments, which are covered with white silky pubescence. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Caucasus. A, Chamomilla fi. pl. See Matricaria. A. nobilis (noble), Common Chamomile. fl.-heads solitary; disk yellow; ray white; scales of the receptacle membranaceons, scarcely longer than the disk. Z. bipinnate, segments linear-subu- late, a little downy. Stem bent, and much branched. of great medicinal value. England. A very strong smelling plant, For culture, see : = Angad 1. PSAS AATE Gury DOLE: Bee CNA h. lżft. England, A very pretty plant. ` ANTHER. The male part of a flower containing the pollen. : 3 ANTHERICUM (from anthos, a flower, and herkos, a hedge; in reference to the tall flower stems). ORD. Liliacew. A large genus, belonging to the capsular group of the order: Flowers white, racemose or panicled, scapose. Perianth-segments either spreading from near the base or campanulately united; stamens short, with naked or bearded filaments. Leaves radical, filiform, or linear. For the most part Cape of Good Hope bulbs, but few of which are known in general cultivation. The hardy varieties are now extensively grown, and are among the most ornamental of border plants. They thrive best in’ rich light soil, and are excellent subjects for pot cul- ture; for which purpose use a compost of fibrous loam, leaf mould, or well decayed manure, and coarse sand. The pots should be about 12in. across, well drained, and the plants potted just previous to, or so soon as, gro commences. e until the plants have finished flowering, when the quantity may be lessened; but never allow them to get dry. _ Pro- pagated by division of the roots or seeds, sowing the latter as early as possible after they are ripe, in a cold frame. A. graminifolium (grass-leaved). A garden name of A. ramosum, A. Hookeri (Hooker's). Se tae ae - * St. Bernard's Lily. A nee ap ey ag! Eee Sa ress During activity, plenty of water is needed, __ THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Anthericum—continued. to A l. tufted, narrow, channelled, 12in. to 18in. high. South Europe, 1596. A very free flowering species, of which there is a major variety in gardens. SYNS. Phalangium and Watsonia Liliago. Liliastrum (Liliaster).* St. Bruno’s Lily. fl. much larger than the last, 2in. long, and as much across, fragrant, of a trans- FiG. 106. ANTHERICUM LILIASTRUM, showing Habit Flower. parent whiteness, with a delicate ton the of each Soon, Bape (2 abe t to each t, about to 2ft. Czackia and — long. lft. to 2ft. h Europe, Sy Paradisia Lili na aaa tg ap A. L. major bout lin. larger than the . h. about ft. in ery Gaba Scho pions ap = A. ramosum (branched).* fl. white, rather smaller than those of A. Liliago ; perianth segments narrow and spreading; style straight ; flower stems much branched. June. J. long, narrow channelled, grass-like. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1670. A rapid grower. SYN. A. graminifolium (of gardens). A, serotinumi (late-flowering). See Lloydia. A. (variegated). Z. keel -like, stri d Piguna with white.. South Afton Ib Half andes: The hag name of this plant is Chlorophytum elatum-variegatum. Ns. A. Williamsit and Phalangium argenteo-lineare. A. Williamsii (Williams’), Synonymous with A. variegatum. = ANTHERIDIA. The reproductive organs in crypto- gamic plants, analogous to anthers in flowering plants. oe ANTHERIFEROUS. Bearing anthers. ~ ANTHESIS. The opening period of flowers. _ ANTHOCARPOUS. Bearing a fruit resulting from they have well rooted, pot off into very small. thirds good loam and one of peu T MIAN Dana oni a little headway, the leading shoots should be pinched off, to induce a lateral growth; the be transferred to Good Hope. | glass. There are above twenty other species belonging Anthocercis—continued. A. floribunda (many-flowered). fl. white. h. 3ft. New South Wales, A. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). jl. yellowish green. June. A, 6ft. Swan River, 1 A. littorea (shore). jl. white. June. h. 3it. New Holland, 1803. l. obovate, glandu- A. viscosa (clammy).* /l, large, white. May. larly dotted with scabrous margins ; young leaves and branches clothed with fine down. A. 4ft. to 6ft. New Holland, 1822. ANTHOLOMA (from anthos, a flower, and loma, a fringe ; in allusion to the fringed or crenulated limb of the corolla). ORD. Tiliaceæ. A very fine greenhouse ever- green tree; it thrives best in a light loamy soil, mixed with a little peat. Cuttings of ripened wood will strike root in sand, under a hand glass. A. montana (mountain).* /. white; corolla ovately cylindrical, with a crenate, rather toothed margin; racemes axillary, some- what umbellate, reflexed: May. aoe hee leathery, ed, scattered at the top of the branchlets. A. 20ft. New | Caledonia, 1810. t ANTHOLYZA (from anthos, a flower, and lyssa, rage ; in reference to the opening of the flowers, which resemble ~~ the mouth of an enraged animal). Including Anisanthus. a ORD. Iridacew. A very pretty genus of bulbous plants from the Cape of Good Hope, having narrow, erect, Iris-like leaves, and flower-spikes that overtop the foliage, bearing _ numerous bright coloured flowers. Perianth tubular, six-cleft, unequal, upper segments longest; stamens three. They sare satisfactorily grown in a greenhouse, in pots, or planted out in a frame, under a south wall. They also thrive excellently out of doors, and should be planted 8in. or 9in. deep for fear , or have a winter protection of + several inches of cocoa-nut fibre refuse or litter. The safer plan is to raise the roots, winter them in some dry part of the greenhouse ; but, previous to storing, divide the clumps, clean them, and re-plant or pot in February, or early in March. A mixture of equal parts peat, sandy loam, and leaf — soil is most suitable for their culture. Just previous to flowering, if in pots, frequent doses of weak manure water will be found beneficial. They may be rated by off- sets, which are produced in abundance, at almost any time. Seeds are sometimes procured, which should be sown so soon as ripe, in light soil, in a cool house, where they will — germinate the following spring, and will be fit to plant out in the summer of the same year. With the exception of A. Cunonia, they all much resemble each other, four or five species of this genus are worth cultivating. ALthiopian).* fl. scarle b . AS at rt ar “i prea ag Pigmea piepe A. æ-ringens (gaping). fl. red and yellow, rather smaller than — . those of the type. SYN. A. vittigera. « A. bicolor (two-coloured). Synonymous with A. Cunonia. A. caffra (Caffrarian).* fl, rich et; spike distichous, e flowered. June. J. long, linear, o iear-ensiform. h. 2ft. : `A very showy and pretty species, but rarely seen in our SYN. Anisanthus sp ens. A. Cunonia (Cunon’s).* f. scarlet and black, a combina colours uncommon among bulbous plants; spikes secund. — h. 2ft. 1756. SYN. Anisanthus Cunonia. A. floribunda (much-flowered). A synonym of A. œthiopic™ A. prealta (very tall). Synonymous with A. ethiopica. A. vittigera (glandular). Synonymous with A. œ. ringens. | ANTHOMYIA. See Beet Ply, Cabbage Fly,®” Onion Fly. ANTHONOMUS. See Grub i 1g ANTHOSPERMUM (from anthos, a flower, and- Amber Tree. Orp. Rubiacew. An sperma, a seed). ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrub from the Cape of It thrives in peat, loam, and sand, with ® mmer temperature of 50deg. to 65deg., and winter, 40deg. — 45deg. Increased by cuttings, in sand, under & + AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 85 ANTHOTAXIS. The arrangement of flowers on an inflorescence. ANTHOXANTHUM (from anthos, a flower, and awanthus, yellow). Spring Grass. Calyx of two valves, glumaceous, one-flowered ; corolla double, each of two valves: the exterior awned; the interior small, awnless; stamens two, not three, as is usually the case with grasses. ORD. Graminee. A pretty native hardy perennial, of easy culture in common garden soil. W ‘Wh XW | F1G. +107. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM. $ A. odoratum (sweet). anicle spiked, oblong, dense, becomi dullish yellow. Z sang pte green. Ř. lft. The pleasan smell of new-made Ha; chiefiy owing to this plant, which in drying emits an odour similar to that of A odorata. Fig. 107. 4 j ANTHURIUM (from anthos, a flower, and oura, a tail; referring to the inflorescence). ORD. Aroideæ. Flowers densely disposed on a cylindrical spadix, at the base of which is a large bract-like spathe, that ultimately bends back- wards, Leaves of various shapes. This very large genus of handsome stove and greenhouse plants is remarkable both for the peculiar inflorescence and often noble leaves, and is istinguished in structure from all the European members the order in the flowers being hermaphrodite. Fibry peat, loam, sphagnum, broken crocks, or charcoal, and silver sand, form the most suitable compost. In preparing the peat, it should be broken up into small lumps, and then have most of the earthy matter knocked out of it by giving it a few raps with a stick, or by shaking it about in a sieve. _ To this, after so treated, add about one-fourth its bulk of sphagnum, and about half its bulk of fibrous loam, and just a sprinkling of fresh broken crocks, or small pieces of charcoal and silver sand. In placing them in the pots—which must be well drained—carefully spread out the roots and work the mixture among them, keep- ing the plant well up, so that when finished it stands - * al Anthurium—continued. clear above the rim of the pot at least 2in. or 3in., and forms a kind of mound or hillock. They must then be kept freely syringed or watered, and placed in a moist atmosphere, where they can enjoy a temperature ranging between 60deg. and 70deg., or a few degrees lower for the less tender species. Raising plants from seed requires patience. About a year elapses from the time the flowers are fertilised—which should be done artificially—before the seed ripens, and often another to get up plants. Sow as soon as ripe in shallow, well-drained pans or pots, filled with the potting mixture, and cover slightly, and place in a close, moist propagating case, where a temperature of from 75deg. to 85deg. is maintained, or they may be covered with bell glasses. The principal thing is to keep the air about them constantly humid, and the material in which they are sown in a uniformly moist condition ; if this is done, the young seedlings will make their appear- ance in due course. When these are of sufficient size to handle, they should be pricked off in the same sort of compost, and be kept close and mbist till they get a start, after which graduallyinure them to more air, January is the best month of the year wherein to propagate these plants by divisions. This is done by carefully turn- ing them out of their pots and shaking out what Ù they have amongst their roots, which must be tende1 dealt with, so as not to bruise or injure them. This done, they may then be pulled apart, and as many plants made as there are separate crowns, or the mass may be simply halved or quartered, according to the stock re- quired. Treat now as recommended above for potting. They are all moisture-loving plants, and must have a copious supply of water at all times, although, of course, much less during the winter than spring and summer months, There is no season of the year when they can be handled for any purpose with less risk or check than January. A moderate moist stove heat is advisable for them generally. The species enumerated are selected from nearly 150, and will be found to be a very representative collection. See also Spathiphyllum. ' ; A. acaule (stemless).* fl., spadix blue in a state, borne on ai prar: agi "spri “tg i broad, oblong, acuminate, lft. to 3ft. in length, erect, arranged in a rosulate manner, dark shining mon the surface, some- what paler beneath. West Indies, 1853. A noble Apoda. ; Q Fic. 108. ANTHURIUM ANDREANUM. A. Andreanum (André’s).* fl, gye about 3in. long, yellowish, with a broad central band of white ; spain opem, cordate-o rface irr col ted. Z ovate-lanceolate, deeply cor- date, green. Colambia, 6. A very beautiful species. Fig. ; Bakeri 3 he small, green, reflexed; the ag Ao m O ipee ai a beauty, exhibits a lovely 86 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Anthurium— continued. combination of pink and bright scarlet ; the fleshy rachis being ink, and the pea-sized fruits bright scarlet. July. J. linear, eathery, green, with stout midribs. Costa Rica, 1872. A. cordifolium (cordate-leaved).* J. 3ft. long and 20in. broad, heart-shaped, deep shining green on the upper surface, and paler below. A. 4ft. New Grenada. One of the best, and may be grown in a greenhouse or even in a sheltered spot of the sub-tropical garden during July and August. A. Browni, although quite distinct, comes close to this species. A. coriaceum (leathery).* 1. very thick, leathery, ovate, about 2ft. long ; petioles stout, about the same length. Brazil. An admirable sub-tropical species. ` k > Fic. 109. ANTHURIUM CRYSTALLINUM. crystallinum (crystalline).* J. large, ovate-cordate, acumi- nate, bright rich velvety green, principal veins elegantly banded with prs crystal white ; when young, the leaves are violet colour ; petioles terete. h. 2ft. Columbia. See Fig. 109. veg omy wee ene 3 cuspidate). /l., spathe crimson, reflexed, shorter than the purplish spadix. f ovate-oblong, acuminate, 10in. to 20in. long, green. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Columbia. : I (Ferrières).* fl., spathe cordate, about 5in. long, and 4in. wide, bright red; spadix erect, about 4in. long, ivory white. 7. large, cordate. A handsome hybrid between A, orna- tum and A. Andreanum. A. fissum (cut-leaved). Jl, spathe green, erect, narrowly lanceo- late-acuminate. Z. cut into four to seven elliptic oblong-acuminate —_ green; petioles longish, terete. 2ft. Columbia, A. Harrisii pulchrum (beauitiful).* fl., spathe linear-lanceolate, creamy white, deflexed, and pinkish at top; spadix erect, deep crimson ; scape about lft. long, pale green. l. lanceolate, rounded at the base, pale green, with confluent white markings intermixed with dark green. Stem short. Brazil, 1882. A beautiful varie- gated plant. The typical A. Harrisii is extremely rare. A. Hookeri (Hooker's). ji., spathe green ; spadix green or violet ; l. obovate-spathulate, narrowed to a wedge-shaped base, and shortly stalked, shining, about 30in. long and 8in. broad. A. 3ft. Tropical America, 1840. Syn. A. Huegelii. A. Huegelii (Huegel’s). A synonyin of A) Hookerie "a (showy).* obod, hisi lobe a, the two ones are nearly ovate, and have from three to five longi- peti DAL Tan oung, tho leaves have a bronzy tinge; pee m għtly sheathing at the base. Columbia, 1881. A. Kalbreyeri (Kalbreyer’s),* leaflets nine, obovate-oblon g rich deep those larger than at the top. New species. A. lanceolatum ; lt gre e N ft. long, narrowed to the base., There to be much con- fusion as regards this and many varieties of A. Harrisii; and the specific designation is indiscriminately applied to lanceolate-leaved forms generaly. The true species was introduced to Kew from the West Indies. SYN. A, Wildenowii. A. leuconeurum (white-nerved). Green. Mexico, 1862. A. Lindenianum (Linden’s).* fil. fragrant, spathe ve tt white, not reflexed, but the pointed apex slightly jai rani i ah and the white or purplish spadix. October. J. oe cor- Columbia, l. palmate, about 24ft. across ; , acuminate, sinuate, thick, glabrous, rthest from the stem are much next the axis; petiole cylindrical, thickened Grenada, 1881. A very handsome climbing 1866. Syn. A. Lindigi (of gardens) date, of a roundish outline; petioles long. h. 3ft. A. Lindigi (Lindig’s). A garden synonym of A. Lindenianum. Anthurium—continued. A. macrolobum (large-lobed).* J. large, deflexed, cordate, acuminate, with an open sinus at the base, and about three acute marginal lobes, dark green, marked with about five pale green ribs ; petioles green, terete. Stem erect, short, A fine hybrid. A. nympheifolium (Nymphea-leaved). ^., spathe white; spadix purplish. Venezuela, 1854. A. ornatum (adorned).* fl., spathe linear-oblong, white, 5in. to 6in. long, on terete green scapes, enclosing cylindrical purplish spadices of about the same length as the spathes, and studded with white points arranged spirally. Spring. 4. ovate or oblong- cordate, on slender terete petioles. h. 24ft. Venezuela, 1869. A. regale (royal).* l large, cordate-acuminate, lft. to 3ft. long, dull metallic green, with white veins ; young leaves tinged wit rose, on long smooth footstalks, East Peru, 1866. An excellent species for conservatory or window decoration during summer. = =) Fic, 110. ANTHURIUM SCH &ERKZERIANUM. A. Scherzerianum (Scherzer’s).* fl. on bright red peduncles, which spring from among the base of the leafstalks ; spathe ovate- oblong, 3in. long and nearly 2in. broad, intense and- bril peer spadix orange coloured. Z. oblo -lanceolate, 12in. to 18in. long, and 2in. or“more broad, deep rich green, leathery. Costa Rica. A very compact dwarf-growing evergreen about 1 high. It continues in beauty about four months. See Fig. 110. A. S. album (white). A synonym of A. Scherzeri Willi emacs AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA 87 OF HORTICULTURE. Anthurium—continued. A. S. maximum (greater).* A very fine variety, with “ gigantic flower spathes, which measure about Qin. in length by 4in. in readth, and are of the most brilliant scarlet colour,’ See . . A. S. py (small).* Altogether smaller than the type, with narrow leaves, which are from 4in. to 6in. long, and about żin. bem hy one of the best varieties, and produces flowers very A. S. Rothschildianum (Rothschild’s), fl., spathe cream white, spotted with crimson ; spadix yellow. 1880. Texactly inter. mediate between its parent plants—the typical species and the following variety. A. S. Wardii (Ward’s),* f., spathe 6in. long, 4in. broad, very brilliant. Z. broader and more robust than those of the typical species. A splendid variety. A. S. Williamsii (Williams’s).* fl, spathe white; yellowish. May. J. lanceolate-acuminate. Syn. A. Scherzerianum album. A. signatum (well-marked). Z apparently three-lobed ; front loke son oem ioa pie t gag: the two side ones 4in. long, and out òin, from the midrib to the extremity, dark ; i about lft. long. Venezuela, 1858. Sre ean A. spathiphyllum (Spathiphyllum). Jl, spathe about lin. 1h, and nearly as much broad, erect, boat-shaped, broadly ovate, white; spadix nearly lin. long, very obtuse, pale yellow. l. nar- row lanceolate, l6in. to 24in. long, and about 2in. wide, bright green above, p greyish green beneath ; midrib prominent ; petiole 3in +, 6in. long, trigonous, h. 1}ft. Tropical America, 185. splendidum (splendid).* l. cordate, with an open sinus, the lobes meeting behind ; “the course of the nerves ip marked by a broadish band of deep lustrous velvety n, the intervening spaces of about equal width being in striking contrast, of a pale — green; the leaf surface is scabrous, and the portions tween the ribs strongly bullate, as if raised in papillose blisters ; the veins on the under surface are an jections at intervals, while the whole er surface is punctuate with small pallid dots” (W. Bull). Stem short, thick. South America, 1882. A very beautiful species, quite distinct from any others of the genus, See Fig. 112. spadix Costa Rica, 1874. r, with tooth-like pro- Ses & $ # AE -* J m ae, y $ ES r - Fic, 112. ANTHURIUM SPLENDIDUM: A. subsignatum (nearly allied to Signatam).* Z. thick and flesh gt Ansia pg ego pointa; to Tein, ong, and Ta age B w 0 A i: dark green ve, paler _ beneath peos about lft. long. h. Àjft, Costa Rica, 1861. Anthurium—continued. ‘ A. tetragonum (four-angled). l. erect, commences very narrow lft. wide at its broadest part; margins undulate, deep shining green on the upper surface, paler below; petioles short, quad- rangular, Tropical America, 1860. An excellent sub-tropical species. A. triumphans (superior). fl, spathe narrow, green; spadix stout, greenish-white ; peduncle quadrangular. 1 alternate, elongately cordate, bright green; ribs prominent, and of a paler hue. Stem erect. Brazil, 1 A handsome plant, A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. ovate-oblong, greatly elongated, 2ft. to 3ft. long, with a breadth of less than than one-third of these dimensions, leathery, deep green, with a glossy metallic surface when first expanded that becomes puler with age; the principal nerves are arched and deeply sunk, imparting a curiously waved appearance to the surface. h. 2}it. Columbia, 1877. Rare but very handsome. A. Waluiewi (Walujew’s).* I broadly cordate, 12in. to 14in. long, 8in. 10in. broad, olive metallic green, when young, bright reddish crimson ; petioles four to five-angled. h. 2ft. Venezuela, 188 Avyery distinct and noble species. A. Waroqu (Waroque’s).* JU. elongated, from 24in. to someti 36in. long, and 8in. to llin. broad, very rich deep green, of a velvety lustre; midribs and veins light, forming a very pleasing contrast. Columbia, 1878. A very free grower. e A. Wildenowii (Wildenow’s). A synonym of A. lanceolatum., It may be here remarked that by far the majority of species enu- merated in the Supplement of Johnson’s Dictionary are chiefly of botanical interest, and will, therefore, never become extensively cultivated. = ANTHYLLIS (from anthos, a flower, and ioulos down; flowers usually downy). Kidney Vetch. ORD. Leguminosæ. Herbaceous or sub-shrubby plants, of variable habit. Flowers in spikes or heads; calyx tubular, five toothed, permanent after flowering, more or less inflated. Petals nearly equal, Although not extensively grown, all the species are very beautiful when in flower, the hardy sorts being admirably adapted for rockwork. The herbaceous perennials may be easily propagated by seed or division. The seeds of the annual kinds should be sown in a rather dry, warm situation in the open ground. The shrubby evergreens will need the protection of a frame or cool greenhouse in cold northern climates, and are best grown in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Young cuttings of most species will root in a pot of sandy soil, with a bell glass placed over them, in a cool house or frame. A. Barba-Jovis (Jupiter's beard).* Jl. pale yellow, numerous, in lobose, bracteate heads. March. l. pinnate, and are as well as he branches, clothed with silky tomentum ; leaflets nine to thirteen, oblong-linear. A. 4ft. to 8ft. Spain, 1640. A. erinacea (prickly).* f/i. binish-purple; heads few flowered, on short mera a bracteate. ‘April. T very few, oval, or oblong. h. 6in. to 12in. Spain, 1759. A much branched, spiny, almost leatless, and slow-growing species; hardy in a dry sunny position on the rockery. Syn. Erinacea hispanica. A. Hermannicze (Hermann’s). f. yellow; heads few flowered, nearly sessile in ie axils of the upper leaves. April. l. almost sessile, Suple, or trifoliate ; leaflets oblong-cuneated, glabrous or clothed wit. aape ubescence. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Corsica, 1739. Shrubby, much. amet. ). m .(mountain).* fl. pink or purplish, in dense heads 1 pedu £ with a leaf Eiane. June. l pinnate, and are as well as the branches, silky and hoary ; leaflets numerous, oval- oblong, acute, small, entire. h. 3in. to bin. Alps of Europe, 1759, A very handsome little rock plant, with a dwarf and tufted habit. oe A, tetraphylla (feur-leaved). fl. white; heads axillary, sessile, few flowered. July. J. pinnate, the terminal leaflets ovate and large, the other three small and acute, South Europe, 1640, A procumbent annual, A. Vulneraria (Common Woundwort).* #1. generally yellow, some- times white, red, or pinkish, in crowded twin heads. Summer. l. pinnate, with five or more unequal leaflets ; the lower ones smallest, An elegant native herbaceous, perennial, admirably adapted for rockwork. It is plentiful in most dry pastures, There are several varieties, the best of which is alba, eo ANTIARIS TOXICARIA. This is the famous Upas tree of Java, from which is obtained poison of a most deadly nature, It belongs to the Nat. ORD, Artocarpacee. ; ANTIGONON (from anti, against, or opposite, and gonia, an angle), ORD. Polygonacee. Elegant stove climbers, Flowers racemose, cirrhose at the apex of the rachides; petals five, three outer ones broadly cordate, two inner oblong. Leaves alternate, cordate. Although extremely a. 88 k THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Ph Antigonon—continued. handsome plants, they are dificult to flower. They seem ‘to succeed best when planted out in a very thoroughly drained border over hot-water pipes or flues, the long climbing stems being trained near the glass in full light. A. amabile (lovely).* fl. uk e rose, profusely borne in axillary and termi racemes. Z. Sin. to 5in. long, ovate-cordate, and deeply lobed at the base. It is of free slender growth, the young shoots are pubescent, and having a slight reddish tinge. An exceedingly attractive and effective species. A. guatemalensis (Guatemala). Probably the same as A. insigne. A. egy ApH (remarkable).* fl. very numerous, borne in tufts along the sides of long racemes or panicles, which terminate in branched tendrils ; the calyx, which is the showy part of the flower, has five membranous sepals, the three outer are of a beautiful rosy pink colour, about lin. in length by rather less in breadth, cordate at the base, oblong, rounded towards the apex; the two inner sepals about the same length as the outer ones, but much narrower, | falcate, lanceolate ; pedicels fin. long. 1. broadly ovate oblong, deeply cordate at the base, with two rounded lobes; 4in. by 3in., the upper ones smaller, supported on short terete downy stalks. o a slender, angular, pubescent. Columbia, 1876. A. us (slender-stemmed). fl. numerous; the outer three sepals of a beautiful rose colour, the centre of a much deeper tint ; racemes secund, bearing several coloured bracts as well as flowers, and end in a branched tendril. Z. alternate, cordate, petiolate. Stem slender, sub-pubescent. Mexico, 1868, - ANTIGRAMME. See Scolopendrium. ANTIREHINUM (from anti, like, and rhin, a nose or snout; alluding to the shape of the corolla). Snapdragon. ORD. Scrophulariacee. Hardy hérbaceous plants. Flowers in terminal racemes, or solitary and axillary; corolla per- sonate; tube ample, saccate at the base; lobes of the upper lip erect; lower lip spreading; having the middle lobes smaller than the lateral ones, with an ample bearded palate, which closes the throat. Seed pod or capsule two- Fic, 113, ANTIRRHINUM CAPSULE, with Persistent Style. celled, upper cell bursting by one, , lower by two many- toothed pores. See Fig. 113. Ii s entire, rarely lobed. The genus contains several very handsome species, suitable for borders and the rockery, while innumerable varieties have originated from A. majus, which are very popular, and extremely useful for bedding purposes; these may be Fig. 114. ANTIRRHINUM ASARINA, showing Habit and Flower. increased by cuttings or seeds; if it is desired to increase certain colours or varieties, the former is the only sure method to adopt. They should be taken in September, . Ls Antirrhinum—continued. when they will readily root in a cold frame, or under a hand glass, or they may be rapidly propagated in gentle heat in spring. Seeds should be sown in July or August, when they will produce good plants by the following season; or if sown in March in warmth, the plants will bloom late. in the same year. The “ Tom Thumb” strain is especially desirable for bedding, being very dwarf and free. All the other species may be increased by cuttings and seeds treated in the same way. Light soil, well enriched with manure, is most suitable for all of them, especially for the varieties of A. majus. Fia. 115. FLOWER-SPIKE OF ANTIRRHINUM MAJUS. . A, angustifolium (narrow-leaved). Synonymous with pr agp Asarina (Asarina).* fl. axillary, solitary; corolla 14m. ong, ; A De nee iced cas red; palate yellow; tube gat g compressed on the back, marked by purple spots, an are a yellow hairs inside. June. l. opposite, on long petioles, phe nerved, five-lobed, cordate, and crenated. South, Franca, a 1699. A ish clammy procumbent plant, requiring a a position Ry rockery. See Fig. 114. Be A. hispanicum (Spanish). fl. in loose spikes; corolla hardl fo, inch long, purple, with a gen yellow palate; tuhe e Summer. l oblong-lanceolate, contracted at the base, funtie lower ones a gr superior ones , narrower. 4 Spain, 1878. . A. latifolium. - Å : A. latifolium (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. hispanicum. ite $ e sran Se d 7 «a E AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURË 89 Antirrhinum—continued. A Ants—continued. ad A. majus (large).* Greater, or Common Snapdragon. fl. racemose, approximate ; corolla lin. to 2in. long, shades infinite; palate yellow at top, very prominent; tube downy outside. Spring, summer, and autumn. J. oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 3in. long; upper ones narrower, attenuated at both ends, glabrous. Branches erect, usually branched again. h. 2ft. England, naturalised. The named varieties are numerous, but it is unnecessary to enumerate 4 any, as an equal amount of variation can be obtained from seed. See Fig. 115. A. molle (soft).*, jl. few, at the tops of the branchlets; corolla lin. long, whitish, with a yellow palate; the upper lip stri with purple, July. 1. opposite, petiolate, clothed with glandular and clammy hairs, about jin. long, and little: more than jin. broad ; branches procumbent, slender, clothed with woolly hairs. Pyrenees, 1752. A very pretty plant, requiring a warm position on the ‘rockery. A. sempervirens comes close to this species. ae i FIG. 116. FLOWER OF ANTIRRHINUM ORONTIUM. A. Orontium (Orontinm axillary, distant; corolla rose- coloured or white, striped with purple ; tube furnished with a few glandular hairs ; palate veined with purple; sepals linear-lanceo- late, large. June. J. oblong-lanceolate, acutish, attenuated at both ends, glabrous, 2in. long. Annual, A. 6in. to 12in. British cornfields. See Fig. 116. A. O. grandifiorum, A variety with larger, paler, and more approximate flowers, and broader leaves. British cornfields. A. siculum (Sicilian). jl. in loose racemes; corolla hardly lin. long, white or yellowish, rarely purple ; tube rather hairy; lobes of the upper lip and the middle lobe of the lower lip emarginate. July. l. lin. to 1jin. long, linear-lanceolate, opposite, alternate or three in a whorl, narrowed into petioles at the base. Branches erect. h. lft. to 2ft. Sicily, 1804. Syn. A. angustifolium. A. tortuosum (twisted).* jj. racemosely spicate, approximating by threes and fours; corolla (the largest of the genus), purple ; tube short; aop lip large. June. 1. linear, acute, opposite, or three in a whorl, 2in. long, attenuated at both ends; upper ones very narrow. Branches erect. h. lft. to 1ljft. Italy. ANTROPHYUM (from antron, a cavern, and phuc, to grow; referring to its place of growth). Orp. Filices, Sori carried along the veins, imperfectly reticulated. A small genus of stove ferns, very rarely seen in cultivation, all with simple fronds, of firm but fleshy texture, and a uniform, hexagonal areole. For culture, &c., see erns. A. cayennense (Cayenne). sti. lin. to 4in. long. fronds 6in. to 9in. long, lin, to 1din, broad, lanceolate-oblong, narrowed at both ends ; edge thickened, entire ; areolm half as broad as long. sori sub-supertficial, often for Guiana, &c. A. coriaceum (leathery). Fronds 6in, to 8in. lon broad, narrowed very gradually from the centre to the base, half acute at the apex; texture very thick; areolæ very long an narrow, distinctly raised on th immersed, sometimes confluent. Himalayas, &c. ; A. lanceolatum (lance-leaved).* fronds lft. or more long, jin. to” žin. broad, point acute, edge entire, the lower half narro tg? gradually to the base; areole two to three times as long as broad, AETS cas between the midrib and the edge. sori slender, alley 1793, m joining. West Indies, southwar _ ANTS (¥ormicide). Well-known pests, easily distin- guished from all other insects. There are a great number of sp ies, differing more or less in habits; but, as a they dwell underground in communities, and con- extensive ant cities, which are occupied by three classes — the neuters or workers (by far the most numerous), the males, and the females. There are often, addition to these, larger and stronger neuters, known as the “soldiers,” or defenders of the community. Ants have a long slender body, supported on long and slender legs. The head bears a pair of elbowed horns or an- tenn, constantly waving about and touching everything the insect comes across. They have powerful mandibles a. , about jin.” e upper surface. sori nig. . water. water for about ten minu for cutting, sawing, and biting, and i is with these in- struments that Ants do mischief in gardens. The winged males and females become mature in summer, and on a warm day they ascend in a body into the air; after a short time,.they fall to the ground, the females at once free themselves from the henceforth useless wings, and begin to form new colonies. Vast numbers of eggs are laid, from which issue larvae, and these soon become pups, and then perfeet Ants. Some kinds are injurious from their habit (in some species) of collecting aphides together, and farming them for the sake of the honey secreted by the aphides, and that passes out from their honey-tubes (thus helping to perpetuate the stock of -~ these most injurious insects); and also from the mecha- nical damage they do in pots, and other receptacles for . plants. They likewise cause unsightly hills on lawns and paths, and the large black species that live in decayed wood often injure the framing of greenhouses, &c., when the woodwork has become somewhat decayed. ere frnit, such as peaches or wall pears, are grown, Ants will at times inflict damage, and, therefore, they should be kept away; but this is a comparatively easy matter, as the placing of an obnoxious substance along the base of the walls and around the stems of the trees will deter them. For the extirpation of Ants from indoors, the Arsenical solution described below is most efficacious, but it is extremely dangerous, Lime. Air-slaked lime plentifully dusted, in warm, dry, weather, over and around the hills and other places infested, will cause the Ants to vacate them in a short time. A thick chalk line drawn round a smooth tree, or across an upright board or post, will render it impassable. Arsenic. This must be used with the utmost caution, as it is a poison most fatal to animal life. Recipe: loz. of ordinary arsenic is placed in an old iron pot with a quart of water, and then boiled until reduced to a pint or a little more of liquid, to which is added 4lb. of coarse sugar. This mixture can either be dropped about the runs and around the nests, or placed in saucers in the Ants’ haunts. Ferrocyanide of Potassium. This is also very dangerous: Ferrocyanide of potassium, ldr.; raspings of quassia, 1dr. ; and enough sugar to form a syrup. Use in the same way as the preceding. Calomel and Sugar. Mix together one part of calomel and ten parts of finely-powdered loaf sugar, and lay it in little heaps about their nests and runs; the Ants will eat it and die. Spring is the best season for this method. Guano, when fresh, if sprinkled on and around their quarters, is said to be efficacious in driving them away. Camphor. If a piece of camphor, about the size of a filbert, be placed.in two quarts of hot water, and this, when cool enough, applied to pot or other plants infested with Ants, the insects will be driven off without injury to the plants. Bones. Lay a quantity of partially-picked boiled bones in the haunts, and they will be quickly covered with insects. As soon as this occurs, throw the bones into hot Before laying them down again, let all super- fluous moisture drain off. This is a cheap remedy, and, if persisted in, is very effectual. , Carbolic Acid. This, if of good strength, diluted with about ten or twelve times its bulk of water, and well sprinkled over paths or other places where there is vegetation, will keep the Ants away. It has, however, an objectionable smell. ag ee Parafin Oil. Paraffin, mixed with six times its bulk of water, and sprinkled over the nests every few days, will kill and drive away Ants; but bors smell is e ve arara cs assia. 40z. of quassi ips, boiled in a on. a : ts, od ee of soap added to the liquor as it cools, if used like the preceding, is fairly effectual; but this, like the other remedies, must be persisted in for some tim es o = 4 i 2: ; ; fo * <. > * 8 > he i ~ tie & : x | n ee Bal 90 x THE” DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Ants—continued, Seer 2a -Aphelandra—continued. — Fly pans or saucers, nearly filled with thin honey or — sweet oil, attract Ants, and they are drowned in them. Ants are very hard to ¢lear effectually out of a place, and therefore it is very, desirable, in nibs attempts to be rid of them, to persist in the above remedies. When not, living close to the roots or stems of plants, the best and surest remedy of all is to flood them out or scald them in with boiling wa The specifics are endless, but the best are mentioned above. x ar * ANTWERP HOLLYHOCE. See Althea ficifolia. AOTUS (from a, without, and ous, an ear; in allusion to the absence of appendages in the calyx, which distinguishes, it from its allied genus, Pultenwa). ORD. Legiminosa. © Elegant little gr ouse evergreen shrubs, with, yellow flowers, and simple, linear-subulate leaves, revolute at the + margins, alternate or nearly opposite, or three in a whorl.. They should be grown in a compost of equal parts loam, sand, and peat, with a little charcoal, and the pots should be drained. Cuttings of half-ripened wood, made in April, root freely in sand, under a bell glass. A 4 gracillima (most slender).* fl. yellow and crimson, small, on long, dense, graceful pH which are often over a foot long; pedicels short. May. h. 3ft. New Holland, 1844. A very pretty slender growing shrub, A. villosa (soft-haired). pa along the branches; cal upper surface. h. lft. to 2ft. _APEIBA (the native name in Guiana.) ORD. Tiliacee. Very handsome stove evergreen trees or shrubs, clothed with starry down. Flowers large, golden yellow, pedunculate, bracteate. Capsule spherical, depressed, rough from rigid bristles. Leaves broad, alternate, entire or serrate. They thrive in a mixture of loam and peat. _ The best way to induce them to flower in this country is by cutting a ring round the bark of a large branch; by this means the growth is stopped. Well ripened cuttings should be planted in sand in heat, under a bell glass, which should be tilted occasionally, so as to give a little air to the cut- tings, otherwise they are apt to damp off. A. aspera (rough).* jl. golden yellow; peduncles opposite the axillary, disposed in racemose spikes silky. April. £ smoothish on the New Holland, 1790, leaves, branched, many flowered. May. ovate-oblo: some- what ‘cordate, quite entire, smooth. “4. 30ft. to a0ft. “Guiana, A. Petoumo (Petoumo ellow, similarly disposed to A. aspera. August. fr. densely clothed with bristles, l. ovate-oblong, some- o cordate at the base, entire, hoary beneath. A. 40ft. Guiana, A. Tibourbou (Tibourbou).* fl. dark yellow. August. fr. densely clothed with bristles. Z. cordate, ovate-oblong, serrated, meath. h. 10ft.. Guiana, 1756. APETALOUS. Without petals. simple, and aner, a ORD. Acanthacee. Flowers pro- preponderating orange or scarlet— large bl - rally during the autumn months, and if i ie removed to a warm dry atmosphere so soon as the flowers begin to open, they will continue much longer in perfection than if left in the moisture-laden atmosphere of vig stove. From the time the flower spikes are at first seen till they bloom, the plants will derive much benefit from frequent applications of clear manure water. When the plants have finished flowering, they should be allowed to rest, by re- ducing the supply of water, but never allow them to shrivel. During this time they may be kept in a house or pit, where the atmosphere is rather dry, with a night temperature of 50deg. to 55deg. Here they may remain till March, when 4 >| ‘inlêngth, the plants should be turned out of the pots, remov- | they may. be transferred into larger-sized pots, in which they should be pruned. This operation is commenced by -thinning out the weakest shoots altogether, and cutting the others back to one or two of the strongest joints or buds above the old wood in order to keep the plants dwarf and | bushy. When pruned; the plants should be placed in the | stove, giving’moderate supplies of water at the roots, and occasionally sprinkling the stems overhead till growth com- mences. When the*young shoots have attained an inch or so — ` ing the crocks and as much of the old soil as can be got away . easily, at the same time shortening-in any of the straggling roots. They should then be placed into smaller-sized pots, keeping them rather close, and watering them carefully for -æ time till growth has-commenced. When fairly started, «they, are to bloom. During the summer, these plants requiro a moist atmosphere, with a temperature of 65deg. by night, allowing it to rise 15deg. or 20deg. by day, and ~ whilst active growth is taking place they should be fress _ quently supplied with moisture at the roots, keeping them well exposed on all sides to the light. After growth has commenced, it is not advisable to stop the shoots, for - the stouter and stronger they grow up the finer will be the flower spikes when they appear. The compost should consist of equal parts fibry loam, leaf soil, and peat, with a good proportion of sand added. In preparing it, it should be rather lumpy, and, before using, should be warmed to about the temperature of the house in which the plants are grown. Clean pots and perfect drainage are most essen- tial. Cuttings are best prepared from half ripened wood, or taken off when young with a heel. The base of each cutting should invariably be cut clean across. These may be inserted an inch apart, in pots of sandy soil, and plunged in a brisk bottom heat. To obtain young shoots are 2in. long they requisite number of the the surplus pieces are remoyed with a slight heel of the older wood, they make good cuttings, and should be treated — the same as the others. These cuttings strike root quickest, — and when rooted, if potted into 5in. or 6in. pots, and allowed — to grow up without stopping or pinching out the tops, they — will bloom the first season. Although Aphelandras can be grown into large sized specimens, it will be found to be | more generally satisfactory to have specimens of neat and - moderate dimensions. The mealy bug and scale insects are very troublesome, and must be kept down, otherwise they will prove most prejudicial to the plants. Í acute-leaved). jl. large, deep vermilion red; the ae fort patina Ss ea paler forward, the lower one consists of three oblong-obtuse as lobes. l. broad, oblong-ovate,; acuminate. Columbia, 1868. .A. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* jl. deep orange searlet ; upper - lip of corolla erect, bidentate, concave; lower one pe r horizontally, three lobed. December. l. broad, ovate, oppoas dark green, somewhat wavy at the edge. A ait from the type in the curiously , shaded with a silvery ue hter scarlet of the forthe 34 1844. A.a. Roezlii (Roezl’s).* Ditfers chiefly twisted leaves, which are dark between nage eg veins ; in the bri and a few other, but purely technical, points. It is one xico, 1867. . A, Roezlii. pulcherrima. fascinator (fascinating).* fl. bright vermilion, in very : ag aee _l. ovate acuminate, olive green, pontifully banded with silvery white, whilst the under side is of a uniform purplish violet. h. 1}ft. New Gremada, 1874, á Leopold’s).* 7. citron-yellow. Z. opposite, ova ; oblong, pinata ground colour in the upper surface dark green, the midrib and l | pure w ; under uniformly pale green. 1854. : : he. As aoe ere een wan yee central brand. Brazil, 1871. SYN. Graptoph urat = e , 2:9 P4 * , Pa pe il è os En r HORTICULTURE. Aphelandra—continued. ® e, « J ~ "Èe N * A. nitens (shining).* jl. | lowing rmnilion-scarlet, very large, in = erect, simple, terminal spikes, which, after the flowers have fallen, — are clothed with the Cena lanceolate, appressed bracts. l. ovate, sub-acute, leathery, brilliant glossy on the up er surface, inous purple underneath. h..2ft. to fte Columbia, 1867. A. Porteana (Porte’s).* fl. in fine terminal heads; corolla and . bracts bright orange. J. rich green, with metallic silvery-white, j- veins. A. 2ft. Brazil, 1854. ~ 4 A. pumila (dwarfish).* fl. orange-coloured ; upper lip erect, con- cave, entire; bracts large, purplish. 1. Jarge, cordate, ovate- proge acute. h. 8in. Brazil, 1878.» Very distinct, from ‘all others, aa : ‘ F: + a A. punctata (dotted).* fl. bright yellow, in large and rather dense K yg the spiny-edged long pointed bracts are also yellow, with the exception of the tip, which is _ contrast. November. J. opposite, elliptic, acuminate ; the green midrib is conspicuous in the middle of a white central band, which. yup” a ~ also extends beside the green veins, this silvery band breaki on its margin into numerous small white dots, producing: a A. Roezlii. A synonym of A. aurantiaca Roezlii. i A. variegata (variegated). jl. yellow; spike, 6in. long, with bright orange-red bracts. Z. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, dark green with white veins. A. 1}ft. Brazil. 2 APHELEXIS (from apheles, simple, and exis, habit). ORD. Composite. A genus of elegant dwarf evergreen greenhouse shrubs. Flower-heads large, solitary, or small and two or more together. Leaves small. These plants are valuable for exhibition purposes, on account of their bright colours, and the length of time they last in per- fection; they are included among what are familiarly known as “ everlastings.”. The most suitable soil is a com- post of two parts of good fibrous peat and one of leaf mould, with a liberal supply of silver sand, and a few pieces of charcoal added to it. Repot the plants firmly in February, and allow thorough drainage. Cuttings can be made in spring or summer; small half-ripened side shoots are best; and these will root in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in a cool greenhouse. A. ericoides (heath-like).* (fl.-heads white. April. J. very small, three-cornered, imbricated, appressed ; branches numerous, very fine, filiform. h. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1796. A. fasciculata (fascicled). l.-heads purplish, solitary, terminal ; ce — scaly. March. J. acerose linear, roundish, downy above ; == lower spreading ; upper appressed. h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, ~~ 1779. There are two or three forms of this species, varying in the oT ate a COLOUL DE ath flowers, ~~ A. humilis (humble, or dwarf).* j.-heads pink, solitary, terminal, * anor, niy in sunshine ; peduncles scaly. April. tT subulate, e bricate. Branches numerous, slender, covered with "j tomentum. +. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1810. A hand- “some greenhouse plant, with much-branched stems, terminated by the flower-head. Syns. A. macrantha and Helipterum humile. _ A,h. grandiflora (large-flowered).* l.-heads rosy-purple, produced _ in great abundance. Habit rather dwarf, and free branching. - Very highly esteemed, —- A. h. purpurea (purple).* fl. dark purple, very abundant. l + silvery white and shining. viene grower, and perhaps the - best for exhibition purposes. It is known in gardens as A. ` _„Ţ7 macrantha purpurea ; also under the name of A. spectabilis. A. h. rosea (rose-coloured).* _jl.-heads delicate rose, very profuse. À Habit very compact and free-branching. A very showy and de-- E sirable variety, known in gardens as A. macrantha rosea, : A. macrantha (large-flowered). Synonymous with A. humilis. A. sesamoides (Sesamum-like). /.-keads purple and white, sessile, solitary, terminal. April. Z, acerose linear, keeled, smooth, appressed. A, 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1739. E ES, or PLANT LICE. These belong to the order Homoptera, meaning “same winged,” and the s — has reference to the fact that the fore wings ae ee in their structure from base to apex, not w Avie mto a leathery base and a membranous tip. lone r} s vern all minute in size, soft bodied, and generally co pity ast: ; the mouth is furnished with a curiously- : ‘beak, or rostrum, for sucking hee juice of ‘ nnæ, or feelers, are long a slender; the legs have u sis . ez 3 : 3 which is gam er a o joints in the tarsi, one of a ne Toy s which a sweet ìs emitted. They CLOPADIA OF’ $ een, and forms a pleasing + {i pretty and distinct form of variegation. South America, 1881. € Aphides—continued. : ~«—- *plant “has its, own peculiar Aphis; but among the worst b are the cherry fly and bean fly. All these insects „are very destructive to, the young shoots and foliage of plants, on which “they cluster im large numbers, sometimes “completely hiding the stems, increasing with marvellous _ rapidity. They produce eggs in autumn, which lie dor- mant through the winter, and upon the approach of -warm weather in spring, hatch and*produce individuals which, “during the summer, are Viviparous, budding off _ young insects at a surprising rate, which quickly in turn ‘become possessed 6f the same marvellous power; hence * the enormous number which are ‘produced in so surpris- ingly short a time. “It has been it be Dm that in a few —_ _ weeks many millions of young» might produced directly ; or descended from ® single female. See also Black Fly and Bean Fly. The following remedies may be successfully employed; Tobacco. This is applied, as a rule, in three fi h of which is useful for particular purposes. eip, em is useful as a dry application to plants where, from any cause, the other modes of employing it are not desirable. It causes no smell, and is useful in conservatories, &c., for that reason. The mode of applying it is to dredge or dust it over the foliage of the plants affected, and to syringe off in from three to thirty hours, according to the nature of the plants. Fumigation with tobacco, if done in a proper way, is very effective, but it leaves an unpleasant smell. The foliage of the plants should be quite dry, and a still day must be chosen for the work; the house should be filled with smoke, but no flame must arise in the burning. The plants should be well syringed the next morning, and full ventilation allowed; if the fumigation is repeated twice or thrice, it will prove very effectual. Tobacco water is made by soaking a pound of coarse shag in 6gals. of hot water, to which łlb. of size or soft soap has been added. The plants should be dipped into or syringed with this _ mixture, and well syringed with clean tepid water about twelve hours after. It should not be employed for plants having woolly or hairy foliage. Tobacco paper and cloth are used for fumigating in the same manner as tobacco; but as they vary in strength, more care is necessary, as — they sometimes cause the leaves to become spotted. Judi- ciously employed, they are cheaper than Tobacco. Quassia. Boil lb. quassia chips in 4gals. of soft water, for about ten minutes, and after straining off the chips, add 1lb. of soft soap. Apply in the same way as Tobacco water, and syringe the plants with clean water after ten minutes or a quarter of an hour. - Soft Soap. This, in proportion of Sil» to 12gals. of rain water, and lgal. of tobacco water added after it is cold, is a cheap and good remedy out of doors, and requires the same mode of application as tobacco» water. Soap Suds. Where bleaching powder, or much soda, is not mixed with these, they make a good insect killer for hard-foliaged plants, but should be washed off with clean water in twelve hours. No mixture containing chloride of lime should be used, Various. Fir-tree Oil, Gishurst’s Compound, and Fowler’s Insecticide, are all serviceable, if used as directed on the labels. Hardeman’s Beetle Powder, applied with the little French powder-bellows which is sold with it, is very efi- cacious. For outdoor work, nothing surpasses clean cold water, applied often and forcibly with a syringe. The best mode of clearing Aphis off Beans, Currants, — &c., is to remove the tops of the infested shoots, and to wash the plants with soapy water, or a solution of Gishurst’s Compound. In some cases, a good dusting with soot and wood ashes, while the plants are wet, will keep them in check. The “Golden Eyes” or ‘ Lacewing” fly, and also ladybirds, are to be encouraged, as the larvæ of each of these wage incessant war Aphides, especially the green varieties, and thin them out cone ž siderably. a f ae * = i 3 : nee 2 ae tk y oe 4 APHYLLOUS. Without leaves. 3 APICRA (from apicros, not bitter). ORD. Liliaceæ. A * group of succulents allied to Aloe, and having the follow- ing among other characters :—Flowers small, loosely .sub- spicate; perianth regular, cylindrical, with short spreading segments; peduncles simple or forked. Plants small; rosette leaves always elongated. Leaves thick, diffuse, never spinosely dentated. They require treatment similar to Aloes, under which genus they are included by some authors. A. aspera (rough).* fl., perianth jin. long; raceme loose, 3in. to 4in. ; pedicels aoe to four lines long; p Ben p slender, simple, nearly 1ft. Z. dense, in many rows, spreading, rounded, deltoid, six to seven lines long and broad ; face rather flat; middle three to four lines thick ; back convex hemispherical, wrinkled. Cape of Good Hope, 1795. ` A. bicarinata (double-keeled).* fl. unknown. J. dense, in rows, ing, deltoid-l late, nine to twelve lines long, six lines broad, dirty green; face flat; middle two lines thick ; > ll scabrous ; back copiously tubercled. Cape of Good Hope, Jl, perianth six to seven lines, whitish ; icate, about 1ft.; pedicels short ; peduncles l. dense, ing, in many rows, deltoid-lan- -one lines long, three to four lines thick ; y keeled towards the margins. 1843, A. foliolosa (small-leafy).* jl., perianth greenish, five to six lines long ; raceme loose, sub-spicate, about 1ft. ; pedicels two to three lines long; peduncle 6in., simple. 7. dense, spreading, in many rows, rounded deltoid, cuspidate, six to eight lines long and broad, without spots or tubercles; face rather flat; middle one and a half to two lines thick ; back obliquely keeled upwards to- wards the margins. Cape of Good Hope, 1795. A. imbricata (imbricated). Synonymous with A. spiralis. A. pentagona (fiye-angled).* fl, perianth whitish, jin. long; raceme about lft., loose; lower pedicels two to three lines long ; - peduncles 1ft., often branched. J. dense, regular, lower ones spreading, upper ones ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, fifteen to eighteen lines long; bottom six to eight lines broad, shining ~- green; ee flat; middle Enpe | t four lines gw Lay pungent ; margin scabrous ; back irre. rly one to two keeled at top. Cape of Good Hope, 1731. EET 5: : A. p. bullulata (little-blistered). 7. irregularly spiral, five rowed; back Wivtacoding close wrinkled tubercles, : : A. p. spirella (small spiral). Z. smaller and more deltoid, lin. long, six to eight lines broad the bo i ; onl eae re hin at the bottom, irregularly five A. spiralis (spiral).* /l., perianth reddish-white, }in. long; raceme loose, nearly 1ft. ; cels ee tvo to three lines long; peduncles 6in., simple or branched. 7, dense, in many rows, strong, ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, twelve to fifteen lines long, six to eight lines broad; face almost flat, without tubercles; a pungent ; middle three lines thick; back e ag scarcely keeled ; of Good Hope, 1 margins dbsurely crenulated. Cape SYN. A, imbricata, i `: APICULATE, APICULATED. Terminated in a little point. se APIOS (from apion, a pear; in referénce to the form of the tubers of the root). ORD. Leguminose. An elegant little hardy twining perennial, easily trained into almost any shape. A shy bloomer in the northern parts of Great Britain. It must have a well exposed sunny position, a | Papiosdcontinud”, ys. ves pail one * d > 4 E4 _ e soil should be of a agated by division y+ "a P Fic, 117. APIOS TUBEROSA, showing Habit of Growth, and Flower, Natural Size. ; A, tuberosa (tuberous).* Grounā Nut. jl. brownish purple, sweet scented, in axi racemes. Summer and early autumn. J. pin- — nate. Habit very light and graceful. Tubers edible, and farina- ceous. Pennsylva YN. Glycine Apios. See Fig. 117. APIUM (from apon, Celtic for water ; in reference to the habitat of this genus). ORD. Umbellifere. This genus contains no species worth growing for o rmament,.s nearly all are more or less acrid and poisonous. A. graveolens is the celery ofgardens, for culture of which, : see Celery. ne nae APLECTRUM (from a, without, and plectron, a spurs ~~ flower spurless). . ORD. Orchidacew. A. monotypic genus. from North America. A curious hardy terrestrial orchid, © requiring a shady spot in light loam and leaf „mould,“ moderately damp. Very difficult to cultivate. oe “ intry).* fl. greenish-brown, large, racemose,"borne, . -~ wo 4 prog akeg a ag ee have diode downs labellum as $ ` long as the sepals; column sessile, rather long, wingless. ash Stem pseudo-bulbous, with one large, broad, ribbed leaf. ite APOCARPOUS. Having the carpels or fruit separate, ' or disunited. n APOCYNACEÆ. A large order of trees, shrubs, 0 rarely herbs, usually with a poisonous, milky sap. Fl regular, solitary or corymbose; corolla salver-sha; əd Or campanulate. Leaves simple, opposite, sometimes alter- S nate or whorled. Well known genera belonging to this ~ order are: Allamanda, Nerium, Tabernemontana and at (from apo, away, and kyon, & me adopted by Dioscorides, because the plant was supposed be poisonous to dogs). ORD. Apocynacew.. Dog's Bane. Perennial erect herbs, with cymose flowers and mem- branous, opposite leaves. There are several species. be- longing to this genus, but only the one described below all worthy of being cultivated. They are of extremely easy culture, thriving in any ordinary soil; and may be pro- e: ORA fe * to pagated by suckers, divisions, or seeds. The best, time $0, divide is just as they are ing into fresh growth in spring. . i androsæmifolium (Tutsan-leaved).* e red, with AE rala niate: cymes fernlinal and lateral i Virei P gtiry Roy 85, A er yilina ai ehriving in peaty soil, with Azaleas, Fic. 118. INFLORESCENCE OF APOCYNUM ANDROSAMIFOLIUM. La APONOGETON (from apon, Celtic for water, and geiton, neighbour; alluding to the habitat of these plants), ORD. Naiadacew. Very ornamental aquatic perennials. There are several species, but A. distachyon is superior to the others. This species may be cultivated in small tanks or aquaria; it delights in an.wbundance of light and air, * and is ‘perfectly hardy, having become naturalised in many ` parts of the country. Pot the plants in rich sandy loam -. and rotten cow manure, using, of course, small pots, if the -*evéssel. in which itis to be grown is restricted. When ~ introducing it to Svc tanks or lakes, commence with _ >» Strong, previously well-established plants, in large pots, ~ breaking the latter when the plants are immersed. _ \ *Place them in positions where the water is about 1ft. 6in. . to 2ft. deep; they will then rapidly increase by offsets and as » Seeds, and, when established, will bloom nearly all the _ ~\Ssyear ‘ound. The other kinds will thrive with the same ~* Spe nt; but they are neither so hardy nor so vigorous, - and should only be grown in small tanks or aquaria. * Fig. 119. APONOGETON pIsTACHYON, showing tikand © hte j Ayonogeton= continued. * Good Hope, 1788. sae p> > (narrow-leaved). #1. white. Half hardy. Fig. 120. APONOGETON DISTACHYON, showing Flower-spike, Leaf, and Root. ‘on (two-spiked).* Cape Pond Weed; Winter Haw- thorn, jl. witha delicious Hawthorn-like perfume ; petals none; bracts, or showy portion oval, entire, white; anthers purple- brown ; scape two-spiked, each spike being from 2in. to 4in. long. l. oblong-lanceolate, entire, bright green, on long stalks, floating. Cape of Good Hope, 1788. See Figs. 119 and 120, ; A. monostachyon (simple-spiked). . pink. September. A. 1fb. East Indies, 1803. Stove species. Rare, Be ee spathaceum junceum (rush-like).* A very pretty, but rare, half-hardy aquatic plant, with the forked inflorescence — having both bracts and flowers suffused with a delicate blush colour. l. rush-like, standing clear up out of the water. South Africa, 1879. APPENDICULATED. APPENDICULATE, Having appendages. APPLANATE. Flattened out. APPLE (Pyrus Malus). The Apple is one of the most useful, and probably most largely cultivated, of our hardy e Perr te tee ©. aD Sage r ee ee a ie s> AAR = THE DICTION OF GARDENING, ` Apple—continued. t e rer Fa ` -Arra Tilionin ry * z Er fruits. Itis known as the Crab in its wild state, and, he | ‘transplanted the. following year, and go on until they are ~ indigenous to Britain and to all the temperate and warr parts of Europe. SdPeupposed tig he ogenitord ofthe 3 race of varjetiog now grown were introduced to this country at various timeS from the Continent, andnot obtained here | as direct improv son the native Crab. _ Those mes a 3 ’ = ae ee `- Ea v x -~ 5 =- Fic. 121. APPLE BLOSSOM. cultivated are extremely numerous, and include good varieties that can be made to prolong the season all the year round. Apart from its great value as a fruit, the apple is a strikingly handsome tree when in flower (see Fig. 121). A fruiting branch is shown at Fig. 122. Pees Fic. 122. FRUITING BRANCH OF APPLE. Propagation. Seeds are sown ‘extensively, chiefly for raising stocks to graft approved sorts on; also with a view to raising new varieties. The seeds do not retain their germinative properties very long, consequently they must be sown soon after being taken from the fruit. As grown in this country, they are generally sown in the autumn, |. generally adopted. for most purposes, the stocks being pre- `- [and other dwarf-trained trees should be worked near but ‘of sufficient size for Grafting purposes. The standard of extellence being at present’ so‘high, improved forns raised from seed arë coinparatively scarce, n ú : Grafting.. “Thi method of, propagation is the one. * > viotsly prepared for size or height of tree required. Cordon not below the-ground, while standards are best worked on stocks of the desired height. The practice of working standard trees low, 'añd growing the scion to form the stem of the. future “tree, is not re¢ommended, as many of the _tenderer sorts will"fot grow straight or strong enough for the purpose. Whip-grafting is the most preferable mode F adopted. “The gcions should lected from healthy trees “not later than-Jantiiry, and lid in singly in the ground untilithe stocks haverslightly advanced in growth, which is generally about the middle of April. Several other methods | of Grafting may be adopted With success, but the one above" recommended is considered the best. Budding. Apples may be successfully propagated by Budding, and this method is practised much more now than - formerly, It has many advantages, as it requires to be performed at a season when there is not so much work in hand. It should be done in damp, dull weather, if possible, as the weather if dry soon destroys the buds. July and August is the proper time for the purpose. The stocks — and woods from which the buds are taken should be as much as possible in the same condition. Propagation by Outtings, Layers, fc. This system may be made use of in the case of new varieties or where it is desired to increase any one variety with a limited number of scions, but the results are uncertain—at least in the case of cuttings ; consequently, it is much better to resort to the safer method of Grafting. an Pruning. See Pruning. Training. See Planting. The best time to plant is as soon as most of. - the leaves have fallen, which is generally about the’end of «© October. The roots being then in an active state, and the * ground still retaining a certain ‘amount of heat, they;will < form new roots before winter, which is a material adyan- ` p tage. Where it is impossible to plant at this time, it may © | be done in suitable weather any time during the winter, — ~~ but it is best not deferred till spring. It is important in, * ~ planting that the soil should be moderately dry and frée_ à from frost ; this condition cannot always be obtained during, a winter. The effects of soil and situation have a very Imr. — portant bearing on the Apple, specimens of the same sort * from different places being often hardly recognisable, F Although not over fastidious in the matter of soil as far ås growing is concerned, the best results are obtained where it is of a rich loamy character and well drained. Dry, sandy soils invariably produce canker, while the trees are often overgrown with lichens in undrained land. e addition of heavier loam, or sometimes trenching and mixing the sub-soil with that at the top, will convert lig! soils into those suitable for Apple culture; while, on the other hand, heavy soils may be improved by drainage, the addition of lime, vegetable refuse, burnt earth, and other matters. Rank manure should on no account be used any- where near the roots, but a little well-decayed manure, F mixed with the soil or used as a mulching, is beneficial. a The site best suited is an open, though not exposed one, =< with a south, south-east, or south-west aspect. Shelter from north-east winds in spring, which destroys the bloom, and from west and south-west winds in autumn, „which blow down the fruit, should be the aim of cultivators. Planting in a valley should be avoided on account of spring frosts. In Planting, care must be taken to make the bottom of the hole tolerably firm, and slightly raised under * the base or bole of the tree. The roots should then be J i a te e _ upper side, thus inducing ynew wot _ Cordon system of trainin a ‚+ oe EEE SE: TE £ eg : _ AN ENCYCLOP#DIAS OF. HORT > ' $ a ol te Apple—continued. = i y= oe RE ka w. ~ $ O + s oa Fig. 123. APPLE, CALVILL La B Calville Blanche. Dessert. Fruit large; flavour first-class, October to December. See Fig. 123, Cellini. Kitchen. Fruit perfect in form, size, colour, and quality. October to January. Claygate Pearmain. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour rich, aromatic, excellent, same as Ribston Pippin. January to May. Coe’s Golden Drop. Dessert. Fruit small, with a crisp and juicy flavour, November to January. A delicious variety. M a Cornish Aromatic. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour rich, juicy, and aromatic. October to December. Cornish Gillyfiower. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour very rich, quite aromatic. October, November to January, An ex- cellent variety, thriving best in a warm situation. Court of Wick. Dessert. Fruit medium, very handsome ; flavour somewhat similar to Golden Pippin. December to March. Fic. 124. APPLE, COURT PENDU PLAT. Court Pendu Plat. Dessert or kitchen. Fruit medinm, rich russet brown, of first-rate ere and the tree is a good cropper. November to April. See Fig. 124, i Orange Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, very hand- ggat ; flavour rich aromatic. October to December, One of the best apples grown. Cox’s Pomona. Kitchen. Fruit very large, of superior quality, October. Devonshire Quarrenden. Dessert. Fruit medium, excellent quality, and handsome. July to September. A very prolific sort. á D. T. Fish. Kitchen. Fruit large, roundish, of a clear straw- . » colour, with small specks of russet, slightly flushed with crimson +» on the side where the sun strikes it ; flavour sub-acid. November ~ to January. A fine and handsome variety. Duchess of Oldenburgh. Kitchen. Fruit large, red-striped. August to October, A very desirable and handsome Russian variety. ate alee ect Duke of Devonshire, Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour crisp, juicy, rich and sugary. December to March. Dumelow’s Seedling, or Wellington, or Normanton Wonder. Kitchen. Fruit firm, large, and somewhat acid. November to March. : Early Harvest. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour juicy, excel- Seay arith a pleasant sharpness. July to September. According to Mr. Rivers this variety 1s equally good for cooking or dessert, and is a very fertile tree on t aradise stock. : French Crab. Kitchen. Fruit large, pale green, firm, acid. An excellent sort, and the Eae keeper. i Golden Pippin. Dessert. Fruit small, very excellent flavour. November to January. A well-known and highly-esteemed sort. a Sam Yı . Dessert. Fruit small, yellowish with russet spots ; Mere de Ménage. Kitchen. Large and good. October “to 96 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, * " * i Ñ- F ‘ é : ~ we Apple—continued. ‘ a Golden Reinette. Dessert. Fruit rather small, wish red, - streaked with red ; flavour excellent, sweet and rich. e of the best and most useful’of dessert apples. tober to: December, Gravenstein. Kitchen. sije large, handsome, sweet crisp. November to January. verte ag art Groennp's Pippin. Kitchen. Fruit very large. February to. | May. vigorous grower and abundant bearers - Irish Peach. Dessért. Eruit medium, Yellowish-green, Very | early ; flavour juicy, excellent. July and Atigust. A very good variety, often known as Early Crofton. yi : > Jolly Beggar. Kitchens. Fruit large, pale yellow, er and ṣi juicy. November to Jafary, A very desirable sort andan extraordinary cropper. Keddlestone Pippin. Dessert. it small, yellow or golden colour, specked with russet; flavour-delicious, highly aromatic. December to March. An excellent variety. x Kerry Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, firm, yellow, and red ; flavour sugary and rich. September to October. Keswick Codlin, Kitchen. Fruit large and early. August to October. An admirable sort for market purposes. King of the Pippins. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red; flavour juicy and rich. October to January. Lady Henniker. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, with crimson streaks near the sun, highly flavoured, and with a pleasant perfume. February to May. excellent sort, suitable for dessert or kitchen. wae $ i Lodgemore Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour rich, sugary, and aromatic. January to May. An excellent sort. Lord Suffield. Kitchen. Fruit very large, white, soft, excellent for sauce and tarts. August to September. . ś and s Codlin. Kitchen. Fruit large. September and October. One of the finest and most useful of kitchen sorts. March. Mr. Gladstone. Dessert. Fruit large and handsome, very early, scarlet cheek, striped and shaded; of excellent quality. „ July and August. New. New or Winter Hawthornden. Kitchen. Fruit very large, excellent. November to January. An extraordinary bearer, one of the best for sauce and cooking. onsuch. Kitchen. Fruit large,juicy. August to October. admirable sort, unequalled for sauce and cooking. Norfolk . Kitchen. Large and good flavour, excellent mag oa most useful for baking whole and preserving. November to July. An Norfolk Greening. Kitchen. Fruit medium; rather acid. Keeps till April or May. Northern Spy. Dessert. Fruit large, tender; flavour highly aromatic. December to May. Old Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit medium, tender, and juicy. November to January. A prolific variety. Pitmaston Pineapple. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour very rich. July to September. According to Mr. Rivers this variety is a very abundant bearer on the Paradise stock ; it is not a vigorous grower. Red han. Dessert. Fruit good size, bright; flavour delicate and rich. August to September. Red Ingestrie. Dessert. Fruit very pretty bright red next the sun, on a yellow ground, flesh pale yellow; flavour brisk and sparkling, like the Golden Pippin in quality, August and Sep- tember. An excellent sort. Red Juneating, or Margaret. Dessert. early, very g quality. July and August. sort, with numerous synonyms. Red Quarrenden. Dessert. scarlet; flavour crisp and sweet. summer sorts. Reinette du la. brown, large; flavour juicy, brisk, sub-acid. November to x Fruit medium, A well-known Fruit under medium, bright August. One of the best Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and Fig. 125. P Reinette Grise. Dessert. Flesh yellowish-white, sugary, ` pleasant ; flavour sub-acid. November to April. It does best on the dise stock, is an ab cropper. See Fig. 126. Ribston Pippin. Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and me- dium; flavour rich, aromatic, excellent. Olaa to ppa € flavour delicious, tender, and juicy. October to December. An excellent Irish sort, ; Scarlet Crofton, Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red; flavour crisp, juicy, and sweet. October to December. arlet Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit well coloured, e; flavour crisp and juicy. January to March. = nall’s Admirable. Kitchen. Fruit large, en, crisp, ‘Sweet, and juicy. November to January. A cB os coumper’ Apple—continued. © | y a Stamford Pippin. ` Dessërt. Fruit large, with a brisk flavour November to January, A al be 4 and an agreeable aroma. desirable sort. = p A Frc. 125. APPLE, REINETTE DU CANADA, - Sturmer Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour brisk AK4 rich, February to June. $ « a . "+ Syke House Russet. Dessert. Fruit small ; flavour very rich, + January to May. An exċellent sort. * Tower of Glammis. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, very large, square-shaped, crisp, and excellent. February to May. A very excellent sort. Van Mons Reinette. Dessert. Fruit small, with a rich, aromatic, and excellent flavour.’ November to January. Waltham Abbey Seedling, Kitchen. Fruit large. November and December. An admirable sort. Warner’s King. Kitchen. Fruit large, handsome, and good. November to March. Worcestershire Pearmain. Kitchen. F of a very brilliant colour; flavour crisp and juicy. October. Suffield. ca Fruit large, conical, August to oA splendid variety, said to be as araa as Taj FIG. 126. APPLE, REINETTE GRISE. White Juneating. Dessert. Fruit small, very éarly, and good. quality, but a bad keeper. July and August. A prolific White Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit medium, very delicious. March to June. A very desirable sort. eas Winter Quoining, or Queening. Dessert. Fruit very DUS" almost red ; flavour excellent. November to May. Am excelter sort, useful for dessert or culinary purposes, Winter Strawberry. Dessert. Fruit yellow, medium, with red ; flavour brisk aromatic. November to March. useful sort. lent Wormer Pippin. Kitchen or dessert. Fruit of an exce eni uality, large, pale green; excellent for kitchen or ptember to October. eater Yorkshire Greening. Kitchen. Fruit large, juicy, tenter- November to January. Cox's For Cordons the following are the best :— BETTY GEESON, VO GOLDEN DROP, Cox’s ORANGE PIPPIN,. DUKE OF DEvONS ET KING OF THE PIPPINS, LODGEMORE NONPAREIL, NORT pent Spy, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN} SCARLET NO striped Avery PAREIL, x For Pyramidal, Bush, and Espalier Trees, tho best are: —ADAMS’ PEARMAIN, ASHMEAD’S KERNEL, BOSTON RUSSET, or WICK, z LYF URT CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, CORNISH GILLYFLOWER, CO HARVEST, Court PENDU PLAT, COX’S ORANGE PIPPIN, EARLY fe fo GOLDEN PIPPIN, GOLDEN REINETTE, IRISH PEACH, ag ceo STONE PIPPIN, KERRY PIPPIN, RED INGESTRIE, ED a RENDEN, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN, SAM YOURS, SCARLET CROFTON, SCARLET NONPAREIL, STURMER SYKE HOUSE RUSSET, WORMSLEY PIPPIN. The chen sorts are well adapted to p PIPPIN, ; following Kit- — ALFRISTON, BED- ee ee ae as, ii + s $ 4 m - + se o e — AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF, HORTICULTURE. $ 97 * Apple—continued. ; ese ek Apple Mussel Scale—continued. ‘FORDSH FOUNDLING, BRABANT BELLEFLEUR, ` CALVILLE i E ean OELE, Cox’s Pomona, D. T. FISH, ‘DUCHESS OF aes : ~ i; mere Re E — oman the trees to URGH, DUMELOW’S SEEDLING, JOLLY BEGGAR, KESWICK RICKY an ruitful, It is difficult to extirpate. CODLIN, LORD SUFFIELD, MANX’S CODLIN, NEW HAWTHORN- Boft-soap Lather. When the leaves fall, in autumn, a NONSUCH, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER’S KING. - For Cold and Exposed Situations, the following are thebest : —BEss POOL, CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, FRENCH CRAB, GREENUP’S PIPPIN, ESWICK CODLIN, NONSUCH, STURMER PIPPIN, __ TOWER OF GLAMMIS, WINTER STRAWBERRY, WORMSLEY PIPPIN. ‘or Cottage Gardens :—ALEXANDER, BEDFORDSHIRE FOUND- LING, BLENHEIM PIPPIN, KING OF THE PIPPINS, MANX’s COD- LIN, NEW HAWTHORNDEN, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON A PIPPIN, STURMER PIPPIN, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER’S KING, WORMSLEY PIPPIN. me APPLE BERRY. “Sve Billardiera. . APPLE-BLOSSOM WEEVIL (Anthonomus po- morum). This is a small beetle of a reddish-brown colour, with three inconspicuous stripes of a paler colour behind the head; the wing cases show a e pitchy-coloured blotch, with oblique striæ and yellowish spots thereon. The female busily engages herself in piercing the flower buds; while the male may be usually seen flying about the trees during the breeding season, which, of course, varies accordifig to the earlier or later expansion of the buds. _ The female, by means of strong jaws at the end of the long proboscis, bores a hole in the bud, in which she lays a single egg, finally closing the opening, then passing on to other buds. The laying season lasts for two or three weeks, or, indeed, as long as the buds remain unexpanded ; eggs are never laid in open blossoms. In warm weather, the eggs are hatched in six or seven days, usually about the end of April, into small, white, legless maggots, which feed upon the stamens and pistil; hence, although the ‘petals are normally coloured, and expand, the flowers ultimately wither, and in some seasons very serious con- , Seqtiénces have arisen from these sinjurious “little pests. The maggot is fleshy, whitish, with a few hairs and a black, hard head; in a few days, it turns into a brown chrysalis or pupa, which, in turn, is changed into the Weevil, only about a month having elapsed from the deposition of the egg till the Weevil is developed. It feeds upon the foliage during summer, and hybernates in crannies of the bark, or under the soil at the base of the trees, during winter, waking up in the following spring to go through the same performances as its parents. Remedies. Some of the methods advised for the ex- tirpation of the American Blight will prove very useful for the destruction of this pest. Clear away all useless por- tions of the bark and rubbish round about the tree during ‘the winter, and many will be destroyed. Place bandages of tarred cloth around the stem in spring; this will prevent the females crawling up, as they seldom fly. If a white cloth is placed beneath the tree affected when in bud, and the tree is severely shaken, a large number will be caught, as the Weevil falls to the ground when alarmed. Timely thinning of the trees, allowing the free admission of light and air, is also a very effectual pre- ventive, as it has been proved that the greatest ravages are committed where neglect of this has been the rule; and that, on the other hand, in proportion to its being done, the pest has been lessened in numbers. è APPLE MUSSEL SCALE (Aspidiotus conchi- j formis). This insect attacks the bark of Apple and Pear? trees. It is in outward appearance like the half of a mussel shell. Under the scale is the insect. It is closely allied to the true scale insects, and has similar habits. The scales are about din. long, brown, and wider at one end than at the other. The female is like a fat, green, fleshy maggot, without jointed limbs. The eggs of this curious insect are not laid, but simply remain in the body of the mother until she dies, thus leaving a protecting shield or case from which the hatched larve emerge, females contai g eggs should be destroyed. It differs from most other species in the absence of the long tail . as promptly as possible, and be given to the pigs; or [Ri should be turned into the orchard to clear off the - Hayband Trap. This is simply a loosely made hayband „To get rid of this insect, therefore, the the trees should be treated with a stiff sash-tool, and all the Seale rubbed off, keeping* the brush just moist, and not ‘fubbing the, buds. Applied «for two seasons, this should clear the trees. All logose bark should be removed. Seal Oil istsometimes recommended as a good remedy ; but -oils are rather unsafe applications to the bark of p trees, especially of the young branches. LE OR CODLIN GRUB (Carpocapsa pomo- nana). During the month of May, the well-known Codlin Moth (see Fig. 127) lays its eggs in the calyces, usually x AO gh nae rio. CopLiN MOTH AND GRUB (CARPOCAPSA POMONANA). one in each, of the young, quickly-growing apple. The moth itself is a small insect; the fore-wings are grey, prettily speckled with delicate, darker streaks, and with a curved golden mark on the hinder part, inclosing one of a reddish-brown colour. The hind wings are usually dark, as is also the body. The caterpillar, when hatched, is white, with black head and neck, and with four rows of black marks along the whole body. The colours soon, however, become less decided, taking an indistinct brownish or grey hue. After being hatched, the caterpillar gnaws its way down the fruit, keeping clear of the core, and gradually forces its gallery towards the rind of the fruit, which it finally pierces, the opening serving as the outlet for the dirt. When nearly full grown, it pierces the core and feeds upon the pips, which injury speedily causes the fruit to drop. The insect then emerges there- from, and finds a suitable helter in a cranny of the bark, where it spins a cocoon; and, according to British authori- ties, it remains in the larval state for some weeks, finally assuming the chrysalis form, and thus passing the winter ; the moth emerges the following season. Shortly after development, the moths pair, the female depositing eggs in the fruit in June or July, according to the season. Practically, there is no preventive; but the following hints will serve to greatly reduce the numbers. All apples that fall ere they are ripe should be picked up allen fruit. The following is the only serviceable remedy : twisted around the stems of the trees, about 1ft. from — the ground. The grubs, in searching for a suitable place in which to make a cocoon, will generally choose the bands. At the end of the season, all the haybands should be col- lected and burnt, and the stems of the trees from which they were removed should be cleared of any cocoons which may adhere to them.» All loose bark and other rubbish should be removed from the tree trunks, and also from the ground below. | y APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP. Anex- ë ceedingly ingenious and effective method of alluring that sa 0 e 98 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Apple or Codlin Grub Trap—continued. obnoxious pest, the Apple Grub. The trap (Fig. 128) con- sists of two, three, or more thin pieces of board, 12in. to 20in. in length, and 2in. to 4in. wide, with a screw (a) B, OPEN. Fig. 128, APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP. A, SHUT, through their centre. The screw must be long enough to be firmly driven into the trunk of the tree, so as to hold the boards in position. Small slips of wood (b) are inserted between the boards, to keep them sufficiently open to allow of the entry of the grubs, as shown at d. The boards are cut on each side of the screw, as at c, to facilitate their separation when fastened together by the silken threads of the grubs, and to better expose the latter when the trap is opened, This handy trap, which is of American origin, is very cheap. A great number of them may be collected with little trouble, submitted to a killing heat, and replaced again; and they can be used either on the ground or on the trees. As regards killing the grubs when caught, Mr. Weir, the inventor, says : “The quickest and best way is to have a large tin pan, bent in on one side, so as to fit closely to the trunk of the tree. When you reach the tree, drop upon your knees, place the depression in the pan against the trunk of the tree, hold it there by pressing your body against it, and you have both hands free to open the trap. When opening it, many of the pups or chrysa- lids will fall into the pan. around, as many will be found between it and the bark. A person will open and kill the worms in from four hundred to eight hundred traps in a day.” _ APPOSITE. Placed side by side. APPROXIMATE, APPROXIMATED, AP- PROXIMATING. Near together. (Armeniaca vulgaris), The Apricot, or, as it was formerly written, “ Abricock,” is a much esteemed and luscious fruit.’ It is said to have been introduced into this country during the reign of Henry VIII. The Apricot is one of the earliest flowering of fruit-trees (see Fig. 129), and is generally in bloom during February. This fact is a | great drawback, as it is a difficult matter to save the flowers’ | from destruction by the spring winds and frosts. The fruit (see Fig. 130) contains less acid than most stone fruits, and _ in appearance it is perhaps the handsomest of all. Success _ with its culture in many gardens is by no means certain, but with careful preparation of borders and protection of _ the flowers in spring, satisfactory results are often obtained. quantities of fruit are annually imported to this country from France; but their quality and flavour cannot _ be compared with that of good home-grown produce. Propagation is effected by seeds or budding. The stones, selected from the best varieties, may be sown as soon as the fruit is ser in August or September, in light rich soil, and The trap must be turned clear- k cots. They are frequently budded from the beginning - many disadvantages in having a great length of stem. Apricot —continued. covered with about 2in. of earth, over which a little litter should be spread during winter. After one season’s growth, the plants should be lifted, and the tap roots slightly cut A Fia. 129. BLOSSOM OF APRICOT. back if the trees are intended for walls. They should then be planted in nursery lines, allowing about a yard between the rows, ard 2ft. from plant to plant. Wires Fie. 130. FRUITING BRANCH OF APRICOT. - Budding is the most general mode of propagating Apri- the middle of June on seedling, and also on plum stocks, of which latter the Mussell, Saint Julien, Brussels, and Black’ Damson are the best. For dwarf trees, the stock should be budded about 1ft. from the ground. . There are “ Rider” trees require a stem from 3}ft. to 6ft.; half-riders, 2ift. to 3ft. Grafting by the Whip method is sometimes em- ployed, but, for many reasons, it is much inferior to Benita . Planting, §c. South-west and western aspects suit the Apricot best, but the fruit has been ripened in warm localities on walls facing several points north. Large areas of garden wall (see Figs. 131 and 132), the walls of stables, - . AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 99 < Apricot—continued. f Apricot—continued. barns, outbuildings, and two sides of at least hundreds of Protection. It is almost hopeless to expect a crop unless ri Diigo , might- tsa utilised for the cultivation of this -yt T oat { „almost any garden soil will bring these fruits to perfection ; light, fibrous, rather sandy loam s E howeyer, prove most satisfactory. There. should be , considerable depth of soil; a yard is not too much, it be on a dry base, which is most important. soils may be improved for Apricot culture by the io) of an equal portion of light loam, mortar rubbish, In furnishing walls, the distance apart FIG. 131, APRICOT TREE, showing method of Wall Training. may vary from 2ft. between Cordons, to ote 15ft., or even 20ft. between Fan-shaped trees. * The roots should be carefully arranged, interlayered at all points with fine soil, and the whole covered to a depth of Sin. or 4in. Not only should the roots have a good covering of suitable earth, but a secondary one of litter, or other light material, should be added, to render them frost proof in winter, and drought ‘and heat proof in summer. Newly planted trees should, on, no account, be allowed to get dry at the root. A thorough soaking of soft rain, or manure water, will often save a ‘Fig. 132, Apricot TREE, showing method of Training suitable for fas Gable Ends of Cottages. - watering. crop, and restore the trees, when all other surface remedies or appliances’ fail. Surface sprinklings overhead with the garden engine, in the afternoons of bright days, are beneficial, and help to keep the foliage clean and healthy. So soon as the trees are cleared of their fruit, attention should be directed to the maturation of the wood. All © superfluous shoots should be removed, any excess of growth ~ left on the shoots cut back, and every effort made to _ perfect the wood already made, rather than force the tree to make more. Unless the weather be very dry, should not be applied after this stage. _ Kaisha.* Fruit round, much smaller than Moorpark. Colour pale _ Large Red. the blossoms are protected, by mats or other means, from spring frosts.” Temporary wooden copings, from 1ft. to 2ft. wide, laid on iron brackets, are indispensable for warding off storms, and keeping other coverings away from the flowers. These should not be put up till the'trees are just bursting into bloom, and may safely be removed about the end of May. A few fish or other nets, spread over the trees, afford considerable resistance to the radiation of heat. This is >» _ assuredly one of the easiest, if not one of the most efficient, modes of protection. Frigi-domo and other thick shadings are sometimes used, bub y require to be removed from the trees in the day time. The thinner nets mentioned are generally not in use for other purposes at this time’ of year, and may remain over the trees altogether. Glass copings are the best, but, being rather expensive, they cannot be used by the majority of cultivators. They have, however, been applied with good results to trees that had previously failed. z Cropping, §c. Thinning of the fruit needs early and careful attention. The average of 3in. apart may be chosen for a maximum yield. As the fruit approach maturity, overhanging leaves, or branches of young wood, must be removed, to admit sun and light to properly ripen and colour them. Apricots for preserving should be gathered quite dry, and with the sun upon them. For dessert, they should be plucked in the morning, and placed in a cool room till wanted. Under Glass. The Apricot will hardly bear forcing. It is more*sensitive to heat than almost any other of our semi-hardy fruits. Practically, it is found that a confined atmosphere, or the slightest excess of heat, brings its blooms off in showers, and this, of course, mars all prospect of fruit. Butin cold climates and northern latitudes under glass is the best and only means of growing them. Should red-spider appear, it is proof that the roots or the atmo- — sphere, probably both, have been too dry; more moisture, and syringing over the leaves, are the surest remedies, The borders need to be about 2ft. or 2ft. 6in. deep, of any light rich soil. Fresh planted trees should be frequently syringed overhead before and after the flowering period. After they — have become fully established, less overhead sprinkling is needed. During all the earlier stages of growth, and until | the fruit are stoned, an artificial temperature of 45deg. should not be exceeded. After that stage, the fruit will bear a heat of 50deg. or 55deg. It is hardly safe or sirable to exceed the latter under glass, and unless bundance of air is given, 55deg. may bring off the fruit, even at an advanced stage. A thorough soaking, at intervals of fourteen days during the height of the growing season, may be applied; and, should the trees be heavily cropped, manure water may be given at every alternate It is also a good practice to mulch the surface of heavily cropped trees with 3in. or 4in. of good dung. The fruit should, however, be freely thinned to distances of from 4in. to 6in. apart at the most. There are three general methods of growing them under glass: The trees may be trained on trellises or walls; grown as natural standards, tall or dwarf; and as bushes, either planted “ont or in pots, ~ Varieties. The varieties of Apricot, unlike most other fruit, are not numerous; and the following will be found in every way representative and satisfactory: Blanche, or White Masculine, A small and delicate frui sort. Fruit pale whitish-yellow, tinged with red next sun, covered with a fine white down; rich, delicate, and sugary. or * early and , Color por geah sete, vied ae pea Rind in July. Breda.* A small sort, of excellent quality. Colour deep orange ; flesh firm, juicy, and rich. Hardiest sort grown. i citron; flesh tender, rich, juicy; flavour delicate and delicious ; -= kernel very sweet. ` eee 5 deepest coloured of all. Fruit very larg oe n - colour deep C 100 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Apricot—cont inued. Moo k.* The sort most generally grown; large, handsome, and of excellent quality. Colour brownish-orange ; flesh rich, juicy, and sweet. Itis one of the best and most ; useful sorts in cultivation. Peach, or Grosse Peche. Distinct and very desirable. Fruit very large ; flesh rich, firm, and juicy. One of the very best. Royal.* Not unlike Moorpark, but witha more robust constitution, pew Bt less given to limb dying. Fruit large, dull, yellow, rich, and juicy. e Turkey.* A liete variety. Colour pale yellow ; flavour rich and juicy ; flesh fi For modes a Training and Budding, Diseases, Insect Pests, &c., full information will be found under each indi- vidual title. APTERANTHES. See Boucerosia. APTEROUS. Without wings. AQUATIC PLANTS. The culture of Aquatic Plants, both indoors and in the open air, has been greatly neglected of late years; they are, therefore, rarely seen to perfection in places other than where their culture is made a speciality. Generally speaking, they are most easily grown. The following stove and greenhouse genera are well worth at- tention: Aponogeton, Cyperus, Damasonium, Herpestis, Limnocharis, Nelumbium, Nymphea, Ouvirandra, Pistia, Pontederia, Salvinia, Thalia, Trianea, Victoria. Many species belonging to some of the foregoing genera are hardy, as are also the following: Alisma, Butomus, Calla, Hottonia, Menyanthes, Nuphar, Polygonum, Sagittaria, Trapa, Typha, Villarsia. AQUATICUS. Living in water. AQUATILIS. Living under water. AQUILEGIA aie aquila, an micas in reference to the form of the petals). Columbine. ORD. Ranunculaceae. Erect hardy perennial herbs with fibrous roots. Flowers soli- tary or panicled, drooping ; sepals five, petaloid, deciduous ; petals five, concave, spurred; spurs very large, produced downwards into hollow tubes, and frequently curved at the extremity; carpels five, sessile, free. Radical leaves on long stalks, twice or thrice ternate, with. trifid-toothed, usually blunt segments. Too much praise can scarcely be lavished upon this elegant genus of plants. They prefer a moist and sheltered situation, with exposure to the sun. The more robust species will thrive in ordinary garden soil, but the rarer and more delicate kinds require a good friable sandy loam and leaf soil, with good drainage. Seed is produced in abundance, and must bê sown very thinly, as soon as practicable after being ripe, in a shady place or in pans in a cold frame. When up, ‘and strong enough to remove, the seedlings may be planted out where they are to bloom, allowing every plant at least 9in. each way. The strong-growing kinds may be placed in the border, the dwarf ones on the rockery. When in bloom, the inferior sorts should be weeded out, retaining only the best varieties. To obtain seed true of any species, it is absolutely necessary to plant | the separate kinds far apart, and cover them with fine muslin, to prevent the access of insects to the flowers, as none are more easily cross-fertilised. Division of the root is the only way to perpetuate any particular variety with certainty, unless seed is saved in the way mentioned, or imported from the native habitats of particular species. There are many beautiful hybrids, as well as Species, in psoas ed, deep blue or blue and white, on leafy, two to three- lowered stems; spurs straight, but somewhat awe at the apex, one apes ments deeply divided into linear lobes. h. 1ft. Aipa of Swi he zerland, in shady humid places, 1731. Plant this on the dark pu le) ft. dark purple or bluish violet, or lin. geod se va two or three = A. alpina (alpine).* ji. from 2in, to 3in. in diameter when ex- one-half shorter than the petal limb. Ma: rr 5 Swit A. arctica (Arctic). A form of A. formosa. B head; na aig omal Sa ia ek with the petals’ limb | | A, aurea (golden).* Aquilegia—continued. sepals about as long as the petals. May. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia. Border plant. $ A synonym of A. chiijsantha flavescens. * ~ A. Bertoloni (Bertoloni’s).* fl. aboùt lin. across, blue-violet throughout ; sepals about fin. long, rounded ; pe tals about the same length ; spurs very short, knobbed; stems two to four flowered. Juneand July. J. smal}, dark green, and glaucous, A very pretty little alpine, growing about lft. high. Syn. A. Reuteri. l. petioled, biternate. p SY Fig. 133. AQUILEGIA CERULEA. A. . NENIARN Le poog PA iA mecca on a stem, blue and white, h lilac or claret, rarely pure white, aaa pier ax nded ain te ain. in diame slender, nearly s aight, d green ee about 2in. long: April te July. lslarge, biterna to 15in. Rocky 1864. A very lovely ona Mon the the border or base of the rockery. Syns. A. leptoceras, A. macrantha. See Fig. 133. A. ¢. alba (white).* fl. the same size and form as the t: throughout. Rocky Mountains. A very rare and lovely v: ariety ; ‘ sometimes met with under the name of A. grandiflora. A. c. hybrida (hybrid).* f/i. blue and white, not so wide across as ™ the type, Say cee numerous, and the plant has a much more vigorous habit. Of garden origin. A. californica (Californian).* A form of A. formosa, prienna ainaani mememe ~ Fig. a AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS, b contd Habit and Flower. less canadensis (Canadian).* ft. scarlet, malxell väi yellow, “alan jn in d in ees protean S piraighi jonne $ than han the tae ; mee zr un segments three-parted, r eah, i atl he apex: h. lit. to 2ft. North America, ‘or ot be very pretty. See Fig. 134. 2, white AN ENCYCLOPDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 101 Aquilegia—continued. tinted claret at the tip; limb of petals deeper yellow, not quite so long ; spur straight, very slender, divergent, jin. to Zin. long ; stems many-flowered... May to August. Z. biternate. h. 3ft. to 4ft. California, 1873. One of the finest of all hardy perennials for the border. 3 A. c. flavescens (yellow). fl. of a uniform bright canary yellow, tinged with red; spur somewhat shorter than in A, canadensis, and slightly incurved. California, 1872. SYN. A. aurea. G. 135. AQUILEGIA GLANDULOSA. A, eximia (choice). Synonymous with A. formosa. A, formosa (handsome).* jl, sepals brigh f * 5 ., sepals bright red, usually less than eo long, with an obtuse green tip ; limb of petals yellow, about wa as Jong as the sepals ; spurs din. to jin. long, slender in the ower half, nearly straight, distinctly knobbed at the tip; stems many-flowered. May to September. J. biternate. A. 2ft. to 4ft. North America. Border. The following are synonyms and varieties: A. arctica, A. californica, A. eximia, and A. f. truncata, revealing only trivial differences, There is a very Í | Aquilegia—continued. beautiful hybrid known in gardens as A. californica hybrida, with the sepals and petals yellowish, or tinged with orange, while the long slender spurs are orange red; it is one of the hand- somest of all. All the forms are very showy, and well worth growing. A. fragrans (fragrant).* fl. white or ag claret purple, finely pubescent, very fragrant ; sepals about lin. long, not reflexing, twice longer than the broad petals’ limb; spur slender, sli htly curved, knobbed at the top, same length as the petals ; stems few-flowered_ May to July. l. biternate. A. lift. to 2ft. Himalayas, 1839. This requires a warm position. A. glandulosa (glandular).* fl., sepals bright lilac blue, about 1}in. long, more than twice the length of the petals’ limb; petals white ; spur jin. long, or but little more, stout, much in- curved ; stems one to three-flowered. Spring. l. biternate. h. 8in. to 12in. Siberia, 1822. Extremely pretty. See Fig. 135. A. g. jucunda (pleasant), jl. rather smaller. Very handsome little plants, freely hybridised, and it is necessary to keep raising fresh batches, as they are scarcely more than biennial. A. glauca (glaucous). jl. white, tinted claret, fragrant; sepals lin. long, not reflexing ; limb of petals fin. long; spur straight, or alittle curved, about lin. long; stem three to four-flowered. June. l. biternate. h. Ift. to 14ft. Himalayas, 1839, Rather tender ; plant in a warm dry posi- tion. A. leptoceras (slender-horned). A synonym of A, cerulea, A. macrantha (large-flowered). A synonym of A. cerulea, A. olympica (Olympic).* f. large, delicate mauve blue; petals white, rather shorter than the sepals ; spur stout, short, obtuse. Jl. bi- or triternate, glaucous. A. lft. 1880. Mount Olympus. See Fig. 136 A. pyrenaica (Pyrenean).* fl, sepals bright lilac blue, about lin. long, but not quite as much broad ; limb of petals about jin. long, and half as broad ; spur slender, nearly straight, or rather incurved, nearly or quite jin. long, scarcel knobbed at the end ; stem one to three-flowe: with small and little compound deep green leaves. Summer, h. Qin. to 12i Pyrenees, 1818. Plant on the rockery. A. Reuteri (Reuter’s). Synonymous with A. Bertoloni, . A. sibirica (Siberian).* fl. bright lilac; sepals very blunt, lin. or a little more in length, spread- ing or slightly reflexing when fully expanded ; limb of petals sometimes white, about jin. long ; ur stout, much incurved, jin. to jin. long; stems many-flowered, glabrous. Summer. | l biternate. h. 1ft. Siberia, 1806, Rockery ies. Here are referred, by Mr. Baker, A. bicolor, A. Garnieriana, and A. speciosa. See Fig. 137. thalictrifolia (Thalictrum-leaved). fl., g o oblong, acute, lilac blue, about żin. long ; limb of petals about as long, and rounded at the top; spurs slender, not quite as long as the sepals; stems about three-flowered. Summer. 1, with three-stalked segments cut into deep oblong lobes. A. 2ft, Tyrol, 1879. Entire plant clothed with fine pubescence. A. viridiflora (green-flowered). fl., sepals oval- oblong, shorter than the petals; spurs straight and longer than the petals ; stems two to three- Sowered. h. 1ft. to 1}ft. Siberia, 1780. Border. Rather a pleasing and sweet-scented green- flowered species, but not very ornamental. A. vulgaris (common). Common Columbine. A. variously coloured; sepals ovate acute, about lin. long, and half as broad ; limb of the petal rarely exceeding jin. long, and half as much broad, rounded at the apex ; spur much incurved, stout, knobbed at the end, as Jong as the petals ; stems many-flowered. Spring, an? i early summer, l. biternate. England, &c. There are numerous varieties of this very handsome species, both double and single-flower 3 A. V. alba (white). (jl. pure white. A. V. a fi.-pl. Double white flowers. A. v. cærulea nana fi.-pl, Very dwarf, with double deep blue Owers. A. v. hybrida (hybrid). /l., sepals lilac purple, oblong-lanceolate, less an lin. long; limb of the petals white, about jin. long ; spur scarcely incurved. A ; A. v. Vervæneana. This variety has pretty yellow mottled foliage, hae 102 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Aquilegia—continued. Fi J Asii 7 SET ua die =f N A-A [E R yp fh Vi PaL "l f i r 1) Fic. 137. AQUILEGIA SIBIRICA FLORE-PLENO, showing bit and Flower. A. v. Wittmanniana (Wittmann’s). fi. large, bright lilac purple ; ovate-acute, lin. to ljin. long, more than half as much broad ; limb of petals white, about half the length of sepals ; spur curved. A very fine variety. The following names are also met with in gardens, some of which Teprosetit ee b heed are effective as garden orna- sima, nevadensis, oxysepala, &e, oe el dma ee AQUOSUS. Watery. : 3 e ARABIS (origin of the word not clear). Wall Cress; Rock Cress. ORD. Cruciferew. Hardy perennial trailers, except where otherwise stated. Flowers mostly white-; racemes terminal; pedicels bractless. Radical leaves usually stalked; cauline ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire or toothed, rarely lobed. Most members of this genus are peculiarly well adapted for rockwork and the alpine garden, oh. _ both from their natural hardihood as well as their early and _ profuse flowering habits. They are of the easiest possible culture in any dry soil. The perennial species may either Arabis— continued. be increased by divisions of the root, by cuttings, placed in a shady border during the summer, or by seed. The latter may be sown outside, or in’ pans, in spring, when most of them will germinate in two or three weeks. The annuals and biennials are for the most part devoid of any cultural beauty. > A. albida (whitish).* fl. white ; racemes terminal ; pedicels longer than the calyx. January to May. l. few-toothed, hoary, or downy with branched hairs ; radical ones obovate-oblong ; cauline ones cordately sagittate, clasping the stem. h. Gin. to Qin. Tauria and Caucasus, 1798. SYN. A. caucasica. A. a. variegata (variegated).* A very pretty variegated form for edgings. p, . Fic. 138. ARABIS ALPINA, showing Habit and Flowers. A. alpina (alpine).* fl. white, smaller than those of A. albida ; racemes terminal ; pa ls longer than the calyx, which is smoothish. March May. J. many-toothed, lanceolate, acute, villous with branched hairs ; radical ones somewhat stalked ; cau- line ones cordate, clasping the stem. A. 6in. European rocks, in ae sunny places, 1596. There are one or two varieties, including #—~— variegated-leaved form, in cultivation. See Fig. 138. A. arenosa (sand-loving).* fl. rose coloured, very rarely white or- bluish ; petals obovate ; RE a i to Fie a ley, fort ei cee i ae dap ole muc er than 34 meme Stem branched, his id, with simple hairs. A 6in- Middle Europe, 1798. See Fig. 159. i : A. blepharophylin, (fringed leare ator claws, "Spring. L oe $ the herides e ch are fringed with very stiff hairs; radical ones spathulate; cauline ones oblong, sessile, A Bin. to 4in. California, 1874. This succeeds best in a cool frame, where it will flower in January. A. caucasica (Caucasus), A ning of A. albida, cida (shining).* fl. white; petals entire, narrowed at the joo cow eb panar won ie calyx. : Summer. l. obovate, thickish, shining, clasping the stem. h. 4in. to 6in. Hungary, 1790. very ‘ ty species, with a dwarf habit; it is especially adapted -for B wre borders, or rockwork, variegata (variegated).* A great improvement upon the ot , bei “al Me cared with yellow, and the green somewhat ter. y, apea in tufts or as edging, it is very effective, and should be prevented from flowering. exceedingly desirable variety is a gem for the rockwork, and when seen in crevices, or eed tutes. SS ty See It must be increased by slips or + rootlets, which should be taken in early summer. ce Ma anae sgpoter than the ca yx. AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. Arabis—continued. as meal Jl. white, in terminal racemes. May to July. l. grossly toothed, ‘somewhat pubescent, with small stale hairs ; petioles, cordate-roundish ; cauline ones ovate- ing the stem. h. 2ft. Caucasus, 1823. A. pecan ey oe jl. white ; petals ovate, with stalks. June. l. smooth, ciliated or scabrous, with simple or bifid radical ones on longish stalks, entire, toothed ; ¢ canine ones oblong-linear, entire, or toothed. h. 3in. or 4 A. præcox (early). fl. white; petals wona cuneated, double the length of the calyx. April to June. l. oblong, acute, sessile, quite entire, smooth. Stem covered with close pressed rigid hairs. h. 6in. to 9in. Hungary. A. procurrens (procurrent). fl. white; petals obovate, double ite length of the calyx. May and J une. l ovate, quite entire, smooth, ciliated with two-parted hairs; radical ones narrowed into a petiole ; cauline ones sessile, pointed. Stolons creeping. . 9in. Servia, 1819. There is a brilliantly variegated form of this pretty species well worth growing. A. rosea (rosy).* fl. rosy purple; petals oblong, somewhat wi moped, double the length of the calyx ; pedicels longer than t ot hom May to July. l., cauline ones oblong, somewhat cordate, ead er mom. clasping, scabrous with branched hairs. A. lft. Calabria, 1 A. verna (spring). lower ages Pn on lo: . small, purple, with a white claw ; pedicels May to June. l, cauline ones gorane, ng the stem, toothed, scabrous with three-parted a in 6in. South Europe, 1710. The best annual species, ‘ARAGEe or AROIDEZ.. An extensive order of her- baceous plants, with tuberous rhizomes. Flowers on a spadix, unisexual or hermaphrodite, protected by a spathe. Leaves large, radical. Well known genera belonging to this order are: Alocasia, Arum, Caladium, Colocasia, and Dieffenbachia. ARACHIS (from a, without, and rachis, a branch; plant branchless). Ground or Earth Nut. ORD. Legumi- nose. A stove annual, of economical value. Corolla resu- pinate ; calyx a long tube, with a bilabiate limb; ovary stipitate, inclosed in the tube of the calyx; the stipe at first short, but afterwards becoming elongated. Sandy ʻ loam is the soil most suitable for their cultivation. Seeds should be sown in heat; and, when the plants have grown. to-a sufficient size, they should be potted off singly, and placed among other stove annuals. After the plant has finished flowering, and the pods begin to lengthen, the pe- pes force them into the earth, where they ripen their seeds. hypogea underground). Monkey Nut. jl. yellow, five to seven A, by) er in AS axils of the leaves. May. J. abruptly-pinnate, bearing two pairs of leaflets, without any tendril; stipulas elon- en, adnate to the. petioles. h. lft., or procumbent, South merica, 1812, See.Figa140, _ ARACHNOID. ling a cobweb in appearance ; seeming to be covered with cobweb, in prea tal of the entanglement of long white hairs. _ ARALIA (meaning unknown). ORD. Araliacew. This widely-grown genus includes stove, greenhouse, and hardy herbaceous and shrubby plants. Flowers inconspicuous, - umbellate, the umbels usually disposed in panicles; petals five, inserted on the margin of the disk; stamens five. See Fig. 142, Leaves usually compound. These plants are of moderately free growth, and the majority are easy to manage. Those requiring indoor treatment thrive well under the ordinary routine of management. One most im- portant requirement, however, is that they must be kept well supplied with water at the roots. The finer, or stove varieties, should be potted in a mixture mainly composed of sandy loam and peat, with the addition of a little leaf soil of a fibrous description, and sufficient sand to keep the whole porous. The stronger growing kinds thrive in a richer com- post, therefore a moderate portion of well decomposed dung may be added to the mixture given above. Propagation by cuttings of the roots is a common and very successful — method. To obtain the roots, one of the strongest plants should be turned out of the pot, and the roots should be cleared of soil by shaking or washing it out; the requisite number of pieces should then be selected. As each piece is removed, it should have the end nearest the stem cut horizontally, to distinguish it from the other ‘or furthermost end. In planting cuttings of the roots, it is best to place the end nearest the stem uppermost. The. pieces may ae ee ae we onl be Aralia— continued. Fig. 140. ARACHIS HYPOGHA, showing Leaf, Flower, &c., and Cluster of short wrinkled Pods. inserted in pots, well drained, and filled with sandy suil, leaving the tops of the cuttings about level with the surface of the soil. A square of glasssmust be placed over the top of each pot, plunging them in moderate bottom heat. The stems of the plants from which the roots have been taken may be cut into pieces lin. or 1}in. long, leaving an eye or bud near the top; a slice of half the shoot may be taken off opposite the bud. When prepared, these pieces should be — pressed into pots of sand or sandy soil, and plunged into bottom heat. turbing the roots; in that case, if the pots are plunged in bottom heat, and kept moderately supplied with water, they will probably throw up several suckers or shoots from the roots. These, if taken off with a portion of root to each, and placed in small sized pots, will, with a little care, soon make useful plants. All the hardy species and most of the greenhouse ones are propagated readily by The stems may be cut down without dis- 104 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, 3 d . Aralia—continued. cuttings or pieces of roots. Some of the stove species, however, are very difficult to increase, except by grafting. Among these are A. leptophylla, A. Veitchii, &e. These should be worked on stocks of A. Guilfoylei or A. reticulata, the latter being the better of the two. Cuttings of either of these strike readily, and stocks fit for grafting are easily” procured. In sheltered and warm positions, the greenhouse species are admirably suited for subtropical gardening, either planted singly or in groups. See also Dimorphan- thus, Fatsia, Hedera, Heptapleurum, Monopanax, Oreopanax, and Panax. A. canescens (greyish). A garden synonym of A, chinensis. A. Chabrierii (Chabrier’s).* /. alternate, pinnate, about a foot long; pinnæ gh oo, 6in. to 9in. long, linear-lanceolate, deep n, with a heavy crimson midrib. 1882. Suitable for table ecoration. A charming stove species. Fic. 141. ARALIA CHINENSIS? A. chinensis (Chinese).* fl. white ; panicles terminal ; peduncles umbelliferous. Z. petiolate, coriaceous, woolly on both surfaces when young (only); pinne seven, ovate, serra at the apex, _ erect and distinct. A. oft. to 6ft. 1838. This species, if planted in _ asoil with a dry porous bottom, will prove to be hardy. It is also most useful for indoor decorative purposes. SYN. A. canescens, of gardens. See Fig. 141. i. concinna (neat). /. unequally pinnate ; pinne lobed and ser- ‘ Tate. Stem spotted. New Caledonia, 1879. A handsome stove minal, united in E lower ones pinnate, with and, being pendulous, impart a very graceful character tó the plant. Stem straight, erect. So ands, 1873. Stov eae excellent for rit iee oe "T p ai A. filicifolia (fern-leaved).* l, and terete in the upper q pate ay which is i i-pinnately divided; næ pinnatifid, bright green, with a purplish midrib. and p thickly marked with oblong white spots. Polynesia, (Guilfoyle’s).* l. pinna les; leaflets oblong-elliptic, blunt sheathing at the base, us ing 2 a broad m limb | A. reticulata (netted). l. alternate, strap-shaped when li fo apo ; _ stove heat during winter. -suited for conservatory or indoor graceful a P | A. rotunda (round). J. sometimes of a single leaflet only, which on long smooth terete | ` with from three to seven, Aralia—continued. they arè sometimes obscurely lobed, and irregularly spinose, serrate, varying in size from Žin. to šin. long, neatly and evenly — margined with creamy white, the surface being in addition occa- E sionally splashed with grey. Stem erect, copiously dotted E with lenticular markings. South Sea Islands, 1876. Stove 4 species. q yr | A. heteromorpha (many-formed).* l. sometimes ovate-lanceo- late and serrated, and at others bifid or even trifid at the apex, about 6in. to 8in. or Yin. long, bright shining green. A very desirable species, of robust and compact habit. A. japonica (Japanese). Another name for Fatsia japonica. A, Kerchoveana (Count Kerchove’s). J. digitate, almost circular in outline; leafiets nine to eleven, spreading, elliptic- lanceolate, conspicuously serrated or undulated margins, of a deep glossy green relieved by a es midrib. 1883. A very elegant slender-stemmed plant from the South Sea Islands, and likely to prove valuable for decorative purposes. Stove species, A. leptophylla (slender-leaved).* 1. compound, bearing often seven or more petiolate leaflets of a somewhat pendent character, and dark green in colour. 1862. An elegant stove or greenhouse slender growing species. A. longipes (long-stalked). J. digitate, long stalked, and rather q distant ; leaflets oblanceolate acuminate, slightly undulated at the “| edge ; petioles elongated. Stems simple. North Australia, 1882. oe A very distinct erect-growing evergreen stove Species. A. maculata (spotted). l. of a light green colour ; leaflets oblong- acuminate, in about four pairs. Stem erect, which, as well as the stalks of the leaves, is of a blackish-purple hue, thickly spotted with green dots. This peculiar colouring is very distinct and con- spicnous. South Pacific Islands. Stove species. + 4 A. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s).* l. on long stalks, palmately a five to seven-lobed ; lobes lanceolate, 3}in. long, serrate. Japan, 4 1874. An elegant and distinct hardy shrub, with erect spiny stem. SYN. Acanthopanax ricinifolium, greenish; scape trifidat the ` Eoaea Ea -flowered : A. osyana Osyan).* Resembling A. hylla, but f -n pilat the ends ; pas op Fon ht Lote veins and tips of the leaflets chocolate brown. South Sea Islands, 1870. Very elegant stove species. A. pentaphylla (five-leaved).* l. nipata; or seg hen oniy three leaflets are produced, each varying from.6im, to 10in. in length, and from lin. to 2in. in breadth, deeply lob apo bright shining green. Stem arboreous, prickly. k. 20ft. Japan. SYN. Panax spinosa. A. p. variegata (variegated). white. Japan, 1874. ~ ) A. quercifolia (oak-leaved).* l. opposite, trifoliate ; leaflets — ew k broadly edged with creamy sinuate ; lower petioles about 3in. long, light shining green. Britain, 1880. Very pretty stove species. a FIG, 142, FLOWER OF ARALIA RACEMOSA, enlarged. racemosa (raceme-flowering).* fl. greenish-white, petals pg reg rame a Ea lY, disposed B. a terminal raceme, umbelliferous. June. “& petioles tripartite, the partitions bearin each three to five ovate or cordate, acuminated, serrated, smoothis leaflets. h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America, 1658, Hardy herbaceous species, highly ornamental. See Fig. 142. ; Irani larger with age, dark green, reticulated with a lighter the same colour. A very handsome species, requiring. In a summer it is admirab! ration, having a light and — is orbicular, cordate at the base, distinct “white tipped teet; at other times, 2 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 105 Aralia—continued. approaching peas 6 the leaves are trifoliate, the leaflets being rounded and toothed, and the terminal one being about double the size of the lateral ones. Stems erect, brownish-green, spotted when young with pale elongate blotches. Polynesia, 1882. A. Scheffleri (Scheffler’s). 7. on long petioles, digitate ; leaflets five, petiolulate, lanceolate, attenuated at the base, serrulated, glabrous on both surfaces. Stem shrubby, smooth. New Zealand. . Greenhouse species. A. spectabilis (showy). A synonym of A. concinna. A. spinosa (thorny).* Angelica Tree. l. doubly and triply pinnate ; leaflets ovate, acuminated, deeply serrated. Stem simple, prickly (as are also the petioles), forming into an umbrella-like head, deciduous. , h. 8ft. to 12ft. North America, 1688. A very fine hardy species for sheltered spots. : A. spinulosa (small-spined). J. alternate, pinnate; pinnæ ovate Pe acuminate, dark green, margined with little reddish-crimson spines or ‘aint Stems and petiole spotted, and suffused ¿ with crimson, 1880. A bold and robust stove plant. i A. ternata (three-leafleted).* Z ite, ternate; leaflets oblong- lanceolate hrebene in some cases deeply serrate, in others sinuate, light Agger New Britain, 1879. A er growing species, very suitable, when small, for table decoration, A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. digitate, with about eleven filiform undulated leaflets, ossy gr above, dark red beneath ; petioles long and slender. New „1867. A very handsome (said to be the r stem. Fie. 143. ARALIA VEITCHII, igh So oR i rr aa Aralia—continued. A.V. patuna (most graceful).* 7. alternate, spreading ; leaflets nearly linear, but slightly narrowed at both ends, pare pro- minent ivory-white central rib. South Sea Islands, 1 An erect growing species, with an elegantly graceful habit. It is. allied to A. reticulata, but is more handsome. This charming variety is undoubtedly the finest for table decoration, and is frequently grafted upon stocks of the typical form. It enjoys plenty of heat. Syn. A. gracillima. ARALIACEZ:. An order of trees, shrubs, or (rarely) herbaceous plants, often pubescent, and sometimes spiny. Flowers variously disposed, hermaphrodite or unisexual, regular; petals usually five, and valvate. Leaves alternate, or (rarely) opposite. This order is closely allied to Umbel- lifere ; and the best known genera are Aralia and Hedera. ARAR TREE. See Callitris quadrivalvis. ARAUCARIA (from Araucanos, its name in Chili). Syn. Eutacta. ORD. Coniferæ. A noble genus of dicecious or sub-dicecious evergreen trees, with usually imbricated persistent flat sessile scale-like leaves. Male cones large, cylindrical, terminal; female ones very large, globular, terminal, with dense ligneous deciduons scales, each bearing a solitary seed. The are not, unfortunately, sufficiently P < majority of the species hardy to withstand our — 106 - THE. DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ¥ Araucaria—continued. winters ont of doors. Few trees can compete with them in symmetry and elegant proportion for conservatory decora- tion, where they may be grown in large tubs, or planted out. Small plants grown in pots are most serviceable for table and other decorative purposes. They thrive in a good fibrous loam, mixed with leaf soil and sand. Propa- gation by means of seed is the surest and most satisfactory method; the seed should be sown in pans or boxes, or if in large quantities, in a bed, with but gentle heat; they usually take some time to germinate. Cuttings are procured by taking off the leading shoots, and fixing them firmly in a pot of sand; they first require a cool place, but may after- wards be subjected to slight warmth. When rooted, they should be potted off into the soil above mentioned. The young growths which afterwards shoot from the plant, whence the cutting, may be taken off and treated in much the same manner. These are the only methods of pro- pagation worth pursuing. A. Balansze (Balansa’s). male cones cylindrical-conical, 2in. female cones elliptic globose, 4in.; scales obovate, cuneate. arcuately-uncinate, ovate triangular, imbricated round the dis- tichous, simple branchlets. A. 150ft. to 160ft. New Caledonia, 1875. A fine greenhouse plumosely branched tree. A. Bidwillii (Bidwill’s).* The Bunya-Bunya Pine. cones sub- apne longest diameter 10in. to 12in., shortest Qin, to 10in. , ovate-lanceolate, in two nearly horizontal rows, acuminated, slightly convex above, concave beneath, leathery, deep shining green. h. 150ft. Moreton Bay. Habit very regular and sym- metrical. Greenhouse species. brasiliensis (Brazilian). /. oblong-lanceolate, much attenuated at the point, loosely imbricated, deep green ; lower part of the trunk usually free from branches, terminating in a rounded head. h. T0ft. to 100ft. Brazil, 1819. A. b. gracilis, and A. b. Ridoljiana are two forms of this species. A. columnaris (columnar). A synonym of A. Cookii. A. Cookii (Cook’s).* Z. awl-shaped, short, densely imbricated around the frondose branches. Described by Mr. Abbay as having “a somewhat curious habit, even when growing alone, of shedding their es for five-sixths or more of their height, and then replacing them by a smaller and more bushy growth, so that the tree at a distance presents a very columnar appearance, the i, Fic. 144. ARaucaRta EXCELSA, eo -~ A, Cunninghami (Cunningham's).* 1. on the sterile branches ~ needle-shaped, obscurely quadrangular, rigid, acute ; on the fertile ee branches shorter, stouter, closely appressed, bright green ; upper Araucaria—continued. branches ascending, lower ones horizontal. h. 100ft. Moreton Bay. This fine species we have found to be quite hardy on the south-west coast of England. A.C. glauca (milky-green). A very handsome variety, with silvery glaucous leaves. A. excelsa (lofty).* The Norfolk Island Pine. J. awl-shaped, curved, sharply acuminated, bright green, densely packed on the frondose, deltoid, horizontal, or pendulous branches. When well grown, this is a beautifully metrical greenhouse or conserva- tory species, attaining to a height of 150ft., and a circumference of 20ft. or more. Norfolk Island. This is especially desirable in a small state. There are several varieties known, the best being : A. e. glauca, having lighter green, and very glaucous foliage ; and A. e. robusta, which is larger in all its parts. See Fig. 144. A. Goldieana (Goldie’s).* Allied to A. Rule. l produced’ in whorls; pendulous, dark green, varying in size. New Caledonia Most distinct and elegant for conservatory decoration. : A. imbricata (imbricated).* The Monkey Puzzle. fl., male and female catkins on separate trees; the males are six or sevenin a — cluster, pedunculate, yellow, dnd oval with numerous scales, imbri- cated, long, and recurved at the points; the female catkins are oval, with numerous wedge-shaped scales, with narrow oblong brittle points; they are produced at the ends of the branches. cones, when fully ripe globular, from 3in. to 4in. in diameter, dark brown. The branches are horizontal, inflexed, and ascend- ing at the extremities, and are produced in whorls. J. ovate- lanceolate, sessile, thickened at the base, stiff, leathery, straight, somewhat keeled-shaped below, and strongly mucronate at the apex; verticillate, with seven or eight in a whorl, imbricate, and closely encircling the branches, concave, . glabrous, shining, marked with longitudinal s, dotted on both sides. h. 50ft. to 100ft. Chili, 1796. A ll known hardy tree, of striking ay and indispensable to Arboreta and shrubberies. See ig. ” * A. Rulei (Rule’s).* male cones oblong obtuse ; female cones ov. l. oblong- eolate, with a prominent nerve, more closely pad cpa and less sharply Baad than in the foregoing species ; imbricated in four rows. Branches horizontal; branchlets often grown. -> a ARBOR. A tree. A perennial plant, having a distinct bole or trunk, from’ which the main branches grow. _ tree, ARBORETUM. A collection of hardy trees formed for pleasure or instruction, and which, when well managed, is a source of much interesting study. afford shelter, improve the local climate, renovate bad soils, &c., and also, by concealing or hiding disagreeable objects, heighten the effect of agreeable ones, create beauty, and add value. A properly arranged Arboretum should be constructed with a view to picturesque beauty, and not systematically, as is usually the case in Botanic Gardens, although scientific purposes are best served by a systematic arrangement. ARBOR-VITE. See Thuja. ARBOUR. A seat surrounded by lattice work, covered by Vines, Wistarias, or other climbing plants. allusion to the austere quality of the fruit). Strawberry Tree. ORD. Ericacee. Trees and shrubs, with evergreen alternate laurel-like leaves. Corolla globose, or ovately campanulate $ petals five, reflexed. Very ornamental subjects for lawns and shrubberies, thriving well in a light sandy or peaty soil. They may be propagated by seeds, which should be sown in sand during March ; by budding, and by inarching ; the first mentioned method is the one most generally employed, with good results. The various sorts may be grafted, budded, or inarched upon A. U . The greenhouse species are rare in cultivation, but their management does not ma- terially differ from other plants requiring a similar tem- perature, Andrachne hne).* f. nish-white ; cles ter- p erect, Aae vied y tome Maren wet ape l oblong, bluntish, entire in some, a little serrated in others, ag geet h. 10ft. to 14ft. Greece, 1724. A fine ornamental ree. saw. -leaved). o dis] in T aL ard, aad AAA Gaal those of the species. Syn. A. serratifolia. — RESCENT. Having a tendency to become a ==- Gestalt eo N ARBUTUS (from arboise, Celtic for austere bush; in- AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 107 zah y f Pt d Pa r WSN Sg £ -< saN idite SES er a bei, ott) ae wy 1% > ree S Mise 1! 7 a r 4 iv 4 * 2 byte = Nig 5 Aan Agee at oF kaca >> a A —— Dst Fig. 145. ARAUCARIA IMBRICATA, 108 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Arbutus—continued. A. andrachnoides (Andrachne-like). Synonymous with A. A. canariensis ( got £ greenish-white; panicles erect, clothed with hispid TS. an Lol l. oblo; Janceolate, serrated, laucous beneath. A. 8ft. to 10ft. Canary Green- species, A. densiflora (thickly-flowered).* fl. white; sorelh, oval; pedicels furnished with three bracteas at the base ; panicl e terminal, com. posed of closely packed racemes. 1. 4in. toSin. long, on on long petioles, oblong, acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous, ve and shining, but downy beneath, and the middle nerve with rusty villi; branches angular, hairy. h. 20ft. Mexico, 1826. Green- house species. A. hybrida (hybrid).* f. white; ay terminal, pendulous, on September to December. l oblong, acute, serra labrous ; branches pilose. h. 10ft. to 20ft. A half -hardy garden hybrid; it originated about 1800. Syn. A. andrachnoides. (Menzies’).* fl. white; racemes axill; minal, panicled, dense-flowered. Sep’ tember. l quite "entire, glabrous, on long petia h. 6ft. to 10ft. North- west America, 1827. A noble hardy tree. A. laurifolia comes close to this species. SYN. A. procera. A. mollis (soft). f. rosy, drooping; panicle terminal, crowded, racemose. June. Z. oblong-acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous, clothed with soft pubescence above, and white tomentum beneath. h. 6ft. Mexico. Greenhouse shrub, A. procera (tall).* A synonym of A. Menziesi. A. serratifolia (saw-edge-leaved). A synonym of A. Andrachne serratifolia. A, Unedo (Unedo).* The Strawberry Tree. fl. white, deep red in some of the varieties, nodding, in terminal racemose, bracteate . September. fr. large, scarlet, nearly globose, granular, ible. & oong nee peo on serrulated ; branchlets clothed with glandular hairs. to 10ft. West of Ireland, and South Europe. There are l varieties of this plant in cultivation. It is one of the greatest ornaments in the months of October and November—the season when it is in flower, and Peros also, the fruit of the former year is ripe. A. Xalapensis —_ ai reddish white; corolla ovate ; panicle terminal, co) of many racemes. ee te, ae acute, pasea entire, soia 2in. long, ae p mana eloi with eo tomentum beneath ; epidermis: spanta = ARCHEGONIUM. The female organ in ferns, &c., analogous with the ovary in flowering plants. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS (from arktos, a bear, and nena a grape ; bears eat the fruit of some species). ORD. Ericaceæ. Handsome hardy or half-hardy shrubs or ; sub-shrabs, agreeing in generic characters with Arbutus, except that the fruit is five-celled and the cells one-seeded, and not granular on the ontside. For culture, &c., see Arbutus. A. alpina (alpine).* Black Bearberry. f. white or flesh-coloured, in terminal, reflexed racemes ; pedicels rather hairy. April. 2 obovate, acute, wrinkled, serrated, deciduous. Stems procum- bent, trailing. Scotland (but rare), &e. Syn. Arbutus alpina. A. nitida (shining).* f. white ; racemes terminal. May. J. oblo ` acute, smooth on both sides and shining above. 4ft. Mexico, 1839. An erect half-hardy evergreen. A. T gon ardien (stinging ).* fl. white ; pedicels close ; racemes short, rm gs oN at length’ lateral. February. l ovate- perm A acute, re rather ih saa quitaamtire, coriaceous, fine down on both surfaces ; branchlets angular, een 1839, E. much branched, half- Se en compen J. pure cal peer racemose. = ly a road mg “er ne acute, sub-cordate at clothed with white tomentum beneath, on short petioles ; pre me h. ft. North-west America, 1826. rubby tlesh-col yt a small rherry. A. at the presen Hig th zen mouth, r ebora Wales. entire, coriaceous, shining. Highlands Sen, apenas Uva-ursi. ; P proonnihent trailer. prin ey urceolate, leaves, somewhat ARCTOTHECA (trom cia: “te and theke, a ORD. allied to capsule ; so named from the roughness- of the fruit). Composite. Greenhouse herbaceous perennial, Arctotis. Heads radiate; involueral scales imbricate in many rows, the outer linear, t inner larger, very obtuse; receptacle honeycombed, bearing many little fringes ; achenes ovate, somewhat four-sided, af soil, and loam, Propagated by divisions of the er soil being kept moderately moist. ae: in a few weeks after sowing, and when about 2in. high, sor pappus. It thrives in a compost of peat, i Arctotheca—continued. or cuttings, in spring. Several species formerly classed in this genus are now included under Arctotis. a tna reh aed da aati aiota. hito |e ae are of Good Hope, 1793. A stemless, creeping or decumbent ARCTOTIS (from arktos, a bear, and ous, an ear; in referénce to the shaggy, frit) ORD. Composite. Mostly half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Involucral bracts numerous, imbricated, scariose on the margin; receptacle pitted, studded with bristles between the florets; achenes grooved, crowned with a pappus of membranous scales. The species of this genus are of easy culture in a compost of loam and leaf soil. Propagated by cuttings at any time of the year; these should be pricked in pots of very sandy soil, and placed in gentle warmth; they must be kept uncovered and moderately dry, or they will rot. The Arctotis are very handsome plants in sunny, dry positions outside during the summer months, but they must be pro- tected during winter. A. acaulis (stemless).* /l.-hzads yellow and red. Summer. z. hoary on each side, ternate, lyrate. Stem very short, decumbent. h. 4in. Cape of Good Hope, 1759. Very rarely met with. A, arborescens (tree-like).* f/l.-heads, ray-florets white above, sgh beneath ; disk-florets yellow ; disposed in large circular Daisy- ike heads. Summer. Ù linear- oblong, pinnate ; upper ones pend; lower ones stalked. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, A. argentea (silvery). fl.-heads orange. August.’ l. lanceolate- linear, entire, downy. Å. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774. A. aureola (golden). Synonymous with A. grandiflora. A. breviscapa (short-stalked). Synonymous with A. speciosa. A. grandifiora (large-flowered).* fl. henge cree ; outer scales of involucre reflexed, be igang al ge ea a broad short point, pal cobwebbed. -pinnatifid, aie, three- er A sat Cape 7 ‘Good Hope, 1710. SYNS. . aureola A reptans (creep heads white, July. l. hai va te pu Seen! Sten Bin. Cape of Good ao .-ħheads pink. ed, hoary. A. ie ke * fl.-heads yellow ; outer scales of involucre linear recurved. July. ead Br pinata, , hoary beneath, three- nerved, Plant stemless, Cape of Good Hope, 1812. Closely allied to A. acaulis, NEE A, breviscapa. A. undulata (wavy). Synonymous with A. grandiflora, ARCUATE, ARCUATED. bow; forming an arch. ARDISIA (from ardis, a point; in reference to the acute, spear-pointed anthers). ORD. Myrsinaceæ. tensive genus of evergreen trees and shrubs, which are, for the most part, very ornamental greenhouse or stove plants. Flowers white or rose-coloured, more or less panicled ; panicles sometimes many-flowered at the extremities of the branches, and longer than the leaves, sometimes few- flowered and in the axils of e rarely almost opposite, or pagated by cuttings of the half- but, as the points of these side shoots b and fruit, they are not well adapted for making good plants. To obtain the best plants, the largest, ripest, and best- coloured berries should be sown early in spring, as soon as gathered, in a wide-mouthed pot or, seed pan, well drained and filled with loam and peat in 6qual parts, with the addition of some sand, and plunged in bottom heat, the The seeds will germi- Heer tem procumbent. Cape of Good Curved or bent like a the strongest seedlings should be selected and placed in Bin. pots, the same mixture of soil being used, with the ad- dition of a fourth part well decomposed manure. After potting, the plants must be moistened overhead twice a day with a fine rose or syringe, and be kept in a close atmosphere until the roots have taken to the fresh soil. ate ip l spathulate- -lanceo- An ex- t- a. AN ENCYCLOPZADIA OF HORTICULTURE. Ardisia—continued. When the plants begin to grow again, they should be removed to a light situation in the house; and when the pots are well filled with roots, a shift into 6in. pots may be effected, water being given judiciously until well esta- _blished, and here they may remain to fruit. Until the berries are coloured, clear manure water, given once or twice a week, will be found beneficial. The plants arrive at their best when about 1 or 2ft. high; after that, they begin to get naked at ie bottom. It will then be wise to cut the worst plants down to within 2in. of the pots, in early spring, allowing them to become dry at the roots before this operation is performed. By giving moisture to the roots when the cut has become dry, the plants will soon break into growth again, when some of the worst placed shoots should be rubbed off, leaving only one or two of the strongest and best placed, calculated to develop into a well formed plant. When the shoots have grown 2in. or 3in., the plants should be turned out of their pots, the soil shaken out from the roots, and the long ends of the roots trimmed in a little with a knife; they “must then be placed in a pot sufficiently large to hold the roots without squeezing. The plants should now occupy the warmest end of the house in which they are grown, care being taken in watering until new roots are formed, when they may have more air ana somewhat liberal supplies of water. As soon as they are sufficiently advanced in growth, they should be transferred to a larger-sized pot. With proper treatment, they will flower and fruit the same season as they are cut down, and form handsome plants. Although most species of this genus are classed as stove plants, they will succeed very well in a temperature that does not fall below 45deg. in winter; and, when so grown, they are not so liable to become infested with large brown scale and other insect pests. This is particularly the case with A. crenulata, and cool treatment is also favourable to the ripe berries hanging on the plants for a much longer time than when grown in a stove. Moreover, they do not sufier so much when removed for decorative purposes. (taper-pointed). fl. nearly white ; petals small, es termi and axillary, many-flowered. labrous, oblong, acuminated, attenuated at the t. Guiana, 1803. A. acuminata acute, dotted ; ~ July. 2. entire, base. h. 6ft. to + Fic. 146. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ARDISIA CRENULATA. Ardisia—continued. A sate feet, coal, tm, ls oe tr um! te, ing. July. Berries Soragna oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, with k repandl — - oblong ianeociato; att glabrous. ~ scared sv T w A. munis humble). j. rose-coloured uncles solitary drooping ing each a racemose nary of of many gots fe flowers; pe volute June. | Berries size parpat peas, ning blac, — A late, acuminated India 1800. rous, juicy. eee ft. get er e (Japanese).* jt. white ; pedicels on ig | sub-umbellate, ; racemes une. J. nearly to five in a w son short petioles, cuneate - oh n fe 4in. long. A, lf apan. oblong, acu t J Perhaps the hardiest of alt the po an -fruited).* fl. flesh ; petals ovate, obtuse; racemes ponte, 5 ser ay almost se le, may hairy. Berries vermilion coloured, as large as goose- berries. J. oblong, acute, tapering downward landularly crenated, dotted, close together, leathery, 6in. to ong, paler beneath, veinless. Ah. Sf to 6ft. Nepaul, 1824 mk beautiful A. Oliveri ee Fees rose pink, white eye ; corolla rotate, Jin. across ; lobes obtuse ; heads terminal, consisting of a number of stalked, man many fowored corymbs ; icels about twice as long as the flower, L nearly sessile, entire, glabrous, 6in. to 8in. long, by 2in. in a broadest portion ; oblanceolate, acuminate, tapering towards the base. Costa Rica, ma A. paniculata (panicled).* A. punctata (dotted). fl. greyish white, rpa secund, beset with dark dots, and the pedicels with dark lines ; peduncles umbellate, terminal, and axillary; umbels involucrated by deciduous bracts. June. l. glabrous, lanceolate, leathery, re paniy crenated, tapering to the base. A. 6ft. to 10ft. China, A. serrulata (finely serrated).* f. deep at Petals ciliated ; calyces and ponhs coloured ; panicles ret ; pedicels umbel- late. July. glabrous, lanceolate, poco mae f wrinkled, ser- rulated, as with rusty dots beneath - - branches. downy. h. 2ft. to 3ft. China, 1820. A. villosa (hairy). jl. whitish; umbels axillary and terminal, v villous. October. Berries villous. l lanceolate, r villous beneath, crenulated, 5in. to 7in. long, tapering to base, copiously dotted. China. All the upper parts of ne pla are densely beset with hairs, A. v. mollis (soft).* This variety has very fine red berries, and is . superior to the type. è A. OI abeyance E, ikem cor Pek in loose E peduncles a , one-half pedicels, pi pilose eaves and are, as well as dalys d te, bi repanilly ore cremated, tn. to to fo the long, ete pel ARDOINA. (in ea of P. Arduini, curator of the Economical Garden of Padua, in the time of Linneus). ORD. Apocynacee. A singular and pretty greenhouse evergreen shrub, of easy culture in por ogee eon pots of peat and loam, mixed in proportions. Propagated by cuttings in under a glass. The winter temperature should not be a ed to fall below 40deg. bispinosa (two-spined). fl. small, white, sweet- scented, terminal, corymbose. ~ March to August. Berry red. 1. cordate- cae mucronate, nearly sessile, dark green, larger tha those of Box. Spines twin, simple, but usually bifid; in this last case, one of the clefts ge downwards, and the other upwards. A. 3ft. to ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1760. SYN. Carissa Arduina. ARECA (Areec is its name in Malabar, when an old tree). The Cabbage Palm. ORD. Palmaceæ. This genus is now broken up into several, and many species formerly here arranged are 1 under Acanthopheniz, Euterpe, Hyophorbe, Kentia, Oncosperma, Phenicophorum, Very and graceful stove palms, with a branching spadix, and double spathe, which incloses the flowers. Flowers unisexual, borne upon the same spike; female flowers having six rudimentary stamens, and male flowers a six- cleft perianth. Fruit one-seeded. They thrive in a com- post of loam, peat, and leaf soil, in equal parts, with a liberal addition of sand; et ee grown, : . O9 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Areca—continued. loam should preponderate to the aiii of about two- thirds, and some rotten cow-manure may be added. Pro- pagated from seeds, which should be sown in a compost similar to above, and placed in a moist gentle heat. They are employed with much success for the decoration of drawing rooms and dinner tables. Of course, the descrip- tions refer to the plants in a mature state, but they may be grown for many years before reaching the dimensions given. A. (Princess Alice’s). - Z. pinnatisect; segments sessile. North A ia. A very handsome species, with a comparatively Australia. dwarf habit; itisa valuable decorative plant. ~_— Catechu ji g vra ee innate, from 3ft. to 6ft. long; leaflets 12in. to 24in. in len and about 2in. broad, light green; petioles broadly sheathed at the base. k. 30ft. India, 1690. One of the best and oldest species in cultivation, very effective, in a young state, for dinner table decoration. It produces the Betel nut, of which enormous quantities are used in India. A. concinna (neat). J. pinnatisect, sub-glabrous; segments gr much acuminated, Stem green, 8ft. to 12ft. high, lin. to 2in. in diameter. Ceylon. The Cingalese chew the albu- men of the seeds with their Betel. ormis (gland-formed). J. pinnatisect, 9ft. to 12ft. long when fully grown. =h. 30ft. Moluccas. A handsome stove palm, of ld aspect, and very suitable, when young, for decorative purposes. A. triandra gg ng p porote like those of A. Catechu in size, &c. A. 20ft. India, introduced to Britain about 1810, ARENARIA (from arena, sand; in which most of the species are found). Sandwort. ORD. Caryophyllacew. TRIBE Alsinee. A very large genus of hardy herbaceous plants, consisting of about 150 species. It is distinguished by having generally three styles. The perennials only are - worth growing; these are extremely pretty little alpine plants, and will thrive in any ordinary soil in exposed places; the rarer species may be grown in small pots, well drained, in a mixture of sand, loam, and leaf soil, or in well- drained crannies of the rockery. They may be increased _ by either division, seeds, or cuttings; the latter, placed under a hand-glass, will root “freely. The best time to _ divide the plants is early spring, or July and August. _ Seeds should be sown in spring in a cold frame. Fig * A, baisarion (Belen), JE, viite, sepala “rats, padanelon org father berg la ciliated. h. 3in. Corsica, 1787. A pretty ttle creeper, one of the best plants for covering damp borders of ie rockwork. A. czspitosa (tufted), Synonymous with A. verna ccespitosa. A. ciliata (ciliated). jl. white, usually solitary; sepals ovate, acute, five to seven ribbed ; petals obovate, twice as long as the sepals. July. 7. ovate, or obovate, roughish, with a few hairs, one-nerved, and ciliated. Ireland. A. bin. A thick, tufted, spreading, "procumbent plant. A. olia (grass-leaved).* fl. white; panicle three-forked, » loose; sepals very blunt, much shorter than the obovate : k June. l. long, awl- shaped, filiform, scabrous on the h. 6in. to Qin. margins from serratures. Stem erect, simple. eae, 1817. e ora (large-flowered).* fl. ‘ very ‘he's ion se pals ovate, awned, three-nerved, Sunes awl-shaped, broadish, flat, crowd Zin. to 6in. wo-flowered, ion A, g. triflora P laricifolia (Larch- pore * fl. white; sepals bluntish, triple nerved, hairy ; petals twice Ge ie ong as the sepals; stems aera: ing, one, three, or six flowered somewhat scabrous ; ade cylin- dri denticulately ciliated. A. 6in. - 9- betes isa i ae y5 lf the length of la : Res 5 glabrous, crowded. pr a apea Sees ‘three sbi Stem erect, simple. A. 6in. to Sin. Seria 12, pene: A. montana (moun orm a A. areo very iy Pe et oe: shorter t _ stems very y long, procambenh A, tetraquetra four-angled). white, usually’ solitary 2 (long-leared). a paks aori 1 semn ovate, obtuse, not _ | A. albiflora (white-Awered).* 7 the corolla. E i anole linear arg aie a vem 147. Sar rolla; oat E Arenaria—continued. flowered. May. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous. Plant tufted, decumbent. h. 6in. Higher Pyrenees. A. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* fl. white, solitary; petals roundish-ovate, longer than the sepals. July and August. l rag Ain, across, roun roundish, ciliated, on spreading tufted branches. in in. Sibe: white, somewhat capitate ; sepals stiff, acute, keeled, ciliated, almost equal in ke to the corolla, August. l. ovate, keeled, a edged, imbricated in ai rows. Stem straight, pubescent, . Bin. to to 6in. France, A, verna (sprin; net tear o Fi small, white ; sepals ovate, lanceo- late, acuminated, with three remote equal ribs, longer than the obovate petals. May. l. awl-shaped, bluntish. Stems panicled, elongated. h. about 3in. A. v. cæspitosa (turfy) A variety havin; Calyces and peduncles smoothish. Europe, A. cæspitosa. ARENGA (name of doubtful origin). ok Palmacee. An extremely useful and interesting palm. The medulla of the trunk is used as sago, and the saccharine juice forms excellent sugar. To grow it successfully, it requires a strong heat and a rich mould. ' Propagated by seeds only. | A. saccharifera (sugar-bearing). ñ. striped. June. h. 40ft. Moluccas, 1829. AREOLATE. Divided into distinct angular spaces, or areola. ARETHUSA (mythological: named after a nymph of Diana’s, who was changed into a fountain; in allusion to the habit of the plants). ORD. Orchidacee. A small genus of very pretty, but rare, terrestrial orchids. They require a moist shady spot with a northern aspect, and thrive best in a compost of well-rotted manure and sphagnum. Taen (leafy).* fl.-heads pale yellow, about ; sau a eee i pae cal aera Seal ARPOPHYLL phyllon, a leaf; the leaf is sword-shaped). A. esculenta (edible r SeSe oy te the leaves or oo Sara peg ta i. pinna leaflets broadly ovate, acun foundly serrated; the two lowe h. 1ft. to 2ft. Moun- 1823. SyN. Conium Arnica—continued. late, entire, smooth. Habit tufted. R. lft. Europe, 1731. A very handsome but rare plant; excellent for a rockery. It is slowly increased. See Fig. 150. Fic. 150. ARNICA MONTANA, showing Habit and Flower-head. A. scorpioides (scorpion-like).* jl.-heads yellow, large, solitary ; scape one to. three-flowered. Summer. l. pale green, denticu- lated ; radical ones on long petioles, broadly ovate ; the lower stem leaves shortly stalked, coat xicaul; the upper ones sessile. h. 6in. to l2in. South mee: 1710. Border, SYNS. A. Aronicum scorpioi ARNOPOGON. See Urospermum. AROIDEÆ. See Aracez. ARONIA. See Crategus Aronia, and Pyrus. ARONICUM. See Arnica scorpioides and Doro- Aronicum, UM (from arpe, a scimitar, and ORD Orchi- dacew. Distinct evergreen epiphytes. are abou six species known, and the genus belongs t division of orchidaceous plants ; their eral are: Flowers small, numerous, in closely Packed Wlindrical spikes ; anther-bed broad, shorter than the broad extension of the upper edge of the stigma; pollinia eight. Stems rather long, with wide sheaths. They thrive well in fibrous peat, one-third turfy loam, freely interspersed with lumps of fresh charcoal and an abundance of crocks. When growing, a liberal supply of water at the roots is essential, as is also a situation near the light, where they will bloom much more profusely than if in any way shaded. The — flowers last in perfection about four weeks. ! A. cardinale (cardinal). fl., ; nopia and petals light rose ; lip aep red, on upright spikes about 1ft. high. Summer. New ‘Grenada. are A cool house species. A. giganteum tic).* pono urple and rose, densely and retin cet on É cylin Sial spikes, which are from Din. to 14in. lone ril and May. J. dark green, about 2ft. long, borne on slender ©. scudo-bulba: Mexico. This is an excellent cool house species, of great beauty. JEN A. spicatum (spike-flowered).* fl. dark red, on an eh. spike about lft. 2 ag During winter. Guatemala, 1839. At present n - this is rare in cultivation. Pe ae ARRACACHA (its Spanish name in suerte es Orp. Umbellifere. A half-hardy tuberous perennial, highly esteemed as an esculent in South America, where it yields a food, which is prepared in the same manner as potatoes, and is said to be grateful to the palate and extremely easy of digestion. It thrives’ best in rich loam; and is in- creased by divisions of the roots. AN ENCYCLOPADIA 115 OF HORTICULTURE. ARTABOTRYS (from aratao, to suspend or support, and botrys, grapes; in reference to the way the fruit is sup- ported by the curious tendril). ORD. Anonacew. A hand- some stove evergreen shrub, thriving in a good sandy loam and peat, to which a little rotten dung may be added. Propagated by cuttings made of ripened wood, placed in sand under a bell glass, with bottom heat, in early spring. Seed, when procurable, should be sown as soon after receipt as possible. S A.. odoratissimus (sweetest-scented).* fl. reddish brown, ex- tremely fragrant ; peduncles opposite the leaves, hooked beneath the middle. June and July. Z. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, smooth, shining. h. 6ft. Malayan Islands, 1758. In Java, the leaves are held to be invaluable as a preventative of cholera. ARTANEMA (from artao, to support, and nema, a filament; in reference to a tooth-like process growing on the longer filaments). ORD? Scrophulariacee. An inte- resting and handsome greenhouse evergreen shrub, allied to Torenia. Flowers disposed in terminal racemes, and on short pedicels. Leaves opposite, sub-serrated. It may be treated as hardy during summer, for which purpose seeds should be sown in spring; but it requires the pro- tection of a greenhouse during winter. Artanema grows freely in light rich soil, and is readily increased by cut- tings and seeds, @ fimbriatum (fri $ nel- A geben oft A E ey ae fa lobes unequally serrated; racemes terminal, four to sixteen- flowered. June, November. J. lanceolate, acute, serrated, rough to the touch from numerous elevated dots. Stem smooth, glossy. h. 2ft. to 3ft, New Holland (on the banks of the Brisbane River at Moreton Bay), 1830. ARTANTHE. See Piper. ARTEMISIA (from Artemis, one of the names of Diana). Mugwort; Southernwood; Wormwood. ORD. Composite. A very large genus of mostly hardy herba- ceous perennials, few of which, comparatively speaking, are worth growing. Flower-heads disposed in spikes, or racemes, and these are usually arranged in panicles; pappus none; iffvélucre few-flowered, ovate or rounded, imbri- cated; florets of the disk all tubular; of the ray, if any, slender, awl-shaped. Leaves alternate, variously lobed. All the species are of the easiest possible culture , in any dry soil. The shrubby kinds are best pr ‘by cuttings; the herbaceous ones, by dividing at the root ; A, Abrotanum (aromatic herb).* Southernwood. /l.-heads yellow- ish. August to October. Hag By ey ones te; uj ones innate, with the Stem straight. 2ft. to ft. Europe, 1548. leciduous shrub ; well known for its fra- grance. : A. A. humile (low). A low spreading variety. h. 14ft. A. A. tobolskianum (Tobolskian). A much more vigorous growing variety than the last, and larger in all its parts than the type. . alpina (alpine).* Jl.-heads yellow, solitary, on long slender aor ie if rohan lanceolate. Summer. E pinnate, covered with whitish silky hairs; lobes linear, entire. h. 6in. to 10in. - - Cayeasus, 1804. Dwarf, with a very tufted habit. A, anethifolia(Anethum-leaved). fl.-heads yellowish-green, small ; icle very large, densely packed, nearly 2ft. long. Autumn. . chiefly cauline, much divided into thread-like segments, greyish- n. Stem shrubby at the base, nearly glabrous, branc! at Tae top. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Siberia, 1816. A. argentea (silvery).* j.-heads pale yellow, roundish, closely - packed. oy l i Egoe tary freely divided, densely _ clothed with soft silvery hairs. A. 1}ft. Madeira, 1777. A very ~ pretty sp requiring a warm sunny position on the rockery. A. cana (hoary).* ‘green yellow, small, uninteresting, ovate, in a ca, 1800. distinct species, and its silvery leaves and stems render it Well. worthy of cultivation. Artemisia—continued. z A. frigida (frigid). /.-heads yellow, uninteresting, small, roundish, racemosely agen a l. pinnate; segments narrow, a h. Siberia, 1826. A prétty creeping, herbaceous P me : A. maritima (maritime). _fl.-heads brown; racemes oblong-erect or drooping. August and September. Z downy, bipinnatifid, oblong ; segments linear. Britain. A much branched, erect, or decumbent plant, excellent for rough rockwork or very dry banks, &c. è A. Mutellina (Mutellina).* Faroe yellowish-green ; lower ones stalked, upper ones sessile. July. J. all palmate, multifid, white. Stem quite simple. A. 6in, European Alps, 1815. - A. pontica (Pontine). /l.-heads yellow, roundish, stalked, nodding. September, l. downy beneath; cauline ones bipinnate ; leaflets linear. A. 3ft. Austria, 1570. 2. A. rupestris (rock). _fl.-heads brown, globose, stalked, nodding. August. Z. sub-pubescent; cauline ae pinnatifid ; leaflets linear, acute. h. in. Norway, &c., 1748. A. scoparia (twiggy-branched). ragga small, whitish; panicle broad, densely packed, about 1}ft. long. Autumn. J, much divided; segments hair-like ; lower branches very slender. h. 3ft. “to 5ft. East Europe. A. spicata (spicate). fl.-heads brown, spicate. June and July. l. hoary; cal ones palmate multifid ; cauline ones pinnatifid A pepa cnar entire, blunt, Stem quite simple. A. lft. Switzer- A. Stelleriana (Steller’s).* ji.-heads yellow, uninteresting, round, somewhat erect. Summer. l, lower ones spathulate- incised ; upper ones obtusely lobed ; end lobes often confluent, about 2in. long, silvery white. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia. tanacetifolia (Tanacetum-leayed). /l.-heads brownish ; racemes simple, terminal. Summer. J. bipinnate ; lobes linear sub-lanceo- late, entire, acuminated, rather downy. Stem sometimes branch- ing at the base, herbaceous. Ah. 1}ft. Siberia, 1768. A. vulgaris (common).* Mugwort, fl.-heads yellow, somewhat racemed, ovate. August. l. pinnatifid; segments white, and downy porn gg 7 Fag do to 4ft. high, eiiiai ae me The varie- ga orm o; is species exhibits a very pleasing contrast. There is also a pretty variety with golden aver : ARTHROPHYLLUM MADAGASCARIENSE. See Phyllarthron Bojeriana. ARTHROPODIUM (from arthron, a joint, and pous, a foot; the footstalks of the flowers being jointed). ORD. Liliacee. Very pretty greenhouse herbaceous perennials, allied to Anthericwm. Flowers purplish or white, in loose racemes. Leaves grass-like, radical. They thrive well in — a compost of sandy loam and peat, and may be increased — freely by divisions or seeds. a ee iS ces f A. cirratum (curled). jl. white; racemes divided; bracteas _ leafy. May. E a a ie ke h. 3ft. New Zealand, 1821. 2 A, fimbriatum (fringed). f. white. July. A. 1ft. New Holland, A. z l i ew Caledonian).* m -branched lanceolate, barred with black linear markings near 1}ft. New Caledonia, 1877. A. ; (panicled).* fl. white; racemes divided ; icels ; inner — cren May. l narrowly pid nee ` h. 3ft. New So Wales, 1800. A. minus is a small form of this species. A. pendulum (pendulous).* white, clustered in threes, pen- dulous. June to August. l. linear, keeled, shorter than the ‘branched scape. A. 14 New Holland, 1822. ARTHROPTERIS. ‘See Nephrodium and Ne- phrolepis. ARTHROSTEMMA (from arthron, a joint, and stemon, a stamen ; in reference to the stamens or connec- tives being jointed). ORD. Melastomacee. Beautiful stove — or greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Tube of calyx turbina or campanulate, usually clothed with bristles, pili, scales; lobes four, lanceolate, permanent, without any appendages between them; petals four. A mixture of loam, — peat, and sand, suits them best; and cuttings of small firm side shoots will root, in April or August, under a hand glass in sandy soil. Only three or four out of the half-dozen — species belonging to this genus have been as yet intro- m 116 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Arthroste: —continued. A. nitida (glossy-leaved). fi. lilac ; peduncles axillary towards the top of the branches, three-flowered, longer than the petioles. June. i. ovate, acute, serrulated, glabrous on both surfaces, shining above, but glandularly hispid on the nerves beneath. Stems shrubby, erect, and are, as well as the branches, tetragonally - winged, beset with coloured hairs, k. 2ft. to 3ft. Buenos Ayres, 1829. Greenhouse species, A. versicolor (changeable-flowered). fl., petals obovate, ciliated, at first white, but at length becoming reddish, terminal, solitary. September. l. petiolate, ovate, serrulated, five-nerved, discoloured beneath. Plant shrubby; hairy. h.1ft. Brazil (on the sea shore), 1825. Stove species. + ARTHROTAXIS. See Athrotaxis. ? ARTICHOKE, GLOBE. (Cynara Scolymus, a cultivated form of O. Cardunculus). As a vegetable, the Globe Artichoke is cultivated for the use of the im- mature flower-heads, and is highly esteemed. A good open position, free from overhanging trees, is best suited for its culture generally, but, by planting successional suckers in different aspects, the season may be consider- ably prolonged. The soil must be of good depth, rich, and not too heavy. It may be greatly improved for Artichoke culture by the addition of sea-weeds or salt applied as manure. * Fig. 151. GLOBE ARTICHOKE. Preparation of Soil. Trench the. ground two spits deep if possible, mixing a liberal dressing of well-rotted manure in autumn, and ridge up for the winter, to sweeten. Crude manure full of straw, leaves, and sticks, often induce fungoid growths, and are most injurious to the crowns of the plants. Clay or stiff loam is about the worst soil on which to attempt _ the culture of this vegetable ; this drawback may, however, to some extent be alleviated by the addition and thorough amalgamation of a light free soil or liberal dressings of sandy road drifts, or similar materials. An ill-drained soil is also fatal to good results. During hot, dry weather, the plants are greatly benefited by copious applications of clear water and dilute liquid manure; and this must be especially attended to on such soils as are liable to burn or dry up in summer. x and about 3ft. from plant to plant. Water-in carefully. ing of half-decayed manure, to prevent an undue evapo- ration of moisture. During hot, dry ‘weather, give liberal supplies of water, and the plants will become esta- _ blished se Te mosis tho fret season. A few heads will much of a crop until. Cultivation. When the beds bsve been properly pre- | pared, the plants should be put in them ‘a ba pd May. © Place three together in rows between 3ft. and 4ft. apart, — to settle the soil around the roots, and apply a mulch- | the second season, when five or six © Artichoke, Globe—continued. good heads will be got from each plant, and for three or four years the produce will be large if the beds are properly attended to; after which time it will become desirable to make up new plantations. In October or November, it will be necessary to apply a good mulching of straw or fern to the beds, to protect the plants from frost. In April, all this litter should be cleaned off, a dressing of rotten manure applied, and the beds forked over and kept clean for the rest of the season, treating as before described. Great care must be taken to remove the heads as soon as they are ina fit state; and, when the whole of them are removed from the stems, cut the latter out as low as possible. Globe Artichokes will keep for some considerable time if laid in a cool place, although they will deteriorate in quality. These plants may be used in the background of flower borders in the kitchen garden, their handsome foliage being peculiarly well adapted for such purposes, whilst their economical value is also secured. See Fig. 151. Where there is plenty of room in light, warm sheds, orchard houses, or other places where frost can be kept out, some stools can be taken up with the root intact in the early part of November, placed in boxes of soil, and well watered-in. When drained, the boxes may be put in any of those posi- tions for their winter quarters, and, if kept moist, will develop much earlier than the outdoor crops, provided they are planted out early in April on a warm border, and protected with mats when the weather is cold. Propagation may be effected by seeds, or by suckers from the old stools, the latter being the better plan. In the former case, sow the seeds in March, on a gentle hotbed, and prick the seedlings off singly, when large enough, into small pots. Harden off by the last week in May, and plant out in threes as previously recommended, _ protecting the plants osts. During the manure mulching, to prevent undue In November, well cover with dry litter w not heat; and, in hard frosts, or heavy snow, throw a a few mats over the beds, uncovering at the same Ps time as recommended above for the older plants. _ To propagate by rooted offsets or suckers, take up and divide the stools, when they have made a fair amount of growth in April or early in May, separating the suckers with as many roots and as much soil adhering to them as possible. The old woody por- tions are of little use, but they may be replanted to give off a fresh supply of suckers for the next year, if required. Propagation by suckers, if they are to be ob- tained, has many advantages; but care must be taken, in removing them from old plants, that some roots are attached, or growth will be uncertain. Seeds generally produce a large percentage of plants that are useless, and this is not found out until the flower-heads appear. On the other hand, suckers reproduce the parent plant, and if these are previously selected, the superior stock is thereby perpetuated. Sorts. The Green and Purple are the best for ordinary ath purposes ; and of these preference should be given to the __ former. See also Cynara. Sl ; ARTICH JERUSALEM (Helianthus tube- rosus). A hardy tuberous-rooted herbaceous perennial, native of Brazil. The roots are used as a vegetable princi- pally during the winter, sometimes as a dish, but more generally for flavouring purposes. Plants will grow in almost any position, but the best results and largest tubers are obtained where they receive plenty of room and liberal atn Their culture has been recommended as a ) E are not likely to take the AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 117 Artichoke, Jerusalem—continued. 5 same time plant good-shaped tubers (see Fig. 152) in rows about 3ft. apart, and allow from 18in. to 2ft. between the tubers in the rows. Keep clear of weeds; and, as soon as the foliage is yellow, in the latter part of the autumn, the roots will be fit for use. The best plan with this crop is to leave Fic. 152. TUBERS OF JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE. it in the ground till wanted, or till the end of February, and then to take up every tuber, replanting those which are wanted for stock, and storing the others away in a cold dry place. When they commence growth, they turn black, and are of little use for cooking, save for fla- vouring soups. The Jordadlik Artichoke (see Fig. 152), has of late years grown into favour as a marketable crop, and the demand seems to be increasing. Considering its very easy culture, it is a fairly remunerative vegetable. See also Helianthus. ARTICULATE, ARTICU- LATED. Jointed ; having joints. ARTOCARPEZ. A tribe of the large order Urticacez, which see. ARTOCARPUS (from artos, | bived, and carpos, fruit; the fru when — baked, o poisonous Antiaris toxicaria, and the economic Cow Tree (Brosimum Ga- lactodendron), of Caraccas. A genus of oi evergreen trees, requiring a high and very moist atmosphere, gg ga supply of water, perfect drainage, and a compost of two parts rich loam and one of leaf mould, with the addition of a little silver sand. Under all conditions, this is diffi- cult to propagate; the young and slender lateral growths are adapted for cuttings; and suckers may be utilised when procurable, which is very rare. A. Cannoni (Cannon’s).* l. alternate, petiolate ; petiole and mid- rib bright red ; upper surface glossy, ofa rich, full bronzy crimson hue, beautifully tinted with purple; under surface bright vinous leaves vary much in form; some are simple and cordate Sat the base, with the apex irregularly lobate ; some have the apex regularly lobed, with short, entire lobes ; and others, again, ply three-lobed, being divided nearly to the base, the seg- i h the centre one is largest, being htly sinu sinuate- Socioty Islands, 1877, This is a most distinct and ental weaved plant, beautiful stove plant, The pee valued as an article of food in its ARUM (formerly aron, and ET: am of Egyptian ex- traction). ORD. Aroidew. A large genus of ornamental or curious, hardy, greenhouse or stove perennials, with thick rhizomes and pedate or hastate leaves. Spathe large, convolute; spadix naked and club-shaped at the top. They are all of easy culture, and the indoor species will thrive with such treatment as is given to Alocasias, Caladiums, &c. Rich soil is one of the first conditions of success. Like most plants grown for the beauty of » 118 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Arum—continued. the growing season, after which the tender kinds should be kept moderately dry, warm, and at rest during the winter. The hardy kinds may be left in the ground. Propagated by seeds or division of the roots—usually the latter. The best time to divide them is just as they commence their new growth, securing as many roots as possible to each divi- Set sion. Any rootless pieces should 46; be placed in heat shortly after AZ removal; this hastens the for- mation of roots and excites top growth. Arums are useful in sub-tropiéal gardening, and are otherwise interesting plants both for indoors and outside cul- tivation ; and the hardy kinds are very suitable fornaturalising in woodlands, &c. ‘There are i h many other species besides : Fic, 154. ARUM DRACUNCULUS thoss. hero” dëkoribed, ous -the neg * following list comprises the best. Sub-sections of the genus will be found treated separately, such as Amorphophallus (which see), &c. A. bulbosum (bulbous). Synonymous with A. ternatum. A, Par ana are pakhea Aet te goon spath e mea Tea gpa d k. 2ft. Nort A. ea ie. ton Dragon).* shorter than the cone, One flat, pine eee rie spathe. July. l tire. h. 3ft. South Europe, 1548. Hard’ i, marmorata (marbled).* J. marbled with yellow. oe very porto and oire. hardy border plant. spotted). Lords and Ladies; Cuckoo Pint. E spathe v prai pratit below and above, constricted in the mid le, with inflexed ee when open, spotted with dull purple ; spadix usually purple, shorter than the spathe. Spring. l. vernal "radical, hastate-sagittate, bi ay deflexed lobes. h. 9in, Britain, &c. This ble is admirably adapted for a corner in the wild garden. A. Malyi rie N Jl. whitish. Montenegro, 1860. A. Nickelli (Nickel’s). Levant, 1859. A form of A. italicum. A. orientale (eastern). f. — - those of A. maculatum. June. l. brownish, simple, ovate, slightly sagittate. h. lft. Tauria, 1820. Hardy. A palostisuim (Palestine).* fl., spathe 7in. to 1lin. long, purplish or spotted outside, geo velvety black insidean venowiah . white at the base of the tube ; spadix much shorter than the spathe ; petiole 1 rising 8in. or Gin. above the leaves. May. pa four or five, tr -hastate, acute, from 6in. to 14in. long, pore ga pee mood; petioles 12in. to 18in. long. Jeru- Page pictum (painted). h. 2ft. Corsica, 1801. Hardy. ALP € oorelike)* K Pa afen al purple, horizontal, termi terminated by a scapes arising from among the les. May. l tae i , about fo four, cordate- A; sposta Gaal showy). fl., ovate-oblong, acuminate, dark lish insi Pec angi Eres nnd the peopl SS. ee lee A, spadix lanceolate, shorter than the oblong- late. Plant stemless, rast haat China, 1816. i pace geen pano ngs, Cpe lanceolate. E ‘Maen: h, lft. South Europ 1670. Harty um (three-leafleted). A at Pou ieee n (variegated). Dalmatia, 1859. Hardy. ebor’s). she Fasion Europann teem of d. tree ge ala Ss E ARUM LILY. See Richardia ethiopica. ARUNDINARIA ‘(altered from arundo, a reed). ORD. Graminee. A small genus of hardy or nearly hardy shrubby grasses, having strong jointed stems, and frequently included under Bambusa. For sub-tropical gardening purposes more particu- larly it is exceedingly ornamental as an isolated tuft.. It thrives best in a deep, rich soil, and ~ requires plenty of water when in a growing state. Increased by division of the roots. A.falcata (sickle-shaped).* l. linear-lanceolate, ve acute, shortly stalked, very light green. Stems = freely branched, deep ~ n, and very ‘slender. i. 3ft. to 6ft. India. An extremely handsome spe- cies for greenhouse decoration ; also for outdoor work, particularly in the South of England, &c. SYN. Bambusa gracilis, of gardens. Tic. 155. ARUNDINARIA FALCATA, A. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). This Ja apia species is believed to be allied to, if not identical with, ambusa Simonit. Quite hardy. ark groen vena neal L lanonolate,, yiia verg ital in, persistent, narrowed into a short leafs Sek ens ee ample. Z wl to 6ft. da i ia some, hardy, dwarf, m “feels mr specimens, an Poper Bege iiem aih SYN. ARUNDO (origin of word doubtful ; KAR by some authorities to be from arundo, a reed; ‘and others as from the Celtic arn, signifying water). ‘Reed. ORD. Gre A very ornamental group of half or quite hardy p very easy culture in ordinary garden soil, preferring ae situations. Panicle loose; calyx two-valved, unequal, many-flowered ; corolla of two very unequal valves ; all, except the lower and imperfect one, surrounded by a tuft of hairs. Fruit free, covered by the corolla. Arundos are very valuable either for conservatory decoration, sub- tropical gardening, or cultivation in clumps on the turf of the flower-garden or pleasure ground, and the margins of lakes. Although well worth growing, all are inferior to their ally, the Pampas Grass. Propagated by seeds or divisions, the spring being the best time to adopt either method of increase. A. conspicua (conspicuous).* Ya silky-white, on large racemes, and lasting in res or several months, but in a good deep and and sandy loam it sometimes the he of 12ft. New Zealan tes Th vs in de tufts, from whieh pem meae = ja Pi smooth 4 ens slightly i rough), lo ing leaves, and erect, gti culms. The plant is not ently hardy to withstand a severe winter, and a ould. therefore, be proi with mats, or be grown in tubs, so that it can be remoyed agg o ‘before the Agee of winter. more 1: Š p ‘i South Europe, 1648, This also Sept Soy Sale EE colder counties. See Fig. sa A. D. Alth h. 3ft. South maea rior to the t; with w! : AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. _ 119 GN eae NG Tas Fic. 156. ARUNDO Donax, | ASAFCETIDA. See Narthex asafcetida. ASARABACCA. See Asarum europeum. ASARUM (from a, not, and saron, feminine ; deriva- tion doubtful). ORD. Aristolochiacew. Curious hardy her- baceous perennials, with bell-shaped, three-cleft perianths. They should be planted at the foot of the rockery, or in borders or woodlands, as they are not very showy, but are, nevertheless, worth growing, and easily propagated by divisions, in spring. A. canadense (Canadian).* f. brown, campanulate, on a short eduncle, sometimes nearly buried. May and June. Z. in pairs, roadly reniform. h. 1ft. Canada, &c., 1713. Fig. 157. ASARUM CAUDATUM. ‘A. incarnata (flesh-coloured).* Asarum—continued. A. caudatum (tailed).* brownish- ith attenuated or cau- date calyx crag July. f cordate-reniform, hooded, sub-acute, or bluntish, slightly pubescent. California, 1880. A rare and pretty species. See Fig. 157. A. europæum (European). Asarabacca. fl. dull brown, solitary, rather large, drooping; segments of perianth incurved. May. l. two on each stem, roundish-reniform, stalked, slightly waved. h. 1ft. England. ASCENDING. Directed upwards; as the stem, which is the ascending axis. ASCLEPIADACEÆ. A large order of, for the most part, lactescent, climbing shrubs. Flowers sub-umbellate, fascicled or racemose, interpetiolar ; pollen collected in the form of waxy masses, coalescing to the cells of the anthers ; follicles two, one of which is abortive. Leaves entire, usually opposite. ASCLEPIAS (the Greek name of Æsculapius of the Latins). Swallow-wort. ORD. Asclepiadacee. Erect hardy herbaceous or sub-shrubby perennials, except where other- wise specified. Corolla five-parted, reflexed; umbels in- terpetiolar ; corona seated on the upper part of the tube of the filaments, five-leaved. Leaves opposite, verticil- - late, sometimes alternate. Most of the hardy species are very handsome border plants, thriving in peaty, or light rich soil, and are increased by dividing the roots in spring, and sometimes also by seeds. The doubt- fully hardy or rarer species should always be grown in a peat soil, and have a little protection during severe frost, by mulching the roots. The most important of the green- house and stove species is A. curassavica. In order to obtain good bushy specimens of this, it will be necessary to cut the plants back annually, after keeping them slightly dry, and resting for a month or two in midwinter. When growth has sufficiently advanced, they should be shaken out and repotted. At this stage, a close, moist atmosphere will be needful to produce the usually very free growth. The points of the shoots must be nipped ont, in order to pro- mote a bushy habit. When the pots have become filled with roots, liquid manure may be applied; but it must be quite clear and not over strong. All the indoor spéties grow best in good fibry loam and leaf mould, and require to be potted firmly. Cuttings should be secured in spring, struck in gentle heat, under a bell glass, and as soon as they are well rooted, potted into 60-size pots. A shift must be given as often as the pots become filled with roots, up to the time when the plant commences bloom- ing. Seeds may be sown in pots in spring, pricked ont singly when large enough, and then treated similarly to cuttings, acuminata (taper-pointed).* jl. red and white ; umbels lateral, solitary, erect. July. J. ovate, sub-cordate, acuminated, on short petioles ; superior ones sessile, glabrous, but rough on the edges. _ Stems erect, glabrous, simple. A. 2ft. New Jersey, 1826. Hardy, herbaceous, A. amoena gnp fl. beautiful purple; umbels terminal, erect; appendages of corona exserted, red. July. l. opposite, almost sessile, oblong-oval, downy beneath, with a large purple middle nerve. Stem simple, with two rows of down. h. 2ft. to Sft. New England, 1732. Hardy, herbaceous. A. Cornuti (Cornuti’s).* Synonymous with A. syriaca. A. curassavica (Curassavian). fl. reddish orange-scarlet ; umbels erect, solitary, lateral. July to September. J. opposite, oblong- lanceolate, tapering at both ends. Stem rather owny, simple, seldom a little branched. R. 1ft. to 3ft. Tropical America, 1692. herbaceous, A. Douglasii (Douglas’s).* Jl. large, waxy, purplish-lilac, sweet- scented, in many-flowered umbels. Summer, l opposite, ovate- — hg hapa ftin. bag D Sin. or more sE oft, to above, downy beneath. Stem thick, woolly, simple. . 3ft. West America, 1846. 3 s ; A. hybrida (hybrid). A synonym of A. purpurascens. fl. red or ` ish; umbels numerous, usually twin. July. Ų opposite, lanceolate, rather woolly on both surfaces. Stem erect, hed and tomentose at the top. h. 2ft. Canada (on the banks of rivers), 1710. Hardy, herbaceous. A. me: Mexican), fl. white; umbels many-flowered. te, pL ed Ah with revolute edges; The white-flowered variety is a very pretty contrast. Stove ct xicana July. 4 vertic 120 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, - Asclepias—continued. ‘lower ones four to six in a whorl; upper ones three in a whorl, or opposite. h. 2ft. ft. Mexico, 1821. Greenhouse ever- green. A. phytolaccoides (Phytolacca-like). fl. purple; corona white, with truncate leaflets; umbels lateral and terminal, solitary, on long peduncles, drooping. July. J. broad, ovate-oblong, acute, glabrous, paler beneath. Stem erect, simple, spotted with dia h. 3ft. to 4ft. Virginia and Carolina (on the mountains), purpurascens (purplish). f. purple; umbels erect. July. l. opposite, large, ovate, with a purplish middle nerve, villous beneath. Stem simple, rather hairy at top, brownish green at bottom. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Virginia (in shady swamps), 1732. Hardy. Syn. A. hybrida. A. gsi pepe (four-leaved).* jl. white, small, sweet-scented, with red nectaries; umbels twin, terminal, loose-flowered ; dicels filiform, July. J. ovate, acuminated, petiolate ; those in the middle of the stem larger, and four in a whorl; the rest ge Stems erect, simple, glabrous, h. lft. New York, 1820. Hardy species. A. rubra (red), jl. red; umbels compound. July, August. J. al- ternate, ovate, acuminated. Stem erect, simple. h. lft. to 2ft. Virginia, 1825. A, Sullivanti (Sullivant’s). Similar to A. syriaca, but having larger and deeper coloured flowers. A. syriaca (Syrian).* fl. pale puss sweet scented, in large, loose, drooping umbels. July. l. opposite, lanceolate-oblong, or oval, gradually acute, tomentose beneath, Stems simple. h. 3ft. to 5ft. North America, 1629, SYN. A. Cornuti. pe Fic. 158. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA. A. variegata (variegated). fl., petals and foliola of coron i x l xi -, pet a white, fructification red, in dense umbels, very handsome; amabield almost sessile ; pedicels hai July. l. opposi i 0 re 3 . l opposite, ovate, petiolate, wrinkled, naked, toms ehapie erect, variegated with purple. h, 3tt. to 4ft. New York to Carolina (on dry, sandy hills), for A. verticillata (whorled). /l., corolla with yellowish gree and white nectaries ; umbels mariy-flowcred, July and ta arg 1. very narrow, linear, thick, quite glabrous, usually verticillate _ but sometimes scattered. Stems erect, often branched, having a downy line on one side. h. lft. to 2ft. New Jersey, 1759. ASCYRON. See Hypericum Ascyron. ASCYRUM (from a, without, and skyros, hard; that is _to say, a plant which is soft to the touch). Orn. Hyperi- cine. A genus of elegant little herbs and sub-shrubs, with sessile, entire leaves, destitute of pellucid dots, but usually hed with black dots beneath. Flowers resembling - they: showid Ascyrum—continued. Hypericum. They require to be protected during winter by a frame; for this purpose they should be grown in pots, as they never exist long in the open border. A compost of peat, pure leaf soil, and sand, in equal portions, suits them well; young cuttings of the shrubby kinds will root in sand under a hand bell glass. Propagated by careful divisions of the roots in spring. All may be raised from seeds. A. amplexicaule (stem-clasping). fl. yellow, few, axillary, and terminal; corymbs naked. July. J. stem-clasping, ovate, cordate, sinuately-curled. Stem dichotomously panicled, h. 2ft, North America, 1823. ‘The flowers and leaves are longer in this than in any other of the species, A. Crux Andrez (St. Andrew’s Cross).* fl., petals narrow, pale yellow, nearly sessile, in terminal corymbs, July. J. ovate- linear, obtuse, usually in bundles in the axils. Stem shrubby, round, A. 1ft. North America (in sandy fields), 1759, This proves to be quite hardy in many situations. A. hypericoides (Hypericum-like). fl. yellow. linear, oblong, obtuse. h. 2ft. North America, 1759. A. stans (standing). fl. yellow. August. J. oval or oblong, some- = what clasping. h. 2ft. North America, 1816. P ASHES. The earthy or mineral particles of com- bustible substances, remaining after combustion. Ashes are amongst the most economical manures. Vegetable Ashes are generally the best application for August. l manuring boggy, cold, and, consequently, sour and unprofit- able land, in quantities of about forty bushels per acre, thinly and evenly distributed. The annual exhaustion of salts from large crops of grain, roots, and grass, is from 1801b. to more than 250Ib. per acre; and the aggregate of a few years will so far impoverish the soil in one or more of the principles necessary to sustain a luxuriant vegetation, that it will cease to yield remunerating returns. The ashes of vegetables consist of such elements as are always re- quired for their perfect maturity, and it is evident they must furnish one of the best saline manures which can be supplied for their growth; they contain, in fact, every element, and generally_in the right proportions, for insuring a fill and rapid growth. Both gardener and farmer will therefore perceive the great value of Ashes to their crops. Coal Ashes. The bituminous and anthracite coals afford Ashes, and, although inferior in quality to those made from wood and vegetables, are, like them, a valuable manure, and be applied to the land in a similar manner. If n many cinders, from not having been thoroughly they: i» _ from mice; they may also be used for garden and green- AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 121 Ashes—continued. burned, they are more suited to heavy than to light soils. Coal Ashes, if very fine, may be sprinkled half an inch deep on the surface, over peas and beans, &c., to preserve them house walks, where bricks or tiles are absent, being tidy in appearance, and an excellent substitute for other and more expensive material. Peat Ashes. Peat approaching to purity, when thrown out of its bed and thoroughly dried, may be burned to, an imperfect Ash, and when it does not reach this point, it will become thoroughly charred, and reduced to cinders. The process of burning should be as slow as possible. In either form, it is a valuable dressing for the soil. ASH-TREE. See Fraxinus. ASIATIC POISON BULB. See Crinum asia- ticum. ASIMINA (meaning unknown). ORD. Anonacee. Hardy shrubs, with oblong, cuneated, usually deciduous leaves. Flowers sometimes rising before the leaves, usually solitary and axillary. They thrive freely in a mixture of sand and peat. Propagated by layers put | down in the autumn, or by seed, procured from their native country. Seedlings should be raised in pots, and y have acquired a consider- sheltered in winter, until t able size. s/h; Wore. Fic, 159. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASIMINA TRILOBA, A. triloba (three-lobed).* f/i. campanulate, the three outer petals pale purplish, and the three inner ones smaller, purplish on the outside as well as the inside at the base and apex, with the middle yellow, about 2in, diameter, produced between the upper leaves. May. l. oblong-cuneated, often acuminated, and are, as well as the branches, smoothish. A. 10ft. Pennsylvania, 736. A small tree or shrub, See Fig. 159. é ASKALLON (the Eschallot), See Allium ascaloni- cum. ASPALATHUS (from a, not, and spao, to extract; in reference to the diffietlty of extracting its thorns from a wound). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of green- house shrubs or sub-shrubs, natives, with one exception, of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers usually yellow, each fur- nished with three bracteoles, or a leaf comprised of three leaflets. Leaves of three to five leaflets, eee palmately, _ rarely pinnately, having scarcely any or very short petioles. Aspalathus—continued. All the species are pretty when in flower, and thrive in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Young cuttings of half-ripened wood will strike in April, in sand, under bell glasses, which must be wiped dry occasionally. But little water is needed. Over a hundred species are known; those introduced are very rarely seen in culti- vation. ASPARAGUS (from a, intensive, and sparasso, to tear; in reference to the strong prickles of some species). ORD. Liliacew. Erect or climbing herbs or shrubs, with very small scale-like leaves, and a profusion of numerous slender fascicled-needle, rather spiny branchlets. Flowers axillary, inconspicuous. Fruit baccate. The indoor species will all thrive well in a warm greenhouse temperature, provided they have partial shade, a good supply of moisture at the roots, and are not kept too close, in a moderately rich sandy compost. The hardy species are propagated chiefly by seeds and divisions of the roots. Rich sandy loam is necessary, and otherwise they may be treated as ordinary perennials. Some of the species belonging to this genus are among the most elegant of foliage plants for cutting purposes. A. decumbens and A. scandens make excellent plants for Wardian cases, and may be cut in freely if they exceed their limits. ASPARAGUS (A. officinalis) As A VEGETABLE. The value and importance of this plant as a vegetable cannot be over-estimated ; it is extensively grown, and, when properly managed, produces a fairly lucrative crop. Soil and Bed. The first thing to be done in the preparation of an Asparagus bed to stand for any length of time, is to secure an efficient drainage ; and on wet soils this is best effected by placing a layer of brick rubbish over the whole — of the bottom, and connecting this with — a drain. On gravelly or other soils which are drained naturally, of course, this is not needed; but if really good crops are a desideratum, water shoul ' not stand within 3ft. of the surface. | In all cases, the ground must be dug to- a depth of 18in., and, if stiff, a goodly amount of road sweepings,or other gri materials, should be well mixed with the staple soil. Asparagus requires a good soil, neither too heavy nor too light. Manuring. After the soil has been well trenched, and has lain long enough to settle down, a good dressing of manure—thoroughly rotted, and not too rank, at the rate of from twenty to thirty tons to the acre, dug into the surface of the beds—will be found very beneficial. If possible, this should be introduced in January; and then, if the weather permits, the beds should be forked two or three _ times by the end of March, so as to render the soil as — friable as possible. A very good manure, and one that is easily obtained, is common garden salt. This may be given annually to established beds. A moderate dressing i be applied just before growth commences in spring, but a little will do no harm at other times during the summer. It is best scattered on with the hand, and a showery day should be selected, as it will then soon dis- appear. Salt, besides acting as a manure, has also the properties of keeping the beds cool and moist in hot weather, and of preventing the growth of weeds. wie! Planting. Asparagus can be planted during March and April, the latter month being the best time for the work. ‘The soil having been thoroughly prepared, the next point is to decide on the size of the beds; this” y E O R g 122 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, . Asparagus—continued. depends on the size of garden, and the class of “ grass” desired. When very large and fine stocks are the object in view, the best results will accrue if the plants are fully a yard apart each way; but this means a comparatively small crop. A good plan is to make the beds 3ft. wide, planting two rows, at a distance of 1ft. from each other, and allowing 18in. between each plant, placing them in alternate order. An 18in. alley should be allowed between the beds. The roots used for making the beds should be one year old, and fresh from the ground. In planting, pull out a wide drill with a hoe, or other tool, to the depth of about 3in. or 4in., and spread out the roots all round. Carefully shake the soil in amongst the roots, and, if dry, apply some water through a coarse-roscd watering pot, to settle the earth around them. At intervals, as necessary, give other water- ings till September, when they should be discontinued. At all times, keep the beds free from weeds, removing them by the hand to prevent injury to the crowns of the plants. If the ground is good, no liquid manure will be needed the first year. As soon as the foliage turns yellow, cut it off, cleanly rake over the beds, and leave till about January, when a top-dressing of from lin. to 3in. of thoroughly rotted manure may be applied with advantage. At the end of February, rake off the bed all loose straw or Fic. 160. ASPARAGUS, Crown for Lifting. other debris, and throw on them a little of the soil from the alleys, raking down, and finishing off the edges squarely and neatly. During this and succeeding years, apply liquid manure and clear water, from time to time, as required; and, „provided the manure is not of too great strength, there is scarcely any limit to its application; but, in many instances, beds which have only received an annual dressing have given a good return. Each year they must be cut over and dressed as before described, but care must be taken to keep them flat on the surface, otherwise the plants will die out for want of moisture, When the pro- duce appears, the beds should be kept cut over until the 20th of June, after which, cutting should cease, or they will be rendered comparatively unproductive. Cutting can comm nce the second or third year, or as soon as there is any “grass” worth taking. Several methods of growing these plants could be cited, but that which we have recom- mended will be found most satisfactory, Seeds. Plants are raised by sowing seeds in rows across | the kitchen garden, or selected quarter, about the month of April. The seedlings make a growth, and form good plants _ daring the first season. In March or April of the following year, or the year after, they may be removed, and planted | | Asparagus—continued. out permanently, as already alluded to. Many cultivators prefer growing their own plants from seed; because during the transit of the roots from any distance to where they are to be grown, a frequent and injurious exhaustion takes place, and particularly so when they are carelessly packed. Forcing. Asparagus can, if properly treated, be obtained from December onwards; and at Christmas time the produce is very valuable; but, in order to obtain it at this season, it will be necessary to resort to forcing. Prepare some beds to secure a lasting heat, and on these place about 3in. of ordinary garden soil, not very stiff. Then take the roots, and place them crown upwards, and mode- rately close together, shaking the soil well amongst the roots, and covering about a couple of inches deep. Water well, to settle the whole, and put on the lights, allowing a little ventilation, to let out any steam which may arise. Unless the weather be very cold indeed, give a little air at all times, and only cover the lights in actual frost. From time to time, apply fresh linings of hot manure, and in cold rains, or wind, cover the outsides of the frames with old sacks, or other things which will keep in the heat. A regular and steady temperature of 60deg. will force this plant with better results than a higher one. Houses that are fitted with hot-water pipes to give bottom heat can be used equally as well as manure beds, and so long as the soil is kept moist, the heat thus obtained is as good as any for the purpose, and much less trouble than fermenting materials. To keep up a regular supply, a succession of beds will be necessary. Asparagus can be forced, or rather forwarded, in pots or boxes, in a warm green- house or vinery, and, of course, when the plants are done with, they can be cast away. We give an illustration (Fig. 160) of a bearing crown fit for gentle forcing; but, of. course, it must not be left so bare of earth as appears ness. Varieties. Connover'’s Colossal, and Giant, are the most esteemed. Strains are frequently largely advertised as improvements on the sorts above-mentioned, and the charges are higher accordingly. The difference may be generally attributed to the culture the plants receive more ‘than to an improved variety. When saving seed for home sowing, they should be taken from the strongest growths, or deterioration will ensue. A, zthiopicus ternifolius (ternate). jl. white, in _ Shortly-stalked racemes, very profuse. ugust. l, false ones in threes, flattened, narrow, linear; prickles soli- tary, reversed ; branches angular, h. 30ft. South Africa, 1872. A greenhouse evergreen. A. Broussoneti (Broussonet’s).* fl. very small, succeeded by small red berries. May. l, lower ones solitary, the others ter- nate, lin. long, needle-shaped, persistent, distant, glaucescent ; stipules with reflected spines at the base. Summer. Stem tapering, streaked, shrubby. h. 10ft. Canary Islands, 1822, A very pretty hardy climber. A. Cooperi (Cooper's), fi. axillary, one to three, from the same nodes as the false leaves; perianth cream-coloured, one line long. April and May. l. minute, deltoid, scariose, reddish-brown ; false leaves six to fifteen to a node, subulate, moderately firm, pe to žin. long, spreading or ascending. A. 10ft. tol2ft. Africa, 1 A greenhouse climber, with a shrubby terete main stem, 1jin. to Zin, thick at the base, sending out crowds of spreading branches, which bear abundant slender, firm, alternate branchlets ; nodes of branches and branchlets, furnished with distinct red-brown, subu- late prickles, those of the main stems jin. long, deflexed, but not curved. A. decumbens (decumbent).* Stem unarmed, decumbent, much branched ; branches wavy ; leaves setaceous, in threes. Cape of Good Hope, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen herbaceous perennial. A. falcatus (hooked-leaved). J. fascicled, linear, falcate; branches round; prickles solitary, recurved; peduncles one-flowered, clustered, h. 3ft, India, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen peren- A. officinalis (officinal), Common Asparagus greenish- white, drooping. ppe 5 e here, which is done for the purpose of clear- l. setaceous, fasciculate, flexible, — Rees a AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 123 Asparagus—continued. unarmed, Stem herbaceous, mostly erect, rounded, v much branched, h. lft. Said to grow on “As s Island,” Kynance Cove, Lizard, but we have never found it there, and it has probably long since been exterminated. A. Rna (plumed).* f. white, small, produced from the tips the branchlets. Spring. l, true ones in the form of minute deltoid scales, with an acute ultimately reflexed point; the false ones are hp eae in tufts, each being jin. to jin. long, bristle- shaped, and finely pointed. South Africa, 1876. An elegant evergreen climber, with smooth stems and numerous ipreatitiog branches. It forms an excellent plant when trained in pots, and is invaluable for cutting. A. p. nanus (dwarf).* A very elegant dwarf variety of above. Stems tufted, slender, and gracefully arching. South Africa, 1880. For bouquets, the cut sprays of both type and variety have the advantage of much gieater persistency than any fern, retaining their freshness in water from three to four weeks. See Fig. 161, for which we are indebted to Messrs, Veitch and Sons, A. racemosus (racemose). jl. greenish-white, in many-flowered axillary racemes. May. ¿ bundled, linear-subulate, falcate; branches striated ; prickles solitary. h. 3ft., India, 1808. Green- house evergreen shrub. a Fic. 161. ASPARAGUS PLUMOSUS NANUS. A. ramosissimus (very branching). 7.”solitary, at the tips of the branchlets ; pedicels hardly perpendicular, one and a-half to two lines long ; cream coloured. June. l. obscurely spurred at the base ; false leaves three to eight-nate, flattened; linear-falcate acute, jin. to Zin. long, spreading. South Africa, 1862. A wide climbing, copiously branched, slender greenhouse shrub, with very nume- rous spreading or ascending branches and branchlets. A. scandens (climbing).* jl. whitish, axillary on the ultimate branchlets, succeeded by round orange-coloured berries. The annual, much-branched, unarmed stems bear, usually in threes, numerous small linear-pointed leaves, which on the ultimate branches spread nearly in one plane. Cape of Good Hope, 1795. An elegant climbing greenhouse perennial. A. virgatus (twiggy).* A remarkably elegant feathery-looking plant, of n abit. The stems, which issue from the crown of the stout fleshy roots, are of a dark green colour, and bear at the upper end a corymbose head of erect branches. of which the lowest is the youngest or most recently developed. ‘These branches are again twice branched, the ultimate branchlets being furnished with needle-shaped false leaves, 4in. long, which usually grow in threes, South Africa, 1862. ASPARAGUS BEETLE (Crioceris asparagi), or “Cross-bearer.” This beautiful little insect is blue- black or greenish; the thorax is red with two black spots, and the wing-cases are yellow, with a black cross on them; the legs and antenne are black. The short grey larva is flat underneath, arched on the back, and covered with hairs. The sides are of an olive hue, and the little legs and head are black. It ejects a drop of blackish Beetle—continued. fluid from the mouth when touched. When full grown, which takes about a fortnight, the larva measures about two lines in length; the average length of the perfect Beetle is about three lines. Although this insect does not, actudlly destroy the plants, it inflicts much damage on the foliage, and checks the growth of the stems after they have attained some size, in consequence of which the foliage becomes much less in the next season. The eggs are fixed to the shoots, and are small, dark, pointed bodies. The larve do the harm, as they feed on the bark and tender portions of the plants. The mature Beetles should be picked off by hand, and, by commencing early enough in the season, their numbers will be greatly reduced. Syringing the plants with water, heated to a temperature that will not injure the plants, is found a useful method for removing the grubs. White Hellebore. Freshly-ground White Hellebore, sprinkled over the foliage while it is damp, and repeat- “a a : a x a ing the operation at intervals of about eight days for a season, will generally effect a riddance; but the follow- ing will usually be found better in such cases. Neither must be applied until after cutting ceases, as they are very poisonous. Paris Green. This, mixed and used as for Cherry Fly (see Black Fly), will generally get rid of the Beetle, if applied about thrice each season for two years. It should, however, only be used in severe cases. Soot, applied in the same manner as White Hellebore, and in liberal quantities, will, in a season or two, clear — the beds. If a bushel of salt be mixed with each twenty — bushels of soot, it will enhance the effect. sae ASPARAGUS KNIFE. The Asparagus Knife con- sists of a strong blade fixed in a handle. There are, or were, — three kinds employed: In one form, the blade was blunt on Fig. 162. ASPARAGUS KNIFE. ; both sides, straight, with a sharp tip, and not unlike a small chisel. Another had its blade slightly hooked, and serrated at one end. But the best is that now almost universally employed, and which is illustrated by Fig.. 162. : : = 124 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ASPASIA (from aspazomai, I embrace; the column embraced by the labellum). ORD: Orchidacew. A genus of elegant stove Epidendrum-like epiphytal orchids, with the lip united to the column, and broad, thin pseudo-bulbs. The name Aspasia is now and then met with attached to a totally different genus. Salisbury gave it to a liliaceous plant which is now referred to Ornithogalum. For culture and propagation, see Stanhopea. A, epidendroides (Epidendrum-like).* fl. whitish yellow; S AP linear oblong, acute ; petals obtuse, concave, lateral lobes of lip roundish, entire, middle lobe crenated emarginate. February. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged. k. lft. Panama, 18. A. lunata (crescent-marked).* fl. green, white, and brown, solitary ; sepals and petals linear obtuse, spreading; lip three-lobed, lateral lobes short, middle one flat, nearly square, wavy. February. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged, A. 1ft. Rio Janeiro, 1843. A. papilionacea (butterfly-like).* 7., sepals and petals yellowish, mottled with brown lines on their internal inferior halves ; lip fiddle-shape, its back by great, elliptic, apiculate ; an orange- coloured area stands at i ase, a wide violet disc before and around it. h. 9in. Costa Rica, 1876. Distinguished from A. lunata in having thirteen keels at the base of the lip, which is higher inserted, and in the echinulate anther. It is a beautiful but rare novelty. A. psittacina (parrot-like).* Jl., sepals and petals light green, with brown transverse bars, which sometimes consist of separate stripes, at other times of confluent ones; the fiddle-shaped lip shows two keels and a few purplish dots over its top; the column is brown at its top, then violet, and white at the base. Ecuador, 1878. It has a raceme of several flowers, usually one-sided, bent over. A. variegata (variegated-flowered).* fl. green, spotted with yel- Jowish red; sepals linear oblong; petals somewhat rhomboid, acute, lateral lopes of lip recurved, middle one fleshy, serrated, February. A. Yin. Panama, 1836. Deliciously sweet-scented in the morning. ASPEN. See Populus tremula. ASPERA. Rough, with hairs or points. ~ ASPERULA (from asper, rough; in allusion to the leaves). Woodruff. ORD. Rubiacee. Hardy herbaceous, rarely small shrubs. Flowers terminal and axillary, in fascicles. Leaves opposite, with one, two, or three stipulas on each side; they are therefore called four to eight in a whorl, but between the uppermost leaves there are no Ag stipulas. Stems and branches usually tetragonal. Most of the species are very pretty when in flower, and are, ; therefore, well adapted for borders, rockwork, and shady places, in almost any garden soil. Propagated by divisions of the roots during spring and early summer, Herbaceous perennials, except where otherwise stated. A. azurea-setosa (blue-bristly), A synonym of A. orientalis, A. cynanchica (Cynanche-like). 1. on erect branches, forming a fastigiate corymb, white or bluish-coloured, elegantly marked with red lines, or sometimes pure white. Summer. Z. four ina whorl; floral ones lanceolate-linear, acuminately awned; lower * enes small, oblong, upper ones opposite. Plant glabrous, erectish. h. 9in, to 12in. England, A. hirta (hairy). fl. white at first, changing to pink, with oblong divisions, July and August. /. usually six in a whorl, four towards the upper part, linear, hairy, deep green. h. 3in. = Pyrenees, 1817. A charming but rare little alpine, thriving best _ inarather damp position on the rockery, A, (long-flowered).* fl. whitish, yellowish inside, and reddish outside; tube of corolla elongated ; fascicles terminal, unculate ; as small, subulate. Summer. Z. four in a whorl, linear; lower ones small, obovate ; upper ones opposite. reo be aa ay tee” from - same neck, erectish, glabrous. 4. montana (mountain).* fl., corollas pink, four-cleft, scabrous apie ee june, July. l. linear i eed kares six a > ones 4 ones 0) > BS linear, Stem weak, glabrous, pa to ain pete thee A, odorata (sweet-scented).* Sweet Woodruff. fi. snowy white; corymbs terminal, pedunculate, usually tritid, each division bear- ing about four flowers. May, June. i eight in a whorl, lanceo- late, smooth, with serrulately scabrous edges, Stems tetragonal, simple, erect, or ascending. h. 6in. to 12in. Britain. This very add little -plant is scentless when fresh, but, when dried, it iffuses an odour like that of spring grass; and when kept among clothes, it not only imparts an agreeable perfume to them, but preserves them from insects. ; A, orientalis (Oriental).* i. sky blue, in terminal heads; bracts of im shorter than the flowers, Summer. J. lanceolate, bristly, about eight in a whorl. A. 1ft. Caucasus, 1867. A rming littl eres blooming, hardy annual, bearing clusters pi onli Nang gy adapted for bouquet making, SYN. off Asperula—continued. Fig. 163. ASPERULA ORIENTALIS, showing Habit and Portion of Inflorescence. A. taurina (bull). j., corollas white, elongated ; corymbs pedun- culate, axillary, fasciculately umbellate, involucrated ; bracteas ciliated, Aprilto June. l. four in a whorl, ovate-lanceolate, three- nerved, with finely ciliated margins. Plant smoothish, erect. h. lft. South Europe, 1739. A, tinctoria (Dyers’). fl. white, reddish on the outside; usually trifid. June. J. linear; lower ones six in a whorl; middle ones four ; and the uppermost ones opposite ; floral leaves ovate. Plant procumbent, unless supported. Stem lft. to 2ft. long, purplish. Europe, 1764, ASPHALT. Artificial Asphalt is now generally used in England for footpaths, &c. The recipes are various, one of the best being the following : Lime rubbish two parts, coal ashes one part (both must be very dry), sifted very fine; mix them, and leave a hole in the middle of the heap, wherein pour boiling hot coal tar; mix well together. When as stiff as mortar, lay it down, 3in. thick, on a dry and previously well-levelled surface. A boy should follow with dry, finely-sifted sand, distributing just enough to prevent his boots sticking to the tar. Two men should be employed for the tarring, whilst another should attend to the boiling operation. Only just enough tar to last ten minutes must be taken from the furnace at one time, as, if it be not boiling, the walks will become soft under the action of very hot sun. This may be repeated every three years. ashes and sand be perfectly dry, and that the days selected for the operation be very fine, the hotter the better. Another excellent plan is that of using gas lime and coal ashes. ‘There must be a firm foundation and smooth surface. Spread the gas lime to about 1}in. deep, and level with the back of a spade. Over this place a thin layer of coal dust, and well roll. The work is then complete. ASPHODEL. See Asphodelus. ASPHODELINE. Orb. Liliacee. A genus of plants allied to Asphodelus, but distinguished from it by having erect leafy stems. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil. Propagated by division. A. brevicaulis (short-stemmed). in lax, often panicled racemes, yellow, veined with green. Î. subulate, ascending, lower ones ĝin. to 6in, long. Stem slender, often flexuose. Orient. damascena (Damascene). i. white, in dense generally simple racemes, bin. to 12in. long. J. in dense rosette, a to Qin. long, subulate. Stem simple, erect. h. 1}ft. to 2ft. Asia Minor. A. liburnica (Liburnian). f. yellow, striped with green, in generally simple lax racemes, bin. to 9in. long. Stem simple, erect, strict, 1ft. to 2ft. high, upper half naked. South Europe. A. lutea (ycllow). f. yellow, fragrant, in a dense, very long, Straight, simple raceme, in the axils of buff-coloured bracts, SEUR are nearly as long as the flowers. Summer. l. numerous, awl-shaped, triangular, furrowed, smooth, dark green, marked with lines of a pe tint; root leaves tufted. Stem 3ft. or 4ft. high. Sicily, 1596. The best known and handsomest species. SYN. Asphodelus luteus, | A. 1, fi-pl. This resembles the species, but the flowers Pipet ose typical form ; it is double, and last much longer than a very pretty plant, It is imperative that the surface, lime, coal — ‘Pi, AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. Asphodeline—continued. | A. taurica (Taurian). fl. white, striped with green, in generally simple dense racemes, bin. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. wide. Stem simple, erect, 1ft. to 2ft. high, densely leafy at base of raceme, Asia Minor, &c. SYN, Aspho- delus tauricus. A. tenuior (slenderer). fl. Prat in simple lax-flowered racemes, šin. to 4in. long, Zin. wide. Stem simple lower half leaf, upper naked, lft. Orient. SYN. Asphodelus tenuior. ASPHODELUS (from a, not, and sphallo, to supplant; in allusion to the beauty of the flowers), Asphodel. ORD. Liliaceœ. Very pretty hardy herbaceous perennials, with fleshy fascicu- lated roots. Perianth white or yellow, of six equal spreading segments; stamens six, hypogynous, alternately long and short. Leaves usually radi- cal, tufted, narrow, or triquetrous. All the species enumerated thrive in good deep sandy loam, and are very suitable for borders and shrubberies. Propagated by division of the root, which is best done in early spring. A.estivus (summer). f. white. Summer. h.2ft. Spain,1820, A. albus (white).* jl. white; peduncles clustered the length of the bracts. May. J. linear, keeled, smooth, Stem naked, simple. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1596. A. creticus (Cretan).* fl. yellow. July. l filiform, striated, toothed, ciliated. Stem leafy, naked above, branched A, 2ft. Crete, 1821. A. fistulosus (pipe-stalked). jf. white. July, August. J. upright, striated, subulate, fistular. Stemnaked. A. 18in. South Europe, 1596, A. luteus (yellow). A synonym of Asphodeline lutea. A. ramosus (branchy). /. large, white, with a reddish-brown line in the middle of each segment, springing from the axils of ovate-lanceolate bracts, and in very long dense racemes. Summer. i. sword-shaped, stiff, sharply keeled below, channelled above. Stem much branched. A. 4ft. to 5ft. South Europe, 1829. ) Pe Fic. 164. ASPHODELUS ¥ILLARSII, showing Habit and Flower, yhite; race se, elongated; bracts dark | ge Ogg rl fort gl satay yon oil h. lft. to 2ft. Eastern France. See Fig. 164. ASPIDISTRA (from aspidiseon, a little round | shield; in reference to the form of the flower). ORD. Liliacee. Hardy, or nearly hardy, evergreen, perennial, foliage plants. The flowers are insignificant, produced close to the ground, and are remarkable for the curious mushroom-like stigma, by which this genus is characterised. They thrive in almost any ordinary garden soil, but are best grown in rich loam, leaf soil, and sand; plenty of moisture being allowed. Propagated by suckers. A. elatior (taller).* J. oblong, large, on long petioles, leathery ; plant ste . h. lift. to 2it. Japan, 1835. This very easily cultivated and quite hardy foliage plant is much grown for window gardening and other decorative purposes, for which itis well suited, A. e. variegata (vari d).* A fine variety with alternately- striped green and white leaves. Poen * Aspidistra—continued. Fic. 165. ASPIDISTRA LURIDA, 1. obl China, 1822. species, with Jong evergreen leaves, It is an effective plant for the outdoor garden during summer, and is nearly, if not quite, hardy. See Fig. 165 ctata (dotted). This is very closely allied to A. elatior, but of inferior -lanceolate, on A. lurida (lurid). fl. purple. very graceful July. long petioles. A. Ift. to lift. l. lanceolate, on long stalks. A. 1ft. China. value. ASPIDIUM (from aspidion, a little buckler; in allusion to the form of the involucre). Shield Fern. ORD. Filices. Including Cyclodium, Cyclopeltis, Cyrtomium, and Polystichum. Stove, greenhouse, or hardy ferns. Sori sub-globose, dorsal or terminal on the veinlets; involucre orbicular, fixed by the centre. They thrive in a compost of sandy peat with alittle loam. Several species are admirably cdapted for the indoor fernery. The hardy species are best grown in the shade; a little sandstone should bo incorporated with the soil. For general culture, &c., sec Ferns. : a sf, = Fic. 166. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM, acrostichoides (Acrostichum-like).* sti. 6in. to Sin. long, “ee scaly below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 2in. to: 6in. broad, pinne of the lower half barren, 2in. to din. long, jin. broad, i 126 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Aspidium—continued. spinoso-serrated throughout, auricled at the base above; the pinnz of the upper half fertile, much smaller. sori occupying the whole under side. North America. SYN. Polystichum acrosti- choides. Hardy. A. a. grandiceps (large-crested).* A very handsome fern, having the apices of the fronds and pinne heavily crested ; equally de- sirable for the hardy or temperate fernery. Of garden origin. A. a. incisum (incised).* A variety with the pinnules deeply cut and acutely pointed. A. aculeatum (sharp-pointed).* The Hard Shield Fern, sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long, more or less scaly. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in, broad, ovate-lanceolate ; lower pinnz close, lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, sin. to Zin. broad; pinnules ovate- rhomboidal, unequal sided, auricled on the upper base; teeth aristate. sori nearer the midrib than the edge. A variable and hardy species, common throughout the world. Syn. Polystichum a m. A. a. proliferum is a proliferous Australian form. A. a. vestitum has the rachis densely clothed to the point, both with reddish-brown fibrillose and large lanceolate dark brown scales. See Fig. 166. A. amabile (lovely). sti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long, slightly scaly below. fronds lft. or more long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with a lanceolate terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each side, which are 3in. to 6in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, the lowest sometimes divided at the base; segments sub-rhomboidal, with at least half the lower side cut away, the upper side and part of the lower lobed and sharply spinuloso-serrated. sori sub-marginal, Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum amabile. A, an its distribution. Syn. Polystichum angulare. There are an enormous number of ties, many of which are not under cultiva- Fic. 167. ASPIDIUM ANGULARE GRANDICEPS, A. a. grandiceps (large-crested). This is a narr po pee the m: ces of the Fadi aai and deh pira fern. See Fig. 167. °° S Amy ; A. anomalum (anomalous). sti. tufted, 1ft. to 2ft. ense scaly below, fronds ett. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more am 5 poe pinne bin. to 9in. long, 2in. to Zin. broad; pinnules lanceolate cut down in the lower part into oblo; snin; teeth blunt or slightly mucronate. sori placed near the uses of the pinnules. Ceylon. Stove species. Syn. Polystichum ļ aristatum (awned).* rhiz. creeping. sti. scattered, 9in. 18in. long, very scaly below. fronds 1E to 2ft. long, Jin. to 12in. broad, ovate-deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; lower largest, _ “in. to bin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad; lowest pinnules much the _ largest, lanceolate-deltoid ; teeth copious tate. sori small, jeg wo ae two rows near the midrib. Ja South Wales, &c. Greenhouse species, Sree i Aspidium—continued. A. a. coniifolium (Conium-leaved).* fronds more finely divided ; segments copiously toothed, with lower lobes distinct. A. a. variegatum (variegated).* A handsome variety, with a broad band of green running through the bases of the pinnules along the course of the rachis. A. auriculatum (eared).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly below or throughout. jvonds 12in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad; pinne numerous, sub-sessile, usually close, lin. to 2in. long, about Jin. broad, ovate-rhomboidal, falcate, acute, spinoso-serrated, the upper base auricled, the lower one truncate. sori in two rows. India, widely distributed. Stove species, SYNS. A. ocellatum, Polystichum auriculatum. A. a. lentum (pliant). Pinnæ cut into oblong mucronate lobes ag half-way down to the rachis, the auricle sometimes quite ree, A. a. marginatum (margined).* A variety with more coriaceous texture; upper edge of the pinne slightly lobed. A. capense (Cape).* sti, scattered, lft. to 2ft. long, densely scaly below. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, sub-deltoid ; lowest pinne the largest, 6in. to Yin. long, Zin. to 4in. Droad ; pinnules and segments lanceolate, the latter bluntly lo sori very large and copious. South America, New Zealand, Cape Colony, Natal, &c. Greenhouse species. SYNS. A. coriaceum, — Polystichum capense. P A. confertum (compressed). Synonymous with A. meniscioides. A. coriaceum (leathery). Synonymous with A. capense. A. falcatum (hooked).* sti. tufted, 6in, to 12in. long, densely scaly below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, simply pinnate ; pinnz numerous, the lower stalked, ovate-acuminate, falcate, Sin. to Sin. long, lin. to 2in. broad ; edge entire or slightly undulated, the upper side narrowed suddenly, sometimes auricled, the lower r dor obliquely truncate at the base. sori small, copious, scattered. Japan, China, Himalayas, &c. SYN. Cyrtomium fal- catum. j A. f. caryotideum (Caryota-like) has pinnæ sometimes larger, sharply toothed, slightly lobed, sometimes auricled on both sides. Syn. Cyrtomiuntcarpotideum. A. f. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* This differs from the type in having inne narrower and more opaque. All are most useful house erns, and quite hardy in many parts of the country. Syn. Cyrto- mium Fortunei. falcinellum (finely-hooked).* sti. tufted, Jin. to 8in. long, pien to in. long, hg Pgh glial , din. broad; t acute; serrated ; the truncate at the house species, Syn, Pi flexum (bending). sti. scattered, b scaly, Fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Yin. to 12in. broad ; lower te-deltoid, 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ; pin- nules lanceolate-deltoid, cut down to the rachis belowinto oblong bluntly-lobed segments. sori large, in two rows, copious, Juan Fernandez. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum flexum. E. A, fæniculaceum (Fennel-leaved),* rhiz. creeping. sti, scattered, 6in, to 12in. long, densely scaly below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, and Qin. to 12in, broad, lanceolate-deltoid, four to five pinnatifid $ lower pinnæ bin, to 8in. long, din. to 4in. broad ; ultimate divisions linear, awned, with a firm texture. sori solitary, Greenhouse — Sikkim, 7,000ft. to 10,000ft. Syn. Polystichum feenicu- aceum. A. frondosum (leafy). sti. seattcred, 1ft. to 2ft. long, er scaly below. fronds 18in. to 24in. iong, lft. or more broad, sub-deltoid ; lower pinnz much the largest, long stalked; pin- nules lanceolate ; segments very unequal sided, pinnatifid, with rounded mucronate lobes, obliquely truncate at the base below. sori large, copious. Madeira. Greenh 2s. SYN. stichuin frondosum. A. Hookeri (Hooker's). sti, 1ft. or more long, naked. _ fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long ; pinnæ 6in. to 8in. long, lin, broad, cut down to a broadly-winged rachis into nearly close, spreading, entire, linear-oblong lobes lin. broad. sori nearer siie pa than the mid- rhiz. stout, wide-creeping. rib, Malay Archipela Stove species. SYNS. A. nephrodioides and ium Bakr.. tium-leaved).* sti, 4in. to 6in. long, stramineous, scaly at base. fronds 12in, to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in. ovate: ; lower pinnæ the est, with peeks Se , imbricated wit lower side , lanceo small, — se Awe segments. sori in two rows, very apan. i lepidocaulon (scaly-stemmed), sti. tufted, 6in, to 9in. long, densely clothed with large cordate scales, "ronds 1ft. or more long, fim. to bin. broad, sometimes elongated and rooting at the point : pinnæ ĉin. to din. eng jin. to jin. broad, ite: cate, the two sides unequal, the upper one auricled at wee ss $ x i reen- sori principally in two rows, near midr house species. SYN. Polystichum lepidocaulon. : ares A. Lonchitis -like).* The Holly Fern. sti. densely tufted, lin. pact Tong scaly at Lae fronds Tt ae I lin. road, pinna v ; pinnæ din. long, jin. | AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 127 Aspidium—continued. - point mucronate, edge spinuloso-serrated, the upper side sharply auricled at the base, the lower obliquely truncate. Britain, &c. A very widely-spread hardy species. SYN. Polystichum Lonchitis. A. meniscioides (Meniscium-like). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, scaly below. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, pinnate ; . barren pinnæ sessile, 6in. to 9in. long, 1jin. to 2in. broad, oblong- acuminate, nearly entire; fertile pinnæ much smaller. sori intwo close rows between the primary veins. West Indies, &c. Stove species. SYNS. A. confertum and Cyclodium meniscioides. A. mohrioides (Mohria-like). sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, more or less densely scaly. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, bipinnate ; pinnæ numerous, frequently imbricated, lanceolate, cut down below into slightly toothed, oblong-rhomboidal pin- nules. sori copious. Patagonia and the Cordilleras of Chili. Greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum mohrioides, A. mucronatum (mucronated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long, densely scaly. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, ldin. to 2in. broad, pin- nate throughout; pinne very numerous, often imbricated, łin. to lin. long, jin. to žin. broad, sub-rhomboidal, unequal-sided, mucronate, sub-entire, distinctly auricled at the upper base, sori in a long row on each side the midrib. West Indies. Stove or greenhouse species. Syn. Polystichum mucronatum. A. munitum (armed).* sti, tufted, 4in. to Qin. long, densely scaly. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad ; pinnz close, 2in. to 4in. long, about jin. broad, acuminate, finely spinulose and serrated throughout, the upper side auricled, and the lower pon bf truncate at the base. sori in two rows near the edge. California, &c. Hardy; very fine. SYN, Polystichum munitum. A. nephrodioides (Nephrodium-like). Synonymous with A. Hookeri, A. ocellatum (spotted). Synonymous with A. auriculatum. A. pungens (stinging). rhiz. stout. sti. scattered, 1ft. long, scaly below only. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin, to 12in. broad ; lower pme 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad? pinnules ovate-rhom- oidal, unequal-sided, often deeply pinnatifid. sori principally in two rows near the midrib. Cape Colony. SYN. Polystichum pungens. A. repandum (wavy-leaved). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, naked. fronds ‘2ft. or more long, 12in. to 18in. broad, apex deeply pinnatifid, with linear-oblong, slightly sinuated lobes; lower pinnz four to eight on each side, 6in. to 8in. long, 1łin. to liin. broad, acumi- nate ; edge bluntly sinuated, the lowest stalked and forked. sori in two distinct rows near the main vein. Philippines, Stove species. A. rhizophyllum (frond-rooting). sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long, slender. fronds 2in. to 6in. long, fin. broad, with the long, narrow upper half of the frond lengthened out and rooting, the lower half cut down to a flattened fibrillose rachis into oblong- rhomboidal sub-entire lobes about jin. broad, jin. deep. sori scattered. Jamaica, 1820, Stove or cool house species. SYN. Polystichum rhizophyllum. A. semicordatum (half-cordate). sti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long. bboy 2ft. m gA long, 8in. ii ge simply posi ; pinnæ spreading, 4in. . long, }in. to fin. broad, nearly entire, acu- minate, cordate or truncate at the base. sori one to t*iree rows on each side, the inner one close to the midrib. Tropical America, &c. SYN, Polystichum semicordatum. A, trapezioides (Trapezium-like). Synonymous with A. viviparum. triangulum (triangular).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, base scaly. fronds lft. or more long, 1jin. to 2in. broad ; pinnæ nume- rous, sessile, lower ones distant, central ones 3in. to lin. long, about šin. broad, sub-deltoid, lower side obliquely truncate ; apex mucronate, edge sub-entire or slightly lobed, with blunt or spinose teeth, one or both sides auricled at the sori principally in two rows near the edge. West Indies. Stove or greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum triangulum. A. trifoliatum (three-leaved). sti. tufted, 1ft. or more long, base only scaly. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in, to 12in. broad, with a large ovate-acuminate terminal pinna, narrowed or forked at the base, and one or two lateral ones on each side, the lowest mostly forked. sori in rows near the main veins. Tropical America. Stove species. A. t. heracleifolium (Heracleum-leaved). A form with pinnæ pinnatifid on both sides at the base. A. tripteron (three-winged). sti. 6in. to Yin. long, densely scaly atbase. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, with a large terminal and two small spreading lateral pinnæ at the base of it, the former 2}in. to šin. broad, with very numerous spreading pinnules on each side, ljin. Jong, about jin. broad, unequal sided, acute, dogi inciso-pinnatifid, the lower lobes again toothed ; lateral pinnæ din. to 5in. long, l}in. to 2in. broad. sori principally in two rows mid- po between midrib and edge. Japan. Greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum tripteron. ` A, varium (variable).* rhiz. sub-creeping, sti. 6in. to 12in. long, densely fibrillose below. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 9in. to 12in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid; lower pinnze much the largest, _ Sub-deltoid, unequal sided, 4in. to 6in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad ; -pinnules lanceolate, imbricated, with oblong, blunt, slightly toothed segments. sori principally in two rows near the midrib. Japan. Greenhouse species. SyYNs. Lastrea varia and Poly- _ stichum varium, It is frequently met with in gardens under the . Greenhouse species. Aspidium—continued. A. viviparum (bud-producing). sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly at the base. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ; pinnæ numerous, nearly lanceolate, the central ones 2in. to 3in. long, about din. broad, mucronate, sometimes bud-bearing, the edge more or less deeply lobed, in the lower part sometimes quite down to the rachis, the upper side auricled. sori in two or four rows. West Indies. Stove or greenhouse species. SYNS. A. trapezioides and Polystichum viviparum. ASPLENIUM (from a, not, and splen, spleen; re- ferring to the medicinal properties formerly attributed to the genus). Spleenwort. Orp. Filices. Including Anisogonium, Athyrium, Ceterach, Cænopteris, Darea, Diplazium, Hemidictyum, Neottopteris. A very large and widely-spread genus, including species suitable for the stove, temperate, and hardy ferneries. Sori dorsal or sub- marginal, linear or oblong. Iuvolucre similar in shape, ` straight or occasionally curved, single or double, plane or tumid, bursting along the outer edge. The tropical species should be grown in a compost of peat, loam, and sand ; the hardy sorts in a mixture of fibrous peat and sand. Gcod drainage is at all times required. For general culture, see Ferns. Po Repro, y LATA 08 ano W ioe Fic. 168. ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIGRUM, showing Rootstock and back of Fertile Fronds. E A. abscissum (clipped). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. bin. to 12in. long, us, to 4in. broad, sometimes proliferous at the apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are ljin. to 2in. long, about jin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso- crenate, the upper one narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower one obliquely truncate. sori short, in two regular rows, falling short of both midrib and edge. Tropical America, Stove species. Syn. A. jirmum, : = : iia A. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long. fron lft. to 2ft. long, gin. to l2in. broad, with very numerous close- 128 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Asplenium— continued. > i paoa lanceolate-oblong pinnæ on both sides, which are 4in. to . long, liin. to 2in. broad ; pinnules numerous, unequal-sided, lanceolate, acuminate; edges sharply toothed, the lower base ob- liquely truncate. sori in two rows in the upper part of the pinnules, often diplazioid. Sandwich Islands. Greenhouse spe- cies. Syn. A. polyphyllum. Adiantum- (Black Spleenwort), sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in, long, 4in. to 6in. broad, sub-deltoid ; lower pinnæ deltoid, 2in. to 3in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad ; all the pinne pinnate. sori copious, at last often occupying the whole under surface of the segments. Great Britain. World-wide in its distribution. Hardy. A. solidum, from Cape Colony, is supposed to be a mere form of this species. There are several varieties the best of which are described below. See Fig. 168. A. A.-n. acutum (acute). fronds Yin. to 15in. long, deltoid, tri- pinnate; ultimate segments linear, and very acute. Ireland. A copiously divided and very elegant variety. Habit more graceful than the type, FIG, 169, ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIGRUM GRANDICEPS, ted). fronds 6in. to 12in. long ; pinnz comparatively short, and slightly crested; apex freely divided, and expanded into a broad crest, which gives the frond a very graceful contour, Frame or greenhouse variety. -= See Fig. 169. A. A-n. im (sharp-leaved). fronds 4in. to 6in. long, ovate-lanceolate ; ultimate segments narrow and very acute. A very pretty little variety. A, affine (related). sti, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 12in to 18in. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, bipinnate, with numerous pinne on each side, the lower ones lanceolate-rhomboidal ; pinnules rhomboidal, inciso-serrate, sori copious, linear. Mascaren Islands, &c. Stove or warm greenhouse species. SYN. A, spathulinum. - pinnate, with a large terminal and t Yale of the To frond of the simple state; texture coriaceous. altern (alternated). sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long. ond. bin. to Bin. long, lin, to Tjin broad, Isneeolate-oblong cut down blunt! nded lobes on each side, which reach the lower gradually reduced. sori Greenhouse species. SYN. A. Dal- housiæ. A. alternifolium (alternate-leaved). Synonymous with A. ger- manicum. r T lium (narrow-leaved).* sti, tufted, about 1f fronds 18in. to 24in. long, 4in. to bin. broad, simply niani ceolate-oblong, flaccid, with twenty to thirty sub-sessile pinnæ on each side, sterile ones largest, 2in. to Sin. long, jin. broad, acumi- nate; edge obscurely-crenate, base rounded and equal on both _ Sides ; fertile pinn narrower and more distant. sori very close and regular, extending from the midrib nearly to the edge. - Canada, &c. Greenhouse species. A. anisophylium unequal-leaved), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in, . frond. ft toot long, 6in. to 9in. broad, oblong-lanceol: ble pinnate, With with ten to sixteen sub-sessile pinnæ on each side, Asplenium—continued. which «iè 3in. to Sin. long, about lin. broad, acuminated, crenate, the two sides unequal, the uppér One narrowed suddenly, the lower one obliquely truncate at the base. sori distant, elliptical, reaching half-way from the edge to the margin. Cape Colony, &e. Greenhouse species. A, apicidens (apex-toothed), A variety of A. Vieillardii. A. arborescens (tree-like). caw. oblique. stò. 1ft. to 2ft, long. fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad, deltoid, tripinnatifid, with numerous pinne, the lower ones 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad; pinnules šin. long, about Jin. wide, acuminate, edge cut two-thirds of the way down to the rachis into nearly entire lobes, lin, deep, Łin, broad. Lower sori lin. long. Mauritius, &c., 1826. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium arborescens. A. Arnottii (Arnott’s). sti. smooth, angular. fronds ample, tri- pinnatifid ; lower pinnæ Qin. to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad; pinnules šin. to 4in. long, lin. or more broad, cut down below to a distinctly winged rachis into deeply crenate, blunt, oblong lobes, “` Hin. deep, jin. broad. sori copious, nearly all diplazioid, and filling up when mature nearly the whole surface of the lobes. Sand- wich Islands, 1877. Greenhouse species. SYNs. A, diplazioides and Diplazium Arnottii. A. aspidioides (Aspidium-like). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in, long Sronds lft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinna: tifid ; lower pinnz 6in. to 8in. long, lanceolate-deltoid ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down below nearly to the rachis into inciso-pinna- tifid ovate segments, two lines broad. sori copious, oblong, the lower ones curved. Tropical America, &c. Greenhouse species. Syn, A, multisectum. A. attenuatum (attenuated). sti. tufted, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds simple, linear-lanceolate, about lft. long, about jin. broad, nar- rowed upwards very gradually, sometimes proliferous at the point, the margin toothed; the lower third also lobed; the lowest roundish, lobes reaching down nearly or quite to the rachis, sort reaching nearly to the edge. Queensland, &c. . Greenhouse species. A. aureum (golden). A variety of A. Ceterach. A. auriculatum (auriculated).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 12in, to 18in, long, 4in. to6in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo- ee with ten to twenty-stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, #in. to lin. broad, lanceolate, often sub-faleate ; y crenate, the two sides unequal, the upper one with a cordate auricle, the lower one obli uely truncate. _ sort distant, not reaching either the midrib or Tropical America, 1820. Stove species. A, auritum (eared). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, simply pinnate, with ten to ‘een -stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are 2in. to 3in, long, x and about żin. broad, acute or bluntish ; edge sharply toothed or often lobed, especially on the upper side towards the base. sori in two broad rather oblique rows. Tropical America. Stove species, A. australasicum (Australian). A variety of A. Nidus. A. Baptistii EADS sti. 6in. to 8in. long. fronds lft. long, bipinnate, broadly ovate; pinnæ stipitate, the lower about Sin. long, with four narrow stipitate linear-toothed pinnules, — Zin. long, and a terminal lobe, 3}in. long, jin. broad, furnished with distinct linear marginal teeth, pointing forwards, and ter- minating in a long attenuated point, which is toothed nearly to the end. sori linear-oblong, straight, parallel with, and close to, the midrib. South Sea Islands, 1879, A very handsome stove species. A. Belangeri (Belanger’s).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds 12in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, bipinnate ; pinnae numerous, — lin, to 1żin. long, żin. broad, rounded at the point, truncate at the base on the lower side ; pinnules linear, erecto-patent, line broad ; one vein and sorus to each segment, the latter ma: Malayan Peninsula, Stove species. SYNS. A. Veit Darea, Belangeri, &e. A. bipartitum (twice-partite). sti. tufted, Zin. to bin. long. fronds 6in. to 8in. long, 2in. to Zin. broad, bipinnate, with about ten to fifteen stalked pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1jin. long, żin. to Zin. broad, bluntish, gut down at the base on the upper side into one distinctly-stalked cuneate pinnule, sometimes into two or three, the outer edge inciso-crenate, the base on the lower side obiignely truncate. sori in two regular rows, reaching nearly to the edge. Mascaren Isles. Stove species. A, bisectum (bisected).* sti. =n 4in. to bin. long. 12in, to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in, broad, bipinnatifid, with twenty to thirty horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are 2in, to Jin, long in. broad, with a very long, narrow, deeply inciso- upper portion, the base on the upper side narrowed suddenly, on- e lower obliquely truncate. sori almost all in two parallel rows- close to the midrib. West Indies, &c. Stove species. — ly-winged). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long. in. to 1jin. broad, bipinnate, with twelve pi each side, of which from ro i soli _ Madagascar, &c. Stovespecies. SYN. Darea oe: - A. brevisorum (shortly-soriate). sti. 12in. to 18in. long. fro ait. to att tong, Sin. to lin. broad, ‘tripinnate; lower a AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 129 forms A. Sin. to 15in, long, Asplenium—continued. or more long; pinnules lanceolate, distant, 2in. to Zin. long, and sin. broad; segments lanceolate, Zin. long, two lines broad, deeply and sharply toothed. sori small, six to twelve to a seg- ment, in two rows near the midrib, the lower ones curved, often double. Jamaica, &c. Stove species. SYN. Athyrium brevisorum. (bulb-bearing). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long. A. bulbiferum fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, oblong-deltoid, with numerous horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are often pro- liferous from the upper surface, the largest 4in. to 8in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid, slightly toon od sori oblong, when mature often filling the whole breadth of the seg- ments. New Zealand, &c., very widely distributed. Greenhouse species. A. b. Fabianum (Fabia’s). Lower segments deeply pinnatifid, with narrow divisions and sub-marginal sori. SYN. A. Fabianum. A. b. laxum (loose). Habit more slender; segments narrow, so that the sori are often as if marginal. A. caudatum (tailed). Probably a form of A. falcatum, but having the sori more confined to the centre of the pinnæ, being often restricted to two parallel rows close to the rachis. Poly- nesia, &c, Greenhouse species, Fic. 170. ASPLENIUM CETERACH. A, Ceterach, Scale Fern.* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 3in. long, scaly. fronds 4in. to 6in. long, sin. to lin. broad, cut down nearly or quite to the rachis into alternate, blunt, sub-entire, broadly- oblong or roundish pinnæ, with a rounded sinus between them ; upper surface naked, lower densely clothed with deep brown membranous scales. sori linear oblique. Britain, throughout Europe, Northern Asia, &c. This is a variable species, but the do not remain constant under cultivation. It should be firmly planted in a vertical chink of the rockery in ag lime rubbish, rock chippings, and sand, and be watered freely during the summer, SYN. Ceterach oficinarum. See Fig. 170. C. aureum (golden).* A large variety, producing fronds from nl to in. broad, and pinne more oblong than the types scales toothed. Canaries and Madeira. This isa charming fern, requiring greenhouse treatment. Syn. Ceterach aureum. A. cicutarium (Cicuta-leaved).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Bin. long. Jronds bin. to 15in. long, 4in. to 6in, broad, tripinnate, with ten . to fifteen horizontal pinnæ on each side, the lower ones 2in. to 3in. long, lin. broad, cut down to the rachis into numerous ovate- rhomboidal pinnules, which are gin. to in. long, jin. broad, obliquely-truncate on the lower side; segments once or twice cleft at the apex. sori principally in two rows along the pinnules. Tropical America, &c. Stove species. A. Colensoi (Colenso’s). sti. tufted, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds 6in. to Yin. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, tripinnatifid, with numerous rather rigid erecto-patent pinne, the lower on stalks jin, to żin. long ; lower pinnules spreading, deeply inciso-pinnatifid, with linear segments. sori oblong, solitary. New Zealand. A beautiful greenhouse species, SYN. A. Hookerianum., A. com (compressed). sti. tufted, 6in. to 8in. long. na ronds at to 3ft. long, gin. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo- , with ten to twenty sessile pinne on each side, which are 4in. to bin. long, about lin. broad, acute or bluntish at the nt, edge slightly dentate, the upper ones decurrent at the ase upon the stout fleshy compressed rachis, the upper side narrowed suddenly at about a right angle, the lower one obliquely truncate. sori broad, distant, not reaching either the midrib or edge. St. Helena. Stove or greenhouse species. A. ag ge 2 (contiguous), sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with twenty to thirty hori- zontal sub-falcate pinnæ on each side, which are acuminated at the apex ; edge more or less serrated, the base narrowed suddenly, and sometimes auricled on the upper, onoi y truncate in a Sandwich Isles. G curve on the lower side. sori close, copious, falling considerabl _ short of the margin Tele reenhouse species, r w ae $: Asplenium— continued. A. crenatum (crenated).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, scattered. fronds Yin. to 15in. each way, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnate, with nine to twelve pinnæ on each side, the lowest much the est, 6in. to Sin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis except towards the point on each side into four to six blunt oblong segments, two lines long, one line broad, which are bluntly toothed. sori two to six to a segment, oblong, usually nearly straight, often double. Scandinavia, &c. Hardy species. A. cultrifolium (hook-leaved).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 4in. to ôin. broad, bipinnate, deltoid-ovate, with a lobed terminal point and six to ten pinne on each side, which are šin, to 4in. long, żin. to Zin. broad, acute; edge broadly toothed, sometimes lobed below nearly or quite to the rachis, the base nearly at a right angle on the upper, but obliquely truncate on the lower side. sori falling short both of the edge and midrib. West Indies, 1820. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium eultrifolium. A. cuneatum (wedge-shaped), sti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long. fronds 6in, to 15in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, tripinnatifid, narrow- deltoid, with numerous spreading pinne on each side, the lower Sin, to 4in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid, cut down to the rachis into several distinct ovate-cuneate pinnules, which are dentate and cut down in the lower part nearly or quite to the rachis. sori linear, sub-flabellate. West Indies, and widely dis- tributed in both hemispheres, 1832. A very handsome stove species, A. Dalhousize (Dalhouse’s), Synonymous with A. alternans. A. decussatum (decussate). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long. fronds 2ft. to 4ft. long, simply pinnate, with numerous pinn# on each side, which are 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, often proliferous in the axils ; edge nearly entire. sori reaching nearly to the edge, and copiously double. Polynesian and Malayan Islands, &c. Stove species. SYN. Anisogonium decussatum. ë A. dentatum (dentated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long. fertile fronds 2in. to 3in. long, lin. broad, with six to eight pairs of stalked, sub-opposite pinne, which are jin, broad, gin. deep, oblong-rhomboidal, the lower side at the base truncate in a curve, the outer edge irregularly crenate. sterile fronds smaller, on shorter stalks. sori copious, in two parallel rows. West Indies, &c., 1820. A pretty little greenhouse species, A. dimidiatum (unequal-sided).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in, long. fronds 6in. to 1l5in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, sac 5 y pinnate, with six to nine opposite pairs of pinne, which are 2in. to šin. long, Zin. to lin. broad, acuminated, sharply serrated. sori radiant, narrow, longlinear. Tropical America. Stove species. A. dimorphum (two-formed).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 15in. broad, ovate-deltoid, sterile and fertile ones different or combined ; lower pinna ovate-deltoid, 6in. to Bin. am 2in. broad, bluntly toothed, and the base on the lower side o liquel truncate ; fertile pinnæ the same size, but with very narrow simple or forked pinnules. sori linear, solitary, — Ravina dd d Norfolk Island. - One of the handsomest warm n- house species. SYNS. A. diversifolium (of gardens), and re dimorpha. A. diplazioides (Diplazium-like). A synonym of A. Arnottii, — A. diversifolium (diverse-leaved). A garden synonym of A. dimorphum. aes A. diversifolium (diverse-leaved), Synonymous with A. mazı- MUM. ; ; A. ebeneum (ebony-stalked).* sti. tufted, Zin. to6in. long. fronds uricled, often cordate. sori t ; side, oblong, short. Canada, &c., widely distributed, 1779. Green- house species. A. ebenoides is wt like this, but the pinnz are not cut down to the rachis, and the frond has an elongated = ; Peng is only sinuated with a single row of sori on each side. j A. erectum (erect). Synonymous with A. lunulatum. A. erosum (bitten). sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, deltoid, with nine to fifteen pinnæ on each side, which are Sin. to 4in. long, šin. to jin. broad, the edge slightly lobed and crenato-dentate, the point acuminate, the two sides unequal. sori falling short of the edge. West Indies. Stove species. Se bs A. esculentum (edible).* cau. sub-arborescent. sti. 1ft. to 2ft. — long. fronds 4{t. to 6ft. long, pinnate or bipinnate ; lower pinnæ 12in, to 18in, long, 6in. to 8in. broad; pinnules Jin. to 6in. Jong, about lin. broad, acuminate; edge more or less rape genes god : narrowed suddenly, often auricled; lines of sort. on all the — lateral veinlets. India, &c., 1822. Stove species, SYN. Aniso- gonium esculentum. A. extensum (extended). sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long. fronds 12in. to 24in. long, about lin. broad, with twenty to forty sessile pinne on each side, which are 4in, long, jin. to gin. deep, blunt and entire, the upper side rather the broadest and often cordate, the lower merely rounded at the base. sori linear-oblong, two or three on each side of the midrib. Andes of Columbia and- Peru. A very rare greenhouse species, allied to our native A Trichomanes. > > o ON a : sie 130 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, - Asplenium—continued. š . Fabianum (Fabia: S ous with A. bulbiferum A (Fabia’s). Synonym: A. falcatum (hooked).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in. ` to l8in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, lanceolate, with six to twenty stalked, nearly horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are 2in. to 3in. long, jin. to lin. broad, acuminated, the edges lobed often one-third of the way down, and the lobes sharply toothed, the two sides unequal, and the lower one at the base obliquely truncate. sori in long irregular lines reaching nearly to the edge. esian Islands, &c., widely distributed. A very elegant green- house species. A. fejeense (Fijian).* rhiz. wide-climbing. sti. 6in. long, scaly below. reall 18in. to 24in. long, lin. to l4in. broad, lanceolate, caudate, or acuminate at the apex, and often proliferous, narrowed below toa truncate base, the margin nearly entire. sori reaching from the midrib nearly to the edges. Fiji, Samoa. &c. Stove species. A. Fernandesianum (Juan Fernandez). A variety of A. lunu- , um. lat A. Filix-foomina dy Fern).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds lit. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with numerous pinnate pinne, the lower ones spreading, lanceo- late, 3in. to 6in. long, lin. to isin. broad; pinnules deeply inciso- innatifid, sort e oning; the lower ones often curved. 3ritain, and world-wide in its distribution. SYN. Athyrium Filiz-famina. This handsome deciduous species has a great ; aer wha of varieties, the most important of which are described Bs w: : A. F.-f. acrocladon (summit-branched).* fronds Qin. to 15in. long, slender, bi- or tripinnate, the lower part very narrow, with the apices of the pinne sometimes crested; appar portion of the -frond freely branched, divisions narrow and crested, the whole forming a broad head, A. Ff. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* fronds Qin. to 12in. long, Janceolate-acuminate in ae a a closely set pinnæ, which are similarly characterised, particularly tapering at the A, F.-f. apiculatum ).* fronds 6in. to 15in. long, 2in. ts ee ek eee te. outing, “With, N apices; pinnæ closely | distinctly acuminated apices, and small roundish obtuse serrated pinnules. uF ebyanum (Appleby’s).* narrow, 12in, to 24in. Jong, with short blunt —— cats ter eani wre Mase naa oe nina crest, which is very striking upon such a texture. _A. F.-f. calothrix (beautiful-hair).* fronds Qin. to 15in. long, copiously divided into exquisitely fine segments, so that the fronds present a very light and delicate appearance. A. F.-f. contortum (contorted).* fronds very diversified, the various pinne occasionally combining the pi Beant miea of the varieties Applebyanum and Victoriæ. A. Fef. coronatum (coronate).* fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. = wide; pinnæ distinctly forked, sometimes slightly crested at the ie. — ; the upper extremity of the frond copiously forked, and by i ramification of the divisions a broad crest is formed, about Sin. to 4in. across. F.-f. co (corymbose).* fronds 12in. to 18in. long, -4in. to Tin. I a lence lat inate in general outline ; pinmnæ closely set, usually forked and crested at the apices, while the tremities of the fronds are dilated into broad crests, nearly or quite as wide at the broadest portion of the frond. . F.-f. crispum Cerispy or curled).* fronds 6in. long, densely _ Set with very finely divided pinne, which are thickly curled, pre- a “appearance. s 6in. to 12in. long, ovate or A; F.-f. dissectum (dissected). broadly lanceolate in form, with irregular and unequal pinne ; the pinnules also differ very Oe te che tia forage aid be , and are deeply cut, nearly A. F.-f. Elworthii (Elworth’s).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, lan- anita tripinnate, terminated with a very dense crest. trom or leas forked and crested. er A PEN nae PIN A. F.-f. Fieldize (Field’s).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, narrow, with regular or variously-forked divided pinnæ, sometimes ar- _ ranged crosswise, with a very graceful disposition. A. F.-f. Friselliæ (Frisell’s).* fronds pendent, sometimes 2ft. long, rarely exceeding lin. wide, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnæ alternate, i heated, flabellate, with the margins of the pinnules or ulti- divisions denta (large-crested).* fronds Yin. to 15in. long, in outline, copiously forked both at the extremities pinnæ and frond. The latter is furnished with a very obose crest, which causes the frond to present a beautifully Asplenium— continued. A. F-f. Grantz (Grant’s).* fronds Qin. to 12in. keg; lanceolate, or broadly so, very thickly set with pinnæ, omer 4 ivided, with the apices of the latter turned up, so that the plant has a crisp or bristly appearance. A. F.-f. Jonesii (Jones’s).* fronds 12in. to 18in. long, oblong- lanceolate in outline, slightly acuminate, bipinnate, furnished at the extremities with a small crest; pinne alternate, copiously forked and crested at the apices, even having larger crests than the one at the upper extremity of the frond; pinnules narrow, dentate, slightly crested. A, F.-f. minimum (smallest).* fronds 4in. to bin, long, lin. wide, lanceolate, bipinnate; pinnules densely set, imbricated, and crispy. - A. F.-f. Moorei (Moore’s).* fronds 4in. to Sin. long, linear, ter- minated with a broad tasselled crest, 3in. or more in diameter ; pinnz small, scattered, variously forked, crested, and slender. A. F.-f. multifidum See 1 A very vigorous giowing variety, producing fronds as large as those of the type, terminated with large tasselled crests ; pinnæ and pinnules narrow, the former furnished with small crested apices. A variety known as nanum much resembles the foregoing, but the crests are more dense, and the fronds are usually not more than half the length. A. F.-f, pannosum (pannose).* fronds 10in. to 20in. long, lanceo- late in outline, from 4in. to 6in. in the broadest part, bi- or (rarely) tripinnate; pinne thickly set, closely alternated, lanceolate- acuminate in form, with deep cut pinnules, and distinctly but pots Farag lobed; the whole frond is frequently tinged with reddish-purple. A. F.-f. plumosum (feathery).* fronds 12in. to in. long, 4in. to 10in. broad, broadly lanceolate in outline, tripinnate, beautifully arched ; pinne of the same form as the frond, i gs divided ; — again divided into very fine segments. ere are several orms of this charming variety. A, F.-f. Pritchardii (Pritchard’s).* fronds 12in. to 30in. long, very ae tai tapering especially towards 1ely crested at the apices of and is particularly A. F.-f. ramosa (branched).* fronds 9in. to 12in. long, the lower into Shek pamar Aeng Sen Tar the upper "oe te livic rout two main t which are again varic and fu forked, and fur- A. F.-f. scopz (heavily-crested).* fronds bin. to 16in, long, with a few scattered irregular — along the main rachis ; some of the pinnez are almost obsolete, while others are an inch long with oblong-dentate pinnules and a heavy terminal crest ; the upper portion has several ramifications, each of which is copiously forked and heavily crested, the whole forming a corymbose h šin. or 4in. in diameter, which gives the plant a pendent habit. A. F.-f. sub-lunatum (half-crescent-shaped).* fronds Qin. to 20in. long, less than lin. wide, with curious alternated, nearly crescent- shaped, much contracted pinne, sparingly divided, arching. A. F.-f. Victorize (Victoria’s).* fronds long, lanceolate in outline, with the apices crested, as well as those of the pinnæ; the latter are forked at the base, the divisions being divergent, and crossing those of the neighbouring pinnae. A form named gracilis has narrower fronds, is more compact, and cresting rather thicker. There is also another form named lineare, having very heavily crested fronds, and an extremely elegant appearance. The foregoing are the most important varieties, but a very com- parative few of the total number. Although forms of an essen- tially hardy species, the greater number particularly the rarer sorts—should have a winter protection ; or, what bad a e 5 preferable and satisfactory, they ghould be grown in the frame or temperate fernery. Pe Se epee A. firmum (firm-textured). Synonymous with ith A. abscissum. reg fissum (cut),* ati. tufted, Zin. to Gis KE fronds. ith n “iong, tn. to 5 Moa g eales flabellato-cuneate, aniy distant pinnæ on P iine broad ry - ul ; w s dori | mammen a aan ae half a inear-oblong, pying the whole breadth of the segments, — South Europe. A pretty little frame or greenhouse , ‘flabellifolium (fan-leaved).* sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long. ~ ds procumbent, wide straggling, elongated, and rooting at the ‘apex, 6in. to 12in. long, Jin. to in. broad, with ten to fifteen pema flabellate pinnæ on each side, which are jin. to jin. each way, broadly lobed ; lobes yor A toothed, the base cut awayin a ways on the lower side. sori oblique, irregular, copious, Tem- perate Australia, &c. Greenhouse species. A. f. majus (greater). This is a larger form, with longer fronds and broader pinnæ, - A. flaccidum (relaxed). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, often pendent, with numerous lanceolate pinnæ, which are 4in. to Sin. long, and about żin. broad sometimes rather rigid and recurved, sometimes quite flaccid a - drooping, like the main rachis, sometimes — pinaatin, but more often cut down to the thick rachis in oblique or sub- | AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. = 181 | Asplenium—continued. Aspleninum—continued. l linear lobes. derfan Se dinidsa tina gnije marginal, New Zea- very ually narrower downwards n entire. aori | land, &c. SYNS. A. odontites and Darea flaccida. extending within a short distance ae edge. India, f A. foeniculaceum (Fennel-like). A variety of A. fragrans. Stove species, f - : A. Halleri (Haller’s). Synonymous with A. purges lobe, cite cordate. , miih a triangular, m aag Tamm ege a Eee Dane ; the + the pistols, sori narrow upon the simple veins, South Europe, Ea A pretty greenhouse species. SYN. A. palmatum. cristatum (crested).* Similar in frond form and size to the f pocion but the apices are crested and tasselled, Where variety is sought, this should certainly be grown. + x. multifidum (much-divided).* fronds quite as oe ms ; the main divisions ee freely divided or deeply cut, ba vethem a fringed on long. Se a ems late, with very numerous close- ead pahe me saga maimai E side, which are jin. to lin. jin, deep; the lower edge quite entire, the upper broa towards the base, i ear rowed sudde A eg! incised two, together in the yas, and widely - enp Fic. 171. ASPLENIUM FONTANUM. ae in south-eastern Asia, A very lovely stove or A. fontanum (rock).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long. fronds 3in. to A, heterodon (variousy-toothed). Synonymous with A. vulcani ( 6in. lin. to Ijin. ‘obl -lanceolate ; | casi sellin cuales petes ae Paro neon in gl ern As Moamar aaah Minne A Colensoi, stalked, ire tne aena een agian apaina sori copious, . i the whole the pinnas. England, ee jong. isin, to 2am. Dre x pae Dam Btn “Aero aan dona pean mag whole under bonged lanceolate, with numerous Hardy. This requires to be planted in a well-drained chink distant blunt, central .ones of the rocker inch gry sl. 7 Syn. A. Halleri. A. refractum trond haacocdets Same? pinnules ovate-r) in, "jin. is a well-marked . 171. much truncated at the base on the lower side and inciso- A. formosum (beautiful). sti. tufted, An short. fronds 12in. to pinnatifid. sori linear-oblong, one to each vein. Japan, &c, l8in. long, lin. with twenty to thirty sessile horizontal Greenhouse species. 7 - panas each mep A ot „e a lo ged weg — = two A. javanicum (Javanese). See Allan Brunoniana A - nes upper edge deeply cut, point rather obtuse, lower f e ms A in a straight line. sori linear-oblong, short iets ean tans Ma eed pole tte oe — [ oblique, placed one to four on each side of the midrib. Tropical iin, hen Hin A ua b i; rmai Tini aay hook dal, y America, &c., 1822. A very elegant stove species. ar and. pe Aan broadly 1 bee) below. sori copious, wl # ufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 6in. -west fragrans ( (fragrant). sti. t £, mature covering nearly the whole under surface. South-west to Yin. long, Sin. to bin. broad, sub-deltoid, tripinnate, with Europe, including sout ern England, &c, Hardy species. numerous close placed deltoid pinnae on each side, t e lowest Jin. (curled).* fronds 4in. to Sin. long, broadly- long, lin. to 1jin. broad; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid; segments A. 1. crispatum rat e one line bond, dentate Found A Outer $ edge. lanceolate, bipinnate, wit nue margins ot the pinnules involute — sori copious. Tropical America, 1793. A. foeniculaceum is a and sharply toothed, giving them a curled appearance. 1 ee variety with narrowly linear ultimate segments. Both are very A. 1. microdon (small-toothed).* fronds 4in, to bin. simply handsome stove plants, the latter being especially beau tiful. pawn with deeply lobed pinnæ, the margins of the lobes very AF ; a ad tufted, 1ft. long. fronds lft. to er en A pretty pes emergent ral ; yg Gc, Gia pantan fararo Portare sti. scattered, 4in. to bin. cu än. t to tin. mage ern | ly Oe ee a ee nee numerous distinct pinnules, the low ith r . eat widely distributed in the ical and sub-tropical regions of -| segments. sori short, irregular. Polynesian Islands, North Aus- : both hemispheres. A most t greenhouse species. SYN. tralia, &e. A very handsome greenhouse species. | A See A. laxum (loose). A variety of A. bulbiferum. ) A, germanicum (Geiman).* sti. dense to 4in. long. lineatum ed). sti. tufted, 6in, to Jin. long. fronds lit. f vonds 2in. to Sin. long, din. to lin. broad, oad, lancoclate, cut down to "a 2ft. long, A broad, oblong-lanceolate, with twenty to the rachis into a few narrow flabellato- cuneate pinnæ on each side, thirt pinnæ on each side, which are din. to 4in. long, about in. the lowest of which are again deeply cleft. sori linear, when sss i acuminate, dentate, nearly or quite sessile, the base mature covering the whole breadth, but falling short of the point aoc sori very regular, reaching from the midrib nearly to of the pinnz. Scotland and Norway to Hungary and Dalmatia. the edge. Mauritius, &c. There are several forms of this species : Hardy or frame species. SYN. A. alternifolium. those with small narrow cuneate pinnules, ineguale ; those with A giganteum (gigantic). A synonym of A. radicans. deeply bifid or pinnatifid pinnules, bifida. Stove species. = A. Goringi ictum (painted).* A ve retty form of A. longissimum (longest).* sti. tufted, Sin. to 12in. long. fronds na A. Dieetetoum i U e fronds An rr ai 6in. to 18in. long, pendu- 2ft. to 8ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, lanceolate- elongate, pendulous, A dems, somewhat lanceolate in form; rachis reddish, with the proliferous, and rooting at the apex, with very numerous pinne > next it on each side variegated, forming a central grey on each side, which are 2in. to 4in, long, jin. broad, sanini throughout its entire length. Japan. Greenhouse species, the two sides wong! equal, with a distinct central midri or hardy in sheltered positions. slightly ween 1 e he on both sides es ricle numerous, in two regular rows on midi EI ong, Sin Cre in broad, deltoid lanceotate, the point | reaching neatly to the edge. Malacca, &c., 1840. A innatifid, with twelve to twenty pinnæ on each side ; the lower s a Gs sea 2in. or more a distinctly Stalked, 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to A. lucidum (clear). A synonym of A. obtwnatenns Besekdeni. a ljin. pas peeo edge slightl leoman and sometimes | A, Iunulatum (crescent-shaped).* sti. Aiea, ily to yo tae broadly lo below, the base eq rounded on both sides. fronds bin. to 18in. long, lite. K au. pinnate, sori rade ig Aggy sed short of both midrib and edge. narrowly lanceolate-oblong, on ge i Tropical America, 1 e pao. Syn. Diplazium grandi- side, which pia lin. to ‘to Tain; Tong, in, i pe peg to in Dra rg Pog eg Sa Pap - acute, more or less J unequal ; the upper on onthe ase narrowed suddenly, th ri galling Eee to 3in. sla one obliquely tru ; r pinnæ oft rr viai en pors short of both edge and midrib. Tropics. SYN. A. erectum. THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, . 132 Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continued. A. l. Fernandesianum (Fernandez).* A form with a more A, montanum (mountain).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 3in. long. fronds rigid rachis and sub-coriaceous, rather narrower pinne. Juan bine tron = , lin. broad, lanceolate-deltoid ; lowest pinnæ dis- Fernandez. Both are handsome stove ferns. tinctl ” deltoid, sharply serrated round the outer edge. fronds sori 8 deep ren os United States, 1812. Frame or greenhouse A. macrocarpum (large fn sti. 6in. to 9in. long. 1zin. to 24in. long, 7 he broad, ovate-lanceo ate, with numerous oe sapone on each side, th the lowest 3in. to 6in. long, ‘lin. to ljin. broad; lanceolate ; pinnules on A i inciso-crê- nate or pinnatifid. sori ‘copious, large. Himalayas. Greenhouse species. SYN. Athyrium macrocarpum. A. macrophyllum (long-leaved). Synonymous with A. nitens. A. marginatum (margined). sti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, strong, erect woody, about 3in. thick at the base. fronds simply Ditte, 4ft. to 6ft. ; pinnæ in several opposite pairs, the lowest 1ft. to 2ft. long, in. to 4in, broad, the edge entire, the base often cor- date. sori long, linear, confined to the free veins. Tropical America. Stove species. Syn. Hemidictyum marginatum. A. marinum (sea).* Sea a sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long. i 6in. to 18in. lo to 4in. broad, ,oblong-lanceolate, apex x ae of the ieee half quite deltoid, the point acute fone fee erie “i pe as e including Britain. 01 ectly y grown in a trame or cool house. crowned).* fronds țin. to bet oe long, simply pin- innæ for yaang apta of the way up variable ia Th tam, and nat ; pinn lobed and cut ; the pig third freely branched with numerous imbricated, curled, and slightly crested divisions, form- ing a dense head 2in. or more across. dwarf and pretty 7 form, _ A, m. crenatum (crenated). fronds 4in. to 8in. long, broadly- lanceolate ; pinne nearly trapeziform, obtuse, with Tehy ae nated margins, A very pretty form. A. cael ee yb eee re eg sti. 2in, to 4in. long. fronds about rachis into to ovate. - Fear lobes, the margins of ery handsome form, the i ayo poet thant its ‘length. A. m. ramosum (branched). onds from 4in. to 8in. long, Scpened at the apices; pinn oblong, with the margins obtusely- dentate, and slightly undulated. ‘ A. m. sub-bipinnatum (half-bipinnate). fronds 6in. to 12in. long, _ lanceolate; pinne distant, deeply lobed, or cut nearly to the mid- _ ribs. A very rare and pretty variety. Am. Th ompsonii (Thompson’s).* sti, in. to 4in. long, smooth. fronds 6in. to 10in. long, ovate-lanceolate, bipinnatifid ; pinne closely set, sub-deltoid, unequal-sided, deeply cut into Pron y undulated lobes below, gradually less divided upwards. : AET re and handsome variety. All the forms of A. marinum ; y moist atmosphere, consequently they will not thrive t! phedi ir, unless along the sea-coast. maximum rest). cau. erect. sti. 2ft. or more long. fronds several feet long, to 3ft. broad, deltoid-lanceolate, with nume- 1S | è on each , the lowest 9in, to 18in. long, 4in. to 8in. d rA to 4in. long, Zin. broad ; edge more Son the lowest two e long. North ko camel SYNS. A. diversifolium and Diplazium wien of the peaulon (black-stiped).* sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long. fronds j, Sin. to 18in broad; lower inne ĝin. to in? ome broad; lanceolate, 2in. to Zin, lo : ; sof the way to the rachis mre near. mag sori short, oblong, Th or Sema “A edge. a SYN. A. Michauxii (Michaux’s).* fronds soph sbi- or deeply E or cut t quito to the e a a seas ee hy lho et ee ee with the P rachis divided about half way down from the wept two Eip e ual divisions, which are in freely forked, ao into a obtusely on hcg ex- crested, _—— cern pene ne the d; the lower pinne are ith equal to abnormal and bluntly Tiao i sti. 3in. Se Somme ba fronds Gin, to 7 à ak ae cote i the as : “division, whic. more or less the entire frond hi ha a very elegant — ed and feathery).* divided eee the Sa ont two main bran which are t below, imbricated u cut ged Pang species, A. multisectum (much-cut). Synonymous with A. aspidioides, A. muszefolium (Musa-leaved). A variety of A. Nidus. A. n= Sg ar myriad-leaved). A variety of A. rhizo- Phylum. ; ; an apart. h omg ay about half way ag he a Ind p &c., 1820, Syn. A. australasicum. See Fig. 172. A. N. australasicum (Australian). Miarib keeled on the back, often black. Australia, &c. The two former are best treated in the stove ; the latter thrives well in the greenhouse. Syn. Lhamnopteris australasicum. A. N. muszefolium (Musa-leaved).* fronds larger, sometimes 6ft. long, 1ft. broad. sori extending nearly to the edge. A. nitens (shining). sti. scattered, 6in. to Sin. long. fronds 1in. to 2in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve to twenty ascending or sub-falcate pinn on each side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, = to lin. broad, much acuminated ; edge finely toothed, base broadly rounded on the upper, truncate in a curve on the lower side. sort in close regular rows, not extending more than half way from the — midrib to the edge. ‘Mauritius. Stove species. SYN, A. macro- phylium, of gardens only. att. i A. nitidum (shining).* sti. 1ft. long, naked. fronds 2ft. i long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with many lanceolate-deltoid pinne on each side, which are cut down to the rachis, into nume! stalked deltoid peanas Beee Bp cut into pa prabe rar North india. Gey jhouse spec A noros ae “sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds Yin. to bin. to Qin. ty —— lower ard ‘ones and deltoid ; cord anes ae marginal. e lone, distant, species, SYN. Darea Darea novee-caledonia. A obtuse). sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, ae to 4in. broad, {gviong or ovate-deltoid, with a longer than Le on ae ide, which La lin. to 2in. } long s ae jin. > lower 3 omen o. lucidum (clear).* fronds often 2ft. long, with fifteen vo ps od — of Snes on each side, which are more he texture, darker n in colour, the ——— bin. long, lin. to Thin broad, narrowed gradually to a long acumi me ted point, edge : deeply toothed, Greenhouse variety. SYN. A. in a mee obtuse-leaved).* sti, almost tufted, : to eg og 2 long, 4in. to 6in. broad, broad, ovate-lanceo- 7 AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 133 Asplenium— continued. : ‘Jate, with twelve to twenty stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are 2in. to šin. long, żin. to Zin, broad, acute ; edges slightly undulato-crenate, the upper side with a distinct auricle at the base, and then narrowed suddenly, the lower side obliquely trun- cate. sori distant, in two regular rows, falling short of the edge. West Indies, &c., 1838. Stove species. A. obtusilobum (obtuse-lobed).* sti. tufted, 2in to 4in. long. Jronds 4in. to 6in. long, 1żìn. to 2in. broad, with nine to twelve sub-deltoid pinnz on each side, of which only the inner third on the lower side is cut away, the largest nearly lin. long, fin. broad; lowest pinnules ŝin. deep, flabellately cut into three to five linear blunt lobes. sori sub-mar- ginal. New Hebrides, 1861. A very pretty little stove species, SYN. Darea obtusiloba. A. odontites (much-toothed), Synonymous with A. flaccidum. A. oxyphyilum (sharp-leaved).* sti. firm, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, lanceolate, with several pinne on each side, which are din. to 6in. long, lin. to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, in the larger forms again pinnatifid; teeth mucronate. sori in two rows on the pinnæ or pinnules midway between _ the midrib and edge. Himalayas. A very va- riable greenhouse species. SYNS. Athyrium oxy- phylla and Lastrea eburnea. A. paleaceum (scaly).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 3in. long, spreading, densely scaly. fronds 6in. to Qin. long, lżin. to 2in. broad, sometimes pro- liferous and rooting at the apex, with twelve to twenty sub-sessile pinnz on each side, which are lin. long, about żin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso- dentate, the upper base auricled and narrowed suddenly, the lower obliquely-truncate ; the lower ones stalked, and nearly as broad as long. sori linear, extending nearly to the edge. Tropical Australia. Stove or warm greenhouse species. A. palmatum (palmate). Synonymous with A. Hemionitis. a parvulum (small). Synonymous with A. tri- obum. A. persicifolium (Peach-leaved). sti. and rachis grey, with a few scattered minute grey scales. fronds oblong-lanceolate, 2ft. to 5ft. long, often gemmiferous at the apex; pinnz ascending, fifteen to thirty- jugate, sub-petiolate, 4in. to Sin, long, linear-ligulate-acumi- nate, 4in. to Zin. broad, distinctly crenate throughout, sori regular, reaching nearly to midrib and edge. Philippine and Sandwich Isles. Stove species. A. Petrarchz (Petrarch’s).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 2in. long. fronds 2in. to Sin. long, żin. broad, linear-lanceolate, with six to ten horizontal sessile pinnz on each side, which are jin. long and nearly as much broad, cordate-ovate, blunt; edge sinuated ; the base unequal, slightly truncate on the lower side. sori oblong, very short, four to six on each side of the midrib. South tno 1819. A very rare little gem, best treated in a cool ouse. A. pinnatifidum (pinnatifid). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long. Jronds 3in. to 6in. long, lin. or more broad at the base, lanceolate- deltoid, with a long, gradually narrowing point, which is sinuated only; the lobes below this jin. to din. deep; the lowest ovate- oblong, żin, deep by nearly as broad, sinuated and reaching down nearly to the rachis. sori copious. Pennsylvania. Greenhouse or sheltered places outside. A. planicaule (fiat-stiped).* sti, tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, naked. fronds bin, to 12in. long, 2in. to din. broad, with twelve to twenty stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1}in. long, jin, to šin. broad, acute; edge lobed about half-way down, and deeply serrated. sori copious, reaching nearly to the edge. Himalayas, up to 6000ft., &c., 1841, Greenhouse species. A. plantagineum (Plantain-like). sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in. to Yin, long, 2in. to 3in. broad, simple, acuminate, base rounded ; edge slightly undulato-dentate upwards, sometimes lobed towards the base. sori slender, linear, sometimes nearly touching both edge and midrib. West Indies, &c., 1819. Stove species. Syn. Diplazium plantagineum. A. polyphyllum (many-leaved). Synonymous with A. acumi- natum. A. præmorsum (bitten). Synonymous wìth A. furcatum. m prolongatum (prolonged). Synonymous with A. rutæ- Oum. A, pulchellum agad sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long. fronds šin. to 6in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, with twelve to eighteen pinnæ on each side, which are żin. to 3in. long, two lines to three lines broad, bluntish, almost dimidiate ; the upper edge crenate, and narrowed suddenly at the base. sori linear, oblique, falling short of the edge. Tropical America. Stove species. A. pumilum (small). sti. tufted, Zin. to4in. long. fronds 4in. to 6in. each way, deltoid, the upper part sinuated only, the lower Asplenium—coniinued. cut down to the rachis into distinct pinne, of which the lowest ir are much the largest; the pinnules on the lower side sometimes . long, reaching down to a slightly winged rachis, acuminate and deeply lobed. sori very oblique, the lower ones sometimes lin. long. West Indies, &c., 1823. A very rare and pretty stove species, A. rachirhizon (rachis-rooting). A variety of A. rhizophorum. —— amn = —= “aa S Fic. 173. ASPLENIUM RADICANS. A. radicans (rooting). cau. erect, sub-arborescent. sti. lft. to aft. long, tufted. , fronds 3ft. to 5ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. deltoid; lower pinne 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, sessile, the upper ones entire, lower ones 3in. to 4in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, with blunt lobes, }in. broad, reach- ing about half way down to the rachis. Lower sori : iin, long. yt veo America. A very variable species. SYNS. — A, giganteum, Diplazium radicans, D. umbrosum, &c. See Fig. 173. 4 A. refractum (refracted). A variety of A. fontanum. — Si A. resectum (cut or pared).* sti. scattered, 4in. to 8in. long. Jronds bin, to 15in, long, Zin. to 4in. broad, la f with ten to thirty sub-sessile horizontal A mam on each side, w! are lin. to 3in. lo: e to żin. broad, almost dimidiate, the point bluntish, all except e truncate part crenate, the upper half at the base narrowed nearly at a right angle. sori not mg either the midrib or edge. India, &c., widely distributed, 1820. Greenhouse species. z A. ee ae (root-bearing).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long. Jronds lft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to bin. broad, elongated, and rooting at the apex; pinnæ twelve to thirty on each side, sub-sessile, 14in. to 2in. long, about żin. broad, inciso-dentate throughout ; the two sides unequal, the upper one auricled and narrowed, the lower one obliquely cuneate. sori not reaching either to the edge or midrib. Tropical America. A very variable stove species. - A, r. rachirhizon, has distinctly separated oblong ThombokiA. pinnules, again deeply cut into narrow segments. A. rhizophyllum (leaf-rooting). sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, cut down into numerous close-placed horizontal pinne on each side; central ones lin. long, }in. to fin. broad, cut down throughout nearly to the centre into simple or forked erecto-patent pinnules, the lowest on the under side suppressed. sori solitary, sub-marginal. __ A. r. myriophyllum is a variety with broader fronds ; central pinnae — lyin. long, with lower pinnules cut down into several roy wel me forked linear segments. North America, &c., 1680. Both 2 some greenhouse kinds. ble fronds 6in. to 15in, long, 2in. to 4in. broad, ovate deltoid, twelve to twenty pinne on each side, the lowest sub-del 2in. or more long, cut down to the rachis into numerous erecto- patent distant pinnules on each side, the lowest on the upper i side again cut down into erecto-patent linear segments. sori small, marginal. Cape Colony. A peda tiful greenhouse species. : Syys. A. prolongatum and Darea rutefolia. . ao sti poa 2in. to 4in. long. A. rutæfolium (Rue-leaved).* sti, tufted, 4in. to Sin. long. 134 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Asplenium—continued. down into spathulato-cuneate pinnules, which are serrated round the outer edge. sori copious. Great Britain, and almost world- wide in its distribution. Hardy species. This Topina a well- drained position, and a soil composed mainly of old mortar rubbish. . : salicifolium (Willow-leaved). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 12in, to 18in. long, 6in. to Qin. broad, oblong, with a terminal pinna and four to ten distinctly stalked ones on each side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, acuminate ; edge usually entire, the base equally truncato-cuneate on both sides. sori falling short both of the edge and midrib. West Indies, &c. Stove species. A. Sandersoni (Sanderson’s).* sti, tufted, lin. to 2in. long. fronds Gin, to Yin. long, żin. to Zin. broad, linear, often gemmiferous at the apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal dimidiate pinne on cach side, which are deeply erenate on the upper edge, and at the base narrowed suddenly into a winged petiole, the lower one nearly straight and quite entire. sori oblong. Natal, &e. A very rare greenhouse species. A. schizodon (cut-toothed). Synonymous with A. Vieillardii. A. Schkuhrii (Schkuhr’s). cau. erect. sti. 1ft. to 14ft. long. fronds deltoid, 14ft. to 2ft. long, tripinnatifid; lower pinnze distant, oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, 1żin. to 2in. broad, ‘rachis winged to base; pinnules ligulate-oblong, żin. broad, sessile, cut into shallow, close, oblong blunt lobes. sori zin., medial in a single row in the pinnules. Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium Schkuhrii. A. Selosii (Selose’s).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 2in. long, wiry. fronds żin. to Zin. long, palmately cleft, usually into three nearly equal forks, which are about one line broad, the edge slightly inciso-serrate. sori copious, ultimately occupying the whole surface. Tyrol and Carinthia. A very rare and curious little species, requiring the protection of the frame or cool house ; it should be firmly potted between pieces of sandstone in loam, leaf-soil, rock chippings and sand, with good drainage. onale (northern).* sti. densely tufted, 3in. to 4in. x into two or three A. Shephordi (Shepherd’s).* sti. tufted, 1ft. long. 12in. to A.S. ineequilaterum (unequal-sided). fronds, texture firm, colour duller than that of the type; pinnze much acuminated ; the lobes = deeper, more uniform, and falcate, the two sides unequal, the _ lower one unequally truncate at the base. A. spathulinum (spathulate). A synonym of A. afine. spinulosum (very spiny).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, scattered. Jronds Yin. to 12in. each wie, deltoid, tri- or quadripiomatitd, with nine to twelve pinnæ on each side, the lowest much the largest, 6in. to 9in. long, 24in. to 3in. broad, ovate-lanceolate ; pinnules lanceo- late, cut down to the rachis on each side into six to nine oblong- rhomboidal mucronate segments, two lines long, one line broad, which are sharply toothed. sori two to ten to a segment, usually round, but occasionally oblong. Amur-land, &c. Greenhouse species, SYN. Athyrium spinulosum and Cystopteris spinulosa. A. splendens (splendid). rhiz. creeping, scaly. sti. oin. to Qin. fronds deltoid, 6in. to 1ft. long, as to three-pinnate; lower pinne stalked, deltoid, lin. to 2in. broad, pinnate or bipinnate ; segments cuneate-flabellate, jin. to 4in. broad, slightly lobed, sharply toothed round outer edge. sori copious, slender, irregular, e from base nearly to tip of segments. Cape Colony. A A. subsinuatum (half-waved). Synonymous with A. lanceum. _ A, sundense (Sundanese). Synonymous with A. vitteforme. ; woods), cau. decumbent. sti. lft. long. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, ĝin. to 8in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, with numerous y Sg mat a šin. to 4in. long, Jin. to Zin. broad, } ; edge r and briefly lobed suddenly on . sori in long slender lines, reaching Stove speci nearly to the edge. India, &c. ies. A, thelypteroides (Thelypteris-like), sti. 1ft. long. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous spreading inne, the lower ones ĝin. to 6in. long, lin. broad, cut down toa broadly-winged rachis into numerous nearly entire elliptical spreading pinnules. sori in close regular rows, reaching nearly from the midrib to the edge, slightly curved, the lower ones often _ double. North America, &c., 1 Hardy or cool house species. «SYN, Athyrium thelypteroides. _ A, Thwaitesii ( tse. sane stout. sti. 6in. ‘Promda its. of more long, tin, to Gin. brosi, ‘with @ ht to ten ri : of the way to the OAAS MCA uted lobes, jin. deep, two lines across. sori reaching half- Asplenium— continued. e way to the edge, the lowest about one line long. fine stove species. SYN. Diplazium. Thwaitesii. ‘FIG. 174. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES. A. Trichomanes (maiden-hair).* Maidenhair Spleenwort. sti. densely tufted, A to 4in. long. fronds in. to 12in. long, about sin, broad, with fifteen to thirty opposite pairs of sessile horizontal pinnæ, which are din. to gin. broad, one and a-half to two lines deep, edge slightly crenate, the two sides unequal, the upper one the broadest, and narrowed suddenly at the base. sori linear- ; base narrowed oblong, three to six on each side of the midrib. Greatt Britain, and almost cosmopolitan. Hardy species. See Fig. 174. There are several varieties in cultivation, of which the following are the most important ; Fig. 175. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES CRISTATUM. A. T. cristatum (crested).* fronds 4in. tobin. long, simply pinnate, with roundish as and broad crests at their extremities, some- times divided, each fork crested, A very pretty little variety, : requiring frame or greenhouse treatment. See Fig. 175, P A. T. incisum (deeply-cut).* fronds 3in. to Gin. long ; pinnæ der RN pinnatifid, the lobes pi deeply cut or serrated. A very rate Bi. and pretty form, . et ide age , multifidum (much-divided).* fronds Sin. to bim. long, , r T egg ae or, Boo , quadri-furcate, each division terminated with a little crest. A free-growing ogg? Pe oe, troels ramosum (bra * fronds Sin. . N a Toa each pTi ag ae in forked; yor deeply cut or crenated, or serrate. More Hardy than any of the other forms. A. trilobum (three-lobed).* sti. tufted, Zin. to Zin. long. fronds lin. to lin. long, lin. broad, rhomboidal, apex acute, base cuneate, entire, the margin undulato-crenate, or the lower part deeply lobed, with broad inciso-crenate divisions. sori broad and short. Chili and South Brazil. A very rare little stove species. Syn. A. parvulum 3 ap ; a Þbrosum (shady). sti. 1ft. or more long, s the base n 2ft. to a sang 12in. to 18in. broad, ovate-deltoid ; pinnz ovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, with laceolate pinnules, which are again cut down to the midribs into unequal- sided rhomboidal lobes, with the margins sharply crenated. sori copious, oblong, with large tumid membranous involucres. Canaries, Himalayas, &c. Very widely distri s A very greenhouse species. SYNS. Allantodia australe, Athyrium Fa ; umbrosum. varians (variable). sti. tufted, lin. to 3in. fronds 4in. | A, varians (iin bread, oblong-lanceolate, with at to twelve on the outer edge. sort copious, when mature, covering nearly the whole under surface of the pinnules. Himalayas, and widely distributed. Greenhouse species. : A. Veitchianum (Veitch’s). Synonymous with A. Belangeri. A. Vieillardii (Vieillard’s).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in. to Yin. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, with large linear-lanceolate terminal pinna, lengthened out at the point, and deeply serrated, and three to four pairs of erecto-patent similar lateral ones, which are din, to 4in. long, upwards of żin. broad, equally truncato- cuneate, and the lower ones slightly stalked at the base. sort distant, falling short of both edge and margin. New Caledonia. A very graceful greenhouse species. Syn. A. schizodon. A. apicidens is but a variety of this, with shortened sori and more obtuse venation. f AN ANY (yi is Sporangium (d). 4in. long. fronds 4in. to bin. long, in, broad, with twelve to twenty sub-sessile pinn on each side, ovate-rhomboia ; upper narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower one obliquely truncate, outer part deeply crenated. sori copious, linear-oblong, oblique. Great Britain, &e., widely distributed in both hemi- . Spheres. It requires to be planted in a well-drained but moist situation. Hardy species. See Fig. 176. A. vitteeforme (narrow-fronded).* rhiz, creeping. sti. short, erect, fronds entire, lanceolate, 12in. to 18in. long, 1żin, to 3in. broad, narrowed to an acute point, and very gradually into the stem below; margin obscurely toothed. ‘sori copious, often reaching from the midrib tai to the edge. Java, &c, Stove species. SYN. A. sundense, A. vivi (plant-bearing).* sti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long: fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. bin broad, ovate-lanceolate, wi numerous close- erecto-patent pinnae on each side, which ar in. to 4in- long, Liin. to 2in. bi cut down to a compressed | AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 135 Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continued. of pi on each side, lower ones sub-deltoid, 4in. to Zin. rachis into numerous pinnatifid pinnules, the lower segments of ong, cut down to the rachis into a few cuneato- which are again forked; ultimate segments jin. to gin. lon uarter-line broad. sori solitary, marginal. Mauritius, &c., 1820, very handsome stove species. A. vuleanicum (volcanic). sti. 6in. to Sin. long. fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with a linear- terminal pinna, or gemmiferous at the apex, and 6in. to 12in. lateral ones on each side; lower ones stalked, 2in. to 4in. long, łin. to lin. broad, acuminated ; edge a, dentate ; the base truncate. sori very regular and parallel, falling short of the edge. Malay Islands. Stove species. Syn. A. heterodon. - A. zeylanicum (Ceylonese).* sti. scattered, 4in. to 8in. long. Fronds 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, the poa acuminated, apex pa sig lobed, the lower two-thirds more deeply so, and the base quite down to the rachis ; lobes blunt, jin. to }in. across. sori linear, two to three lines long. Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium zeylanicum, le 4. ASSONIA (commemorative of n2 Ignatius de Asso, a distinguished Y7 Spanish botanist, who wrote on the 4 plants of Arragon). ORD. Stercu- liaceew. This genus is now included by best authorities under Dombeya. Or- namental stove evergreen trees, with undivided leaves, and axillary, bifid, sub-corymbose peduncles. They are of easy culture; thriving freely in any light rich soil, or a mixture of loam and peat. Young cuttings will root freely in sand, with a brisk bottom heat, if covered by a bell glass. T 4 EEA AT uncles scarcely longer than the pe- tioles. June. 1. cordate, acumina smooth, a little serrated. A. 10ft. to are, Bourbon, 1820. A. viburnoides (Viburnum-like). 7. white ; peduncles three times longer than the petioles. J. cordate, somewhat acu- minate, crenated, tomentose beneath, as well as younger leaves. h. 10ft. to 20ft. Bourbon, 1822. ASTARTEA (a mythological name: Astarte, the Syrian Venus). ORD. Myrtacew. An ornamental green- house evergreen shrub, requiring a mixture of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand. Young cuttings root readily in sand under a bell glass in gentle heat. A. fascicularis (bundle-flowered). white, pedicellate, solitary, axillary. May. l. opposite, linear, fleshy; when young, disposed in axillary fascicles. h. 6ft. to 9ft. West Australia, 1830. ASTELMA (from a, not, and stelma, a crown; in reference to the construction of the fruit). ORD. Com- posite. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs from the Cape of Good Hope. Some species of this genus, which is now generally referred to Helipterum, are Fic. 176. ASPLENIUM VIRIDE, showing Barren and Fertile Pinne (a and b), Sorus (e), and very handsome, and thrive well ina mixture of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and sand, with thorough drainage. Fill A. viride (green). Green Spleenwort.* sti. densely tufted, 2in. to ; the pots one-third full of crocks; water carefully, and only when absolutely necessary; and place in a situation near the glass, allowing a free admission of air. Seeds should be sown in pots of light, open soil, and placed in a gentle heat; half-ripened cuttings will strike readily in sandy soil with a hand glass placed over them. They are now but rarely seen under cultivation. A. canescens (hoary). l.-heads purple ; scales of involucre ovate; branches one-flowered. May to June. l. oblong, blunt, imbri- cated. A. 14ft. 1794. A. eximium (fine).* /.-heads crimson; corymbs sessile. Jnly. l. sessile, ovate, close, erect, white with thick woolly pubescence. Stem stout. kh. 3ft. 1793. This is a very beautiful species. A. speciosissimum (showiest! -heads white, large, solitary, terminal. July, l. sessile, o aaoo, sate, tines nerved, woolly. A. 8ft. 1691, 136 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ASTEPHANUS (from a, without, and stephanos, a Aster—continved. corona; corona absent). ORD. Asclepiadacee. A genus of D pretty evergreen greenhouse twiners. Flowers few, small, AW disposed in interpetiolar umbels; corolla campanulate. . fee Leaves small, opposite. They thrive in a compost of turfy R peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal parts. Very little water is required when the plants are at rest. Cuttings root readily in sandy soil in a moderate heat. Propagation may also be effected by division. A. linearis (linear). 4. white; umbels dividing in threes, lateral and terminal. July. Z. lin. long, opposite, linear-lanceolate. Stems glabrous. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. A. triflorus (three-flowered).* fl. white; umbels generally three- flowered. July. l. opposite, lanceolate, villous beneath. Stems hairy. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. ASTER (from aster, a star; general shape of flower- heads), Michaelmas Daisy; Star-wort. ORD. Composite. Hardy herbaceous perennials, except where otherwise stated. Heads solitary-corymbose or panicled, heterogamous, rayed ; ray-florets pistiliferous, one to two-seriate, fertile or neuter ; ligule elongated, white, blue, or purple; disk-florets hermaphrodite, fertile, tubular, yellow, five-cleft; involucre eampanulate or hemispheric; bracts few, or many-seriate, outer smaller or larger; receptacle flat or convex ; pappus hairs few or copious, scabrid, outer sometimes shorter, rigid, and paleaceous. Leaves alternate. This very large genus contains many handsome border and alpine deciduous perennials (rarely biennials) of very easy culture in ordi- ! nary garden soil. They may be propagated by root Fig. 177. ASTER ALPINUS, divisions made in autumn or spring, or by seeds sown in ; ‘spring. The greenhouse species are mostly evergreen A. A. bessarabicus (Bessarabian).* A most desirable variety, Wi Si =) OS ae shrubs, requiring a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam frequently seen in gardens ; it is rather taller than the type, with 3 : Ri T 3 fi - ,of ad l lour. O f th iest Cuttings root readily in a sandy soil under a hand glass, o aeo tem, boo Vie th eS a e Ia with very little heat. acris (acrid). f.-heads blue ; involucre imbricated, twice as short as the disk. A) l. linear-lanéeo- late, not dotted, three-nerved. Ñ. aft. South Europe, A. acuminatus (taper-pointed).* -heads white; panicle corymbose. tember. l aeey m eara narrowed at base, entire, with a very long point. Stem simple, flexuous, angular. A. 2ft. North America, 1806. A. adulterinus (false). f.-heads violet; involucre squarrose, shorter than the disk. September. l. amplexicaul, lanceolate; lower ones sub-serrate, smooth; those of the branches linear squarrose, h. 3ft. North America. A. zstivus (summer-flowering).* /.-heads blue. July. l. lanceolate, somewhat amplexicaul, narrowed at the end, scabrous at edge. Stem erect, hispid ; branchlets pilose. h. 2ft. North America, 1776. A. albescens (whitish). /l.-heads purple or whitish, nearly lin. across; corymbosely panicled; scales of involucre ovate-linear, apiculate ; ray twenty-flowered. August, /. lanceolate on short petioles, denticulate, downy. Plant beset with rusty down. h. 3ft. Nepal, A. alpinus (alpine).* fl.-heads bright purple, lin. to _2in. across; scales of involucre nearly equal, lanceo- late, bluntish. July. Z, radical ones lanceolate- oo those of the stem lanceolate. Stem one- flowered. A. 6in. to Yin. Europe, 1658. A very attractive species, having a dwarf, stout habit; it forms a useful and handsome subject for edging, and Tig, prii are valuable for cutting purposes. See A. a. albus (white).* fl.-ħeads white, in other respects resembling the wi gt but it is much less desirable, n has not nearly so vigorous a habit, Europe, A. altaicus (Altaian).* fl-heads blue-purple, about 2in. across; stem simple, corymbose, downy. June, July. 1. linear-lanceolate, entire, blunt mucronate, three-nerved at base, veiny. h. lft. Siberia, 1804, This, which is frequently considered a variety of A. see alpinus, is one of the handsomest, _ A, alwartensis (Alwart). fl.-heads red ; ray very fine ; - involucre loosely squarrose. May. l. ovate, narrowe at base, entire, about five-nerved. A. lft. Caucasus, Fic. 178. ASTER AMELLUS BESSARABICUS. z oaa EN 5 i EEE g iolet. July. l ovate- Amellus (Amellus).* fl.-heads le, solitary, numerous ; A. amplexicaulis (stem clasping). j1.-heads vio _ Involuere imbricated A a leaves bhai: inner! membranous, oblong, geute, amplexicaul,, cordate, pi se 3 on oom _ coloured ee August. J, oblong-lanceolate, scabrous. h. 2ft. panicled, smooth ; branches one to two- : Italy, 1596. One of the best border kinds, : America. ` ° A, corymbosus ( ay AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 137 Aster—continued. : Aster—continued. A. amy: (Almond-leaved). fl.-heads white; involucre ow. Autumn. l. 3in. long, cordate acute, lobed at the closel bricated. August. J. lanceolate, narrowed at base,- ase, coarsely toothed. Stems brittle, blackish purple. h. 2ft. mated, scabrous at edge. Stem simple, corymbose at end. h. 2ft. North America, 1759. j A. argenteus (silvery).* j.-heads purple. August. l oblong- lanceolate, silky, sedile. tem slender, decumbent, loosely branched ; branches and branchlets one-headed. h. 1ft. North America, 1801. A. bellidifiorus (Daisy-flowered). /l.-heads pale red; involucre with spreading scales. September. Z. amplexicaul, narrow- lanceolate, scabrous above, lower sub-serrated. Stem much branched. h. 3ft. North America. A. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s).* jl.-heads corymbose, 24in. diameter, ray-florets lilac, disk yellow. Summer. l. scabrous pubescent, oblong-spathulate ; cauline ones amplexicaul, ovate-oblong, cre- nate, obscurely-toothed h. 24ft. Gado, 1878. A very hand- some biennial species. SYN. A. Townshendi. A. blandus (charming). jl.-heads pale purple; racemes scarcely longer than the leaves. October. l sub-amplexicaul paing: lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth. Stem pyramidal. h. North America, 1800. i _A. canescens (hoary). fl.-heads pale le; involucre-imbri- cated, very acute, jonger than disk” Sopiember, l linear. Panicle corymbose, much branched, leafy. A. 2ft. North America, 1812. Biennial or perennial. * bose. vend ea er? i ae so $ at the cory? af . 1, ovate, acute, serrat pering e as (Caucasian).* jl.-heads purple, solitary ; scales of involucre nearly l, linear. July. l. ovate, sessile, scabrous. h. 1ft. Cauca, 1800. 2 A. ciliatus (ciliated). (ji.-heads white. September. 1. ciliated ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, nerved ; those of the branches very short lanceolate, three-nerved. Stem branched, downy ; branches downy. k. 3ft. North America, A. concinnus (neat).* fl.-heads son’ gos involucre closely imbri- cated. October. J. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones sub- serrate, smooth. Stem simple, panicled at end. A. 2ft. North America, 1800. A. concolor a aeRAS fi.-heads purple; raceme terminal. October. l. oblong-lanceolate, hoary on each side, Stem simple, erect, downy. h. 1ft.” North America, 1759. A. conyzioides (Conyza-like). Synonymous with Seriocarpus conyzioides. A. cordifolius (heart-leaved). _fl.-heads blue, small, disposed in crowded racemes, which are slightly drooping. July. l. cordate, pilose benéath, finely serrated, stalked. Stem smoothish, ; panicle spreading. h. 2ft. North America, 1759. A. (Coris-leaved). jl.-heads pale blue. October. l. very numerous, linear, blunt, reflexed, hispid at edge. Stem bra <=" vote diffuse, smooth ; branches one-headed. h. North Fia. 179. ASTER CORYMBOSUS, showing Habit and Flower-head corymbose), fl.-heads corymbose, about lin. in diameter; ray-florets few, narrow, Whites disk-florets pale to 3ft. SYN. Biotia corymbosa. See Fig. 179. A. diftusus (diffuse). j.-heads white; involucres imbricated. October, J. elliptic-lanceolate, equal, serrated, smooth. Branches spreading. Stem pubescent. h. 2ft. North America, 1777. A. Douglasii (Douglas’s).* fl.-heads purple ; involucral scales linear or spathulate-linear, loosely imbricated. August. J, lanceolate, acute, entire, or rarely serrate, mostly os at the base. Stem smooth, slender, paniculately branched, leafy. A. 3ft. to 4ft. California, &c. A. dracunculoides (Tarragon-like).* /l.-heads white, about lin. across, disposed in dense cymose clusters ; involucre imbricated. September, October. Z. linear, acuminated, entire; lower ones linear-lanceolate, sub-serrate. Branches corymbose. h. 3ft. North America, 1811. A very handsome species. A. dumosus (bushy).* /l.-heads white, about jin. across, disposed in broad clusters; involucre cylindrical, closely imbricated. October, l. linear, erg those of the branches very short. Branches panicled. 2ft. North America, 1734. A. d. albus hpi 5 ji.-heads quite white, and rather smaller than those of the species. North America. A. d. violaceus (violet). /l.-heads violet-purple. North America. A. ele (elegant). jl.-heads blue, small; corymb contracted, drooping; scales of involucre oblong-cuneate, blunt, squarrose September. Z. scabrous; cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute ; radical ones oblong, stalked. h. 2ft. North America, 1790, A very elegant species, having a graceful habit. re A. eminens (eminent). l.-heads light blue. October. l linear- lanceolate, acumina: at ; lower ones sub-serrated. Stem panicled ; branches one-headed. À. 2ft. North America. Fic. 180, ASTER ERICOIDES. A. ericoides (Heath-like).* /l.-heads white ; involucre squarrose leaflets acute. September. `Z. linear, glabrous; those of the branches subulate, close together ; and those of the stem long. — h. šít. North America, 1758. A very pretty species. See Fig. 180. A, floribundus Gaan nowi ji.-heads light purple Septem- ber. Zl. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones serrated, Stem aT; branches corymbose, h. 4ft. North America. | liosus (leafy). fl.-heads e blue; involucre imbricate. September, J, linear-lanceolate, lat arog narrowed at each end. T 138 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Aster—continued. : Stem downy, panicled, erect ; branches few-headed. h. 3ft. North America, 1732. A. fragilis (fragile) .-heads flesh-coloured, small ; involucre im- bricated. pi so SE g l. linear, acuminate, entire ;, radical ones -_ $ s Branches in corymbose panicles. h. 2ft. North merica, 3 _ Fia@. 181. ASTER GRANDIFLORUS. grandiflorus (large-flowered).* f.-heads purple, large, ter- minal; scales of involucre squarrose. November, J, linear, rigid, acute, sub-amplexicaul ; those of the branches reflexed, hispid at edge. h. 2ft. North America, 1720. See Fig. 181, pifolius (Hyssop-leaved).* fl.-heads white, or purple shaded ; scales of the involucre about half as long as ths dink. August to October. Z. linear-lanceolate, acute, with the margins scabrous. Branches fastigiate and corymbose, smooth. h. 14ft. to 2ft. North America. A. levigatus (smooth-stemmed). f.-heads flesh-coloured, about lin. across, disposed in ‘arge panicles. September. J, sub- amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth, Stem gla- brous. Branches many-headed. h. 3ft. North America, 1794. A. lævis (smooth).* fl.-heads blue; involucre imbricated with _ cuneiform leaflets. September. J. sub-amplexicaul, remotely oblong, entire, lucid; radical ones sub-serrated. h. 2ft. North ~ America, 1758. One of the best border species. A. laxus (loose-flowered). /l.-heads white, about lin. ACTOSS ; clusters loose. October. Z. linear-lanceolate, scabrous at edge ; ~ lower ones sub-serrated; stem ones reflexed. _ panicled. h. 2ft. North America, A, linarifolius (Toad-flax-leayed a numerous, linear, mu Stem loosely aene mid edge pe September. , nerveless, not dotted, keeled scabrous, Branches fastigi : 1 SCiee ee fastigiate, one-headed. h. lft. North A. linifolius (Flax-leaved). #.-heads white ; involucre imbricate short. July. l linear, néryeless, dotted, scabrous, aoe spreading. Branches corymbose, fastigiate, leafy. h. 2ft. North America, 1739. A. longifolius (long-leaved).* f.-heads white, lin. across, in dense corymbose panicles; involucre squarrose. October i. linear-lanceolate, rarely toothed, very long, smooth. A. 3ft North America, 1798. There are several varieties of this hand- some species. _ A.L formosus (charming).* fl-heads pink, produ i = Corymbs. A. 1sft. to 2ft. $ a e A. macrophyllus (large-leaved). fl.-ħheads white. August. Z _ large, ovate, stalked, serrated, scabrous; upper ones cordate, sessile. Stem branched, diffuse. h. 2ft. No og ee ol _ A. multifiorus (many-flowered).* fl.-hcads white, small: corymb large, elongated ; involucre imbricated ; scales oblong, squartose, Aster—continued. acute. September. J. linear, glabrous. Stem much branched, diffuse, downy; branchlets one-sided. h. 3ft. North America, 1732. A, m olius (Myrtle-leaved). /l.-heads white ; involucre imbri- cated ; scales length of disk. August. l., stem ones, amplexicaul, scabrous ; those of the branches small. h. 2ft. 1812. a A. novee-angliz (New England).* jl.-heads purple, in terminal clusters. September. J. linear-lanceolate, pilose, amplexicaul, auricled at base. Stem simple, pilose, straight. h. 6ft. North America, 1710. One of the best ; having a tall and robust habit. A. n-a. rubra (red).* fl.-heads deep red pink, in other respects like the type. North America, 1812. 4 A. novee-belgii (New York).* fl.-heads pale blue. September. l. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate, glabrous, scabrous at edge ; lower ones sub-serrated. Branches divided. h. 4ft. North America, 1710. . There is a variety known in gardens which belongs to this species, under the name of amethystinus, the flowers of which are much larger and very showy. j A. obliquus (oblique). fl.-heads numerous; ray white; disk purplish. Autumn. J, alternate; lower ones linear-lanceolate, oblique ; upper stem ones smaller. h. 5ft. North America. A very fine species, forming large tufts. A. paniculatus (panicled).* fl.-heads light blue; involucre loose. September. J. ovate-lanceolate, sub-serrated, stalked, smooth; petioles naked. Stem much branched, smooth. A. 4ft. North America, 1640. pannonicus (Pannonian). _/l.-heads violet; scales of involucre lanceolate, blunt, equal. July. J. linear-lanceolate, hispid at edge. Stem simple, corymbose. h., 2ft. Hungary, 1815, A. patens (spreading). fl.-heads light purple, about lin. across. October. l. oblong-lanceolate, ciliate: cordate, amplexicaul, scabrous on each side, hairy. Stem branched, hairy. A. 2ft. North America, 1773. A. pendulus (drooping).* fl.-heads pure white at first, ultimately rosy pi oe . September. J. elliptic-lanceolate, serrate, smooth, those of the branches distant. Branches much spreading, pendulous. h, 2ft. North America, 1758, A very pretty species. A. porose (foreign).* fl.-heads bluish purple, 2in. across; July, August. l. lanceolate, sub-acute, entire, smooth, those of the stem rather narrower than the radical ones. Stem smooth, or h. 1ft. North America. A nearly so, two or three-flowered, | very pretty little species for the rockery or border. A. piloan (pilose). fl.-heads pale blue ; involucre oblong, | imbricated. September. ay en hoary, branched, villous; branchlets somewhat one-sided, h. 2ft. North America, 1812. 5 A. præcox (early). /l.-heads violet; involucre imbricated ; scales nearly equal ; outer scales somewhat spreading. July. l oblong- lanceolate, narrowed at the base. Stem hairy. h. 2ft. North America, 1 A. pulchellus (beautiful).* /.-heads purple, solitary ; scales of in- volucre nearly equal, linear, acuminate. June. l., radical ones spathulate ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, h. 1ft. Armenia. A. puniceus (red-stalked), .-heads blue, about lin. across; panicle large, igen oal ; involucre loose, longer than the disk. September. . amplexicaul, lanceolate, serrate, roughish, Branches panicled, h. 6ft. North America, 1710, A, pyrenzus (Pyrenean).* /l.-heads lilac-blue (disk yellow), large, three to five ina shortcorymb. July. l. scabrous on both sides; cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute, sessile, sharply serrated on the upper part. A. lft. to 14ft. Pyrenees, A. Reevesi (Reeves’s). /l.-heads white, with yellow centre, small ; panicle dense, pyramidal, Autumn. 1, linear, acute. Branches slender, A, Qin. to 12in. species, suitable for rockwork. A. reticulatus (netted). jl.-heads white, July. J. lanceolate- oblong, acute at each end, sessile, revolute at end, netted, and three-nerved beneath. Plant hoary all over. A. 3ft. North — America, 1812. Soe os A. rubricaule (red-stemmed). Synonymous with A. spurius. -heads flesh-coloured ; in- salicifolius (Willow-leaveđ). A ee lanceolate, imbricate ; es acute, spreading at end. September. 1. linear-lanceolate, nearly entire, smooth, Stem smooth, panicled at end, A. 6ft. North America, 1760. salsuginosus (salt-plains).* _/.-heads violet-purple ; involucral scales linear, loose, glandular. July. J. entire, the lower spathu- late, obovate, tapering into a margined petiole; the upper ones lanceolate, acute, with broad base, usually sub-amplexicaul, Stem minutely pubescent, leafy nearly to the top, few-flowered. h. Qin. to 18in. North America, 1827. A very handsome species. . 8. elatior- (tallest), This variety grows 2ft, or more high, a has no Ga flowers than the type. North America, 3 riceus (silky). /l-heads deep blue; terminal, about 1żin. n Er nal autumn. /. oblong-lanceolate, sessile, suing three-nerved, silky with down. A. 3ft. Missouri, 1802. This isa half-hardy evergreen shrub, and requires a warm, well-drai t soil. oe ay A. serotinus (late-flowering). /l.-heads blue. September. l oblong- _ lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth, scabrous at edge; lower — North America. A very desirable — a i i i ; t3 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 139 Aster—continued. ones serrated; branches corymbose, smooth. h. 3ft. North America. í A. Shortii (Short’s). fl.-heads purplish blue, about lin. across ; panicles long, racemose, Autumn. l lanceolate, elongated, acuminated, cordate at the base. h. 2ft, to 4ft. Stem slender, spreading. North America. A. sibiricus (Siberian). f/l.-heads blue; involucre loose; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, hispid. August. Z. lanceolate, sub-am- plexicaul, serrate, pilose, scabrous. h. 2ft. Siberia, 1768. A. sikkimensis (Sikkimese).* l.-heads purple; leaflets of in- volucre linear, acuminate, sub-squarrose. October. 2. lanceo- late, acuminate, spinosely denticulate; radical ones on longer . petioles; cauline ones sessile; corymbs large, of many heads, eafy, erect, glabrous, branched, A. 3ft. Sikkim, 1850. A. spectabilis (showy).* fl.-heads blue; scales of involucre loose, leafy. August. l. lanceolate, roughish, somewhat amplexicaul ; lower ones serrate in the middle. h. 2ft. North America, 1777. A very pretty species. A. spurius (spurious). fl.-heads purple, large, few ; inner scales of involucre coloured. September. 7¢. linear-lanceolate, amplexi- caul, polished. Stem virgate, panicled. Branches racemose. h. 4ft. North America, 1789. Syn. A. rubricaule. A, tardiflorus (late-flowering). 4.-hkeads blue, numerous. Au- tumn. J. sessile, serrated, smooth, spathulate-lanceolate, nar- rowed at base, and bent down towards each side. h. 2ft. North America, 1775. A. Townshendi (Townshend’s). Synonymous with A. Bigelovit. A. Tradescanti (Tradescant’s).* .-Aeads white ; involucre imbri- cated. A & te-sessile, serrated, smooth ; branches vi : round, smooth. h. 3ft. North America, 1633. A. form thereof, with somewhat smaller flowers and more obovate- oblong leaves. A. tripolium (Tripoli). Michaelmas Daisy. /.-heads blue; disk velar scales of involucre lanceolate, membranous, obtuse, imbricated. August. J. linear-lanceolate, fleshy, obscurely three- nerved. Stem glabrous, corymbose. h. 2ft. Britain. Fig. 182, ASTER TURBINELLUS, A. turbinellus (turbinate). /l.-heads delicate mauve, disposed in panicles; involucre top-shaped, scales imbricate. Summer and m multiflorus is very much like this species, and, perhaps, a mere - Aster—continued. autumn. J. lanceolate, smooth, entire, with fringed margins, somewhat stem-clasping; those of the branchlets awl-shaped. h. mi hy 3ft. North America. A very desirable species. See Fig. 182. ` A. undulatus (undulated). j.-heads pale blue. August. l oblong-cordate, amplexicaul, entire; petioles winged. Stem oo ai hispid, Branchlets one-sided. h. 3ft. North America, A. versicolor (various-coloured).* fl.-heads white, changing to purple; scales of involucre shorter than disk. August. l. sub- amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth, Stem glab- rous. A. 3ft. North America, 1790. The annuals (Callistephus chinensis), usually known as French, German, or China Asters, are very extensively grown, both for beds and pots, and their diversity and generally compact growth render them almost universal favourites. They require a rich loamy soil, and as the roots are produced near the surface, a mulching of rotten dung will be found most beneficial. Seeds may be raised in a cold frame in March or April, and, when the seedlings are large enough, they must be transplanted into beds from Qin. to 12in. apart each way. If it is desired to have them in pots, they may be removed thence with a good ball of earth adhering just before they commence flowering, liberally watered, and kept lightly shaded from the sun, until root action is resumed. Those kinds required for exhibition purposes should have several of the side shoots removed, so that the whole growing . energy of the plant may be centralised into from five to seven flower-heads, by which means fine blooms may be obtained. The dwarf kinds are most valuable for bedding and pots, as the taller kinds frequently require stakes for support. The following are the most important sections : Betteridge’s Prize, Very beautifully formed and brilliantly coloured varieties, unsurpassed for exhibition purposes. As this class has rather a straggling habit of growth, it is less suitable for bedding and borders than many of the others. Boltze’s Miniature Bouquet dal. Dwarf and ele- gant, in compact bouquets of six or eight; the truss of flower- heads springs directly from the ground, having only a few leaves at base. Colours very varied. A. 6in, to 8in. Fig. 183. TRUFFAUT’S PÆONY- Fig. 184. TRUFFAUT’S is FLOWERED ASTER. —_— TION ASTER. Crown.* Distinct. The central portion, or disk, of the head of flowers is pure white, surrounded by a broad margin of coloured ray florets, such as purple, violet, crimson, rose, &c, Flower- heads large, flat, freely produced. h. 1ft. to lift, j Dwarf Chrysanthemum flowered.* In size of flower- and habit of growth, this surpasses all other dwarf aher flowers are full, Chrysanthemum-shaped, produced in clusters, or bonqpeth, TE igs to twenty in a truss, very delicate and beautifui in colour, h. lft, Dwarf Pyramidal or Dwarf Bouquet. A pretty little class, and extremely floriferous, each plant producing from twenty to fifty heads of bloom. Some of the colours are : Exquisite carmine with white points, white with blue or carmine points, white with salmon centre, &c. A. lft. Improved Imbricate. The best strain of pyramidal Asters with recurved florets ; fine regular form of meee double to the centre, producing but few seeds. Colours very brilliant. A. 2ft. Improved Rose. A handsome class, producing a branched head, displaying no less than fifty large double flower heads, the outer - it flowers freely. Propagated by divisions in spring; or 140 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Aster—continued. florets finely imbricated, and filled up to the centre when quite = The colours are of great brilliancy, and of many shades. . afb. : Pompone Goliath,.* Flower-heads globular, and florets very closely set. Valuable for bouquets, as the flowers remain intact for a considerable time. dal Hedgehog. Singular and unique. Stemsupright, and branched; each branch terminated by a single flower-head, herr is filled up with quill-like florets. Colours various. . Uft. | g Truffauts Pæony Perfection.* Vigorous upright growers, having large, hemispherical-formed heads of flowers with incurved florets, 4in. across. The colours also are very varied. h. about 2ft. See Figs. 183 and 184. Fig. 185. VICTORIA ASTER. Victoria.* One of the most popular classes of Asters grown; flower- heads very double, imbricate, globular, 4in. in diameter, from ten to twenty on a plant, of various shades, A, 1ft., with a pyramidal habit. See Fig. 185. ASTERACANTHA (from aster, a star, and acantha, a spine ; referring to the disposition of the spines). ORD. Acanthacew. A handsome greenhouse herbaceous perennial, of easy culture in sandy loam. It should be grown in a sunny position, and be kept moderately dry, otherwise little _ but foliaceous growth will be produced; but, if thus treated, _ by seeds, sown in August. A, lo: -leaved). jl. yellow, in dense axillary fascicles. uly. l tapering to the base, narrow, sessile, serratel ciliated. Stem quadrangular. Plant rather hairy. A. 2ft. India, ASTERACEÆ. See Composite. ASTEROCEPHALUS. See Scabiosa. AST E (from a, without, and stilbe, brilliancy ; in al- lusion to the inconspicuous flowers of some of the species). ORD. Saxifragacew. Tall branching herbs, with triternate or biternate leaves, allied to Spiræa, from which they differ in having not’ more than three carpels, eight or ten stamens, and numerous albuminous seeds. ‘They are all more or less graceful, and some indispensable, either when grown in isolated clumps, or intermingled with other herbaceous plants. They thrive well in almost any rich garden soil, preferring damp positions, and are easily propagated by division, which is best done in early spring. A. japonica _is grown very extensively for decorative purposes, its ele- gant spikes of pure white flowers rendering it especially Astilbe—continued. valuable. The majority of the plants cultivated are im- ported, but they may be grown fairly well in this country in heavily manured soil. They should be potted as early as possible in the autumn, and plunged in ashes or fibre outside, when they will soon commence to root, after which they may be placed in heat, and forced as required, always giving an abundance of water. Indeed, the pots may be stood in pans of water, especially when the plants are well furnished with growth. A. barbata (bearded), A synonym of A, japonica. A, decandra (ten-stamened). fl. white, in spicate racemose panicles. May. @. biternate ; leaflets cordate, T lobed and ser- rated, glandular beneath, and on the petioles. k, 2ft. to dit. North America, 1812. Fig. 186. ASTILBE JAPONICA. A, japonica (Japanese).* fl. small, pure white, in large branch- ing racemose panicles. May. J. triternate or pinnate, serrated, h. lft. to 2ft, Japan. This is best grown in pots, as early frosts generally cut it down in the open air. SYNS, Spiræa barbata and japonica, also Hoteia and A. barbata. See Fig. 186, A. j. variegata (variegated).* J. prettily variegated with yellow; ` anicles much more dense than the type; indeed, it is far superior in that respect. See `N Fic. 187. ASTILBE RIVULARIS. vula: prook).* . yellowish-white, or reddish, in large aes be Ei rake sah l. biternate ; leaflets ovate, doubly serrated, villous beneath and on the petioles. A. 3ft. Nepaul. A grand plant for the margins of lakes or damp woodlands, See Fig. 187. A. rubra (red).* jl. rose, ve summer and autumn. l. lin. to 2in. long, with elongated, serrated India, 1851. A very pretty, but rare species ; tropical gardening. numerous, in dense — Late iternate; leaflets oblique, cordate, ints. A. 4ft. to 6ft. excellent for AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 141 PEE EE Astragalus—continued. A. Thunbergi (Thunberg’s).* fl. small, white, v small, oblong, acutish leaflets. Spain, 1596. Procumbent annual, numerous, in erect, much branched, pyramidal panicles, an reddish and ciently downy stalks, May. J. unequally pinnate or bi Pasei Jeaflets d, yellowish green, sharply toothed. h. 14ft. nee 1878. This pretty little Sebatirab ts is extensively propaga the Continent for forcing purposes. ASTRAGALUS (a name applied to a shrub by Greek writers). Milk Vetch. ORD. Leguminose. A very large genus of hardy herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers in axillary clusters ; standard larger than the wings. Leaves unequally pinnate, About one hundred species have from time to time been introduced in English gardens; many of these are lost to cultivation ; the comparative few here described are still generally grown, and are good representative species. They are all of easy culture. The shrubby kinds grow well in any light dry soil, and are slowly increased by cuttings placed in a cold frame, or by seeds. The herbaceous perennials prefer a dry light soil, and may be increased by divisions or seeds; the latter mode is preferable, as many species are very liable to die if transplanted or divided, which is at best but a slow method. Seed should be sown in pots of sandy soil placed in a cold frame as soon as ripe, or very early in the spring, as they may lie a long time before germinating. The dwarfer species constitute ad- mirable rockwork plants, and can be grown in pots con- taining a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Seeds of the two annual species, A. Cicer and A. Glave, merely require to be sown in the open border early in spring. gens adsurg * pre a amet ‘ane the E lag: ch al oe ket wa Ý with eleven to twelve pairs of ovate-lanceo ae yore leaflets ; stipules acuminated, length of leaves. Plant ascending, smoothish. Siberia, 1818. A very handsome and rare perennial species. A. aduncus (hooked). /l. rose purple, in oblong spikes ; peduncles rather shorter than the leaves. ` June and July. J. with nume- rous pairs of roundish-ovate, smooth leaflets, sometimes downy. h. 6in, to Yin. Caucasus, 1819. S aime A, alopecuroides (föátail-like).* fl, yellow, disposed in thick dense ovate-oblong spikes, on s orti axillary peduncles. June. l with numerous ovate-lanceolate, pubescent leaflets ; stipules oyate-Janceolate, acuminated. Plant erect. h, 2ft. to 5ft. Siberia, 1737. One of the finest perennial species grown, ; 4; alpinus (alpine). jl. bluish-purple, sometimes indy droop- twine). es of about sin. long. Summ i impari- ne with eight t to aii pairs of ovate or r oblong tain. A very desirable, hairy, prostrate perennial. sonic ).* fl. blue; ee few-flowered, “athe shorter ves. pae : l with Penna ro eaflets ; posi! ea diffuse, tomentose white p he s aner down. aa 6in. Steno ee, fi. few; ‘upper petal, or vexillum, blue, the rest p popes racemes pedun culate, longer than the leaves. May. eaflets glabrous, linear, emarginate. Plant diffusele procumbent. South Europe, 1 — A. canadensis (Canadian). fl. a ee ee By h peduncles about as long as the leaves, twelve pairs of elliptic-oblong, a ata a Bank nearl erect, rather hairy. A. 2ft. to 3ft. North 1732. Perennial. A. Cicer (Vetch-like). f, pale yellow, disposed in spike-like heads ; peduncles longer than the leaves. July. Z. with ten to thirteen pairs of elliptic-obl mucronate leaflets. Plant _ diffusely procumbent. Europe, 1570, Annual, A. dahuricus (Dahurian). _ jl. purple, in dense racemes, which are longer than the leaves. July. l., leaflets, seven to nine pairs, ae: mucronate. Plant erect, pilose. A. lft. to 2ft. Dahuria _ to China, 1822, Perennial. A, das “fn cant (thick-tongued).* = aate spikes ; dipte- Aa d el Ate somewhat emarginate; ae purple, blue, and white cles a little longer than the tee Sis leaves. A. 3in. to 4in. Plant Siberia’ 1A A sere little alpine perennial. | (hooked), greenish yellow, in spikes; peduncles EET than ringed Taa Po June. with aitoon to a -oblong, acu ets. ant erect, rather hairy lft. to 2ft. vie pages (in wet, grassy places), Perennial, Syn. A (Galega-like),* e yellow, pendulous, race- reg uncles lon er fib the aves, {gman 1, with twelve htt. to Oe Biber c-o re tee ets. ao 1. Fe perennial species. ; lish “A posh m Glaux (Milk dense g Bererii ag eee J eight to a george thirteen pairs of» clothed with whitish hair. A slycyphyllos (sweet-leaved).* fl. sulphur coloured, in ovate- oblong spikes ; peduncles shorter than the leaves. June. l with four, five, to seven pairs of oval, bluntish, smooth leafiets ; stipules ovate-lanceolate, entire. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Britain. A perennial prostrate trailer. A. hypogiottis (under-tongued).* fl. variegated with purplish, blue and white, disposed in Patch heads; peduncles longer than the leaves, ascending. June, L with numerous little ovate, obtuse, dark green leaflets, somewhat emarginate ; mo connate, ovate, Stems prostrate, rather hairy. h: Sin. n, &c. Perennial trailer. A. h. alba (white-flowered).* in the colour of the flowers. A, leucophyllus (hoary-leaved).* fl. pale Piura nag ta jin. I in dense raoin; peduncles 1 much longer than the leaves. “duly and August. l, leaflets in numerous pairs, a covered with soft, silky pubescence. A. 2ft. to 3ft. North erica. Perennial. A. moe hes ol P yellow ; spike sessile, cylindrical, nearly term with ovate-lanceolate, et oped This resembles the type, except leaflets ; pre Misan Domenie h. 2ft. to 3ft. very handsome, erect, erage species, A. monspessulanus jors-ane longer tiene leaves. June. l, leaflets twenty-one re] See Fig. 188. A, narbonensis (Hazbonne) fl. yellow, disponed in somewhat * elobose spikes, on short axillary rot tomer June. J. with oblong- ear leaflets ; stipules nos h. 2ft. to 3ft. Narbonne and Madrid, 1789. ” An erect hairy perennial. A. odoratus (sweet-scented). fl. pale yellow, sw in spikes; peduncles same length as leaves. June. — a disposed a gale e fourteen ee of oblong acute leaflets; conna! er rather ascending. Perennial. + = Levin J A, onobrychioides (Onobrychis-like).* fl, beautiful, nrpl capitate spikes on long peduncles, July, i with at pairs of elliptic leaflets ; stipules connate, opposite the leaves. lant rather diffuse, shrubby at the base, clothed with adpressed hairs, R. 9in. to12in. Iberia, Persia, &c., 1819. A very hand- some perennial species, ee oblong-ovate, with seven to six- Mountains A. Onobrychis (Onobrychis). urple ; unculate, oS thax the | Pies June. 142 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Astragalus—continued. - A. pannosus (woolly).* fl. rose-coloured, in compact globose heads, with aael shorter than the leaves. July. Z. with four, five, to nine pairs of ovate-lanceolate leaflets, thickly coated with long white woolly hairs. A. 6in. to Gin. Siberia, Perennial. A. ponticus (Pontic). fl. yellow ; spikes sessile, almost globose. July. Zł. oblong, smoothish; stipules lanceolate. Stem rather hairy. k. 2ft. Tauria, 1820. A very showy, erect, border perennial, purpureus (purple). fi. purplish blue, disposed in capitate spikes ; peduncles longer than the leaves, June. l, leaflets obo- vate, bidentate at the apex; stipules connate, eo es the leaves. Plant diffuse, procumbent, rather hairy. h. din. to 6in, Provence, 1820. Perennial. A, sulcatus (furrowed).* fl. pale violet, but with a white keel, tipped with brown ; racemes pedunculate, longer than the leaves. July. zł. with linear-lanceolate leaflets. Plant erect, glabrous; stem furrowed. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1783. Perennial. A. Tragacantha (great goat’s thorn).* Gum Tragacanth. fl. pale violet, two to five together, axillary, sessile. June. l. with eight to nine pairs of linear hispid leaflets ; young stipules connate, clothed with silky hairs; adult ones glabrous; petioles perma- nent, at length becoming hardened spines, h. 14ft. to 3ft. Levant, 1640. Evergreen shrub. Tragacanth, a partially soluble gum, was formerly supposed to be furnished by this plant. It is, ee. ever, now known that A. Tragacantha yields none. Several species from mountainous regions in Asia Minor, &c., furnish the gum. A. vaginatus (sheathed-stipuled). fl. ae an le, with white- Me wings ; calyx rather inflated, covere vith soft white and black S; spikes dense. Summer. Jl. impari-pinnate, with seven or eight pairs of elongated-oblong leaflets, both surfaces covered with short silvery hairs. A.1ft. Siberia. Perennial. A. vesicarius (bladdery). fl, upper pa purple, the wings yellow, and the keel white, tipped wit pees calyx clothed with black adpressed down and long white spreading hairs; peduncles longer than the leaves. July. Z with tive a seven pairs of elliptic leaflets. Plant diffusely procumbent, hoary from adpressed silky down, k. 6in. to 9in. France, 1737. Perennial A, vimineus (twìgzy J, upper petal purplish rose, much lor A psa ee hp wiley clothed wits ack ars spies capitate, than the leaves. June. page be iy gee of acute leaflets, beset with _ A. virescens (greenish). Synonymous with A. falcata. j . * F . R eaaa Jap. E sda cane, a rather velv: ay A Plant eaer. = o h, 2ft. to 3ft. ASTRANTIA (from astron, a star, and anti, in com- ition signifying comparison ; in reference to the appear- ance of the umbels of flowers). ORD. Umbelliferæ. Orna- mental, hardy, herbaceous perennials, natives of Europe and Caucasus. Universal umbels irregular, of few rays, sur- rounded by variable involucre ; partial umbels regular, and containing many flowers, surrounded by many-leaved in- volucels. Radical leaves petiolate, palmately lobed ; cauline ones few, sessile. Roots blackish. These are suited for borders, banks, and woodlands, growing well in any ordi- nary garden soil, but preferring a damp position. Easily increased by root divisions in autumn or spring. A, carniolica (Carniolan).* / white. C RA | twelve opr quite Daf Eie erya fie gh nae Ene tie middie of adt, tinged via i réd ; radical ones palmate ; lobes five ong, a : x EE E is yess paia T emed, A A, helleborifolia (Hellebore-leaved).* fl. (and involucre) pink, edicellate. June. Z. of involucre twelve to thi exceeding the umbel a littl major (greater).* ji. pinkish, pedicellate. May. l of in- twenty, linear-lanceolate, quite nants hardly longer than the umbel; radical ones palmate - lobes fiv te lanceolate, acute, rather trifid, oethek. Sri 1506. Very distines and OPMMMMMMI tt. to aft. Ha Ca A. maxima (greatest), Synonymous with A. helleborifolia, ASTRAPZEA (from astrape, lightning ; alluding to the brightness of the flowers). ORD. Sterculiacee. Elegant stove evergreen trees. Peduncles axillary, long, bearing on their apex an umbel of large sessile flowers, enclosed in a _ leafy involucre. Leaves alternate, stalked, cordate, three _ to five-lobed. They thrive well in a mixture of loam and peat, and require a plentiful supply of water; but the best accrue if the bottom of the pot can be stood ina | of water. Propagated by cuttings of young Astrapzea—continued. wood, made in April, placed in a compost of loam and peat, or sand, under a bell glass, in heat. A. tiliæfiora (Lime-tree flowered). fl. pink. k. 20ft. Isle of Bourbon, 1824. A. viscosa (clammy). fl. pink. h. 20ft. Madagascar, 1823. A, Wallichii (Wallich’s).* fl. scarlet; umbels drooping. July. we l. large, cordate, angularly lobed; stipulas leafy, ovate-acumi- 40 |, nated ; peduncles long, hairy. A. 30ft. Madagascar, 1820. This t hoes eaid species has often been described as being one of the J ^ fid finest plants ever introduced into this country ; and, when in full D flower, nothing can exceed it in beauty and grandeur. ASTROCARYUM (from asiron, a star, and karyon, a nut; referring to the disposition of the fruit). ORD: Palmee. A genus of very ornamental stove palms, allied to Cocos, having the trunk (when present), foliage, fruit- stalks, spathes, and sometimes the fruit, covered with spines. The flowers develop from the axils of the old decayed leaves. _Drupes oval, one-seeded, orange or yellow, in some species fragrant. Leaves pinnate, with linear segments, dark green above, and often of a silvery white below. The species thrive in a compost of two-thirds rich loam and one-third vegetable mould ; water may be given copiously. Propagation may be effected by seeds, which should be , sown in spring in a hotbed; or by suckers, if they are to be obtained, A, acaule (stemless). l. pinnate, 3ft. to 10ft. long, slender and spreading ; pinne narrow, arranged in clusters, pendent, Spines very numerous, long, flat, black. h. 10ft. Brazil] 1820, A, aculeatum (prickly). A. 40ft. Guiana, 1824. A. argenteum (silvery).* Z. arching, hater gy pinnate, distinctly plicate, bright green on the upper surface, the under Wig well hy covered with a fine white scurf. — Columbia, 1875. One of ate, with two divergent granatense sep Grenadan). Z. pinnate, with oble c on nate segments ; Be pop abl 4 the petiole, both o a. upper and lower surfaces ; leafstalks brownish, armed with nume- ~ rend scattered needle-shaped dark-coloured spines, Columbia, A. mexicanum (Mexican), Mexico, 1864. A. Muru-Muru (Murumurn). 1. pinnate, 10ft. to 12ft. long; leafiets lanceolate, sub-faleate, dark green above, silvery white below. Stem 12ft. to 15ft. high, densely clothed with strong reflexed black spines, over 6in. long. h. 40ft. Brazil, 1825, A. rostratum (beak-sheathed), Z. irregularly pinnate, 3ft. to 8ft. long; pinnæ 12in, to 18in. long ; terminal lobe much larger and bifid dark green above, silvery white below; petioles broadly sheathing at the base, densely armed with black spines, some- times 2in. long. Stem slender, densely clothed with long black gaa A slow grower, ultimately becoming 30ft. high. B: A. vulgare(common). h. 30ft. Brazil, 1825. ASTROLOBIUM. See Ornithopus. ASTROLOMA (from astron, a star, and loma, a fringe; in reference to the bearded limb of the corolla). ORD. Epacridacee. Very handsome, little, diffuse, greenhouse, evergreen shrubs. Flowers solitary, axillary ; corolla tubular, distended above the middle, and with five bundles — of hairs in the inside, near its base. Leaves crowded, alternate, linear, or obova lanceolate and ‘mucronate. They thrive best in an equal mixture of sand, loam, and peat, with thorough drainage. Propagated by young cut- i which root readily in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in a cool house. ` denticulatum (finely-toothed . axillary, erect; corolla "a e red, with a Daren sen rot Stay to July. l. scattered, eon ar ciliated, usually procumbent, but sometimes slightly erect. h. lft. New Holland, 1824. i umifusum (traili scarlet, similar to the fore; % p and June. ar rather convex Peg with cilia , Shrub prostrate, much branched, h. lft. New ASYSTASIA (meaning not clear). ORD. Acanthacew, — Stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers disposed in axillary or em... AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 143 Asystasia—continued. terminal clusters; corolla somewhat funnel-shaped, five- lobed ; calyx five-lobed, regular. Branches slender. They require a compost of peat and loam, with a little sand, and, to induce a vigorous growth, a little dry cow-dung may be applied. Propagated by cuttings of young shoots, placed in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in April, with a brisk bottom heat. A. chelonioides (Chelonia-like).* fl. in terminal racemes, reddish popie, the border white. J. opposite, ovate-acute. k. 34ft, India, 1 A pretty dwarf sub-shrub, A. coromandeliana (Coromandel). f. deep lilac; racemes axillary, elongated, secund, strict. July. 7. opposite, cordate- ovate ; branches diffuse. h. 4ft. India, 1845. Syn, Justicia gan- getica, A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. bilabiate, bell-shaped, rosy purple outside, and almost pure white within; spikes terminal, erect, lft. long. June. l. very large, obovate-lanceolate, h. 8ft. to 20ft. Fernando Po, 1867. A. scandens (climbing).* fl. cream-coloured; tube of corolla widened and recurved above, lobes of limb erenately curved ; racemes terminal, compact, thyrse-formed. July, J. obovate or ovate acute, glabrous, h. 6ft. Sierra Leone, 1 This hand- some stove climber requires a high, moist temperature after shifting. Syn. Henfreya scandens. A. violacea (violet).* jl. violet purple, striped with white, in terminal a aa 1 eer bived: ovate-acuminate, deep pea, minutely eet on both surfaces. A. lft. to 2ft. India, 870. A pretty dwar plant. Ñ ATACCIA CRISTATA. See Tacca integrifolia. ATALANTIA (mythological: Atalanta, the daughter of Schæœneus). ORD. Rutacee. A genus of ornamental stove evergreen shrubs, having the eight stamens united below into a tube, and with undivided leaves. It comprises about ten species. They thrive well in a mixture of loam and peat. Propagated by means of ripened cuttings, which will root readily if planted in sand under a hand glass, in heat. A. monophylla (one-leaved). f. small, white, in axillary ra- cemes, fr. golden yellow, about the size of a nutmeg. June. l simple, ovate-oblong, emarginate at the apex. Spines small, simple. A. 8ft, India, 1777, A thorny shrub. ATAMASCO LILY. See Zephyranthes Ata- ATHAMANTA (named from Mount Athamas, in Sicily, where some species are found). ORD. Umbelliferæ. A genus of greenhouse or hardy herbaceous plants, usually velvety from villi on the stem, leaves, and fruit. Flowers white ; involucra of one or few leaves; involucel of many leaves. The undermentioned is the only species in cultiva- tion, and is avery graceful perennial, with Fennel-like foilage. It thrives well in any ordinary soil, Increased by divisions, or by seeds sown in spring. A. Matthioli (Matthioli’s). f. white, twelve to twenty-five to an umbel. Summer. Zl. three or four ternate ; leaflets linear-fili- toi elongated, divaricate. h. lft. to 2ft, Alps of Carinthia, 1 « ATHANASIA (from a, not, and thanatos, death; alluding to the length of time which the flowers last). ORD. Composite. Rather ornamental greenhouse ever- green shrubs with yellow flowers, from the Cape of Good Hope. They grow well in a soil consisting of three parts loam and one part peat. Propagation is effected by cuttings, taken from half-ripened wood in spring, and placed in sand, under a hand glass. ta (headed).* fl-heads yellow. March. l pinnati- tite ; younger hoary, older smooth. h. 1jft. Cape of Good A pubescens (downy). fl.-heads yellow. July. 1. oblong, entire (or tridentate), softly on both sides ; when old, sub-glabrous. 6ft. Cape of Good Hone, 1768. A (from ather, an awn, and sperma, seed; seeds awned). Orp. Monimiacee. A beautiful greenhouse evergreen tree, with the aspect of a stately i conifer. Flowers panicled, dicecious; perianth five to eight-fid. Leaves opposite, aromatic. A compost of loam _ and peat, in about equal proportions, is necessary. It can be readily propagated by cuttings. A. moschata (Musk-scented’ . whi LG Newitt * ATHEROSPERMEZ. See Monimiacen. ATHRIXIA (from a, not, and thriz, a hair; the re-~ ceptacle being destitute of hairs). ORD. Composite. A greenhouse evergreen shrub. It succeeds best in turfy loam, peat, and sand, and requires to be potted firmly. Propagated by cuttings of young wood, placed under a bell glass in sandy soil, and treated like Ericas (which see). A. capensis (Cape).* fl.-heads bright crimson, solitary, terminal. April. J. narrow, lanceolate, alternate, entire. A. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1821, s ATHROTAXIS (from athros, crowded together, and tavis, arrangement ; in reference to the disposition of the scales of the cones). ORD. Conifere. A small genus of Tasmanian evergreen dicecious trees or shrubs, with small seale-like leaves, and small globular cones of many imbri- cated scales, with from three to six carpels under each scale. In very sheltered situations they will probably prove hardy; but, otherwise, they are only suitable for botanical collections. Increased by cuttings. This genus is almost universally misspelt Arthrotavis. A. cupressoides (Cypress-like). J. small, thick, leathery, spiral arranged, closely imbricated, deep glossy green. h. 30ft. A small, erect, and very slow growing tree, with numerous slender branchlets. A. Doniana (Don’s). A synonym of A. laxifolia. A. imbricata (imbricated), A garden synonym of A. selaginoides. A. laxifolia (loose-leaved). Differing from vi le . . . te o i OTereTee : m A. liliiflora (lily-flowered). Synonymous with A. ledifolia. n on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, h. 3tt. to A. pontica (Pontic).* fl. leafy, clammy ; corolla funnel-s stamens very long. May. J. shining, ovate, oblon ciliated. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Levant, Caucasus, varieties of this species are also nu Spuy in the colour of the flowers and the The flowers are of all shades, and name generally adopted, as / with Rhododendron ponticum. If 150 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Azalea—continued. ends. hes hairy. h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America. The varieties of above are several, varying in the shape of the leaves and the colour of the flowers. (L. B. C. 1255 A. viscosa (clammy).* fl. white, sweet-scented, in terminal clusters, downy, clammy, leafy ; tube of corolla as long as the seg- ments. July. J. oblong-ovate, acute, smooth, and green on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly. h. 2ft. to 4ft. North America, 1734. Like nearly all species belonging to this genus, the varieties are many, varying in the colour of the fiowers and otherwise. (T. S. M. 438.) A. v. nitida (shining).* fl. white, tinged with red, clammy, leafy ; tube of corolla a little longer than the segments. April. J. ob- lanceolate, rather mucronate, leathery, smooth on both surfaces, shining above, having the nerve bristly beneath, with revolute, ciliated margins. h. 2ft. to4ft. New York, 1812. Hardy ; de- ciduous, (B. R. 5, 414.) Indian or Chinese Azaleas. Thisisa section of green- house evergreen varieties obtained from A. indica (which see), blooming continuously from November to June, or even later, and of the greatest value for all purposes, whether for decoration, cutting, or exhibition. Cultiva- tion: Thorough drainage is essential, and a compost of half peat, the other half made up of fibrous loam, leaf soil, and sand, in equal quantities. They cannot have too much light and air, and may be grown to almost any size by shifting from one pot to a size larger. In repotting, the whole of the crocks should be taken away from the base of the ball of soil and roots, and the top should also be removed till the fine roots are reached. The plant should then be put in the new pot, and the additional soil rammed firm, in order to prevent the water running through it, and thus depriving the plant of any benefit therefrom. In all cases, the roots near the stem must be above the soil, so that the water may not sink in next the stem, or death will most certainly ensue. After potting, for a few days the plants should be kept close and freely syringed, and as the growth is completed, they may be well hardened off. The best time for potting is after flowering, before the new growth has been made. _ From October to June the plants should be in the green- house, and during the other months in a cold frame, or plunged in pots in the open; or, what is preferable in favoured localities, planted out in prepared beds; they will thus be kept cleaner, and the growth will be much superior. In autumn they may be lifted and repotted, placing in a shady position for a few days. Water in abundance must be given throughout the blooming and growing season; and the plants must, on no account, be allowed to become dry. At the same time, a proper amount of care is most essential, as an excessive amount of moisture is equally as fatal as drought. Cuttings should be placed in sand under a bell glass with moderate bottom heat; half-ripened ones are preferable. They must be cut up to a joint—the base of a leaf—the lower leaves a 4 an inch stripped off, and the stem stuck into the _ Sand, which should lay, about an inch thick, on the top of _ sandy peat soil; the bottom of the cuttings should reach, _ but not go quite into, the soil. The whole should be covered with a bell glass, which must be wiped dry amoena out lin. across, On ` WALLE, | A. sinensis (Chinese). of science, but of botany in Azalea—continued. free, The following are most desirable : LADY MUSGRAVE, light carmine; Miss Buist, pure white; MRS. CARMICHAEL, rich magenta, shaded crimson; PRIME MINISTER, soft pink, deep shaded, very free ; PRINCESS BEATRICE, light mauve, very distinct and free ; PRINCESS MAUDE, rich magenta, rose shaded. Fig. 198. FLOWER OF AZALEA INDICA. A. indica (Indian).* fl. campanulate, terminal, solitary or twin; calycine teeth long-lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated, spreading. l cuneate-lanceolate, finely crenulated, covered with sharp, close- pressed = hairs, attenuated at both ends, Brane also covered with s , close-pressed, rigid hairs. h. 3ft. to 6ft. China, 1808. See Fig. 198. There are a great number of er seedlings of the Indian Azalea, including every shade and colour. A selection to any extent may made from the nurserymen’s catalogues, but, for the guidance of the amateur, we rer He made a rigid selection of the best double and single varieties. Double-Flowered: A. BORSIG, pure white ; “ALICE, rich dee rose, blotched with vermilion, very fine; BERNARD ANDRE, dar! violet-purple, large, semi-double ; CHARLES iS, dark good form and substance; COMTESSE EUGENIE DE KERCHOVE, white, fakon SHE red se a peda MINIQUE VER- VAENE, bright orange, very 3 Tose = white und sched badk very fine ; EMPEREUR DE ric rose, banded white, the upper petals marked red ; FRANCIS DEVOS, deep crimson; IMBRICATA, pure white, sometimes flaked with rose; MADAME IRIS LEFEBVRE, dark orange, shaded with bright violet, and blotched with chocolate; PRESIDENT GHELLINCK DE intense rose, upper petals blotched withlake, and crimson- rayed; SOUVENIR DE PRINCE ALBERT, rich rose peach, broadly margined with pure white, very free and beautiful. Single-Flowered : CHARMER, rich amaranth, very large ; COMTESSE DE BEAUFORT, rich rose, the upper petals blotched with crimson; CRITERION, rich salmon pink, white-margined ; DUC DE NASSAU, rich rosy-purple, very free and large; ECLATANTE, deep crimso} rose shaded; FANNY IVERY, deep salimon-scarlet, blote magenta, very fine; FLAMBEAU, rich glowing crimson, extremely — showy; JOHN GOULD VEITCH, lilac-rose, netted and bordered white, and blotched with saffron, very showy ; LA SUPERBE, i lake, bordered orange, and black spotted, a very fine variety ; La VICTOIRE, centre reddish, white towards the edge, petals spotted with maroon-crimson ; LOUIS VON BADEN, white, a grand variety ; MADAME CHARLES VAN ECKHA white, with beautifully crisped edges, of excellent form sub- stance; MADAME VAN HOUTTE, richly flaked with carmine and rose, very large and free; MARQUIS OF LoRNE, brilliant scarlet, of the finest form and substance ; MRS, TURNER, Dr ink, white-margined, and § with crimson ; Vaz DEN HECKE, white, st red, very fine. A. mollis (soft). Synonymous with A. sinensis. fl. campanulate, downy, flame coloured ; eal May. Lalowty deciduous, ther-nerved, with ciliated stamens equal in length to the petals. elliptic, acut sely pubescent, fe margins, greyish beneath. h. 3ft. to 4f ber of seedlings and hybrids from th are in cultivation, known under the name of Japanese A , and all are valuable for the decoration of the cool vatory, or for outdoor work. SYN. A. mollis. (L. B. O. 885.) be (in honour of J. N. Azara, a Spanish Showy evergreen, hardy and half-hardy shrubs, with alter- simple, stalked stipulate leaves, and fragrant ; flowers. . E oe pure ee 4 AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 151 Azara—continued. r They thrive well in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and sand. Ripened cuttings root readily if placed in sand, under glass, in slight heat. It is believed that all the species enume- rated will prove hardy if a slight winter protection in midland and northern counties be afforded. This precaution will be unnecessary in more southern parts. A. dentata (toothed). 7. yellow; corymbs sessile, few-flowered. June, l. ovate, serrated, scabrous, tomentose beneath ; stipules leafy, unequal in size. h. 12ft. Chili, 1830, (B. R. 1728.) A. Gillesii (Gilles’).* 1. bright yellow; panicles axillary, densely packed. Spring. J, large, Holly-like, ovate, coarsely toothed, smooth. A. 15ft. Chili, 1859. (B. M. 5178.) “rm et 2 % f a7 w A. integrifolia (entire-leaved).* jl. yell - . yellow, on numerous short axillary spikes, A an aromatic fragrance. Autumn. Z. obovate or ( (irene smooth ; stipules equal, pormanemk, h. 18ft, Chili Kenia 8 onception), 1832. The variegated-leaved form, although yalov tal. The variegation consists of greenish- : , k bee ornamen: vith deep pak ee green, and in a young state edged A. microphylla (small-leay. i rym : -leaved),* (fl. greenish, corymbose, suc- = by namerous small orange-coloured berries, Autumn. P Sey er me obovate, obtuse, dark-shining green. A. 12ft. oe and Valdavia, 1873. This shrub is very ornamental as a S d, and also excellent for coveri Quite hardy, Sons. Veitch and |- BABIANA (from babianer, the Dutch for baboon; in - reference to the bulbs being eaten by baboons). ORD. Iridacee. A genus of very ornamental bulbous plants confined to the Cape of Good Hope, with the exception of a single species, which is found in Socotra. Flowers occa- sionally fragrant, and generally characterised by their rich self-colours, or the striking contrast of very distinct hues in the same flower; perianth regular and symmetrical, with six ovate divisions (tube varying in length). Stems from 6in. to 9in. high, arising from a small bulb-like corm, and bear- ing tapering plaited leaves, which are usually more or less densely covered with long hairs; the scapes are racemose, FIG. 199. AZARA MICROPHYLLA, showing Habit, and Foliage (half natural size), each bearing about six or more simultaneously e flowers, They may be successfully grown in pots. plan there is, perhaps, less danger of loss, and ing season can be prolonged considerably. A aia il compost, with a small proportion of well-decayed manure, is required, and thorough drainage is also most essential. Use 48 or 60-sized pots, placing four or five corms in the former, and two or three in the latt keep moderately dry until they commence to form roots. October is the best time to pot. As soon as the plants appear above See Fig. 199, for which we are indebted to Messrs. ground, water may be carefully given, and the supply pro- 152 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Babiana—continued. portionately increased as the plants develop. Very weak liquid manure, applied twice a week, just as the spikes are pushing up, will be beneficial, When the flowers fade, and the stems show signs of decay, the supply of water must be gradually decreased, thus inducing the thorough maturation of the corms, upon which the next season’s dis- play depends. When quite down, store the pots in a dry place till the time for repotting arrives, when the corms should be carefully cleaned, and all offsets separated, the latter being potted up in the same way as the parent corms in order to produce flowering specimens; or they may be kept in a pot of sand and planted in a warm border out- side in March. Outdoor culture: A sheltered, sunny, and well-drained situation is most essential to success. Al- though not absolutely necessary, it is preferable to replant every year in early spring, placing the bulbs about 5in. or Fig. 200, BABIANA STRICTA RUBRO-CYANEA, ~ Gin. deep, with a little sand sprinkled about them. Pl ig may, of course, be done in autumn, when it dar be necessary to cover with cocoa nut fibre refuse to the depth of Sin. or 6in. „In warm, sheltered situations, the corms may remain undisturbed ;-but, as a rule, it is desirable to remove them late in autumn, when the leaves are dead, and store them in dry sand through the winter in a cool? position, free of frost, Mixed Babianas may be Sa they are best to plant. Propagation me : po Bs plant. Propagation may be effected by Babiana—continued. perfume; perianth pale violet-blue; anthers blue, and stigmas yellow. May, June. J. lanceolate, distinctly plicate. h. 6in, 1774. SYNS. B. cerulescens, B. reflexa. (B. M, 576 B. reflexa (refiexed). Synonymous with B. plicata. B. ringens (gaping).* fl. scarlet, irregular in form, gaping, very handsome. May, June. l. narrow, acute, deep green, A. 6in. to 9in. 1752. (L. B. C. 1006.) B. sambucina (Elder-scented). Jl. bluish-purple, with an Elder- like fragrance ; perianth divisions spreading. April, May. J. lanceolate, slightly plicate. h. 6in. to 9in. 1799. Syn. Gladiolus sambucinus. (B. M. 1019.) B. stricta (strict).* jl., perianth segments narrow, acute, outer three white, inner three lilac-blue, with a dark blotch near the base of each. May. l. broadly lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated. h. 1ft. 1795. (B. M. 621.) B. s. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). fl. fragrant ; perianth bright blue, slightly pink in the tube, Ma P June. $ linear, AA light green. Å. 1ft. 1757. (B. M. 637.) B, s. rubro-cyanea (red-and-blue).* jl. 2in. or more in diameter ; upper half of the perianth very brilliant blue, and the lower part rich crimson, forming a central zone, in striking contrast to the blue portion, May, June. J. broad, sig ge downy on the — under surface. h. 6in. to 8in. 1796. See Fig. 200, (B. M. 410. B. s. sulphurea ee ae e . cream-coloured or pale yellow ; anthers blue, and stigmas yellow ; segments spreading. April, May. J. narrow-obtuse. h. 9in. 1795. Syns. Gladiolus sulphureus, G. plicatus. (B. M. 1053.) B. s. villosa (villous).* fl., perianth smaller than the last, with the narrower segments rather more widely spreading than in B. s. - anea, brilliant crimson, with violet-blue anthers. Au- gust. 6in. 1778. (B. M. 583.) ! BABINGTONIA (named after C. O. Babington, fessor of Botany at Cambridge, and a di i botanical author). ORD. Myrtacee. A very pretty green- house evergreen shrub, allied to Beckea, from which it differs in having the stamens collected in groups opposite the sepals. Cuttings of the young unflowering shoots may be planted in sand under a bell glass, and kept in a moderate heat until rooted, when they should be placed singly in small pots, in a compost of equal parts loam and peat, with the addition of a little sand. As the small pots fill with roots, the plants should be removed into larger ones, and the compost have less sand in it; but this shonld not be done until the next February, The established plants must have a good shift about March or April, and should be kept in a light, airy greenhouse ; the first shoots may be topped to moderate their vigour, and to produce a greater profusion of less luxuriant ones. In May, when most plants are removed from the green- house, these should be set to grow under a frame which, while shielding them from heavy rains, and supporting some slight shading in the hottest parts of the sunny days, will not prevent a free circulation of air. To this end, the frame should be elevated from the rests or supports at its 5 corners ; the lights should be left off at night in fine, mild weather, and on dull, cloudy days, being only rep! during heavy rains, and when shading is necessary. To- wards autumn, the plants must be returned to the gree! house. 2 B, camphor-smelling).* fl. pinkish-white, in little cymes, di in long terminal racemes. Sammeta linear, opposite, nerved. h. Tft. Australia, 1841, (B. R. 28, 10.) BACCATE. Berried, fleshy ; having a pulpy texture. => BACCHARIS (from Bacchus, wine; referring to the spicy odour of the roots). Ploughman’s Spikenard. ORD. Composite. go issuing from the top of the pseudo-bulb ; Sepals and long, acuminate, rosy lilac; lip white, mar- lilac or rosy purple, ’and dotted or spotted with crimson. a. very distinct and desirable species lasts from eight ; ‘te ton ty, and forms a very handsome object when placed in dra -room and covered over with a large glass “shade. ra tA (B. M. 4094.) oe IRONS. Instruments used in taking off the bark of trees, asta ree Bene mag Sir H. Barkly, formerly ustralia). ORD. Leguminose. A large greenhouse tree, thriving in a compost of loam and leaf rer propagated by ange and cuttings; the latter ripened, laced in oati bell glass, in a cool house. n m magal s syringifolia (Syringa-leaved). jl. golden yulow, numerous, d illa te on: x zotte Moreton E n sage e "ee BARK STOVE. A hothouse adapted for moisture- loving exotics, and having a pit from 2ft. to 4ft. deep, con- taining fermenting matter, chiefly tanners’ bark, by which means a steady heat is maintained for a considerable time. The Bark Stove is now almost obsolete. Bark is, however, still used in pine pits, and in some pro _ beds; but such beds are generally superseded by hot-water or hot-air tanks. BARLERIA (named after J. Barrelier, a French botanist of the seventeenth century). ORD. Acanthacew. | A genus of interesting and ornamental stove evergreen . shrubs. Flowers axillary or terminal; calyx four-sepaled, „the two outer larger than the others. They thrive best if grown in loam and peat, with a little rotten dung added. Propagated by cuttings made of the young wood, and placed in a similar compost, under a bell glass, in stove temperature, with bottom heat. B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, aggregate, terminal, tubular ; bracts very narrow, setose. Summer. J, lanceolate, hairy, entire. Plant unarmed. h. 3ft. India, 1816, SYN. B. mitis. (B. M. 4113.) B. Gibsoni (Gibson’s). flèpale purple, ee: er arga sub-terminal. Winter. l. ovate or`oblong-lanceolate, 7. A glabrous stove shrub, of branched habit. (B. M. sa” B. Leichtensteiniana (Leichtenstein’s).* fl. very or: spikes axillary, 2in. to 3in. long, ovoid or oblong, consisting of a large number of closely packed overlapping bracts, turned to the fore or lower part of the spike; bracts ovate-acuminate, mucronate, spine-toothed, one-ribbed, with prominent and curved veins, and lin. to ljin. long. A opposite, lin. to 2in. long, linear- lanceolate, entire, mucronate, tapering at the base into a very short stalk, Branches slender, virgate, sub-angular. South Africa, 1870. This plant is covered over its whole surface with close, white, hoary down. (G. C. 1870, p. 73.) B. longifolia (long-leaved). fl. white; spines of whorls six. Summer. l ennio, very long, rough. h. 2ft. India, 1781. This is a biennial. `B. lupulina (Hop-headed). fi. yellowish; spikes ovate; bracts ovate, aaa inatet yit l, lanceolate, quite entire ; spines simple, spreading. h. 2ft. Mauritius, 1824. B. Mackenii (MacKen’s).* jl. purple, large, in a terminal raceme. Spring. 1. recurved, narrow- orato; or elliptic-lanceolate, sub- acute, petioled. Natal, 1870. (B. M B. mitis (small). Synonymous with B. fava. B. prionitis (Prionitis-like). orange; spines axillary, as in fours. Summer, J. aromas fuamoolate ovate. h. aft. > BARLEY. See Hordeum vulgare. BARNADESIA (named after Michael np Spanish botanist). ORD. Composite. Pretty greenh deciduous shrubs, requiring a dry atmosphere. They should be grown in peat, loam, and sand, in equal proportions, Propagated either by seeds, sown in hotbeds in March, or by cuttings, made of half-ripened wood in April, and placed in sand under a bell glass. ¿soils asare normally unprofitable. only be correctly applied in very few cases; as AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 159 Barnadesia—continued. ʻ à * B. rosea (rosy).* /l.-heads rose-coloured, solitary, ovate-cylin- ny, sessile; florets bilabiate, one lip oblong-emar- , the other filiform; hairs on receptacle twisted; j] l. alternate, ovate, acute at both . appui pum p „stif ose. May. ends. A. 1}ft. South America, 1840. See Fig. 206. (B. M. 4232.) _ BARNARDIA SCILLOIDES. See Scilla chi- nensis. i » w E METER. An instrument for measuring the density of the atmosphere, and hence determining the pro- bable changes of weather, or the height of any ascent. To the gardener the Barometer is indispensable as a warning to take due precaution. BAROSMA (from barys, heavy, and osme, smell; re- ferring to the powerful scent of the leaves). The name of this genus is frequently incorrectly spelt Baryosma. ORD. Rutaceæ. Very pretty small, Heath-like, greenhouse ever- green shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope. Calyx equally five-parted ; petals five, oblong ; stamens ten. Leaves oppo- site or scattered, coriaceous, flat, dotted, with their margins sometimes glandularly serrulated, sometimes almost entire or revolute. They thrive in a mixture of sand, peat, and a little turfy loam, with good drainage and firm potting. Cuttings, taken from ripened wood, planted in a pot of sand, and placed in a shady position in a cool house, with a bell glass over them, will root readily in a few weeks. betulina (Birch- axillary, solitary. m September. l. metai Orie, aE, oia, nient h. 1ft. to 3ft. 1790. M. PL 45.) cecious).* fl. $ uncles axi A gy a ndular ones lanceolate, PE to both ends, full of gla dots, g. h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1816. (B. R. 502.) B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. white, usually solitary, lateral. July. l. opposite, ovate-oblong, sessile, serrulated, smootiiish, without glandular dots ; branches villous. h. 1ft. 1789. B. pulchella (pretty).* fl. pale red or purple ; peduncles axillary, usually solitary, exceeding the leaves. February. l crowded, ovate, quite smooth, with thickened, crenate-glandular margins, h, 1ft. to 3ft. 1787. B. serratifolia (saw-edged-leaved),* jl, white ; peduncles axillary, sub-divided. arch to June. J. nearly opposite, lanceolate, usually stalked, glandularly serrulated, smooth. A. lft. to 3ft. 1789, (B. M. 456, and B. Z. 1853, 12.) BARRED. Marked in spaces with a paler colour, resembling bars. BARREN FLOWERS. The male or staminate flowers of many plants, such as the Cucumber, Melon, &c., are pop known as Barren Flowers, ie., they pro- duce no fruit. This condition is,in some similar to “blind ” Strawberries or “blind” Cabbages, so far as fruition is concerned, but stru and functionally it is widely different. The Barren Flowers of the Cucumber, Melon, &c., are produced by what are known as monæœcious plants, i.e., having male and female organs in different flowers, but on the same plant. In the Strawberry, &c., Barren Flowers are generally the result of unfavourable surroundings, or unskilful cultivation. A good example of Barren Flowers is seen in the ray-florets of many Composite plants, which are frequently really neuter, having neither male nor female organs. BARREN SOILS. A term signifying such The term can almost any soil may be rendered capable of afford- « ing a basis for some kind of vegetable life, arboli real or other. The question of planting up the enormous quantity of what is now waste land, might well engage the most practical consideration. Of course, the natural state of any land will, to a great extent, determine what would be its ultimate condition, after all that could be effected by mechanical agency has been accomplished. Drainage, irrigation, enrichment, pulverisation, are all matters which can only be considered upon a particular basis; but we doubt not that the thousands of acres of land now practically almost useless, might, by the adop- tion of proper means, be rendered fairly remunerative. BARREN-WORT. See Epimedium. GTONIA (named after the Hon. Daines n, F.RS.). ORD. Myrtacem A genus of stove - evergreen ee, very difficult to cultivate. Flowers- large, racemose. Leaves opposite or whorled, generally obovate; margins ed or-entire. Fruit one- seeded, fleshy. They require a compost of two parts loam, one peat, and one sand. ~~ air should be given in abun- dance, and a moist atmosphere times maintained, the temperature ranging from 65deg. 95deg. Propagated by cuttings obtained from the lateral shoots; these, taken off at a joint when the.wood is ripe, planted in sand, with a hand glass ovpr them, root readily. The cuttings should not be stripped of any of their leaves. B. (raceme-flowered long. l. cuneate-oblong, acum bar, 1 *(B.M. 3831.) . red ; racemes dulous, v arap r Ac Oak. bale. (showy).* jl. purple and white, large and handsome, disposed in an erect thyrse. l. shining, cuneate-oblong, obtuse, quite entire. h. 20in. to 30in. in England. This beautiful species seldom attains a height of more than 6ft. or 8ft. (G.C. 1845, p. 56.) BARROW. Garden Barrows are very numerous, both with and without wheels. The Flower-pot Barrow has a wheel and a flat surface, on which plants, pots, or leaves are placed, either directly, or, when small, in shallow baskets. The Haum Barrow is an open box or case, of wicker or other work, placed on, or suspended from, a pair of handles, with or without a. wheel, and is useful for carrying litter, leaves, &c. The Water Barrow, instead of a box, contains a barrel, tub, or cistern, in which fluid manure, or ordinary water, is conveyed to different parts of the garden. The Hand-barrow is a frame of wood, carried by two levers, which form four handles; for removing large pots or tubs of trees or shrubs it is very useful, Fic. 207. FLOWER OF BARTONIA AUREA. pn BARTONIA (in honour of Benjamin S. Barton, M.D. formerly Professor of Botany at Philadelphia). ORD. Loa- sacee. Hardy annuals or biennials, downy, with stiff and bearded hairs, This genus is now placed under Mentzelia in most standard botanical works. Flowers “ay yellow, large, terminal, expanding in the evening, w. are very fragrant, and becoming reddish as they fade. Leaves alter- nate, interruptedly pinnatifid. The species are very showy, and well worth growing. Any ordinary garden soil suits them. Seeds should be raised in a gentle heat in spring; =) 160 - Bartonia—continued. ~ and, when the seedling? are Mfioientiy be potted singly into Small, well-drain should: large, y"s winter, ‘pots. ™ they should be placed on a dry shelf ina greenhouse or: frame. B. aurea is one of the brightest of hardy annuals, and may be sowngeither ina a frame, or in the open border in April. ’ 2h ae hs B. albescens (whitish).* jl., petals teri, pale yellow, disposed in a leafy panicle. July. J. sinuateély toothed. Stem with a white shining epidermis. A. Tit, to 4it. Chili, 1831. Annual or bi- ennial. (S. B. F. Œ: ii., 1 ‘ * B. aurea (golden).* fl. two or three. gether, terminal, bright olden yellow, as large as a half ; petals five. June, lit. calif ornia, 1834. Annual. See Fig. 207. (B. M. 3649.) B. nuda (naked) and B. orna orned) are two very pretty white-flowered biennial species. Wi. 2ft. Missouri, 1811, i BARYOS See Barosma. n BASAL, o Situated at the base of any- thing; asthe embryo, when situated at the bottom of the seed. BASELLA (its Malabar name). Malabar Nightshade, ORD. Basellacee. Annual or biennial stove trailers, with white pinkish flowers, of no great horticultural value. In India, and elsewhere throughout the tropics, some of the species are cultivated as pot herbs, and are used as a substitute for Spinach. B. alba (white).* white. August. l heart-sha inted, h. 8in. India, iier this laut; either ghen. allowed to tall in festoons from the roof of a warm h , oF t as a basket plant, forms an elegant object when in flower. BASELLACEZH. A series of usually herbaceous climbers, and considered a tribe of Chenopodiacee. BASIL, SWEET (Ocymum basilicum). This is a tender annual from India, and must be raised in gentle heat. The foliage is somewhat largely used for flavouring purposes. Seeds should be sown in April, the seedlings pricked out into boxes to strengthen, and finally planted out about 8in. asunder, in beds of light rich soil, in June, being well watered until fully established. As soon as they bloom, they should be cut down to within a few inches of the ground, and the portions cut off should be tied up in small bunches and dried in the shade for winter use. Some of the plants can be lifted in September, potted up, and placed in a warm greenhouse for the winter, when the fresh green leaves will be found useful. Bush Basil (Ocymum minimum) is a dwarfer plant, but may be treated in the same way. Wild Basil is botanically known as Calamintha Clinopedium. BASIL-THYME. See Calamintha Acinos. ; BASI-NERVED. When the nerves of a leaf spring _ from the base. - BASING-UP. The raising of a small bank of earth ~ entirely round a plant, so as to retain water immediately _ about the root. The term is sometimes used to signify Eart) or , which see, BASKETS. Few objects contribute more to the adorn- ment of a window, or E decoration of the dining-room, _ Grawing-room, or glass-house, than Hanging Baskets, taste- fully filled with handsome foliaged and flowering plants. Baskets are made in different forms and of various materials, such as wire, terra-cotta, wood, and cork. The Wire Baskets have a very light and elegant appearan thick layer of moss, or Selaginella Kraussia which a layer of coarse sacking must be placed, eve the soil from working through, Terra-cotta Baskets aro „very pretty, and are extensively employed in domestic rooms, but they should always have one or more holes at the bottom, to facilitate drainage. Rustic Baskets, of cork or wood, are also very suitable for floral arrangements ; those composed of teak-wood are very generally used for orchids. The compost should be prepared according to the requirements of the plant or plants intended to be grown, THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Baskets — continued. in this work. The soil should not be allowed to get dry; in thé event of this happening, however, a thorough soaking by immersion must be given, As a rule, attention should be given in the matter of watering every other day, and light Syringing every morning and evening during the spring and summer months will be most beneficial. The Baskets should be examined every week, all dead or decay- ing leaves being removed, and any insects, which are so likely to get a foothold, destroyed. In arranging the sub- jects, the centre plant should be the tallest, the next outer ones shorter, and the marginal ones of a trailing or drooping habit, so that the whole may present a symmetrical, and at the same time a natural, appearance. Wickerwork Baskets are used for carrying or transferring plants, and are generally made 18in. wide by 20in. deep; they are extremely useful, and should be in every garden. Split wood and withes are largely employed in making Baskets. The Planter’s Basket, described by Loudon as a flat, rectangular utensil of wicker- work or boards, partitioned into three or more parts, for the purpose of carrying with the gardener when about to plant or remove plants, is now, unfortunately, almost obsolete. One division is for the plants, another for those taken up, and a third for the tools to be made use of, and for any decayed parts of plants, stones, weeds, or other refuse which may be collected. By tising this Basket, order, accuracy, and neatness are secured. The Sussex “Truck” Baskets, made of willow-wood, are very useful, being both light and durable. See also Measures. BASSIA (named after Ferdinando Bassi, Curator of the Botanic Garden at Bologna). ORD. Sapotacew. Handsome lofty-growing lactescent stove trees, with axillary, solitary, or flowers, and quite entire, smooth, coriaceous leaves. They require stove heat, and a compost of peat and loam. taken from ripened wood, strike readily in sand, under a hand glass, in a strong moist heat. piao B. butyracea (buttery). The Indian Butter Tree, , pedice Is d as well as the calyces, woolly. i above, Sie oii rey gine are, to 9in. long, and gin. to 5in. broad, tomentose 70ft. Nepaul, 1823. (B. F. F. 36.) to B. latifolia (broad-leaved). The Mahwah Tree of Ben A. corolla thick and fleshy ; pedicels drooping, terminal. Lube r or elliptic, smooth above, whitish beneath, 4in. to 8in. long, an 2in. to 4in. broad. h. 50ft. India, 1799, (B. F.S. 41.) B. lia (long-leaved). jl., pedicels axillary, drooping, crowded round the ends of the branchlets. l. ovate-lanceolate, ope mate at the tops of the branches, 6in, long, deciduous, 50ft. Malabar, 1811. (B. F., S. 42.) BASS or BAST MATS. These are prepared, chiefly in Russia, from the inner bark of various Limes (Tilia), and _ are very largely used in this country by nurserymen for — packing purposes, They are also extensively employed as coverings, being excellent preventatives of the effects of frost. They are beneficial as a covering for beds of early — iii vegetables, to prevent radiation during the night. tying purposes they are now greatly supers Raffia Grass. Archangel Mats are larger, and of Detter iy than the St. Petersburgh. Dunnage Mats are heavy, an generally used for covering, as they are m cheaper. BASTARD ACACIA. See Robinia Pseudo-acacia. BASTARD BALM. See Melittis. saad BASTARD BOX. See Polygala chamebuxus. BASTA CABBAGE-TREE. 5e Geoffroya. ARD CHERRY. See Cerasus. Pseudo- Cinnamomum BASTARD CINNAMON. See AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 161 BASTARD VERVAIN. See Stachytarpheta. BASTARD VETCH. See Phaca. BASTARD WIND-FLOWER. Pseudo-pneumonanthe. - BASTARD WOOD-SAGE. Bes Teucrium Pseudo- scorodonia. ; Tag BAST MATS. See Bass Mats. ; BATATAS (its aboriginal name). This genus is now referred to Ipomæa. Strong, free-grow- ing, greenhouse or stove deciduous twiners. Calyx of five sepals; corolla campanulate; stamens inclosed. They are of easy culture, only requiring plenty of room to spread, and are well adapted for trellis work, or to run up pillars. They are all tuberous rooted, and therefore require to be kept dry when in a dormant state. A rich, open, loamy soil is most suitable. Young cuttings strike readily under a hand glass, in heat. i nioides (Bi -like).* urple, funnel- ry with | egies odinles many Hower, nutant, o shorter than the petioles. Jw iae “reat hind lobes rounded, imbricate. Cayenne, 1B ( (B. M Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’).* fl. pale oti A lobes of corolla obtuse, crenulated; peduncles one to three-flowered. August. Z, quinate; leaflets ovate, entire, unequal. Native country unknown, 1815 ; See Gentiana ORD. Convolvulacee. Pr a Fic. 208. BATATAS EDULIS, showing Tuber, B.. „gants ble).* Sweet Potato. fl, corolla lin, long, white purple inside; peduncles, equal in inet to the oct d petioles, x obei hree to four-flowered. l. variable, pitt tae Th. Re Stem creeping, rarely climbing. B. glaucifolia (milky oi To ed rolla small, purplish, perder an ~~ es. and ovate. N gn A ut semen i podun vig two- ves. M. on long aor Ae Saree me pey ttate, truncate behind, B. hete Na rations -lenved blue; a li vappe h three piae at vial i. quinate ui y palmate; lobes or or leaflets ovate-spathulate, acute. A aar ge very pa ous. ai 1817. paniculata (panicled) * d ge the petioles, mai ioen ma ch e Sa oiimi bosely panicled. June. J. palmate, five to seven-cleft; lobes ovike landbolate òr elliptic, bluntish, » giprely sub-acuminated. India, 1799. (G. G. n. s., x., 541.) B. sene ensis (Sen: alese). fe ag em neonate June. a ovate, obtuse, middle one the tegs Guinea, 1823. B. ve nosa (veiny). fl. puple; white or purplish, ig quinately p: A p Stem White, a lo E ia umbellate, with an ovate-cordate, solitary 1 the base of each pedicel. July. l. digitatel ly quinate ; leaflets ‘petiolate, acuminated, quite entire. France, 18: BATEMANNIA ae. after Mr’ J. Bateman, a collector and cultivator of orchids, and author of a “Monograph of Odontoglossum,” and other works on orchi- daceous plants). ORD. idacee. A small and easily- grown genus of dwarf, compact-growing epiphytes, closely allied to Mazillaria, but differing from that genus in having the anther-bed with a membranous bord They may be grown in pots, in a compost of peat and moss, or on blocks of wood with moss. They require an intermediate house and plenty of water in the growing season. Propagated by divisions and offsets. They have generally a free-flower- ing habit; but some of the species are not so ornamental as many other orchids. B. armillata (braceleted). jl. green, white. 1875. (R. X. O. 316.) B. Burtii (Burts). 7. red-brown, yellow base, 3in. across; lip white, tip rok er chocolate. Autumn, J, elliptic-oblong, or ligulate, sub-distichous. Plant bulbless. Costa Rica, 1872. (B. M. 6003.) B. Colleyi (Colley’sy fl. as a e A raceme, rising from the base of the pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals brownish-purple within, green without; lip white. Autumn. A. 6in. Demerara, 1834. (B. R. 1714.) B. grandifiora a i -flowered).* fl., flower-spike coming up with the young growth, bearing three or four flowers, of curious struc- ture ; sepals and petals olive-green, striped with reddish-brown ; lip white, with reddish-purple streaks, orange or yellow towards the base. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, 3in. or 4in. long, raan hoarna iro large, broad, leathery leaves. New Grenada, @. M. .) B. Wallisii (Wallis’).* fl., sepals light eaa A outside, olive-green to chestnut-brown inside, with some yellow at the base ; petals with scarlet ones = kae very base, but otherwise coloured like the sepals; lip bla nish, with a brownish hue at the anterior part; b Bres slender, corymbose. h. lit. Columbia, 1876. BATSCHIA. See Lithospermum. BAUERA (named after Francis and Ferdinand Bauer, German botanical draughtsmen). ORD. Savifragacee. Small shrubs, natives of Australia, New Zealand, &c. Flowers axillary, solitary, maar Leaves six in ay Whedon proximating by threes, and therefore, as it _ Were, | and ternate, exstipulate. Easily cultivated in a compost of sandy loam and peat, Propagated by cuttings, placed in sandy soil, under a glass. These very pretty little green- house evergreens flower nearly the whole year through. P rubioides, and U int I al or a rubioides, ani smaller. December. I oblong, ah. iit. New South Wales 1804. wa B.C. ene B. rubizefolia (madder-leaved). Synonymous with B. rubioides. B. rubioides (madder- ag fl. pale red, or pink. Ll aone late, crenated. k. 1ft. to 2ft, New South Wales, 1793, SYN. rubhiæfolia. (A. B. R. 198.) BAUHINIA (in honour of John and Caspar Bauhin, two famous botanists of the sixteenth century). Moun- tain Ebony. ORD. Leguminosæ. Very showy stove ever- green shrubs. Flowers racemose ; petals five, spreading, oblong, rather unequal, upper one usually distant from the rest. Leaves two-lobed, constantly composed of two jointed leaflets at the top of the petiole, sometimes nearly free, usually joined together, more or less, and with an- the recess. They succeed well in a mixture of sand, loam, and peat, requiring good drainage and moderately firm potting. Propagated by cuttings, which should be taken > when the wood is neither very ripe nor very young; the leaves must be dressed off, and the cuttings planted in sand, under a glass, in moist heat. A objects in the tropics, few of the i our comparatively sunless skies; those which hitherto have succeeded well in Britain are marked with an asterisk. ae x 162 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bauhinia—continued. B. acuminata (taper-pointed- bared. E pure white ; petals broadly ovate, ges stipitate. June. rather cordate at the base, smoothish ; leaflets connected beyond the middle, ovate, acuminated, parallel, four- nerved. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Malabar, 1808. B. aurita (eared). fl. white; ; petals ovate, on short stipes. August. i. glabrous, cordate at the base ; leaflets connected the fourth part of their length, oblong-lanceolate, nearly parallel, six to eight-nerved. h. 4it. "to 6ft. “Jamaica, 1756. B. corymbosa (corymbose).* ji. in loose racemes; petals pinkish, regular, crenulated at the edge. Summer. Z., leaflets semi-oval, obtuse, parallel, connected nearly’ to the middle, three-nerved, cordate at the base, the nerves on the under surface, as wellas me etioles, branches, and calyces, clothed with rufous villi. “i Cam climber. India, 1818. (G.C. 1881, xvi., p. 204.) a inermis (unarmed). fl. white ; petals linear ; racemes terminal, leafiess, simple. J. ovate at the base, ferruginous beneath ; leaf- lets oblong, acute, four-nerved, parallel, connected a little beyond the middle. h. 6ft. to 8ft, cae 1810. B. multinerva_(many-nerved). snow-white; petals linear. Legume 8in. to 12in. long, l elliptic, ded at the base, mem- branous, shining above, rather pilose beneath; nerves dexragin ous 5 leaflets semi-ovate, obtuse, approximate, five- nerved ; free. h. 20ft. Caraccas, 1817. B. natalensis (Natal),* fi. white, lłin. across, opposlio the leaves. September. l. small, ee e of two obliquely-oblong rounded leaflets. Natal, 1870. (B.M . 6086.) B. petiolata (long- tae agp J. white, 3in. long, in terminal clusters. Autumn. ed, ovate. -acuminate, five-nerved, glabrous. Columbia, 1862. SYN. ‘Casparia speciosa. (B.M 6277.) B. pubescens (downy). fi. white, large, much crowded; petals obovate ; peduncles three to four-flowered,’ l rather cordate at the base, Batre ea beneath and on the petioles; leaflets con- nected AT the i Ney apma four-nerved, nearly parallel. 4ft. to 6ft. oo me e). ae ite on per nd me linear, lft, long. glabrous ; leafle connected much above the the middle, eal A so obtuse, four- nerved; free. h. 6ft. India, 1778. = one of them streaked with B. racemose) ; petals obo obtuse ; raceme eraan Ah i Sora hi urdak at the ae "akon with silky villi beneath, as well as on the rou ovate, obtuse, o0 seems oo calyces, and petals ; leaflets broadly ovate, connected to ee Je five-nerved. India, 790. ‘Shrubby climber, (B. F. S. B. tomentosa ( — Em Lee va ni pae eo ghd a , witha red spot at the claw, obovate, o es one to three-flowered. l. ovate or roun at the'be base; Par surface villous, as well as the petioles, branches, stil ules, oe bracts, and calyces ; leaflets connected a he middle, oval, obtuse, three to four- nerved. h. 6ft. to 12ft. Ceylon, 1808. variegata (variegated).* fl. red, pea with white, and yellow at the base, in loose terminal racem ovate, nearly sessile. June. J. cordate at the base, ahan: leaflets broadly- ovate, obtuse, five-neryed, connected beyond the middle ; free. h. 20ft. Malabar, 1690. B. v. chinensis (Chinese). fl, petals lilac, with nie pyh spot at the base of each, acute. J. Eso at the base. ina, ~ BAWD-MONEY. See Meum. BAY-TREE. See Laurus nobilis. BEAK. Anything resembling the beak of a bird, as in Aconitum ; the point which ends the helmet or upper sepal ; | hard, sharp points. BEAN BEETLE (Bruchus granarius). This insect, pitino. ho gla seeds of Beans and Peas, ria tts A when sowing, all seoda infested’ by. ity and. this may be detected by the skin of the seed being unusually trans- parent above the tunnel for exit. Im seeds of Broad Beans are often much infested. “Dipping the Beans or Peas in boiling water for one minute is stated to kill the grub inside; but, as dipping for four minutes generally destroys the germinating power, the eoe is much too hazardous for general use” (Ormerod). BEAN CAPER. Se Zygophyllum BEAN FLY. See Aphides and Black Bb | or BEANS. There are three sections of these in cul- tivation for garden purposes, viz.: The Dwarf or French Bean ; the Climbing, or Scarlet Runner; and the ordinary Broad Bean. See also Faba and Phaseolus. G. 209. BROAD BEAN PLANT IN FLOWER (FABA VULGARIS), Soil. All Beans like a somewhat loamy soil, which, to secure good crops, must be deeply worked and heavily © Fic. 210. Pops oF BRoaD BEAN. d. The Kidney Beans, dwarf and tall, however, do not aaa for oo henry aen il as the Broad and ‘Long-podded kinds; and this fact should be borne in mind when selecting Fig. 211. BROAD BEAN SEED, situations. The term Kidney is generally their respective oe the Dwarf: op Praha OT ocr AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 163 Beans—continued. BROAD AND LONG-PODDED (Faba vulgaris). Cultiva- tion: As early as possible in the autumn, deeply trench a piece of ground, and work in a heavy dressing of manure, leaving the surface of the soil in ridges, to become well aérated by winter frosts. Where desired, a piece of ground on a warm, protected border, can also be deeply dug in November, and a few rows of Mazagans sown to stand the winter. When up, draw a ridge of soil on either side the rows, and in frosty weather strew a few handfuls of bracken, or other light, dry litter, over them. Not much is, however, gained by this winter sowing. Early in January, level the ridges with a fork, working the whole of the surface soil over, and towards the end of the month, make the first sowing, choosing Mazagan and other early varieties. Mark out two rows, 9in. asunder, leave a space of 30in., then another two rows, and so on throughout the piece sown. If preferred, they may be sown in single rows at intervals of 14ft. The drills should be about 3in. deep, and the seed from Zin. to 9in. apart in the rows. Where the double-row system is adopted, arrange the seed for the plants to come alternately. In March, get in the main sowing of the Broad and later Long-podded kinds, in the manner already described; another sowing for late use may be made in April. When the plants are about Gin. high, earth up as recommended for those sown in the autumn. As soon as a good crop is set, pinch out the tops of the plants, to assist the maturation of the Beans, and prevent the attacks of the fly. Figs. 209, 210, and 211 are excellent representations of the flowering plant, pods, and seed of the Broad Bean. Sorts. For early use: Early Mazagan, Long-pod, Mar- shall’s Harly Prolific, and Seville Long-pod. For late use: Carter’s Mammoth Long-pod, and Broad Windsor (white variety). These are all distinct and good varieties. Fig. 212. FRUITING PLANT OF DWARF OR FRENCH BEAN (PHASEOLUS VULGARIS). Dwarr or Frencn Kipney Beans (Phaseolus vulgaris). ultivation: This class (see Fig. 212) also requires a rich and deeply trenched rather light soil. A very important point is to get the ground into a good condition, by fre- quently forking it over; and, as the seeds are not sown till the beginning of May, there is plenty of time for the work. The finer the soil is, and the more it is aérated, the better will it suit the crop. From the beginning of May till the end of June, at intervals, draw out drills about 2ft. apart, and Sin. deep, and in these place the pags sagir thick, as generally they are not all certain grow. soon as up, carefully thin them, and slightly earth up to prevent the wind blowing them about. They - Beans—continued. should not, however, be earthed higher than the seed leaves, or they will probably rot off in wet weather. Keep free from weeds, and maintain a sharp look out for slugs. In dry weather, water occasionally, giving good drenchings, and not mere sprinklings, which do more harm than good. A good mulching of half-rotted manure is very beneficial, as it prevents evaporation to-a great extent, besides afford- ing some amount of nourishment to the plants. Great care must be taken to pick off the Beans as soon as large enough for use, or they will exhaust the plants. Where seeds are needed, a number of plants should be left for the purpose, and these should be some of the best, to prevent deteriora- tion, or loss of the true variety. Forcing. French Beans require more heat than can be obtained in either a frame or an ordinary greenhouse; and, although easy enough to grow in a structure suited to their requirements, yet, iffsuch does not exist, they are almost sure to fail. A good heat, from 60deg. to 70deg., with abundance of moisture, is necessary for successful results. Plenty of light is also most essential. A position such as that of a cucumber house is generally a suitable one; but the plants must not be placed under the cucumbers. Suc- cessional sowings in pots or boxes must be made, from the end of August till March, to keep up a supply. For soil, use good maiden loam, with a little well-rotted manure added. Use 8in. pots, sowing five or six beans in each. The first sowing should be placed in a frame and kept well watered, bringing into heat in October; but the sub- sequent sowings should be placed directly in the house. Keep the soil moist, and the plants free from aphides and other insect pests, and give air at every favourable opportunity. The plants should be as near the light as possible, and kept from falling about by tying or placing small pieces of Birch wood round them. In dull weather, it will be found that the blooms will not set so freely as when the sun shines brightly ; therefore, every care should be taken to secure both heat and ventilation when sun- shine prevails. When the pots get full of roots, and the plants are bearing fruit freely, a little liquid manure is of great assistance; at no time must the plants get dry enough to flag. Allow plenty of room for the full de- velopment of foliage, and maintain a minimum temperature of 60deg., with plenty of moisture. __ $ Sorts. These are very numerous, among the best being Black Negro, Canadian Wonder, Canterbury, Fulmer’s Forcing, Golden Dun, Newington Wonder, Osborn’s Early Forcing, Sion House, and Sir Joseph Paxton. RUNNERS OR CLIMBING KipnEy Beans (Phaseolus multiflorus). Cultivation: Being tall growers, these need a greater space than the Dwarf French varieties, and they also require support. Rich soil is indispensable for them, and liberal supplies of water on light soils and in dry weather. A good overhead syringing from time to time is also advantageous. Trench and heavily manure a piece of ground in autumn, leaving it in ridges for the winter. In March, level the ridges down, and well work the ground, to render it friable and in good con- dition. The plants being extremely tender, it is not safe to sow before the end of April or the first week in May. It is preferable to sow in rows, which should be from 6ft. to 12ft. apart, and crop the ground between with other vegetables. arth up and stake them as soon ready, to prevent injury from rough wind. A good which may be adopted to obtain early produce, is raise the seeds in boxes in a cold frame, getting them ready for planting out in the middle of May. Plant at the same distances, and treat afterwards as recommended for those sown out of doors. e If preferred, they can be grown on the ground without stakes, Under this treatment, they must have their tops ` pinched off when about 18in. high, continuing this pinch- ing from time to time as necessary. If this plan is adopted, the rows need only be 3ft. apart, the ground 164 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Beans— continued. not being otherwise cropped. In dry seasons and on light soils, there is an advantage attached to this method, namely, that those on sticks are liable to injury from drought, while the foliage of those pinched back keeps the soil moist underneath. Fic. 213. RUNNER OR CLIMBING KIDNEY BEAN (PHASEOLUS MULTIFLORUS), Runner Beans may also be planted to cover arches or fences, and in various places of a like description. See Fig. 213. Sorts. Common Scarlet Runner, Champion, Painted Lady, and Giant White. The first two are those gene- rally grown. BEAN-TREE. See Ceratonia Siliqua. BEARBERRY, and BEAR'S GRAPE. ? Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, z aia BEARS BREECH. see Acanthus. BEAR’S FOOT. See Helleborus fæœtidus. ; BEATONIA. See Tigridia. 3 (a commemorative name). ORD. : eas, A small genus of curious seats plants, noe Mexico. ue Leaves narrow, gracefully depending. tems slender, woody, with a peculiar swollen, some- base. Mr. B. S. Williams recommends with ample drain a iar sy $ when obtainable; but chiefly by seeds which hare ee imported from their native country. Beaucarneas are principally grown for the beauty of their foliage, and are onc, graceful, and extremely curious in habit and B. glauca (grey).* 7. pendent, 0 : Ppr the swollen a ree ea sooi AR One aa &. latifolia (broad-leaved) differs from ty nly ; stouter and more robust stem and broader avec = : ee B. dent, daek ae long-leaved).* Z. 6ft. to 10ft. long, narrow, a beautiful vase-like centre, — ern (Q. C. 1871, vii, 493) a Beaucarnea—continued. B. recurvata (recurved-leaved).* l so long, linear, gracefully pendulous, bright green. Mexico, about 1845. ‘This is an excellent subject for open-air culture during the summer, as well as for the conservatory. SYN. Pincenictitia tuberculata. (G. C. 1870, 1445.) B. r. rubra (red). Z. red at base. B. stricta (upright). l. 3ft. or more long, less than lin. broad, very glaucous. Stem stout. Mexico, 1870. BEAUFORTIA (commemorative of Mary, Duchess of Beaufort, a botanical patroness). ORD. Myrtaceew. Elegant free-flowering greenhouse Australian shrubs, with sessile, opposite, or scattered leaves, and scarlet flowers; calyx with a turbinate tube; stamens in bundles opposite the petals. They require a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam, lightened, if necessary, by the addition of sand. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots root freely in sandy soil, under a glass, with very little heat. B. decussata (decussate). fl. scarlet; bundles of stamens on very long claws ; filaments radiating. May. on. Bs es decus- sate, ovate, or oval, many-nerved. h. 3ft. to 1 ew Holland, 1803. (B. M. 1733.) B. purpurea (purple).* fi, purplish-red, in dense globular heads. k aire to five-nerved, erect or spreading, ovate-lanceolate to lan- ceolate-linear. New Holland. B. sparsa (few-leaved). fl. bright scarlet. 1 scattered, ovate-elliptical, obtuse. West Australia, splendens. (P. F. G. xiii., 145.) B. splendens (splendid). Synonymous with B. sparsa. BEAUMONTIA (in honour of Mrs. Beaumont, for- merly of Bretton Hall, Yorkshire). ORD. Apocynaceæ. A very ornamental stove twiner, remarkable for its handsome flowers. It succeeds best when planted out in the borders of a temperate house, in rich lumpy loam and peat. Pro- pagated by cuttings, placed in sand, with bottom heat. B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* l., corolla large, white, ish outside near the base, and eg oat, with a Sort aa aed l. many-nerved, Syn. B. ; and a campan five-lobed limb; corymbs axillary and terminal, many-flowered. June. l broad, oblong-ovate, with a e Esa wn e — smooth shining above, er downy beneath; leaves and branches rusty, Chittagong and Sylhet, 1820. ¢ 3213.) f A BED. A term usually applied to pieces of ground laid out in gardens for sowing small seeds, or for the isolation and better protection of ‘small collections of plants in the reserve ground. The oblong is the best shape for this pur- pose, about 4ft. or 5ft. wide, somewhat raised, and having a narrow path on each side, so that the workman may attend to the plants or seeds without having to tread on the bed. Any one part of a flower-garden design, cut ont in grass, or otherwise formed, is also generally termed a Bed. When required to be planted for effect, as in this case, the Bed should be proportionate in size to the plants that are to be put in it, always planting the highest in the centre and gradually sloping, with other sizes, to the edges, which should be the lowest. Circular Beds are best with one centre plant; and oblong or other shapes should have the ~ height of the centre plants carried nearly the whole length, not, however, placing them in too formal a manner. BEDDING-IN. A method of seed-sowing, now almost obsolete, and chiefly employed in nurseries. “In this method, the ground being dug and formed by alleys into Beds, 4ft. or 5ft. wide, each alley being a spade’s width or more between Bed and Bed, and the earth being drawn off the top of the Bed with a rake or spade, tin. or lin. deep into the alleys, the seed is then sown all over the surface of the Bed; which being done, the earth in the alleys is immediately cast over the Bed, again covering the seeds the same depth, and the surface is raked smooth” (Johnson). In the case of small seeds, a very light covering is needed, and that only of very fine soil. BEDDING-OUT. The temporary placing out of doors of greenhouse and other tender plants during the summer months. It is considered by some to be the showiest, most expensive, and most unnatural of any style. The ome arrangement of gaudy colours is not at all times satisfactory, and under the most favourable cc AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 165 Bedding-out—continued. ditions the design is rarely retained more than two or three months, say, from July to September. The method is, however, so extensively adopted as to demand due notice in this work. Bedding usually commences in May. An im- portant consideration is the proper preparation of the soil for the reception of the plants. It will be found to materially Fic. 214. DESIGN FOR CARPET BEDDING. assist the growth if the soil is well dug over a fortnight before the plants are put in. By this means, it will acquire a certain amount of solidity, a point of great importance with fibrous-rooted plants that are subject to injury from the fine roots not taking a firm hold of the soil. Having Fic. 215. DESIGN FOR CARPET BEDDING. decided upon the arrangement of the plants, proceed to work with the planting. With round, oval, or, indeed, almost any shaped bed, begin in the centre and work towards the edge; in borders, commence at the back and finish with the front row. Plant with a trowel, disturbing the balls as _beneficial, leaving it smooth and tidy. Bedding-out—continued. of distress; and then a good soaking should be applied. A careful hoeing of the surface after planting will be most A Dutch hoe will be the best to use. Injudicious use of manure and water will only cause a foliaceous growth. The proper treatment of the various Bedding Plants will be found under their ` respective headings. For spring decoration, the Beds may be filled with Dutch bulbs, and spring-flowering annuals and perennials ad infinitum; or, after the plants are removed in autumn, the Beds may be filled with evergreens plunged in pots, such as Aucuba, Arbor vitæ, Euonymus, and various little Conifers, which have a bright appear- ance through the winter, and can be removed at any time. With the relative value, or advisability of adoption, of either or any system of gardening, it scarcely comes within the province of this work to deal. No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as regards “style,” and each individual may follow his own taste and inclination. Carpet Bedding. This mode of gardening, although not so generally employed as it was some few years ago, has many admirers, and small plots, geometrically arranged in multi-coloured beds on lawns, are frequently seen. In . our large public parks, the system is largely adopted, and evidently proves very gratifying to the multitudes who visit these places; but probably no system is more un- natural or expensive, as such a large number of plants are necessary in order to produce a desirable effect. The illustrations (Figs. 214 and 215) represent two designs for Carpet Beds. ‘The numbers placed in the various com- partments indicate the way the different colours should be arranged, repeats being marked by the same cypher. A very varied and large selection of plants can be used for Carpet Bedding, some of which are quite hardy, such as Herniaria glabra and Veronica repens, two of the best dwarf green plants; Sempervivum californicum, Sedum lydium, S. glaucum, Antennaria tomentosa, &c. These may be planted early in the season, with Golden Feather, and are especially valuable, as they are generally employed to a great extent. Other plants, not quite so hardy, are Mentha Pulegiwm gibraltarica and Echeveria secunda glauca, both of which are extensively used; while the tenderest subjects are Alternantheras of various kinds, Coleus Verschafeltii and Mesembryanthemum cordifolium variegatum. These latter should not be planted till the first or second week in June. As the plants are usually small, and require to be planted thickly, the work is best accomplished with the fingers, pressing the soil moderately firm. First of all, work out the design, and plant the leading lines; afterwards fill in the “ panels.” a ai i. ond 3 (Q ó 4 r 3 is j O JO 6 — —\* little as possible, and when in the moderately firm. After the soaking of water to settle the soil at the roots. _ for Flower-beds should always be perfectly rotte that from a spent hotbed. When the plants = established, water must only be given if th holes press the soil Bed is finished, give a good | arrangement of tropical plants in Beds or groups outside -very attractive and unique display may be: Fic. 216. DESIGN FOR BEDDING. 166 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ' Bedding-out—continued. enjoyed, a grand effect may be produced by the grouping of tree and other large ferns with palms, Cannas, Aralias, Dracenas, &c., avoiding, of course, formal arrangement, and yet, when finished, a symmetrical appearance should be produced. In more open positions, palms, Castor Oil Plants, Cannas, Humea elegans, Aralias, Phormiums, Wigandias, Fig. 217. DESIGN FOR BEDDING. Nicotianas, &c., may be employed, the result being, if properly arranged, most gratifying. Sub-Tropical Bedding should not be done till the middle or end of June, and the Beds should be well dug and freely manured for those that are to be planted ont. Bedding-out— continued. are intended for specimen foliage and other plants, such as Fuchsias, Yuccas, Aloes, Cannas, Solanums, variegated or plain Reeds, Grasses, Maize (Zea), &c. No. 1, tall plants of Echeveria metallica, edged with E. glauca; 2, 2, yellow or orange Calceolaria; 3, 3, Mrs. Leavers Pelargonium; 4,4, Triomphe de Stella ditto; 5, 5, purple or blue Verbena; 6, 6, white ditto. The narrow border round the side may then be filled in with Golden-feather Pyrethrum, blue Lobelia, or Alternanthera ama- bilis. This same plan may also be treated in quite a different manner, according to the taste of those adopting it, or the stock of plants at command. ; Fig. 217 illustrates a design admirably adapted for a rosery or small flower garden. Its only ts, fault is the number of sharp angles at the corners of some of the Beds; but this can be counteracted by the predominance of curved lines. It is easily formed, and the effect is good if furnished in the following manner: The circle in the centre, 1, Centaurea ragusina compacta, edged with a double line of Coleus Verschaffeltit ; the four figures 2, 2, 2, 2, scarlet Pelargoniums, such as Vesuvius, Bonfire, Triomphe de Stella, or others ; 3, 3, Mrs. Pollock, golden-zoned Pelar- goniums, edged with Alternanthera amena; 4, 4, Lady Cullum, ditto, ditto, edged with ditto; 5, 5, Lobelia speciosa, Imperial Dwarf Ageratum, or Purple King Verbena; 6, 6, white Verbena or white Ivy- - leaved Pelargonium. : The group of Beds illustrated in Fig. 218 is effective on grass or gravel. If on the latter, the lines should be Fig. 216 represents a Border or long piece of ground, _ which may be either marked out permanently with Box Fic, 219. ARRANGEMENT OF NURSERY FOR ROSE TREES AND eae SHRUBS, edging, dwarf-growing silver or golden leaved plants, tiles, stones, or pebbles, and filled in with silver sand or bright- _ goloured stones or gravel; or the lines may be widened out _ into walks. The whole of the small circles not numbered 4 Font Fic. 218. DESIGN FOR BEDDING OR CARPET BEDDING. _ defined with Box, Golden Thyme, Cerastium, or Santolinas. The design is pretty on level, but is still more effective on sloping, ground; in the latter case, it should rise from the straight walk (dotted line). Thus each Bed may ze f f AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 167 Bedding-out—continued. the colours in alternate Beds. The Beds, a, a, a, Flower of Spring, or another silver-leaved Pelargonium; b, b, b, Purple King Verbena, or Imperial Dwarf ‘Ageratum ; 0; 6; White Perfection Verbena, and silver-leayed or white- flowered Ivy-leaved Pelargonium; d, d, Alternanthera magnifica; e, e, Blue Lobelia. The ‘long border, Alter- nanthera paronychioides, edged with Antennaria tomen- tosa; or Iresine Lindenii, edged with Pyrethrum, Golden Fleece or Crystal Palace Gem Pelargonium. The two sides may also be planted alike. The colours are re- versed above to produce a greater variety and a more striking effect. This design is also well adapted for Carpet Bedding Bu ee + ©) Soe O = BDM Fig. 221. BEDDING-OUT DESIGNS, Nursery Bed. This is merely a reserve nursery for a a S E _ flowering dwarf-growing Bedding-out— continued. Roses, &c. One of the first requirements is an easy access to the individual plants, and with the least possible waste of space. This may be obtained by arranging the Beds in regular geometric figures, as shown in Figs. 219 and 220, and, by exercising a little care and taste, the whole can be so contrived as to present an ornamental appearance, We are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons for the diagrams of Bedding-out designs shown at Fig. 221, which may be made very effective : Bed A. This Bed may be planted with the following: Summer-flowering: 1, Gain’s Yellow Calceolaria or Agera- tum Lady Jane; 2, Geranium Vesuvius or another scarlet; 3 and 4, Viola Bluebell or Purple King Verbena; 5, edged with Gnaphalium lanatum, or Antennaria tomentosa, white foliaged plants. Summer Foliage: 1, Coleus Verschaffeltii; 2, Centaurea ragusina compacta; 3 and 4, Mrs. Pollock Geranium; 5, band of any of the Echeverias, or Kleinia repens. Bed B. Plants mentioned for A will do for this. Bed C. This is really intended for a Carpet Bed. 1, _ Alternanthera amabilis, with a narrow line of amena for the edge; 2, Mentha, or Herniaria glabra; 3, band of Mesembryanthemum cordifolium variegatum. Flowering: 1, Any kind of Scarlet Geranium; 2, Golden-leaved ditto; 3, Blue Lobelia (edge). Spring: 1, White Arabis; 2, Myosotis dissitiflora ; 3, Golden Feather. Bed D. Summer: 1, Pink Geranium; 2, Iresine Lindenii ; 3, Golden Feather. Carpet: 1, Alternanthera versicolor grandis; 2, Mesembryanthemum cordifoliwm variegatum; 3, Alternanthera magnifica, edged with Sempervivum mon- tanum. $ Bed E. 1, Scarlet Geranium; 2, Pink ditto; 3, Lobelia speciosa; or, 1, Alternanthera amæna; 2, Mesembryan- themum cordifoium variegatum; 3, Echeveria secunda glauca. Bed F. 1, Dracæna, Chamepeuce, or any other graceful foliage plant for the centre; 2 and 4, Alternanthera amabilis, the divided lines, 6, being filled with Mentha or Echeverias; 3 and 5, Alternanthera amæna; and the outer edge, 7, with Sempervivum californicum. This bed would look well if planted with any of the above-men- tioned spring flowers. Spring: Bed might be raised to a mound, and lined out with hardy Sedums, or Semper- vivums, placing a larger growing one in the centre; and 2, 3, 4, and 5 divisions may be filled with any spring- BEDDING PLANTS. This term applies to many half-hardy subjects which are planted out in beds for summer display, such as Ageratums, Calceolarias, Gera- niums, Heliotropes, Lobelias, Verbenas, &c., all of which will be treated under their respective headings. They are mostly soft-wooded plants and are easily cultivated with proper means, in spring and autumn. BEDFORDIA (named in honour of a former Duke of Bedford). Orn. Composite. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, allied to Cacalia. They thrive in a mixture of a peat, loam, and brick rubbish, in equal proportions. — by cuttings, which should be dried a little before i them in rough, sandy soil. B. salicina (willow-like apa. 2 apt ee eee and solitary, et few together. above, covered ‘witht hile y Pree toria and Tasmania, 1820. pcre Bier tr ~ TA SYN. Cacalia salicina. ers) 168 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ‘BEET (Beta, which see). The present varieties of Beetroot are the offspring of Beta vulgaris, a plant of biennial duration, and a native of the sea coasts of Southern Europe. It was cultivated in this country about 1656, but was probably long previously introduced by the ancient Romans. Beetroot is largely used as salad, more extensively on the Continent than with us, also pickled; medium sized, deeply coloured roots being the chief de- sideratum. Some varieties are largely grown for their -highly-coloured foliage, being planted in bedding-ont de- signs, and generally proving extremely effective. Cultivation: For obtaining the best results, an open situation should be chosen, free from the shade of trees. The ground should be light and sandy, and, if possible, that which been previously manured for some other crop, Fig. 222. Long YELLOW BEETROOT. r inst: gy e soil to a depth of vutumn, ar ‘ge 1t up for the winter. As soon as dry enough to allow of wo tking in spring, dig over the whole bed with a steel digging fork, and break the soil tolerably fine. Sow any time from the last week in April to the end of May. Prepare the drills about a foot or 15in. apart, and from lin. to 2in. deep. The seeds grow quicker if steeped in water previous to sowing, afterwards allow- ing them to get dry enough to separate from each other. Sow thinly, and fill in the drills with a rake. As soon as the plants are up, hoe between the rows, and keep _ free from weeds. In a fortnight or three weeks after this _ hoeing, if the weather has been favourable, the plants _ be large enough for thinning. ‘Thinont to about 9in. apart Beet—continued. and carefully fill up, in dull weather, any blanks that may occur. ‘Transplanting is, however, not generally a very satisfactory method. Carefully lift the roots in autumn, before frost comes, and wring off the leaves about an inch from the crowns. Place the roots in a cool shed or house, and allow the soil on them to get quite dry, when they may be stored for winter use in dry sand, or soil, in a shed free from frost. It is preferable to keep the crowns free from soil, to prevent decay from the ends of the leaves left on them. If this be carefully done, the roots will keep till the next season’s early crop is ready. In all processes con- nected with the growing, storing, or cooking of this vege- table, the greatest care must be taken to avoid bruising or otherwise injuring the roots, as deficiency of colour would be the result, especially in the case of the red-fleshed kinds, in some cases rendering them valueless for table use. Seed Saving: When lifting the crop in autumn, select as many of the best formed and coloured roots as required, and store them separately from the rest. In April, plant impregnation from other varieties, and in due time good seed will ripen. If good foliaged varieties are required, the best should be selected when growing in the summer, and either be marked by some means, or have the inferior ones removed from them. Sorts. These are somewhat numerous—almost every seedsman having a so-called “improved strain.” Nutting’s Dwarf Red, Chelsea, Pine Apple, Dell’s Crimson and Red Castelnaudary, are the best of the crimson or red-fleshed kinds. The Egyptian Turnip-rooted is a distinct variety, with flesh of a good colour, and fine flavour; excellent for summer salads, Betterave de Bretagne is a Continental variety ; the roots grow to a good size, with a distinct onter skin of a dark colour; flesh rich purple. The best of the yellow-fleshed kinds are Small Yellow and Long Yellow (see Fig. 222); but these are not grown much as the deep-coloured section; in fact, almost useless for garden purposes. Bedding Purposes: In this case, where the Pren to a object, the seed may be sown in a re- serve bed, and the plants transferred to their positions in the flower garden. If, however, a line is required in a ribbon or other border, the best plan is to sow there, and thin out the plants to equal distances. Dell’s Crimson is one of the best varieties for this, purpose, being very com- pact and of a good dark colour. * Varieties of the Leaf Beet (Beta Cicla), and Sea or Perennial Beet (Beta maritima), are sometimes, but very seldom, cultivated for the use of the leafstalks and leaves, the roots being hard and unfit for cooking pur- poses. They are at the best but substitutes for other them in a spot by themselves, where there is no danger of © 80, ely, the midrib for Sea-kale and the leaves” ed l | , I d j i 3 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 169 Beet—continued. for Spinach. If desired, seeds may be sown in the way described for Beetroot, in April for using in autumn and winter, and in August for spring use, plants of the latter sowing being protected in severe weather. The best sorts are Red-stalked, Yellow-stalked, and White (see Fig. 223) or Silver Leaf. BEET CARRION BEETLE (Silpha opaca). This destructive insect is frequently found in dead animals, but often its grub almost destroys the leaves of Beet and Mangold Wurzel crops. The grubs, which are black and shining, when full grown are from din. to din. long; the three segments next the head are rounded at the sides, but the other segments are sharp, and the tail segment has a sharp spine on each side. ‘ When full-fed, the grubs bury themselves, and form cells at the depth of 3in. or 4in. below the surface of the earth, in which they turn to pups, and from these the Beetle has been seen to come up in about the space of a fortnight or three weeks” (Ormerod). The Beetles are flattish, and about five lines long, brown- black, with a tawny down; eyes large and oval; horns club-shaped; body somewhat oval; wing-cases very flat, turned up at the outer edge, each case having three sharp ridges running along it; tip of abdomen dull red. Any manures or methods of cultivation that would stimulate growth in the plants, so as to permit renovation of injuries, would be found useful. If farmyard manure were applied to the soil intended for Beet in the autumn instead of in spring, it would lessen the risk of attack to the Beets. BEETLES (Coleoptera). Beetles form one of the most extensive orders of insects, there being upwards of 8000 known British species. They vary much in appearance, but a Beetle is readily recognised by its front wings, or elytra; these form a tough horny sheath or case, which lies over the real wings, and protects them when the insect is not flying. Sometimes, the elytra are very short (seo Fig. 225); the mouth is fitted with jaws for cutting. The metamorphosis is complete, i.e., the larva or grub Fia. 224, COMMON GARDEN BEETLE. ee is very unlike either the quiescent pupa or the perfect insect, The period that elapses before Beetles arrive at their perfect state varies from a few weeks to two or three years, but is usually rather longer than in Butterflic or Bees. Various Beetles attack growing plants and roots, Thus, Otiorhynchus sulcatus and O. picipes attack Vines, Fie, 225, Devin’ CoacH HORSE, Roses, and other plants, gnawing off the bark. Some species of Beetles attack Mushrooms, while others. bore into the wood of old trees, or eat leaves (e.g. Turnip Fly), or burrow in the leaves, or form galls on roots (Cabbage- gall Weevil). Of some kinds, the- beetles are hurtful; of Beetles—continued. others, the larve. Many kinds, however, are beneficial, such, for instance, as the common Ground Beetle (Carabus, Fig. 224), and the Devil’s Coach Horse (Ocypus FIG. 226, SEVEN-SPOTTED FIG. 227. GRUB OF LADYBIRD. LADYBIRD. (Enlarged). olens, Fig. 225). These live upon other insects and snails. One kind of Beetle—the Ladybird (see Figs. 226 and 227)—is very beneficial in a garden, as it preys upon the aphides, or plant lice. For instructions in dealing with the noxious kinds, see Asparagus Beetle, Bean Beetle, Beet Carrion Beetle, Click Beetle, Cock- chafer, Lily Beetle, Rosechafer, and Turnip Fly. BEET or MANGOLD FLY (Anthomyia betæ). The maggots of this fly do considerable damage by feeding on the pulp of the Beet or Mangold leaves. The eggs are small, white, and oval, and are laid in small patches beneath the leaves ; the maggots are about Hin. long, legless, cylin- drical, and yellowish-white. As it is of such recent appear- ance in this country, specifics for its eradication are by no means numerous; but, according to Miss Ormerod, “the best treatment appears to be to nip it in the bud, where such treatment is possible, by destroying the infested plants, but generally by all means of good cultivation, or by special applications of artificial manure, to ensure a hearty growth, which may run the plants on past the power of average attacks to weaken the leafage to a serious extent.” BEFARIA (named in honour of Bejar, a Spanish botanist). ORD. Ericacee. Syn. Bejaria. An elegant genus of greenhouse evergreen shrubs, closely allied to Rhododendron. Flowers bracteate; corolla very deeply seven-cleft, spreading, Leaves racemose or corymbose, crowded, quite entire, coriaceous. They thrive in a com- post of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of the young wood, and placed in sandy soil, in gentle heat. 1 . e; simple; ae "eg Eg cal tm Bey nam Eeri dlathot eile clamm EAEN EE hairs, 2. ellipti tomentum. Plant much branched ; ets sub-verticillate. - h. 10ft. to 15ft. Peru, 1846. Syn. Acunna oblonga. (G. C. 1848, 119.) B. cinnamomea cinnamon-coloured). ; panicles close, tem Rat omg te dowa abore 1847. i B. coarctata (close-headed). purple; corymbs terminal, simple ; =i a gi and calyces clothed with rust; k payaa gg a oblong, ERS cous th. Shrub mu branched. A. 4ft. to bff. Peru, 1847. (G. C. 1848, 175.) B. glauca (glaucous).* jl. flesh-coloured; racemes terminal and axillary ; icels somewhat fastigiate. June. J. oblong, obtuse, ucous beneath. _ Shrub much } Sit. to 6ft. South America, 1826. B. ledifolia um-leaveđ).* ji. purple; racemes terminal; peduneles, coe me eg branchlets, and calyces clothed with clammy glandular hairs. J. eblong, somewhat mucronate, with deans aoa erei ox em pene: Shrub much ranched ; branches purplish, ` . to 4ft. South America, 1847. (F. d. S. 3, 195 gi B. racemosa (racemed), jfi. purple, di ; branchlets angular, oy d in racemose ter. minal panicles. July, Z. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous; branchlets _ ries smooth or hispid. R, 3ft. to 5ft. Georgia, i BEGONIA (named after M. Begon, a French of botany). ORD. Begoniacee. A large genus son- lent herbs or undershrubs (a few climbers), in many of which the stem is reduced to a tuberous rhizome, whilst some are distinctly tuberous. Flowers usually showy and large, white, rose, scarlet, or yellow, unisexual; perianth segments petaloid, four to five divisions, rarely two. Sta- 170 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Begonia—continued. alternate, more or less unequal-sided, entire, or lobed, or toothed. Flower-stalks axillary, cymose. Distribution: Species about 350, in all tropical moist countries, especially South America and India; not known in Australia. Cul- tivated species (exclusive of garden hybrids and varieties) about 150. A large number of genera, or what were con- sidered as such are now merged in Begonia—viz., Barya, Baryandra, Casparya, Pritzelia, &c. The rich colours and beautiful form of the flowers of Begonias, their prettily- marked foliage, and free-growing, free-blooming nature, have long marked them out as favourite garden plants. Within the last twenty years a new race, characterised by a tuberous root-stock, annual herbaceous stem, and large handsome flowers, has been introduced from the Andes of South America, from which, by means of careful cross-fertilisation and selection, a large number of beau- tiful and almost hardy kinds have been raised. The size, - substance, and rich colours of the flowers of the majority of the plants of this race of Begonias are witness to what may be done by skilful cultivation and careful cross- breeding among plants. In the same way the large-leaved, stemless section, of which B. Rew may be taken as the type and principal progenitor, have been improved both in the size and the coloration of their foliage, and count- less forms are now in cultivation, both as garden plants and for the decoration of rooms, &c. The propagation of Begonias may be accomplished by means of seeds, which are freely produced by almost all the cultivated kinds, by cuttings, by division of the rhizomes, and—in the case of the large-leaved kinds—by leaf-cuttings. For the first of these methods it is necessary that the seeds should be well ripened before they are gathered, and kept dry until sown. Where it is desired to increase any particular kind of garden origin, seeds are useless, none of the hybrid or seedling forms perpetuating themselves through their seeds, although equally beautiful sorts may be raised from them. The characters of all true species are, how- ever, reproduced in their seedlings. For the successful raising of Begonia seeds it is necessary to sow them on pans or pots of well-drained, light, sandy soil, which should be well watered before the seeds are sown. The seeds should not be covered with soil, or they will fail to germi- nate. Over the pans a pane of glass should be placed, and they should then be stood in warm house or a frame where a temperature of about 65deg. can be maintained, and shaded from sunshine. As soon as the plantlets are large enough to be safely manipulated, they should be pricked off into pans of light leaf-mould soil, in which they may remain until large enough to be placed singly in pots. } ings: These strike freely if planted in small pots, - in sand and leaf mould, and placed on a bottom heat of 0deg. Where large quantities are required, a bed of = cocoa nut-fibre in a stove or propagating frame may be used, and in this the cuttings may be planted and remain until well rooted. Leaf cuttings succeed best when laid on sand or cocoa-nut fibre, and shaded from bright sun- light. In preparing the leaves, old, well-matured ones should be selected, and incisions made with a sharp knife across the principal nerves on the underside. They should placed on»the sand or fibre and held down by pieces of crock. Under this treatment, bulbils will form on the | ends of the nerves of each section of the leaf, and these, when large enough, may be removed from the bed and potted. With the exception of B. Evansiana (discolor), an almost hardy species from North China, all the shrubby species require a warm or inter- _ mediate house for their cultivation, although during the summer months a frame or sheltered bed answers for most of them, provided they are removed into their warm winter quarters on the approach of cold weather. Some of the es “B. Begonia—continued. and under liberal treatment they form large handsome specimens, which are of great value as flowering plants for the conservatory in winter. The tuberous-rooted her- baceous kinds should be started in heat in February, and, when vigorous growth has commenced, be gradually hardened off, for use either as bedding plants or as pot specimens for flowering in the greenhouse. A mixture of loam and leaf mould with a little sand and rotten cow- dung is suitable for the cultivation of these plants in pots. Liberal supplies of water should be given during the grow- ing season. As the growth decays, water should be with- held until finally the tubers may be shaken out of the soil and placed in dry sand or cocoa-nut fibre, in a house or shed where a temperature above freezing can be main- tained. B. gracilis and its varieties, diversifolia and Martiana, are beautiful greenhouse plants, which thrive well if treated as advised for the other tuberous-rooted kinds, with the addition of a few more degrees of heat. The Rew section requires a light rich soil, plenty of moisture, and a shaded position in a warm greenhouse. These kinds are often employed with good effect for clothing peat-covered walls in ferneries, or as an under- growth in large tropical houses. Large specimens have been grown under the stage in a warm house, the shade and moisture of such a position being exactly what they best delight in. B. socotrana, an interesting species from the island of Socotra, is somewhat singular in its requirements. The stem is herbaceous and annual, and about its base a cluster of bulbils are formed, from every one of which a plant will be developed the following year. The growing season for this species is from September to March, after which it goes to rest for the whole summer. A tropical tem- perature and all the light possible, are essential to the well-doing of this plant. = = It is interesting to note the apparent impossibility to cross any of the shrubby Begonias with the inctly — tuberous - rooted species; and even the species of the shrubby section, whose stems are semi-tuberous, have hitherto refused to commingle with the South American tuberous kinds, of which B. Veitchii, B. roseflora, and B. boliviensis may be said to be typical. The infusion of the blood of these large, handsome -flowered kinds into the tall, shrubby species, would almost certainly result in the production of a race of splendid winter- flowering greenhouse plants, and it is therefore in every way desirable that no pains should be spared to break = . through the obstacle to the union of the two races. > Explanation of contractions: T, tuberous-rooted; $, | shrubby. _ B. acerifolia (Acer-leaved). S. stemmed species, with green, lobed, serrated branching cymes of small white flowers ; iry ; styles three, two-horned. Capsule tri the isles prolonged into an obtuse wing. Spring taper-pointed-lea S. Aloe shrubb; æ having semi-cor oblong, ; oe ee white, cymes, nearly the third Jin. long. Spring. Jamaica, I : (acute-leaved), S. A smooth-stemmed, semi-erect ae acute-lobed).* A species with thick fleshy rhi- be iais e a leaves which are divided into five to d seven ees. with toothed margins and pointed apices, under side thinl vered with brown hairs. Flower-stalk tall, hairy, sur- mran Sa by a branching head of rather large white flowers, B. albo-coccinea (white and red).* Stemless, with a thick root- stock. l. broadly ovate, te, entire, 3in. to 4in. es petiole šin. to t. wer-scape bin. to 9in. Jong. in dense cluster, t rose on the outside, white wi ory regu- ] with short wings. Summer. India, SYN. B. an (B. M. 4172.) rotundate, Hiii AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 171 Begonia—continued. stalks. Flower-stem slender, few-flowered. fl. small, rose-coloured. Summer. Brazil. B. amabilis (lovely).* Stem creeping, fleshy, short. Z. ovate, crenulate, acuminate, about 6in. long, tomentose, dark en, blotched with white, under side purple-red. Flower-s Qin. long. ji. rose or white, in clustering cymes. Capsule irregular. Summer. Assam, 1859. The foliage sometimes comes wholly green, but, under good treatment, it is handsomely variegated. B. amoena (pleasing).* Rhizome tuberous. Stem none, or very short. J. 3in. by 2in. ; leafstalk 3in. Flower-stem 6in. long, few- flowered. jl. medium sized, pale rose. Capsule wings small, nearly equal. Summer. North India, 1878. Syn. B. erosa. B. ampla ee! S. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, very stout, woody. l. long-stalked, 8in. to 10in. in diameter, broadly ovate, cordate, pointed, when young densely covered with rusty stellate down. jl. on short petioles, rose-coloured, 2in. wide. Fruit a succulent berry, small. Summer. Guinea, B. aptera (wingless). Stem herbaceous, Z. heart-shaped, pointed, shining green. fl. in short axillary cymes, white, small. Capsule four-angled. Spring. Celebes, 1878. B. arborescens (iree-like), S. A large growing species, sometimes forming a bush 8ft. to 10ft, in height. l. pale green, ear-shaped, ge: long. ñ. in large cymose clusters, white, small. Summer, B. arayrostigma (silvery-spotted). Synonymous with B. macu- B. Arnottiana (Arnott’s). Synonymous with B. cordifolia. B. see. ‘Asplenium-leaved). S. A slender-stemmed, beau- tif cut-leaved species, the foliage of which is pinnatisect, giving Su ) the appearance of a Thalictrum rather than a gonia. f. very small, white. | Guinea. assamica (Assam). Stem short, SoN ji. pinkish flesh- aie ae cases og og erap A "r A blotches above, and of a pale -] neath ; petioles pale D, softly hairy. Assam, Tes z di — B. attenuata (attenuated). Synonymous with B. herbacea. B. aucubeefolia (Aucuba-leaved). Synonymous with B. incarnata. B. auriformis (ear-formed). Synonymous with B. incana. B. barbata (bearded). S. Stem short, hairy. l. toothed, oval- shaped, pointed, hispid beneath, 4in. long. fi. medium-sized, mo or pink ; flower-stalk hairy. Capsule equal-winged. Summer, ia. ie š B. Berkeleyi (Berkeley’s).* T. A den ‘hybrid, with thick, fleshy stems, and lon; fe SR tags. Pe An panicles, rose-coloured. A useful winter-flowering kind, B. bipetala (two-petaled). Synonymous with B. dipetala. + biserrata (doubly-serrated). S. Stenr erect, branched, 2ft. to 3ft. high. J. 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. wide, deeply lobed, toothed, Ji. in loose cymes, drooping, rose-coloured, ljin. wide, serrated es. Capsule "mad two short and one long wings. Summer. Guate 1847. (B. M. 4746.) x > B. boliviensis (Bolivian).* T. Stem herbaceous, succulént, 2ft. high, branching. J. lanceolate, pointed, serrate, Zin. to Sin, long. jl. in gs om anicles, large, scarlet, males twice as la as females, piolo three-winged. Summer. Bolivia, 1857. (B.M. : mp (Bowring’s). Synonymous with B. laciniata: razilian). S. Stem erect, tall, succulent. % Rrape era d, slightly pubescent oblique, ovate, e y pubescent; princi nerves” brownish ; stalk hairy. fl. whine By rose, small, in short, fe B. (B. M. 5657. flowered cymes. Capsule wing żin, long. Summer, Brazil, 1 ; B. Bruantii (Bruant’s).* B. A garden hybrid between B. Schmidti and B. semperflorens. l. green, with a brownish tint. eye. or rose, in erect panicles. Summer, 1883. Used as a ding plant in summer. ji i B. bulbifera (bulb-bearing). Most likely a form of B. gracilis. ~ B. caffra (Kaffrarian). A variety of B. Dregei. B. carolineæfolia (Carolinea-leaved). S. Stem erect, thick, fleshy. 7. palmate, curiously divided into six to eight long ovate _ segments, each 6in. long. fl. in a dichotomous cyme, on long - stalk, rose-coloured, wall, Capsule small, wings one longer than ss Winter. Mexico, 1876, A singular-leaved species. (R. G. B. Catheartif (Cathcart’s). S. Caulescent. l. heart-shaped ae glabrous ; stalks of ress and leaves hairy ; flowers and (C HP. By” . Summer. India. SYN. B. nemophila. B. Chelsont (Chelsea).* T. A garden hybrid between B. Sedeni and B. meni. tem fleshy, 2f l. oblique, lance- mer 1874 gularly lobed. ji. large, orange-red, drooping. Sum- B. cinnabarina (vermilion).* S. Stem erect, short, herbaceous: Aee 4in. jong, oblique, toothed ; rin me long, few- Santee: d e), medium, red; female flowe - small. B. irregularly-winged. Bolivia, 18 483 cinnabarina (vermilion). A variety of B. fuchsioides. . Begonia—continued. B. Clarkii (Clarke’s).* T. Stem purplish, fleshy, stout. J. ob- aai, ed o Ji. in pendulous racemes, abundant, large, bright red, very handsome, nearly related to B. Veitchit, Summer. Peru and Bolivia, 1867. (B. M. 5675.) B. coccinea (red).* S. Habit suffruticose, Stemsub-erect, lft. to 2ft. high, thick at the base. l. ovate-oblong, pointed; margins undulate and toothed. jl. in pendulous racemes, medium-sized ; flowers and peduncles red. a nearly regular ; wings short. Summer. Brazil, 1842. (B. M. .) B. conchzefolia (shell-leaved). Stem creeping, rhizomatous, thick. 1. peltate, ovate, 3in. to 5in. long, edges almost entire ; under side, along with leaf and flower-s' , covered with ferru- ginous hairs; scape 9in. long, erect, surmounted by corymb of small whitish fragrant flowers. Capsule wings, one long, two short. Autumn and winter. South America, 1862. SYNS. B. scutellata, B. Warscewiczit. (R. B. 246.) a corallina (coral-flowered). S. Stem woody, branching, sub- erect, browish when matured. J. ovate-oblong, pointed, undulate, smooth, dull green, under peA le. jl. in long pendent ra- 2. cemes, numerous, medium right coral- Summer. Brazil (?), 1875. A rare respecte, and one of the handsomest of the shrubby kinds, most y closely related to B. maculata. B. cordifolia (heart-shaped). T. Stemless ; rootstock fleshy. J. cordate, orbicular, toothed, 3in. wide, — above, pubescent below ; flower-scape 6in. long, dichotomous. ji. numerous, medium-sized. Capsule with three narrow wings. Winter. Ceylon and India, Syn. B. Arnottiana, B. coriacea (leathery).* T. Stem 6in. high, herbaceous. Z. reni- form, bin. wide by 3in. long, smooth above, pilose below. i. rose- coloured, large, in twos or threes on the end of an erect ag a to 10in. long. Wings of capsule short, red, Summer. via. B. coriacea (leathery), Synonymous with B. peltata, B. crassicaulis (thick-stemmed). Stem short, thick, articulated, succulent. J, palmate; segments acuminate, toothed, under side clothed with rusty down. jl. in many-flowered cymes, dipetalous, white or rose-coloured, medium-sized. Capsule wings unequal. Near to B. heracleifolia. Spring. Guatemala, 1841. (B. R. 28, 44.) B. crinita (hairy).* S. Stem lft. high, fleshy, bright red, more or less hairy. l. ovate-cordate ; margins toothed, k n ; pe- tiole red and hairy, like the stems. fl. in lax, branching cymes, rose-coloured, ljin. in diameter. Fruit three-winged, one long a mes two short and rounded. Spring. Bolivia, 1870, (B. M. B. cucullata (hooded). A variety of B. semperflorens. B. dsedalea (adorned).* Stem short, thick, succulent. l. large, green, thickly covered with a close network of russet-brown, scarlet when young; edges pilose. jl. white and rose, in loose poina Mexico, 1860. A handsome foliaged plant. (I. H. 1861, . B. Daveauiana. See Pellionia Daveauana. B. Davisii (Davis’s).* T. stemless, J. springing directly from roots ovate-cordate, shining green, slightly hairy, under- side red; petiole short, fleshy. Flower-scapes, cels, and flowers bright red ; scape 4in. high, bearing half a dozen flowers in umbel. Capsule thréo-wings4. one long, two very short. Summer. Peru, 1876. A handsome tuberous-rooted cies, dwarf. See ay ge 8 which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons. (B. _B. dichotoma (branching). S. Stem tall, stout, fleshy. Z. 5in. - long by 4in. wide, lobed, dull n. ji. white, on long axillary “| scapes, numerous. Winter. b B. (Digswell’s). Stem short, semi-decumbent, large, green ; red, on long, erect scapes, pale pink, numerous. Useful for winter flowering purposes. A garden hybrid. (F. M. 236.) prs two-petaled). Stems springing from a fleshy root- E3 , erect, Bin. high, frown, 1 “og 2 Reh pe Abt toothed, upper surface thickly spotted with white, under side red. jl. in loose axillary cy two-petaled, large, pink. Cap- ) sule equal-winged. Spring. India, 1828. A handsome species, (B. M. 2849.) SYN. B. bipetala. ` B. discolor (two-coloured). Synonymous with B. Evansiana. B. diversifolia (diverse-leaved). A variety of B. gracilis. B. Dregii (Drege’s).* Rootstock fleshy. Stems succulent; annual, lft. high. J. oblique, thin, green, y spotted with Ww grey, reddish on the under side. ji. white, about lin. across, in axillary cymes. Capsule three-winged, one much longer than the other two, and acute-pointed. al I ise sons. B. caffra, B. reniformis. B, echinosepala (spiny-sepaled).* Stem green, succulent, 18in. 872. (R. G. 707 ; B. elliptica (elliptic). ‘eee. Pee B. erecta multifiora (erect, gon Serger a . bri > oa, pencieet A several Cege ne- b ray oo during e winter. 0 ue, deep bronze loured, consp! icuous: A decidedly Pa oe and very useful garden variety. a o THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Begonia—continued. : Begonia—continued. B. erosa (bitten). Synonymous with B. amæna. B. frigida (frigid). S. Stem 1ft. high, smooth, green, succulent. Evansiana (Evans’s).* T. Stem herbaceous, branching, l. cordate, acuminate, lobed, serrated, slightly pilose; upper smooth, 2ft. high. l. oblique, ovate-acute, sub-cordate, lobed ; side coppery-green, beneath deep rose-red, especially upon the margins denticulate, green above, under side and petioles deep veins. fi. small, white, in erect branching cymes. Capsule wings red; flower-stalks branching, axillary. fl. numerous, flesh- two long, one short. Summer. Country unknown, 1860. (B. M. coloured, large. Capsule wings blunt-pointed, one longer than 5160.) the others. Summer. Java, China, Japan, 1812. A handsome B. Froebeli (Frebel’s).* T. Stemless. l numerous, cordate, opas; and almost hardy. Syns. B. discolor, B. grandis. (B. M. acuminate, green, covered with purplish-yelvety hairs. fl. in 1473.) tall, lax, drooping, branching cymes, brilliant scarlet, large. B. eximia (excellent).* A hybrid, raised from B. rubro-venia Winter. Ecuador, 1872. A beautiful flowering plant, useful for and B. Thwaitesii. Stem short, succulent. l heonsy-purple, tinged conservatory work in winter. (Garden, pl. 96.) with red. A handsome foliage plant. (I. H. 1860, 53.) B. fuchsioides (Fuchsia-like).* S. Stem tall, drooping, her- B. falcifolia (sickle-leaved).* S. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, erect, baceous, smooth, green, tinged with red. Z. copious, distichous, branching. J, 6in. long, lin. wide, curved, tapering to a narrow likin. long, oblong-ovate, slightly falcate, serrated, smooth; point ; margins toothed, upper surface green, more or less spotted margins tinged with red. ^. in branching pendulous panicles, 4 n: —— iy - Giles A < y Fic. 228. BEGONIA DAVISII. with white, under side red. . on shi ill ss ich, deep scarlet. Corale wings two very short and duncles, drooping, dipetiung hat h it Wings prient et re ee Bater, New Grenada, 1846. A handsome green- in, wide. Summer. Peru, 1868. A pretty flowering P t. house ps useful for covering pillars, &c. SYN. B. miniata. B. M. 5707.) ee (B. M. 4281.) B. ferruginea (rust-coloured), S. Stem woody, erect. a! miniata (vermilion). branching, covered with ferruginous hairs, J, prs dat pon pe ies we red. (F. d. S. 8, 787.) acuminate, lobed; margins toothed, Po in branching cymes, | B, gemmipara (bud-bearing). 8,-Stem 1ft. high, from a tube- large red. Capsule unequal-winged. Summer. Bogota. Syn. rous rootstock, succulent, o¥ate-acuminate, cordate, lobed, Tae B. magnifica. smooth above, pilose below. jl. medium-sized, white, or with B, Fischeri (Fischer's). Similar to B. falcifolia, except that the rose stripes, on pendulous, axillary peduncles; sometimes the ge is unspotted, and the flowers are white andsmall. Brazil, peduncles bear, instead of flowers, quadrangular cups, which 1835. (B. M. 3532.) zN are closely packed with oblong viviparous bulbils, Summer. _ B. foliosa (leafy).* S. Stem slender, branching, fleshy. J. 3 . Himalaya. (C. H. P. 14.) ~ ovate-oblong, sa e r l. smaller than in type. fl. cin- C green, numerous, distichous on ee B. geranifolia (Geranium-leaved).* Rootstock tuberous. Stem li, numerous, white, tinged with pink. Summer, New Gre- | — lft. high, erect, angular, succulent, green, with a purplish tinge, 1868. Useful for growing in hanging baskets. Syn. B. | . branched dichotomously. l cordate, cut into unequal ser- č t. (Ref, B. 222.) a oe ; rated lobes, gugen ; margins red, whole plant perfectly smooth; AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF. HORTICULTURE. 173 Begonia—continued. tr terminal, bearing two to three flowers, which are clined, drooping while in bud; outer petals orbicular, red, the twot Eers obovate, waved white. Summer. Lima, 1833. (B. M. B. geranioides (Geranium-like).* T. Rootstock fleshy. 'Stem- less. Jt. radical, sontak reniform, lobed, serrated ; surface scabrid, deep, gee leafstalks red, hairy. A white, in lax, drooping panicle. Summer. Natal, 1866. “A pretty, though delicate, species. (B. M. 5583.) B. glandulosa (glandular-leaved).* Stema stout rhizome, scaly. Leafstalks thick, terete, erect, hairy, Qin. high. Z. 6in. broad, fieshy, cordate, lobed, green ; veins dark, fl. on tall, dark, erect scapes, numerous, greenish-white. Capsule wings, one very ‘large, blunt. Costa Rica, 1854. Syns. B. hernandic/folia, B. nigro-venia. (B. M. 5256.) | (Gogoan).* l. peltate, ovate-orbicular, oblique, with a Bronsy metallic hue, ultimately chang- a deep velvety. intersected by the paler midribs and Gogo, in Sumatra ia aei jl. et i a ai es or mat T: Stem erect, unbranched, very succulent, - A f Summer. One of the Begonia—continued. diversifolia, Martiana, &c., are beautiful summer flowering n- house Begonias, requiring a sandy peat soil and shade. en well grown, they are exceedingly raana. (B. M. 2966.) B. Grahamiana (Graham’s). Synonymous with B. albo-coccinea. B. grandiflora (large-flowered). Synonymous with B. octopetala. B. grandis (great): A variety of B. Rex, i B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. Evansiana. B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. vitifolia. B. Griffithii (Griffith's). Stemless; rhizome subterraneous. E large, obliquely-cordate ; margin crenate, hairy; surface granu- lated, colour a dark green; margin purple, oey with grey, under side green, centre and margin yee 3 purp rple. jl, on cymes, large, white internally, outside tinged with blush, slightly pilose. Capsule tubercled, one wing large, projecting. Winter. India, 1856. (B. M. 4984.) ae B. Hasskarlii (Hasskarl’s). Synonymous with B. peltat 4 B. heracleifolia (cow-parsnip leaved). Rootstock thick, a: l. radical, on long pilose stalks, mate, large, bronzy margins toothed, iry. Flower-s S long, stout, erect, many-flowered. “fl. rose-coloured. Capsule wings nearly ey! Spring. Mexico, 1831. This and the pent 9 varieties are handsome Avge ya in foliage rig: SYNS. B. olia, B. AEE (long-haired). J. greyish in middle; outer rtions dark bronzy, blotched with ae Bais he plant covered with long, stiff, fleshy hairs. fl. as in t B. h. nigricans (dark). This ‘differs from the type foliage of a Dae tint all round the me eT BS. si the toes, and the petals of the flowers nearly white. B. h. punctata (dotted). 7 green, reddish near = J. rose- colour, with deep red spots on the outside. Pe B. herbacea (herbaceous).* Rhizome re cage l. oblong-acute, lanceolate, toothed, ciliated. Flower-stalks shorter than leaves ; male flowers in a cymose head, white, small; female flowers soli- tary, on-very short Beal stalks. Spring. . Brazil, 1873. A small species, very succulent, with the app pearance of a primrose when not in flower. SYN. B. menage (G. C. 1873, 679.) hernandizfolia (Hernandia-leaved). B. glandulosa. pierre Mog B. hernandiæfolia (Hernandia-leaved). B. nelumbiifolia. (Gardens.) B. hernandiæfolia (Hernandia-leaved). B. peltata. (B.M. 4676.) B. hirsuta (hairy). Synonymous with B. humilis. B. Hookeri (Hooker’s). A variety of B. semperflorens. B. Hookeriana (Hooker's). S. Stem woody, 5ft. to 6ft. high, branching, covered with minute rusty hace _t. ovate, = equal sided, blunt, 8in, jong, tomentose, like th ; axillary cymes, small, white. Spring. Brazil, 1850. B. humilis (dwarf).* Stem erect, fleshy, hairy. l. semicordate- J Towi acuminate or whine Da hairy above, smooth beneath. ew, in es, small, w. apsule unequal winged. Summer. dad, 1788.” Ann “Annual. SYN. B. hirsuta. oS see Laas. (dwarf). Synonymous with B. suaveolens, (B. R. 294.) hybrida floribunda y-flowered).* A very beautiful summer blooming hybrid Pare Poa bit B. multi- rht rose, medium in ween in abundance. enny-wort-leaved).* Stem succulent, ro ice: dean? sprig wh petiole Synonymous with Synonymous with Synonymous with _ short, bi eg l. rotundate yet - short. gio tagged Flower-stalks 1ft. ilose. ji. in cymose heed. A petalous, rose-coloured, as also are di; le wings equal-sized, large. Summer. exico, 1841. (B. M. ) x _B. h. asarifolia (Asarum-leaved). Leaves and flowers smaller _+ than in the type, the latter white. Mexico. imperialis (imperial).* Ste rhizomatous, short, thick. J large, broad, ovate-acute, corde lijigoee, hairy, dark dlive-green ; : nerves banded with greyish-green colour. medium-sized. Sr. 7 ie winged, foliage species. (I. H. 1860, 262.) B. i. smaragdina (emerald-like). Z. shining emerald green. B. incana (hoary). Stem erect, fleshy, tomentose. _ I. leathery, * peltate, oblong-acute, sub-angular, whitish | . Flower- stalks long. jl. in small downy panicl white. Winter. 1840. SYN. z auriformis. g = Be B. i. auriformis (ear-like). J. divided at the base, not jl. glabrous, B. incarnata (fleshy).* S. Stem k taki sy, dt, high, smooth; ; nodes a a poon a na unequally coro acumina sinua! serrate, green. Bese rose-coloured, handso eduncles rea : jl. in cymes, white, Mexico, 1861. A handsome 174 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Begonia—continued. B. i. papillosa (papillose). Foliage margined with bright rose; upper surface covered with little papilla. (B. M. 2846.) B. i. purpurea (purple-leaved). Foliage deep bronzy-purple. B, Ingramii(Ingram’s).* A garden hybrid, raised at Frogmore in 1849, from B. fuchsioides and B. nitida. It combines fhe cha- racters of the two parents. A useful winter-flowering plant; may be grown out of doors in summer. (G. M. B., p. 153.) B. insignis (remarkable). Synonymous with B. incarnata. B. involucrata (involucrate). §S. Stem, erect, tall, angular, covered with a reddish tomentum. J. oblique, ovate-acuminate, cordate ; margins toothed and ciliate. f. enclosed in a wrapper, or involucre, when young ; peduncles graceful, bearing umbel of white, largish flowers. Capsule wings unequal, the largest fal- cate. Winter. Central America. B. rm (Jatropha-leaved). Synonymous with B. hera- ci iq. B. Josephi (Joseph’s). Stemless. Z. radical, on petioles 6in. to 10in. long, ovate-acuminate, three-lobed, or orbicular, with nu- merous acute lobes, slightly pubescent; scape 1ft., branched. f. small, rose-coloured. Capsule wings unequal ; upper margins horizontal. Summer. Himalaya. B. Kunthiana (Kunth’s)* S. Stem erect, smooth, slender, purple-brown. J. on short petioles, lance-shaped, acuminate, Ti ly serrated, smooth, k arom above, bright crimson ow, ary, on short nodding peduncles, white, large, Soh aan Summer. Venezuela, 1862. A pretty species. (B. M. laciniata (cut-leaved).* Rhizome thick, fleshy. Stem short, thick, jointed, reddish, woolly. J. large, 6in. to 10in. long, 4in. to z 6in. broad, unequally cordate ; margins irregularly cut, serrated ; upper side green, under dull, rufous. jl. on short axillary pe- duncles, large, white, tinted with rose. ig te wings, one very = , others short. Spring. Ne aba) irma, South China, Syn. B, Bowringiana. (B. M. 51 B. Leopoldi (Leopold’s). A hybrid from B, Grifithii and B. splen- x dida, with large 2 he AE foliage, . ais > peduncles, medium B. (Lindley’s), A garden synonym of B. incarnata, (Gardens. B. longipes (ong-stalked). S. Stem 3ft. or more high, stout, succulent, furrowed, covered with glands. J. large, rotundate- cordate ; margin irregular, serrated, both sides n, m ent when young. fl. numerous, small, white ; uncle 1ft. long, branched. Winter. Colombia, 1829. (B. M. o B. longipila (long-haired). A variety of B. heracleifolia. i B. lucida (shining). Synonymous with B. scandens. B. Lynchiana (Lynch’s). S. Stem erect, tall, succulent, smooth. l. fleshy, 10in. long, *oblique, ovate cordate, crenulate, green, smooth, fi, axi , in drooping cymes, numerous, large, deep i Winter exico, 1880. One of the finest of the tall-growing winter-flowering species. When well managed, the flower-heads are almost a foot in diameter. of gardens. (B. M. 6758.\ Syn. B. Roezlii, LATA, showing Habi ion © ak Few ing bit, Section of Capsule, ee ).* S. A woody shrub. Stems branching, que, ovate-oblong, leathery, slightly undulate ; under side bright crimson, above , Wi ad n, green, with nu- of silvery white. ji. in Begonia—continued. panicles, coral-like, handsome. Capsule with one long, narrow wing. Summer. Brazil, 1821. (B. R. 666.) There are numerous varieties of this species, some with leaves almost green, others with the markings more striking than in the type; in the flowers they differ also, ranging from white to coral-red. The beautiful B. corallina is probably a variety of this. SYN. B. argyrostigma. See Fig. 230. B. ca (magnificent).* S. Stem erect, fleshy, smooth. l ovate, unequal sided, toothed. fl. in terminal, cymose panicles, rosy-carmine, ljin. long. New Grenada, 1870. (R. H. 1870, 271.) B. magnifica (magnificent). Synonymous with B. ferruginea. B. malabarica (Malabar).* Stem thick, succulent, 2ft. high, branching. J. numerous, cordate, acute, unequal-sided, crenate or serrate, hairy above and sometimes below, or altogether gla- brous, spotted white. fl. rose-coloured; peduncles axillary, short, few-flowered. Capsule wings equal, joined above and below. Summer. Malabar and Ceylon, 1828. B. dipetala is made a variety of this, by Sir Joseph Hooker, in “ Flora of British India. (L. B. C. 1730.) sg FiG. 251. BEGONIA MANICATA. B. manicata (tunicated).* Stem fleshy, twisted, short. J. oblique, ovate-acute, cordate, dentate-ciliate, smooth on both sides, shining een nerves on under side, with fleshy, scale-like hairs, fl. pink, dipetalous, in branching cymes; upper portion of stalk scaly. Capsule wings nearly equal. Winter. Mexico, 1842. See Fig. 231. B. Manni (Mann’s). S. Stem succulent, 2ft. to 3ft. high, branched, green; branchlets, young parts, petioles, and leaf-nerves clothed with rusty, furfuraceous pubescence, JU. petioled, 5in. long, 2in. wide, lanceolate, cordate, acuminate, toothed, 1. numerous, rose- red, in axillary cymes; peduncle lin. long, Capsule linear, densely tomentose. Winter. Fernando Po, 1862. (B. M. 5434.) B. marmorea (spotted). A variety of B. xanthina. B. Martiana (Martin’s). A variety of B. gracilis, denticulate ciliate ; petiole long, pilose. jl. in bran e orbicular, pilose on the outside, white. B. megaphylla (large-leaved).* Stem short, thick, iarge, palmate, Bes ; lobes numerous, pointed; 1 under side slightly pilose ; nerves with scaly hairs. hite; peduncles pilose. Capsule fi. in diffuse cymes, small, w wings wide. Winter. Mexico. B. metallica (metallic). A variety op oag a et lar, es | oer? ab Di j ovate, fieshy, pale green ; margin snuatey unde, side, ne Yon ong aailarypetinccs, In large | ort on lon j: covered SAE EER white. piein ngs equal, Summer. Brazil, 844. (B. M. 4100.) ; i B. microphylla (small-leaved). Synonymous with B, foliosa. B. microptera (emai winged), Stem 1ft. high, terete, De. a escent, as in the rest of the plant. Branches few. J, su -dis- ichous, 4in. to 6in. long,, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serra’ dark green; petiole short; stipules as iong as petiole. fl, in ter- minal panicles, medium-sized, white, tinted rose, Capsule long, triangular, two angles wham, the other with a narrow wing. Winter. Borneo, 1856, (B. M. 4974.) B. miniata (vermilion). -A variety of B. fuchsioides. B. monoptera (single-winged).* Stem erect, lft. to 2ft. high, rounded, swollen at the joints, dull red, papillose and downy. Radical leaves on long red stalks, large, ret truncate at — the base; caulescent leaves smaller, on short petioles, angled, AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 175 Begonia—continued. crenate, dark green above, red below, and “ggg sE wagon jl. on an elongated terminal raceme, white. e three angled, two Rahal a the other with a long pea wing. Sum- mer, A distinct and pretty species. (B. M. 3564.) B. go gee (Moritz’s). Synonymous with B. scandens. B. natalensis (Natal).* T. Rootstock thick, fleshy. Stem 1}ft. h, succulent, thick at the — articulate, ranched, smooth. l toothed > semicordate, acuminate, lobed, toot tted with white. jl. on axillary cymose peduncles, pale rose. fr. three-winged, BM lar, ay i small, Winter. Natal, 1855. B. nelumbiifolia (Nelumbium - leaved).* Rhizome thick, fleshy, creeping. l. on long hairy petioles ; blade 12in. to 18in. long, 8in. to 12in. wide, peltate, hairy on under side; scape lft. to oft. high. jl. in cymose head, numerous, small, white or rose coloured. Winter. ‘Mexico. A noble-foliaged plant. Syn. B. hernandicfolia. B. nemophila, Synonymous with B. Cath- cartii. nigro-yenia (black-veined). Synonymous with B. glandulosa. i B. nitida (shining).* S. Stem 4ft. to 5ft. i gn erect, branched, woody when aged, large, glossy, green on both sides, obliquely ovate, acute, crenated at margin. jl. in terminal and axillary pani- cles, numerous, large, deep rose, handsome. Capsule three- ed, one much larger than others. Jamaica, 1777. One of the bes winter, = aw perpetual On eb ps species. YNS. obliqua, pulchra rea. (B. M. 4048.) ’ purpu B. obliqua (oblique). Synonymous with B. nitida. B. octopetala (eight-petaled).* T. Stem- less. l. on long succulent downy Pn 1}ft. or more in length, cordate, 6in. long, deeply lobed and serrated at the mar, bright green; scape as long as petioles rounded, downy. fi. in corymbs, white, males with eight petals, fe yg rally fewer. Conte three-angled, Fete wings almost suppressed, the other bini, toothed. Autumn. Peru, is’ SEN, B. grandiflora. (B. M. 3559.) Otton’s). A hybrid from B. * ve E (R. G. 1859, my ‘aan (papillose). A variety of B. incarnata. i = ’s).* T. Stem succulent, branching. ng oe ge rg a t toothed, gla glabrous above, ne sa oka nea an e re _. c ens large, bright yellow. Summer. Bolivia, 1865. $ saame because of its being one of the progenitors of the handsome Ba of garden tuberous Begonias. a aoh (shield-like), Stem short, tomentose; leaves 6in. RA bY pee ovate, geen pilose. A. in n branching as e, sm ; peduncle bin. to 9in., pilose, zil, 181 teresting Becanse ped its distinct]; tate foliage tae silve: or. of plant. SYNS. B. ily peltato B. Hasskarlii, B MAAA iæfolia, Itifolia eS o possit with B. peltata. phy aniac ed). B. Stom thick, Reshy, ener twisted, green, a o clined. alia old, with si vivi- i ves, By which oe the Leong He “4 rages >» 4% ovate, acuminate, co sinuately lobe ciliate, smooth above rae below. i. ‘in axillary Car drooping, e "E? Capete with one large wing. Guatemala, m, pon ig E. generally smooth, succulent, bim to diin; high orain ned regen d nearly equally cordate, serrated, hairy abo ay roa on the nerves ae sometimes Short, fam few: le hairy, ar RL B. prismatocarpa (prism-fruited).* Stems small, hairy ; branchlets ascending. l. long, — also hairy, obliq Begonia—continued. diameter, reniform, lobed, hispid on both sides, dark green ; lobes acute, toothed, ciliated, . in axillary, dichotomous c er rat white, tinted rose, handsome. Summer. Brazil, 3591.) Bap Fic. 232. BEGONIA POLYPETALA. Se re ae ‘many-petaled). Stem about 1ft. covered th a soft whitish tomentum. 7. ovate-acute, toothed, pubes- cent above, and densely tomentose below. fl., petals nine or ten, of a fine red colour, pote external ones ovate-oblong, pointed ; internal ones somewhat shorter and narrower ; sepals WO, ovate- elliptic. Capsule tomentose, three- , with one Ae | larger, ascendent. Winter. Andes of Peru, 1 "See Fig. 232. (Garden, Dec. 14, 1878.) B. prestoniensis (Preston).*, A garden hybrid between B. cinnabarina and B. nitida. l. lobed, glabrous, fl. brilliant Ty orange-red, in drooping axilla es, very fragrant. Autumn ~ and winter. 1867. (G. M. B. 3, 149.) cordate, ovate, three to five-lobed: obes Eao Danteg, pe- duncles axillary, longer than foliage, Paaa ro Alabel o al to four dipetalous orange and yellow flowers, one = umbel., Capsule four-angled, bonesi S bleder r ioana tite iow anai DOE cially interesting ne 0 our: pretty cushion of bright n foliage, ee ns studded with its brightly coloured resms $ g eria a stove temperature and a stony soil. (B. M. 5307.) _ B. pruinata (frosted).* Sheek short, thick, fleshy, smooth. jac oneal: e ) yatiolen, fiin eg ed eens ay rit an ‘white. pes Cen- America, 1870. (R. B. 247.) joe `B, pulchra (fair). Synonymous with B. nitida. © = ® B. punctata (dotted). Aare of B. heracleifoia. ; ý 176 THE: DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Begonia—continued. : Begonia—continued. B. purpurea (purple). Synonymous with B. acutifolia. like those of the Castor-oil plant. 7. numerous, on an erect scape. B. purpurea (purple). Synonymous with B. nitida. Winter. 1847. : < : Putzeysiana (Putzeys’). $S. Stem erect, branching, smooth. B. Roezlii (Roezl’s). Synonymous with B. Lynchiana. l. oblong-lanceolate, acute, toothed, glabrous, under side spotted EB. rosacea (rosy). Stem succulent, short. J. ovate obtuse, with white. fl. in copious small corymbs, white and rose, small. slightly pubescent, toothed; petioles long, pilose. fl. in few- Capsule small, with rather large obtuse wings. Winter. Vene- | flowered cymes, medium-sized, rose-coloured. New Grenada, zuela, 1871. 1860. (Garden, pl. 152.) : B. radiata (rayed). Synonymous with B. heracleifolia. B. roszeflora (rose-flowered).* T. Stemless. Petioles, scapes, B. ramentacea (scaly).* S. Stem erect, branching, brown, bracts, and stipules bright red. Z. green, 2in. to 4in. wide, on scaly, as also are the leafstalks and peduncles. Jl. ovate, reni- stout hairy petioles, 2in. to 6in. long, orbicular-reniform, concave; form, oblique ; margins slightly angulate, recurved, under side margins lobed, red, toothed. Scapes stout, villous, three-flowered. red, scaly; peduncles branching. ji. drooping, pink and white, ji. 2in. across, bright rose-red. Summer. Peru, 1867. One of the tee’ G Capsule, when ripe, a bright scarlet ; wings large. Spring. parents of the popular race of tuberous-rooted large-flowered razil, 1839. (P. M. B. 12—73). Begonias. (B. M. 5680.) 3 2 B. reniformis (kidney-formed). Synonymous with B. Dregei. | B, rubricaulis (red-stalked).*" Stemless. Leafstalks, peduncles, (Gardens. ) pedicels, and ovaries, a deep red colour. Z. obliquely ovate, 4in. to B. reniformis (kidney-formed). Synonymous with B. vitifolia. bin. long, slightly hairy, bright green, wrinkled ; margins toothed and ciliated. Scape lft. high, erect, stout, branching at the top, (Hook.) forming a head of about a dozen flowers, which are large, white inside, rose-tinted outside. Capsule with one large wing, the others almost suppressed. Summer. Peru, 1834. (B. M. 4131.) i B. rubro-venia (red-veined).* Rootstock thick. Stems 12in. to 18in. high, red, pubescent. l. 4in, to 6in. long, elliptic or lanceolate acuminate, entire or slightly angular, toothed, green spotted with white above, purplish-brown below. Scapes axillary, red. jl, in cymose head; outer segments white with rose-red veins, inner segments pure white. Summer. Sikkim, &c., 1853. (B. M. 4689.) B. sanguinea (blood-red). S. Stems woody when old, tall, stout, red, with scattered paler spots. J. din. to 6in. long, unequally cordate, acuminate, thick and somewhat fleshy in texture, minutely crenate, green above, deep red below; peduncles axillary, long, erect, red. fl. ina branching cyme, rather small, white. Capsule wings sub-equal. Spring. Brazil, 1836. (B. M. 3520.) B. scabrida (rough). Stem stout, erect, somewhat succu- lent, covered with small tubercles. l bin. long, oblique, ovate-acute, Deo toothed, slightly hairy. Ei T; small ; e many-flowered, Capsule wi rge, Veneta, Mii $ zvonka 4 B. scandens (climbing).* Stem flexuose, fleshy, creeping cordate ; Areias Sereqgularty’ tected, palecalitging iroi ; e shi k i bran jee es nta. small. @ 4. in axi cymes, whi _ America, 1874. Useful either as a basket plant or for E training against moist walls. SYNS. B, elliptica, B. lucida ° B. Moritziana. ` (R. G. 758.) B. sceptrum li pega s p S. 1. obliquely ovate in outline, e; Se aie = he go agen = one si 4 Pe plese obtuse, veins sunk, an e raised spaces between marked with large silver Fig, 233, BEGONIA REX, blotches, and numerous smaller dots of silver grey. rani, B. Rex (Royal).* Steml hi flesh i bt pe > ess; Rhizome Hesny, creeping, subter- | B, Schmidtiana (Schmidt’s).* Stems lft. high, branching, her- w i 5 gin round, red, setose. l. 8in. to 12in, long, 6in. baceous, J, obliquely rece se ovate-acute, aaa, dark metallic fag: tonsa yaar big es rao hae soap cordate, Me gee ; tallto green above, tinged with red below. fi. in loose drooping axillary a ace bullate, dark olive-green, with a metallic i : win A iu tre, a broad silvery zone running all weed: about lin. from the ana white, small, numerous, Winter. Briail, leis. (R.G. wings, two short, one long and rounded. Assam, 1858. See B. Scutellata (salver-like). Synonymous with B. comchæfolia. £ growing, but those named have been selected from a large number: and very centre dark green, while the greater portion of Ney surface is covered with a silvery-grey ; REGINA,* LAN olive- l. large, on long stalks, rich velvety-creen, banded with silvery- grey ; ŠPLENDIDA ARGENTEA,” l large, of a greyish hue, vana ‘ with w wie ir tinged with bronze-red, very beautiful. The fol- eties are also very good: ADRIEN ROBINE,* BERTHE LOUISE CHRETIEN,* MADAME J. MEN ARGA, | TALISMAN, W, E. See ne Meee gyal,” B. Richardsiana (Richards’).* T. Stem lft. ; with slender branches. l. palmately lobed, the Ere peti rag ai toothed. jl. white, males pe ornate gs females with five petals. Cymes axillary near ends of branches, few-flowered. Capsule as oe wings equal. Summer. Natal, 1871. (G. C., 1871, = p. 1065. agar a z 3 IA SEMPERFLORENS FRAU MARIA BRANDT, B. R. diadema (of gardens).* This is referred to here because of ii aap co Habit and Pa eee! i its close resemblance to the above. It is most likely a hybrid a between B. eernese Ga E ns L palmately lobed, B. sonan eae T. 4 ps an Seb oe a aegea | rather spot with white. 4. large, rose-coloured. and B. Veitchii, Summer. 5 andsome p mu Simmer. 1s. > si inferior to many of the more recent hybrids. (R. H. 1872, 90.) , (Ricinus-leaved).* A garden hybrid between B B. semperflorens (always-flowering).* Stem fleshy, erect, folia and B. peponifolia. 1. large, bronzy green, in shape | ` smooth, reddish-green. 4, ovate-rotundate, hardly cordate; ar Sl cal tite te ie B. Thwaitesii (Thwaites’s).* Stemless. 7. 2in. B. ulmifolia (Elm-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to B. undulata (wavy-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to Leafstalks terete, succulent, clothed with scat- AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 177 Begonia—continued. margins serrated, ciliated, surface smooth, shining green. on axillaty. stalks, near apex of stems, white or rose, rather large. Capsule wings two short, one long, rounded. Autumn. Brazil, 329. ‘A usefal summer and autumn flowering p tee of which there are several named varieties more or less distinct from the type, either in colour or size of flowers, or in habit of plant. he varieties carminea, gigantea, and rosea are perhaps the best. Syn. B. spathulata. (B. M. 2920.) B. s. Frau Maria Brandt. A dwarf compact variety, with rose-tinted flowers. See Fig. 234. B. socotrana (Socotra).* Stem annual, stout and succulent, forming at base a cluster of bulbils, each of which produces a plant the following year; sparsely hairy, J, dark green, orbi- cular, peltate, 4in. to Tin. across, centre depressed ; margin re- curved, crenate. fl. in terminal, few-flowered cymes, ljin. to 2in. wide, bright rose. Capsule three-angled, one-winged, Winter. Socotra, 1880. Should be rested through the summer, and started in heat in September. A distinct and beautiful species. (B. M. 6555.) B. spathulata (spathulate). Synonymous with B. semperflorens. B. stigmosa (branded).* Rhizome creeping, fleshy. J. 6in. to 8in. long, oblique, cordate-acute, irregularly toothed, smooth above, hairy beneath, green, with brownish -purple blotches ; stalks scaly, as in B. manicata. jl. in cymose panicles, white, medium-sized, numerous. Brazil, 1845. strigillosa (strigillose).* Rhizome short, fleshy, creeping, 1. 4in. tobin. Tong oblique, ovate-acute, cordate-toothed ; margins ciliate, red; stalk and blade covered with fleshy scales; blade smooth, blotched with brown. fi. in branching cymes, dipetalous, small, rose-coloured. Summer. Central America, 1851 B. suaveolens (sweet-scented), S. Stem branching, 2ft. high, smooth. J, din. to 4in. long, oblique-ovate, cordate-acute, crenu- late, glabrous. f. in axillary panicles, large, white, Winter, Central America, 1816.. Resembles B. nitida, but may be distin- guished by its distinctly crenulate leaves and smaller flowers, which are white, and not pale rose, as in B. nitida. Syn. B. odorata. (L. B. C. 69.) B. Sutherlandi (Sutherland’s).* T. Stems annual, lft. to 2it. high, slender, graceful, red-purple. 7. on slendeg red petioles, Zin. to din. long ; blade 4in. to 6in. long, ovate-lanteolate, deeply lobed at base; margins serrate, bright green; nerves bright red. fl. in axillary and terminal cymes, numerous, orange-red, shaded with dark vinous-red. Capsule wings equal. Summer. Natal, 1867. (B. M. 5689.) B. Teuscheri (Teuscher’s). S. A strong, erect- growing, large-leaved plant, from the Dutch Indies, not yet flowered. 7. cordate-ovate, acute, olive-green above, with greyish blotches ; under side rich claret-coloured. Hort. Linden. 3 3 to 4in. in diameter, obtuse or sub-acute, cor- date at base, minutely toothed, = pubes- cent, very sha when youn co - green, red-purple and pr with e ite; under side blood red. an medium- sized ; scape short, white. Capsule like a Beech nut; wings short. Ceylon, 1 One of the most beautiful of eoloured-leaved Be- onias uiring a close, moist atmosphere fn a psig, (B. M. 4692.) : 4ft. high, bing l. Sin, to 4in. long, ovate- oblong, unequal-sided, toothed, rugose, f. on hairy peduncles, numerous, small, Capsule wings two small, one ovate. Winter. Venezuela, 1854. (L.C. hairy. white. 3ft. high, erect, branching freely, turgid below, i atcculent until old. Z. distichous, ‘ob- ong-lanceolate, undulated, smooth, shining green... $ in nodding axillary cymes, white, small. inter. Brazil, 1826. (B. M. 2723.) lla (caudate -leaved). Stemless. tered bristly hairs. J. large, 12in. long, broad, cordate ; margin AE cut, toothed ; apex long pointed, green, smooth above, hairy be- i stout, paniculate. jl. crowded, cash; pedune t larg ndaga] i Ge aI A Ybite.: Spring.. Brazil. B. Veitchii (Veitch’s * T., Stem ver \ . Ste y short, thick, fleshy, green. Z, ‘orbiculate, cordate, Obed and ‘incised; margins ciliated, green, se a or aa an from bright car- l i ntre; under side pale green; petiole thick, terete, with a few hairs on the upper portion ; scape 10in. to 12in. high, thick, . ~ terete, pilose, two-flowered. fl, 2jin. in diameter, cinnabar red. One’ af the species rom wilet pul den tro s mM w en rous- rooted Begonias have been obtained. A M. ) : f i Begonia—continued. B. Verschaffeltiana (Verschaffelt’s).* A hybrid between B, carolinefolia and B. manicata, with large ovate acutely-lobed leaves and flowers in large cymes, rose-coloured and pendent. Winter. (R. G. 1855, p. 248.) B. vitifolia (Vine-leaved). S. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high, thick, smooth, and fleshy. J. large as vine foliage, and similar in shape; peduncles axillary, erect, branching into a cymose head of small white flowers. Capsules three-angled, one-winged. wane Brazil, 1833. SYNS. B. grandis, B. reniformis. (B. M. B. Wagneriana (Wagner's). S. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high, erect, glabrous, green, succulent, branched. J. cordate-ovate, acumi- nate; margins obscurely lobed, slightly serrate, quite glabrous ; pecans axillary and terminal, cymose. jl. numerous, white, apsules, which are ripened in abundance, wae one wing long, two short. Winter. Venezuela, 1856, (B. M. 4988.) B. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s). Synonymous with B. conchefolia. B. Weltoniensis (Welton). A garden hybrid; one of the oldest Pai cultivated winter-flowering kinds, with light pink flowers, very ree. B. xanthina (yellow-flowered).* Stem short, thick, fleshy, hori- zontal, along with petioles thickly-clothed with brown scaly hairs ; petioles 6in. to 12in. long, stout, terete, fleshy, reddish- brown ; blade 8in. to 12in, long, cordate-ovate, acuminate, sinuate-ciliated, dark green above, purplish beneath. Flower- stalks erect, 1ft. high, bearing a cymose head of large golden hg Capsule with one large wing. Summer. Boutan, 1850, B. x. Lazuli (Lapis-lazuli).* Foliage metallic purple, with a bluish tinge. B, x. pictifolia (ornamented-leayed).* l. with large silvery spots, and pale yellow flowers. ; The following list comprises a selection of some of the best and most distinct of the innumerable varieties now existing in gardens, and which have been obtained by crossing and re-crossing the several tuberous-rooted species found in the temperate regions of South America. Fic. 235. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BEGONIA ADMIRATION. Single-Flowered Varieties, Crimson and Scarlet ADMIRATION, fogera une t Tie. 255); on G S04 pariani piled y excellent form, and gi free; B. : i A 178 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Begonia—continued. OF FIRE,* glowing fiery-scarlet, flowers large and compact, very free; BLACK DovuGLas,* dark carmine crimson, flowers large, of the finest form, one of the best; BRILLIANT, deep orange- scarlet, very free; CHARLES BALTET, rich velvety vermilion ; COMMODORE FootT,* brilliant velvety crimson, very free and showy; DAVISH, flowers small, dazzling scarlet, habit dwarf and free; Dr. MASTERS,* flowers large, with immense spikes, deep red-crimson, very attractive; Dr. SEWELL,* glowing crim- son, grand form; EXONIENSIS, brilliant orange-scarlet, immense flowers; F. E. LAING, deep velvety crimson, full and free; Hon. Mrs. BRaSSEY,* deep glowing crimson, very rich and floriferous ; J. H. LarnG,* brilliant scarlet, one of the freest; J. W. FERRAND,* rich vermilion, dwarf and free, one of the finest for bedding; LOTHAIR,* dark scarlet-carmine, crimson shaded, of grand form and size; MARQUIS OF BUTE, brilliant carmine-crimson, of the FIG, 236. BEGONIA QUEEN OF WHITES. finest form, and immense ; SCARLET GeM,* very dark scarlet, flowers medium-sized, y very floriferous ; SEDENL, rich rosy-crimse, dwarf, a good ;. VESuVIUS,* bright orange-scarlet, cotnpact and free, one of the finest bedders, Rose-Coloured : ALBERT CROUSSS,* bright salmon-rose, very free ; ANNIE LainG,* large and free, rich pink ; CAPT. piem Bint ee salmon-rose, very free and compact ; DELICATUM, pale flesh-rose ; Exquisits,*,rich deep rose, very free and showy; J. AUBREY CLARK, flowers very large, rich, deep ; JESSr1£,* soft rosy-pink, with the tips of the petals shaded carmine, a very fine, perfect variety ; LADY BRooKE,* dark rose, shaded magenta, very perfect in form, _ and large; LADY HUME CAMPBELL,* pale pink, of good form and size, an exquisite variety ; MADAME STELLA,* flowers perfect in form, lexan, Wright rosy-pink, one of the best; MARCHIONESS oe ure, light rosy-pink, with an immense bloom and handsome - fo x OPE,* rich salmon-rose, very free and good ; PRIN- -= and colour; QUEEN OF WHITES,* flowers pure white, large, foliage; MRS. PONTIFEX,* rich orange delicately fae WALES, very delicate pink, and free; ROSE DAMOUR, rich rose, deli ately ieii 3 d Pa Begonia— continued. White-Flowered : ALBA FLORIBUNDA, flowers medium-sized, very free; MOONLIGHT, very free, with good flowers and handsome foliage ; MRS. LAING,* flowers exquisite in form and shape, pure white, one of the best; NYMPH,* large and round, white, tinted with rose at the base ; PRINCESS BEATRICK,* flowers large, of ex- cellent form, and pure in colour ; PuRITY, flowers round, good size Joye most freely produced (see Fig. 236, for which we are indebted to 4 Messrs. Veitch and Sons); REINE BLANCHE,* one of the best, 3 very pure; SNOWFLAKE,* flowers large, in full spikes, pure a white, habit compact, and very free. j Yellow and Orange-Flowered : CHROMATELLA,* habit dwarf and compact, pure yellow; EMPRESS OF INDIA, deep yellow, very A showy; GEM OF YELLOWS,* rich deep heyf, of grand form an 3 size, one of the best ; GOLDEN GEM,*rich golden yellow, of excel- 4 p ; lent form and size, habit free, with prettily mottled foliage ; J. L. MACFARLANE, i form, and large ; LADY TREVOR * orange- w, of good form, with handsome foliage ; DEERENCE ing ¥ pale’ yellow, deeper shaded, with elegant URCHI MAUDE CH ee ellow, very large flowers, roduced; POLLIE, pale yellow, fine round flower; SULPHUR QUEEN,* pale sulphur-yellow, of good form and size, Flowered Varieties. Crimson and Scarlet Shaded: — ACHILLES, rich dark crimson, very large and free; DAVISII HYBRIDA FL.-PL.,* rich coral-red, very full and free; DAVISII FL.-PL. _ SUPERBA,* brilliant crimson-scarlet, of good size, and extremely ~ free; DR. DUKE,* brilliant scarlet, very large and double, one of _ the best ; FRANCIS BUCHNER,* rich cerise-red, very double, perfect in form, and very large; FULGURANT, rich crimson, full, wi dark foliage; GLOIRE DE Nancy,* rich vermilion, very free; .»* bright orange-scarlet, very large and e: yfree, . habit t and vigorous; LEMOINEI, deep beer et iment ; very floriferous ; MONSIEUR BAUER, deep red, tinged with violet; F | ee AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 179 Begonia—continued. NIMROD,* rich red-scarlet, very large and full, with a free and very vigorous habit; PRESIDENT BURELLE,* glowing red, tinted with scarlet, very free; QUEEN OF DOUBLES,* rich rosy-crimson, very double and floriferous. one of the best varieties ; ROBERT Burns,* brilliant orange-scarlet, tinted vermilion, very double and free; SIR GARNET, deep orange-scarlet, very vigorous ; WM. BEALBY,* deep velvety scarlet, immense size and perfect form, very free. Wess Lelouret Apa,* bright rosy-salmon, fringed at the edge, very full and free ; COMTESSE H. DE CHOISEUL, pale rose, at first nearly white, very handsome; ESTHER,* rich rosy pink, with a distinct crimson margin; FORMOSA,* rich rosy carmine, with a white centre and crimson margin, very distinct and showy ; GLORY OF STANSTEAD,* deep rose, with a well-defined white centre, very distinct and handsome ; JOHN T. POE,* bright rose, tinted with cerise, of excellent form and vigorous habit; MADAME COMESSE,* rich satiny salmon-rose, immense, and most profuse ; MADAME LEON SIMON, soft pale rose, very full and free; MARIE LEMOINE, light salmon with a rose centre; MRS. BRISSENDEN,* salmon-rose, with a cream-white centre, of excellent form and very free; PZONIFLORA, flowers enormous, rich salmon-rose, very full; QUEEN OF Scots,* satiny-pink, salmon-shaded, of a perfect form and very large, habit compact and very free; ROSINA,* deep rose, violet shaded, of exquisite form, very vigorous and free, White-Flowered : ANTOINETTE QUERIN,* pure white, cream, shaded centre, very large and full, a magnificent variety ; BLANCHE JEANPIERRE, pure white, cream tinted, of excellent form and very free; LITTLE GEM,* pure white, of the best form and good size, habit dwarf and extremely floriferous; MRS. LUDLAM,* white, tinted with pink, a very handsome variety ; PRINCESS OF WALES,* flowers very full and profuse, almost pure in colour, and immense. Yellow-Flowered: CANARY BIRD,* flowers large, of the finest form, deep yellow, habit dwarf and very free; GABRIEL LEGROS,* e sulphur, changing to yellow, very full and imbricated, ex- mely showy. BEGONIACEZ:. An order comprising a large num- ber of useful garden plants. The only genera are Begonia and Begoniella (which is not yet in cultivation). Flowers apetalous; perianth single; pistillate flowers having the perianth two to eight-cleft, staminate ones two to four- cleft; stamens numerous, collected into a head. Leaves alternate, stipulate. See Begonia. BEJARIA. See Befaria. BELLADONNA. See Atropa. BELLADONNA LILY. See Amaryllis Bella- donna. BELLEVALIA (named in honour of P. R. Belleval, + BELL GLASSES, or CLOCHES. These are used for the purpose of protecting or accelerating the growth of a plant or plants. The French Cloche (see Fig. 237) is largely employed for this purpose. Ordinary Bell Glasses (see Fig. 238) are exceedingly useful for propagating pur- poses, especially for hard-wooded plants; or for placing over subjects which require a very moist atmosphere, such as Filmy ferns, Cephalotus, &c.; or for covering half-hardy plants or rare alpines, and thus protecting them from ex- cessive moisture. Large Bell Glasses, inverted, serve as miniature aquaria, and many small aquatics are easily grown in them. ` BELLIDIASTRUM (from bellis, a daisy, and astrum, a star; flower-heads being star-like). ORD. Composite. A pretty dwarf, hardy, herbaceous perennial, allied to Aster. It thrives in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat. In- creased by divisions in early spring, or directly after blooming, B. Michelii (Michel’s).* /l.-heads white ; scape one-headed, naked ; involucre with equal leaves; pappus simple. June. J. in a rosette, shortly stalked, obovate, repand. A. lft. Austria, 1570. BELLIS (from bellus, pretty, in reference to the flowers), Daisy. ORD. Composite. A genus of hardy her- baceous perennials, distinguished from allied genera in having conical receptacles and an absence of pappus. They grow well in all loamy soils. The garden varieties are increased by division after flowering, each crown making a separate plant. The soil must be pressed about them moderately firm. Seeds may aiso be sown in March, but the plants thus obtained are seldom of sufficient floricul- tural merit to perpetuate. a French botanist). ORD. Liliacew. This genus is now usually placed under Hyacinthus. Hardy, bulbous-rooted plants, admirably adapted for spring bedding or forcing, and invaluable as cut flowers. Flowers small, whitish, or violet, tinged with green. Leaves few, radical, broadly linear. They are of extremely easy culture in ordinary Me garden soil. Propagated by offsets; also by seeds, which Pe ees Se Fig. 239. BELLIS PERENNIS FLORE-PLENO. n nial).* Common Daisy. Jl.-heads white. June. should be sown as soon as ripe. i. num roomy Tying Ani on th : ground, obovate, create, slightly R e aooe SS EE a are ve y perap Ae oes nio ones being particularly fine. See ; B. romana (Roman).* Roman Hyacinth. fl. white, racemose ; Fig. 239. The handsome variegated form, aucube/folia, has its ecg! campanulate ; pedicels longer than the flowers. April. from 4in. to Sin. long.” h. 6in, Italy, 1596. A most desirable 2 lant, and the best the genus for a3 ‘oie SYNS. . operculata and Hyacinthus anus. (B. M. 939, under the -~ name of Scilla romana.) See thus, B. syriaca (Syrian).* jl. white; uncles spreading, racemose. May. l. glaucous, lft. long, i eed, rather scarious on the margins, h. lft. Syria, 1840. BELL-FLOWER. ‘See Campanula. = . wi Fia. 240. HEN AND CHICKENS DAISY (BELLIS PERENNIS PROLIFERA). i tained and veined with yellow. There are both leaves richly. Staines ad forms of this variety. ‘The Hemand Chickens Daisy is a proliferous form, rather more quaint than — il me 180 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bellis—continued. pretty. See Fig. 240. Good garden kinds are B. p. conspicua, red ; CROWN, pink; ELIZA, purple; RUBENS, red; SNOWFLAKE, white. | V4 | ff \ Ni j i\ B i eu Fic. 241. BELLIS ROTUNDIFOLIA C@RULESCENS. B. rotundifolia ccoerulescens (round-leaved, bluish).* Jl.-heads from in. a in diameter, resembling those of the common Daisy, but with fewer, often broader, ray-flowers, which vary from white to pale blue. 1. more or less hairy, with slender stalks, lin. to Sin. long; blade ovate or sub-cordate, sinuate toothed, three-nerved. Morocco, 1872, A very beautiful perennial, re- Tea the shelter of a cold frame during severe winters. See . 241. (B. M. 6015.) BELLIUM (from bellis, a Daisy; the flowers re- sembling those of that plant). ORD. Compositæ. A genus of pretty little, free-flowering plants, differing from the common Daisy only in having a pappus of six to eight broad scales, torn at the apex, alternating with a like number of long scabrous bristles. They thrive best in a mixture of sandy loam and peat. Propagation is readily effected by means of seeds or divisions; the latter should be made in spring. Je Ors Bellium—continued. B. bellidioides (Daisy-like).* fl.-heads white, solitary. June to September. J. spathulate, radical. Stolons creeping. h. 4in. Italy, 1796. Annual. See Fig, 242. B, crassifolium (thick-leaved). fl.-heads whitish-yellow ; scapes much exceeding the leaves, downy. June. J, sub-radical, thick, obovate, entire, attenuate at base, rather downy. Stems many, ascending. h. 6in. Sardinia, 1831. Hardy perennial. (S. B. F. G. 2, 278.) B. minutum (very small).* .-heads white and yellow, }in. across, on slender stalks, longer than the foliage. June to September. l. narrow spathulate, attenuated at the base, slightly hairy. h. 3in. Levant, 1772. A rare little species, requiring a warm, well-drained position on the rockery BELLOWS. These were formerly employed for fumi- gating, but are now entirely superseded by the ordinary fumigators. The Sulphur Bellows is a very useful instru- ment for the uniform distribution of flowers of sulphur on vines and other subjects infested with mildew. In form it is very like those in common domestic use, but has a rose of small holes at the end of its nozzle, through which the sulphur is ejected. BELL-PEPPER. See Capsicum grossum. BELOPERONE (from belos, an arrow, and peronne, a band; in reference to the arrow-shaped connectivum). Syn. Dianthera. ORD. Acanthacew. Very pretty stove evergreen shrubs, allied to Justicia. Flowers blue or purple, borne in secund, ‘axillary, or terminal spikes, fre- quently subtended with coloured bracts; corolla gaping, the upper lip concave, the lower trifid. They are easily cultivated in a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand. Propagated by young cuttings, taken in spring. Belo- perones may also be treated like Justicias (which see), and will succeed admirably. There are a large number of © species, but few of which haye been introduced. ; anthers peer Das. Weta yt rigged T oblong-lan- ceolate, opposite. h. 3ft; Brazil, 1832. (B: H. 9,9.) - * i i- ee ee BENDING-DOWN the branches of fruit trees, by- means of weights or string attached to pegs driven into the ground, is sometimes resorted to for the purpose of ac- quiring a particular shape, or fruitfulness; but authorities differ as to the usefulness of the plan for the latter pur- pose. Young trees that are inclined to grow strong in the middle may be more evenly balanced by adopting the plan of Bending the strong branches, and so diverting the sap to the weaker ones. BENGAL QUINCE. See Egle Marmelos. BENJAMIN-TREE. See Ficus Benjamina. BENT GRASS. Se Agrostis. f BENTHAMIA (in honour of George Bentham, a dis- tinguished English botanist). ORD. Cornacew. ju evergreen shrubs or low trees, now ret genus Cornus. The first-na in the neighbourhood of K successfully against a w „to ert ; is rather tender and can only be oe for which purpose it is very sutt- ‘er mild places, it attains a height able. In Cornwall and oi London thinks it might be rendered 9 Flowers dis- | which ~“ B. japonica (J . yellowish-red. Japan, 1847. CTT sey ¢ ae AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 181 BERARDIA (named after M. Berard, a Professor of Chemistry at Montpelier). ORD. Composite. A genus containing a single species, confined to the high mountains of Western Europe. It makes a pretty rock plant, and grows best in thoroughly well-drained spots amongst rocky débris. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring. B. subacaulis (almost stemless). /l.-heads whitish, solitary, very ‘ee: l. rounded oval, nearly heart-shaped at base, cottony. A. Sin. or fin. (A. F. P. 3, 38. BERBERIDACES. An order of shrubs or herba- ceous perennials. Flowers terminal or axillary, usually racemose ; sepals three, four, or six in a double row; petals as many or double in number; stamens four to eight, opposite the petals. Fruit, a berry or capsule. Leaves alternate, compound. ‘The order contributes a great number of handsome plants to our gardens. Well-known genera are Berberis, Epimedium, and Nandina. BERBERIDOPSIS (from Berberis, the Barberry, and opsis, like; resembling the Barberry). ORD. Berberi- dacee. A handsome evergreen shrub, with climbing habit. Sepals and petals nine to fifteen; outer small, spreading ; intermediate orbicular, concave; inner obovate-cuneate, erect, inserted upon the fleshy torus. Stamens eight to nine, free. With a slight winter protection, or planted at the foot of a south wall, it will prove quite hardy, being of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. It is an excellent plant for the cool greenhouse. Increased by seeds, which should be sown in spring; by layering, in autumn; or by young cuttings, in spring. ONN “B. corallina (coral-red).* £ crimson, in terminal, drooping: racemes, leafy at the base. Z, about 3in. long, alternate, pated | ae bs uaa ' , of Fic. 243. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF BERBERIDOPSIS CORALLINA. Berberidopsis—continued. tiolate, oblong-cordate, obtuse or acute, spiny-toothed. Chili, 862. See Fig. 243. (B. M. 5343.) BERBERIS (Berberys is the Arabic name of the fruit, signifying a shell; many authors believe this to be the original derivation of the word, because the leaves are hollow, like a shell). Barberry. ORD. Berberidacee. In- cluding Mahonia. A genus of hardy erect or trailing shrubs. Flowers yellow or orange, racemose or fascicled; sepals and petals similar, in two series. Leaves simple or compound, alternate or fascicled from the non-development of the branches, often spinose, or reduced to spines. The common sorts thrive well in any ordinary garden soil, but the rarer kinds require a compost of loam, peat, and a little sand. Propagation may be effected by suckers or layers, put down in the autumn; by ripened cuttings, taken at the same time, and planted in sandy soil, in a cold frame; or by seeds, bown in the spring, or, preferably, in the autumn, when, if fresh from the pulp or berry, they will germinate in the open in the following spring. The last-named is the method generally adopted. B. uifolium (Holly-leaved).* ji. yellow; racemes nearly erect, much crowded. Spring. l, leaflets two to three pairs, with an odd one, the lower ep distant from the petiole; ovate, approxi- mate, cordate at the base, one-nerved, spiny-toothed. h. ft. to 6ft. North America, 1823. This is — planted in wood- lands as an excellent covert plant. Syn. Mahonia aquifolia. (S. E. B. 49.) B. aristata (bearded). f. yellow; racemes nodding, many- flowered, longer than the leaves; pedicels trifid, three owa. Spring. J. obovate-oblong or lanceolate, mucronate, membranous, smooth, serra with four or five spinulose teeth ; lower spines three-parted, upper ones co t and hardly bidentate at the base, h. 6ft. Nepaul, 1820. (B. R. 729, under name of B, Chitria.) B. asiatica (Asiatic). fl., racemes short, many-flowered, corymbose, shorter than the leaves ; pedicels elongated, one-flowered. l. oval, cuneated, or elliptical, mucronate, smooth ; under surface glaucous, entire, or spinulosely- toothed ; spines trifid, or simple. A. 4ft. to 8ft. 1820. à =Half-hardy. B. buxifolia (Box-leaved).* fl. solitary, on slender peduncles. Spring. i. nearly sessile, oval or oblong, about jin. long, entire. k. 8ft. Straits of Magellan, 1830. Nana is a charming little variety, not exceeding 18in. in height. Syn. B. dulcis. (B. M. 6505.) B. (Canadian).* jl., racemes many-flowered, nodding. Spring. l. obovate-oblong, remotely serrated ; upper ones nearly entire ; spines three-parted. h. 4ft. Canada, 1759. j B. cratægina (Hawthorn-like). fl., racemes many- flowered, crowded, dhepa g, scarcely longer than the leaves. Spring. l. oblong, reticulated, spines simple. A. 4ft. to 8ft. B. cretica (Cretan). flowered, Fate oblong-oval, entire, or somewhat serrated ; spines to five-parted. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Crete and Cyprus, 1759. serratifolia has leaves ciliately-serrated. (Dastiin's).* ji. orange, racemose, very numerous. May, and sometimes again in autumn. l. oval or oblong, about lin. long, with usually five spiny teeth, A, 2ft. South Chili, 1849. This very fine species is, perhaps, the best; it forms a densely- branched, spreading, evergreen bush, thus making an excellent covert plant. (B. M. 4590.) B. dulcis (sweet). Synonymous with B. buxifolia. B. emarginata (emarginate). fl., racemes scarcely pendulous, shorter than the leaves. Spring. l. lanceo- late-obovate, ciliately serrated; spines three- h. 6ft. Siberia, 1790. or B. empetrifolia (Empetrum-leayed).* fl. minal, sub-umbellate, on slender et BP fascicles of about se few, . ter- in B. floribunda ( flowered, loose, pama or obovate-oblong, 182 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Berberis— continued. mucrone at the apex, paler beneath, spiny-ciliated ; spines three- parted, unequal. A. 10it. Nepaul. A variety of aristata. B. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* fl. small, in terminal clustered racemes. l., leaflets about seven, linear-lanceolate, distant, with numerous pee spiny teeth, lower pair remote from the base of the petiole. ina. B. glumacea (glumaceous). A synonym of B. nervosa. B. iberica (Iberian). fl., racemes many-flowered, pendulous, Spring. l. eee ee entire ; spines simple and three- parte h. 8ft. to 10ft. ria, 1818. B. ilicifolia es Vaso Jl., peduncles short, four-flowered ; pedicels elongated, somewhat corymbose. July. l. ovate, tapering at the base, coarsely and spinulosely toothed ; spines three-parted. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Tierra del Fuego, 1791. (B. M. 4308.) B. japonica (Japanese).* fl., racemes in terminal clusters. Spring. l, leaflets usually nine, about 3in. long, quite sessile, broadly cordate, or rotundate at the base, oblique, with about five long spiny teeth, and a terminal one, the lowest pairs close to the base of the petiole. China and Japan. Very distinct, with unbranched stems and leaves about lft. long. B. Beali and B. intermedia are mere forms of this species, the latter differing from it in having narrower leaves and longer, slender racemes. (B. M. 4852). B. loxensis (Loxanese). fl. unusually small, erect, in panicled racemes on a long peduncle quite clear of the leaves. /. very shining, blunt, obovate; sides often with several teeth; spines small, palmated. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Peru. Evergreen, not hardy. (P. F. G. 1, p. 13) Fic. 244. BERBERIS NEPALENSIS, ).* fl. yellow; racemes few, elongated ; leaflets five to nine po ohovades -toothed, with five at the apex. A. 4ft. to ten teeth o1 „base, to 6ft. Nepau A men hag, tricuspida them parts of England. mo Pore, thriving best in the i, leaflets ave to =a 2 distan rom the petiole; ovate, acumina toothed, somewhat three to five-nerved, WER ivan to De teeth on each side. h, lft. to 3ft, North America, 1826. SYNS. B. glumacea, Mahonia nervosa, (B. M, 3949.) 1176.) ; a (1I leaved Beara ved). fl. a little mg, tapering at the base, mucronate, Berberis—continued. grass snd spiny toothed. h. 4ft. to 8ft. South America, 1823, =, y- Chinese).* /l., racemes many-flowered, nodding. sinensis ey. l. oblong, obtuse, entire, or the lower ones are a little toothed ; spines three-parted. h. 3ft. to 6ft. China, 1815. (B. M. 6573.) wy h A v 7 Cf A Fic. 245. BERBERIS STENOPHYLLA, showing Habit and Flowering Twig. B. stenophylla (naked-leaved),* with narrow mucronate leaves, is said to bea hybrid between B. empetrifolia and B. Darwinii. See Fig. 245, B. trifoliata (three-leafleted). fl, TE a e E a e ends of the ioles, deeply o0; -green, varie- gated, glaucous R per t h. 5ft. Mexico, 1839, Ev: e i quite hardy. (P. F. G. 2, 168.) B. trifurcata (three-forked). £ tea; l pinnate ; leaflets broad, three-forked. 1850. Evergreen. (P. F. G. 3, 258.) B. umbellata (umbellate). E peduncles solitary, erect, bearing at the top several umbellate pedicels. 7. obovate-oblong, mu e cronate, entire, glaucous beneath; spines three-parted, long, a equal. A. 6ft. Nepaul, 1842. (P. F.-G. 2, 181.) oS racemes sy erect. 6ft. China, y with an odd one, the lower pair vulgaris (common).* Common Barberry. fl., racemes many- A flowered, apare a Spring. 7%. somewhat obovate, ciliately- = serrated ; spinesthree-parted. h. 8ft. to20ft. Britain, &c. There i are yellow, violet, purple, black, and white fruited, and purple- leaved forms.. (Sy. En. B. 51.) B. Wallichiana (Wallich’s).* /l. on drooping, ted pe- * duncles, six to eight or more in a cluster. Spring. fascicles, 2in. to 3in. long, spreading or ag Ahm sinuato-serrate; spines deeply three-parted, slender but ul, 1820. See Fig. 246. (B. M. rigid. h. 6ft. to 10ft. AN terminal panicles. Lea The species meritioned in cultivation. soil, and is well ornate, many: I is probably the only one yet rdy, will grow in any common aq for bowers*or trellis-work. Pro- — ted by ripened ent ngs, and slips of the root, planted Paor a hand glass} or by layering the young shoots. volubilis (twining).* . greenish-white ; ich ll, axil- = 5 and terminal. É oblong, violaceous. June. L pom ucronate, a little poy 4 Branches smooth. Carolina, 171%. A ee Seaia twiner. (G. G. 165.) = ~ i i BERGAMOT. See Mentha odorata. j : : BERGERA (named after C. J. Berger, a a ipai a Danish botanist). ORD. Rutacee. Interesting stové ever- . four to five flowers at the | or AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 183 Bergera—continued. B. Koonigi (Konig’s). fl. whitish-yellow, small; racemes many, forming a corymb at the top of the branches. June. l., leaflets serrated. h. 40ft. India, 1820, (L. B. ©. 1019.) BERKHEYA (named after M. J. L. de Berkhey, a Dutch botanist). ORD. Composite. A genus of ornamental greenhouse or hardy thistle-like herbs or shrubs. Flower- heads surrounded by a spiny involucre, the scales of | a + ote ~ . FIG, 246. BERBERIS WALLICHIANA. which are united at the base only: f flat l y; pappus of many flat, _ obtuse, or pointed, scales. They are of easy cultivation in a sandy loam soil. The perennials are increased by cuttings j } | f f i | | | Berkheya—continued. placed under a glass; the herbaceous perennials usually by divisions of the plant in spring. The species most frequently seen in English gardens is B. purpurea. B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* jl.-heads yellow; scales of in- volucre spiny toothed. July. 7. opposite, lanceolate, three- nerved, spiny toothed, downy beneath. h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1812. ‘Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 1844.) ° B, pinnata (pinnate). fl.-heads yellow: involucral scales spine- pointed, entite or toothed. Autumn. l oblong, woolly beneath, deeply cut into lance-shaped segments. SYN. Stobea pinnata. (B. M. 1788.) B. purpurea (purplish).* /l.-heads numerous, pedunculate, corym- bose, circular, šin. across, surrounded by an ac of spread- ing or reflexed linear oblong bracts. J., lower ones 15in. to 18in, long, 2in. to 2}in. wide, dark green, viscid above, paler and cottony beneath. h. 3ft. South Africa, A very handsome, hardy, herbaceous perennial. (G. C. 1872, p. 1261.) SYN. Stobea purpurea. nae B. uniflora (one-flowered), jl.-heads yellow ; scales of involucre spiny toothed. June. J. alternate, lanceolate, three-nerved, spiny toothed, downy beneath. h. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1815. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 2094.) bermu- BERMUDA CEDAR. See Juniperus diana, P BERRY. A fleshy fruit, containing seeds. _ | BERTHOLLETIA (in honour of Louis Claude Ber- thollet, a celebrated French chemist). Brazil Nut Tree. 184 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bertholletia—continued. Beschorneria— continued. TRIBE Lecythidew of ORD. Myrtacew. B. excelsa is a tall i tree, having the young branches leafy at the apex. Leaves AE alternate, oblong, quite entire, rather coriaceous. From YY this Brazilian species are obtained the well-known Brazil 4 or Para Nuts of commerce. ‘The tree is of no value for TN decorative purposes. BERTOLONIA (named after A. Bertoloni, an Italian botanist, author of “ Rariorum Italiæ Plantarum Decades,” &c.). ORD. Melastomacee. Elegant little creeping or dwarf-growing stove plants, chiefly cultivated for their exquisitely marked leaves. Flowers white or purple. Leaves stalked, ovate-cordate, five to eleven-nerved, crenulated ; cymes corymbose, terminal. They thrive in a compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, and sand, in a warm, close, and moist atmosphere, but are most suc- cessfully cultivated under a bell glass in the stove; in fact, the latter is the only plan of growing them where a constantly humid atmosphere cannot be otherwise obtained without such means. They are easily propagated by cuttings or seeds. B. ænea (coppery). fl. purple. h. 6in. Brazil. B, guttata oa geren nig era B, maculata ( | and calyces ‘rom a Jon bristles. Stem rooting at the base. f mi “BM. asoL . mara aein dirii a m eo 8in. Page — ; upper vi marked with sriegnler snrenin. oF sallaga oem und Bi poe regener eh gig purple. Stem aiy. Ga Brazil, 1858. B. pubseeers (downy).* J. ovate-acumina’ = bmg to 4in. long, and Mi owner an ren a z 2in. to šin. broad; bright light green, with a broad chocolate- coloured band down the centre ; upper surface clothed with long white hairs. Ecuador. BERZELIA (named in honour of Berzelius, a cele- brated Swedish chemist). ORD. Bruniacee. Very pretty little greenhouse ev shrubs. Heads of flowers naked, with three bracts at the base of each; usually crowded at the tops of the branches. Leaves short, some- what trigonal, imbricate or spreading. They require a mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with thorough drainage and moderately firm potting. Young cuttings root freely in sand, under a bell glass, in gentle heat. B. abfotanoides Abrotanumlike). J -heads white, the size of m filbert, termi crowded, s bi clavate, green, smooth, ustulate at oe apex. ay tS to July. l ovate, X. KA lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1787. (L. B, O E) petioles. B. ‘woolly).* heads whi = ae ey ome (woolly).* fi, marge br k the size of a of lateral thula; 1774. (L. B. C. =. horiéur of H. Beschorner, a German botanist). — 2A a i oH. Greenhouse tg succulents, allied to Littwa and Fourcroya. eae dee x-parted; segments linear spathulate, often spreading at the point; stamens scant Jongas the ‘peranth For culttre, &., see B. sit a Aade eid and corymbose, subtended Scaviowe reddish bracts. t | seabrous margin. h. bft. to 6ft. Mexico, ico "ee Pig of nih P B. Decosteriana (Decoster’s), Sr aire ie prieg ite ae rous bracts. mero a ie 24in, to lin. ae eet ; edges ly serrulate. h, 8ft, Me ie Big Pe : =; Tonen I’s).* fl. tubular, dark blood-red Ted below and down iain lone. nthe reat Very bright j bracts Fia. 247. BESCHORNERIA BRACTEATA. tubifiora (tube-flowered). enish-purple, nutant, fascicled, *practate| Mrascieles iaee ok ie scapes erect, long simple. May. linear, c y recurved, spinosely denti- poe nett Sesion, 1845. (B. M om) F B (Yucca-like), f b racemose, á with rich -red bracts; papes soe v a af cotal red a ie. r sre gS Se acute, ee honour of Basil Besler, an apothecary at SYN. : ais D neraceæ. Very. pretty branched. Peduncle = eile Sei site, petiolate, thickish; nerves veins very beneath. Stems sub-tet mixture of samy A kem, Beslerias may readily in heat. f alinea ech ront (sete yellow; peduncles axillary in ri umbel at wa bracts two, at- CRY. orbicularly cordate, toothed, toothed. Guiana, 1819, oe hairy outside ; "bracts cordate grandiflora large-flowered).* fl. pA campanulate, sii y red; Se ai xillary, as many- weet 3 oblong, , crenated, di nsely pioen a) above, be- , well as on the endon h. | neath, as t in aa ggg ie ds > A nih a T axillary Eae e. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 185 Besleria—continued. B. incarnata (flesh-coloured-berried).* fl., corollas purplish ; tube very long, ventricose ; lobes of limb reflexed, roundish, unequal, fringetth=peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. J. oblong, crenated, tomentose on both surfaces. Herbaceous perennial. B. violacea (purple-berried). fl; purple, small; corolla with a curved tube and spreading limb; peduncles racemosely panicled, terminal. Berry purple, edible. /. ovate, acute, quite entire, stiff. Guiana, 1824. Climbing shrub. (A. G. 254.) BESOM, or BROOM. Birch-brooms are best for garden purposes, and are generally used. The most suit- able for paved yards are those made of the common Ling (Calluna vulgaris). Those made of bass fibres are fre- quently used on paths, for which they are very suitable, but their expensiveness prevents them being generally employed. Whatever material is used in its composition, a Besom will last much longer if soaked in water for some time before using. BESSERA (in honour of Dr. Besser, Professor of Botany at Brody). ORD. Liliacew. An elegant little half- hardy, Squill-like, bulbous plant, from Mexico. Perianth bell-shaped, six-parted. Leaves narrow, linear. It re- quires a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand, with good drainage. If cultivated in pots, a plentiful supply of water must be given from the commencement of growth until ripening off. When at rest, however, it should be kept dry and cool, but secure from the effects of frost. If planted out, a well-drained sunny position must be chosen, such as close to the wall of a greenhouse with a southern aspect. Propagation may be effected by offsets. B. elegans (elegant).* i: scarlet, or scarlet and white. July to September. Z. 1ft. to 2ft. long, narrow, furrowed on the upper side. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1850. This is the only species. The colour of the flowers varies considerably, on which account other names 4 have originated. (B. R. 25, 34.) BETA (from bett, the Celtic word for red; in reference a to the colour of the Beet). Beetroot. Orp. Chenopodiacee. x Perianth single, -inferior, five-cleft, persistent. Seed iin one, reniform, imbedded in the fleshy base of the calyx. B. Cicla is largely used as a decorative plant in sub-tropical and other styles of gardening. They require the same cul- ture as the ordinary Beet. The other sorts, with dark blood-red leaves, are largely employed in flower gardens, - and the roots utilised for culinary purposes. See also Beet. f f ii ’ * j , i * ie oS ka a i4 dia ie Ree 4 venir fal, im = EN ‘fe +A SRR Ae Fig. 248, BETA HORTENSIS M |. B, Gtela (Sicilian). 4, ish, disposed in threes. August. Z ae - with very thick ribs. looms temsais wep: h. 6ft. Portugal, 1870. ee h. 2ft. Guiana, 1820. ~ > Beta —continued. The variety, B. e. variegata, usually known as the Chilian Beet, is a very handsome plant, having its leaves often more than a yard in length and over lft. in diameter, with a remarkably handsome variegation. The midribs are usually dark orange or scarlet, It is a most desirable and effective plant for sub-tropical gardening. B. hortensis metallica (metallic). Victoria Beet. An orna- mental variety with glistening deep blood-red leaves. Useful for decorative purposes in summer, either as a single specimen or ina mass. Roots may also be used for cooking. See Fig. 248. B. maritima (sea). f. greenish, disposed in hairs. August. l, lower ones n rme a ona acute ; upper ones lanceolate. Stem diffuse. Root scarcely any. h. lft. Britain. vulgaris (common). The Common Beetroot. fi. greenish clustered. August. Z, lower ones ovate. Root fleshy. h. 4ft. South Europe, 1548. : BETCKEA. See Plectritis. BETEL, or BETLE. See Piper Betle. BETONICA. This genus now forms a sub-division of Stachys (which see). Betony (Stachys Betonica) is a native herb formerly much used in medicine, but now almost entirely discarded. w BETONY. See Stachys Betonica. BETULA (according to some authorities, from Betu, its Celtic name; others give the derivation of the word as from batuo, to beat, the fasces of the Roman lictors, which were made of Birch rods, being used to drive back the people). Birch. ORD. Cupulifere. TRIBE Betulew. Orna- mental, hardy (except where otherwise specified), deciduous trees or shrubs, allied to Alnus, having round, slender, often drooping branches, and the bark in most species in thin membranous layers. The flowers appear at the same time as the leaves. Male catkins cylindrical, lax, imbri- cated all round with ternate concave scales, the middle one largest, ovate; corolla none; filaments ten to twelve, shorter than the middle scale, to which they are attached. Female catkins similar, but more dense; scales horizontal, peltate, dilated outwards, three-lobed, three-flowered ; corolla none. Nut oblong, deciduous, winged at each side. The Betulas are easily cultivated in any ordinary soil; but a light sandy loam suits them best. Most of the species are best increased by seeds, which ripen in Sep- tember, and need to be dried, in order to prevent fer- mentation. They should be sown in in a sandy soil, the surface of which has been previously made per- : fectly level. They must be : spread on the surface, and not covered with soil, but pressed downwith the feet. When grown in quantities, beds in width are preferred, with an alley of lft. between In early summer, if the er be warm and dry, the should be shaded with i . The young seedlings must be transplanted when a year old. The dwarfer kinds may be p gated by layering inthe autumn. The numerous beautiful varieties are best in- creased by grafting or budding upon seedling stocks of the common kinds, the former being done in spring, and the latter in summer when the buds are ready. Those most useful as forest trees and for protection are quick-growing and very or- namental. The time of maturity of the Birch depends very much upon the soil and situa- EF j tion, but it seldom inereases in ETALLICA, or VICTORIA BEET, size after it is thirty years old. The common species (B. alba) is one of the hardiest and most useful trees in cultivation, growing quickly, and withstanding exposure pe than ; B 186 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Betula—continued. many others; consequently it is invaluable for skirting and nursing more tender subjects, and is especially desirable for clothing mountainous and exposed districts. Itis also very beantiful and picturesque. It is the commonest tree throughout Russia, from the Baltic to the Eastern Sea, fre- quently monopolising gigantic forests. In Italy, it forms excellent forests up to 6000ft. altitude, and in our own Highlands of Scotland it occurs up to a height of 2500ft. In Greenland, although much reduced in size, it holds its own as the only arboreal vegetation. - Ty ai R . 4 = wo & a B. alba (white),* Silver, White, or Com a Birch a "February and March. r brown, zipo aaa Gone: serrated ; autumnal + S ltoid, uneq tints yellow, scarlet, or red. A utive shrub in x 0 the _ extreme , but a tre o ja high in the middle me alg ma arain forest tree, a. alba-purp te anc le).* 1. rich purple abo with a lustrous hue, fale bae B RRR with a tus rane! with ipasa on. A very effective variety. hes g a. ¢ sarli arlian).* 1, deeply pinnatifid, with the "a foliis-variegatis (variegated-leaved).* 7, blotched with i (pendulous and laciniate),* J. rather form, laciniated y decidedly Tt anrea phe ented, deep goon. sne that ely pendulo., Tt appears there are two forms of this, but B. a. : as those of the B. a, pendula (pendulous).* A well-known tree, distinct from the — in having the shoots more slender, smoother, and | B. a. pontica ( ntic). 7. somewhat larger ti speci and the plant of more robust growth. (W.D. Be ae ae B. a, pubescens (downy). /. covered with hairs. . ifo) nettle-leaved).* Z. deeply laciniated, serra’ ; others, reputed as distinet, are mere f& (Bhojpattra).* jl., female catkins erect, cylin- ; bracts smooth, woody, two-parted, blunt, much ag cain Female catkins twice as long | Betula—continued. longer than the fruit, which has narrow wings. May. l. oblong- acute, with nearly simple serratures, somewhat cordate at the base; their stalks, veins, and twigs hairy; the bark is of a pale s ® cinnamon colour. h. 50ft. Himalayas, 1840. This requires a _ sheltered position. ; : B. carpinifolia (Hornbeam-leaved). Synonymous with B. lenta. B, daurica (Daurian).* , catkins whitish-brown, larger than those of the common Birch. February and March. l. ovate, narrow at the base, quite entire, unequally dentate, glabrous; scales of the strobiles ciliated on their margins ; side lobes roundish. k. ` S0ft. to 40ft. Siberia, 1786, The variety parvifolia has smaller leaves than the type. B. excelsa (tall). Synonymous with B. lutea. B. fruticosa (shrubby).* fl. whitish-brown ; female catkins arames $ February and March. l. roundish-ovate, nearly equally serrated, glabrous. A. 5ft. to 6ft. in moist situations, but much higher on mountains, Eastern Siberia, 1818. (W. D. B. 2, 154.) B. dulosa (glandular).* jl. whitish; female catkins oblong. ay. l. obovate, serrate, quite entire at the base, glabrous, = almost sessile; branches beset with glandular dots, glabrous. : h. 2ft. Canada, 1816. A handsome little shrub. (F. D. .) "B. lenta (pliant). fl. greenish-white. May to June. l. cordate, ovate, acutely serrated, acuminate; petioles and nerves hairy beneath ; scales of the strobiles smooth, having the side lobes obtuse, equal, with prominent veins. h. 60ft. to 70ft. Canada to 4 Georgia, 1759. Syn. B. carpinifolia. (W. D. B. 2, 144.) B, lutea (yellow).* Jl. greenish-white. May. L 34in. long, and 24in. broad, ovate, acute, serrated; petioles pubescent, shorter than the peduncles; young shoots and leaves, at their unfolding, downy, but ultimately quite glabrous, except the petiole, whic remains covered with fine short hairs; scales of the strobiles having the side lobes roundish. h. 70ft. to 80ft. Nova Scotia, 1767. SYN. B. excelsa. B. nana (dwarf).* fl. whitish-green ; catkins erect, stalked, cylin- drical, obtuse; the barren ones lateral, and the fertile ones ter- minal; scales of the latter three-lobed, three-flowered, permanent. April and May. _ Z. orbicular, crenate, reticulated with veins be- neath. h, 1ft. to 3ft. Scotland, Lapland, Sweden, Russia, &c. A shrub with numerous branches, slightly downy when young, and beset with numerous little, round, » Smoot l sharply crena’ leaves, beautifully reticulated with veins, beneath ; and furnished with short footstalks, having a of brown lanceolate stipules at their base. There is also a pretty variety named pendula, with drooping branches. gra (black).* The Black Birch. fi. greenish-white; female catkins ‘eatin and nearly cylindrical, about 2in. es ~ re i. rhomboid-ovate, doubly serrated, acute, pubescent beneath, entire at the base; scales of the strobiles villose; segments linear, equal. h. 60ft. to 70ft. New Jersey to Carolina, 1736. SYN. B. rubra. (W. D. B. 2, 153.) B, papyraces (papery).* jl. greenish-white; female catkins on long footstalks, drooping: scales having the side lobes short, somewhat orbiculate. ay to June. J. ovate, acuminate, doubly serrate ; veins hairy beneath; petiole glabrous ; the branches are much less flexible than those of the common Birch, and are more 2s e h. 60ft. to 70ft. North America, 1750. (W. D. B. 2, B.D. fusca (brown). 7. smaller than those of the type, and less owny. ` B. p. platyphylla (broad-leaved).* 1. very broad. ; B. p. trichoclada (hairy- ed).* 1. cordate. — es ex- tremely hairy, and twigs in threes, = ` il, May. soepen parana Aaaa aa i. deltoid, mu unequally 3 peadas o! 1 geo 7 yo roundish side lobes ; g rous, t anada, 5 closely resembling’ B. alba, grows with less vigour, and does not attain so large a size. (W. D. * B, p. laciniata (laciniated).* 1 largo, shining, and deeply out. furnishing rockeries, or planting on hill ground. (W. D. B. 2, 97.) ° B. rubra (red).* Synonymous with B, nigra. BETULEZ. A tribe of deciduous shrubs or trees. Perianth none, or bract-like ; flowers monecious, in catkins, in twos or threes. Fruit, a dry, compressed, lenticular, — often winged, indehiscent nut. Leaves alternate, simple, - stipulated. The genera are Alnus and Betula. «= © o BI. In compound words, this signifies twice. at ‘Z 5 y pe gn ` k years in the development from seed to the maturation of AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 187 BIARUM (an ancient name of a plant). ORD. Aroidee. A genus of small, hardy, tuberous-rooted perennials, much more curious than pretty, allied to Sawromatum. This genus, according to Dr. Masters, differs from Arwm in its spathe being tubular at the base, with the limb spreading. The female flowers have a distinct style, and the fruit con- tains only one ovule. They will thrive in any light, rich, well-drained soil, and may otherwise be treated similar to the hardy Arums. ‘There are several other species besides those named, but they are not yet in general cultivation. B. constrictum (constricted), A synonym of B. tenuifolium. B. gramineum (grassy). A synonym of B. tenuifolium. B. tenuifolium (slender-leaved).* fl., spathe dark brown-purple, refiexed in the upper part; spadix very long, subuliform, June. l. linear-lanceolate. h. 6in. South Europe, 1570. Syns. B. gra- mineum and B. constrictum. (B. R. 512, under name of Arwm tenuifolium.) BIAURICULATE. Having two auricles. BIBRACTEATE. Furnished with two bracts. BIBRACTEOLATE. Furnished with two secondary ` bracts. BICARINATE. Two-keeled. BICOLOR. Two-coloured. BICONJUGATE. Having two secondary petioles, each with a pair of leaflets. . BICORNUTE. With two horn-like processes. BIDENS (from bis, twice, and dens a tooth; in reference to the seed). Bur Marigold. ORD. Composite. A rather large genus of mostly hardy annual and perennial herbs, distinguished by the pericarp having from two to four rigid awns, which are rough with minute deflexed points. Involucre erect, of several oblong, nearly equal, parallel scales. Most of the species of this genus are of no merit as garden plants. Two are natives of Britain, viz., B. cernua and B. tripartita. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil. Propagated by divisions of the plant; or by seeds. ea (dark-bloody). /l.-heads black-crimson, very B. atro-sanguin freely produced. Late summer and autumn, Leaves pinnate. Root tuberous, h. 3ft. Mexico. (B. M. 5227.) B. ferulzefolia (Ferula-leaved). fl,-heads yellow. Autumn. Se ae k. 2ft. Mexico, 1799. Syn. Coreopsis ferulefolia. B. procera finely divided, ga a ons h to Bik Mexico, 1 B. striata (striped). _l.-heads rather large, in a panicled leaf corymb ; ray florets white; disk yellow. L we glabrous. . A. 2ft. to 3ft. Autumn. Mexico. ternatel innated, 3 (B. M. as) BIDENTATE. With two teeth. BIEBERSTEINIA (named after Frederic Marschall Bieberstein, a Russian naturalist, author of “Flora Taurico- Caucasica,” and other works). ORD. Rutacee. A genus of half-hardy herbaceous perennials. They thrive in a compost of loam, peat, and sand. Propagated by cuttings, placed under a hand glass in early summer; or by seeds, sown in a slight hotbed in March or April. B. odora (sweet). jl. yellow; racemes terminal, entire. May. l. impari-pinnate; leaflets roundish, Plant beset with glandular hairs. k. lft, Altaia, A term applied to plants occupying two Ji.-heads yellow, perennial. simple ; petals a toothed. 1837, g g one year, flowering, fruiting, and dying the next. Seeds of Aia Biennials are, as a rule, sown from To August, to flower the succeeding season, Tender ieties are sown in a frame or cool house, and kept there all winter, being transferred from the frames or houses to the open bordér, in June. Wallflowers, Foxgloves, Canterbury Bells, and Sweet Williams, may be taken as types of Biennials, although they often assume more æ Biennial character on light sandy soils. BIFARIOUS. Two-ranked; arranged in two opposite , “i iis: bi BIFID. Divided about half-way down into two parts; two-cleft. ii s BIFOLIATE. Compound leaves with two leaflets. E BIFRENARIA (from bis, twice, and frenum, a strap ; -in reference to a double strap or band, by means of which the pollen masses are connected with their gland). ORD. Orchidee. A genus of pretty stove orchids, allied to Mazillaria, and distinguished from it by having two frena or caudicles to their pollen masses. For culture, see B. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* fl. orange ; lateral lobes of lip semi-cordate, middle one transverse, sub-undulated, callous at the base ; raceme erect. October. J. oblong, plicate. Pseudo- bulb roundish, compressed, two-leaved. ` in. Demerara, 1834. (B. R. 1875.) B. aureo-fulva (orange-tawny). fl. orange, on long pedicels ; lip iculate, three-lobed ; ane aise Baay owacen. October. l. oblong-Ianceolate. _Pseudo-bulb roundish-ovate, wrinkled, one- leaved. k. lft. Brazil, 1840. á B. Hadwenii (Hadwen’s). jl. each nearly 4in. across; petals and papens żin. broad, yellow free» beautifully blotch mottled with a rich brown; lip large, above lin. broad, whi with striped spots of rose. June. J. ae. Brazil, 1851. “SYN. Scuticaria Hadwenii. ( B, H. bella (charming).* A new variety with whitish yellow outside, brilliant shining with a few spots, bars, and blotches of whitis lip wide, white, with one light bro one in front of the callus; radiating * lobes, and mauve ones on anterior lobe. ere H. pardalina (leopard-marked).* A very bes utiful isty, having sepals and petals with brown circles or polygonal figures on a light yellow ground ; lip light ochre-coloured at its basilar part, white in front, with radiating mauve-purple’ streaks. This variety is extremely rare. B. vitellina (yolk-coloured).* fl. yellowish purple; lip cuneate, three-lobed ; lateral lobes acute, crenulated; racemes drooping. July. 1, lanceolate. Pseudo-bulb ovate, bluntly angular, one- leaved. h.1ft. Brazil, 1838. BIFURCATE. ‘Twice-forked. BIGELOVIA (named after Dr. Jacob Bigelow, author of “Florula Bostoniensis,’ &c.). ORD. Composite. A genus of hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs, or herbaceous plants, as now understood, comprising ‘several subjects formerly referred to Chrysothamnus, Linosyris, &e. Flower-heads disposed in corymbs; involucre imbricated, oblong, or campanulate; receptacle flat. . Leaves alternate, linear or lanceolate. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil. Propagated by cuttings. - ee B. Howardii (Howard's). f.-hénds yellow ; involu low shrub. Syn. Linosyris Howardti. , țin. broads h. lłin. . M. 4629.) B. nudata (naked). /.-heads yellow. September. oblanceolate or linear. h. lft. to 2ft. New Jersey. B. paniculata cled -heads yellow, barely 4in. long, loosely panicled, : gnere Shrubby. ve-flowered. forni BIGEMINATE. Doubly paifed. fournefort, in compliment rian’ to Louis IV.). ORD. Bignoniacee. A large genus of scandent shrubs, furnished with tendrils; rarely erect trees or shrubs. Flowers axillary and terminal, usually panicled; corolla with a short tube, a campanulate throat, and a five- lobed, bilabiate limb. Leaves opposite, simple, conjugate, ternate, digitate or pinnatifid. These handsome plants are particularly suited for large houses, where, if well | grown, they give great satisfaction. BIGNONIA (so mgpa to the Abbé Bignon, libri in their culture is to obtain free and, at the same time, sturdy growth, giving due attention to training, pruning, &c., or the plants soon exceed all limits. Like all free- growing plants, Bignonias thrive best planted out in the borders of the stove or greenhouse, or out of doors, as the case may be; but the space allowed should be limited, in order to- restrict root production. They may either be trained to cover the back ve be planted in ae in front, and trained up the , or on Wires, arrange where most desirable. In summer, god = l the strongest shoots to w, training them so as to hi ut sunlight as possttile—which i absolutely necessary to well 188 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bignonia—continued. Bignonia—continued. | ripen the wood, and make it capable of producing flowers— | most satisfactory method of propagation is by cuttings, j without entirely shutting it out from the plants below. made of good strong shoots, in early spring. Three joints Soil: A compost of two parts fibrous loam, one part peat, ,| are sufficient to make a cutting, if short-jointed ; if one of leaf mould, and a due proportion of sand, will be, | long-jointed, two are, sufficient. Place them in a well- : FiG. 250. BRANCH AND FLOWERS OF BIGNONIA MAGNIFICA, found actory. The loam and peat should be | drained pot of sandy soil, under a bell glass. in bottom used in a . state, unsifted, as this will keep the border | heat. As these cuttings are young and yo they are open for- years, and thorough drainage should be | liable to damp off; hence it is necessary, for the first » effected. Propagation: Seed being rarely procurable, the | two or three weeks, to wipe the moisture from the glasses ` È "1. AN ENCYCLOPADIA La OF HORTICULTURE. 189 Bignonia—continued. - = a p _ every morning, and water incsingly. If well managed, ` they will root in about two months, and should then have the glasses left off every night for" a week; they should then be transferred to small pots in the ¢ompost above described, passing it through a coarse sieve, to extract the stonés and rough pieces of soil. Af otting, the plants should be kept close for a short time, till they are able to bear full exposure to the light. In a year’s time, they will be large enough to plant out in their permanent quarters. Bignonias may also be increased by layering. B. zequinoxialis (equinoxial); 71. yellow ; egg two-flowered, terminal ones racemose. June to October. l. glabrous, conju- te; leaflets oblong-lanceolate. Tendrils simple, axillary. ayenne, 1768. B. æ. Chamberlaynii (Chamberlayn’s).* jJl., corolla yellow, funnel- shaped ; segments obtuse; racemes axillary, six to eight-flowered. April to October, l, leaflets ovate, acuminated, glabrous, shining above. Tendrils strong, simple. Brazil, 1820. (B. R. 74 41.) B. æsculifolia (Chestnut-leaved). A synonym a Tabebiua Pie ce benm apurensis (Apuran). fl. pedicellate, 2in. long; corolla yellow, ried shaped with roundish, spreading, nearly e ual lobes ; ikes terminal, sessile, p et leaflets elliptic-ob ong, short- N anatod, acutish at the base. Shady banks of the river Apures, near El Diamante, 1824. Mie B. argyreo-violascens (silvery-violet). J. white-yeined, in a young state violet. South America, 1 2. (F.M. 1 B. aurantiaca (orange). fl. orange-coloured. South peo 1874. B. capreolata (tendrilled).* fl., corolla orange; peduncles Pra: one-flowered, crowded. April eink i BF ee: u TEN leaflets cordate oblong ; ; lower ones simple. Tendrils s Pi, phe America, 1710. Hardy in south of England. (B. M. eh) c. atro-sanguinea me UEAN red- le. S ba tate States. (B. Mt Geol ee PER rane nea B. Cherere (Chirere),* fl, Pe orange, 2in. long; cymes axillary. June to November. l., lower Wiss ‘ternate, upper ones pom Sage cirrhose ; leaflets ovate, acuminated, sometimes sub- corda’ oR iso) "Guiana oi woods and on the banks of rivers), 1824. (B. R. 1 B. Chica keii A ooi funnel-shaped, violaceous ; limb with nearly equal, rounded segments; panicles epee tE ndulous. E T to 10in. ara À — bipinnate ; ioetots conjuga , elliptic- acumina: e cor , gla I: Danks crete Ortan te sane y e, glabrous. ndrils simple. B. chrysantha (yellow-flowered). pom 2in. long. May. l, 1 bed on pedicels in. jl. terminal, crowded ; corolla eaflets five, ovate, acuminated, long. h. 12ft. to 26ft. Caraccas, “an ,ehrysolewca (yellowish-white). fo, Bay ck ellow, with a Fones Jnly. compat Teas Sin: to` ta Gh the in ong dn en, Ten undivided. of the River B; bes ly equal, n near! l. Tin. to Bin. long, ly Zin. long, lin. broad, ovate, narrowed at the base, glabrous. Branches quadrangular, diversifolia (diverse-leaved). Jl., corolla yellow, jpm ulately funnel-shaped ; panicles terminal. J. conjugate and simple; leaflets roundish-ovate, acuminated, sub-cordate, gatos i ing. Tendrils undivided. Branches quadrangular, striated. Mexico, 1825. floribunda (many-flowered).* fi., corolla purplish, funnel- shaped, eight lines long; panicles axillary, powdery, witho posite es and dichotomous branchlets. l conjugate; leaflets in. Boe, c one elliptic, acuminated, acute at the base, glabrous, undivided. Branches beset with white warts a B. ta fine Te ny Mexico, 1824. lactiflora (milk-flowered). jl., corolla milk white, liin. long, _ Yillously Bones, on the outside ; ; racemes twin, with a petio- late bract at i the base of each pedicel. Apriland July. l. conju- > i eS 2in. long, cordate, ovate, glabrous. Branches B. TE trifid’ Santa Cruz, 1823. B. Lescol white onde). A synonym of Tabebiua leucozyla. side rales, (shore J, corolla funnel-shaped, red, downy out- l. ternate; leaft » dichotomously branched. May to July. hair on both ets ro undish-ovate, acuminated, clothed with soft hairy. Mexico, 1824. Branches terete, glabrous; branchlets kA k crenately* ciliated. July. “Bignonia—continued. : z = mor (soft). small, downy ; panicle terminal terminal, many-flowered. ine D dows Sin. long, ovate, sub- pi downy on both s. Cayenne, 1818, B. mollissima (very soft). a corollas somewhat funnel-shaped, A downy inside ; panicles axilla lary otomously branched, downy. 7 leaflets 24i broad, os ovate, l. conjugate and simple ; in. long, lin. broa acute, cordate, clothed with soft hairs above. pallida (pale).*. ji. axillary, usually soli ; corolla ag long, funnel-shaped, with a yellow tube, and a pa e lilac limb ; ober l simple, opposita: oblong, obtuse, rather cordate at the base. (B. R. 965.) å B. ta (painted). A synonym of B. speciosa. į pe B. ; (rooting). See Tecoma radicans, ws ah B. reticulata (netted). Columbia, 1873.4." | os ose Be (Roezl’s). Columbia, 1870, — "ie three to six-flowered, downy. Summer. s conjugate ; lanceolate, Sin. long, acute at both ends, quite glabrous, : shining, Branches terete, sulcate. Trinidad, 1824. : B. speciosa (beautiful).* fi. pink, T amko andr cal; vine aceous, split on one side; panicl i, pinnate, ternate and verticillate ; "leaflets oblong-lanceola , acumina te, shining, serra; h. 4ft. Uru , 1840. A glabrous evergreen shrub. Syn. B. picta. (B. M. i B. bilis (showy). fl., corolla 3in. long, coriaceous, glabrous, a racemes terminal, short, havin e two lower edicels three-flowered, and the rest one-fi L aiea. eaflets ovate-oblong, acuminated, obtuse. A B. Tw eedie’s). fl. yellow; nt glabrous, limb oe a five pve partd, ci ted ; segments emar; uncles one- flowered. Summer. l conjugate ; leaflets la: acuminate ; petioles downy. Buenos Ayres, 1838. (B. R. "26, B: variabilis (variable).* fl., corolla 3in. lo , with a greenish- yellow tube ; limb ultimately white ; racemes simple, short, many- flowered, terminal. June to August. l, lower ones biternate ; superior ones conjugate ; divisions ternate. Branches tetragonal. Tendrils trifid. Caraccas; 1819. B. venusta (lovely). fl., corolla crimson, clavately m nial -sha with a spreading n Ba villous instile 3 ped, many-flowered. August to December. l., ower ones ae superior ones conjugate; leaflets oblong-ovate, ted oblique at the babe. razil, 1816. R. 249.) BIGNONIACEZ. A large order of trees, or twining or climbing shrubby plants. Flowers usually trumpet- shaped; corolla usually irregular, four or five-lobed, and with a swollen portion below its mouth; stamens five, unequal. Fruit, a two-valved, often pod-like copenle. 1 Leaves usually opposite, compound. The best - known Bignonia, Catalpa, Eccremocarpus, Jacaranda, - BIJUGATE. A compound leaf, with two. leaflets. BILABIATE. Having two Bipe. n BILBERRY. See Vaccinium Myrtillus, BILIMBI TREE. See Averrhoa Bilimbi. > BILL. A cutting i , curved forward, or hook- shaped toward the point, an with a handle, like a hatchet. It is used for p n &e. -When short, it is called a Hand-bill; + bg har a Hedge-bill, or Hedge- hook. (in honour of Jacques Julien Labil- celebrated French botanist and traveller). Apple B Orv. Pittosporacee. Very desirable green- house evergreen climbers. Peduncles solitary from e, apex of the branches, one-flowered, pendulous; calyx five subulate sepals; petals five, combined into a tub below, generally yellow; stamens five. Fruit edible. ; Leaves alternate. They thrive either in pots or planted out in a compost of fibrous loam, leaf soil, aye peat, in lardiere, in agente heat, root sah from seed, w several of the : . dance. "A B. angnatifenid ¢ ( I B. orig-fio * | . longiflora (l iene Ta solitary ; Branches terete. St. Vincent, 1823," B: salicifolia (Willow-leaved). , corolla funnel-shap sin. long, copper-coleured, with a w ite limb; peduncles ae = ic co + P $. ká al * = + x? : ¥. x ¥ a pi i j z * 7 ý: € ú v we. a ~ oak s * A 4 sA Bs. ` x = & - S ee 5 190 # THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, | ¥ e i diera—continued. EE a? 1 Billbergia—conlinved. ee A fre wing and profuse-flowering species. SYN. = ialis. See ameoena (pleasing). — aa w bey i ped viih Sluta Fig. 51. (B. M. 1507.) E è q loosely panicled ; bracts c ured. ERS al Brazil ith me j * (eR 3). y et y 8 ily spits razil, 1817. wes. We ed yas B. Baraq uin’s).* een; spikes ihe ‘the . wor f or five lar, ph oblong-lanceo- + 1G. 251. PRurnine Porto OF » BILLARDIERA L LONGIFLORA. j (cdattighaiie) Lorda a e en i t (oval-leaved}y Asynonymof B:longifora. ` scandens (climbing).* fl. cream-colo at length lish, solitary ; pe Is sa ‘length as the re se Stas i Bete ber. a’ , entire. Bran , when young, villous. New Holland, 1795. SYNS. B. mutabilis, . angustifolia. (B. M. 1313.) BILLBERGIA (named after J. G. Billberg, a Swedish botanist). . ORD. Bromeliacew. A genus of handsome stove plants. lowers borne on light panicles; calyx three- parted ; corolla of three convolute petals, scaly at the base; stamens inserted into the base of the perianth. Leaves harsh, tigid. These require much the same treatment as nended for Achmea. The most suitable soil is f B; of peat, leaf soil, and loam in about equal parti » which is added some sharp sand, to keep it open and porous. Free and perfect drainage is absolutely neces- ay for the successful culture of this class of plants, and E yer of moss should be placed over the crocks previous filling the pots with soil. Although fond of heat, gias will, when in flower, bear removal to a cooler tham a stove; and, if they are kept a little dry at od. The ‘stronger growing kinds thrive well woll-dininsd loam and leaf poig Propagation is effected by carefully taking off the suckers which the oes after the plants hase” done flowering ; this, they ad be allowed" to attain me more mature, and are in ing. The best method to.a sucker in a hand and gen tly tills e by the removal of trim the } a few of the lower leaves, and then insert each sucker separately in a small pot, in sharp : A bottom heat of about 80deg. will greatly root-g failing this “the Siter | - (B. R. 1068.) lee ACT ps s \ PE na aa By es + “upper aa pendulots bear: late, bright scarle bracts at the fury of the flowers; the stem above the bracts is‘hoary white. ly spring. l. ligulate, taper- ing to a point, where, as Sa as at the edges, they are armed with F mhar reddish s spines, -a ee with white > ae SCUT: y bars... te (£. H. SN B. chlorosticta Greens Syhowyinous with B. Saundersii, B, iridifolia (Iris-leaved).* „fl. red and yello a" tipped with blue, - in drooping spikes ; rachis ‘bracts crimso March. L lanceo- s Tate, ensiform, 1ift., grey beneath. h. lft. Rio goi, 1825. Liboniana (Libon’s).* jl., outer herak segments beautiful _ . ‘coral red, about half as long as the i Med ones, which are whitish. at the base, and a splendid pu © ero Winter, oad in a detise rosette. A. 1ft. Brazil, 1 a M. 5090.) B. Lietzei (Lietz’s).* fl. in loose terminal. racemes, eas! È. Te tended by lanceolate pink bracts; sepals rosy pink, half aioe as the greenish corolla. 1. tufted, ligulate, acute ; Margin spiny. — Brazil, 1881. A double-flowered ‘variety, with petaloid stamens, is mentioned by M. Morren, which is Lag ee in being the = first double-flowered Bromeliad yet recorded. (B. H“ 1881, 97.) - » marmorata (marbled).* ji. deep blue; calyces green, tipped with blue ; bracts very large, leafy, oblong, bright scarlet ; panicles erect, bral iched, much longer than the leaves... l. broadly ligulate, sheathin at the base, truncate-mucronate at the apex ; edges regularly toothed, deep groen, freely blotched and ‘barred, 4 wit dull reddish-brown. (1. H. 2, 48.) i B, Moreli (Morel’s).* fl., sepals vad. densely woolly, less than © ~ half as long as the purplish-violet petals ; spike dense, drooping; -~ bracts e, deep ig red, much longer than the solitary alls r ebruary. 7. arching, lanceolate, shining green on both a surfaces ; marginal spines few and weak. h. lft. Brazil, 1848. 2 An excellent basket plant. Syn. B. Moreliana. (B. H. 1873, 1, 2.) ` g B. Moreliana (Morel’s). “Synonymous with B, Moreli. è a Fic, 252. FLOWERS OF BILLBERGIA NUTANS. B, nutans (nodding). ju, es reddish ; ellowish-green, “Pee Ge suis Seta ai whee ryge ros e inter. Bi y bracts, AARO ing in ing spi 7 h. Init. Brazil, 1868." See Soe fig. 252, (B. M. 6428.) ES Ta 1 B. (pallid). fl enish-white; ovary deepl; iat! pendulous ; act orl Eei te, of a beautiful sE, and potted on the Dr u grooved ; * P * æ marked with transverse mealy ands. B: Saundersii (Saunders’).* jl. about 2in. long, a >% toothed, faces. -B - + zones of grey, the whole deepening with a Having both primary and secondary segments of p o Veg Ey -< + Oe as ee ar ee Ot A ne # CYOEOPADIA OF 2 Horticut ure. -3 -1191 3 Z > S$ aN as å " Billbergie continued, Teri E d at a ETA à t A + _ beneath, with Er A te bars Ñ, -Bft aa, 1856. Srys. B. . | Rooks, are ‘tiseful in lessening the numbers of wire- 2 Sans sith ed “worms, and-of hurtful insects in general; but, if “very _ B. pale). Synonym a vi B. ‘Prramidalts ¢ Pram). erect ent, ; bracts Janceo eera wit : with w hije, hands hens B. Quesneliana (Ques nel’ T9 uf deep purple 3 Bracts flesh- oloured ; ; upper ones riegat with white. h.6ft.. Guiana, 874.” An erect growing species, possessing the Same habit as B. nginatm, but having the leaves ore E EA and deep SYN. Quesnelia rufa. Fotki argina . oblong spike of light blue, subtended by ‘large; ‘broad, deep, rose- coloured bracts, with scarious margins. January. l. sheathin at the base, about 2ft. long, channélled, spiny on thé margin, an x lift: opical America, 1880. Syys. B. rubro-marginata and Quesnelia roseo-marginata, B. rubro-marginata (red-margined). „Synonymous with B.. rosea- -marginata. Peru, 1822. sen ta (rose-margined).* H PA a dense = * disposed ina loose pendulous inflorescence ; sepals crimson, half the length of the petals, which are yellow outside and blue within. J. tufted, ligulate, rounded at the apex, termin by a short mucro, saw: n gat? o purple beneath, and pigeon white dn both SYN. (according to , Morren) B. chloro- (F.-M. n. s. 106.) leyka tees a yrsoid). j. dense, in thyrsoid spikes, a out bracts. June. l. n, ti s a N e gin toothed. h. 1ft. B; vittata ( (striped), f. Sogou, with crimson calyces and er ‘es elongate, Tahiting. et: lft. Brazil, isa &. H. 1871, 1 B. Wioti (Wiot’s). Synonymous with B. pallescens. a B. omen (zebra-streaked).* Ë greenish; scape clothed with e, salmon-coloured bracts; inflorescence cefully pon downwards. Early spring. J. sheathing for about half < their length, forming thus a sort of tube, yi ie with m South America, 1826. SYN. Helicodea zebrina, (L. B — Two-lobed. ATE. In pairs. BINDING. The process of securing a graft.or bud in its place by means of Raffia or Bast. The same term is applied to hard clay or other soil impervious to water, in summer. BINDWEED. See Convolvulus. BIOPHYTUM (from bios, life, ‘and phyton, a plant; the leaves of one species being sensitive to the touch). TRIBE Ovalidee of ra A ge es and interesting pe ring from Oza oie. pide i has Boe Winds An “the valvds of i cap being patent and separate to the base. They will thrive in ` a mixture of loam and peat. Propagated by seeds} which should be sown in spring, on a hotbed. bly the only * species in cultivation is the following : ae B. sensitivum (sensitive). fl. yellow, small. July. aoe leaflets” oblong, obtuse, mucronate. h. Gin. Eas and Ching, 1825. The leaves of this plant É. oii ae the slightest touch. raga. Oxalis sensitiva. (B. R. 3 BIOTA. See Thuja. BIOTIA. See Aster oappiáboitai. = BIPARTITE. Divided into two nearly to the base... . BIPINNATE. Twice pinnate. BIPINNATIFID, or BIPINNATIPART divided, but to the base. BIPLICA' Having two folds or plaits. BIRCH. See Betula. BIRD-CHERRY. See,Cerasus Padus. BIRDLIME. A preparation made from Mistletoe berries and Holly bark. Tt is used for catching birds. BIRD-PEPPER. See Capsictim egin, . „As a class, Birds are very much more useftl Peng aes — hurtful i in gardens, Owls are of great use in catch- g mice, anl Night-jars i in ae: insects. with le margin, Yn | i y peeves: ligu- oe } above the surface of the ground, or in fro apnsals ae lyrata, u the peréfinials, coronopifo m ot gen , Bik Sna but none are worth cultis collections.. ee a S ah numerous, they may be driven -to eat potatoes and others vegetable food, and may then do harm. The same rors - -be said ‘of Starlings. Blackbirds and 'Phrushe ef “much” on, snails and worms, ‘but they also feed the f ripe, fruits. in ‘gardens. As a rule, slender- billed ‘birds fee Sige «wholly on ets or other animals, and are. - to yuraged in ip # all seasons. Among Š é. ead ma be. -enumerated the Tree- Creeper, Wryneck, — aa Varblers, s and ‘Wrens of ` various - kinds, Chats, Hedge: - | sparrow, Larks,- Redstart, Robin, Titmice, and. W: 5 » ‘Swifts, Swallows, andeMartins, are also» stroyers ` y T “Of insects. ‘The Finches feed, in part, event apikan w alsð eat large quantities of ‘seeds, and often do = * able mage among plants grown for seed eJ., Cabbag j and in the seed-beds. Sparrows are about the most “ troublesome, though they are often assisted by J untings, Chaffinches, Linnéts, and others. When seed-beds’ or” fruits have to be protected, this may-be done by nets; or, more simply, by threads tied to sticks a few inches nt, of the trees. EYE PRIMROSE. See Primula fari- nosa.: BIRD'’S-FOOT. See E Hn ¥ BIRD’S-FOOT FERN. Sve Pellea ornithopus. BIRD’S-NEST FERN. See Aspleniusy. N Nidus. ` BIRTHWORT. t e See Aristolochia. — ae BISCUTELLA (from-bis double, and scutella, a saucer; in allufion to the form of the, silicles). Buckler Mustard. ORD. Crucifere: Perennial or ‘annual herbaceous plants, usually hispid, but sometimes downy or smoothish. . Flowers yellow, scentless ; pedicels” filiform, bractless. Leaves ob- long, entire, toothed “ or pinnatifid, somewhat radical or cauline. Stems round, erect, ‘usually corymbosely branched at the top by racemes, which, when in flower, are short, bat elongated at the time of fruiting. All the species pro- duce seeds freely. The annuals should be 80 open borders. Some of the ares kinds are) ne roc el rows. : ar ! BISERRATE. nak ina saw-liko manner, bot with the primary teeth again serrated. a. S BISULCATE. Doubly furrowed.. . | BITERNATE. Twice ternate. BITTER ALMOND. amara. z» BITTER APPLE. “k Cucumis Colocynthis. t BITTER-SWEET. See Solanum Duloamara. He BITTER VETCH, See Orobus. .; >- i BITUMINOUS. Clammy; id Pt yd BIVONÆA (named after Antonio Bivona- ? Fr a Sicilian botanist, author of “Sicularum Plantarum Cen- turia I. et*II.,” Palermogit806)» _ ee A pretty little monotypic gennsy, we adapted, for menting rockwork or the*front o flower: a ders. - sandy soil is most suitable fof its oul are, - Px seeds, z g * 4 See par communis ated B a : > ka 2s ‘ x P s i r * i a s . ee Se p - A "En & ‘ , ane te THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, E oe i n Ri: =? Lir ’ a ith Atherican name). = s “Black Fiy- continued. : A r - er mean with dich ous panicles ` $ * struction must be - employed directly. the insect appears. post of d cordate priekiy Tts extermination is an extremely difficult matter ; but — bangin apted to” the "Sprig remedies are "H effectual : 0 re eed, so i i á ut SA ot free i _ Fig, 254. THE BEAN FLY. i ša, Female, maguifie’ ; b, Male, natural size, and magnified, Tobacco” Water. This, made and applied as Rleom:ncRded for Aphides (which see) is a good ‘remedy; but it is ren- dered more certain by the employment of soapsuds, instead of clear water, in its manufacture. a $ ; iZ 3 Ar = ; ge i i : s$ -e ` For 258, a rowan Pace OF BIXA ORELLANA, YR : d sepak tikë; > Paris Green (Arserifate of Copper). Owing to its poison- the tacle |, ous me this should not be used where there is fruit on ‘ PRS ewe: under them; but there is no better lestroye Shard-dying Tts application is very ple. Mis 1lb. ‘oft green with 30gals. of water, rell wet the infested parts of the trees, using a fine- watercan or gardem engine for the purpose. The operator’s hands should be free from sore#and scratches, r dangerous ulcerations may ensue. ` Gas Liquor. If this can be obtained from a gas-house, it _ should.be diluted with twice its bulk of water, and applied in the same manner as Paris Green, being washed off. with clean water in a few hours. If the process be repeated on ? = gri th: oe ighis it will be found certain in i eover, it is no poisonous. The finger ong " Apia rumicis), | of thumb, Wos Aphis ‘rush dal early, will often J band-sBlack Doll This Fly (see | exterminate these oes insects at once. The first pe ne herbageous plants. It is | of the methods abovéd is eee the most acces- > to Boana hone p Smaa aie sible and the safest to Poisonous insecticides are es ae >. ey y dangerous, oE brn Afo. hands of n e c@gperienced. Black Fly e, ho féver, one ef. y insects to eradicate, especially if allowed” pe atiy, A syringing of clean water should follow either d age ot the above applications. See also Aphides. ki | => BLACK JACK OAK. See Quercus nigra. - BLACK MAIDENHAIR SPLEENWORT. See Aspleni tum-nigrum. - BLACK E. See Pinus austriaca. = BLACKTHORN. See Prunus spinosa., | - BLACK VARNISH TREE; See Melanorrheea, BLACK) WATTLE. s See Callicomia serratifolia. BLADDER CATCHFLY. See Silene: inflata. LADDER KETMIA. See Hibis s Trionum. ‘BLADDER NUT. See Staphylea. = BLADDER SENNA. See aie es e done when repotting. den).* fl. 14in. to 2in. long; sea: ree to five pure golden-yel roo d mmer. Z. narrow, linear, k lor channelled, from which the flower-scape arises. h. lft. to 2ft. New (Œ. M. 5809.) r om BLADDER WORT. Se Utricularia” a. aa ts. sooth She f rich conte, i “© BLADE. «The lamina or expanded part’of a leaf. deed Paita rome lo Fem ys n nae nt om 4 wenty, termina sca une. p Ae rs after Patrick Blair, M.D., F.R.S., ga s diz htly keeled at the’ — lim broad, New South a who practised medicine at Bosto: Lincolnshire, ‘and was es. This magnificen se ve a CHACON author of “Miscellaneous Onaaete oka: ” 1718; “Botanic a. Heapybesek M Se aca rained Ta oe A 1820, &c.). ORD. Ericaceæ.’ Pretty little green- t BA ro, e ; > K bell-shaped, in a dense drooping umbe -o pazergrocn shrubs, natives of Southern and Tropical fi. dullish w = ~ Flowers terminal, glomerate; corolla short-tubu- £ sters iira ateélance: EI = lar, with a four-cleft limb, very freely branched. Leaves ete pot, an ~ verticillate, with revolute margins. For culture, see Erica. | B. elegans (elega *. í funnel-shaped. $ r. =l. long B. articulata (jointed).* jl, reddish; heads drooping. May. handsome form is ons Aaa T “ L. four in a. whorl, ovate or linear, glabrous, and shining; bracts B. £ wE : ‘solitary. A. lft. 1795, i and Eii oo agnificont). $e i , eae B- eficoides (Heath-like). fl. purplish-red August. J. fourina scape abont ft tl i htly endulot , and ai ed near the am whorl, oblong, obtuse, ringed ; bracts three, length of the calyx. summit, Summer; l ct, ong. Peia disposed h. 2it. 1774. SYN. Erion orbicularis. (L. B.C phant distichons manner. Shis is a v splendid greenhouse B. purp rple. fl. purple; heads ieee June. 4 ioe te acca be mel tes — 875. SYN, ina whorl, arate, ‘jubstliated. Stem flexuous, erect. h, 2ft _ BLAKEA (named after Martin Blake, of wai a a. petn oae 4 greatepromoter of usefúl knowledge)... ORD. Melastomacee. t] 812i à m ae stove eve uae enjshrubs or trees. Flowers red, eat funnel- . ` large, show¥; pedu pe ri p one-flowered, naked, ied, fe lla 3 = opposite or tary ] ijfwith: e : bilis lees . On i ns, on long summer: Cuttin Sob freely if taken Sak drooping. “Bites T 7 hW A. 2ft. News r are quite ripe | Fe ot erwise they are apt to rot), p pot of sand, and plaaged in a mcist heat, under glass. * + B. quing quenervia (fv sid white disks; unc = L elliptic, acuminated, naked, and shini nerved, h. 10ft. to 16ft.. Guiana, 1820. B. trinervia (three-nerved). ` fl. rose colour, ta E teks solitary, longer than the petioles. June. l ‘oval-obl , three pees glabrous and shingy n both surfaces in the adult state when young soraia tod Wibtioleajend branchlets clothed r flesh-coloured, lange, with es Eain Saer t the, etio June. Hoat hott E fiv Ora “ tomentum. Roots issuing from the branches and s = to 8ft. Jamaica, 1789. (B. M. 451.) NC G. ` This process is effected for the pur- btaiming crispness, and for converting what would, Ta Ne stances, be a dangerous plant—in ’ deli case of Celery especially so—into a highly popular = ee Blanching can only be accomplished by entirely eas ante the light pe the plants, thus depriving. the g matters’ of their power to decompose water and carbonic acid gas. It is also termed Etiolation. Blandford 2 ). (g % A be greenhouse Er plants, nativ: rad A — ned genus of solitary, on recurved pedicels ; 4 pésiar ‘© (pamed after George, A of A Flowers | wiunnel-shaped, six- ` inon, the Greek name _ attractive genus of ith, d usually Sotia i dis from the edge of the ‘frond. generally pinnate or pinnatifid. » general ie see Ferns, B. austral uthern),* ; ĝin, to bin. long. fronds Yin, broad, lanceolate, narrowed the barren ones i hastate-cordate, or a ~ side, with a very < in a continuous-¢ tl to the midrib. South / B. boreale See - lft. or more 1 scales. stù t, si x 4 ~ a d * * oa BU | ti . i ga £ g7 ak EA. * Tie P 194° | THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, «§ ~*~ # © *Blechnum—continued. aie ae Blechnum—continued. a aye long, 6in. to 16in. broad, narrowing downwards Bin! |. pinne numerous, linear, 4in. to 6in. long, about sin. broad, — i ys pinne close, linear, 4in. to 8in. long, gin. to Zin. b -narrowed dually towards the point, margin finely toothed, q% wed gradually towards the ‘Point, finely. toothed or un- |+ dilated, and connected at the base. sori in a broad line close to ih R dulated, connected at the base. Brazil and Peru, 1820. See- the midrib. Temperate Australia, 1820. Greenhouse species. Pe i Be hae e ho a 2 TRN b * ao y I; ie i ee. s qr a - a a4 E ae Pa ee es Š; a "i rg am ol -* E A 4 = inal " ý N a +. $ a j on . Fs én r * . Fig ; BP, tee £ _ Fic, 255. BLANDFORDIA FLAMMEA PRINCEPS. P ig. 256. (H. S. F. 3, 157.) There is a very,pretty variety met | B. hastatum (halbert-shaped).* rhiz. short stout, scaly. sti. 4in. with in gardens under the name of Corcovadehee crispum, which |' to 6in. lon, Hone naked. fronds from’9in. to 18in. pid and 2in. at quite so strong-growing as the type, with wavy, crispy | to Sin. broad, lanceolate, with twenty to forty pinnæ on ench side ; edges. They will y Aat m aa cool of nioo foma: the barren ones lin. to lin. long i ate, falcate, narrowed on us). cau. oblique, densely scal ually to a point, the lower sides uncate, and slighi at top. sti. strong, erect, 4in. to bin. long, scaly, muricated in the fobed, the upper cordate, with a large y auricle ; fertile lower part. frondsovate-oblong, 2ft. to 3ft. long, bin. to 12in. broad ; pinne narrower, sori midway between b and margin; $ | : * & i Fic. 256. BLECHNUM BRAZILIENSk, ra rachis and surfaces naked or slightly pubescent ; texture coriaceous. = Temperate South America, 1841. Greenhouse species. B. Lanceola (lance-leaved). rhiz. slender, creeping, stoloniferous. an sti. slender, erect, 2in. to 4in. long. fronds lanceolate, undivided, k 4in. to 6in. long, in. broad, or less, narrowed gradually from the i centre towards each end. Tropical America, 1820. Stove species. 1 B. L. trifoliatum (three-leaved). fronds furnished with one or f two pairs of small oblong-obtuse lateral pion at the base of the large terminal one. Stove variety. (H. S. F. & 94.) . y B. longifolium (long-leaved).* rhiz. shior. creeping. sti. firm, i erect, nearly naked, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 6in. to Yin. long, d with a terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each side, which are 3in. to Sin. long, and }in. broad, narrowed gradually towards the point. soriin broad lines gow to the midrib ; texture Mos ical America, 1820. m is a variety found in nda under the name of J) P Ati oita with a ; pinne six to eight on a "a habit more a an mo, > sometimes lin. termedium -) and B. : aih ge often ’s hag gafiiens, are slen 1 r í i edigh im B. nitidum (shining t, erect, nak naked, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds oblong-lanceolate, siege more jong, in pinay numerous, ‘sub- al ear, 3in, to iene, ie. to nA road, narrowed gråd wards the int, dilated. and con- nected at the base; “ie undulate-den’ ; texture ceoUus 5 both surfaces smooth. species. The variety actum, often seen in gard has Ey ork contracted, and the edge much undulated. Brazil. ( 3, 65.9 B. occidentale Biese. Ae ge cau. s ereet, scaly at the top. sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect, scaly below. fronds ovate-acuminate, Yin. to 18in. long, fin. to 8in. broad, with twelve to twenty-four linear pinne on each side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, and about ĝin. broad, narrowed gradually to a point, truncate or cordate ; texture coriaceous. West Indies, southwards to Chili and South Brazil, 1823, A very handsome stove or greenhouse fe $ B. s multifidum (much-cut). * A pretty variety, said to hive been rom Dominica; the apices of the pinne are copiously crested eh tasselled, rendering it very desirable. Stove variety. B. orientale (orientat) cau. stout, erect, clothed at the crown sti. ameg to ĉin, long, Mron erect, herd PL ea ae at Pgceaseer A setae Tagan aios South China and the Hi B. polypodioides (Polypodium-like). A synonym of B. unilate- me 6in. to 12in. lng iron cau. elongated, » stout, ascending. erect, sm nearlymaked. co ong acuminate, long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve plane ot aod pairs of uite distinct articulated linear oblo are about 4in. to din. in. narrowed gradnally towards the Point, and downwards = a narrow wing vari er 3 É perennials, closely allied to Mona = s% 3 : + z AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE: — PH 195 Blechmum— continued. š Blechnum —continueđ. - s - `; 4e base, the margins finely- incised. Florida, &c., 1819. te es or greenhouse. SYN. B, striatum, *(H. 8. F. y z i e a B, striatum (striped). A synnyn ot B; as $ gs nlp (one-sided rgated, aes a E Ss eae ext go ba lin. to 4i AN lightly sg agg 3 3 lanceolate, bin. to 12in. long, Ijin. to 2in. age pinnæ numerous, spreading inode, ly, linear, > gin. tò lin. long, central ones jin. s : aroa, 7 point usually mucronate ; edge en "ashe ly j so, the lower pant dilated broad . sort Pa in a line close e midrib, Tropical America, 1829, ael at ibuted Stove or t vay cies. SYN. B. olypodioides, der w aki usu foun n gardens, 4 BLE JM @ Greek name for’ an t known plant, supposed to resemble I Marjoram). # ORD. Acanthacew. Stove herbacee nials. For culture, &c., see Jus B. Brownei (Browne’s). - = bracteated spike, which ur-cornered bracts + ovate, downy. Summer. elliptical, some- what toothed, h. 2ft. West Indies 1780. The other species introduced are : angustifolium, blue; braziliense, blue ; and laxiflorum, white. A a y (from blepharis, the eye- lash; in refe to the fringed bracts of the calyx). ORD. Acanthaceæ. Dwarf shrubs or herbs, often spiny and woody, allied to Acanthus. Flowers in bracteate spikes; calyx cruciately four-parted, bracteate ; -upper seg- aes -A ment entire, three-nerved lower, two-nerved; corolla-tube very short; lip five-lobed, three lobes often paoter than the others; stamens four, sub- didynamots. or culture, & Ay see Acanthus. B. boerhaaviæfolia (Boerhaavia-leaved). tes, July. l usually four in a whorl, elliptic, toothed. India, 1829. Stove annual. B. capensis (Cape Colony).* fl. blue. July. l me lanceolate, spinose. h. lft. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. Greenhouse biennial. white, in a E ies B. furcata (for ed-spined). blue. J l lanceolate, entire or spiny ; bracts large, stro spinose. n Sit. of Good “Hope, 1846. Greenhouse evergreen shrub. ws B. linearifolia (narrow-leaved blue. July. l long entire linear, open or hairy, st shia. h. ze G Stove annual. i $ B. procumbens (trailing).* bias: al, L armaani praene spiny. h, lft. Cape of Dodi Hope, 1825. ‘Greenhouse trailer. BLEPHILIA (from blepharis, the Sah., A to the ciliated bracts). ORD. Labiate. a, Ornamental hardy but differing from it in the calyx tube having thirteen i of fifteen nerves, arid being naked in the throat, while the corollas are much smaller and more dilated. They are of easy culture in ordinary soil. Increased readily by dividing the roots in early spring. B. ciliata (ciliated). f. blue; whorls all distinct; bracts ciliated, reddish at top. July. J. almost sessile, ovate-oblong, narrowed at the bass, canescent beneath. A. lft. to 2ft. Nort! America, 1798. B. hirsuta (hairy). jl. purple or blue; whorls more numerous than in the preceding ; upper ones approximate. July. l pe- tiolate, = roundly cordate at the base, hai on both surfaces, h. lft. to 2ft. Virginia, 1798. Habit more bra welled than in B. ciliata. BLESSED THISTLE. See Cnicus Dex properly Carbenia benedicta. BLETIA (in honour of Don Lonis Biot, a Spams botanist). ORD. Orchideæ. A large genus of, for the most part, stove terrestrial „orchids. Flowers purple or whitish, in terminal racemes. Leaves narrow, grass-liko. Pseudo-bulbs ne See, The flowers are produced wh are thoroughly establish are valuable for eer as git for their | as for the time they last in perfection. se ae arire best in a compost of loam and leaf mould. of crock, teasers S BE f 196 ‘ THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bletia—continued. in the bottom of the pot, which should be filled to within lin. of the top with soil. The bulbs should then be in- serted, and just covered. A good supply of water during the growing season is necessary, and only a moderate amount of heat. After growth has ceased, a period of rest is required, during which.time very little water should be given. Propagation is effected by divisions, which should be made after the plants have finished flowering, or previous to their starting into growth. B. campanulata (bell-shaped). f. deep purple, with a white centre, lasting a considerable time in perfection. Mexico. B. florida a ji. pale rose-coloured ; lip not spurred. July and August. (B. R. 1401.) B. gracilis (slender). fl. pale greenish-white; sepals and petals the different subjects. nearly equal, lanceolate, acuminate; lip red and yellow ; scape simple. J. oblong, lanceolate, plicate. (B. R. 1681.) . B. hyacinthina (Hyacinth-like).* fl. purple, racemose; lip not spurred, beardless ; scape about as long as the leaves. March to June. l. lanceolate. A. 1ft. China, 1802. This pretty species has proved to be quite hardy. (Garden, Nov., 1879.) B. patula (spreading-flowered). fl. purple, spreading ; scape tall, h. 1l}in. Mexico, 1850. ae March. J. lanceolate. h. 2ft. Hayti, 1830. (B. M., B. Peepher dh (Shepherd’s).* f. on branching spikes, purple. marked down the centre of the lip with yellow. Winter. l. long, lanceolate, dark green. Jamaica, 1825. (B. M. 3319.) B. Sherrattiana (Sherratt’s).* Jl. about a dozen on a spike, rich rosy purple; petals very broad, twice the breadth of the sepals ; lip deep pore in front, marked with white and yellow down the centre. ree to four-plicate. Pseudo-bulbs depressed. New Grenada, 1867. (B. M B. verecunda (modest). fi. purple; lip not spurred. January. h. 3ft. West Indies, Mexico, &c., 1733. (B. M. 930.) BLIGHIA SAPIDA. The Akee Tree. This is now included under the genus Cupania (which see). BLIGHT, or BLAST. Applied to various diseases of plants which are caused’ or accelerated either by the presence of “parasitic fungi or insects, or by atmospheric influence. Blight generally proves fatal to the whole or part of the subject attacked. BLIND. A term applied to plants which fail to pro- duce central buds. The defect is frequently noticeable in the Cabbage, and other plants of the Brassica tribe; and is, perhaps, mainly due to the attacks of insects in a very early stage. Great care should therefore be exercised in keeping the seed beds clear of insect pests, by the appli- cation of ashes, lime, and soot, or spent hops. BLOOD FLOWER. sce Hemanthus. BLOODROOT. See Sanguinaria canadensis. BLOOM. A fine powder-like substance found on Grapes, Cucumbers, Plums, &c., and varying in colour in It should be carefully protected, as it improves the appearance of the fruit. The term is also generally used—although incorrectly—as the plural of blossom, : ; 7 BLOSSOM. The flower of a plant, or the essential organs of reproduction,..with their appendages. gee ae naM Pampanula rotundifolia ani BLUE-BOTTLE. See Centaurea Cyanus. BLUETS. The French name for Centaurea Cyanus. See also Houstonia cerulea and Vaccini folium. ‘ BLUMENBACHIA (in honour of John Frederick Blumenbach, M.D., Professor of Medicine at Göttingen, and distinguished as a comparative anatomist). Orp. Loasacee. Elegant branched, climbing or trailing, annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, generally covered with stinging hairs, which are very objectionable. Flowers axillary, solitary, bracteate, very pretty and interesting. Leaves > Opposite, lobed. They are of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by seeds, which should be sown h. 2ft. West Indies, 1786, A very pretty species. | Blumenbachia—continued. in pots, in spring, and placed in a gentle heat, where they will germinate in about a fortnight. When the seedlings are large enough, and after having been previously hardened off, they may be planted out in their blooming quarters, or potted on and trained to a trellis. FiG. 257. BLUMENBACHIA CHUQUITENSIS. B. chuquitensis (Chuquitan).* fl. solitary, axillary, with five to _ ~ ten boat-shaped red petals, which are yellow within. September. l. oblong-lanceolate, pinnate; segments pinnatifidly lobed. Peru, 1863. Half-hardy climbing perennial. See Fig. 257. (B. M. 6143.) B. contorta (twisted).* fl. orange-red, with cup-shaped green scales within. July. J. oblong-ovate, pinnatifid; lobes incisely toothed. Peru. a wall, out of doors, during the summer. (B. M. 6154.) Fic. 258. FLOWER OF BLUMENBACHIA CORONATA, B. coronata (crowned).* fl. of pure glossy whiteness, quad- rangular, crown-shaped, 2in. in diameter each way. narrow, bipinnatifid, cut into small segments, A. 1}ft. 1872. This is an elegant dwarf, tufted, erect biennial, with the pure white blooms imbedded in the metallic lustrous foliage. SYN- Caiophora coronata. See Fig. 258. wai se bi insignis (remarkable).* f. with w petals | reddish- pe ales axillary, on long peduncles, about lin. in diameter. Greenhouse climber, but may be grown against ~~ = AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. + Blumenbachia— continued. ven-lobed; upper ones deepl a hat Ave nil, 51826. a suena) fapa aid SYN. Loasa palmata. (B. M. 2865.) i - BOBARTIA (named after Jacob Bobart, Professor of Botany at Oxford in the seventeenth century). ORD. = [rideæe. A small genus of greenhouse or hardy bulbous plants, closely allied to Sisyrinchium. The species in cultivation are very pretty hardy plants, but require protection from severe frosts and excessive rains. They thrive best in a warm, light soil, and make pretty plants ` for rockwork. Propagated by separating the offsets during autumn. This genus has been much misunder- stood. Among the plants which have been referred to it are some which now find places in the genera Aristea, Sisyrinchium, Homeria, Marica, Morea, &e., &e. ` B. aurantiaca. See Homeria aurantiaca. B. gladiata (sword-shaped). jl. yellow, thinly sprinkled with purple dots near the centre, handsome, nearly 2in. across. 4. linear, ensiform, narrow, slightly glaucous, lft, or more in length. 1817. SYN. Marica gladiata. (B. R. 229.) B. spathacea (rush-like). l. rush-like, several feet in length ; flower-stem as long as leaves, bearing near extremity a cluster of pale yellow flowers, with narrow segments. Each flower lasts but one day ; as a good many, however, are developed in each spathe, there is a ee which lasts some time. 1832, Syn. Xyris altissima. (L, B. C. 1900.) A 5. w __ FIG, 259. BOCCONIA CORDATA, showing Habit and Flower. botanist, author of the “Museum des Plantes,” Histoire Naturelle de lIle de Corse,” &e.). ORD. receipt Two of the species are greenhouse or half- prt aig ms Flowers inconspicuous, in terminal panicles, Piece branches and branchlets each furnished with one pri i stalked, glaucous, large, lobed. This genus tae De agree with the rest of Papaveraceæ, from its DIE py eat capsules and apetalous flowers. B. cor- s ge a dsome, hardy, herbaceous plant, with a stately it and finely-cut foliage, and, where bold subjects are desired, few will be found superior to it. As an isolated Bocconia— continued. P agha specimen on the lawn, or by frequented walks, where it will not be too closely surrounded by tall plants, it may be grown with marked effect. It also forms a good subject- for pot culture, and is largely used for sub-tropical bedding. The soil most suitable for its culture is a good fat loam, of considerable depth. pagated by cuttings, taken from the axils of the larger leaves, during early summer; or by young suckers, taken from established plants, during summer, as they will then flower the following season. If the former method is employed, the cuttings should be- pushed on, so that there are plenty of roots before the © winter sets in. The other two species require greenhou culture; but both are eminently suited for sub-tropical gardening, in any light rich soil, or well-drained airy situation. They are best propagated by seeds, ma: hotbed in spring, the seedlings being placed out from June to September. td x“ B. cordata (cordate).* jl. buff-coloured, very numerous, borne in t very large terminal panicles; individually they are not showy, but the fully grown inflorescence has a very distinct and pleasing © appearance. Summer. Z. large, reflexed, ly-veined, roundish- cordate ; margins lobed or sinuated. Stems wing rather close es ag thickly set with leaves. h. 5ft. to 8ft. , 1795, and 1866. Mr. Robinson recommends its being grown in the angle of two walls which shelter it from the north and east. It runs quickly at the roots, and the suckers may be cut off to the benefit of the Pree an tee suck Bhat Eees a strong plant pie year’s time. SYNS.~ ica and Macleaya yedoénsis. Fig. 259. (B. M. 1905.) sid ; B. frutescens (shrubby).* fl. greenish. October. l. large, sea- green, oval-oblong, cuneated at the base, pinnatifid. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Mexico, 1739. (L. B. C. 83.) i B. integrifolia (entire-leaved). fl. greenish; panicle crowded. 1. flat, oblong, tapering towards each;end, entire, or scarcely crenated. k. 9ft. Peru, 1 B. japonica (Japanese). Synonymous with B. cordata. BEBERA (named after Bceber, a Russian botanist). ORD. Composite. A genus of evergreen greenhouse shrubs, now generally referred to Dysodia. Tuey are of easy cul- ture, thriving in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by cut- tings, made of young, rather firm, shoots, and placed in sand, under a glass. There are several other species besides the one given below, but they are not of much horticul- tural value. B, incana (hoary).* /.-heads spn nan: nae one-headed. No- ; vember. l. pinnate, rather balsy $ omg linear FET _—— es some entire, hairy. ‘Mexico, Bees $ 1828. (B. R. 1602.) 2 os and some BOHMERIA (named after George Rudolph Boehmer, a German botanist). ORD. Urticacee. A genus of shrubs or herbaceous plants, allied to Urtica, from which it is © distinguished in not having stinging hairs. B. nivea is the only species having any horticultural value. This thrives best in a warm, sandy soil; and is increased by divisions. - 5 B. nivea (snowy). greenish, disposed in spikes. J broadl cordate, about 6in. bos by 4in. broad, Tonia aoet in a bag slender point; edges serrate, covered on the under side with a dense coating of white down. h. 3ft, to 4ft. China. A shrub- like perennial, rather more curious than beautiful. BOG BEAN. See Menyanthes trifoliata. BOG-EARTH. Sec Peat. >o s BOILERS. These are very important articles in all gardens where there are glass houses, and the best should always be selected. They are made in cast and w: = iron, both of which have their special advantage advantages, The former are less liable to 198 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Boilers—continued. of the Boiler, has to be considered, should such a contin- gency occur, it is certainly advisable to reduce all risks to a minimum; and as the average life a Boiler is from ten to fifteen years, a slightly larger first cost is not of very serious moment. The forms of Boilers are very diverse, and, in some of the patented forms, complicated. But, whatever the shape, the following points are essential : A clear and unrestricted waterway of not less than 2in. in thickness; the greatest exposure of surface to the direct action of the fire; a sufficient fire space; and a fire-bar area calculated to supply enough fresh air to the fire to support thorough combustion. The forms generally used for horticultural work are the following, or some modifi- cations of them; and, however grand the name, their chief value consists in the attested heating capacity at a given cost: The Saddle Boiler, which is made of various sizes, with or without check ends, cross tubes, and other devices for increasing the heating surface, and also of a tubular form; the Upright Cylinder (a vertical Fic. 260. VERTICAL SECTION OF CYLINDER BOILER, A A, Wrought-iron Boiler, the shaded space showing the Water- way ; B, Ashpit inside the cast base of Boiler; C, Fire-bars; D, Flue; E, Domed Top’; F, Feeding Lid; G, Flow, and H, Return Pipe Sockets. section of which is shown in Fig. 260); the Upright Tubular Cylinder; the Horizontal Tubular; and the Cornish or Horizontal Cylinder. Combinations of the various forms, au every case, it is necessary that the Boiler should fixed in a proper rit | It is also good policy to have Boilers about 30, or Sie | per cent., more powerful than is actually required, when they are new, as, from various nee ay Ue heating: tg le off in a year or two desirable to. stimulate’ the action in order tor command sufficient heat. There is no doubt that, for general pur- poses, some modification of the Saddle or Cylinder Boiler is by far the best, all things duly considered; but it is impossible to give any practical advice without a thorough knowledge of the requirements of any particular place. Gas Boilers are also useful for small places. These are made in many forms, and are, as a rule, in the shape of a cylinder, with a coned inside, against which the flames play. Some Gas Boilers have also a superheater attached ; this exhausts the heat from the air which has passed ¿through the Boiler. Another good form is made of hori- Boilers— continued. over and amongst them. An atmospheric burner of approved construction should be used where gas is the heating power. A sufficient supply of gas should be assured by using supply pipes of a good size. Care should be taken to keep these pipes free from water, and pro- tected from frost by silicate cotton lagging, or some other good non-conductor. Except for very small places, how- ever, gas apparatus is almost useless, and will never super- sede fuel Boilers. For other particulars regarding Boilers, see Heating and Stoking. BOIS-PERDRIX. See Heisteria. ‘BOLBOPHYLLUM. See Bulbophyllum. BOLETUS (from bolos, a mass; in reference to its massy or globular form). ORD. Fungi. The only species of this rather large genus demanding mention is B. edulis (see Fig. 261), which is considered an excellent article of food. Itis easily distinguished, and is often of large size and somewhat unshapely; the pileus is usually of a dusky = ALN RI ALU Vir L — NR soi fi N. ; ee a Fia. 261. COMMON BOLETUS (BOLETUS EDULIS). yellow or brownish hue, but sometimes brighter and more of a chestnut colour; the flesh is white, and does not change e to a blue colour when cut (this is a very important cha- racteristic, and should always be noticed). It is a species common in most districts, usually growing in woods, and appearing chiefly in the autumn. BOLEUM (from bolos, a ball; in reference to the shape of the seed-pods). ORD. Orucifere. An ornamental, hardy, evergreen shrub, well adapted for rockwork, in ordinary soil. It requires slight protection in winter if planted in very exposed situations. Propagated by seed, sown in a pot, in spring, and placed in a frame, or in the open border mee a * A. cream-coloured ; racemes erect, elon- B. asperum Cone" shiort, the lower ones bracteate. April. e Alternate, oblong, linear; lower ones somewhat divided. ~À suffruticose, erect, branched plant, hispid from stiff hairs. h. 6in. to lft. France. 1818. BOLLEA. See Zygopetalum. BOLTED. A term used in reference to plants that have prematurely run to seed. BOLTONIA (named after J. B. Bolton, an English professor of botany). ORD. Composite. A genus of rather pretty hardy herbaceous perennials. Flower-heads with white or purplish rays. Leaves pale green, lanceolate, sessile. They thrive in common garden soil. Propagated by divisions of the roots, in March. a 2 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 199 E Boltonia—continued. 7 B. asteroides (Aster-like).* /l.-heads flesh-coloured, stellate, dis- posed ina rather large terminal icle. August. J. all entire, somewhat broadly lanceolate, narrowed at both ends. h. 2ft. E North America, 1758. (B. M. 2554.) e B. glastifolia (woad-leaved).* /l.-heads pink. September. l., lower ~ ones serrated. h. 1l4ft. North America, 1758. (B. M. 2381.) ORD. tinguished by its twining the capella Bomarea—continued. thriving in a compost of peat, leaf mould, loam, and sand, with good drainage. Manure water should be given during the season of growth. Although they make fine pot plants, their full beauty is only developed when planted out in the conservatory or greenhouse border. Propagated a FIG. 262, FLOWERS OF BOMAREA CARDERI. > by seeds, or by careful divisions of the underground stem. In making a division, it is necessary to observe that the — | part taken has some roots by which to live till new ones. _ are formed. It should. be potted at first, and may, when — established, be planted out or shifted on. Seeds may be — 200 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, . Bomarea—continued. raised in a warm house without difficulty. They germi- nate in a few weeks; and when the young plants are 2in. or 3in. high, they should be placed separately in small pots, shifting them on as necessary, or planting them out. In favoured southern localities, several species have proved hardy, but they are muth the best when grown in a green- house. B. acutifolia Ehren undulate, outer segments dee and spotted. Spring. J. lanceolate acute, smooth, Mexico, 1878. (B. M. 6444). 1 B. Caldasiana (Caldas’s).* fi. orange pen, paed crimson. | (Ehrenberg’s acute-leaved). fl. orange, the inner ones paler l. ovate-lanceolate, acute. Peruvian Andes, 1 B. Carderi (Carder’s).* fl. 2hin. long by lgin. in breadth at the widest part, regularly bell-shaped, with six segments, the three outer rose-coloured, the three inner nearly equal in length, crenu- late, and spotted with purplish-brown ; inflorescence pendulous, and consisting of a large terminal umbellate cyme, surrounded at the base by a series of crowded leaves. J. oblong lanceolate, acuminate, about 7in. by 2}in. Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 262, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull. B. chontalensis (Chontalese). fl. lin. long, sub-campanulate, obtusely trigonous ; outer segments thick, fleshy, wavy, rose-red, with afew brown spots round the margin at the tip, very convex ; inner segments a little shorter, pale yellow blotched with brown ; umbels surrounded by a whorl of leaves, and composed of several gwar each bearing four to six nodding flowers. August. @. a or ovate oblong, acuminate. Nicaragua, 1871. B. conferta (dense-flowered).* A synonym of B. patococensis. B. edulis (edible). fl., outer segments rose, green tipped ; inner spotted with rose. St. Domingo, &c. One of the oldest species in cultivation. The tubers are said by Tussac to be eaten in St. Domingo, like those of the Jerusalem Artichoke. See Fig. 263. B. frondea (leafy). fl. 2in. long, tubulate-campanulate ; outer segments narrow, oblong, yellow; inner segments żin. longer than the outer ones, canari ge spotted with red; cymes umbel- many-flowered, ut 8in. across, base leafy. lanceolate, Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 669.) oligantha (few-flowered).* fl ly funnel- shaped, about lin. long; outer segments slightly shorter than the inner, oblanceolate, under łin. abroad, obtuse, unspotted, reddish on the outside, yellow within; one or two to an umbel, on simple, flexuous, glabrous dicels, about lin. long. l. long, acute, about 2in. long, bright green on the La ciliated on the ribs beneath. Peru, 1877. See acuminate, {Patococha). fl. 2in. to 2hin. long, elongate- pa funnel-shaped ; the three outer segments ovate lanceolate, about one-fourth shorter than the inner segments, both of a rich crimson colour; numerously borne in drooping, contracted tufts at the Fic. 263. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOMAREA EDULIS, Bomarea—continued. ends of the shoots; peduncles about 2in. to 2}in. long, intermixed ` at the base with broadly ovate-acute, leafy bracts. August and Fig. 264. FLOWERING BrancH OF BOMAREA OLIGANTHA. September. J. scattered, shortly stalked, broadly lanceolate, tail pointed. Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 187.) B. salsilla (Salsilla). #. purple, about jin. long, the two inner segments having a darker spot at the base, and all of them tinged with green towards the points ; collected into a terminal umbel. June. l. few, lanceolate. South America, 1806. This has proved quite hardy under various conditions. B. Shuttleworthii (Shuttleworth’s).* ji, perianth about 2in. long, funnel- shaped or elongate bell-shaped; seg- ments nearly equal, oblong acute, outer ones orange vermilion, slightly tinged with green and dotted with small dark at the tips; cymes umbellate, pendu- lous. J. ovate lanceolate, Sin. to 6in. by 2in., gape Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 77.) illiams’s).* (fl. rose- B. eae about bg long, elongate fun- nel shape; disposed in a compound umbellate cyme. J. lanceolate, very acute, and tapering to a very short twisted petiole. New Grenada, 1882. BOMBACES. A division of Sterculiacee. <- . BOMBAX (from bombaz, one of the Greek names for cotton; the pods are filled with a fine silky sub- stance like cotton, but which it is impossible to spin into thread, in consequence of the edges being per- fectly smooth). Silk Cotton Tree. ORD. Malwvacee. ` A genus, of large soft-wooded stove trees. Flowers > AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 201 Bombax—continued. scarlet or white, large, usually rising laterally from the trunk or branches, either singly orin clusters. They grow best in a rich loamy soil. Cuttings, not too ripe, taken off at a joint, placed in sand under a bell glass, in moist heat, = will root readily; but plants raised from seeds brought from their natural habitats make finer trees. B. Ceiba (Ceiba), fl. pale red, large. J. palmate, with five leaflets. Jr. turbinate, concave at the apex. h. 100ft. South America, 1692. BOMBYX NEUSTRIA. See Lackey Moth. BONA-NOX. Sce Ipomea Bona-Nox. BONAPARTEA. See Tillandsia. BONAPARTEA JUNCEA. A synonym of Agave geminiflora. ; BONATEA (in honour of M. Bonato, a distinguished Italian botanist, and a Professor of Botany at Padua). ORD. Orchidew. A handsome terrestrial stove orchid, allied to Habenaria, and requiring similar culture. B. speciosa (showy).* jl. white, galeate; petils bipartite; raceme many-flowered, compact; bracts ARTEA acuminate. August. J. oblong, sub-undulate. Stem leafy. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1820. (B. M. 2926; L. B. C. 284.) BONGARDIA (named after Heinrich Gustay Bongard, a German botanist). - ORD. Berberideæ. A very pretty “hardy tuberous-rooted perennial, requiring a sandy soil, and good drainage, with protection at all seasons from _ excessive wet, otherwise it will rot. It should be care- fully planted in a compost of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, in equal proportions, and covered with a handlight. B. Rauwolfii (Rauwolf’s). f. golden yellow, on pyramidal branched panicles ; stamens and petals nearly equal in length, May. J. radical, pinnate; leaflets sessile, oval-oblong, three to five-cleft at the apex, glaucous, each with a dark purple blotch at the base. h. 6in. Syria, Persia, 1740, Syn. Leontice Chryso- gonum. (B. M. 6244.) BONNAYA (named after Bonnay, a German botanist). ORD. Scrophulariacee. A small genus of usually glabrous, rarely pilose, slender, creeping or erect, annual, biennial, or perennial stove plants, almost unknown in cultivation. Flowers axillary, opposite, or alternate from abortion, usually pedicellate, the upper ones sometimes racemose, pinkish, or blue. Leaves opposite, quite entire, or toothed. They thrive in a rich sandy loam. ‘The annual species are propagated by seeds, the others by divisions and cuttings. BONNETIA (commemorative of Charles Bonnet, a French naturalist, who wrote some botanical papers in 1754). ORD. Ternstremiacee. A genus of elegant middle-sized stove trees or shrubs. Flowers large, terminal; peduncles one or many-flowered. Leaves scattered, exstipulate, coriaceous, entire, one-nerved, marked with transverse veins, sub-sessile, narrowed to the base. They thrive well in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of firm young shoots will root if placed in sand under a hand glass, in a : moderate heat. : « B., sessilis (stalkless). /l. purplish, terminal. l. oblong, coriaceous, "entire. h. l5ft. Guiana, 1819. " BORAGE. See Borago officinalis. BORAGINACEZ:. A large order of herbs or shrubs, having spirally-coiled inflorescence; corolla usually regular and five-lobed, with an imbricated estivation; throat gene- _ rally hairy; stamens five, inserted in the corolla, Leaves _ alternate, rough. Among other genera belonging to this order may be named Anchusa, Borago, Cynoglossum, Echium, Lithospermum, and Myosotis. BORAGO (derivation very uncertain; probably a cor- ruption of some eastern name). Borage. ORD. Boraginacee. A genus of hardy herbaceous perennials or annuals, excel- lently adapted for naturalising in dry stony places. Flowers pty Danicled, drooping; corolla rotate; throat furnished ih acca e vaulted processes; anthers distinct, oblong ‘ato cotate, awned, fixed by the inner side, conniving byte yeg Nuts four, one-celled, turbinate, fixed to the the cecal ATE Leaves oblong or lanceolate. All ba aged cultivated, thriving in any common divisions, in spring, or by striking ¢ Borago—continued. the young cuttings in a cold frame. They may also be raised from seed, which should be sown from March to May, in any good garden soil, and the plants, when large enough, thinned out to lft. or more apart. In hot weather, Borage is generally in demand for claret cup and other drinks. e B. laxiflora (loose-flowered).* fl. on long pedicels, racemose, drooping; corolla pale blue; segments ovate, bluntish, erectly spreading. May to August. J. oblong, and rough from strigæ ; radical ones rosulate; cauline ones half stem-clasping. Stem decumbent, many from the same root, hispid from retrograde bristles. Corsica, 1813. (B. M. 1789.) « B. longifolia (long-leaved),* fl. disposed ina terminal bracteate panicle ; corolla blue ; segments ovate, acute, spreading. July and August. J. linear-lanceolate, scabrous and sgt a beneath ; cauline ones half stem-clasping. A. 1ft. Numidia, 1825. Fic. 265. FLOWER OF BORAGO OFFICINALIS. B. officinalis (officinal).* Common Borage. jl. blue, purple, or white; segments of the corolla limb ovate, acute, spreading. June to September. l, lower ones obovate, attenuated at the base ; cauline ones oblong, sessile, subcordate at the base. A. lft. to 2ft. Britain. This is the kind most cultivated in gardens for flavouring. See Fig. 265. (Sy. En. B. 36.) BORASSUS (a name applied by Linneus to the spathe of the Date Palm). ORD. Palmacee, A very small genus of stove trees, containing two noble species, which are distinguished by unisexual flowers, produced upon dis- tinct plants, the males being borne in dense branching catkins, and the females on simple, or, more rarely, slightly branched spikes. Fruit very large, brown, three-seeded. Leaves fan-shaped, with spiny petioles. Trunks unarmed, often 70ft. high. They may,be grown in good fibrous loam, leaf mould, and sand, mainly the former. Increased by seeds only, which require to be sown in strong bottom heat. Rarely seen in cultivation. B. zthiopicum (African). J. nearly circular, ported wy, Byte petioles, 6ft. to 7ft. 1 bulging out or swelling in its stem, near the middle, or about and plaited, su Westo P- BORBONIA (named after Gaston de Bourbon, Duke of Orleans, son of Henry IV. of France, a great lover and patron of botany). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of very ornamental greenh vergreen shrubs, natives of the Cape of Good Hope aitibiwsre yellow, disposed in terminal heads, axillary. Leaves simple, amplexicanl, alternate, exstipulate, pungent. They thrive well in a mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with good drainage. Cuttings, half-ripened, obtained in April, will root freely in sandy soil if placed under a bell glass, in.a cool house. B. barbata (bearded).* jl. sessile, villous ‘on the outside. July. lL narrow, lanceolate, many-nerved, complicated, ciliate! eiii 4 very much acuminated ; branches diverging. A. Sft. B. cordata (heart shape Jl, corolla densely villous, = q vexillum obcordate. July. l. cordate, many-nerved, entire, glabrous. Branches villous. A. 3ft. to 6ft. 1759 B. crenata (crenated).* fl. less villous than species, July. J. cordate, roundish, acute, - į the rest of the ii » many nerved and reticulated between the nerves, and as well as * the vranches, glabrous. A. 3ft. to 6ft. 1774. "E sA B. lanceolata (lance-shaped). fi. densely villous. . July. l. ovate- lanceolate, pungent, many nerved, E e, sessile, glabrous, erates eae h. Bit. to Site (L. . C. 81.) aren B. ruscifolia (Ruscus-leaved), ji. spari Ae soos. July. č cor- date, many-nerved, ae ro th % (B. M. B) as well as the branches. 202 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ° w BORDERS, FLOWER. Small beds, or a continuous | Borecole—continued. ; bed, of greater length than width, skirting a wall or shrubbery, and containing plants of a heterogeneous character. They should be slightly raised above the sur- rounding level, and thoroughly drained. In the first pre- paration of the Border, it is most essential to deeply dig or trench the ground, thoroughly incorporating a large amount of well-bodied manure; and if the soil is very stiff, wood ashes or coarse sand should be well worked in with the manure. The best time to plant such Borders is in early autumn or in March. Where, as is frequently the case, the Borders are only 2ft. or 3ft. wide, not more than two rows of plants, either in groups or singly, will be allowable. The tall plants or shrubs should constitute the background, with dwarfer sub- - jects in front; but formal arrangements must be avoided. The object should be to secure a continuous succession of flowers. This would entail some little trouble at first, which, however, would be amply repaid by results. No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as to the arrange- - ment of the plants, which depends on individual taste and means; but the best results are obtained when the border is mainly made up of hardy herbaceous perennials, as per- manent occupants, assisted by liberal quantities of summer bedding plants, such as Dahlias, Fuchsias, Geraniums, ' Heliotrope, Tropzolums, &c., as well as many hardy annuals and biennials. By this means, a very varied and beautiful display may be maintained, especially if bulbs are used for early spring effect, such as Narcissi, Scillas, Snowdrops, Tulips, &c. Of course, the herbaceous perennials should be selected with much care, all weedy subjects being avoided, and variety in colour and time of flowering secured. Anything like a full list of these would oceupy too much _ space for repetition here, but the following will be found very showy and useful: Achilleas, Aconitums, Anemones, Aquilegias, Armerias, Asters, Campanulas, Carnations and Picotees, Delphiniums, Dodecatheons, Doronicums, Fritil- larias, Funkias, Gaillardias, Geraniums, Geums, Holly- hocks, Iberises, Irises, Liliums, Ponies, Papavers, Pyre- thrums, double and single, Ranunculus, Trolliuses, &c. BORDERS, FRUIT. These should be well drained, and if not naturally so, the soil should be excavated from 3ft. to 5ft. deep, in order to form a bottom of stones, pieces of brick, clinkers, &c. Where it is convenient, draining pipes should be added, if an outfall in the vicinity can be secured, The base of the Border should be sloped to the front, where the pipes should be laid, and the bottom covered with draining material, thereby effectually pre- venting the fruit trees rooting deep, which is detrimental to healthy growth. Gross-feeding vegetables or flowers should not be grown on the surface, but shallow-rooting _ crops will generally do no harm. Many advocate the _ surface being kept free from crops of any sort, simply _ letting it be freely exposed; whilst others equally as _ Strenuously condemn this ‘plan. Where necessary, chalk œ some other mineral constituent of good soil which is a absent, may be added; but much animal manure he depth and width of Border may trees, but efficient drainage is in © BORECOLE (Brassic fimbriata), An im- portant division of the Brassics e, often cultivated in gardens under the name of Kale. It comes in very useful when hard weather has rendered cabbages, &e., unfit for use, as it endures cold better than most other green vegetables. Some are also grown as ornamental foliaged plants. Like alk other plants of a similar description, they require rich soil, and they should be put out in June or early in July, as it is almost useless to plant this kind of vegetable after the middle of the latter month. To _ obtain the best results, the ground should be deeply dug and well manured; but it must not be full of crude | manure at planting time, or it will make the plants too _ tender and succulent in wet seasons, with the result that the first sharp frost would cause them to rot. Good hard-stemmed plants are the kinds most needed, especially for crops required in spring, when green vege- tables are scarce. Cultivation: Early in April, and again a month later for succession, the seeds should be sown thinly in nursery beds, not covering them too deeply. The soil should be in a-friable condition, and it is an advantage if the first beds be made under a south wall. As soon as the seedlings appear, if they are too thick, they should be thinned, as those which are drawn up weak and spindly are useless. When large enough, they should be carefully planted out, choosing showery weather, if possible, for the operation. If it is necessary to plant them in dry weather, they must be well watered-in. The rows should be from 2ftvto 3ft. apart, according to the variety, and the plants 2ft. apart in the rows; or, if potatoes are planted wide apart, the Borecole may be arranged between them. Dead leaves must be cleared away from time to time, but no green ones should be broken off. "When the tops are cut for use, the stems should not be denuded of foliage, as they will soon break again and form successional crops. The plants must be kept free from weeds. After April, the Kales are of little use; the stems may therefore be pulled up, and the ground planted with some other crop.” They all require the same treatment, and at their various seasons come in equally useful. Sorts. The distinct forms are somewhat limited, but being largely cultivated on the Continent as well as all parts of Britain on account of its hardy nature, the varieties of Borecole receive a large number of names that are either synonymous with, or indistinct from, a few well-known types. Dwarf Green Curled or Scotch is probably the best and most grown; other good hardy sorts are Asparagus Kale (this name is applied to several different kinds, the best one being in use very late in spring), Buda, Cottagers’, Dwarf Purple, Imperial Hearting, Ragged Jack, and Tall Green Curled. Melville’s Variegated and Variegated Bore- cole, amongst others, have fine ornamental foliage. BORONIA (named after Francis Boroni, an Italian servant of Dr. Sibthorp, who perished from an accident at Athens; he collected specimens of many of those plants which are figured in the “Flora Græca”). ORD. Rutacew. Very elegant and useful shrubs, requiring similar treatment to ordinary greenhouse hard-wooded subjects, and much ~ aided with a little extra heat in spring, when breaking into growth. Flowers pretty, pink-purplish, or white; peduncles terminal, but usually axillary on the extreme branches, one to many-flowered; pedicels furnished at the base and middie with two opposite, short bracts, jointed, commonly dilated under the calyx. Leaves opposite, simple, or 1m- pari-pinnate, entire, or a little serrulated, full of pellucid dots. They should be placed out of doors from July to the middle of September; the most convenient place for them is in pits, as there are then greater facilities i tecting them from heavy rains and thunderstorms. When first put out, Boronias should not be fully expos but in the course of a week they may remaim open to the full influence of both sun and air. Potting should be per- formed once æ year, as soon as the top growth ceases, as the roots then extend themselves in preparation for their next year’s functions. The best compost for them is one of peat and maiden loam in equal parts, and about one- sixth sharp silver sand. Many cultivators, however, prefer a compost consisting of good fibry peat and silver sand, together with some pieces of charcoal, smaller or larger, according to the size of the pots used. The soil should be rammed firmly in the pots, which must be well drained. The leading shoots should be pinched, to ensure good bushy specimens. Propagation may be effected by young cuttings, or those made from the half-ripened wood; these should be put into a thoroughly drained pot of sandy soil, — with lin. of sand on the surface, and covered with a bell- glass, which must be frequently taken off and wiped dry. for pro- s EA AN ENCYCLOPADIA 203 OF HORTICULTURE. Boronia—continued. When in the cutting state, water must be very carefully given around the rim of the pot, without taking off the glass. If placed in a temperature of about 50deg., and shaded from bright noonday sun, they soon root, when -. they may be potted off singly into small pots, and plunged in sawdust, or cocoa-nut fibre refuse, in which situation but little water is needed. Pinching repeatedly, when young, is the only means to secure good ultimate growth. Air must be given on all possible opportunities. i B. alata (winged). jl. pale rose-colour, small; peduncles dicho- E - tomous, usually three-flowered; bracts fringed. May. l, leaf- j lets three to five pairs, or more, crenate, revolute, pilose on the 3 nerves beneath, as well as the rachis. h. 2ft. to 6ft. New Hol- 4 land, 1823. (L. B. C. 1833.) q B. anemonifolia (Anemone-leaved). jl. pink; peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. May. J. stalked, trifid; segments narrow, wedge-shaped, furnished with two or three teeth at the apex, or quite entire. h. lft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1824. -(P. M. B. 9, 123.) B. crenulata (crenulate).* f. red, small, with a fringed calyx; pedicels axillary and terminal, one-flowered. July. 1. obovate, mucronulate, crenulated. A, lft. to 4ft. King George’s Sound. (B. M. 3915.) B. denticulata (finely-toothed), _/l. rose-coloured; bracts de- ciduous; peduncles corymbose. March to August. l. linear, retuse, toothleted, terminated by a small point. h. 2ft to 6ft. King George’s Sound, 1823. (B. R. 1000.) 3 B. Drummondi (Drummond’s).* fl. ponr rosy pma freely pro- duced during spring and summer. ¿. pinnatitid. h. 2ft. New Holland. A very pretty species, with a slender but compact habit of growth. There is a white-flowered variety of this species. (F. d. 8. 9, 881.) B. elatior (tallest).* fl. pendulous, rosy carmine,. very fragrant,* disposed in long dense clusters along the ends of the branches. May. l. very prettily pinnately cut into linear segments. R. 4ft. Western Australia, 1874. (B. M. 6285.) B. ledifolia (Ledum-leaved). fl. red; peduncles axillary, one- flowered, each bearing two bracts in the middle. March. l. linear-lanceolate, quite entire, downy beneath. h. 1ft. to 2ft. New Holland, 1814. (P. M. B. 8, 123.) we y ý : i Fic. 266. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF BORONIA MEGASTIGMA. B. megastigma (large-stigma).* fl. numerous, axillary, fragrant drooping, jin, in diameter, pet campanulate ; petals nearly orbicular, concave, maroon purple outside, and yellow P Boronia—continued. within. l. sessile, ae with three to five narrow linear rigid leaflets. h. 1ft. Of slender habit, with twiggy branches. South- western Australia, 1873. See Fig. 266. B. pinnata (pinnate).* fl. pink, with a scent like that of Haw- thorn ; peduncles dichotomous. February to May. l, leaflets two, three or four pairs, linear, cyte quite smooth. h. lft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1794. (B. M. 1763. B. polygalefolia (Polygala-leaved), jl. red; peduncles axillary, sole one-flowered. March to July. L pe a aeri quito entire, opposite, alternate, and three in a whorl. h. lft, to ft. Port Jackson, 1824. B. serrulata (serrulate).* /l. of a peduncles aggregate, terminal. July tra serrulated in front, smooth, full of glandular dots. Port Jackson, 1816. (B. R. 842.) B. tetrandra (four-stamened). fl. pale purple; pedicels short, one-flowered. May. l yp tah meg 8 leaflets four to five pairs, linear, obtuse, smo 4 i ” Holland, 1824. (P. MB. 168 21) aaea aar BORRERIA (named after William Borrer, F.L.S., a profound botanist and cryptogamist). ORD. Rubiaceæ. A large genus of stove herbs or sub-shrubs, now referred to Spermacoce. Flowers small, white, rarely blue, disposed in verticillate heads, in the axils of the leaves, or on the tops of the branches, rarely cymose or corymbose. Leaves opposite, or the young ones disposed in fascicles in the axils of the old ones, and therefore appearing verticillate ; stipules joining with the petioles, more or less sheathing, fringed by many bristles. Stems and branches usually. tetragonal. The species are of easy culture, thriving in a light soil. Cuttings of the perennial kinds strike root readily in the same kind of soil, in heat. The annual kinds require a similar treatment to other tender annuals. B. stricta (straight). A dwarf shrub, but closely allied to the next species. Porto Rico. Tay ran ‘ peziform, acute, h. lft. to 6ft. deep Toa çoroun B, verticillata (whorled-flowered). fi. white. July.” 1. linear lanceolate, acuminated, opposite, but appearing verticillate from > fascicles of young leaves in the axils. h. 2ft. West Indies, 1732. BOSCIA (named after Louis Bosc, a French professor of agriculture). Syn. Podoria. ORD. Capparidacee. A small genus of stove plants, requiring a soil of lumpy, fibry loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings of firm wood, placed in sand, under a glass, in heat. B. sene; (Senegal). jl. white, small, apetalous, corym- Luck n Bonegal, 1600 An nosrmed evereremm Mni (L. E. M. 395.) BOSSIÆA (named after M. Bossier Lamartinière, a French botanist, who accompanied the unfortunate La Peyrouse round the world). ORD. Leguminosæ. A genus of elegant Australian greenhouse shrubs. Flowers yellow, axillary and solitary, the base of the vexillum or the keel generally blotched or veined with purple. Leaves simple, of various forms. A mixture of turfy loam, leaf mould, peat, and sand, with very free drainage, suits these plants best. Half-ripened cuttings will root freely if placed in a pot of sand with a bell glass over them, in a cool house. Seeds should be sown, in March, on a slight hotbed. B. cinerea (ashy-grey). fl. yellow, the vexillum furnished with a purple circle at the base, and the keel dark purple. May. i. nearly sessile, cordate acute, ending in a spiny mucrone, scabrous above, but pilose on the nerves beneath, with recurved margins. Branches terete, crowded with leaves, villous. A. Ift. to 3ft. 1824. Syns. B. cordifolia, B. tenuicaulis. (B. M. 3895.) B. cordifolia (heart-leaved). A synonym of B. cinerea. B. disticha (two-ranked).* fl. yellowish-red ; peduncles solitary, — axillary, one-flowered, longer than the leaves. March a l. distichous, ovate, obtuse. Young branches terete. %. 1jtt. Swan River, 1840. (B. R. 1841, 55.) ; B. ensata (sword-shaped). fl. yellowish, with the back and base of the vexillum of PE manet Rance colour ; keel brownish- urple. April. Branches flat, linear, leafless, toothed, the teeth teacies the flowers; upper bracts distant from the lower ones, shorter than the pedicel. h. lft. to 2ft. 1825. (S. F. A. 5L) B. foliosa (leafy). jl. yellow and orange. May to June. l alter- nate, small, orbicular, retuse, scabrous, withrevolute margins, silky beneath ; stipules permanent, hooked, a the petioles. Branches straight, terete, villous. A. lft. ) Sit. 1824. B. lenticularis (lentil-leaved). A synonym of B. rhombifolia, yellow; keel = dark brown; the calyx; pedicels (Linnæa-like).* fl. solitary. linnæoides (Lir ; corolla about twice the length of 204: THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bossiza—continued. one-fiowered, elongated. May. J. elliptic, mucronate. Branches terete, prostrate, puberulous. 1824. A procumbent shrub. B. lino: (Flax-leaved).*. fl. orange and purple. July to August. l. linear, with recurved margins. Branches compressed, a h. lft. to 4ft. 1803. (B. M. 2491.) gage are (small-leaved). Z. cuneiformly obcordate, gla- une terete, leafy, spinescent; young branches oa compressed and pubescent. kh. 1ft. to 2ft. 180%. (L. B. C. aa rhombifolia panera gr eps Ji. yellow, the vexillum having dark red zonate mark at th ri base; wings red at the base; keel rowan: -purple. April. 7. rhomboidal - orbicular, somewhat emarginate and mucronate. Branches terete; branchlets com-. eS leafy. h. lft. to 3ft. 1820. SYN. B. lenticularis. (G: B. ©. B. rotundifolia (round-leaved). J. roundish, or broadly obovate, somewhat mucronate, flat, four to five lines long and five to six broad. Branches and. branchlets leafy, compressed. h. lft. to 2ft. 1824. B., scolo; drium (plank-plant). ath e yal zen, miin the back of um and kee the ve. brownish i. (when present) ovate and smooth. Branches flat, Nida, aies, toothed, with the teeth bearing the flowers ; keel naked ; superior bracts eth ieee imbricate, oe in length to the peduncles, h. 3ft. 10ft. 1792. (B.M. 1 B. tenuicaulis (slender-stemmed). Synonymous with B. cinerea, (named after Dr. Boswell, formerly of Edinburgh). Olibanum Tree. ORD. Burseracee. Orna- mental and economic evergreen stove trees. Flowers her- maphrodite; calyx five-toothed, permanent; petals five, obovate-oblong, spreading, with the margins incumbent in estivation; disk cup-shaped, crenate; stamens ten; cap- sule trigonal. They are of easy culture, thriving well in loam and peat soil. Cuttings root readily if placed in sand gE a glass. the ear pee impari B. sein oe aag star -leaved).* a jikkon: Jai lary, simple. pari-pinna’ leaflets ovate-oblo: taper- pointed, se pubescen A Batt. India, 1820. (T. L. BOTANY BAY UM. See Xanthorrhæa arborea. BOTANY BAY TEA (and TREE). See Smilax glycyphylla. BOTHY. A residence for under-gardeners, usually built behind the hothouses, or some high wall, in what is called a back shed. The place is too frequently a cramped, ill-ventilated hovel. A Bothy proper should be an indepen- dent structure, and fitted with modern conveniences ; for, of all people, gardeners are the most susceptible to colds, &c. A library of standard horticultural and botanical works, as -~ well as a few on other scientific subjects, and a moderate _ number of high-class books of fiction, one or more weekly -~ gardening and other papers, should be supplied by. the em- _ ployer. During the winter months, for mutual improve- _ ment, lectures should be delivered, or papers read, by each _ gardener, on various subjects, after which a free discussion _ should take place upon the paper or lecture, by which means a great saa = good would be accomplished. BOTR} E (from botrys, a bunch; in reference to the bunch-like of the indusia). Moonwort. Orp. Filices. A genus of very interesting and pretty little hardy ferns. Ca; ged in two rows on the face of spikes which fi 1 essential. For general culture, see Ferns. - B. australe (southern). A variety of B. ternatum. B. daucifolium (Daucus-leaved). sti, stout, 6in. to 12in, lon petiole of sterile segments lin. to 6in. long, the latter 6in. to 12i1 n each way, aeneo tripinnatifid or tripinnate, the lower pinnæ largest; segments lanceolate-oblong, fin. to gin. broad, finely toothed. fertile peduncle equalling the sterile segments when mature ; panicle 2in. to 4in. long ; te, not very close. &c. Greenho' use species. SYN. B. renee B, Lunaria. Common Moonwort.* sti. lin. to 4in. - XV., 4.) © a a compound - They |. require a compost of sandy loam; perfect drainage is most — so, lin. to 3in. 1 oF n the middle; cut orotic |S Botrychium—continued. rachis into several distinct, close, entire, or notched cuneate. flabellate pinnze on both sides. Jertile peduncle equalling or exceeding the sterile portion ; anicle close, lin. to 2in. long. England, ke, Hardy. See Fig. 267. Fic. 267. BOTRYCHIUM LUNARIA, showing Habit, Capsule, and Spores. “ . B, lunarioides (Lunaria-like). A variety of B. ternatiemn. B. obliquum (oblique). A variety of B. ternatum. B. subcarnosum (sub-fieshy). A synonym of daucifolium. a orasta? sti. lin. oi E ae ES S » Ve % 7 ; ae w É AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 205 Botrychium— continued. | sterile segments 2in. to 4in. Jong, the latter 3in. to 6in. each way, deltoid, tri- or a grea lower pinnz much the largest. Jertile peduncle 6in, to 9in, long ; panicle lin. to 6in. long; deltoid, yery compound. Nootka and Hudson’s Bay territory. Several so-called species come very close to this, including australe, lunarioides, and obliquum, which are only geographical varieties. Greenhouse species. B. virginianum (Virgipian).* - sti. 3in. to 18in. long. sterile segments sessile, țin. to 12in. each way, deltoid, quadripinnatifid; lower pinnæ much the largest; pin- nules oval-oblong, close, cut down to the rachis into finely cut linear-oblong segments. fertile peduncle equal- ling or exceeding the sterile part of the plant when mature; panicle lin. to 4in. long, loose, oblong. Oregon, and North United States, 1790. A hardy species in shel- tered places. (H: G. F. 29.) BOTTLE-GOURD. See Lagenaria. BOTTLE-TREE. See Sterculia rupestris. BOTTOM HEAT. This is usually secured by ` passing hot-water pipes through an air chamber, or a water tank, beneath a bed of plunging material. The covering of the tank or chamber is best made of slate. The heat must be regulated according to the requirements of the subjects grown; this is easily accomplished by using the valve. A ther- mometer should be placed in the tank or bed. Bottom-heat is indispensable for propagating plants from seeds and cuttings, especially in spring. See Heating and Hotbeds. BOUCEROSIA (from bowkeros, furnished with buffaloes’ horns; in reference to the curved lobes . of the corona). ORD. As- clepiadacee. A genus of greenhouse succulent pe- . rennials, allied to Stapelia, ‘A andrequiring the same cul- Flowers numerous, terminal, umbellate; co- rolla sub-campannulate, five-cleft; segments broadly triangular, with acute recesses; stramineous co- rona fifteen-lobed ; lobes disposed in a double series; the five inner ones opposite the stamens and lying upon the anthers; the rest exterior, erect, or a little incurved at apex, adhering to the back of the inner ones. Branches and stems tetragonal, with toothed angles. g temin non canoe ty i pa to Sicily, 1833. SYNS. Apteranthes and Stapelia Gussoniana. See Fig. 268. (B. R. 1731.) meet Fic. 268. BOUCEROSIA EUROPA. orocco).* fl. dark maroccana red purple, with yellow concentric lines. Summer. l. minute, trowel-shaped, deflexed at tip of stem angles. A. 4in. Morocco, 1875. (B. M. 6137.) BOUCHEA (named after C. and P. Bouche, German naturalists). ORD. Verbenacee. A small genus of stove or greenhouse evergreen herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers sub- sessile, in spicate racemes, which are either terminal or in the forking of two branches; corolla funnel-shaped. Leaves Opposite, toothed. They thrive in a well-drained compost of loam and sandy peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed . oe under a glass, and in a gentle heat, during spring. eif - . ite. pril. h. 4ft. Cape of gee eat So y P sua T maeh shrub. SYN. Chascanum cuneifolium. ae B. udogervas i ; : spike z ka emt in. te io ae slender,” September, 1 opposite, ell, 1c-O P Í © A Rit to Sft. "Brazil, 1814, A stove perennial. (B. M. (named after De Bougainville, a French navigator). ORD. Nyctaginee. Gorgeous warm greenhouse or conservatory plants, comprising some of the most showy climbers in cultivation. Their beauty lies in onous, ERT So ers Bougainvillea—continued. ` the’ bracts, which envelop the small greenish flowers. B. glabra may be grown in pots, or planted out in the greenhouse borders; the others are best planted out, as AN Fig. 269. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DOUGAINVILLEA SPECTABILIS. they root very freely, and plenty of space would be occu- pied if allowed, but it is best to limit it, as they bloom much better. Strict training and pinching are not de- sirable, being prejudicial to the free production of bloom ; indeed, the best plan is to allow the plants to ramble freely over the roof of a moderately high house, or along the upper portion of a back wall; they will then bloom profusely for several months in the year, provided proper attention be paid to watering, and that the plants are in a well-drained situation. In preparing a border for their reception, the first point to be considered is the drainage, which must be perfect. This is best effected by placing a layer of brick rubbish, 6in. to 9in. in thickness, communicating with the drain, by which means all sourness and stagnancy of the soil will be obviated. The bed should be excavated to a depth of 18in. or 2ft. Three parts turfy loam, and one part leaf soil, with the admixture of a liberal quantity of sharp gritty sand, will form a suitable compost for the culture of Bougainvilleas. The amount of sand invorpo- rated must depend upon the quality of the other com- ponents, heavy loam requiring more than that which is more friable. The occasional incorporation of manure in the compost is not to be recommended; but a liberal applica- tion of liquid ‘manure will be of material advantage, espe- cially if the root space is limited. When the plants cease blooming each year—about November or Decemb they should be dried off and rested; and in February they should be closely spurred in, the same as with vines, and all weak leaders removed, so that strong wood only is left. When grown in pots, they must be started in brisk heat. They are easily increased by cuttings prepared from the half-ripened wood; these should be placed in sandy soil, in a brisk bottom heat, when they will soon. root. Scale, red spider, and mealy bug are the only insects likely to infest the plants, and recipes for their destruction will be found Se aes a4 ae smooth).* Ji., inflorescence panicled, er or B, pb each princhlet producing cordate-ovate acute rosy p 206 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bougainvillea—continued. bracts, in threes. Summer. Z. bright green, smooth. Brazil, 1861. - This is by far the best species for pot culture, and forms a very showy plant when well grown. B. speciosa (beautiful).* fl., bracts large, cordate, delicate lilac rose, produced in immense panicles, which, in well grown speci- mens, are so freely produced as to entirely shroud the whole plant. March to June. ¿. ovate, very dark green, covered on the upper surface with small hairs. Stems branched, abundantly furnished with large recurved spines. Brazil, 1861. (F. M. i., 62. B. spectabilis (showy). fl., bracts of a dull brick-red, shaded with scarlet. South America, 1829. It is very difficult to obtain bloom on this plant; and when flowers are produced, they are extremely ephemeral. The species is, for all practical purposes, much pa to either of the foregoing. SYN. Josepha augusta. See ig. 269, BOURBON PALM. See Latania. BOUSSINGAULTIA (named after Boussingault, a celebrated chemist). ORD. Chenopodiacew. Very pretty half-hardy, tuberous-rooted plants, requiring a rich vege- table sandy soil, and a well-drained sunny aspect, under which conditions the first-mentioned species develops into a very luxuriant trailing plant, attaining a length of 20%. or more. Propagated freely by means of the tubercles o the stem; these are, however, extremely brittle. B. baselloides (Basella-like).* fl. white, ultimately becoming black, fragrant, small, disposed in clusters, 2in. to 4in. long, which are axillary at the ends of the branches. Late autumn. per gsm face gaa geet Mining, a slightly Pave i a £ ning, tinged red, ve uick-growing, tahere South Ee 1835. (B. pon 3820.) a aa B. Lachaumei (Lachaume’s), 4. rose, constantly in perfection. Cuba, 1872. A stove species. BOUVARDIA (named after Dr. Charles Bouvard, formerly superintendent of the Jardin du Roi, at Paris). ORD. Rubiacee. Handsome greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Peduncles terminal, three-flowered, or trichotomous and corymbose ; corolla funnel-shaped, tubular, elongated, beset with velvety papille outside, and a four-parted, spreading, short limb. Leaves opposite, or in whorls; stipules nar- row, acute, adnate to the petioles on both sides. These extensively cultivated plants are among the most useful F - Fic. 270. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOUVARDIA. ” conservatory or greenhouse decoration (see Fig. 270, Il bted to Messrs. Can largely employed Bouvardia—continued. Humboldtii. Cultivation: Presuming the grower to be commencing with young rooted cuttings, these should be potted off into a mixture of good fibrous loam, leaf soil, find sand, in equal proportions, to which may be added a small quantity of peat; they should then be placed in a temperature of from 70deg. to 80deg. until fully esta- blished in the small pots. It is necessary at this stage to stop the young plants back to the first joint, and as they continue to make fresh breaks, to keep on pinching them back during the whole period of cultivation, or until sufficiently bushy plants are produced. Many growers neglect stopping far too much, the result being ill-shaped and almost flowerless plants. The pinching, of course, can be regulated by the time the plants are required to flower; and it is unwise, in most cases, to stop them after the end of August. When the small pots are well filled with roots, the plants should be shifted into the flowering ø, pots, viz., large 48-sized, which are quite commodious enough to grow very fine plants, a similar compost as in the first potting, with a little Standen’s manure added, being used, and good drainage provided. A cool green- house, with a damp bottom for the pots to rest upon, and with a moist atmosphere, is the most suitable place in which to grow them during late spring and early summer, the moist air being very desirable as an effectual check to red spider, a pest very fond of the foliage, which it permanently disfigures. A cold pit or close frame is better during the summer months, as a moist atmosphere and cool bottom are then certain. Ventilation may be effected during the greater part of the day by tilting the lights below, and on fine nights they may be removed altogether. During bright sunshine, shading will be bene- ficial.- All through the period of active growth, it is absolutely necessary that the plants should receive plenty of water, or they will surely suffer; and when the pots are filled with roots, occasional doses of manure water will be beneficial. Many cultivators plant them out about the end ` of June, in favoured situations, or in spent hotbeds, when they make very vigorous growth; and, if carefully pinched and watered, fine specimens are obtained. These are lifted in early autumn, with a good ball, potted, and kept shaded for a few days until the roots are again active, when they are taken to the house in which they are intended to bloom, and an enormous supply of flowers is secured. We have also seen Bouvardias planted out permanently in beds, in prepared pits, in which the winter tem- perature was not less than 55deg., with very satis- factory results; the quantity of bloom being very great. Of course, with the last-named treatment, it is essential to give the plants a rest and hardening-off after flower- ing, and when they are started into fresh growth to keep them well pinched and watered. Bouvardias are liable to the attacks of red spider and green fly. The former stands little chance of existence if the plants are kept well supplied. with moisture; the latter may be destroyed by fumigating with tobacco. Mealy bug are also troublesome, and should be sponged off with a solution of Gishurst’s Compound. Propagation: After flowering, and a slight rest and hardening-off, the old plants should be cut back, placed in heat, in a stove or cucumber pit, and freely syringed, which will cause them to break freely, and produce a good supply of cuttings. When the young shoots are from 1}in. to Qin. long., they are in the best condition for striking. It is not necessary that they should be cut off at a joint, as they will root from any surface of the stem; and, working economically, it is wiser to cut them off just above the first joint, as other shoots will speedily break out, which may, in their turn, be taken. Pots about 5in. across should have previously been prepared for the cut- tings, by being well drained and filled with a mixture of good fibrous loam, leaf soil, and coarse sand, in equal parts, — | with a copious supply of sand upon the surface, into which | | the cuttings should be dibbled pretty thickly. A good AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA 207 OF HORTICULTURE. e Bouvardia—continued. watering must be given without wetting, and thereby injuring, the foliage. The pots should be plunged in the cutting case, or in any bottom heat of about 70deg. or 80deg., and covered with a bell glass. All that is then necessary is to keep them moist and shady during sunshine, until they ‘are rooted, which, as a rule, is effected in three weeks’ time. When well established, they may be removed from the case, gradually hardened off, and finally potted singly into small thumb pots. B. angustifolia (narrow-leaved).* jl. pale red; corymbs some- what trichotomous. September. J. three in a whorl, lanceolate, with revolute edges, glabrous above, but beset with fine hairs beneath. 3ranches terete, smoothish. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1838. (P. M. B. 17, 99:) B. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’s). fl. red ; peduncles terminal, trifid, three-flowered. May. l. opposite, ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, rather villous beneath. A. ift. Mexico, 1846. SYN. B. multiflora. (J. H. S. 3, 246.) B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, drooping ; racemes three to five- flowered ; pedicels downy, slender. March. J. opposite, ovate- lanceolate, ciliated; stipules setaceous. A. 14f{t. Mexico, 1845. (B. R. 32, 32.) B. hirtella (hairy). fl. pale red or flesh-coloured, corymbose. l. whorled, lanceolate, with revoluted edges, hairy on both sur- faces, Branches terete. Mexico. B. Humboldtii corymbifiora (Humboldt’s corymb-flowered).* Jl. white, large, fragrant, disposed in terminal racemes; tubes long. Autumn and winter. ¢. ovate, oblong-acuminate, dark green. 1874. One of the finest kinds in cultivation. (G. C. 1873, 717.) B. Jacquini (Jacquin’s). A synonym of B. triphylla. B. jasminiflora (Jasmine-flowered).* Jl. white, fragrant, in com- pound cymes; very floriferous. Winter.. l opposite, elliptic- acuminate. South America, 1869. A very charming and largely grown species, (G. C. 1872, 215.) Fig. 271. BOUVARDIA LEIANTHA, leiantha (smooth-flowered).* fl. scarlet; corymbs sub-trichoto- hae July to November. 1. ternate, ovate-acuminate, slightly airy above, downy-villous beneath. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1850. See Fig. 271.’ (B. H. 26.) agape Jong-flowered).* fl. white, terminal, solitary, sessile, at the be bg %8 1850." (BoM. 4734.) T : venosa (veined).* small and com ; sepals and Mereamcntoured s Tip w te, stro n a pretty free ing species. Honduras, 1839. (B. R. 26, 39.) com BRASSIA (named after Mr. William Brass, who was sent by Sir Joseph Banks to Cape Coast and the neigh- bouring districts as a botanical collector, at the end of the last century). Orp. Orchidee. A genus of tropical neri orchids, very nearly allied to Oncidium, with lich, indeed, Rei unites it. From this genus, however, Brassia may be distinguished by its simple in- florescence, elongated tail-like sepals, and short column, which is quite destitute of the side lobes or ears that form a marked feature in the species of Oncidium. There are about seventeen species, of which many are not sufficiently attractive to deserve the cultivator’s attention. They will succeed either in pots or in baskets, the drainage of which must be perfect. They require to be potted in good fibrous peat, broken in pieces not less in size than a © walnut, placed in the warm end of a Cattleya or Brazilian — house, and supplied liberally with water during summer. — In winter, they must still be kept in a tolerably warm place, and given sufficient water to keep the pseudo-bulbs from shrivelling. It is useless to dry off until shrivellin; takes place, for experience assures us that when a plant shrivels it is generally safe to assume that it has been tried beyond its powers of endurance, and that its con- stitution has given way. Propagated by dividing the plants, when growth has co “a 2 (brilliant).* Jin. in diameter from ti tip Oar: sepals a eins yellow, penres e an e we bar date E sath.” Tropical 1879. jl. white, spotted with chocolate, l. rather broad and very thick. peat and er- 210 THE DICTIONARY OF , GARDENING, Brassia—continued. B. caudata (tailed).* fl., sepals and petals yellow, barred with brown, from 4in. to 6in. long; lip broad and yellow, spotted with greenish-brown. When the plant is large and healthy, it roduces numerous prone spikes, 18in. long, and many-flowered. . lft. West Indies, 1 (B. R. 832.) B. Gireoudiana (Gireoud’s). fl., sepals and petals bright yellow, spotted and blotched with deep red, produced in many- flowered scapes of singular and beautiful flowers during spring and early summer, This species much resembles B. Lanceana, but has larger flowers. Costa Rica. (R. X. O. 1, 32.) Fig. 275. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA LANCEANA. Lanceana ce’s).* fl., sepals and petals lanceolate and tapering, bright yellow, blotched with brown, or sometimes with deep red; lip wholly yellow, slightly spotted at the base, and much waved, deliciously fragrant ; scapes radical, many-flowered. In the typical — the lip is rather more than half as long as the sepals. ¿. rich dark green. h. Yin. Surinam, 1843. See Fig. 275. (B. R. 1754.) _B. L. macrostachya (large-spiked).* fl., sepals and petals bright rich yellow, sparingly spotted with brown, as in the type; sepals E ed out into tail-like appendages, which are sometimes ~ nearly Sin, in length ; lip wholly of a clear pale yellow. Deme- x (a . Jl, sepals pale yellow, without spots or etals of the same colour, tinged with purple near the bout half the length of the sepals, slightly contracted middle, yellow, with a brownish-yellow base. Caraccas. Lawrenceana (Lawrence’s).* Ji. lar : i . large, sweet-scented ; sepals pe ag: gat” intl up tee with cinnamon and green ; = es. eta i 1 une to August. k. lft. Brazil, B. L. longissima ng-sepaled),* blotched and spotted, E a the tote mite Tow, purple, and lengthened out into tail-like appendages. which, in well-grown examples, measure Tin, in length: petals. about 2hin, long and jin, broad at the base, marked in the same s the se m a agar ae bng, pale yellow, dotted and ted owards the base with purple. August and osta Rica, 1868, A magnificent variety. ee E B. maculata (spotted).* fl. large; sepals and petal l irregularly spotted with brown ; the former wt a rth pad cnc with those of the other species; lip white, spotted about and below the centre with brown and purple. Sorina and early summer. Jamaica, 1806. See Fig. ane, (B. M. 1691.) B. m. guttata (spotted).* fl. on spikes 2ft. or 3ft. lone : sepals and Eaa oraban, a eines yok ; lip ere alee, tted with brown, May ugus ruatemāla, 1842. Syn. Wrayæ. (B. M. 4003.) i 3 B, L, pumi Brassia— continued. B. verrucosa (warty-lipped).* fl. large; sepals and petals greenish, blotched with blackish-purple ; lip white, ornamented with numerous little green protuberances or warts, hence the specific name; scape many-flowered, May and June, Guatemala. B. v. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. twice the size of, and a lighter colour than, the type. ‘This variety is very rare, and is said to be the best of the genus. B. Wrayee (Wray’s).* A synonym of B. maculata guttata. BRASSICA (old Latin name used by Pliny; from Bresic, the Celtic name for Cabbage). Cabbage. ORD. Crucifere. Herba- ceous, usually biennial, rarely annual or perennial, or suffrutescent plants, usually with a short caudex. Flowers yellow, rarely white, but never purple nor veined. Radical leaves usually stalked, lyrate, or pinnatifid; cauline ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire; racemes elongated ; pedicels bractless,: filiform. Full cultural details will be found under the popular garden name of each variety. B. oleracea (herb-like). fl. pale yellow, large. May and June. J, glaucous, waved, lobed, smooth. _Root-stem cylindrical, fleshy. h. lft. to 3ft. England, Biennial. B. o. acephala (headless). Borecole or Kale. Stem round, elongated. l. ex- panded; racemes panicled. . 0. bo asparagoides (Asparagus-like). The Broccoli. f abortive. Stem taller than that of the Cauliflower. greyish-glaucous, elongated. Branchlets fleshy, bearing small flower-buds at the top. B. o. b. cauliflora (Cauliflower). Heads of flower -buds rk, terminal. Stem short. l. oblong, of a greyish-glaucous colour. ; B. o. bullata gemmifera (bud-bearing). Brussels Sprouts. Heads small, numgrous, rising from the axils of the leaves along an elongated stern. > ‘ B. o. b. major (larger). Savoy Cabbage. Heads of leaves loose thick, terminal, Meat ED i t : B. o. ca) ed). The Cabbage. Stem round, short. Z. concave, not blistered, crowded into a head before flowering; racemes panicled. | B. o. Caulo-rapa (Kohl-Rabi). Stem tumid and somewhat glo- bose at the origin of the leaves. B. Rapa (Rape) The Turnip. Radical leaves lyrate, destitute of glaucous bloom, green, covered with bristly hairs; middle cauline ones cut; upper ones quite entire, smooth, . Fic, 276. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA MACULATA. BRASSICACEÆ. See Cruciferæ. BRAVOA (named after Bravo, a Mexican botanist). OzD. Amaryllidacee. A pretty little graceful bulbous AN ENCYCLOPEDIA 211 OF HORTICULTURE. Bravoa—continued. plant, hardy in very sheltered positions, but in exposed situations requiring a slight protection in winter. It is an admirable plant for cool-house culture, and delights in a compost of light rich loam, leaf mould, and sand. Propagated by offsets, which are obtainable in autumn; or by seeds, which should be sown as soon as ripe. geminiflora (twin-flowered).* Twin Flower. fl. rich orange- red, tubular, drooping, disposed in the upper part of the flower- stems, which are sometimes 2ft. long. July. J. linear, ensiform, pale green. Mexico, 1841. (B. M. 4741.) BRAZILIAN TEA. see Ilex paraguariensis and Stachytarpheta jamaicensis. BRAZIL NUT. See Bertholletia. BRAZIL WOOD. See Cæsalpinia brasiliensis. BREAD FRUIT. See Artocarpus. BREAD NUT. See Brosimum. BREDIA (named in honour of Professor J. G. S. van Bred). Orp. Melastomaceæ. `An ornamental greenhouse shrub, thriving in rich light loam, leaf soil, and peat. Pro- pagated by cuttings of the ripened shoots, inserted in sandy loam, under a hand glass, in heat; or by seeds. B. hirsuta (hairy).* jl. rose-pink, about jin. across, disposed in loose, terminal, many-flowered cymes. Autumn, l. ovate acumi- nate, hairy. Japan, 1870. (B. M. 6647.) ‘BREEZE. ‘The small particles or refuse of gas coke. It constitutes a very cheap fuel, but, unless mixed with good coke, is only suitable for boilers of the saddle type, having a good draught. Breeze must not, however, be con- founded with coke-dust. BREVOORTIA COCCINEA. See Brodiæa coc- cinea. Fig. 277. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BREXIA MADAGASCARIENSIS. BREXIA (from brevis, rain; the large leaves afford Pe ae rain), EBRD. Sawifragew. Excellent stove 3 w green, in axillary umbels, surrounded by bracts on the outside. Leaves alternate, simple, dotless, ae Sirens with mae stipules. Stems nearly simple. uey require a compost of two parts loam and one of peat, with the addition of a little sand, to keep the whole open. A liberal supply of water must be given at all seasons. Brexia—continued. Cuttings, with their leaves not shortened, strike readily in sand under a hand glass, in heat; or a leaf taken off with a bud attached will grow. Leaves as in accompanying illustration (Fig. 277), and long,’ narrow, spiny-toothed ones, are often produced on the same plant. Probably the two species enumetated below are simply forms of one. Well hardened off, strong growing plants of B, madagas- cariensis are very suitable for sub-tropical gardening. B. mada; D 2 * g at b entire, while young minutely gland toothed. -A Iih Maap car, 1812. See Fig. 277. * g B. spinosa (spiny). l. lanceolate, 20in. long, 2in. broad, spiny- toothed. h. 20ft. Madagascar, 1820. BREXIACEÆ. A section of Sazifragee. BRIAR. Sce Rosa. BRICKS. In England, the standard thickness of brick walls is a Brick and a-half, that is, the length of one brick and the breadth of another. Thirty-two paving bricks, laid flat, will form one square yard of flooring; if set on edge, eighty-four will be required for the same space. The best Bricks for walls are those termed Stocks, which are well burnt. Grizzells and Place Bricks, being only partially burnt, are soft and not durable. In various parts of the kingdom, different clays and methods of manufacture cause a disparity in the weight and appearance of the finished article. Several forms are made to suit various purposes, but the standard size is 9in. long by 4}in. wide, by 2}in. thick, although, since the remission of the duty, some slight variations occur, owing to shrinkage and other causes. Fire Bricks are made of a particular kind of clay, which will stand intense heat when once burnt, and are used in furnaces and other places where durability under great heat is a desideratum. Fire-clay should always be used in place of mortar in building with these. BRILLANTAISIA (named after M. Brillant). Orp. Acanthacee. A very small genus of erect, branching, stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers large, in terminal pani- cles; corolla ringent; upper lip falcate and overarching, with a trifid apex, the lower ` one large, spreading, shortly trifid. Leaves ovate-cordate, on long petioles, For cul- ture, see Barleria. B. ensis (ouarn oe rotine . cymes sub-sessile, loose; icles termina March. l. ite ekiohie. h, 3ft. ; ite, peti Western Africa, 1 This plant, in its habit_ of core. resembles some of the largest speciés of Salvia, (B. M. 4717.) BRISTLES. Stiff hairs. BRISTLY. Covered with stiff hairs. BRISTLY-TOOTHED. Furnished with teeth like bristles, or with the teeth ending each in a bristle. BRIZA (from briza, to nod). Quak- ing Grass. ORD. Graminee. A genus of ornamental hardy grasses. Panicle loose; calyx two-valved; corolla two-valved, awn- less; exterior one ventricose, interior small and fiat. Fruit adnate with the corolla. These extremely graceful plants delight in- a soil composed of loam, leaf soil, and peat. — Seeds may be sown in spring or autumn. For decorative purposes, the branches should be gathered as soon as full grown, and loosely placed in flower-stands, todry. ‘Tufts of these plants look extremely pretty on the rockery, or amongst hardy ferns. B. gracilis (graceful). Synonymous with B. minor. maxima (greatest).* Jl, spikelets oblong-cordate, thirteen to g aee eg he : tine nodding atthe end. June and July, l. bih linear-acuminate. A. 14ft, South Europe, 1633. See 212 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Briza—continued. Fic, 278. BRIZA MAXIMA, showing Habit and single Flower. B. media (middle).* Common Quaking Grass. fl., spikelets broadly ovate, of about seven florets (calyx shorter than the florets), tremulous with the slightest breeze, very smooth, shining purple. Branches of the panicle thread-shaped, divaricating, Po yi mS l. short, linear acuminate. h. lft. Britain. B. minima (least). Synonymous with B. minor, Fig. 279. BRIZA MINOR, phowing Habit and small Panicle of owers, B. minor (small).* Little Quaking Grass, fl., spikelets triangular, seven-flowered ; glumes longer than the flowers; panicle with hair-like branches. June an July. l. pale green, short, narrow. ħ. 8in, England (but very rare). An exceedingly pretty little av aual or perennial grass. SYNS, B, gracilis and D, minima. See Fig. 279. (S. E. B. 1775.) ge —— piked) A yocums aga gw from Brazil, eenen 2 pon r pan Bin in ke abt = and quite distinct, having erect spikes abou BROADCAST. A method of sowing seeds by means of the hand, scattering them over the surface of the ground as equally as possible. It is now superseded, for the majority of garden and field crops, by drilling, which not only economises the quantity of seed used, but greatly facilitates subsequent weeding and thinning out. BROCCOLI (Brassica oleracea botrytis asparagoides). A cultivated variety of the Cabbage, having e oie inflorescence condensed into a fleshy, edible head (see Fig. 280). To grow this popular vegetable successfully, it is necessary to have rich soil of a good depth, in an open ER 2 where the plants can have plenty of sun and air to keep them sturdy. They succeed the autumn Cauli- flower, and are in season from November till May. In preparing ground for Broccoli, trench, in the autumn, to the depth of from 1}ft. to 2ft., and during the process work in a liberal dressing of rotten farmyard manure Ground which has carried a crop of Celery is very suitable for the strong-growing kinds, as, by planting where the Celery rows have been, the necessity of trenching is, to a great extent, obviated. Smaller kinds, however, need to be planted closer in order to obtain a profitable crop. Cultivation. At the beginning of May, prepare seed beds on a south border, and sow the earlier and sprouting kinds. The later varieties would, perhaps, be best sown in April, but they must not be put in early and allowed to remain too long in the sëed bed. Sow thinly, to get the plants as * sturdy as possible; and, to prevent clubbing, work in a little Broccoli—continued. soot or wood ashes on the surface of the beds. Care must also be taken to pick off the club excrescences at planting time, should there be any, and to destroy the grub inside. Clubbing is not so frequent in ground which has been well trenched, and where the plants are not allowed to suffer from drought. Showery weather should be selected for transferring them to their permanent quarters. If it is desired that they should succeed potatoes, they may be planted between every two alternate rows, and the latter crop can be removed when ready. Broccoli succeed best where the ground is firm, and not recently dug or manured. Planting with a crowbar is preferable to digging the ground afresh. If grown by themselves, a distance of from 2ft. to 3ft. should be allowed between the rows, and an equal distance from plant to plant. Some of the early varieties will, in favourable seasons, follow the later Cauli- flowers, while the latest will not be fit for use until the following spring. The heads should be cus as soon as they are large enough; they will keep good for a week in a cold place, while a day or two might open them too much if allowed to remain on the plants. Broccoli which have to stand the winter are liable to injury from severe frosts, and some method of protection is necessary. Two plans are Fic, 280. BROCCOLI. recommended for both large and small gardens, and either or both may be adopted, as found convenient. The first is to apply a covering of fern or other dry protective material, not using too much, but giving sufficient to break the rays of the sun, which, perhaps, do as much harm as the actual frost. The other plan is to take up the plants as soon as the flowers can be seen, and lay them in under a hedge or wall until required for use. In shel- tered positions, or where there are trees to break the force of the wind, the covering with dry litter during severe weather will generally be found sufficient; still, a little precaution in lifting will frequently save a valuable crop. Broccoli should never follow a crop of any other kind of cruciferous plants, particularly Cabbage. : Sorts. Veitch’s Self-protecting Autumn, Purple and White Cape, Grange’s Early White, and Snow’s Winter White. ; These are the best for autumn and mid-winter supplies. n A good selection for spring and late purposes is tohin- son's Penzance, Knight’s Protecting, Cooling’s Matchless, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA 213 OF HORTICULTURE. Broccoli- -continued. Purple Sprouting, Model, Willcove, Leamington, and Cat- tell’s Eclipse. BRODIÆA (named after J. J. Brodie, a Scotch crypto- gamist). Syn. Hookera. ORD. Liliacee. Pretty, slender, hardy, or in some positions only half-hardy, bulbs. The flowers are usually borne in large clusters or umbels; the prevailing colour is blue; coccinea is, however, an exception, the flowers being scarlet. The scape is usually straight and slender, but strong. Leaves from two to four in number, enveloping the part of the scape beneath the surface, and procumbent thereon. Most of them are of easy culture in rich sandy loam; if grown in pots, a mixture of loam, leaf soil, and sand, suits them well. Increased freely by offsets, which should be left undisturbed with the parent bulbs till they reach a flowering state, when they may be divided and replanted in autumn. B. capitata (headed),* jl. deep violet-blue, funnel-shaped, dis- posed in a compact, many-flowered umbel; valves of the spathe eo deep violet. May. l narrow, linear. A, lft. to 2ft. California, ae, Bais Fig. 281. BRODIÆA COCCINEA, showing Flower and Habit. B. coccinea (scarlet).* /l. lin. long, tubular, rich blood-red below, the apex of the tube and the segments yellowish-green ; umbels composed of five to fifteen mage ag flowers. June. J. linear, loose, shorter than the scape. 14ft. California, 1870. Ver handsome, distinct from all other species, requiring a warm, well- drained, and sunny position, and to remain undisturbed. Syn. Brevoortia coccinea. See Fig. 281. (B. M. 5857.) B. congesta (close-headed).* fi. blue, with the crown paler ; seg- ments cleft at the top ; umbel bearing six to eight blooms. The stamens in this species are metamorphosed into fleshy scales, which adhere to the mouth of the perianth. Summer. J. few, - long, slender, channelled on the inside. Bulb small, roundish, much wrinkled. k. lft. Georgia, &c., 1806. A very free- growing and rapidly increasing species. ©. alba (white).* fl, white; in other respects like the type, but B 50 Vigorous. Sracilis 8 (graceful).* 7. deep yellow, with brown nerves, }in. or be t more , In K -flowered umbels. July. l solitary, 1876. žin. broad, nger than the scape. h. din. to ğin. California, Eai scarce and rather tender little species, but very pretty. ii flora Qarge-flowered).* fl. bluish-purple, with entire ite pt sments ; um) Dak two to seven ea okan í l. two to three or more, linear, pointed, slender, grooved on the inside, furnished with a few b small, roundish, dry and wrinkled. tags North America, 1806. Syn. Hookera coronaria. (B. R. _ B, Howellii (Howell’s).* 7, x bell-shaped purplish-blue, about łin. across, sub- ONE acute. Pccon et ig umbels. July aba August. l. California, 1880. shorter than the scape. h. 18in. to 24in. Brodiza— continued. B. ixioides (Ixia-like). See Calliprora lutea. B, lactea (milky-white).* fl, white, usually with green midribs, šin. to Zin. across, saucer-shaped, in many-flowered umbels. June and July. Z. linear, acute, nearly as long as the scape. A. lft, to 2ft. California, 1833. Syns. Hesperoscordum lacteum, Milla hyacinthina, B. multiflora (many-flowered).* jl. blue-purple, very numerous, in sub-globose heads. May. J. linear, elongate, lft. to 2ft. long, rather fleshy. h. 1ft. to 14ft. California, 1872. (B. M. 5989.) B. volubilis hwita). J. rose-coloured, in dense umbels, each containing fifteen to thirty blooms; scape twining, sometimes 12ft. long. July. l. narrow, linear-lanceolate, lft. long, synan- thous. California, 1874. Half-hardy bulb. (B. M. 6123. BROMELIA (named after Bromel, a Swedish botanist). ORD. Bromeliacee. A genus of stove herbaceous perennials, allied to the Pineapple. Flowers, corolla three-petaled, convolute, erect, or spreading at the top. Leaves densely packed, rigid, lanceolate, with spiny margins. Stems short. These plants require much the same treatment as Bill- bergia. Allied genera are Æchmea, Ananassa, Billbergia, Disteganthus, Greigia, Karatas, Ruckia (which see). B, antiacantha (opposite-spined). Jl. purple, scarlet. Brazil, 1864. Syn. B. sceptrum. B. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. scarlet, in a close central sessile head, March. l. numerous, narrow, ensiform, outer green, central crimson; elegantly radiate. Chili, Syn. B. Joinvillet, B. pit- cairniefolia. (B. H. 14.) B. bracteata (red-bracted).* Jl. pink; scape elongated ; raceme compound i bracts red, ovate-lanceolate. September. J. serrate, spiny. h. 2ft. Jamaica, 1785. B. Fernandez (Fernanda’s).* fl. yellowish, in ovoid heads ; bracts orange-red. July. l. linear-ligulate, 24in. to 30in. long, recurved, spiny-edged. Para, 1872. B. Joinvillei (Joinville’s). A synonym of B, bwolor. B. Karatas. See Karatas Plumieri. B. piteairnizefolia (Pitcairnia-leaved). A synonym of B. bicolor. B. sceptrum (sceptre-like). A synonym of B. antiacantha and Karatas Plumieri. BROMELIACEZ:. An extensive order of stemless or short-stemmed plants, having rigid, channelled, and usually spiny leaves. Flowers very showy; outer perianth three- cleft, persistent, inner one of three withering segments ; stamens six, inserted in the tube of the perianth. To this order belongs the Pineapple. The genera best known in gardens are Ananassa, Æchmea, Billbergia, Bromelia, and Tillandsia. BROMHEADIA (in honour of Sir Edward Finch Bromhead). Orp. Orchideæ. A small genus of stove orchids, comprising a couple of species, with erect stems, large flowers, and cucullate lip, which is parallel with the column. For culture, see Ansellia. B. palustris (marsh).* ., sepals and calyx white; lip white ex- ternally, within streaked with purple, and having a yellow blotch in centre; spike terminal, distichous, flexuous, many-flowered, on a long peduncle; bracts short, stiff, tooth-like. June. l dis- _tichous, oblong-linear, emarginate. h. 2ft. Singapore, 1840. (B. R. 30, 18.) Pi ry c/s ESS Fic. 282. BROMUS BRIZEFORMIS. BROMUS (from bromos, the Greek name for a wild oat), ORD. Graminee. B. brizaformis (see Fig. 282) is an elegant biennial grass, with drooping panicles of spikelets, Py 214 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bromus—continued. about as large as those of Briza maxima. It grows about 2ft. high, and is of very easy culture in common garden soil. Sow seeds outside in patches, in July, thinning out the plants when necessary. There are numerous other species belonging to this genus, but the above-mentioned is the only one worth growing in gardens. It forms a beautiful object in the mixed border, or among ferns. BRONGNIARTIA (in honour of Adolphe Brong- niart, a distinguished botanist, and one of the editors of “Annales des Sciences Naturelles ”). ORD. Leguminose. Handsome greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, clothed with silky villi. Flowers large, purple; pedicels twin, axillary, one-flowered. Leaves impari-pinnate, with many pairs of leaflets, the terminal one not remote from the rest. They require a compost of sandy loam, leaf soil, and fibry peat, with perfect drainage. Cuttings of the young shoots, if firm at the base, will root if dibbled in sand, under a bell glass, in a cool house. yrioides (Podalyria-like).* fl. purple, large. September. l. with two to five pairs of leaflets; leaflets elliptic-oblong, rounded, and mucronate at the apex, clothed with adpressed pain on both surfaces, but silky when young. h, 1ft. New Spain, B. sericea (silky).* fl. purple. September. k. 1ft. l, leaflets ovate-oblong, acute, very silky on both surfaces. Mexico, 1843. BROOK-LIME. See Veronica Beccabunga, BROOM. Sce Besom. BROOM. See Cytisus scoparius. BROOM RAPE. See Orobanche. BROOM, SPANISH. See Spartium junceum. BROSIMUM (from brosimos, edible; fruit edible). Bread Nut. ORD. Urticaceœ. A genus of stove evergreen shrubs or trees, principally of economic value in their native countries. Male and female flowers generally in a globular head, but sometimes borne on separate trees; calyx and corolla wanting. Leaves entire. They generally thrive in a rich fibry loam. Cuttings of ripe wood, with their leaves on, root if placed in sand, in moist heat. B. Alicastrum. f., catkins globose, stalked, twin, axillary. fr. coated. l. ovate-lanceolate. A. 6ft. Jamaica, 1776. BROUGHTONIA (named after Mr. Arthur Broughton, an English botanist). Orp. Orchidew. A very com- pact-growing stove evergreen, allied to Lelia, succeeding best if suspended from the roof on a block of wood, with a little moss; it requires a free supply of heat and water when in a growing state. Propagated by dividing the plant. The colour of the flowers is very distinct. B. sanguinea (blood-coloured).* fl. blood-coloured, rather large, disposed in a terminal panicle ; scape divided ; column distined, or at the very base united with the unguiculate lip, which is 1 ned at the base into a tube, connate with the ovarium. Summer, /. twin, oblong, seated on a pseudo-bulb. h. lift. Jamaica, 1793. (B. M. 3076.) : : (named after P. N. V. Broussonet, a French naturalist, who wrote numerous works on Natural History). ORD. Urticacee. Orname fast-growing, de- ciduous, Malberry-like trees. They require rather good open garden soil, and prove hardy in situations which are not very exposed. Propagated by suckers and cuttings of ripened wood, inserted in autumn, in a cool house; and by seeds, sown when ripe, or kept till the following April. B. papyrifera (paper-bearing).* The Paper Mulberry. dicecious ; males in beera i pode nd cai E mmen : in the axil of a bract; females in peduncled, ax i AG lobular heads. May. l. simple, alternate, exstipulate, variously S O e o gE e eaves. (B. M. 2358). ee ee BROWALLIA (named in honour of John Browall, « Bishop of Abo, who defended the sexual system of Lin- X næus against Siegesbeck, in a book entitled “ Examen ; . epicriseos,” &c., 1739). ~Orp.Scrophularinee. A genus “> of handsome shrubs or herbs. Flowers blue or white, axil- ~ lary and terminal; corolla salver-shaped, resupinate from contortion of the peduncle; tube fifteen-nerved, ventri- e Ta Browallia—continued. cose at top. Leaves alternate, stalked, ovate in outline. They thrive best in a rich, open, sandy soil. To have strong plants in bloom by Christmas and after, seeds should be sown in July, in pans or pots of light rich sandy soil, and kept in a close frame, or hand light, where they can be shaded till germination takes place. When large enough to handle, the seedlings may either be pricked out, three in a pot, or potted singly, according to the size of the specimens required. In the former way, they form fine masses for conservatory or greenhouse decoration, or to cut from; and in the latter, they are very suitable for window recesses, &c. After potting, they should be stood in a pit or frame, and syringed every morning and evening, to ward off at- tacks of insect pests. An abundance of well-diluted liquid manure is required as soon as the flower-buds appear. To keep the plants dwarf and bushy, it will be needful to stop them about three times during the remainder of the summer and autumn, keeping as near the glass as possible; they should be housed by the end of September. These elegant little greenhouse annuals are unrivalled for affording choice, neat sprays for bouquets during the winter and early spring months, or for growing as pot plants, to furnish warm greenhouses or sitting-room windows. Many of the species and varieties are largely employed for summer decoration of the flower garden, with highly satis- factory results; for this purpose, seeds should be sown in gentle heat early in spring, and the plants transferred to the flower borders latë in June, or early in July, having been previously encouraged in pots, and well hardened off. B. abbreviata (shortened). /l. light red; pedicels shorter than the calyx; calyx campanulate, with teeth as long as the tube. ae ed when young, quite glabrous when mature. 1852. B. demissa (low).* 7. ofa brigas but pale blue colour, sometimes red or purple; peduncles axiilary- one-flowered, downy. June. l. ovate-oblong, acuminated, oblique at the base. h. 6in. to lft. Panama, 1735. (B. M. 1136.) ; A à i pS ip me pec N Fig. 283. BRuWALLia ELATA, showing Habit and Flower. B. elata (tall).* fil. deep blue; calyx beset with glandular hairs; peduncles axillary, one or many-flowered. July. l. oval, acumi- nated. h. 1}ft. Peru, 1768. Of this extensively-grown species there are two varieties, one with white flowers, and the other, grandiflora, with pale blue, both of which are well worth growing. Fig. 285. (B. M. 34.) diflora (large-flowered).* fl., corolla with a greenish- B ow tube, aeh 2 clothed with aspar villi, and a white or very pale lilac limb; peduncles one-flowered, axillary, racemose at the tops of the branches. July, l. ovate, acute, attenuated into the petioles at the base. h. lft. to 3ft. Pern, 1829. (B. M. 3069.) B. Jamesoni (Jameson’s)* /. bright orange, with lighter- coloured throat, tubular. June. h. 4ft. New Grenada, 1850. This species has been recently re-introduced, after having been lost to cultivation for over thirty years. (B. M. 4605.) B. Roezli (Roezl’s). fa large, either of a delicate azure blue, or white, with a yellow tube. Spring to autumn. J. shining n, An exceedingly pon species, having flowers double the size of any other, and forming a dense compact bush, height. Rocky Mountains, 1yft. to 2it, in AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 915 BROWNEA (named after Patrick Browne, M.D., - author of a History of Jamaica). ORD. Leguminose. Very handsome stove evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to Amherstia. Flowers of a rose-scarlet colour, rising in fascicled heads from the axillary buds. Leaves abruptly- pinnate, when young flaccid, and with the leaflets revolute at the edges; leaf-bud long and stipulaceous. All the species are well worthy of the most extensive cultivation. A mixture of loam, peat, and sand, is a soil well adapted for them, and great care should be taken not to over-water the plants in winter, as too great a supply will be sure to kill them. Propagated by cuttings, taken from ripened wood, planted in a pot of sand, and placed under a hand glass, in a moist heat, B. Ariza (Ariza).* /l. richest scarlet, produced in a large, globular, drooping head of immense size. Summer. Z. pinnate, usually with six or eight pairs of pinnæ, which are oblong-lanceolate, and sharply tapered to a point. A. 20ft. to 40ft. Columbia, 1843. This noble tree requires a large house to fully perfect its beauty. Syn. B. princeps. (B. M. 6459.) B. Birschellii (Birschell’s). Jl. rose-coloured, in drooping racemes, April to July. l. pinnate ; leaflets oblanceolate, 6in. long. h. 10ft. to 20ft. La Guayra, 1872. (B. M. 5998.) B. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, fascicled. July to August. l. with two to three pairs of oval-oblong, acuminated leaflets. h. 6ft. to 10ft. Venezuela, 1793. (B. M. 3964.) B. grandiceps Saree pended)” Jl. red, in dense capitate spikes. July. l. with usually twelve pairs of oblong-lanceolate glandless leaflets, ending in a long cuspidate acumen; branches and pe- tioles pubescent. h. (in its native home) 60ft. Caraccas, 1829. (B. M. 4859.) B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. red, in dense fascicles; invo- lucre tomentose. 1. with one to three pairs of ovate or obovate- cuspidate leaflets. h. 6ft. to 8ft. Caraccas, 1824. B. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. orange-scarlet, in dense heads, often measuring nearly 3ft. in circumference. Central America, 1879. (G. C. 1873, p. 779.) B. princeps (chief). A synonym of B. Ariza. B. racemosa (clustered).* jl. rose-coloured, racemose; inyo- lucre and calyx clothed with fine tomentum. J. with four pairs of unequal-sided, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, cuspidately-acu- à minated leaflets, which are glanduliferous at the base. h. 4ft. Caraccas, 1826. = B. Rosa del Monte. f. scarlet, in dense heads; leaflets of the involucre roundish, imbricated, and, when in a young state, rather reve, i June. l. with two to three pair of oval- Farr acuminated leaflets; branches pen petioles glabrous. South America, 1820. (B. R. 1472. BROWNLOWIA (named in honour of Lady Brown- low, daughter of Sir Abraham Hume, and a great patroness of botany). ORD. Filiaceew. Very handsome greenhouse evergreen trees, thriving well in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of ripe shoots will root if placed in sand, under a hand glass, in heat. * . i s, a arate nt v: oita srai paesan . eke Ok India, 1823. (B. R. 1472.) BRUCEA (commemorative of James Bruce, the cele- brated African traveller), ORD. Simarubee. Ornamental stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers small, purplish inside, disposed in interrupted glomerate spikes, or racemes. Leaves impari-pinnate, with six pairs of opposite, entire or serrated leaflets, without dots. Branches, peduncles, petioles, and nerves of leaves, clothed with rufescent down. They thrive in a loamy soil; and cuttings from ripened wood strike freely, in a pot of sand, under a hand glass, un a moderate heat. : Be idysenteric). fl., racemes simple, spike- ee azaemterica (antidyse ra e. y. leaflets quite entire, clothed with rusty villi on the nerves beneath. A. Sit. Abyssinia, 1775. E. (Sumatra).* . dark purple; racemes usually compound, 3 i beneath. h. 20ft. Sumai. May. l., leaflets serrated, villous benea BRUCHUS GRANARIUS. See Bean Beetle. BRUCHUS PISI. See Pea Weevil. BRUGMANSIA. See Datura. ' BRUNPELSIA (named after Otto Brunfels, of Mentz, rst a Carthusian monk, and afterwards a physician ; he published the first good figures of plants in 1530). SYN. Franciscea. ORD. Scrophularinee. Elegant free-flowering Brunfelsia—continued. stove evergreens. Flowers sweet-scented; corolla large, fu.nel or salver-shaped, with a long tube, and a flat, five- lobed, obtuse, nearly equal limb. A light rich soil, or a compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat, is necessary to grow these plants successfully. Propagated by cuttings, planted in sand, and placed under bell glasses, in a moderate heat. When rooted, they should be placed in small pots, in a com- post somewhat more sandy than that already mentioned. While growing, they require to be kept in a moist stove temperature, and should be hardened by placing them in a drier, and somewhat cooler, temperature after each growth is completed; the pots should be changed as often as the roots become thick around the ball of earth. The larger plants flower freely, and should be slightly pruned in annually, before commencing their new growth, thus securing neat and compact specimens. Repotting should be effected directly they have done flowering. The plants should then be placed in a temperature ranging from 60deg. to 68deg., and both the roots and foliage liberally supplied with water. When flowers appear—about October or November—the syringing must be less frequently per- formed. At this period, if it be desirable to prolong the flowering season, the plants should be removed to a tem- perature of about 48deg. A few administrations of weak liquid manure during the growing season are of great value. B. acuminata (taper-pointed-leaved).* fl. bluish-violet, few, sub- cymose, terminal. April. J. oblong, acuminated, attenuated a little at the base, glabrous; bracts lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous. h. lft. to 2ft. Rio Janeiro, 1840. (B. M. 4189.) B. americana (American).* fl. first yellow, then white, very sweet- scented ; axillary flowers solitary, terminal ones numerous. June. l. obovate, elliptic, acuminated, longer than the petioles. A. 4ft. to 6ft. West Indies, 1735. There are narrow and broad-leaved varieties of this species. (B. M. 393.) Fic. 284, FLOWER OF BRUNIA NODIFLORA, . calycina a * urple, disposed in large trusses, gt are (oup shape) eras hout the whole year. l. large, lanceolate, shining light green. A. 2ft. Brazil, 1850. One of the largest-flowered species grown. (B. M. 4583.) i wered). ji. soft blue, cymosely irp B. confertiflora (dense-flo i terminal. January to June. l. nearly sessile, oblong 216 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Brunfelsia—continued. above; bracteoles oblong, attenuated at the base, and are, as well as the calyces, clothed with rusty hairs. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Brazil. B. eximia (choice).* fl. produced from the points of the shoots, upwards of 2in. in diameter, deep purple. een to July. J. oblong-lanceolate, dark green, but not glossy. kh. 2ft. Brazil, 1847. (B. M. 4790.) B. grandiflora (large-flowered). fl. greenish; limb of corolla 2in, in diameter, corymbose, terminal. June. J. elliptic-oblong, acumina Branches twiggy. h. 3ft. Peru. B. hydrangezformis (Hydrangea-like).* fl. beautiful bluish- violet; cymes terminal, hemispherical, large. April. J. oblong, acute, cuneiform at base, quite glabrous, lft. long; bracts lan- ceolate, aggregate. h. lft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. ‘This is one of the most elegant species of the genus, (B. M. 4209.) B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. at first lavender-colour, with a distinct white eye, eventually becoming almost white; deliciously fragrant, sub-cymose, termina]. Winter to early spring. l broad- elliptic, acutish, greyish-white, 6in. to 7in. long, and ‘Bin. to 2gin. broad. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 3907.) B. Lindeniana (Linden’s).* fl. rich purple, wi i Ek rreraren nh Forni, 8b ioe eee i B. uniflora (one-flowered). fl. solitary; corolla with a whitish tube, and a bluish-violet or purple limb. Winter. J. elliptic, acute ; branches greenish, hoary, diffuse, spreading. h. 1ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1826. (L. B. C. 1332.) BRUNIA (named after Corneille de Bruin, better known under the name of Le Brun, a Dutchman, a traveller in the Levant), ORD. Bruniacee. Elegant little greenhouse evergreen Heath-like shrubs, more or less branched, with the branches in whorls, erect or spreading. Flowers capitate, furnished with three bracts each, or sometimes deficient of the two lateral ones. Leaves small, closely imbricate. They require a compost of peat and sand, with a little leaf soil added, firm potting and good drainage. Cuttings of young shoots root freely in sand, under a hand light, in summer. B. nodiflora (knot-flowered).* fl. white; heads globose, size of a cherry, on the tops of the branches. July. J. lanceolate, awl- shaped, trigonal, acute, smooth, closely imbricate, not ustulate at the apex. lft. to 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1786. See Fig. 284. BRUNIACEZ. An order of much-branched Heath- like shrubs, usually having small leaves, which are crowded and entire. Flowers in terminal heads; petals five, alter- nating with the lobes of the calyx. The typical genus is Brunia. BRUNONIA (named after Robert Brown, the most eminent botanist of his time). ORD. Goodenovie. A stem- ~ less greenhouse perennial herb, with the habit of Scabiosa, downy from glandless simple hairs. Flowers distinct, with a whorl of five membranous bracts; corolla blue, marcescent. Radical leaves quite entire, spathulate; scapes undivided, each bearing one head; head hemispherical, lobate ; lobes involucrated by foliaceous bracts. It thrives in a compost of decayed manure, or leaf soil and peat, with a little _ loam added; thorough drainage is necessary. Propagated _ by divisions, in early spring, previous to repotting. ; B. australis (southern)* is the only species known to be in cultivation. h. lft. New Holland, 1834. (B. R. 1833.) _ BRUNSVIGIA (named after the noble House of Brunswick). Orp. Amaryllidew. Very showy greenhouse bulbous plants, from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers red, on vory long pedicels. Bulbs large. Leaves broad, horizontal; perianth with an evident longer or shorter tube, curving upwards, funnel-shaped, deeply six-parted, deciduous ; segments sub-equal, many-nerved, flat, and re- curved at the apex; stamens on the tube much curved upwards; scape appearing in summer without the leaves ; umbels many-flowered. Propagation is effected by offsets, of which the large bulbs produce but few. These, when secured, may be removed after reaching some consider- able size, carefully potted in a mixture of sandy loam and peat, with good drainage, and kept tolerably warm and close until established; water must be given but` sparingly until root-action has commenced. The best place for growing the offsets into a flowering size is on a shelf near the glass, in a temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg. With an abundance of water while growing, and kept dry while semi-dormant, thus allowing them a rest, the bulbs Brunsvigia—continued. will speedily increase in size; but it may be years before flowers are produced. Culture: This may be divided into two periods—one of growth, and one of rest. After the latter period, they should be allowed to start into fresh growth, without stimulation, and, as soon as started, liberal supplies of water should be given, and a genial temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. maintained, to make them grow vigorously. Good-sized pots are also necessary, with a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, in equal parts. They are usually confined to the greenhouse, or warm conserva- tory, but are sometimes successfully grown in a south border at the base of a wall, planted out in a pit, upon which the lights may be placed in winter, and matted if necessary, as they cannot endure frost. A good depth of soil, consisting of fibrous loam, peat, and sand, in equal proportions, with good drainage, should be prepared. In all cases, the bulbs should be planted somewhat deeply. One of the most satisfactory methods of ensuring the flowering of these plants consists in subjecting the bulbs, when at rest, to a hot dry heat of 70deg. or more, which thoroughly ripens them; but, after this treatment, it will be necessary ‘to encourage the after-growth to the fullest possible extent. B. ciliaris (liair-fringed). with white hairs. h. 1ft. B. Cooperi (Cooper’s).* SD. sapea e oaee. fleshy. k. 1ft. 1872. (Ref. B. 330.) a B. falcata (sickle-leaved).* ji. red. May. l sickle-shaped, wi r discoloured, pi o era edge. h.9in. 1774. (B. M. 1443.) Syn. Ammocharis falcata. B. J hineæ (Josephine’s).* fl. scarlet; scape twice as long as the rays of the many-flowered umbel. l. strap-shaped, erect, spreading, glaucous. h. 1ift. This handsome species is much grown. 1814. (B. M. 2578.) Minor and striata are varieties. B. multiflora (many-fiowered).* jl. red, loosely umbellate. June. l iform, smooth, lying on the ground. h. lft. 1752. (B. M. fl. dull purple. l. strongly fringed 1752. (B. R. 1153.) jl. sulphur-coloured, edged with red ; l. ligulate-obtuse, bifarious, . k + B. toxicaria (poison-bulb).* fl. pink ; umbel hemispherical, many- flowered. Äl pean vtn to Dooa . many, erect, oblique, glau- cous. h. 1ft.- 1774. (B. R. 567.) B. coranica is a variety of this. 1815. (B. R. 139.) 1 BRUSSELS SPROUTS (Brassica oleracea bullata gemmifera). A cultivated variety of the Cabbage (Fig. 285). Leaves blistered. Stems covered with small, close AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 217 Brussels Sprouts—continued. heads. To secure this vegetable in its best form, it must be grown on deeply-worked and rich ground. In addition, the seeds should be obtained from a good source, as there are many spurious stocks in cultivation. Plenty of room must be allowed the plants to develop, and the tops and Brussels Sprouts—continued. sow thinly in a cold frame, or carefully prepare seed beds on a warm south border. As soon as the plants are large enough, prick them off into prepared soil, to grow on ; about the end of April, transplant into a piece of rich ground, which has been previously prepared for them, setting in Fic, 286. BRYONIA LACINIOSA. leaves should not be removed till after the sprouts are gathered; dead leaves, of course, excepted. It is a bad plan to plant Brussels Sprouts amongst potatoes or other crops, as they become unduly weakened, and never give such good returns as when grown by themselves. Soil and Cultivation. In February, and early in March, rows from 2ft. to 3ft. asunder, and 2ft. apart in the rows. The earlier the plants are put out, the better; and they should be watered-in when planted, so that they receive as little a check as possible. They must be kept clear of weeds, and earthed up as soon as they get a good size. During severe frost, some light dry aw TA with F 218 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Brussels Sprouts—continued. advantage be thrown over them for protection; and the less they are interfered with when frozen, the better. Sorts. The Imported is the best strain for general use ; other good sorts are: Sutton’s Matchless, The Aigburth, and Serymger’s Giant. BRYA (from bryo, to sprout; the seeds germinate before falling from the tree). ORD. Leguminose. A small genus of stove shrubs or small trees, furnished with stipular spines, and solitary, or clustered, or pinnate leaves. The undermentioned species thrives in a rich fibry loam. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings, placed in a hotbed. B. Ebenus (ebony). Jamaica Ebony. f. ss a yellow; peduncles two to three together, , one to two-flowered, shorter than the leaves. July and August. _ l., leaflets aggregate, obovate. h. 12ft. to 14ft. West Indies, 1713. (B. M. 4670.) BRYANTHUS (from bryon, a moss, and anthos, a flower). ORD. Ericacee. A genus of small trailing shrubs, allied to Loiseleuria. Flowers terminal, somewhat race- mose; calyx five-leaved, imbricate; corolla deeply five- parted, spreading. Leaves crowded, spreading, flattish. For culture, see Menziesia. B. empetriformis (Crowberry-leaved). reddish-purple, clus- tered near the extremities of the branches. l. crowded, linear, on short adpressed petioles. h. 6in. North-west America, 1829. Syn. Menziesia empetrifolia. (B. M. 3176.) B. erectus (erect). fl. red, pentamerous, broadly campanulate. l. linear, obtuse, o rely serrated. h. about lft. Siberia. iler. (L. & P. F. G. 1, 19.) B. Gmelini (Gmelin’s). fl. red; peduncles glandular, many- flowered. E with danaou a ERa A din ox Sin,” EA chatka and Behring’s Island. BRYONTA (from bryo, to sprout; in allusion to the annual growth from the tuber). Bryony. ORD. Cucurbitacee. Tuberous-rooted perennial herbaceous plants, producing annual climbing stems. The native species is well worth growing over unsightly hedges, fences, &c., and in the wild garden ; it is a rapid grower, and of extremely easy culture. The stove perennial species should be grown in pots, and the stems trained up the rafters. Rich loam is the soil most suitable for their cultivation. Propagated by seeds, or by divisions of the tuber. R. dioica (di ). jl. greenish-white, racemose, dicecious. fr. ace ges red. May to September. J. cordate, mately five- 0 a toothed, scabrous, from callous points. England. (Sy. En. B. 517.) e B. laciniosa (cut-leaved). fl. yellow, solitary ; corollas hairy in- side, smooth outside. fr. size of a cherry, striated with white. July. l palmately five-parted, cordate, rough, and blistered, with oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, serrated segments ; petioles muricated. Ceylon, 1710. Stove species. SYN. Bryonopsis laci- niosa. See Fig. 286. BRYONY. See Bryonia. BRYOPHYLLUM (from bryo, to sprout, and phyllon, a leaf; plants spring from the notches on the edges of the : leaves when taken off the plant, and placed in a moist situation). ORD. Crassulacew. This very curious stove suc- ` eulent thrives in pots of rich loamy soil; perfect drainage is essential, and but little water is at any time needed. d). jl. yellowish-red ; cymes panicled, ‘ pp osite, + i ; i i- i a nate, with one or two pairs of HE ge gg amet a ~ i 2ft. to 3ft. India, 1806. A fleshy, erect, % k for curiosity. á hed evergreen shrub, grown chiefly BUCCO. See Agathosma. = 3 | BUCIDA. Se T Tee ee a BUCKBEAN. See Menyanthes. BUCKLANDIA (named after Dr. Buckland, a former Dean of Westminster, and Professor of Geology at Oxford). ‚ORD. Hamamelidee. A handsome greenhouse tree, allied to Liquidambar. It thrives in rich sandy loam, peat, and leaf mould ; or peat may be left out if the leaf soil is good ; perfect drainage is also essential. Cuttings of ripened shoots will strike in sandy loam, under a hand glass, with Bucklandia—continued. moderate heat. They must be watered carefully, or they are liable to rot off. EB. populnea (Poplar-like). J. pale green, large, leathery, cordate, ovate-acute, on long stalks, pinkish when young; stipules very curious, large red, consisting of two leafy oblong plates, placed face to face in an erect position between the leafstalk and the stem. h. 100ft. Himalayas, 1875. (B. M. 6507.) BUCKLER MUSTARD. See Biscutella. BUCKTHORN. See Rhamnus. BUCKWHEAT. See Fagopyrum esculentum. BUCKWHEAT-TREE. See Mylocaryum. BUDDING. This process consists of taking an eye or bud attached to a portion of the bark, and transferring it to another and different plant; it is an operation almost confined to woody plants, but has been practised with more or less success upon herbaceous perenniais. The stock should not be budded unless the sap is in circulation, which is assured if the bark will detach itself easily, when gently lifted, from the wood. There are many ways of performing the different systems, in preparing and inserting the Buds, &c., and all may prove more or less successful if undertaken when the Buds and stock are both in a suitable condition. The principal methods are Shield or T-budding, including the Circular, Square, and Inverted forms; Flute or Tube- budding, and Annular or Ring-budding. The first-named method, which is fully described below, is very extensively practised for propagating Roses and stone fruits. It is also coming more in use for the pro- pagation of many other fruit ‘trees, including Apples and Pears, especially new or scarce varieties, as the great ad- vantage of making use of many more of the eyes, to form separate trees, is thereby attained. In large nurseries, where skilful propagators are employed, thousands of trees are annually budded, the majority of them with very suc- cessful results. It is, in most cases, preferable to purchase established fruit trees, as cultivators require the produce m much quicker than they could get it by propagating trees themselves. The same system of Budding is, however, applicable for increasing Roses; and this may be adopted with every chance of success by even a cottager, if he takes the necessary care in performing the work. Rare varieties of ornamental deciduous trees are largely propagated in this way; for instance, many of the Acers, Elms, Horse Chestnuts, &c. Rhododendrons and Hollies, are also rapidly increased in some establishments by this means. In the case of fruit-trees, plump wood Buds must be selected, from medium-sized branches. On some sorts these are scarce, the majority being Flower-buds, and it is rather difficult to distinguish between them at the Budding season. The best time for the operation is from June to the end of August; but surrounding influences, condition of Buds, stocks, &c., must be taken into account. Clean cuts, with gentle and skilful handling, are even more important in the Budding of stone fruits than of Roses or other plants, and the ties should be lightly but firmly made. In all cases, the operation must be performed as quickly as possible, as both Bud and bark are injured if exposed to the air for any length of time. a Fic. 287. FıG. 288, To proceed with the ordinary system of Shield-budding, the stock (see Fig. 287 a) should first have a longitudinal and Evergreen shrubs, such as _ KJ s AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 219 Budding—continued. a transverse incision made in the bark, the former about lin. long. Next, the Bud should be prepared, removing half the leaf (see Fig. 288). Hold the branch with the left hand, and pass the knife from about jin. below, gradually upwards and inwards under the Bud, bringing it out in a similar way at a somewhat shorter distance above. A portion of wood will also be taken out, and this is generally removed the opposite way to that in which the Bud has been cut. By skilful Budders, it is removed by a sort of twitch from either end. Great care must be taken not to pull out the base or root of the Bud at the same time, as this would render it useless. Should the whole come out together, leaving a hollow place under the eye of the Bud, it must be thrown away, and another prepared. The Bud being ready, loosen the bark at the point where the incisions meet, with the ivory knife handle, and insert it by means of the piece of leaf attached. It must then be tied in with soft matting or bast, to exclude air, but not tight enough to injure the bark. Shading from bright sun is advisable for a few days afterwards, and, as soon as the union takes place, the ties must be frequently examined, and loosened if necessary. Some prefer Budding late in the season, in order that the Bud may remain dormant during the winter, and breaking stronger the following spring. Occasionally, they are inserted in spring, just at the commencement of growth. The stocks of the Summer-budded trees should only be allowed a moderate amount of foliage during the autumn, and should be cut back to the established Bud before growth commences in spring. Square and Circular Shield-budding consists in cutting out a piece of bark of either shape from the stock, and inserting another piece of exactly the same size, containing a Bud, and covering with a bandage, or piece of sticking ~ plaster, all except the eye. This mode is seldom made use of. Inverted T or Shield-budding is preferred in the south ‘of France for propagating Orange-trees, but is not other- Wise much used. The only difference is that the transverse cision is made below, instead of above, the other, and the inserted upwards, making it fit with the bark at the point where the stock is cut across. Flute-budding is sometimes used, and answers well for some trees (see Fig. 289). A cylinder of bark is removed Fic. 289, from the stock, and one of a similar size from the scion, containing Buds, is fitted in its place, being carefully made air-tight by means of a bandage or grafting wax. Some fer splitting the bark, as shown in the illustration, ng it over the tube or cylinder; but the parts cannot be fitted so well as when it is removed. Ring Budding. By this mode, it is not necessary to cut off the top of the stock. A ring of bark may be removed from any convenient part (see Fig. 290b) and replaced with one containing eyes (see Fig. 290 a). The latter should be taken from a little larger branch than the stock, as the bark a Bente ket to fit better. As in Flute-budding, air e exciu y means of i d bandages Or grafting wat. pam paper an ag g operations may be performed at any time during the season; but dull cloudy weather, and morning or evening, are most suitable, If the branch, containing Budding—continued. Buds, cannot be obtained as required for use, the ends may be placed in water, to keep them fresh; but unnecessary delay should be avoided. ; Stocks for Budding upon. For the Cherry, the Wild Gean, and seedlings from the Morello, make capital stocks for tall trees and those of moderate growth; and the Mahaleb, or Perfumed Cherry, for small trees for pots, bushes, pyramids, or cordons. For the Plum, the Mussel, Mirabelle, Magnum Bonum, St. Julian, &c., are mostly used for stocks, the Mirabelle being best for small trees. Peaches and Nectarines are generally budded on the Mussel, St. Julian, or Mirabelle Plums; the last are best for dwarfs. The Apricot is budded on the Mussel or Fic, 290, Mirabelle Plums, for small plants; and the St. Julian Plum for standards. In France, the Damas Noir, or Black Damask, and the Cerisette, are also used. They should all be raised from seeds, and not from suckers. Seeds for raising plants for stocks may be sown as soon as ripe; but where quantities are used, the stones are thrown into heaps, so as to slightly ferment during winter. In the zI í > is, tl EAN ý 4 G i x j 1A Y —- = H a — Fie, Bl... in drills or beds, and transplanted 2ft. or 3ft. apart, and 10in. or Hoa fi lant to plant. The dwarfs are generally bud (ho atd p and the standards the third or fourth. Dwarf trees are budded from within a few inches of the spring, they are sown the‘next year in rows ET 220 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Budding—continued. ground to 1ft. above; standards and riders from 3ft. to 9ft.; cordons, pyramids, &c., can hardly be budded too low. Rose Budding. Propagation of Roses by Budding is very extensively practised both with standard trees and = dwarf plants. It is perhaps easier and more certain to succeed with these than with fruit trees; but the mode adopted is precisely the same—that of the shield-shaped Bud with the core, or root, and the bark attached. For standards, the common briar of the Dog Rose is the best. The earlier these are obtained and planted in November, the - better, as roots are then formed at once. For dwarf plants, the Manetti stock is mostly used, being easily obtained and had in proper condition almost at any time when Buds are ready. Plants on this stock do not succeed in all soils, and suckers are also very liable to be produced. Budding on the seedling briar is attended with good results, and is practised more than hitherto. The De la Grifferaie stock is also used, more for Tea Roses than others, and is considered by some to pro- duce better plants than the Manetti. The shoots on standard briars should be reduced to about three of the strongest, selected as close together as possible, and near the top, the briars having been previously cut back the desired height at planting time. Two Buds are sufficient for a good head; but, for certainty, three may be in- serted. Fig. 291 represents a tall briar with three shoots; a shows the shoot slit for the Bud; b, the Bud inserted ; c, the Bud tied in. Fig. 292 is a branch showing Buds, the lowest ones of which are most suitable, being in firmer wood. Fic. 292, Those at the top are often useless. Fig. 293 represents a Bud taken from Fig. 292, a, b, and Fig. 294 gives an idea of how the wood is removed. As previously remarked when describing the system, ex- perienced Budders remove the wood from either end. Fig. 294 shows its removal from the lower end. Fig. 293 Budding as close as possible to the main stem is most desirable. Raffia grass is superior in every way for tying, which should be performed as soon after the Bud is inserted Fig. 294, Fig. 295. as possible. It requires much care, and, of course, the Bud itself must be entirely free. As soon as the Buds Budding —continued. swell, the tying material should be loosened, and the top of the stock cut back to the level of the budded shoot. By Budding late, the Buds lie dormant till the next spring, and the necessity of tying the young shoots is dispensed with for that season. The shoots of the briar in advance of the Rose Buds must be cut back, as shown in Fig. 295, so soon as the Buds are safely established. The Manetti and other dwarf stocks are budded on the main shoot nearly close to, or underneath the ground, and if low enough to cover part of the rose stem when grown, the latter often roots as well and assists the stock. Being small, they may be grown in pots and removed to the required position at any time. Dog Roses, used for standards, are usually collected from hedgerows, and sold at about 8s. per hundred. Manetti stocks are increased by cuttings, which, after making one season’s good growth, will be fit for use. Briars are raised from seed, which may be collected from hedges, and sown in the autumn, in drills. The seedlings should be trans- planted the first year after sowing, and the following season they will be ready for working. BUDDING KNIVES. The best Budding Knives are those manufactured by Messrs. Saynor and Co., and Messrs. G. Hall and Son. They are made with handles of ivory, shaped in different ways at the end, for the purpose of opening the bark, in order to insert the Bud. Some of the blades are made with the edge rounded at the point, so as to cut the bark without the knife entering the wood underneath (see Figs. 296 and 297). Others, which may be Fia. 300. BUDDING KNIVES. used for Budding, and are much better for ordinary use for cutting flowers, &c., are made with the edge of the blade carried to a point, as in ordinary knives (see Figs. 298 and 299). Another form has the handle made of some other material, and a piece of ivory inserted for opening the bark; this is represented in Fig. 300. The first-named is the best, if required for Budding only; the second is the most useful for ordinary purposes, and answers admirably for Budding as well. None of the other shapes have any - material advantages over these. BUDDLEIA (named after Adam Buddle, who is so often mentioned in Ray’s “Synopsis”; his collection of dried British plants is preserved in the British Museum). ORD. Loganiacee. A large genus of stove, greenhouse, or half- hardy shrubs. Flowers small, often tomentose, axillary, spicate, capitate, or thyrsoid; calyx equally four-toothed ; corolla tubular-campanulate, regular; limb spreading, four- toothed. Leaves opposite, reticulately veined. Branches quadrangular. a all —— V AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 991 Buddleia— continued. The species most extensively grown is B. globosa, which, among all our other shrubs, is quite unique; but it is only in the southern or favoured counties of England where it can be fairly termed hardy. It is readily propagated by cuttings or by seeds. The latter should be sown in a gentle heat the spring following the ripening, when they will vege- tate pretty freely. With careful treatment and nurturing in pots for the first winter, in a frost-proof pit or house, they may soon be grown into elegant plants. Cuttings of the ripened wood, put in under bell glasses or hand lights, in a cool but frost-proof pit, will root slowly during the winter. They will root all the surer and quicker if each cutting has a heel of older wood attached to that of the current year’s growth. They are best inserted in fine sand or in very sandy soil, and require but little water until rooted. As soon as fairly calloused over or rooted, their further pro- gress may be much advanced by potting them off, and plunging them in a bottom-heat of 60deg. or 65deg. This is by no means an essential to secure success, but it hastens it, and promotes growth in an extraordinary manner. The surface temperature should range about the same as the bottom-heat. Under such treatment, the plants will be quite fit to place out about the middle of July. A warm, sheltered situation should be chosen, and a light, rich soil prepared for them; and if dry weather ensues, they only require water. South or west walls are, without doubt, the best situations for them. In all cool or unfavourable localities, much may be done to ensure success by planting on a dry bottom, and on poorish soil. A loose, free-and- easy style of training suits the plants best. This enables ,them to yield a great number of their peculiarly formed, distinct, and beautiful flowers; whereas, anything like a close, trim course of pruning or of training reduces the flowers to the lowest number. Throughout the southern parts of England, and, indeed, in many places in the north, B. globosa makes an excellent bush for the shrubbery. It is only during severe winters that it gets badly cut. _,.For the other presumably hardy species much the same plan as the foregoing may be adopted. The greenhouse and stove kinds may have the same routine of culture usually employed with plants requiring similar temperatures. Stove species, except where specified otherwise. B. americana (American ow; pikes disposed in a terminal fies nearly 1ft. Fath oll es nearly globose, size of a sloe, on short peduncles. August. l. ovate, acuminated, = at the base, serrately crenated, h. 8ft. to 12ft. Peru, B. asiatica (Asiatic).* fl. white, small, di ed in long, dense racemes. l. lanceolate, finely serra‘ 3ft. India, 1874. A graceful and sweet-scented shrub. Syn. B. Neemda. (B. M. 6323.) B. cris curled). fl. lilac, with a white eye; numerously peg s > terminal branching spikes, forming a pyramidal head about bin. long. March. J. ovate-lanceolate, Seer curled ; lower ones cordate at the base; superior ones rounded, all thick and wrinkled, clothed with soft tomentum on both surfaces. h. 13ft. Western Himalayas. Half-hardy. (B. M. 4793.) lobosa (globose).* jl. orange, or honey-colour; heads large, ag te th ari Pediat May. l. lanceolate, acuminated, petiolate, crenated, 6in. long. Branches sub-tetragonal, clothed with hoary tomentum, as well as the under side of the leaves, h. 15ft. to 20ft. Chili, 1774. Hardy in most places. (B. M. 174.) Lindleyana (Lindley’s). fl. purplish-red, hairy; disposed in ates gan S ae peak toy l. ovate, shortly petiolate, serrate. Branches angular, glabrous. R. 6ft. China, 1844, Half- hardy. (B. R. 32, 4.) B. Neemda (Neemda). A synonym of B. asiatica. BUDS, FLOWER. These are developed like Leaf- buds, from which they differ chiefly in containing one or more incipient flowers within the leaves—the flowers being wrapped up in their own floral-leaves, within the ordinary leaves, which have their outer covering of scales. If a Bud be gathered from a Lilac or Horse-chestnut very early in spring, all the rudiments of the future flowers and leaves will be found within it, though the Bud itself may not be more than half-an-inch long, and the flowers not larger than the points of the smallest pins, BUDS, LEAF. These consist of rudimentary leaves, surrounding a growing vital point, and appear like a collection of scales arranged symmetrically one above. the other. Leaf-buds universally originate in the horizontal or cellular system, and are formed under the bark at the extremity of the medullary rays, and at the margin or on the surface of leaves, whether perfect or rudimentary. Deciduous trees lose their leaves, but in the axil of each a little Bud previously forms, from which fresh leaves expand the following spring. Im some cases, as in the Horse-chestnut, the Buds are covered with a gummy exudation. In Privet-trees, Leaf-buds are generally smaller and more elongated than Flower-buds. BUETTNERIA (named after David Sigismund Au- gustus Byttner, once a Professor of Botany in the Uni- versity of Gottingen). ORD. Sterculiacew. Erect or scan- dent stove or greenhouse shrubs. Flowers small, usually dark purple; calyx and corolla valvate; umbels simple, disposed in something like racemes or panicles, rarely in corymbs. Leaves simple. All are of easy culture in a compost of loam and peat. B. dasyphylla, hermannie- folia, microphylla, and scabra, are occasionally met with, but they are hardly worth growing. BUETTNERIEZ. A section of Sterculiacee. BUFF-TIP MOTH (Pygera bucephala). This large and beautiful Moth is very common in many districts; it is easily recognised by the buff-coloured tips of the fore- wings—whence its common name; the head, and body between the wings and abdomen, are ochreous. According to Newman’s “ British Moths,” “the caterpillars, when full grown, are about an inch and three-quarters long, and sprinkled with silky hairs; the general colour yellow, with black head, black lines running from the head to the tail, interrupted by a transverse orange band on each ring, and a black horny plate above the tail segment.” They feed on the leaves of the Lime, Elm, and Oak, among other trees, and apparently the only remedy is that generally adopted in exterminating caterpillars, viz., to shake the branches which are infested, when the pest will be quickly dislodged, and fall to the ground. Miss Ormerod is of opinion that “as the caterpillars come down the tree to | the ground for their change to chrysalids, it might be worth while to throw a few spadefuls of gas-lime, or of anything they would not cross, in a circle at about a yard from the tree; or a rough band of any material soaked in tar, or tar and oil, which would keep wet longer, would stop them from straying off . . . and they might be cleared in sufficient numbers so as to considerably lessen future attack.” This plan of prevention deserves a trial in any place where the destructive caterpillars of these Moths abound. It is almost a hopeless task to destroy them altogether when once established on the trees, such specimens as large Oaks being often almost or wholly de- nuded of foliage. BUGLE. See Ajuga. BUGLOSSUM BARRELIERI. Barrelieri. BUGWORT. See Cimicifuga. BULBIFEROUS. Bearing bulbs. See Anchusa BULBINE (from bolbos, a bulb). ORD. Liliaceae. A genus of rather pretty hardy, or nearly hardy, herbaceous or bulbous plants, allied to Anthericum. Flowers showy, fragrant; perianth with spreading segments. Leaves somewhat fleshy, narrow. Stems short. They are all of easy culture in a compost of sandy loam. The bulbous- rooted species are increased by offsets, and the herba- ceous sorts by suckers and divisions. The only species which can be grown satisfactorily in the open air is B. annua. All the others should be grown in the green- house, but may be placed in the open during the summer months, 222 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, < Bulbine—continued. : B. alooides (Aloe-like).* /l. yellow, disposed in a terminal panicle. April. l. fleshy, tongue-shaped, lanceolate, flat on both sides. h. lft. Cape of Good Hope, 1782. SYN. Anthericum alooides. (B. M. 1317.) B. annua (annual). /l. yellow; scape racemose. May, June. l. fleshy, subulate, rounded. A. 9in. Cape of Good Hope, 1731. An annual species, the seeds of which should be sown in a gentle heat during spring, and the seedlings may be transplanted to the open when large enough to handle. SYN. Anthericum annuum. (B. M. 1451.) B. caulescens (caulescent).* fl. yellow. March. Z. fleshy, rounded. Stem shrubby, erect, branched. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1702. A shrubby species, which should be propagated by cuttings, placed under a hand glass. SYN. B. frutescens. (B. M. 816.) B. frutescens (shrubby). Synonymous with B. caulescens. BULBOCODIUM (from bolbos, a bulb, and kodion, wool; referring to the woolly covering of the bulbs). ORD. Liliacee. TRIBE Colchicee. A very pretty little bulbous plant, much resembling the Crocus, from which it differs prin- cipally in having a superior ovary and six stamens. It is amongst the earliest of spring-flowering plants, the flowers preceding the foliage; and, like the majority of bulbs, delights in rich sandy loam. In such positions, they multiply rapidly from offsets. It is a good plan to take up the bulbs, divide, and replant them every second year, selecting in autumn, and renewing the soil or planting in new positions. Few plants prove more welcome in the garden, in February, than B. vernum, either in beds, patches, or masses. B. Aitchisoni (Aitchison’s). A synonym of Merendera Aitchisoni. B. Eichleri (Eichler’s). A synonym of Merendera caucasica. B. trigynum, A synonym of Merendera caucasica. à ’ Fic. 301. BULBOCODIUM VERNUM. B. vernum (spring).* jl. violet-purple, with a white spot on tl claw as long, tubular, funnel-shaped, two io hol rly rote aie: m ing the appearance of the leaves. Very early spring. - usually three in number, broadly strap-shaped, concave, and surrounded at the base by well-developed sheaths. Bulb black oblong. k. 4in. to 6in. Spain, 1649. See Fig. 301. is a is a variety with the leaves striped white, which is also desirable. BULBOPHYLLUM (from bulbos, a bulb, and phyllon, a leaf ; referring to the leaves issuing from the apex of the pseudo-bulbs), Syns. Anisopetalum, Bolbophyllum, Tri- brachium. ORD. Orchidew. Of this rather large genus of orchids but few are worth cultivating except as curiosities. Racemes long or spike-like, very rarely one-flowered or sub-umbellate ; sepals usually nearly equal and free; lip jointed to the foot of the column. ‘They are of easy cul- ture when grown on small blocks of wood with a little Pad Bulbophyllum—continued. moss, and suspended in a warm part of the house; the roots require a good supply of water. Propagated by dividing the pseudo-bulbs. The following comparative few of the aggregate number of species already introduced are really all that are worth the cultivator’s attention; what the botanist often regards as being very pretty, &c., does not always appear such in the eyes of the grower. B. barbigerum (bearded).* fl., sepals and petals greenish-brown ; lip covered with dark-coloured hair, and so loosely attached at the baseas to be moved with the slightest breath. Sierra Leone, 1835. A curious dwarf-growing plant, with dark green leaves and pseudo-bulbs. (B. R. 1942.) B. Becearii (Beccari’s). fl. light brownish and painted with | violet; lip brown, with a violet hue, proceeding from reste | at the base of the leaf (just below the small pseudo-bulb), and once turning downwards; racemes dense, cylindrical, nodding. l. three, 25in. long, 18in. across, very thick. Rhizome 20in. long. Brazil, 1879, A remarkable and gigantic climbing species ; the odour of this plant is intolerably fcetid, and the leaves are larger. than those of any other known orchid. This species requires plenty of heat. (B. M. 6517.) B. Lobbi (Lobb’s).* fl. large ; sepals and petals yellow, the upper part spotted with ad hee solitary, on radical scapes. Summer. Java, 1845. (B. M. 4532.) B. maculatum (spotted). bright green. India. B. reticulatum (netted-leaved).* jl. in pairs, white, striped inside with purple ; lip spotted with the same colour. J. some- what heart-shaped, with the nerves of a deeper green than the rest of the leaf, giving it a beautifully reticulated appearance. Brazil, 1866. Perhaps the handsomest of the genus. (B. M. 5605.) B. saltatorum (dancing). fl. greenish-brown, lasting some time in perfection. Winter. %. 6in. Sierra Leone, 1835. (B. R. 1970.) B. siamense (Siamese).* fl. pale yellow, striped with purple ; lip yellow, streaked with purplish lines. A very pretty species, Carne! allied to B. Lobbi, but with longer an Pseudo-bulbs ovate. Siam, 1867. Sh peat and sphagnum. 'TYLES (from bolbos, a bulb, and stylos, the style). ORD. Composite. green plants, now referred to Eupatorium. BULBS. A Bulb is formed upon or beneath the ground, and is a swollen stock, consisting, in the first place, of a more or less fleshy disk, which below gives rise to the roots; secondly, of more or less fleshy coats, or scales, borne on the disk; thirdly, of a more or less central shoot, equally borne by the disk, protected by. the coats or scales already mentioned, and formed of rudimentary leaves and flowers. In some instances, small Bulbs, called Cloves, are ñ. prettily spotted, l. long, obtuse, stouter leaves. be grown in a pot of formed at the base of the scales of the original Bulb; these . are destined to reproduce the plant. Shallot and Garlic are good examples. Bulbs are, in fact, storehouses, husbanding the strength and energy acquired by the plant during one season, for the exigencies of the next. They are classified under two sections—Scaly and Tunicated. In the former, the scales of the Bulb are imbricated, as in the Lily; in the latter, they form continuous coatings, one within the other, as in the Hyacinth, &c. In several Lilies, young Bulbs are found growing in the axils of the leaves, when they are known as Bulbils. Bulbs is also a popular term given to Dutch Flower Roots, mostly arriving here in the autumn for spring flowering. Crocus, Colchicum, Cyclamen, Gladiolus, and several others, are not Bulbs, but Corms. The flowering season varies according to the different sorts of Bulbs. The majority may be lifted and kept tolerably dry during the resting period ; but they wither and become exhausted if not replanted at the proper time, thereby causing many failures. Dutch Bulbs generally arrive in September, and the best results are obtained from those potted or planted at once, although some for succession may be kept in reserve up till the beginning of November. The failure in cultivating imported Liliums and other Bulbs may be often caused by their long-continued con- finement in a dry atmosphere, whereby their vitality is often almost lost. The roots of some Bulbs are nearly always, more or less, in action, and these, especially, should not be kept out of the ground for any length of time. A small genus of stove ever- a AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 223 BULLACH. See Prunus insititia, BULLACE, or MUSCADINE. See Vitis vul- pina. BULLATE. Blistered or puckered. BULRUSH, or CLUB-RUSH. See Typha. BUNCHOSIA (from bunchos, the Arabic name for Coffee ; in allusion to the similarity between the seeds of this genus and those of Coffee). ORD. Malpighiacee. Ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs, nearly allied to - Malpighia, but having the racemes of flowers axillary. Fruit fleshy, indehiscent, externally smooth, and containing two or three seeds. They thrive best in a compost of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, in about equal proportions. Bunchosia—continued. B. odorata (fragrant).* jl. yellow, sweet-scented; racemes op- osite. May. J. ovate, emarginate, downy on both surfaces. 7ft. Carthagena, 1806. BUPHTHALMUM (from bous, an ox, and ophthal- mos, the eye; the disk of the flower being ox-eye-like). Oxeye. ORD. Composite. Very showy and ornamental hardy perennial plants, thriving freely in common garden soil. They are propagated by divisions, made in autumn or spring. B. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* fl.-heads yellow, large; in- volucre naked. June to October. J. alternate-lanceolate, some- what toothleted, smooth. A. lift. Austria, 1722. Hardy herbaceous perennial. B. salicifolium (Willow-leaved).* /1.-heads yellow, solitary, rather t; J Fic. 302. BURBIDGEA NITIDA. * n Cuttings of ripened shoots will root in sand under a bell glass, in moist bottom heat, taking several weeks to do so. drainage is essential, both in striking cuttings and in the cultivation of the plants. B. argentea (silvery).* ellow ; racemes opposite, simple, pubescent. Jy fs Ree silvery beneath. Wtnnches puberulous. A. 1 Caraccas, 1810. B. (gland-bearing). fl. yellow; racemes simple, ax . _March to May. l. TEA ap bere on short petioles, wavy, Bae sare on surfaces, furnished with four glands beneath at the base. A. 10ft. Caraccas, 1806. B. nitida =. A. yellow; racemes elongated, almost the ~ . length of the leaves. July. fr. la red; it is much eaten b; turkeys and large fowl. 1. 4 , acuminated, glandless. A. 4ft. Jamaica, 1800. vee large, terminal; involucre naked, June. l alternate, oblong- lanceolate, sub-serrated, three-nerved, villous. A. l4ft. Austria, 1759. Hardy herbaceous perennial. re . 8 osissimum (showiest),* fl- low. July. h. 2ft. Eao, 1826. Taras borban Salman ore Teiekia speciosissima. tne BUPLEURUM (derivation not satisfactorily explained). Hare’s-Ear. ORD. Umbellifere. A somewhat extensive genus of quite glabrous shrubs or herbaceous plants. Flowers yellowish; umbels compound. Leaves mostly quite entire. But few of this genus are worth growing, and all are of the easiest culture in common garden soil. Seeds of the annuals may be sown out of doors in March or April; divisions of the herbaceous perennials made in B k ” ar termixed with small distinct bracteoles; and each 224, THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Bupleurum—continued. autumn or spring; and cutting or divisions of the green- house species, in March or April. B. fruticescens (shrubby).* /., umbels small, three to five-rayed ; involucre of three to five, very short, subulate leaves. August. L linear-subulate, stiff, striated, five to seven-nerved. Branches slender, elongated, erect. A. lft. Spain, 1752. Hardy and evergreen. B. fruticosum (shrubby).* Leaves of involucre oblong. July. i. of a sea-green colour; oblong, attenuated at the , cori- aceous, one-nerved, quite entire, sessile. Bark of branches purplish. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Spain, 1596. Hardy. This is nearly the only species grown. (W. D. B. 1,14.) B. gibraltarica (Gibraltar). fl. yellow. June. l. lanceolate, one-nerved, coriaceous. A. 3ft. Gibraltar, 1784. Evergreen, half-hardy. lium (grass-leaved).* fl. n-yellow. June. Z. linear, grass-like, A. 6in. Switzerland, ties, ardy perennial, longifolium (long-leaved). jl. green-yellow. June. l. ovate-oblong ; radical ones A, greet face ones amplexicaul, A. 3ft. Switzerland, 1713. Hardy perennial, BUR. See Centotheca lappacea. BURBIDGEA (named after F. W. Bur- bidge, the discoverer of the genus, a traveller in Borneo, and author of several horticultural works). Orp. Scitaminee. A very large, bril- liant-flowered_ stove herbaceous perennial, allied to Hedychium. For culture, see Alpinia. long, lanceolate, r ae. ht poao a tufted, to ed slender, . N. W. Borneo, 1879. Fig. 302, for which we aes dahisi 6 Mauss. Valen Sons. (B. M. 6403.) BURCHARDIA (named after H. Burchard, M.D., a botanical author). ORD. Liliacee. An — ornamental greenhouse herbaceous perennial, allied to Androcymbium. It thrives best in sandy peat, or peat mixed with a little loam. Propagated by offsets or divisions, made just previous to potting, in spring. It is best to re- pot annually. Good drainage should be allowed, and the plant must not be potted too firmly. B. umbellata AET fi. white, green. August. h. 2ft. New Holland, 1820. BURCHELLIA (named after W. Burchell, a botanical traveller in the Cape of Good Hope, and in Brazil). ORD. Rubiacee. A stove ever- green shrub from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers scarlet, disposed in heads at the tops of the branches, sessile upon a villous receptacle, in- head is propped up by the ultimate pair of leaves ; _ corolla of a clavate-funnel-shape. Leaves ovate, acute, a littl date at the base, petiolate ; stipules: lar, broad, cuspidate at the Apex, di ous. It grows well in a rich light soil, or a mixture of turfy loam, turfy peat, and sand. Cuttings, not too ripe, root readily if planted in sand, and placed under a hand glass, in a gentle heat. = ' B. capensis (Cape).* er dean an ong. March. i, ovate, acute, clo broad, and very short. A. 3ft. rg loft. to laft. in 2 wid 3 state. SYN. B. bubalina. (B. M. 2339.) BURLINGTONIA (named after the “amiable and accomplished” Countess of Burlington). ORD. Orchideæ. A small genus of epiphytal orchids, all of which are beautiful and eminently well worth growing. They may be grown upon small blocks of wood, or in rustic baskets, suspended from the roof of the plant stove, where, if liberally treated with water, and a genial moisture in the air during the growing season, very little else will be . cultivate; its great enemy is a small white scale, which Burlingtonia—continued. required to ensure health and vigour. In the dull days of winter, they should be watered less frequently, but the plants must not be allowed to exhibit the slightest signs of distress from drought, or the consequences may be fatal to their health. When fastening these plants to blocks- of wood, a little sphagnum should be used, for experience proves that they thrive best when their thin white roots can escape and hang exposed to the air. If growing them in baskets, it is preferable first to fasten them securely upon small pieces of bare cork, then to fill the basket, and finally to cover the whole thinly with a layer of sphagnum, . Generally speaking, this genus is not a difficult “one to” 4 * i Fia. 303. FLOWER-SPIKE, PSEUDO-BULB, AND LEAF OF BURLINGTONIA DECORA itself in the sheathing bases of the leaves. Here pper as e s to the great detriment of the plants; the leaves soon turn yellow at the base, and drop off ; the whole plant looks sickly, and soon dies, or else requires a very long time and much trouble to achieve its recovery to health. To prevent this, the bases of the leaves must be carefully looked into every time the plants are taken down to be dipped in water; and, should the slightest sign of this pest appear, a thorough washing with soft soap and tepid water must be given, repeating the opera- tion every day until all traces of the insect are re- moved. Red thrip are also apt to work much mischief — Sith am peo iiD \* A. purplish-wh AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 225 Burlingtonia—continued. with these plants. They take up their abode in the same way as the white scale, and if not speedily removed or destroyed, soon make sad havoc. To put a stop to the ravages of this pest, a wash should be given, as before recommended, and after the soap has been rinsed out of the base of the leaf, a little tobacco powder should be sprinkled into the hollows, and allowed to remain for a day or two before brushing it off. This process will, however, cause a somewhat dirty appearance, but it will ensure ultimate health and vigour. Propagated by dividing the plants, B, Batemanni (Bateman's).* fl. white, deliciously-scented ; lip ri beautiful mauve. A very pretty South American species, re- . sembling B. candida, B, o candida (white).* jl. snowy-white, with a slight stain of ey ow on the upper part of the lip, in ‘substance an appearance e white phe trimmed with gold; large, sweet-scented, in paniy drooping three to Jour-blossomed racemes, produced the axils of the leaves. April and ene lasting about three weeks in perfection, and sometimes having a —, flowering Season. 1, one or two in number, dark green, and firm in texture. h. 1ft. Demerara, 1834. A very ‘compact species, well suited for basket culture; it should never be allowed to get dry. It may be distinguished from other species by having a single row of it, eke ary a ridge upon each side of the slightly hastate Pp. pe ad comely).* fl. white or gh i ote A es ti oa lie tite Karg rdar Pahane Winter. BRAO itis Tet nl Ta Pant as a lon er: em, from different of which arise pag oval udo-bulbs, each a4 s tt lesser leat ayy appears at the of a bulb, so from o: but cade B. Pe icta pees A beautiful variety, differing from the type in bering sos and more acute leaves ; flowers produced in fester rofusion, rose-coloured, beautifully ones and dark purple. October. Brazil. (B. M. 5419.) =a L; ragran s (fragrant).* very gratefully fragrant, disposed ~ y tn. penfontion about three ps l long, rigid, dark green. compact. Brazil, 1850. B. pubescens Fae: p snow-white ; dis- perg an i) Ay and petals ridges on each each side, and also bythe day alum "Noveuber y column, November. with on the 1838. handsome plant, but dificult to flower. (L. S. O. 56, B. venusta ermine et wie white, hie lightly tinted with ou: produced in heavy usters at various a een year; lip stained with in yellow,“ Fo rig Brazil, ‘oO, Tt forms a d req! heat Bay think the kinds its large smooth column, by the lip not being ny ap pc hte f and by the numerous neg eA ridges d rsadih near fae base erona iie BUR hee: choral fies Bidens. BURNET (Poterium Sanguisorba; from poterion, a cup; being used in cooling drinks). ORD. Rosacee. A native perennial. The leaves are sometimes used in soups, and with Borage in cooling drinks; they are also put in salads. The foliage only being useful, keep the flower- spikes removed, as this tends to increase the luxuriance of the plants. Tt thrives in any light soil. Propagated by division. BURNET SAXIFRAGE. See Pimpinella, BURNING BUSH. Se Euonymus atropur- pureus and E. americanus. BURN ONION. See Potato Onion. BUR REED. See Sparganium. | ‘BURSARIA (from bursa, a pouch; the capsules very much resemble those of the Shepherd's Purse) ORD. viously Jeane F It is ; often pest sir with B. pubescens, Fro which it may be distinguished r and more loosely Bursaria—continued. Pittosporacee. A handsome, much-branched, greenhouse evergreen shrub, forming a very pretty object when covered all over with its elegant white blossoms. It thrives well in a compost of sandy loam and peat, in equal proportions. Young cuttings will root freely in sand, under a bell glass, with a little bottom heat. * Te ruin palin. geg beeen rr fal ohlng-ene ated, entire. A. 10ft. New Holland, 1793, (B. M. 1767 BURSERA (named after Joachim Burser, a yn of Caspar Bauhin). ORD. Burseracew. Stove balsam- bearing trees. Flowers polygamous, or hermaphrodite ; calyx small, four to six-toothed ; petals four to six, spread- ing, generally valvate in æstivation ; stamens eight to twelve; disk annular, with usually six to ten teeth; drupe oblong, covered by a ‘three-valved succulent rind, contain- ing three to five nuts. They thrive in a compost of loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed under a glass, with bottom heat. Soa B. m-b whi h e ey re ry. L deciduous, usuall} bay ih on pinnate; eat leaf- lets ovate, acute, membranous. A. 60ft. B. serrata (serrate).* whit! decandrous ; axillary, shorter rag the me L pen Enero anise ax to five pairs of broad-lanceolate, eg or ig serrulated : petioles and pedicels pubescent. A. 25ft. 1818. BURSERACEÆ. An mir shrubs or trees, abound- ing in resinous juice; with opposite compound leaves, full of pellucid dots, and axillary and terminal fascicles of flowers. Fruit indehiscent, somewhat drupaceous. The genera best known are Amyris, Balsamodendron, Boswellia, Bursera, and Canarium. BURTONIA (named after D. Burton, a plant collector for Kew Gardens). Orp. Leguminose. A genus of hand- some greenhouse dwarf Heath-like shrubs, natives of West Australia. Flowers axillary, often thickly gathered at the ends of the branches; corollas rich purple; keel generally of a deeper colour, and the standard having sometimes a yellow blotch at its base. Leaves simple or trifoliolate, sessile, usually awl-shaped. They thrive well in a mixture of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, in equal proportions, with thorough drainage; but care must be taken not to give them too much water, as they require to be kept moderately dry, and are difficult to preserve in a living state. Young cu root freely in a pot of sandy soil, in a cool house, with a bell glass placed over them; but some of the species produce seed in abundance, which are the best means of in- creasing them. B. conferta (clnster-flowered).* pont iaren Ton a. ght hes ong eap be h. 2ft. 1830. (B. R. 1600.) B. minor (smaller). A synonym of Gompholobium minus. B. pulchella (beautiful). A synonym of B. scabra. le; uncles axi * abel t leanes glabrous neat ioe irane thame o t. 1846. Syn. B. pulchella. (B. M B, ville viliosa villose). ff. purple, large; peduncles axillary, bi- . L leaflets ores ubula bluntish, scabrid ran oe. A M. 4410.) ag se BUSHEL. See Measures. BUTCHER'S BROOM. See Ruscus aculeatus. BUTEA (commemorative of John, Earl of Bute, once a munificent patron of botany). ORD. Iepninan S A ae genus of very ornamental stove evergreen unarmed ae Racemes many-flowered; flowers three together, on an pedicels, and furnished with two bracteoles each, under the calyx; corolla deep scarlet; down on the calyces usually black and velvety. Leaves pinnately-trifoliate; leaflets large, ovate, roundish, stipellate. For culture, Sron naa July. l simple, Tagme with , smooth. &c., see frondosa (l . L, leaflets roundish, ob! B. frondosa (caf Bet vel forba P ek pubescent. aed India, 1796. (B. F. S. 176. B. superba (superb).* £ leaflets uae velvety G 226 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Butea—continued. beneath. Branches glabrous. Coromandel, 1798. This approaches the preceding species, from which it differs mainly by its scan- dent habit, and not by any botanical characters. (B. F. F. 143.) BUTOMACEZ:. An order of aquatic plants, now usually included under Alismacee. BUTOMUS (from bous, an ox, and temno, to cut; in reference to the sharp leaves, which injure the mouths of cattle that browze upon them). Flowering Rush. ORD. Alismacew. A very handsome hardy perennial aquatic, of extremely easy culture on the margins of ponds or muddy banks. Propagated by divisions of the roots, in spring. m Fie, 304. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS, showing Habit and single Flower. B. umbellatus (umbelled).* fl. rose-coloured, umbellate ; pedicels with scariose sheathing bracts at the base; scape naked, terete, longer than the Jeaves. Summer. linear, acuminate, triquetrous. Ditches and ponds; frequent in i and rare in See Fig. 304. BUTTER AND EGGS. The double-flowered variety of Narcissus aurantius (which see). BUTTER AND TALLOW TREE. See Penta- desma. : BUTTER-BUR. Sce Petasites vulgaris. BUTTERCUPS. See Ranunculus. BUTTERFLY ORCHIS. See Habenaria bifolia and H. chlorantha. BUTTERFLY PLANT. See Oncidium Papilio. BUTTER NUT. See Caryocar and Juglans cinerea. BUTTERWORT. See Pinguicula. BUTTON FLOWER. See Gomphia. BUTTON-TREE. See Conocarpus. BUTTON-WOOD. See Cephalanthus. ~ BUXUS (from pyknos, dense; referring to the hardness of the wood). c Tree. ORD. Euphorbiacee. A genus of ardy ev: s or small trees. Flowers unisexual, lowers, sg of four minute. segments, ; n: d under the rudiment of a pistil; female flowers singly, at the tips of groups of male ones. Fruit, a regma, leathery, beaked with the st ; 7 a OTAS, yles. Leaves simple, opposite, exstipulate, evergreen. These well-known plants thrive in any light, well-drained soil. Seeds should be sown in similar situations as soon as ri i š . Cuttings made of the young shoots, from 4in. to Gin. ay inserted in a shady place, in August or September, root readily. Layers of either young or old wood, made in autumn or early spring, will make good plants. They can also be increased by suckers and division. B. balearica (Balearic).* 1, ellowish-green ipti emarginate, coriaceous, about i long, me a, margin. h. 15ft. to 20ft. South Europe, 1780. This is a hand- some species. The cuttings will require a shelter in winter, poo cg Situations it will be better to afford the plants l. all radical, Afty to 3ft. long, | Buxus—continued. B. sempervirens (evergreen).* Common Box. l. oval-oblong, retuse, convex, coriaceous, shining; stalks slightly hairy. Ah. various, England. There are numerous forms of this popular shrub: argentea, silver-variegated; aurea has its leaves varie- gated with a golden colour; marginata has leaves with a golden margin; myrtifolia has small, oblong, narrowish leaves; obcor- data-variegata is a variegated variety, with obcordate leaves, from Japan ; sufruticosa is the form usually cultivated for edgings, its leaves are small, obovate, this is readily increased by divi- reo and requires to be planted firmly, in order to keep it warf. : BYRSONIMA (from byrsa, a hide, and nimius, much used; because the bark of some of the species is used in tanning, in Brazil). ORD. Malpighiaceæœ. Ornamental stove evergreen trees or shrubs. Flowers racemose, terminal, simple or branched. All the species thrive very well in any light soil, or a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings made of half-ripened shoots will root freely in sand, under a hand glass, in a moist bottom heat. B. altissima (tallest).* . white; racemes clothed with rufous hairs. July. J. ovate-oblong, covered with rufous down beneath, but beset with bristles above, which are fixed by the centre. h. 60ft. Guiana, 1820. > B. chrysophylla (golden-leaved).* fl. yellow; racemes simple. August. 7. oblong, short, acuminated, acute at the base, rather wavy on the margin, and revolute, smooth above, clothed beneath with silky down, which is of a rusty golden colour. h. 14ft. South America, 1823. B. coriacea (leathery-leaved). fi. yellow, sweet-scented ; racemes densely spiked, pubescent, erect. May. l. ovate, acute, quite entire and smooth. A. 30ft. Jamaica, 1814. B. crassifolia (thick-leaved). fl, yellow; racemes erect, elon- ted, brownish-velvety. July. l. ovate, acute at both ends, at ength smooth above, but clothed with brownish down beneath. t. Guiana, 1793. B. lucida (shining).* pink; petals hastately kidney-shaped ; pedicels hispid ; Lo Ea crock short, smooth. May. a obovate, cuneiform, obtuse, or mucronate, smooth, veinless, s! ._ h. 8ft, Caribbee Islands, 1759. Described as “a beautiful shrub,” i B. verbascifolia (Verbascum-leaved). fl. yellow; racemes ter- minal. Jul l late-obovate, quite entire, downy on both surfaces. : -BYSTROPOGON (from byo, to close, and pogon, a beard; in reference to the throat of the flower being closed up with hairs). ORD. Labiate. Greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, nearly allied to Mentha. Flowers small, in dichotomous, sub-corymbose, or panicled cymes; or else disposed in dense spicate whorls. Bracts lanceolate or subulate. This genus contains easily cultivated species, which are, however, of no value for garden purposes, * CAA-CUYS. See Ilex paraguariensis. CAA-MINI. See Ilex paraguariensis. CAAPEBA. See Cissampelos Pareira. i MAREM DE ANGOLA. See Panicum specta- CAA-QUAZU. Sce Ilex paraguariensis. CABARET. The French name of Asarum ewropeum. CABBAGE. The common name for Brassica; but especially applied to the plain-leaved hearting garden varieties of Brassica oletas. 48 angr pai aari Cabbages in early spring an ug i > is Sadet fie Gee NA be planted on rich, deeply- trenched ground, in a position free from the shade of fruit or other trees. Stable dung or good farmyard manure is best for this crop, and should be applied when trenching is being done, burying the manure a spit below the surface. Cabbages should not be planted successionally on the same ground, nor should they follow any of the other species of Brassica, if it can be avoided. A warmer position, not too much sheltered to make the plants tender, will be found beneficial for the earliest spring crop. This should not be planted too soon in autumn, as the plants are more subject to run to seed, especially if the winter be mild. The several forms of Cabbage are well known, being so n 6ft. Guiana, 1810. a Aso. a ee i AN ENCYCLOPADIA x OF HORTICULTURE. 227 Cabbage—continued. much cultivated by cottagers as well as gardeners. None of those forming close hearts will bear severe frost, but the Savoys are improved by a little in the early autumn. The Coleworts are very useful in winter, being perhaps the hardiest of all; and, as the hearts do not get so close and hard as the Savoy and other Cabbages, the frost, unless it is very severe, does not injure them so much. Cultivation. The crop obtained in April and May is usually the most important one, young Cabbages being then much appreciated by everyone. The time for seed- sowing varies in different localities, from the third week in July to the middle of August. The first date would pro- bably prove suitable for the northern parts of the country; and the latter would be early enough for the south. The seed should be sown thinly in beds of rather light, well pulverised soil, afterwards covering these with netting, to protect the seed from birds. The plants will be ready, in most cases, for placing out during September, or as soon as the ground can be cleared of other crops and prepared for their reception. The Early Battersea, or one of its many allied sorts, is best for sowing at this season; and, when planting out, an allowance of 2ft. apart each way will ba sufficient. Seed should again be sown on a mild hotbed in February, and occasionally afterwards, for succession ; and a second crop may be obtained from the plants put out in autumn if they are allowed to remain. Drumhead and other strong-growing sorts, sown in spring, will require from 6in. to 1ft. more space when planted out. These are not, however, of such good quality as the smaller-growing varieties. Savoys. The seed of these should be sown in March or April, according to the locality, in the same way as described above, in seed beds; and the after treatment is also very similar. The young plants must not be allowed to starve in the seed bed, but should be kept watered, and Fic, 305. Savoy CABBAGE. planted out in June and July, choosing dull weather for the operation. The ground should occasionally be hoed between the plants, to keep the surface open and destroy weeds. Distances of from 15in. to 30in. between the plants, according to the variety, must be allowed. See Fig. 305. Coleworts. Seed of these should be sown about the end of June, and planted out 1ft. apart on a sheltered border, Cabbage—continued. when large enough, Rosette is one of the best varieties; but the early Cabbages are often grown and used as Cole- worts before they have had time to form close hearts. Y Fic, 306, EARLY YORK CABBAGE. Pickling Cabbage. The Red Dutch is the variety generally grown for pickling, and is probably the best to keep its colour when so treated. Seed should be sown in August, to stand the winter, and again in February for a succession ; only a few plants will, in the majority of cases, be required, as, if liberally treated, they grow to a good size. Fic. 307. OXHEART CABBAGE, Sorts of White Cabbage. These are extremely numerous, and selections or improved forms are of annual appearance. Some of the old types are. however, still much cultivated. The following are a selection of the best sorts for general purposes: Atkins’ Matchless, Carter’s Heartwell, Early Battersea, Early York (see Fig. 306), Ellam’s Early Dwarf, Enfield Market, Little Pixie, Oxheart (see Fig. 307), St. John’s Day (see Fig. 308), Sugarloaf, Wheeler’s Imperial, and Portugal or Couve Tronchuda. The last-named variety was introduced from Portugal some years ago, where it is 228 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Cabbage—continued. much grown. It has a large midrib, and does not form very close hearts. It is very tender when cooked, and is only suitable for culture in sammer. Undemthe name of Gilbert's Cabbage Broccoli, or Chou de Burghley, a variety of Cabbage was recently distributed which produces, if Fro, 308. Sr, Joun’s Day CABBAGE. left long enough, hearts resembling Broccoli. there are different opinions as to ite merits, it is said to be very tender when cooked, and is considered a decided acquisition. Of Savoys, the best are: Drumhead, Dwarf Green Curled, | Early Ulm, Large Late Green, and Tom Thumb, | Althongh Insects, ĝe. The majority of the Cabbage tribe is attacked by a very large number of different caterpillars and other pests, both above and below ground. The plants in their young stages are always a prey for snails and slugs, and often require a dusting of soot and lime as a protection. When planting out, many of the plants are often found with a protuberance at the root, caused by an insect, and termed “clubbing.” Those so injured should be thrown away if they can possibly be spared, and the others dipped in a thick solution of soot water. This is the worst kind of disease the Cabbage tribe is subject to. The caterpillars | of several moths and butterflies are very destructive in summer, often eating through the hearts of Cabbages and Gaulifiowers, and so rendering them totally unfit for use. j üsting with lime, is apparently the only the numbers of these pests. k Po Large Cabbage rassice). m May to July, and again in October, this, the most common of our @ Seen in great numbers, frequenting fields, being especially numerous where à : ing. Their beautiful yellow eggs are laid singly on the under surface of the leaves, and securely fastened by a natural glue; from these, in dne time, issue the small, but destructive, “ green caterpillars.” Shortly after birth, they become quite green in front and yellow behind. They then get hairy and dotted over with black ; they have eight pairs of feet, of which the three front ones only are “true” legs, or those which ultimately develop into the legs of the butterfly. They change their skin several times, and at each moult beeome larger in size. When fall grown, they are about l}in. long, of a ES h Cabbage Caterpillars—continued. light green or bluish hue above, and yellow beneath; along the back of the adult caterpillar is a conspicuous yellow line, edged on each side with black dots. The chrysalis, or pupa, is commonly found on window- | ledges, palings, walls, and similar places; but is sometimes | Fia. 309. CATERPILLAR AND CHRYSALIS OF LARGE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY. attached to the plant (see Fig. 309). It isa rather curious object, of the colour of stone, and prettily chiselled. It is fastened to the plant by the tail and by a belt of silk round the middle. Fie. 310. LARGE WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY. The perfect male insect has the body black and wings white on the upper side, except the tips of the forewings, which are black and crescent-shaped; and on the upper edge of the hinder wings there is a black spot. On the under side, the fore wings are white with yellow tips, and two black patches on each; the hind wings are yellow, with small black markings. The antennw® are alternately black and yellow, with the club black above The and yellow beneath. female (see Fig. 310) differs Fig, 311, SMALL WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY AND CATERPILLAR. OF HORTICULTURE. 229 | the fore or upper wings, and a spot on the inner margin. The Small White (Pieris rapa, see Fig. 311) bas two broods in the year, the first batch about April, and the second in July. The eggs are always placed on the upper side of the leaf, and are hatched in from ten to thirteen days, the caterpillars becoming full grown in about three weeks after emerging. The colour of the caterpillar is dark green, with a fine line of yellow, and a row of yellow spots down the sides The chrysalis is attached by the tail and a band of silk to the place selected by the cater- pillar, and varies greatly in colour, although generally it is of a whitish-brown. Cabbage Moth (Mamestra brassice). Newman, in his “ British Moths,” thus describes the Cabbage Moth: “ The ~ antenne are rather long and slender, and scarcely ciliated in either sex ; the forewings are dark, smoky, grey brown, mottled and marbled with confused markings, both darker and paler ; the orbicular spot is inconspicuous, but devidedly to be traced; the reniform stigma is delicately outlined with white or whitish-grey, and has a pale anterior dise, in which ; the hind wings white dots on each of their segments. On being disturbed, they roll themselves into a tight ring, and so remain until they suppose that danger is over. They descend into the reat ie. Wia epeei : ime over the Haat, bat ie mast ee 7 s throwing frequently applied. CABBAGE FLY (Anthomyia brassicæ). Among the legless, tapering to the head, and blunt at the tail, which short teeth on the lower margin, and two brown tubercles in the middle. When full grown, they are about tin. long. They then leave the plants, and turn, in the earth, to pupæ, with a few black spots at the head, and short teeth at the tail, inside which the flies form, and emerge in about a or three weeks. The fy is recommended : Eg | | AN ENCYCLOPEDIA Cabbage Caterpillars—continued. Cabbage Fly—continued. ‘ from the male in having two large black spots on each of | these maggots may be easily detected by the and change of colour of the leaves. The infested plants be immediately removed and destroyed. The following remedy will be found beneficial: Lime. Hot lime should be soaked in water for abont twenty-four hours. When clear, the infested Cabbages should be well washed with the liquid. Superphosphate of lime may also be applied with advantage. CABBAGE GALL WEEVIL (Cewlorriynchue pulei» collis). This is a pretty little beetle, about three-quarters of a line or one line in length. Its colour is dark, but the insect is really of a coppery hue; on the thorax and head are rather large depressions; the wing-casea vary in colonr from green to greenish-blue, or even black, and along the entire length of the elytra are parallel lines or holes, as may be seen with the aid of an ordinary lena. which causes much damage to plants of the Brassica family, is, in some places, very difficult to eradicate. It ia also very destructive to other crops, and, therefore, any effectual remedy is valuable. The following methods may be recommended : Oarbolic Acid. Mix loz. Calvert's No. 5 carbolic acid with two gallons of soapends, and add sufficient loam or See ee the roots of the whole of and put the plants will not be necessary. Parafin, or Coal Oil. This, applied in the same manner as recommended for Carbolic Acid, is also very good. and Nitrate of Boda. is dug, and in wet weather, about a month plants are put out, has been found very benoficial; but, although preventatives, they do not totally clear the erop from insects for the season. CABOMBA (the native name in Guiana). Nympheacee. Sup. Ord. Cabomber. | nd ve interesting aquatics. They thrive well in a cistern deep, with 2in. of loam in the bottom, for root in, then filled up with water, and placed in a ¥ part of the greenhouse during summer, being allowed a rest in a cool part of the stove in winter. Propagation 230 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Cabomba—continued. multifid; floating leaves alternate, on long petioles, peltate, orbicular, entire. Guiana, 1823. Syn. Nectris aquatica. C. caroliniana (Carolina) is somewhat similar to C. aquatica. It isa native of the Southern United States. CACALIA (from kakalia, a name used by Dioscorides). ORD. Composite. A genus of hardy herbaceous peren- -nials, here treated as distinct from Senecio, of which genus, from a botanical point of view, it is but a section. Heads five to many-flowered; florets all tubular and perfect; scales of the involucre in a single row; receptacle naked ; pappus of numerous capillary bristles. For culture, see Senecio. C. atriplicifolia (Atriplex-leaved). fl.-heads white. August. l, lower ones triangular-kidney shaped, or slightly cordate; the upper rhomboid, toothed. Stem terete. A. 3ft. to 6ft. United States of America. ©. hastata (hastate), f.-heads white, nodding, racemose. Au- tumn. l stalked, three-lobed, bastate, serrate. A. lft. Siberia, 1780. C. reniformis (reniform). fl.-heads white, disposed in large corymbs. August. J, dilated, fan-shaped, lft. to 2ft. broad, j repandly-toothed and angled, petiolate. angled. h. 4ft. to 9ft. New Jersey, 1801. C. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* fl.-heads white. Autumn. l. triangular-lanceolate, halbert-shaped, pointed, serrate ; those of the stem on winged petioles. Stem grooved. h. 3ft. to 5ft. North America, 1752. C. tuberosa (tuberous).* fl.-heads whitish. June. J. thick; lower ones lanceolate or oval, nearly entire, tapering into long petioles; poper ones on short margined petioles, sometimes toothed at the apex. Stem angled and grooved. h. 2ft. to 6ft. North America. CACOUCIA (its name in Guiana). ORD. Combretaceæ. A small genus of stove twining or climbing shrubs. Flowers large, showy, racemose. Leaves opposite, oblong or ovate- elliptical. For culture, see Combretum. Stem grooved and disposed in long terminal racemes. May. l. ovate, acuminated, sor petiolate. Guiana. (A. G. i., 179.). A handsome stove CACTEZ. A large order of succulent plants, with remarkable spines clustered on the cylindrical, angular, two-edged, or leafy stems. Flowers very variable, showy or minute, usually solitary, sessile, rarcly in fascicles, ephe- meral; petals disposed in two or more series, hardly distinguishable from the inner sepals, and sometimes united with them; sepals numerous, united and adnate a great length to the ovarium. Fruit fleshy. one-celled.. many- seeded. Well-known genera are Cereus, Melocactus, Mammillaria, Opuntia, Pereskia, and Rhipsalis, CACTUS (from kaktos, a name used by Theophrastus to describe a spiny plant). This generic term is popularly applied to all members of the extensive family Cactee, which order may be distinguished by the following characteristics; Calyx composed of many sepals, usually indefinite in number, the inner series not readily dis- _tinguishable from the petals, united and adnate a great length to the ovary; with the tube smooth in the genera Mammillaria, Mek actus, and Rhipsalis; or with the lobes of the y ag the fruit, and having the tube scaly, ous, Opuntia, and Pereskia. Petals series, hardly distinguishable from omewhat united to them; sometimes in a long tube at the base, but in the genera Mammillaria, Melo- “Sometimes equal and distinct to the a rotate as in the genera Opuntia, Pereskia, and Rhipsalis. Stamens indefinite disposed in many series, more or less eohering with the _ petals or inner sepals; filaments slender, filiform ; anthers ovate, versatile, two-celled. Ovarium obovate, fleshy, one- celled. Fruit fleshy, one-celled, many seeded, either smooth and crowned by the calyx, or covered with scales, scars, or tubercles, and umbilicate at the apex. This order contains ~ fleshy or succulent shrubs, very variable in habit and size. -Flowers very variable, showy, or minute, usually soli i B= re in fascicles, ephemeral, expanding night Leaves usually wanting, but, when present, ali, C. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, alternate, bracteate at the base, _space will be occupied; at the same time, a great deal Cactus—continued. caducous, and terete, rarely flat and expanded, sometimes alternate and disposed in a spiral order, always glabrous and fleshy. Prickles or bristles disposed in fascicles, rising from the axils of the leaves. In the leafless genera, the fascicles of spines are disposed on the angles of the stem, rising from tubercles. Stems usually angular, winged, or regularly beset with tubercles, rarely terete, usually jointed; joints compressed. A group of Cacti is shown at Fig. 312, for which we are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun., of Erfurt, Germany. See Cereus, Disocactus, Echino- cactus, Epiphyllum, Leuchtenbergia, Mammil- laria, Melocactus, Nopalea, Opuntia, Pelecyphora, Pereskia, Phyllocactus, and Rhipsalis. Cultivation. Perhaps no class of plants more easily accommodate themselves to a general system of treatment, than do these; although certain genera would undoubtedly thrive better than when subjected to the lower tempera- ture, suited to the requirements of those coming from cooler Bis regions. Notwithstanding that nearly all the species are i natives of the western hemisphere, they occur in various geographical and altitudinal areas, in which the tempera- ture is proportionately lessened or increased, as the case may be; yet, presuming a special house is set apart for their culture, the majority of ¿the species may be happily suited therein. The warmest end of the structure should be selected for the tropical kinds; while those found in cooler regions may be grown in the other portions of the house; even those which are hardy in our climate are really best wintered in a house or frame. Granted that several species will endure our winter outside, it is yet necessary to give them the shelter of a friendly ledge of the rockery, or frame, or to cover them in their permanent position with a hand light, or sheet of glass, in order to prevent the ill-effects of excessive moisture. Generally, a winter temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg., and a summer one of from 70deg. to 80deg. during shade, or in ie Er up to 90deg., will be found advantageous. When thus treated, it will be necessary to keep the tropical species, on the whole, very dry during the winter. As regards soil, potting, and general treatment, all may be treated alike, except Epiphyllum, Disocactus, and Pereskia (which see). Some growers give them the protection of a house in winter, and stand them outside during the summer, which is not, however, a very commendable plan, as, in consequence of the very variable character of our climate being especially prejudicial to several of the tender and more delicate species, the often excessive amount of =" moisture they would receive, will produce a weakly state of health in many, while others will be lost. It is far better if their culture is attempted at all, to give them the proper treatment. The numerous species and varieties found on the Rocky Mountains are a most interesting series, and may be well managed in a cold frame facing south, arranging them on shelves as close to _ A perdas possible, and keeping them very dry n : If the weather is very severe, the lights should be matted. One of the best collections of these in the country, is in the possession of E. G. Loder, Esq., Floore House, Weedon, Northampton, where a great number are admirably grown in frames, and under a large ledge of the rockery outside. Amatenrs may grow quantities of handsome Cacti either in dwelling rooms near the window, or in small frames or greenhouses. As they are slow growing, not much of interest will be centred in their culture. As regards watering and insect pests, they are but little trouble. Miniature Cacti, of numerous kinds, are now often sold in small pots, and most attractive little subjects they prove. Soil, Drainage, and Potting. Good ordinary fibrous loam should form about one-half of the compost, the other half should be made up of sand, broken bricks, and lime rubbish in equal quantities; the whole to be carefully mixed to- gether, and not used until it is moderately dry. It is sarm AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 231 Cactus—continued. absolutely necessary to ensure perfect drainage; a good “ stopper” should, therefore, be placed over the hole at the bottom of the pot, and about one-third of its depth filled with draining material. The best time for potting is during February and March. Turn out the plants, and remove nearly all the old soil from the roots, taking away any dead aiid 1. Opuntia, 5. Mammillaria. 2. Cereus, 5. Opuntia streptacantha. 4. Cereus candicans. 7. Echinocereus electracanthus. 8. Mammillaria. 6. Cereus peruvianus monstrosus. + Cactus—continued. vessels. A good top-dressing, with an occasional dose of weak liquid manure, is all they will require for several seasons. Watering. This must be discriminately managed, espe- cially during the winter; for, whatever their treatment as regards temperature during that season, they must be 9. Echinopsis formosa. 10. Echinocactus Visnaga. 11. Cereus peruvianus var. 12. Opuntia candelabriformis, 13. Cereus strictus. 14, Pilocereus senilis. 15. Cereus Tweedii. 16. Cereus chilensis. Fic. 312. GROUP OF CACTI. or decaying roots which may be observable. Place some of the roughest soil next the crocks, and gradually fill the pots with the finer material, well working the same amongst the roots; finally press the soil moderately firm. Do not water for a few days after potting, but syringe every evening, especially if the weather be fine; a little extra heat may be given after potting, to excite new, healthy growth. It will not be necessary every year to repot specimens in large studiously watered, and anything like a saturated condi- tion of the soil should be avoided. If the temperature is brisk, a little water may be given once a week, or perhaps not quite so often. If the plants are subjected to very cool treatment, water must be sparingly administered during November, December, and January; after which, they should be examined weekly, and very carefully at- tended to. During the summer months, when in active 232 ea THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Cactus—continued. growth, they will not suffer if watered ‘twice a week; and, on bright afternoons, light syringings may be advan- tageously given. Propagation.. Three methods are adopted, viz., by cut- tings or offsets, grafting, and seeds; the former is the plan generally adopted. The cuttings or offsets should be removed with a sharp cut, and laid upon a sunny shelf - until the wound is healed and roots are emitted, when they should be potted in sandy soil, and placed with the others. They will thrive freely if kept syringed. Grafting is re- sorted to with delicate kinds, which, from some reason or another, will not grow freely except-upon the stock of a stronger species; and, by this means also, such delicate © kinds can be kept from the damp soil, which frequently causes incipient decay. ‘The stocks usually employed are those of Cereus tortuosus, O. peruvianus, &c., according to the species intended for working; they readily unite with each other. If the scion and stock are both slender, wedge- grafting should be adopted; if both are broad, it is best to make horizontal sections, placing them together and securing in proper position by tying with matting, but not too tightly, or the surface may be injured. Propagation by seeds is not often adopted, as it is a very slow method; they should be sown in very sandy soil, and placed in a semi-shady position until germination commences, when they may be exposed, and very carefully watered. CACTUS DAHLIA. See Dahlia Juarezii. CADUCOUS. Falling off soon; deciduous. CH:NOPTERIS. See Asplenium. CZ[SALPINIA (in honour of Andreas Cesalpinus, a celebrated Italian botanist, 1519—1603). Brasiletto. ORD. Leguminose. An ornamental genus of stove ever- green trees or shrubs, not much grown, on account of the space required and the time the species take to flower. Flowers yellow or red, produced in racemes, having a top-shaped calyx, divided at the end into five parts, the lowest larger than the others; petals five, unequal-stalked, upper one shortest; stamens ten. A mixture of loam and leaf mould suits them best. Cuttings are somewhat difficult to root, but sometimes will succeed if taken off from the mother plant in a growing state and planted in sand, with a hand glass placed over them, in heat. C. alternifolia (alternate-leaved). fl. orange, clustered. uate, very elegant, compound. Central America, 1868, C. brasiliensis (Brazilian). Brazil Wood. fl. orange; racemes rather panicled. J. with seven to nine pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing about fifteen or sixteen pairs of oval-oblong, pt eng glabrous leaflets. Brazil, 1739. l alter- 1s . Plant unarmed. C. Sappan (Sappan). fi. yellow, panicled. l. with ten to twelve pairs of pinna, each pinna bearing ten to twelve pairs of unequal- naeg o uely sakong a ae oy oer at the = dott: Tropical Asia, is tree furnishes th Sappan-wood of commerce. C. sepiaria (hedge), fl, yellow. April. l compound; pinnæ with about ten pairs of Pinnules. A. 60ft. India, 1887, din. Biancea OUS _ Lavender-colour, bluish-grey. ve. l Growing in tufts. BREAD. See Encephalartos Caffra. TEA. See Helichrysum nudifolium. CAFFER CAFTA. See Catha edulis, — CAHOUN NUTS. A nam li —— Attalea Cohune, which yield a noe ee = CAIOPHORA. See Blumenbachia and Loasa. CAJAN. See Cajanus. CAJANUS (Catjang is the Amboyna name). j ORD. Leguminose. A genus of eroct uae P snis shrubs, clothed with velvety pubescence.. Flowers yellow, distinctly peduncled, corymbosey.racemose; standard some- times beautifully veined with red. Leaves pinnately e UA jmmr Cajanus—continued. trifoliate. cuttings will root in sand, with a hand glass placed over them, in heat; but plants are usually raised from seeds, obtained from the West Indian Islands and India. C. indicus (Indian).* Pigeon Pea. fl. yellow, or purple-spotted, in axi praim SE uly. k rl trifeliate ; Teaflets lanceolate. h. 6ft. to 10ft. India. (B. M, 6440.) C. i. bicolor (two-coloured). ji. yellow. July. k. 4ft. India, 1800. (B. R. 31, 31.) i C. i. flavus (yellow). fl. yellow. July. h.4ft. India, 1687. CAJUPUT OIL and CAJUPUT-TREE. Melaleuca leucadendron minor. CAKILE (derived from the Arabic). Sea Rocket. Orp. Crucifere. A pretty hardy annual, frequently found on sea-shores. It is of easy culture in most sandy soils. Propagated by seed, sown in spring. : C. maritima (sea). fl. lilac, large, densely corymbose. Summer and autumn. fr. a succulent pod, divided, when mature, by a horizontal partition into two cells, the upper containing a single erect seed, the lower a pendulous one. J. oblong, deeply lobed, fleshy, Stem much branched. k. lft. Sea-shores of Europe and North America. CALABASH NUTMEG. See Monodora Myristica. CALABASH, SWEET. Sce Passiflora maliformis. CALABASH-TREE. See Crescentia Cujete. CALABA-TREE. Sce Calophyllum Calaha. CALADENIA (from kalos, beautiful, and aden, a gland; in reference to the disk of the labellum being finely beset with glands). Orv. Orchidee. A genus of pretty greenhouse terrestrial orchids from New Zealand and Australia. They should be kept ina cool frame or green- house, and carefully watered, when not in a growing state. A compost of peat, loam, and sand, in equal parts, suits them well. Over thirty species are enumerated, but pro- See bably none are seen out of botanic gardens. CALADIUM (derivation of name doubtful; probably of Indian origin). ORD. Aroidew. Stove perennials, chiefly grown for the great beauty and varied hue of their leaves. Spathe hood-like, rolled round at the base; spadix, upper portion entirely covered with stamens, but ultimately becoming bare at thd extreme top, provided with blunt glands or sterile stamens in the middle, and ovaries beneath ; anthers shield-shaped and one-celled; ovaries numerous, two-celled, with from two to four ascending ovules in each cell. Leaves upon long petioles, more or less sagittate, ovate, and usually very richly coloured; Fruit a one or two-celled berry, with few seeds. They are all of easy culture, and grow freely in a humid atmosphere. In March, when the tubers have been kept dry or rested for some time, they may be started into growth again, in small pots, placed in a stove or pit, where a night temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. is maintained, and syringed daily once or twice at least. As soon as indications of activity are | d, they may be shifted into 4in., 5in., or Gin. pots, or larger ones may be used if good sized specimens are required. If the tubers should be in large pots, it is best to turn them out, dividing if necessary, and placing all the crowns in small pots, from which they can be removed when root action and growth are resumed, and they require more room. Large tubers, if sound, may be divided, and the ‘pieces placed in pots of such sizes as it is desired to grow | them in. Soil. Turfy loam, leaf mould, turfy peat, and a little well decomposed manure, in equal parts (not broken up too fine), with a good sprinkling of sharp sand, form an excellent compost, the whole being well incorporated together. Thorough drainage must be insured, as these plants require an abundance of water. After potting, they should be placed in a stove temperature, and kept well moistened by syringing two or three times daily. If accommodated with mild bottom heat at this time, they will make much — f i p 3 A light rich soil suits these plants well.. Young EET AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF OO EULARE.: = 233 Caladium — continued. freer and more vigorous growth than if otherwise treated. Water sparingly at first, but as soon as the leaves expand, increase the supply; and, when the pots are well filled with roots, apply clear liquid manure at every other time of watering. As the season advances, the temperature and humidity of the house should be increased. During bright sunshine, Caladiums should be slightly shaded for a few hours in the middle of the day, with some thin material, just to break the fierceness of the sun’s rays; but the more they are exposed to the light at other times during growth, the brighter, richer, and more beautiful will the foliage be. As soon as the plants have attained a good size, some of them should be placed in the coolest part of the house, and partially hardened off; they may then be taken to the conservatory, allowing them a situation free from currents of cold air, and giving water only when really necessary. They may remain here for some time, but care must be taken to return them to the stove before they suffer from cold. Small neatly grown specimens make beautiful orna- ments for table decoration, and their suitability for exhibi- tion purposes is well known, and largely taken advantage of. Towards autumn, and as the foliage begins to fade, the _ supply of water should be gradually lessened, until all the leaves die down; the pots should then be placed under the stage in the stove, where they can be looked to now and then, and a little water given if required. By no means allow the tubers to get dried up, as is often done; for, if so, they will frequently rot away inside; whereas, kept in a semi-moist condition, even the most delicate can be pre- served. In this state, they may remain until the follow- ing season. Caladiums will not endure a very low tem- perature; from 55deg. to 60deg. is as low as they can be safely kept. Very few of those known as “ true species” are grown, being superseded, for general decorative pur- poses, by the numerous hybrids which have been raised of iate, principally from C. bicolor. 313, ‘CALADIUM CHANTINIIL. C. argyrites (silvery).* l. small, sagittate, ground colour light FIG, n; centre and margins white, with many irregular white lotches scattered over the remaining portion. Para, 1858. One of the smallest and most yo of the genus, and much esteemed for table decoration, (I. H: 1858, 185.) c. uinii (Baraquin’s). Şi ‘teens 20in. to 30in. long ; centre deep ; margin dark green. Para, 1858. (I. H. 1850, 257.) Cc. bicolor l mip aggin eo a Ay spadix shorter than the hooded spathe, which is contracted in the middle. June. l peltate- Caladium—continued. oaristo tl coloured in the disk. h. lft Brazil, 1773. (B. M. 8 C. Cannartii (Cannart’s). deep red. Para, 1863, C. Chantinii (Chantin’s).* l. chiefly brilliant crimson, irregularly blotched with white, and margined with dark green. Para, 1858. See Fig. 313. C. Devosianum (Devosie’s).* pink. Para, 1862. Cc. esculentum (edible). Synonymous with Colocasia esculenta. me cog or (Hardy’s). JU. red-tinged, slightly spotted with white. ara, 1862. Cc. aren (Koch’s).* Z. spotted with white. Para, 1862. C. Lemaireanum (Lemaire’ 2i l. green, with whitish venat on. Brazil, 1861. (I. H. 1862, 311.) C. Leopoldi (Prince Leopold’s).* Z. green, marbled with red, md blotched with pink. Para, 1 DN “A C. macrophyllum Sarr veg * l large, palish green, blotehed with greenish-white. Para, 186 l. green, with pale blotches ; veins l. angular, blotched white and Fig, 314 CALADIUM MACULATUM. ©. maculatum (spotted).* J. oblong, acuminate, cuspidate, cordate at base, finely spotted with clear white. Plant erect, caulescent. South America, 1820. See Fig. 314. C. marmoratum (marbled).* J. broad, peltate, upwards of lft. long, sagittate-ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, the two basal lobes being slightly divergent, dark bottle-green, variegated with a greyish or silvery angular spots and blotches; petioles terete, | greenish, mottled with purple. Guayaquil. SYN. Alocasia Roezlii. The variety costata differs from the type in having the midrib- (or costa) marked out by a tapering band of silver grey. C. Rougieri (Rougier’s). l. green, with white spots; the centre pale green, with red veins. Para, 1864. C. rubronervium (red-nerved). A synonym of C. rubrovenium. C. rubrovenium (red-veined).* /. greyish-green in the centre, with red veins. Para, 1862. Syn. C. rubronervium. C. sanguinolentum (blood-red blotched).* Z. with a white mid- rib, blotched with red, Amazons, 1 C. Schoelleri (Schoeller’s), A synonym of C. Schomburgkii. C. Schomburgkii (Schomburgk’s).* l. green, with white veins, Brazil, 1861. SYNS. C. Schoelleri and Alocasia argyroneura, . S. Schmitzii (Schmitz’s), Z, centre whitish, with green net- Work; midrib and veinsred. 1861, SYN. Alocasia erythræa. 2 H ~ 234 . -> THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Gadadlani—conbtued. i ; < with red and cman sun È vountit oa C. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt’s).* l somewhat heart-shaped ; ground colour aat green, entire surface irregularly spotted _ with bright red. Para. oe » S cael allisii (Wallis’s). Z. dark olive green, wit ge irregular p ee pem ie ia tn of the purest white, and the veins all yellowish-white. Para; 1864. The following descriptive list of hybrid varieties is, for the most part, a selection from Mr. Bull's catalogue, and contains all of importance : P. = hem ground, with broad margin of rich green; BARON DE OTHSCHILD, rich blood-red centre, and spots, on mottled green leaf-ground ; BARONNE JAMES DE ROTHSCHILD,* young leaves of a bright rose colour, the more matured foliage soft rose, with red veins ; bright i with LEYME!,* fine white ps. soe green gro! th attractive spots; CHELSON!,* a ae ee suffused with brilliant red, with or ; CLIO, ground colour rose, shaded white, green and narrow green in; ANDOLLE,* rich green, white centre rays; DE HUMBOLDT, 2 fine variety, having n leaves, scarlet ; DEVINCK, leaves pink centre ribs, interspersed with whi a BOISDUVAL, rayed crimson, snow-white oma : Dr. LINDLEY,* crimson marked with rose blotches ; Duc DE CLEVELAND, surrounded ý centre, with pen- ,_largel with red; Duc DE MORNY,* deep pees leat borders, with large crimson-rayed centre; DUC DE NaSSau,* brilliant red centre and ribs, white spot on emerald green leaf borders; Duc DE RATIBOR, green ground, with red midribs marked with white spots; DUCHARTRE, leaf-ground ; white, flushed rose, green veins and red spots ; EDOUARD ANDRE, = erimson centre, and rose blotches ; EDOUARD MOREAUX, mottled green ground, with lake centre; EDOUARD RODRIGUES,* deep carmine, margined with light green, and spotted with rose; E. G. HENDERSON,* green, with transparent rose spots and mottled crimson rays and centre; ELVINA, bright green, blotched with red, grey centre and veins; EMILIE VERDIER," leaves of a light transparent rose colour, spotted with red; ETOILE D’ARGENT,* tgreen, midribs and veins creamy-white, shaded with grey; EUCHARIS, rose centre, with violet reflections, margined with bright green, very fresh and bright looking; FELICIEN DAVID,* centre of leaf dark carmine, surrounded with white and beautifully veined with red on a light green ground ; GOLDEN QUEEN, leaves rge, pale golden yellow, uniform in colour; GRETRY, carmine with white spots on a dark green ground; HELEvy, white irked with crimson blotches, on a green ground ; mine veins, surrounded by light green, blotched marg dark green; IBIS ROSE,* a magni- | rich rose-coloured foliage, extremel a a á ive; Isp ala rich metallic green, with crimson-re bed 5 ns ES DUPLES arigas rose centre, shaded with surface blotched X surrounded with yello with white; LA marked with white, and se pat e , green Bertin Lonoumaenns * lan the leaf blotched i l h red and green; MADAME DOMBRAIN,® centre and 3 ‘Tibs pale yollowish-green, shaded rose, surface covered with ; white and ros A ) Te White and vena spss: ra e vine ikoma pil ou P stricta (upright). jl. brown, spreading in all directions ; panicle Caladinm—continued. variety ; MADAME HEINE,* silvery white, stained and edged with green, distinct ; MADAME HUNNEBELLE, leaves veined with ht garnet colour on a white ground, and margined with green ve ; MADAME JULES MENOREAU, fine large leaves, with white - centre tinted rose, veined rich bright rose, and margined green ; MADAME LAFORGE, centre and ribs reddish-crimson, with green uc ; MADAME MARJOLIN SCHEFFER,* a beautiful variety, with whi bigs je charmingly veined and netted with pure rosy-lake ; MADAME WILLAUME, a charming variety, with transparent leaves, of a delicate salmon-rose colour ; MARQUIS DE CAUX, red centre | and veins, with rose blotches on margins; MARTERSTYGINUM, crimson centre and white spots; MERCADANTE, e copper- coloured centre and veins, bordered with green; MEYERBEER,* white leaf-ground, green veins, and red midribs; MINERVE,* silvery white midrib and rays, surrounded with greyish white, green margin, with snowy white ts; MITHRIDATE, ground colour crimson-lake, with darker ribs, and dark bronze-green margin; MONSIEUR A. HARDY, rich reddish-carmine veins on white ground, tinted with rose and spotted with green; Mon- SIEUR J. LINDEN,* a fine e whitish leaf, with metallic reflec- tions, coral-rose veins, and reticulated green border; Mrs. LAING,* white ground, deep rose centre and vein: ga margin; MURILLO,* centre and veins metallic-red, wit rge- crimson blotches, broad margin of lustrous bronzy-green ; NAPOLEON III.,* flamed crimson centre, with forked rays, and car- mine spots on green ground ; ONSLOW, deep rosy-crimson centre, F with broad green margin, spotted with rose; PAILLET, crimson a centre, broad green margin, splashed with crimson, and dotted with white; PAUL VERONESSE, large leaves, with pinkish-white centre, deep scarlet ribs, and broad green margin; PHILIPPE HERBERT, deep mottled crimson rays, and clear white margin, spotted with crimson; PicruM, green blotched, and spotted with white; PRINCE ALBERT,* dark emerald green, rick crimson munh, colour bright orange-yellow, the veins suffused with deep red; PRINCESS crimson, peegron with white; REGA silvery grey € “ae vermilion-red A NE Ma ay DE Gates violsoge —~ centre, with dark maroon zone, and green border, handsome ; REINE VICTORIA green veins and : f or marbled with white and rich crimson ; ROSSINI, large leaf, with pale centre, pink midribs, and red blotches ; ROUILLARD, glossy green margin, pale green centre, midrib and rays rich violet-plum, the whole leaf spotted crimson; SANCHONIANTHON, crimson centre, deep glossy crimson ribs, and pea-green margin ; SIEBOLDH, rich green, with fiery-red crimson-rayed centre, green spaces, spotted with claret ; SOUVENIR DE MADAME E. ANDRE,* large deep green Jeaves, marbled with pure white, veins fine ros: crimson ; SPONTINI, pea-green, with white spots, and rosy-pin ribs and veins; THIBAUTH, fine large leaf, with rich crimson veins on a red ground; TRICOLOR, edges of leaves grey-green, inter- sected with dark green, centre red-lake, carmine midribs; TRIOMPHE DE L’ EXPOSITION,* crimson centre, with red ribs, and green border ; VERDI, crimson-lake centre with small green zone and apple-green margin ; VESTA, greenish-white vei ded with crimson, the whole of the leaf spotted COMTESSE DE LA ROQUE-ORDAN, red midrib, and rays with white, the margin beautiful emerald Lt ag vi MULHOUSE, a beautiful variety, with greenish-white leaves, 5! rose, and rich green centre; VIRGINALE,* clear shining ` veined with dark bluish-green, a handsome variety- CALAIS. See Microseris. CALAMAGROSTIS (from cí tis, grass). ORD. Gramineew. An e7 for the most part hardy. Panici spikelets compressed, one- equal, lanceolate, pointed, any ordinary garden soil. auien satel asie spreading in all directi ‘ ’ ES r directio) $ C. lanceolata (lancoo ite), iioi. July. “Ontns about tt. igh, smooth, slender. Britain (moist woods and hedges). (Sy. Seeds may be sown during CALAMANDER WOOD. See Diospyros que- sita. rs CALAMINT. See Calamintha. piel oe (from kalos, beautiful, and mir ha, mint). Calamint. ORD. Labiate. A genus of hardy AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 235 Calamintha— continued. herbaceous plants, having the following essential cha- racters: Calyx two-lipped; stamens diverging; upper lip of corolla nearly flat; tube straight. Rather pretty plants, with Thyme-like flowers, well suited for furnishing rock gardens. They grow in almost any garden soil. Increased 4 = seeds, cuttings, or divisions of the roots, in spring. ©. Acinos (Acinos). Basil Thyme. fl. bluish-purple, variegated zg with white and dark purple, disposed in whorls, one on “each ri fiower-stalk. July and August. l acute, serrate. Stems branched, ascending, leafy. A. 6in. England, Annual. SYNS. Acinos vulgaris and Thymus Acinos. (Sy. En. B. 1048.) C. alpina (alpine). fl. purplish, almost sessile, four to six in a whorl, June to September. l. petiolate, roundish or ovate, slightly serrated. . bin. S. Europe, 1731. A freely branched, tufted plan C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. purplish, , 1jin. long, in loose racemes; throat much inflated. une tiolate, ovate, acute, coarsely toothed, rounded at the base, Zin. to Zin. long. Herbaceous stems branched at the base, and decumbent. A. lft. C. patavina (Paduan). pale or purplish-red, rather ae. a k piilo, ovate, gtn pubescent. A, 6in. to 9in. Europe, 1 _M@ALAMPELIS. See Eccremocarpus. CALAMUS (from kalamos, a reed; old Greek name used by Theophrastus). ORD. Palmee. An elegant genus of stove palms. Flowers small, usually of a rose or greenish colour, clustered upon branching spikes, each branch having a separate spathe, which is not large enough to enclose it. Fruit one-seeded, and covered with smooth, shining scales. Leaves pinnate, Stems reed-like, lin. to 2in. in thickness. When in a young state, these palms are most effective as drawing or diningroom decorations ; and, when in a more mature condition, they are excellent as stove ornaments and for exhibition purposes, They are all of slender growth, and of easy culture in a compost of equal parts loam and vegetable mould; a copious supply of water being needed to keep them in a flourishing state. » Propagated by seeds. C. Rotang, C. viminalis, and several en: species furnish the canes usually employed in this try for the bottoms of chairs, couches, &c. s o Faine k green, pinnate ; Eiaa black wing, miniature aap 2ft. in le s (yery rough he & pinnate, Sit Sit, to laft. Jong 5 pinne light side with two rows of hair- pi enpreni petiole E eei nent te Sper py the base, dense! errs i armed with long, Java, -4 Pa on} beautif species, which Frere a le size. (I. Hi 275.) C. ciliaris (fringed).* J. pinnate, clothed witha e en of soft hair-like bristles ; petioles sheating at the base. erect and slender, India, 1869. From the lume-like habit of the leaves, it makes a splendid plant for table as well as being a beautiful specimen for exhibition. Senn (dragon). l 4ft. to 6ft. in length, beautifully arched, ; pinne 12in. to 18in. lon rrow, slightly penans, : green ; petioles EE at Gans, armed with long, flat, _ black spines. A. 20ft. to 30ft. India, 1919. A very handsome species, Frith a robust pid ms sad to, l. ovate in outline, pinnate, when pows bright cinnamon ; leaflets pendent, dark green, bearing on the upper side a few black hair-like bristles; petioles armed with dark, stout spines. Borneo. A very ornamental species. Ro (whip-like). 1. 6ft. to 8ft. in length when om! grown, pinnate ; pinnæ pendent, about 1ft. in length and lin. in breadth, dark green, furnished on the upper side with two rows of long, white, hair-like spines; petioles sheathing, copiously armed with stout white spines, much swollen at the base, and tipped with black, Stem slender, C. Hystrix (bristly). l pinnate; petioles spiny. A compact- Ree ree very graceful species, Calamus—continued. + surface with three bristle-bearing ribs; a few er bristles at dis: along the midrib Uedereenth ; margins finely and Pe. Sy y toothed with small ascending bristles ; petiole chan- Jed, tomentose towards the base, bearing three or four solitary needle-like spines, about lin. long. India. A rare species, and daii as one of the most graceful C. Lewisianus (Lewis’s).* L ultimately spreading, 2ft. to 6ft. longs pinnate; pinne equidistant, Jin. broad, and from 13in. to 15in. ong; veins on the t r surface bristled, under surface smooth ; margins rough, with appressed bristles ; petioles white, with a broad, sheathing, blackish-brown base, densely armed with long, flat, black spines. India, A fine, but somewhat rare, species. C. Rotang (Rotang). l. pinnate, from 3ft. to 4ft. in length, very gracefully arched; pinne 6in. to 12in. long, less than lin. broad ; upper side dark ns with two rows of hair. like spines ; petioles and stems armed aay with stout, slightly reversed spines. Stems slender. Ind en young, especially, this plant is very handsome. mtb s).* l. pinnate, arching; pinnæ very nume- C. Royleanus ( rous, narrow, penden t dep an sig ; petioles wit few spines, dark green. North-west Himala spectabilis (showy).* "È pinnate witha few pairs of smooth linear-lanceolate, three-ribbed leaflets, measuring 6in. to Bin. long ; petioles green, furnished with numerous short conical white spines, tipped with brown. Malacca. A slender-growing species, C. verticillaris (whorled). /. pinnate, with a very ornamental plume-like appearance; pinnze long, broad, drooping ; petioles with the spines arranged verticillate y- Malacca. This beautiful species is Ea M rare. L 1ft. waa lon, A morama oval aeons ‘bin. long, oy” ent green ; ri vine f fl en only 3 ea or oar 8 r- Eoen its leo long flat white spines. ava, 1847. _— whi m4 ender. The following are roils but np act | jes: australis, elegans, mi ine niger, oblongus, and t ws US ferentem pakeme An old name of Acorus Calamus (which see). CALAMUS ODORATUS. An old name of An- dropogon Schenanthus (which see). CALANDRINIA (in honour of L. Calandrini, an Italian botanist, who lived in the beginning of the eighteenth century). ORD. Portulaceew. A rather large genus of fleshy, glabrous, annual or perennial, herbaceous plants, some fourteen or fifteen species growing in Australia, the rest occurring in the New World. Flowers usually rose or purple, solitary, or in terminal umbels or racemes. Leaves quite entire, radical or alternate. Only four or five species are cultivated in this country; these are treated as half-hardy annuals—with the exception of C. umbellata, | which is best treated as a biennial—and as such they are extensively grown in small gardens, with most satisfactory results. They should be sown in the spots where they are intended to flower. as transplantation, unless performed Fic. 315. CALANDRINIA Mewziest, showing Flower and Habit, with more than ordinary. care, will considerably check their growth or. result in loss. Their flowers only expand and, consequently, they are less grown than thoy otherwise would be. a S at 236 á THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Calandrinia—continued. a light sandy soil. O. umbellata may be sown in a pan, placed in a cold frame, in May or June; and when the plants are large enough to handle, they should be potted off, or placed out in colonies where they are to bloom. C. discolor (two-coloured). J. bright rose, with a yellow tuft of stamens in the centre, Ijin. across; raceme long. uly, Angust. l fleshy, obovate, attenuated at the base, pale green shove, purple benecihs. h. lit. to 1}ft. C 1834. (B. M. 3357.) CG. ora (large-flowered).* fl. rosy, about 2in. across ; calyx spotted ; raceme simple, loose. Summer, J. fleshy, rhom- boid, acute, petiolate. Stem suffruticose. A. lft. Chill, 1826. (B. R. 1194.) C. Menziesii (Menzies’).* #. deep purple-crimson, from jin. to lin. across, terminal and axillary, solitary. June to September. l. elongated, ——- much attenuated at the base. Stems much branched, prostrate. California, 1831. Syy. C. speciosa. See Fig. 315. (B. R. 1598.) ki C. nitida (shining). A. rose-coloured, about 2in. across ; raceme leafy, many-flowered. S . l. oblong-spathulate, sub-acute, ow ars attenuated at the base, lin, to 2in. in length. A. 6in. ‘hili, 1837. A very pretty hardy annual, forming a tuft from fin. to in. across. C. speciosa (showy). A synonym of C. Menziesin \\ Fic. 316. CALANDRINIA UMBELLATA, showing Flower and Habit. C. umbellata (umbeliate).* 4. of a dazzling magenta-crimson, about as large as a sixpence ; corymb cymose, terminal, many- flowered. Summer. & radical, linear, acute, pilose. A. 6in. Peru, 1826. A very charming half-hardy biennial. See Fig. 316, (P. M. B. 12, 271.) Other species occasionally met with are: compressa, micrantha, = procumbens; they are, however, inferior to those described above. CALANTHE (from kalos, beautiful, and anthos, a flower). ORD. Orchidew. Sec. Vande. A very handsome genus of stove terrestrial orchids. They may be cha- racterised as robust-growing plants, producing large, _ broad, many-ribbed, or plaited leaves, which are, with one _ or two exceptions, evergreen, and long spikes, bearing many flowers, distinguished by their calcarate lip, which is attached to the column, and by the eight thick, waxy pollen masses adhering to a separate gland. Calanthes should be special favourites with amateurs, as, in the first place, they produce an abundance of showy flowers, which last a long time in perfection; and, secondly, because they are so easily managed. In potting these plants, it will be necessary to depart from the usual style of potting orchids and, instead of elevating them above the rim of the pot upon a cone of peat and sphagnum, they must be kept below the rim, as in potting ordinary*plants. In place of the usual soil and moss, these plants should have a mixture of loam, leaf mould, and peat, broken up rough, -to which may be added some silver sand and dried cow manure. During the growing season, they require abundant _ supply of water, and in winter éven this element must be administered freely to the evergreen kinds; whilst the deciduous ones, on the contrary, enjoy a thorough rest after o ' pagated by suckers and divisions. Calanthe—contipued. “blooming, Good drainage is essential to all. Little more need be Said upon the cultivation of Calanthes during *the summer months. When growing, they enjoy strong heat and plenty of moisture ; but, when growth is complete, a cooler situation is most beneficial. They are subject to the attacks of ‘various insects, which. must be continually searched for, and, when found, destroyed; for, if neglected in this particular, the bold and handsome leaves will be niuch disfigured, and rendered far from ornamental. Pro- 1 About forty species are known, of which the following are a selection : C. curculigoides (Curculigo-like). /l. beautiful orange-yellow, disposed in an erect spike. Summer and autumn. Z. large, ever- green, plaited. h. 2ft. Malacca, 1844, (B. R. 33, 8.) C. Do | (Dominy’s),* fl., sepals and petals lilac; lip d purple. This fine giie s a cross between C. Masuca and Q veratrifolia, (B. M. 5042.) ; 3 C. furcata (forkeds fl, creamy white, very freely produced ; spikes erect, 3ft. long. June to August, Luzon Işles, 1836. An excellent exhibition plant. C. Masuca (Masuca).* fl., sepals and petals deep violet colour, with an intense violet-purple lip; numerously produced on spikes 2ft. long. Juneto August. India, 1838. (B. M. 4541). The variety grandiflora differs from the type in its greater size both of spike and individual flower; the gigantic spikes are from 3ft. to 4ft. high, and continue blooming for three months, C. Petri (Peter Veitch’s).* . whitish-yellow. Said to be very like C. veratrifolia, but pearing: leaves a little narrower, and a system of five curious sulcate yellowish calli on the base of the lip, without the single lamella and teeth which are proper to that species. Polynesia, 1880. C. pleiochroma (many-coloured). fl. whitish, purplish, ochre, orange. Japan, 1871. k green, : dwarf-growing species. (R. H. Fig. 317. SINGLE FLOWER OF CALANTHE VEITCHII. 's).* fl. rich rose, with a white throat ; c. Tortent T a helit of, ft, and bearing an inkmense rge, ege- light green A Winter. uantity of flowers. s very beautif do-bulbs flask-shaped. iduous. result of a cross between C. vestita and C., rosea hybrid i atodes rosea), See Fig. 317. (B. M. 375.) Cc. (Veratrum-leaved).* jl. pure white, except the f of the sepals and the go den papillæ on the disk of the f + spikes 2ft. to 3ft. high, freely produced on well- iggy OSA 1. 2ft. or more long, dark es May to July. een, amet kea d with wavy margins. India, 1819. ; _ (B. M. 2615.) vestita (clothed).* fl., sepals and petals pure white, numerously C voa & manyfowered, nodding epike k Cann udo-bulbs la whitish, A. 2}ft. Burmah. (B. M. 4671) The varieties of this species are very numerous, AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE: 237 Calanthe—continued. Fic, 318. SINGLE FLOWER OF CALANTHE VERATRIFOLIA. C. v. igneo-oculata (fire-eyed).* fl., base of the column purplish, over which is a dazzling fire-colour, the blotch in the base of the lip of the same colour. Borneo, i _ Sai komis get OR É spre e entirely destitute of any Cc. H rubro-oculata (red-eyed).* fl. delicate white, with a blotch of ren ania the centre ; upwards of in, sorom; spiken iong, ;u A having & white downy covering and rising from the base a of the silve n pseudo-bulbs, hen the latter are without * ~ leaves. October to ebruary. C. v. Turneri (Turner’s).* fl. pure white, iota ros-colomed eye, larger, and produced on longer flower-spikes than the other kinds ; form of flowers more compact. Java. is is considered by some authorities, to be a distinct species. CALATHEA (from kalathos, a basket; in reference 4 to the basket-shaped stigma, or to the leaves being worked into baskets in South America). ORD. Scitaminew. This genus of very ornamental-leaved stove plants is dis- tinguished from Maranta by mere botanical characters; and the two genera are often confounded. Flowers in ter- minal spikes, bracteate; perianth six-cleft, outer segments golob, inner ones blunt and irregular ; stamens three, ; admit of easy increase by _ division. July is a favourable time to set about it, or it ? “may be carried out any time between that and the spring g months. In order to make the necessary separation with- out damaging the roots, the plants should be shaken out from the soil, when they may be divided into as many pieces as there are separate crowns. Whether an increased stock be desired or not, Calatheas require fresh soil annually; and, if not reduced by division, they become much too thickly foliaged to properly develop, unless they are shifted into larger-sized pots, which can always be done if large specimens are required. When making divisions, see that each crown is well furnished with roots, so that "they may at once commence sending up fresh young foliage. Although Calatheas require an abundant supply of water while growing, a stagnant moisture is most a 3 good drainage is, therefore, essential. To have “the leaves in fine, healthy condition, plenty of atmospheric moisture must be maintained during their growth ; and, if Se he totes, during ‘dhe dealer; ak they ‘isi strong somhine, and c. 6in, to Calathea—continued. + sphere is at all times maintained; but, if either of these are lacking, red spider soon put in an appearance, and quickly disfigure the leaves. C. applicata wis f. white. Brazil, 1875, Syn. Maranta pinnato-picta. (B. H. 1875, 18.) C. arrecta (erect).* l rich satin-green on the mioa fn n heavy ruby colour on the under side. ere species, with a very elegant growth. (I. H. 1 C. Bach (Bachem’s). J. silvery, ar vec lines and emiana blotches. Brazil, 1875. C. Baraquinii (Baraquin’s).* 1. ovate-lanceolate ; ground colour bright green, relieved by beautiful bands of silvery white. Amazons, 868. C. bella (handsome).* J. greyish-green, with the margins and two series of central patches deep green = Sea 1875, SYN. Maranta tessellata Kegeljani. C. crocata (saffron-coloured). fl. orange. Brazil, 1875. KSA (choice). 1857. SYN. Phrynium eximium. (R. G. fasciata (banded).* l 8in. to 12in. 1 = e Ss oe ae ly cordate ; ground colour t Pes with broad bands of white running across from midrib to the margin; the under side pal Pale „green; tinged with purple. h. lft. Brazil, 1859. (R. G C. hieroglyphica ge > hic). l broadl ground colour rich dark vi Seay iE which, A war al the midrib; shades off into light emerald green ; eins oblique, and the spaces between them ornamented wi streaks and bars of silvery white; ender arenes of k aioe dark vinous purple. Columbia, 1873. Dwarf and distinct. (I. H. 1873, 122.) G, Siasiris Qripi eee ae upper surface of a DE Pen Miksi with transverse bands of a deeper obovate, obti C. Kerchoviana (Kerchove’s).* L peesaa; name obtuse, short] and abruptly acuminate, aeS n row of ish blotches on each side of the midrib.’ A. ny a § Syn. Maranta leuconeura agr ape cag C. Legrelliana Grell’s). ery dark relieved by a Sateaey band of white, i the the whole Le ngth between the midrib and margin. Ecuador, 1 C. Leitzei (Leitze’s). l. oblon; Jnneodiate, deep metallic and no go 4. eal poring with feather-like aro deeper colour, purplish-violet beneath. aks pe c G A e argar. O. popra on each ra g fever ‘oblong acuninae blotches of deep green. oe corail 187s. ) C. leuconeura (white-nerved). a of Maien A neura. o.a (nite piked A ie lft. paR tapers to Marengan q eip 00 ags deep Bee wt wiih Hitees of yeliowish-green om as ny k “Upper side ard visible, Pe Peru, Shick the machen of the growing. (I. H. 1871, 82.) C. Luciani cian’s). i. shining the midrib festooned ‘feces wuss HEA E Tie g (Makoy’s).* L sais dee roem ob oe upwards of 4in. men Pp the -transparent, ae between t pa viw transverse veins wi with “raa biotehes of =- green ; petioles slender, Tropi merica, SYN. C. olivaris. (G. C. te nee) C. Massangeana (Massanzge’s).* l. beautifully covered with rich a somewhat similar appearance to the winy of oertain buttert butterflies. The outer portion is pirogen t ZE middle, on both sides of the costa, of a delicate siver are from which the whitish side veins run out in a waded and regular manner; the m hag of the leaf rok dark velvety T wwe Spee is ornamented with large blotches of dark purplish-maroon, occasionally shaded with brownish the whole of the leaf being marked with silky and s F reflections. Brazil, 1875. It is of neat habit, 3 ae tufts, its ample foliage covering the ground. a ss ed cta (middle ted). Z oblong-acute, boo he ee an a ‘ green, with a feathered white gaouto, tapering, Brazil, ae cing eras’ 2in, to 3in. yi ao little over | g shining gron, with a Se a pamet pani Ahha os a apreading habit, and o quickly forming denso a a E abe There is a varlety > a seh tar e C. nitens ( marked on each 238 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Calathea— continued. bars, alternating with numerous lines of a dark green on a pale e green ground, Brazil, 1880. An elegant and small-growing plant. " C. olivaris (olive-green). Synonymous with ©. Makoyana. C. ornata (ornamented).* Z. oblong acuminate, 6in. to Yin. long, Sin. or more broad, yellowish-green, relieved by broad transverse bands of dark olive-green; under side tinged with purple. A, 1ft. to 2ft. Columbia, 1849. C. o. albo-lineata (white-lined). Columbia, 1848, Syn. Maranta albo-lineata, C. o. majestica (majestic). majestica. C. o. regalis (royal). Peru, 1856. SyNs. Maranta regalis and M. coriifolia. ©. o. rosco-lineata (rosy-lined).* h. lft. roseo-lineata, Rio Purus, 1866. Syn. Maranta 1848. Syn. Maranta pacifica (Pacific). l. oblong ovate, of a fine dark green on the upper surface, olive-brown beneath. Eastern Peru, 1871 Fie. 319. CALATHEA VEITCHII. G. pardina (leopard).* 7. yellow, large, handsome, produced in great abundance. Z. 10in. to 18in. long, 5in. to Gin, wide, ovate, @ green, With dark brown blotches on each side the midrib, and Which occur at regular intervals the whole length of the leaf. New Grenada, (F. d. S. ii., 1101.) c. aa Geek-green). l. with a yellow-green central band. * + bl C. princeps (magnificent).* Z 12in. to 18in. long ; centre rich dark = bray margined with C eair purple beneath. » Peru, 1869. A superb large-growing species. Cc. aang r pr retty). l. bright green, with two series of deep green es, alternately large and small. Brazil, 1859. This much resembles C. zebrina in general appearance, but is not so strong a grower, and the leaves are not so dark. C. rosea-picta (rose-coloured). 2. somew i glossy green ; midrib of a A BS stg Aha o Saco and midrib are two irregular bands of the same colour, seaiveratn y the entire length of the leaf. Upper Amazon, 1866. (R. G. 610. Seemanni (Seemann’s). 1 about Ift. 1 i paren emerald-green ; midrib whitish. N PE ea ja MONA MENY C. splendida (splendid). J. large, oblong- 5 r 2 . large, g-lanceolate, deflexed 10in, to 18in. long, rich dark olive-green, with distinct } i Bd ag ert me green, with distinct blotches of CG. (tube-spathed),* Z. somewhat obo a va Gin. to 12in. long, pale greenish-yellow, beautifully alg = row of rich brown oblong blotches, set in pairs on each side of the midrib, throughout the entire length of the leaf. West Tropical America, 1865. An elegant species. (B. M. 5542.) Calathen—continued, C. Vanden Heckei (Van den Heck’s).* l rich dark glossy green, shaded with transverse bands of a lighter green; midrib broadly margined with silvery-white, two bands of the same colour tra- verse the leaf from base to apex, midway between midrib and margin ; under side of a uniform purplish-crimson. Brazil, 1865. Very distinct and handsome. C. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. large, ovate elliptic, over 1ft. long, very rich glossy green, marked along each side the midrib with cres- cent-shaped blotches of yellow, softened by shades of green and white; under surface light purple. h. 3ft. W. Tropical America, 1865, Probably the handsomest of the genus. See Fig. 319. . vir s (virginal). J. large, broadly ovate, light green ; midrib white, also with a white band on each side; the under side of a greyish-green. Amazons, 1857. Habit dwarf and compact. C. vittata (striped). J. ovate-acuminate, 9in. long, very light green, with narrow transverse bars of white on each side of the midrib. Brazil, 1857. C. Wallisii (Wallis’s).* l. rather large, of a rich and pleasing light green, beautifully relieved with a ray of rich dark green. South America, 1867. A handsome and distinct sort, but somewhat rare, C. W. discolor (two-coloured). l. bright velvety green, with the centre and margins grey. South America, 1871. €C. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s).* l. 2ft. long, about 8in. wide, deep velvety green in colour, relieved by a feathery stripe of yel- lowish-green on either side the midrib, and extending from the base to the apex. A. 3ft. (R. G. 515.) C. Wioti (Wiot’s). Z. bright green, with two series of olive-green blotches. Brazil, 1875. Tropical America, 1879. A fine sort. Fig. 320. CALATHEA ZEBRINA C. zebrina (zebra).* 7. 2ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 8in. wide, beautiful velvety light green on the upper side, barred with greenish- upis under side of a dull greenish-purple. h. 2ft. Brazil, 1818, is is a very old inhabitant of our stoves, and, for general usefulness is not much surpassed. See Fig. 320. (B. R. 385.) i CALATHIAN VIOLET. See Gentiana Pneumo- nanthe. CALCARATE. Spurred, or having a spur. CALCEOLARIA (from calceolus, a little slipper, in allusion to the form of the corolla; the form calceolarius, shoemaker, probably chosen to include a reference to F. Caleeolari, an Italian botanist of the sixteenth century). Slipperwort. ORD. Scrophularinee. A genus of hardy or half-hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs. Peduncles one or many-flowered, axillary or terminal, corymbose ; corolla with a very short tube; limb bilabiate ; upper lip short, truncately rounded, entire ; lower lip large, concave, slipper- shaped. Leaves opposite, sometimes three in a whorl, rarely alternate. Surussy SECTION. In addition to the widely-known utility of this class for bedding purposes, they are fine decorative plants when well grown, and useful alike in conservatory or dwelling house. It will be found more convenient to grow these in a pit or frame, as in such places they are less liable to the attacks of fly, and make sturdier growth. If large plants are required, cuttings should be taken in August, placed in a cold frame facing AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 239 Calceolaria— continued. x the north, in sandy soil, and, when rooted, potted off into 3in. pots. They should then be placed in a light sunny frame, where they may remain until the middle of February. The points should then be pinched out. When the plants break, they must be shifted into 48-sized pots. If there are from four to six breaks to each plant, it will.-be sufficient; but, should such not be the case, the plants must be stopped again, when the requisite number will probably be obtained. Directly the roots touch the pots, the plants should be transferred to 7in. or 8in. pots, in which they will flower, and the shoots must be tied out so as to develop fully. Every effort should be exerted to keep the foliage green to the base of the plants, and they should be fumigated on the first appearance of green fly. As the flower-spikes are thrown up, weak liquid manure, applied two or three times a week, will prove beneficial. For potting, the following compost is most suitable: One-half good fibrous loam, one-eighth thoroughly rotted manure, and the remainder leaf soil, with enough sharp sand to keep the whole open. During frosty weather, of course, it will be necessary to protect the frames with © mats, and to water judiciously, to avoid damping. Those Fic. 321. HERBACEOUS Caicrorania. plants intended for bedding will nöt require to be repotted, but should be inserted, about 3in. apart, in sandy soil, in a cold frame. The tops must be taken off early in March; and from the middle of April to the middle of May, they may be planted out where they are to remain. Should frosty weather, accompanied by drying winds, ensue, the ~ plants will require the protection of inverted flower-pota, with pieces of slate or crock placed over the holes. A good soil, abundantly enriched with rotten manure, is most desirable for them. Varieties. These are very numerous. The best of them are the following: Bryou, dark red, very free; Garner's YELLOW, rich deep yellow, extremely free; GENERAL HAVELOCK, crimson-scarlet, very fine; GOLDEN GEM, bright yellow, pig et the best; infer oriin erimson-gold, attractive. Calceolaria—continwed. å if properly managed, produce a good percentage of ex- cellent flowers. The seed may be sown from June to August, when large batches are required (when only one sowing is made, July will be the best gnonth), on pans of light, sandy soil, which should be soaked with water before sowing. Care must be taken to make the surface of the soil level, and also to sow the seed as evenly as possible. It is better not to cover with soil, but a sheet of glass should be laid over the pan, which must be placed in a shady part of the greenhouse or cold frame until the young plants show the first leaf. ‘The glass ean then be gradually removed. When large enough to handle, the seedlings must be pricked out, about 2in. asunder, in pans or boxes, and placed in a close, shaded situation. As soon as of sufficient size, they must be placed singly in 3in. pots, returned to the frame, kept close for a few days, and as near the glass as possible, to make them sturdy. When necessary, they should be shifted into 5in. pots, in which they may be kept through” the winter ; or the later batches may be placed in small pots. By the end of October or early in November, the plants will be strong and fit for wintering; at this stage, the best place for them is in a dry, frost-proof pit, or on an airy shelf of the greenhouse, giving them sufficient water to prevent flagging. All dead leaves must be removed. On the first appearance of green fly, the plants should be fumigated with co. From the end of January onwards, in order to en growth, the plants should be removed into 7in. or Bin. pots, giving plenty of drainage, and a com- post consisting of one-half good light fibrous loam, one- | fourth thoroughly decayed sheep manure, and one-fourth leaf soil, to which must be added sufficient coarse sand to keep the whole open. After potting, the plants must be again placed in the same position, and, as they require it, plenty of room given. Careful attention to watering is necessary, as they must not be allowed to get dry. Air The flower-stems, C. alba (white). ø. white; uncles "ga racemose, rors hotomous. i l rt serrated. Plant suf- ruticose, clammy, and resinous. A. Ift. Chili, 1844. Shrubby. (B M. 4157.) amplexicaulis ( -clasping).* fl. yellow, umbellately fascicled ; corymbs kani; pedicels pilose, l stem-clasping, ovate-oblong, acuminated, te, crenately-serrated, pilose, h. 14ft. Pern, 1845. Half- hardy, herbaceous. (B. M. 4300. p arachnoidea (cobwebby).* f. purple; peduncles termi twin, ted, dichotomous, Iin to Septe a sag L Îingulatelys oblong, a little toothed, narrowing downwards into long wi , which are connate at the base ; about 5in. long, wrink S kA. aa ie pee us, nmass, spreading, — >d with white cob- we wool, as well as the leaves and other parts, ex the corolla. A. lft. Chili, 1827. (B. M. 2874.) ~ C. bicolor (two-coloured).* J. in large terminal cymes f yellow, small ; lower lip large, gaping, sophie heen dint yellow, the back white. July to to Rovers d] sub-acute, coarsely crenated, wrinkled. A. 2ft. tout oe ——,. woody at the base. Peru, 1829, o SYN. s (B. C. Burbidgei (Burbidge’s).* fl. rich yellow, with large lower 1i * Sen and winter. T ovate, distinctly obtusely re mpeg ner acute, with a narrow wing ru down the ; both sur- faces downy. h. 2ft. to 4ft, This isa à handsome hybrid between C. Pavonii . fuchsiefolia, by F. W. Burbidge, Esq., Trinity College Botanic Gardens, Dublin, 1882. c. chelidonioides (Chelidonium-ike). A. yellow. June. Wft. ; poa a i sked with purple dots ©. corymboss Ciarain ft f y —— purp. and corymbose. May GERAT » radical ones 240 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Calceolaria—continued. and cordate, petiolate, doubly crenated, white beneath ; cauline ones few, cordate, half amplexicaul. Stems herbaceous, leafless at bottom, but TET a i at top. Plant hairy. h. lft. to 13ft. Chili, 1822. ( C. defiexa (bending). Synonymous with C. fuchsieefolia, C. diffusa (spreading). A synonym of C. bicolor. C, flexuosa (fiexuose). fl., corolla yellow; lower lip large, *ventricose; peduncles axillary and terminal, many-flowered ; pedicels umbeliate. J. cordate, unequally and bluntly crenated, apene remote. Plant shrubby, rough, beset with glandular airs. h. 3ft. Peru, 1847. (B. M. 5154.) C. Fothergillii (Fothergill’s).* ., upper lip of corolla yellowish ; lower lip sulphur colour, having the margins spotted with red, four times the size of the upper one; peduncles scape-formed, one-flowered. May to August. J. spathulate, quite entire, pilose above, about lin. long. Stem herbaceous, a little divided near the root, A. 3in. to 6in, Falkland Islands, 1777. (B. M. 348.) Fig, 322, CALCEOLARIA VIOLACEA, C, fuchsizfolia egare aah og E fi. paion; disposed in terminal paves ; upper lip nearly as large as the lower one. Spring. ` & lanceolate, glandless. +. 1ft. to 2ft. Peru, 1878. This is a very handsome winter-flowering shrubby species, but it is difficult _ to keep the foliage in og ond like good condition. Syn. C. ee < mae (Garden, March, 1879.) C. Henrici (Anderson- s) 3 -corymbose cymes ; tsk Hee of to entirely close the mouth. yellow, disposed in terminal 3 a a ho ree so as 3 2 late pii ra r large, elongate-lanceolate, ean beneath. (BM. STIA) t. Andes of Cuenca, 1865. Shrubby ever- bt ea amas ssop-leaved).* 7, in termi 4 i clear yellow, about half the width Re ner a aaa ¢ led to it; lower lip clear canary-yellow ve, nearly white Ponieatih May to August, l, sessile, Janceolate, sub-acute, entire. A. Ift. to 2ft. Chili, Shrubby, (B. M. 5548) e C. integrifolia (entire-leaved). Synonymous with C. rugosa. C. lobata (lobed). jl. yellow, ing mer in erect, loosely-branched. sr 3 » meine prar -rh ng and spotted on the inner sur k mate obed. in. ae Pan ate, n. Peru, 1877. Herbaceous C. Pavonii (Pavon’s).* jf. rich yellow and brown, in large terminal idel ing. 1. clusters; upper lip small ; lower lip wi gaping. „perfoliate, the petioles onne by a broad wie running all __ their length ; blade broadly ovate, coarsely serrate-dentate ; both _ Sides covered with soft down. A, 2ft. to 4ft. Herbaceous. il o . Calceolaria—continued. . pinnata (pinnate). fl. sulphur-coloured ; peduncles twin or tern, panicled. July to September. J. pinnate; leaflets or seg- ments toothed, lower ones pinnatifidly toothed. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Peru, 1773. Annual, clothed with clammy hairs, (B. M. 41.) C. pisacomensis (Pisacomanese). jl. rich orange-red, large; lower lip of corolla so bent upwards as to close the mouth ; cymes produced from all the upper axils, forming long leafy panicles. 2. ovate. obtuse, coarsely crenate. h. 3ft. Peru, 1868. A sub-shrubby perennial, of strong, erect habit. C. plantaginea (Plantain-like).* jl. yellow; lower lip of corolla large, hemispherical; upper one small, bifid; scapes generally two to three-flowered, pilose. August. l. radical, ovate, rhom- boid, rosulate, serrated. Plant herbaceous, stemless, pubescent. h. 1ft. Chili, 1826. (B. M. 2805.) C. purpurea (purple). fl., corolla of an uniform reddish-violet, rather small; corymbs terminal, many-flowered. July to Sep- | tember, l. wrinkled, hispid; radical ones cuneate-spathulate, serrated, quite entire behind, petiolate, acutish; cauline ones cordate, decussate, with a few long scattered hairs on their surfaces. Stems herbaceous, many from the same root. h. lft. Chili, 1826. There are several hybrids between this and other species, (B. M. 2775.) ; C. rugosa (wrinkled). fl. yellow; panicles terminal, corymbose, pedunculate. August. l. ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate, denti- culated, wrinkled, bias? Si rusty. beneath; petioles winged, connate, h. lft. to 1}ft. Chili, 1822, Shrubby species. Syn. C. integrifolia. (B. R. 744.) Two varieties of this are angusti- Jolia, and viscosissima. C. scabioszefolia (Scabious-leaved).* fl., corolla pale yellow; lower lip large, ventricose; peduncles terminal, corymbose. May to October. J., lower ones pinnate ; superior ones pinnatifid, . three-lobed, or simple, the terminal segment always the largest. Plant rather hairy. Peru, 1822, Evergreen trailer. (B. M. 2405.) C. tenella (small). fl. golden yellow, with orange-red spots within the lower lip; corymbs few-flowered. 7. opposite, ovate, acuminated. A, 6in. Chili, 1873. Hardy, herbaceous. (B. M. c yellow, downy inside; thyrsifiora (thyrse-flowered). d compound, umbellate. duncles , June. 1, linear, attenuated at both en ’ serrate-toothed, sessile, 2in. long, and two lines broad. h. lft. to 2ft. Chili, 1827, Shrubby, clammy. (B. M. 2915.) : C. violacea (violet).* fl., corolla pale violet, spotted with dee, violet beneath ; in s> ula! cm peđuncles terminal corymbose ; flowered. June. L olate, ovate-lanceolate, coarsel. . Taies ass h. Chili, 1853. Shrubby. (B. M. 4929.) See CALCEOLATE. shoe, CALDASIA. Sce Galipea heterophylla. CALDCLUVIA (named after Alexander Caldcleugh, F.R.S. and F.L.8., who collected and sent to this country many plants from Chili). ORD. Savifragee. A greenhouse Shaped like a slipper or round-toed evergreen tree. Flowers panicled, terminal. Leaves opposite, simple, serrate, glabrous; pedicels jointless; stipules twin, sub-falcate, toothed, caducous. It thrives well in a compost of peat and loam, and may be pro- pagated by cuttings of the half-riperled shoots, planted in sand, under a hand glass, and placed in a very gentle bottom heat. C. paniculata (panicled). jl. white. June. Chili, 1851. CALEA (from Kalos, beautiful; referring to the flowers). ORD. Composite. A genus of stove evergreen herbs or small shrubs. Pappus hairy; receptacle paleaceous ; invo- lucre imbricated. ‘They thrive in a compost of peat and — loam. Side shoots root readily, if placed in sand, under ~ glass, and with bottom heat; seeds may be sown in March. Warmer parts of-New World. CALEANA (named after G. Caley, Superintendent of the Botanical Garden, St. Vincent). ORD. Orchidew. A genus of greenhouse terrestrial orchids, natives of Australia. Flowers few, greenish-brown ; column broad, thin, concave; sepals and petals narrow, reflexed ; lip posticous, peltate, unguiculate, highly irritable. In fine weather, or if left undisturbed, this lip bends back, leaving the column un- covered ; but in wet weather, or if the plant is shaken, the lip falls over the column, securely fastening it. Leaves solitary, radical. They are of easy culture, in a compost of fibry peat, lumpy loam, and a little charcoal. B. major (greater). 1. green-brown. June, 1810. SRR a a AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA. OF HORTICULTURE. 241 —— Caleana—continued. C. minor (less). f. green-brown. June. 1822. ©. nigrita (blackish-flowered). 7. dark. CALECTASIA (from kalos, beantiful, and ektasis, èx- tension; in allusion to the star-like perianth segments). ORD. Juncaceæ. An elegant greenhouse suffruticose perennial, with dry, permanent, starry flowers. It thrives best in a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by divisions. C. cyanea (blue). fl. bright blue, solitary, on short terminal branches. June. J. needle-shaped, sheathing at the base. Australia, 1840. (B. M. 3834.) . CALENDULA (from calendw, the first day of the month; in allusion to the almost perpetual flowering). Marigold. ORD. Composite. A genus of showy green- house and hardy annuals, and some few greenhouse shrubby species. Pappus none; receptacle naked ; involucre of one to two series of sub-equal, acuminate, generally scarious- edged bracts. The shrubby species are propagated by cuttings, and thrive best in a compost of loam and peat. For culture of the annuals, see Marigold. Fig. 323. FLOWERS OF CALENDULA OFFICINALIS. arvensis (field). .-heads yellow. Pericarps urceolate, obovate, Rocco; outer lanceolate-subulate, muricated at back. A. 2ft. Europe, 1597. Hardy annual. “EA. Calendula—continued. C. maderensis (Madeira).* fl.-heads orange. Pericarps cymbiform, incurved, muricated; outer five ovate lanceolate, membranous, toothed at edge. A. 2ft. Madeira, 1795. Hardy. SYN. C. stellata. C. officinalis (officinal).* Common Marigold. fl.-heads orange. June to September. Pericarps cymbiform, allincurved, muricated. h. 3ft. South Europe, 1573, Hardy annua). See Fig. 323, C. o. prolifera (proliferous). A garden form, analogous to the Hen and Chickens Daisy. See Fig. 324. s ©. stellata (stellate). A synonym of C. maderensis, CALICO BUSH. See Kalmia latifolia. CALIPHRURIA (from kalos, beautiful, and phroura, prison; from the handsome spathe inclosing the flowers). Orv. Amaryllidew. Pretty half-hardy greenhouse bulbs. Tube of perianth narrow, funnel-shaped, nearly straight; limb regular, stellate; stamens furnished with ¿a bristle on each side. They thrive best in a com of sandy loam, a little peat, leaf soil, and sand. . Propagated by offsets. After flowering, the plants should have a slight heat; and, when starting into new growth, they ‘should be repotted. +", zwa C. Hartwegiana (Hartweg’s).* fl. greenish- e umbels seven- flowered ; scape nearly terete, glaucous. étiolate, de- pressed, ovate, sub-plicate, green, A. lft. enada, 1843. (B. M. 6259.) Fic. 325. CALIPHRURIA SUBEDENTATA. C. subedentata (rarely-toothed).* jl. white, funnel-shaped, dis- posed in a truss, on a long scape. Winter. J. stalked, ovate. oblong, h. 14ft. Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 325. (B. M. 6289.) CALISAYA BARK. See Cinchona Calisaya. CALLA (from kallos, beauty). ORD. Aroidee. A genus of plants, comprising but the single species here figured. Tt isa native of Central and Northern Europe and North Fic. 326. CALLA PALUSTRIS 2% shift will be into 4in. or 5in. pots. have plenty of light and air, but more especially after they nate, cordate at the base, hairy on both 243 . THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, yar America, has creeping or floating stems, and cordate entire leaves. CO. palustris is sometimes grown in collections of aquatics or bog plants; and, although, perhaps, hardly worth cultivating as a pot plant, is well worth a place in open ornamental waters. Richardia ethiopica is fre- quently erroneously called Calla wthiopica. ustris oe n ix protected b t white palu upper kanpi Owe Rone is Sage online: Ehrend like stamens. J, stalked, emerging from a sheath. h. 6in. Hardy aquatic, naturalised here and there in Britain. See Fig. 326. : : CALLI. Small callosities, or little protuberances. CALLIANDRA (from kallos, beauty, and andros, a stamen; referring to the elegant long, silky, purple or white stamens). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of beautiful stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers usually borne on stalked glo- bose heads; corollas small, hidden by the numerous fila- ments of the stamens. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets varying in size and number, They thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of rather firm young wood, nd placed in sand, under a hand glass, inheat. = | c. Harrisii (Harris's) pink; peduncles axillary, fascicled, ndularly downy. Fe pen l. bipinnate ; leaflets obovate, cate, downy ; stipules , falcate. Branches puberulous. h. 10ft. Mexico, 1 (B. M. 4238.) A eedie’s).* ae red; luncles longer than the ioles; bracts linear. March and April. Z. with three to our pairs of pinnæ; leaflets numerous, oblong-linear, acutish, ciliated, pilose beneath; stipules ovate, acuminate. Branches and petioles pilose. A. 6ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 4188.) CALLICARPA (from kallos, beauty, and karpos, fruit ; referring to the beautiful berries). ORD. Verbenacee. Stove or greenhouse, or nearly hardy evergreen shrubs, allied to Petrea. Flowers inconspicuons, in axillary cymes; co- rolla-tube short, with the limb four-lobed. Fruit a very ornamental small juicy berry or drupe. The following mode of culture has been recommended: “ After the old plants have been cut back in the spring, and started into growth, the young shoots will strike as readily as a Fuchsia, and with exactly the same treatment. In order to make good plants, short-jointed cuttings should be selected ; and, as soon as these are struck, they should be potted into 2}in. pots, using a compost of equal parts loam and peat, with a little charcoal and river sand. When they commence to grow, after being potted, remove toa pit or house with a temperature ranging from 60deg. to 75deg. Pinch out the tops of the plants as soon as they have three pairs of leaves, and whenever each of the laterals has made two pairs of leaves, pinch: out their points, and continue this operation with all the rest of the shoots till the beginning of August, at the same time keeping off all the flower-buds. The next They should always come into: flower.” C. americana (American). “fl. red, small, in axillary cymes. | Wit l. ovate-oblong, toothed, silvery beneath, = oo of tomentum. A. 6ft, South America, 1724. Green- C, Japonica (Japanese). ff. pink. August. Z stalked obl acuminate, ugus B , ovate, (L. ae. F. G. Es 165.) h, Sft. Japan, 1850. Stove. C. lanata (woolly). fl. purplish, June, Rervies purple. 1 i ovate, acuminate, serrate, hairy rple. 1. sessile, Stove. (S. F.d. J. 1861, p96). mete. Sit. India, 1788. le). fl. insignificant, borne in vy cee ben clusters, usely clothed, as well as the stem, with hairs. ho 3ft India’ C. rubella (reddish) jf. red. May. l sessile, obovate, acumi- Halthardy.” (3 ih surfaces. h, 2ft. China, CALLICHROA (fró kallos, beauty, and chroa, z colour; referring to the bright yellow colour of the flowers), omposite. This genus is now usually included Callichroa—continued. garden soil. Seeds may be sown in March, on a slight hotbed, and transplanted to the open border early in May; or if sown out of doors in April, it will flower in the autumn. er es trees os, ae aaa T iiaa, sessile, ciliated. h. lft. California, 1836. Syn. Layia platy- glossa., (B. M. 3719.) CALLICOMA (from kallos, beauty, and kome, hair; in reference to the tufted heads of flowers). ORD. Saxifrageæ. A greenhouse evergreen shrub. Flowers capitate; heads terminating the tops of the branchlets, pedunculate, globose. Leaves simple, coarsely serrated, stalked. Stipules mem- branous, bidentate, caducous. It thrives well in a sandy peat soil. Half ripened cuttings will root if placed in the same sort of soil, under a hand glass. C. serratifolia (saw-leaved). Black Wattle. fl. yellow. May to August. l. lanceolate, acuminate, hoary beneath, attenuated at the base. h. 4ft. New South Wales, 1793. (B. M. 1811.) CALLIGONUM (from kallos, beauty, and gonu, a knee- joint ; in reference to its leafless joint). ORD. Polygonacee., Syns. Pallasia, Pterococcus. score species of very curious, erect, evergreen, hardy shrubs, found growing in dry, arid, sandy spots in Northern Africa and Western Asia. They will thrive in any well- drained sandy loam. Cuttings will root in spring or autumn if placed under a hand glass. allasia i . whitish, i ups. May. fr. winged; prin a sad Spon Ee oie, pa Bison § ania, able: l. simple, alternate, exstipulate, deciduous, caducous, minute. — rush-like, smooth, green. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Caspian Sea, CALLIOPSIS. See Coreopsis. CALLIPRORA (from kallos, beauty, and prora, a front ; referring to the front view of the flower). ORD., Liliacew. A very pretty little bulbous plant, now often referred to Brodiæa. It thrives in a well-drained maA soil. on the lower flanks of rockwork, in dry, rich, sandy Propagated by offsets, which should remain on the parent bulbs until they are a good size. C. lutea (yellow).* Pretty Face. fl., segments purplish-brown in the middle on the outside. Summer. Z. linear-lanceolate, acuminated, channelled, longer than the flower-stem; bracts sheathing, scarious, much shorter than the pedicels. h. Qin, North California, 1831. Syns. Brodiwa ixioides, Milla ixioides. (B. M. 3588.) CALLIPSYCHE (from kallos, beauty, and psyche, a butterfly; alluding to the handsome flowers) ORD. Amaryllidacee, Ornamental greenhouse bulbs; requiring shade, and a compost of rich sandy loam and leaf mould, with good drainage. Propagated by seeds and offsets. They should have plenty of water when growing, and, during the winter, be kept moderately dry, but not dried off, so as to cause them to shrivel. As the leaves wither, water should be gradually withheld. C. aurantiaca (orange).* fl. deep golden-yellow, several in an umbel, pol e 2s patei A sideways ; ah otek’ twice the length of the perianth ; scape erect, zo kaka l few, oblong-acute, bright green, conspi TEES 6in. long. Andes of Ecuador, zo yom re aioe a k Eucrosia-like).* sea ani ; pp ee bar eee scape cheat ten-flowered, glaucous. March. l. few, green, tessellated, pitted, 4in. wide. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1843, (B. R 1848, d8.) i.e f. greenish-yell Il, with st . nish-yellow, smaili, With stamens O. mina jag ome: righ “ect and spreading out on all š in an umbellate head of about thirty blooms ; cain ie gh. l about two, oblong-spathulate, green, 1ft. long. Pern, 1868, An extremely curious plant. (Ref. B. 168.) (from kallos, beauty, and pteris, a fern). ORD. Filices. A genus of stove ferns, founded upon the sub-genus Diplazium, which is now included under Aspleniwm. CALLIRHOE (name of mythological origin, from Callirhoe, a daughter of the river-god Achelous). Closely allied to Malwa. Species belonging to this genus have been erroneously referred to Nuttallia and Malva. ORD. A genus containing about a, S AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 248 Callirhoe— continued. Malvaceœ. A genus of elegant annual or perennial herbs, natives of North America. They are of extremely easy cultivation,sthriving in a compost of light, rich, sandy loam. Propagation of the perennial species may be effected by means of both seeds and cuttings; of the annuals, by seeds only. Seeds should be.sown in spring, either out- side, or in pans ina cold frame. Young cuttings should be taken and dibbled in sandy soil in a frame. C. digitata (fingered).* jl, reddish-purple ; peduncles long, axillary, one-flowered. Summer, l. sub-peltate, six to seven-parted, with linear-entire or two-parted segments ; upper one§ more simple. h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1824. Perennial. (S. B. F. G. 129, under the name of Nuttallia digitata.) C. involucrata (involucrate),* fl. crimson, nearly 2in. across, loosely panicled. Summer. J. divided nearly to the base, three to five-parted ; segments narrow, lanceolate, three to five-toothed, hairy on both surfaces. Habit procumbent; stems hairy. h. 6in. Perennial. (G. W. P. A, 26.) SYN, Malva involucrata (B. M. 4681). C. Papaver (Poppy-like).* fl. violet-red; sepals ovate-acute, ciliated. Summer, l., root leaves lobed or pedate ; lower stem leaves palmato-pedate, upper digitate or simple. A, 3ft. Louisiana, 1833. Perennial. SYN. Nuttallia Papaver. (B. M. 3287.) ta (pedate-leaved) jf. cherry-red, panicled. August. mei eT ay er ones trifid. A. 2ft. to bft. Ís. Annual. (R. H. 1857, 1 5. C. triangulata (triangular-leaved). fl. pale purple. August. 1836. A Riss Nuttallia cordata (under which name it is figured n B. R. 5 CALLISTACHYS. See Oxylobium. CALLISTEMMA. See Callistephus. CALLISTEMON (from kallos, beanty, and stemon, a stamen; in most of the species, the stamens are of a YV beautiful scarlet colour). ORD. N | VA Myrtacee. Handsome greenhouse =M evergreen shrubs or trees, having AT the inflorescence rising from the old branches in crowded spikes, as in the species of Melaleuca, but with the stamens free, as in Me- trosideros. Leaves elongated, stiff, alternate, usually lanceolate. All the species of this genus are very ornamental and neat in habit. They are well adapted for a con- servatory. The soil best suited for them is a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Ripened cuttings strike root in sand, under a hand glass; seeds are frequently pro- duced on large plants, and these may also be used to increase the stock, but they do not produce flowering plants for a considerable time; whereas plants raised from cuttings, taken from flowering plants, come, into flower when small. - C. linearis (linear-leaved).* f scarlet; calyces clothed with velvety pu- bescence. June. l. linear, stiff, acute, keeled beneath, channelled above, vil- lous when young. h. 4ft. to 6ft. New South Wales, 1788. C. lophanthus (crest-flowered). Sy- nonymous with C. salignus. C. us (willow). ji. straw-co- loured, distinct, spicate, nearly ter- minal; petals rather pubescent, cili- ated ; calyx pilose. June to August. l. lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, mucronate, one-nerved, villous when young, as’ well as the branches. h, 4ft. to 6ft. Australia, 1806, SYN. C. lophanthus. (L. B. C. 1302.) C. speciosus (showy).* Jl. scarlet; calyx villous. ak to ily. l lan- ceolate, mucronate, flat, middle nerve rather prominent; when young, agia teed from adpressed es") and reddish. A. ee Syn. Metrosideros speciosa. Fig. 327. (B. M. 1761.) * Fig. 327. CALLISTEMON SPECIOSUS. -e 7 CALLISTEPHUS (from kallistos, most beautiful, and stephos, œ crown; in allusion to the appendages on the ripe fruit), China Aster. Syn. Callistemma. ORD. Com- posite. A hardy annual, requiring an open situation and a rich loamy soil. Involucre of many fringed bracts; receptacle naked, pitted; pappus double. Propagated by seed, sown in a hotbed in March, the seadli eing hardened off and transplanted in . +- For culture of these much grown plants and their varieties, see Aster. #3% Victoria Aster. Fic, 328. FLOWER-HEADS OF CALLISTEPHUS CHINENSIS WARS C. chinensis (Chinese).* f-heads dark purple. July. l ovate, coarsely toothed, stalked; stem ones sessile, cuneate at the base, Stem hispid. Branches with single heads. h. 2ft. China, 1731. See Fig. a CALLITRIS (probably altered from kallistos,’ most beautiful ; referring to the whole plant). ORD. Conifere. Syn. Frenela. Half-hardy evergreen shrubs or small trees, with long, very slender-jointed branches, and often very minute, scale-like, persistent leaves. Flowers moncecious. i . 244 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ¥Callitris— continued. Fruit globular, composed of four to six—rarely eight— æ é unequal, woody, valvate scales, with one or two seeds at the base of each. All the species are somewhat tender, in England, except in the more southern districts. They require a sandy loam post. Propagated by cuttings, inserted under a i in autumn, and protected by a cold pit; or by see C. quadrivalvis (four-valved). and two of which bear seeds. February to May. articulate. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Barbary, 1815. CALLIXENE. See Luzuriaga. Arar-tree. fl., female catkin ragonal, with four oval valves, each furnished with a point, i. flattened, uw y JA o he pe hardened. glands. : NDULAR. CALLOUSLY-SERRATED. Having hardened ser- ratures. Having hardened ALLUNA (from kallwno, to sweep, from the use of the ins în brooms). Common Ling; Heather. Onn. Ericacea. small hardy spreading shrub, very common throughout Northern and Central Europe. Corolla campanulate, four- lobed, shorter than the calyx. For culture, see Erica. C. vul, (common).* f. disposed in N termin “Facemes, July to September, l trigonal, obtuse, very prone -imbricatin ating in four rows, having the margins revolute and the base vada peal beeen ai nan Por pert numerous very nental varieties s species, which are admirabl Planting in borders and clumps. The white lows ae - Fig. 329. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS. lip purple, covered with rich brown hairs. For culture, very short,’ Calluna—continued. Serlii, and Hammondi), flesh-coloured (carnea), and double- flowered varieties (/l.-pl.) are all well worth growing in shrub- beries; aurea and argentea, with gold and silver coloured shoots, are also very ornamental. The value of the common form can scarcely be over-estimated for planting on barren hill sides or spaces ; it affords excellent shelter for game, and food for bees. CALLUS. The new formation at the end of a cutting before it puts forth roots; when the Callus is formed, it shows that the cutting is in a healthy state. CALOCHILUS (from kalos, beautiful, and cheilos, a lip; referring to the beauty of the labellum or lip). ORD. Orchideæœ. Interesting greenhouse terrestrial tuberous- rooted orchids, allied to Epipactis. Sepals yellowish-green; i ih MH) j Jii s22 Bletia. ‘ an . greenish and brown. April to June. C. campestris (field l. narrow, po ms . Stem leafy, slender, terete. h. Qin. Australia, 1824. (B. M. -) * fl. very similar in colour o paneer E lateet. May and J oti. a pation roader, h. 9in. Australia, 1823. (F. A. O., part 4.) CALOCHORTUS (from kalos, beautiful, and chortos, grass; referring to the leaves). Mariposa Lily. ORD. Liliacee. Handsome bulbous plants, Flowers showy, on erect scapes; perianth deciduous; three outer seg- ments sepaloid, three inner ones much larger and broader, and bearded on the inside. Leaves ensiform. Bulbs tunicated. These have not, hitherto, been generally grown in the open air with much success; but in warm = AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. Calochortus—continued. localities and sheltered positions, they may be flowered outside. A frame, in a sunny situation, is the best pos- sible place for their cultivation. Here they may be fully exposed to the sun and air, during mild weather, through the winter; and, when expedient, they may be protected from excessive moisture, as that is the primary cause of failure, rather than cold, for they are perfectly hardy, and capable of enduring all the frost we are likely to get. From May onwards, the lights might be wholly removed. From the end of June to August, the bulbs will be in bloom, when, if necessary, the flowers should be fertilised to secure seed; and when the capsules are forming, material assistance would be given by placing the lights on again, allowing plenty of air. Assuming that fresh bulbs are being planted, they should be in the soil early in the autumn, as nothing is more prejudicial than keeping them dry through the winter. A good depth of soil should be provided, composed of fibrous loam, leaf J soil, and sand, in equal proportions, in a well-drained position. The bulbs must be planted 3in. deep, and some _ Sand placed about them; they may be left undisturbed ger for years. Of course, where no frame can be provided, they may be planted in a well-drained, sunny position in the same soil. They are also easily managed in pots, but | it is necessary to pot in the autumn, and keep in a frame. Through the winter, they must never be allowed to get dry, until the leaves are withering in the autumn, when water may be withheld. - Propagation. This may be effected by seeds or offsets, and by the tiny bulbs frequently produced on the upper portion of the stem. Sow seeds in pans, in a cool house or frame, as soon as ripe, or in the early part of the year, and keep the plants close to the glass during their early stages, as they are very liable to damp off. Sow thinly, so as to enable the young plants to pass a second season in the seed pots or pans. Early in the third season, pot off and plant out singly, encouraging them to grow freely. Propagation by offsets is the most usual method. With iberal treatment, most of the species increase pretty freely. The offsets are best removed when the plants are in a dormant state. They may be either grown in pots or pans, or planted out in pits or frames, until they reach flowering size. During the season of rest, it is the safest plan, with those in pots, to keep them in the earth in which they were grown. _ - C. albus (white).* fl. snow-white, with a rich blotch, bearded and ciliated, large, globose, pendent; umbels many-flowered, on stems from lft. to 1}ft. Ta California, 1832. This handsome species is rare. SYN. Cyclobothra alba. (B. R. 1661.) a entham’s).* rich yellow; 3 S ensely covered. with ests ae ites stein thes ip sa flowered ugut: inear, much elon; in. erra Nevada, SYN. C. olgali aoe a C. ceeruleus (bluish).* fl. lilac, more or less lined and dotted - with dark blue, the petals covered and fringed with slender hairs ; stem two to five-flowered. July. l. solitary, linear. h. din. to 6in. Sierra Nevada. ` C. elegans (elegant).* Jl. greenish-white, purplish at base ; stems sere nowirod te tals not ciliate on the margin, or sparingly so. June. h. 8in. ifornia, 1826. This is a rare species. C. e. lutea (yellow). A synonym of C. Benthami. C. Gunnisoni (Gunnison’s).* * fl. light lilac, yellowish-green below the middle, Si a purple f ri encircling the base of the perianth ; large, 2in. to din. in diameter. Rocky Mountains. C. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin’s), A synonym of C. Nuttallii, C. lilacinus (lilac).* fl. pale pink, hairy below the middle, 1}in. across, with three segments narrow and three broad; scape slender, leafy, bearing one to five flowers. l, solitary, narrow lanceolate, radical, 6in. to Sin. California, 1868. - Syn, C. ptt (B. M. 5804, under the name of C. uniflorus.) _ G, luteus (yellow).* fl. terminal, two or three together; exterior wie pa pean of he ish; the pated. tg bordered purple hairs. ni: 1567.) ae ee th h September. h. 1ft. California, 1851. (B. R. p A eye on Sus ane er ooh petal: sii i br ight yellow, wi apin e _ lavender- h. “Au T 4 lifo ag A Calochortus—continued. C. Maweanus (Mawe’s). fl., sepals purplish, broadly obovate acute ; petals white or bluish-purple, longer than the sepals, the surfaces more or less covered with long purplish hairs. June, July. Z. glaucous, linear. Stem three to six-flowered. h. 6in. to 10in. San Francisco, &c. (B. M. Reve, figured under the name of C. elegans.) ” C. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s).* fl. large, 2}i oss ; the three smaller segments of the perianth of a greenish colour streaked with red ; the three larger segments pure white, with a purple spot at the base on the inner surface ; two or three fiowers on a stalk. June. ee h. 6in. California, 1869. SYN. C. Leichtlinii. C. pulchellus (beautiful).* /l. bright yellow, globular, drooping ; umbels three to five-flowered, on stems from 10in. to 12in, igh: Summer. California, 1832. A lovely species. (B. R. 1662.) SYN. Cyclobothra pulchella. C. purpureus (purple).* fl, outer segments of the perianth green and purple outside and yellow within; inner segments purple outside and yellow within. August. A. 3ft. - Mexico, 1227. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii., 20.) C. splendens (splendid).* ‘fl. clear lilac, large. August. h. 1}ft. California, eke (B. 4 1616) e à C. umbellatus (umbelled). A synonym of C. lilacinus. C. venustus (charming).* /l. large, white, nearly 3in. in diameter, yellow at the base, deeply stained with crimson, and blotched on each ETIN withcrimson. A. 1łft. California, See Fig. 329. (B. R. 1669.) There are three varieties of this species, viz., brachy- sepalus (short-sepaled), lilacinus (lilac), and purpureus (purple- flowered). i : CALODENDRON (from kalos, beautiful, and dendron, a tree), ORD. Rutacew. A very handsome greenhouse evergreen tree. Flowers in terminal panicles. Leaves large, opposite, simple, crenated. It will grow freely in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of half-ripened wood root in sand if placed under a bell glass, in gentle bottom heat. C. capensis (Cape). fl. flesh-coloured ; ressed, dilated under the flower; panicle hotomously divided. Branches opposite, or three in a whorl. 40ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1789. This is supposed to be one of the finest trees at the Cape of Good Hope. (G. C., 1883, xix., 217.) See Fig. 330, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull, CALODRACON. See Cordyline. CALONYCTION. See Ipomea. CALOPHACA (from kalos, beautiful, and phake, a lentil; in allusion to the beauty of the plant, and to its being one of the leguminous kind). ORD. Leguminose. A hardy deciduous shrub, with axillary pedunculate ra- cemes of yellow flowers, and impari-pinnate leaves. This is well adapted for the front of shrubberies. It is some- what difficult to propagate, except by seeds, which, how- ever, in fine seasons, are produced in abundance. Grafted high on the common Laburnum, it forms an object at once singular, picturesque, and beautiful, whether covered with blossoms, or with its fine reddish pods. `: "A w. May, June. l, leaflets six or ene Glace, A O as well an tH calyoen h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1786. (W. D. B. 83.) CALOPHANES (from kalos, beautiful, and phaino, to appear; alluding to the flowers), ORD. Acanthacee. A genus of about therty species, widely distributed, prin- cipally in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. The best garden plant is that mentioned below; it is an in- teresting hardy herbaceous perennial, excellent for growing in borders, in loam and peat, or sandy loam soil; and may be propagated by dividing the roots, in March. oblong-leaved).* fl. ; corolla funnel-shap yg o erana A A EE al equal; tube of corolla half longer than the calyx; pedicels axillary. Augu posite, oblong-spathulate, entire, acuminated. A. lft.’ &c., 1832. (S. B. F. G., ser. ii., 181.) oe CALOPHYLLUM (from kalos, beautiful, and phyllon, a leaf; the leaves are large, of a beautiful green, and ele- gantly veined). Orp. Guttiferæ. Fine stove evergreen trees. Flowers disposed in axillary racemes. Leaves furnished with numerous transverse, parallel nerves. They thrive in a compost of loam, sand, and peat. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots will root in sand, if placed under a ‘glass, in bottom heat. ae : icels coimp 246 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, > Calophyllum—continued. Calopogon—continued. ig i -A bh yp geep tet face | Orchidee. Very pretty, hardy, tuberous-rooted orchids, 7 ; mes lateral, very short. d en. l ate or . . ‘ BRE -i oblong, obtuse’ or pdr Mntd h. 30ft. Wet Indies, &c., 1780, admirably suited for a good shady position at the foot of C. inophyllum (fibrous-leayed). fl. snow-white, sweet-scented, the rockwork, or for an open situation in a hardy fernery. iooni racemose; racemes axillary ; peduncles one-flowered, Propagated by offsets, taken from the tuberous roots; but > Fig. 330, CALODENDRON CAPENSIS. i pronlly ~ eget Rag faim the pa ay walnut. 1, oblong | this method of increase is very uncertain. Perhaps the t ob A cogs Old World, 1793," Pea paa p peana round. | only species in cultivation is the following : PEA ; FE p | C. pulchellus (beautiful).* fl. purple, with a very pretty pale CALOPOGON (from kalos, beautiful, and | yellow beard or tuft of hairs growing from the lip ; two or three to ie a ‘ -PO & a plant, Late summer. J. few, radical, grass-like. A. 14ft. North jeard; tm "eference to the fringe on the lip). Onp. | America, 1791. SYN. Limodorum tuberosum. (S. B F. G, 115.) a AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 247 ~ CALOSANTHES INDICA. A synonym of Orany- lum indicum. CALOSCORDUM (from kalos, beautiful, and skoro- don, garlic). ORD. Liliacee. A genus of half-hardy bulbs, allied to Allium, but now referred to Nothoscordum. For culture, see Calochortus. C. nerineflorum (Nerine-flowered).* fi. rose; umbels about twelve-flowered ; spathe one-valved. June and July. J, narrow, semi-terete, channelled above. h. 6in. Chusan, 1843. (B. R. CALOSTEMMA (from kalos, beautiful, and stemma, 2 a crown). ORD. Amaryllidacee. Handsome greenhouse bulbous plants, natives of New Holland. Flowers funnel- shaped, irregular; perianth with the orifice surmounted by a corona; stamens erect, united by their dilated bases; ovary three-celled, many-seeded. Leaves linear-lorate. C. album (white). f. white. May. l _ acute, 3in. to Sin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad. h. lft. 1824. UL strap-shaped, C, luteum (yellow). fl. yellow. onde, narrow. h. lft. 1819. (B. M. 2101.) c. y am eon tf ji. Perle. ademas l. like those of ~~ CALOTHAMNUS eat ‘aids beautiful, and tham- nos, a shrub; in reference to the elegance of the shrubs, from their scarlet flowers and terete leaves). ORD. Myr- taceœ. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Flowers scarlet, axillary and solitary, sessile. Leaves red, crowded, terete. They require much the san ture as Calli- stemon. Cuttings of young wood, firm at the base, will root in sand, if covered by a hand glass, which requires to be occasionally ko off and wiped, to prevent damp. uadrifidus © cleft), fl, scarlet, r ngat E secund ; C. buniies of stamens r, distinct, è well as the flowers). h. 2ft. to aft. .) v uly. ual, gg ey s (as West — hs. C. villosa (villous), equal, distinct. July to September. i. villons ta well as the ‘ . fruit). h. 2ft. to 4ft. West Australia, 1823. (B. R. 1099.) eS CALOTIS (from kalos, beantiful, and ous, tous an ear; i in reference to the chaffy scales of the pappus, or seed- j Senha to Bellium. ORD. Composite. Greenhouse E y herbaceous perennials, rarely annuals," all ; w natives of Anstralia. Receptacle naked; involucre nearly many-leaved, in a single or double row. They may - be grown su in any garden soil. Pro- a pagated by divisions of the root. $ cuneifolia * heads solitary, Ng. See by eara ey terminal, ~~ Greenhouse herbaceous perennial. (B. R. 504.) CALO PIS (from kalos, beautiful, and tropis, a keel; literally “beautifully twisted,” apparently in refe- rence to the corolla of C. gigantea). ORD: Asclepiadee. A genus of stove evergreen shrubs, or small trees. The three species bear large Handsome flowers, in interpetiolar umbels. They thrive best in a mixture of „Joam, sand, and peat, Young cuttings, thinly dibbled in a pot of sand, strike root freely under a hand glass, in heat. Care must be taken that they do not receive an excess of moisture, or they will a z Cc. antic)” very handsome, a mixture of rose and © wn a ma shorter than the gynostegium obtuse, cir- cinately Peurvad: at the base; umbels sometimes, though rarely, 3 com aes surroun by several involucral scales, Jt L de- i cussa' ig! foo oath Bi rded on the upper side at the ii ae ia 2 ‘with woolly down on the under side, 4in. to 6in. reg apie 3in. broad. A. 6ft. to 15ft. India, &., 1690. (B. R. c. procera (tall). -Jt while: petals s reading, marked at the top le spot. blong, on short petioles, whitign fom yoo wool. ey, 6ft. pai 1714. E R. 1792.) a See Kopsia. ; i CALTHA (a nynoope of kalathos, a goblet; in allusion to the form the perianth, which may be likened to a. golden cup). Marsh Marigold. Orv. Ranunculacee. Hardy herbaceous perennials, of easy culture on the margin of a piece of water, or in a m a es os where their showy ms look very brilliant, r i w Jl. scarlet, quinguefid ; Wando of stamens | Caltha—continued. Propagation is readily effected by dividing the roots, in early spring, or in summer after flowering. * C. leptosepala (slender-sepaled).* fl. pure white, one to two u erect, scape- =o peduncles. May, June, l, radical, cordate, the margins nearly entire, or sometimes crenate. A, Lt North- western America, 1827. (H. F. B. A. 1, 49, .) Fic. 331. CALTHA PALUSTRIS MONSTROSA PLENA, palustris (marsh).* jl. golden-coloured, large; peduncles fur- Clee Sota L cordate, somewhat orbicular, round] -crenate, with rounded Sariolaa Stems dichotomous, erect. A. lft. Great Britain. (Sy. En. B. 40.) The double forms of this species, under the names of nana plena and monstrosa plena Fig. 331) are excellent. plants, and, though growing best mn the he Hnr oiiato . vicinity of water, and most appropriate or rough scenery, ae like the type, do very well in ordinary well-enriched soil. A variety named purpurascens, from Southern Europe, showy, more erect, and vues the shoots and Batina purplish. C. p. biflora (two-flowered), A twin- Rivero wi of C. palus- tris. North America, 1827. This is not quite so tall as the type, and the flowers are rather larger. Cc. parnassifolia Eaman: men: yellow, on e Sakk a uncles, April, ma. S co te-ovate, h. 3in. to aa North America, 18 * ht yellow, several in small cyme. “xo, May. May. l. reniforn T eniform cordate, te, sharply cronate-serrate, spread- CALTROPS. S See peal ey _ CALTROPS, WATER. See Trapa natans. CALUMBA, FALSE. See Coscinium fenes- CALUMBA ROOT. See Jateorrhiza ba. CALUMBA WOOD. See Coscinium tum. CALYCANTHACEÆ. A natural order of shrubs, with square stems, having four woody axes surrounding the central one. Flowers solitary, lurid; calyx of numerous coloured sepals compounded with the petals. Leaves oppo- site, entire, exstipulate. The two genera known are Caly- canthus and Chimonanthus. CALYCANTHUS (from kalyz, EDS a calyx, and anthos, a flower; in reference to the calyx being coloured, and appearing like a corolla). Allspice. Orp. Calycan- thacew, A genus of hardy, deciduous, North American — shrubs. Flowers lurid purple, axillary, and terminal, stalked, sweet-scented ; stamens numerous. Leay Sia site, oval or ovate-lanceolate, entire, generally ao the surface; sweet-scented, All are handsome and well worth growing. They thrive best in a peaty compost, but grow freely i in almost any soil. Increased by layers, put down in the summer; or by seed, sown as soon as ripe, or in spring, in a cold frame. C. floridus (Floridan).* Carolina Allspice. fl. with a sweet apple scent. ( May. ovate, downy y beneath; as well as the bennie. Branches n; roots smell of camphor. A. rk Carolina, 1726. See Fig. B. M 403) There are several varieties of this species. 248 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Calycanthus—continued. Fig. 332. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS FLORIDUS. ©. glaucus (glaucous).* fl. lurid purple, not strongly scented. May. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glaucous and pubescent beneath. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Carolina, 1726. Syn. C. fertilis. (B. R. ao) C. oblongifolius is a variety with ovate-lanceolate elongated eaves, 4 * “a Fig. 333. FL ING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS LEVIGATUS, . levigatus sm ved), * i . thin, either Ane or sp J. lurid purple. May. Z. oblong, | nted ormela ao; op barh aidsa, ot ather pale Beneit.. Branches . h. 3ft. to 6ft. Moun See Fig. 333. (B. R. 481.) of P lvania, &e., Meecrovay: Hus (large-leaved). A’ garden synonym of C. occi- C. occidentalis rn).* fl. brick-red, sweet i ĝin. across, each petal about Žin. long and żin. aeey nE October. 1, oblong or ovate-cordate, acuminate, slightly pubes- cent on the veins only beneath. A. 6ft. to 12ft. California, 1831. ' In California, this is called the Sweet-scented Shrub. Syn. ae ane iphyllus, of gardens, (B. M. 4808. ai CALYCIFLORÆ. „A sub-division of dicotyledonous lants, having the stamens inserted on the calyx or disk. CALYCIFORM. Formed like a calyx. `> CALYCINE. Of, or belonging to, the calyx. CALYCOPHYLLUM (from kalyz, a calyx, and phyllon, a leaf; in allusion to one of the teeth of the calyx being expanded into a large petiolate coloured leaf), ORD. Rubiacew. Stove evergreen shrubs, requiring a compost of loam, peat, and a little sand and charcoal. Cuttings of half ripe shoots. will root in sand if placed under a bell glass, in bottom heat. C. candidissimum (whitest).* 7., corolla white, campanulate, with a bearded throat, three together, the middle one Rearing a etiolate leaf, but the two lateral ones naked; corymbs terminal. fon bluntly acuminated, 2in. to 3in. long. h. 30ft. Cuba, CALYCOTOME (from kalyz, kalykos, calyx, and tome, a section; lips of calyx fall off). ORD. Leguminosae, A small genus of hardy, divaricately-branched, spiny shrubs, formerly inclided as a section of Cytisus. Flowers yellow, disposed in short branched leafy fasicles. For culture, see Cytisus. > = ihe C. spinosa (spiny). fl. yellow. June and July. l., leaflets obovate- oblong. Branches angular, spiny. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Genoa, Cor- sica, &c., 1846. (B. R. 55.) j CALYCULATE. Having bracts so placed as to resemble an external or additional calyx. + CALYMMODON. See Polypodium.. he CALYPSO (from the beautiful nymph, Calypso, or from Greek kalypto, to’ conceal; in reference to its place of growth), Orp. Orchidee. An elegant terrestrial monotypic genus. It thrives well in half-shady spots on the margins of a rock garden or artificial: bog, in a light, moist, vegetable soil, composed of peat, leaf soil, and sand, mulched with cocoa-nut fibre refuse in ` wintex. - Propagated by offsets. -` C. borealis (Northern).* fl. solitary, delicate rose and brown, with a yellow crest on the lip; labellum longer than the sepals, the lateral lobes cohering in thei upper part over the saccate central one, which. usually bifid at the tip, resemblin ose of a Cypri- ium. Summer. J. solitary, thin, many-nerved, | ovate or cordate. - Stems usually thickening into psendo- bulbs. A. 1ft. High latitudes of Northern hemisphere, 1820, (B. M. 2763.) % CALYPTRA. Literally an extinguisher; ap- CALYPTRANTHES (from kalyptra, a covering, and anthos, a flower; in allusion to the operculum of the flower). ORD. Myrtacew. Strong- growing stove evergreen shrubs or small trees. Peduncles axillary, many-flowered. Leaves feather- veined. They are of easy culture, in a compost of loam and peat, and may be propagated by layers, or by cuttings, placed in heat. a S C. Chytraculia (Chytraculia). jl. white, small, glome- a1 the apex, st labrous. t h. ami ATT. pex, sefia, garrons el Me (N. S. 1, 26.) ME T a ; C. S um (Syzygium). vhite, on sl paticds: e ed ph , tric Juš, ny fort d. “May _ to July. E ovate, obtuse, sti —— S es GALYPTRARIA, Se Contronia. ‘Resembling an extinguisher. | CALYPTRATE. Re bling ; “ CALYPTRIFORM. Shaped like an extinguisher. CALYPTRION. See Corynostylis. CALYPTROCALYE (from kalyptra, an extinguisher, . and kaly, a calyx, in allusion to the form of the outer’ " perianth segments). ORD. Palmee. A monotypic genus of stove palms. For culture, see Calamus. C. spicatus (spiked). j, spadices elongated, spicate, leafy at base; spathe opening longitudinally. l. terminal, pinnatisect ; segments reduplicate, linear, acuminate, bifid at the apon; etiole fibrous at the base. Caudex finally smooth. h. Syys. Areca and Pinanga globosa. 6 oluccas. + plied to the hood which covers the theca in mosses. © rate; peduncles axillary and terminal, trichot “ag! panicled, and are, as well as the flowers, clothed ith z rufous velvety down. *March. l. ovate, ee _— AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 249 hate (from kalyptra, an extinguisher, and gyne, a woman—pistil—in allusion to the form of the pistil). Including Calyptronoma. ORD. Palmee. A small genus comprising five species of handsome stove palms, allied to Geonoma (which see for cultivation). — C. Ghiesbreghtiana (Ghiesbreght’s). fl., peduncles erect, over- topping the leaves, bearing a single cylindrical, undivided spadix, Qin. to 12in. in length. Z. pinnate, 2ft. to 5ft. long; pinnze opposite or alternate, sessile, of unequal breadth, the narrower ones one to two-nerved, the broader ones six to ten-nerved, usually from six to twelve on each side of the rachis ; the intervals between the pinnæ vary from lin. to 2in. ; petiole broadly sheathing at the base, from a few inches to 1}ft. long. Stem short or absent. Mexico. A very elegant dwarf-growing species. SYNS. Geonoma Ghiesbreghtiana, G. magnifica and G. Verschaffeltti, (B. M. 5782.) C. dahurica Dahurian).*- Jia corolla of a rosy-purple; sepals lanceolate, acute, the two outer ones broadest; peduncles tetra- gonal, tomentose ; bracts broad-ovate, acute, longer than the E calyx. July.“ l. glabrous hairy, oblong-cordate, having the $ ss a and nerves on the we wie tomentose. Dahuria, 1826. 4 @. . 2609.) ©: inflata (inflated). Synonymous with C. sepium incarnata. a TA Fig. 334. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYSTEGIA PUBESCENS es FLORE-PLENO. . - Summer and See Fig. 334. i i e). Common Bindweed. fi. white, sometimes with red; peduncles tetragonal, buf ing the petioles ; bracts cordate, keeled, acute, longer than the calyx, but one-h: shorter than the corolla. Summer. 1, sagittate or te, very lobes obtuse, or truncate, ent A troublesome weed. (Sy. En. B. 924.) * à Calystegia—continued. = incarnata, with rose-coloured flowers. North America. SYN C. inflata. (B. M. 732.) è C. Soldanella (Soldanella-like).* ale red, with five longi- tudinal, yellowish plaits, large ; uncles angular, angles winged; bracts large, ovate, blunt, mucronate, generally shorter than the calyx. June. J. rather fleshy, reniform, entire, or a little angular. Sea-shores, Britain. This pretty species can only be grown with success in a very sandy soil. (Sy. En. B. 925.) CALYTHRIX (from kalyz, a calyx, and thriz, a hair ; in reference to the lobes of the calyx, which each end ina long hair). ORD. Myrtacew. A genus of very pretty and interesting greenhouse Heath-like shrubs, natives of Aus- tralia. Flowers small; bracteoles two under each flower; they are either free or joined together at the base, some- times in the form of an operculum. Leaves scattered, crowded, opposite, full of dots, axillary, solitary, almost sessile. They grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, with good drainage and firm potting. Cuttings, made from young, shoots, will root in April or y i placed in sand, under a bell glass, in ® cool housi C. ericoides (Heath-like). A synonym of C. tetragona. — Cc. glabra (glabrous). A synonym of C. tetragona. C.. tetragona (tetragonal).* fl. white; bracts one-half shorter than the tube of the calyx. J. scattered, petiolate, glabrous ; stipules deciduous, te 2ft. 1825. SYNS. C. ericoides, & glabra. (B. R. 409.) $ C. angulata, aurea, and breviseta are other species which have been introduced, but are not worth house room when that described above is grown. CALYX. The external whorl of floral leaves. CAMARIDIUM (from kamara, an arched roof; in reference to the arched tip of the stigma). ORD. Orchidee. A pretty stove orchid, allied to Cymbidium. It thrives best if grown in a shallow basket, or raised above the surface of the pots with sphagnum and broken. pots. Cc. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).* jl. yellowish - white. July. J. ligulate. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, compressed, smooth. Mial Trinidad, 1823. Syn. Cym ochroleucum. (B, M. CAMAROTIS. See Sarcochilus. 250 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Camassia—continued. Leaves narrow, about 1ft. long, grooved down the inside. They thrive best in a sheltered, partially-shaded situation, but will do fairly well in almost any ordinary good garden soil. A compost of loam and leaf mould, with a liberal mixture of sharp sand, suits them best. They need not be disturbed for several years; but a top-dressing of rich soil or well-rotted manure may be given yearly. Propa- gated by offsets and seeds. The plants are so hardy that they ripen seeds in warm situations. These may be sown as soon as ripe, or the following spring, either in a warm situation out of doors, or in pots or boxes, under glass. The young plants make rapid progress, and should remain for at least two years in the see beds. The best time for final transplanting is in February. Offsets are produced very freely, and should be removed either when in a dor- mant condition, or just previously to starting into fresh growth, and arranged in clumps or lines, placing a little sand about them. , , C. e enta (edible).* Jl. blue, about 2in. across ; raceme loose, ten to twenty-flowered, borne on stout scapes; perianth six- cleft, the five upper segments close together, the sixth standing by itself, Summer. 1, linear, about lft. high. Columbia, &c., 1837. The colour of the flowers varies from a deep blue to nearly white. See Fig. 335. (B. R. 1486.) The white-flowered form is Pigg in B. M. 2774, under the name of Scilla esculenta flore C. e. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s).* Jl. creamy-white, larger than those of the type, with more numerous nerves in the keel of the segments of the perianth; racemes longer, and sometimes compound, Spring. Ah. 2ft. Columbia, 1853. This also differs -from the type in its more robust habit and broader leaves. Syn. Chlorogalum Leichtlini. (B. M. 6287.) C. Fraseri (Fraser’s).* A pale blue, smaller than those of C. esculenta ; pedicels and scape much more slender. J, narrow, acute; capsule more acutely angled. h. lft. Eastern States of North America. A smaller and more slender plant. (B. M. 1574, as Scilla esculenta.) CAMBESSEDESIA (named after James Cambessedes, coadjutor of Auguste St. Hilaire, in his “Flora Brasiliæ Meridionalis,” and author of several ‘botanical memoirs). ORD. Melastomacee. A genus of elegant, erect, or ascend- ing, dichotomously branched stove shrubs or herbaceous plants. Flowers terminal and axillary, in paniculate cymes; petals five, obovate; calyx bell-shaped. Leaves sessile, opposite or verticillate, obovate, oblong or linear. They thrive best in a compost of peat and sand. Propa- gated by half-ripened cuttings, which root freely in a similar mixturde if placed in heat and under a hand glass. There are about eight species known to science, but probably that mentioned below is the only. one in cultivation. C. paraguayensis (Paraguay). 7. rose-red, Zin. in diameter, in terminal corymbose, glandular, hairy panicles. July. 2. nearly _ lin, long, sessile, o¥ate, acute, three-nerved, pale green, with ciliate margins. Stem annual, herbaceous, leafy. A. 10in. 1gin. 1880. (B. M. 6604.) f The formative fluid found between the FRUIT. See Eugenia. (named in honour of George Joseph Moravian Jesuit and gion in the plants of the Isle of Luzon, tiia of these beautiful plants, a good deal of disappointmen: be avoided, and a regular succession of Diets obtained from October till the following July. The fact of the buds frequently dropping off, deters many would-be growers from attempting the culture of the Camellia. Dryness of the p , and want of water at the roots, are generally the primary causes of failure; the remedy for these evils, ~ OÊ course, rests with the cultivator. The roots are apt to ER Camellia—continued. get matted together, compressing the earth around them into a hard ball, impervions to water; hence attention is necessary to see that the water -poured into the pot thoroughly moistens all the soil. In order to form hand- some plants, they should be trained with single stems to rods, and pruned, so as to make them throw out side branches from every part of the stem; they must not be placed too close to each other.on the stage, or when planted out. A liberal supply of water is always necessary, but especially so during the flowering period. Plants that are required to flower early’may remain in the warm house till they commence to blossom, whén they should be removed to a cold place, such as the back of a greenhouse, giving them plenty of light. Those kept ina hothouse or vinery during summer, will flower in the beginning or middle of October; and a large plant, having from fifty to one hundred buds, will continue in flower till the month of” January. Those that are removed early, will blossom in January, and so succeed the others. The plants that have finished flowering should be brought back to the hothouse, where they will begin to make new wood, and be ready to come in succession next season. By thus shifting the plants from a warm to a cold situation, a regular succes- sion will be secured from October to July. ‘The soil should’ be kept constantly moist, and in the summer months. the leaves occasionally syringed. Camellias flower best when kept in small pots or tubs. In order to raise and exhibit these handsome plants to the best ad- vantage, they should be grown in a separate house, of ample height, as they never look so well as when 6ft. or 8ft. high, trained in a conical form, with branches from the root upwards; and the plants should be raised near to the glass on a movable stage, which should be lowered as they grow. In summer, they may either be placed in the open air in a sheltered spot, or the glass roof of the house can be taken off. The hardier sorts, such as the Double- red, Blush, and Pxony-flowered, succeedvin the bed-om— =" border of a conservatory, if the roof can be taken off in summer, so as to admit air. If this cannot be managed, they are better grown in portable pots or boxes. The most suitable time for shifting Camellias is directly after flower- ing; they should then be put into a vinery or hothouse, where there is a little heat; or the warmest part of a gréen- _ house. They will soon begin to make new wood, where they should be allowed to remain, amply supplied with water, till they form their flower buds, at the extremity and sides of the young growth. A few should then be removed to a cold place, and shaded during strong sunshine. Ina few weeks afterwards, others may also be transferred, 80 — as to have a regular succession of flowering plants." Propagation. The red Camellias are i e red Camellia being raised by either cuttings, or seeds, This latter forms suitable stocks on which to mare! or graft the rarer kinds. The ripened shoots of the pre- ceding summer should be taken Off in August, cutting them smoothly at a joint or bud. Two or three of the lower leaves should be taken off, and the cuttings planted firmly ~ in the soil with a dibble. Some growers use peat earth and sand to strike in, while" others prefer a loom mixed with sand and peat. The pans contaimuin; the cuttings should be — kept in a plant,or cold frame, without being covered with glasses, but shaded during powerful sunshine. In the following” spring, such as have struck will begin to push, ‘when they need to be placed in a gentle heat. The fol- lowing 3 or October, the rooted plants will be fit to pot off, aid in the second or third spring they may be - used as stocks. Inarching or grafting is done in early spring, as soon as growth commences. When this process is completed, care must be taken to fix the pot containing the stock so that it may not be disturbed during the con- nection of the scion with the parent plant. The grafting — being clayed over, is then covered with moss, to prevent it8 =. cracking. When independent grafting is resorted to, the * enact’ ic 4 y gated by layers, but cuttings will also suc ngs, hay sir ee 4 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 251 Camellia—continued. zi, mode called “ side grafting” is generally employed, as in the care of Orange-trees ; but the operation of tongueing is generally omitted, as tending to weaken the stock. Liquid or other manure is not required; nor is it desirable to apply it, as it often, sooner or later, causes the destruction of the plants. . As a rule, insects do not trouble this class of plants; but seale will sometimes appear, and can easily be removed by hand. Thrips occasionally put in an appear- ance, but a little smoke will quickly get rid of them. C. euryoides (Eurya-like). fl white; peduncles lateral, one- flowered, scaly. May to July. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrated, silky beneath. Branches hairy. h. 4ft. China, 1822. (B. R. 983.) F10. 336, FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMELLIA JAPONICA. C. japonia (Japanese).* Common Camellia. fs various] coloured, axillary, sessile. Z. ovate, acuminate, acutely serrat: h. 20ft, Japan and China, 1739. The innumerable hybrids are _ chiefly the offspring of this species. See Fig. 336. Camellia—continued. C. j. anemonzeflora (Anemone-flowered), All, or nearly all, the stamens, &c., in this variety are transformed into small petaloid bodies, and the flower has the general aspect of a double Anemone. See Fig. 337. (B. M. 1654.) Fig. 338. FLOWER OF CAMELLIA OLEIFERA. C. oleifera (oil-yielding).* jl. white, very numerous, fragrant, solitary. November. 1. elliptic-oblong, acute, serrated, coriaceous, shining. h. 6ft. to 8ft. China, 1820, See Fig. 538. (B. R. 942.) C. reticulata (netted-leaved). fl. bright rose, large, semi-double. l. oblong, acuminated, serrated, flat, reticulated. #. 10ft. China, 1824. There is a form of this species with full double flowers. C. theifera (Tea-bearing). jl. white, spreading, of five sepals and five petals, axillary. November to spring. J. eliptical- oblong, obtuse, serrated, more than twice as long as broad, dark green. h. 2ft. to 6ft. China, Japan, and India, 1780. This species varies very considerably. In different countries, it has become modified by cultivation. The Green and Black Teas, formerly supposed to be produced by different species, are obtained from the same bushes, but subjected to different processes. Less-known species are: drupifera, lanceolata, roseflora, and Sasanqua. The true species are rarely seen in cultivation. The following is a selection of the best forms of O. japonica ; the list is a limited one, and is capable of great extension: ALBA PLENA,* double white; ARCHIDUCHESSE AUGUSTA, petals deep red, veined with blue, a white band; ARCHIDUCHESSE MARIE,* flowers bright red, banded with white, imbricated ; AUGUSTE DELFOSSE, bright reddish-orange, stripes down the centre of petals; AUGUSTINA SUPERBA,* flowers clear rose, free bloomer; BEALII ROSEA, one of the best and latest deep crimson varieties known; BICOLOR DE LA REINE, white and rose; Bono- MIANA,* ground colour white, banded with intense deep red; CARYOPHYLLOIDES,* white, marbled with rosy-carmine, flowers very large; CHANDLERII ELEGANS,* flowers large, light rose ; COMTE DE GOMER,* petals soft rose, striped with crimson, beauti- fully imbricated; COMTE DE PARIS, rich pink, e and full; CONTESSA LAVINIA MAGGI, pure white, broadly flamed with rosy-cerise ; CONTESSA LAVINIA MAGGI SEA; flowers rich rosy-red, fine form, a superb variety; CORRADINO, rose, veined with salmon, centre delicate blush pink; COUNTESS OF DERBY,* beautifully imbricated, white, striped with rose; COUNTESS OF ELLESMERE,* colour varying from pure white,to flesh, streaked with carnation; COUNTESS OF ORKNEY, pure white, striped with carmine, sometimes pink, shaded, with j rose;. CUP OF BEAUTY,* pure white and rose, a beautifu mbricated flower ; Davin Boscui, clear pink, shaded. with deep rose; DE LA REINE, petals white, striped with carmine ; DONCKELAARII,* large” flowers, semi-double, rich crimson, marbled white; DUCHESSE DE NASSAU,* flowers light pink, very large, and of creo he form ; DUCHESS OF BERRY, pure white, and cupped, beautifully imbri- cated, one of the most beautiful of all the double whites; EMPEROR OF Russia, large crimson; FANNY Bots, whi striped and splashed with deep crimson ; FIMBRIATA ALBA, similar to Alba plena, outer petals notched at the edges ; GENERAL CIALDINI, beautifully imbricated, bright carmine, with red ; HENRI FAVRE, flowers rosy-salmon, finely imbricated ; Hovey, C. H.,* bright crimson, well imbricated ; Hovey, C. M.,* deep velvety crimson, darkly shaded, very distinct; HovEY, Mrs.,* delicate pink, yery smooth in outline, medium size; IL CYGNO, flowers pure white, petals Ranunculi-formed and imbricated ; IL 22 Marzo, clear rose, the petals sometimes banded with white ; IMBRICATA, deep carmine, occasionally variegated ; JARDIN D'HIVER, a fine variety, flowers beautifully imbricated, colour 252 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, | Camellia—continued. a Camellia— continued. © bright rose: JEFFERSONII, fine crimson; JENNY LIND,* flowers LEON LEGUAY, rich crimson; MADAME AMBROISE VERSCHAF- imbricated to the extreme centre, broad, and of substance, FELT,* white, shaded with blush, and dotted with red ; MADAME white, striped and marbled with rose; JUBILEE,* flowers very LEBOIS, bright rose, finely imbricated, and of good form; MATHO- 1. C., lactiflora. 2. C. rotundifolia Hostii. 3. C. carpathica turbinata. 4. C. carpathica alba, Fic. 339. GROUP OF CAMPANULAS. with broad, round, imbricated petals, white, marbled TIANA,* flowers brilliant red, and beautifully imbricated, extra _with rose, centre pure white; LADY HUME’s BLUSH,* flowers fine; MATHOTIANA ALBA, flowers large, finely imbricated to the _ ‘ flesh-colour, and of excellent form; La MAESTOSA, rose, mottled centre, pure white ; MONTIRONI,* a fine pure white fræi MRS. white; LEEANA SUPERBA, flowers salmon-red, very fine; ABBEY WILDER, ivory-white, striped with rose, well im > d i m = $ w = cultivated as these. : grown with the greatest success in AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 253 Camellia—continued. ; ‘ Mrs. COPE,* white, delicately shaded with pink, and striped with rose; Mrs. DOMBRAIN,* shape and substance excellent, colour beautiful soft pink; NAPOLEON III., flowers rose, beauti- fully veined with deep rose, and edged with pure white ; PRINCE ALBERT, white, beautifully flaked with carmine; PRINCESS BaccioccHl,* rich velvety carmine; PRINCESS FREDERICK WILLIAM,* flowers white, tipped with bright carmine ; QUEEN OF Roses, flowers delicate rose; REINE DES BEAUTES,* very delicate clear rose, fine form, extra fine variety; REINE DES FLEURS,* finely imbricated, petals of good substance and perfect symmetry, colour vermilion-red, fiaked occasionally with white; RUBENS, deep rose-white stripes ; SACCOIANA,* a finely imbricated flower, colour very variable, occasionally clear rose, at other times spotted with pure white; SARAH FROST, flowers bright red; SToRYI, outer petals bright rose, centre almost white ; TARGIONI, flowers beautifully imbricated, pure white, striped with cerise ; TEUTONIA, flowers sometimes red, at other times white, but occasionally half redand half white; THOMAS MOORE,* flowers 44in. across, per- fectly round, and well imbricated, petals also round, and well filled up in the centre, colour rich carmine, shaded with crimson ; TRICOLOR DE MATHOT, flowers red, marbled with white, semi- double; TRICOLOR IMBRICATA PLENA, blush white, flaked with carmine and rose; VALTEVAREDA, colour bright rosé, often mackie with snowy white; WILDERI,* soft rose, of excellent ‘orm, ; i OENSIA (named in honour of Luis Camoens, a = — celebrated Portuguese poet). ORD. Leguminose. A genus containing a couple of handsome species. O. mazima is the largest-flowered leguminous plant known. It thrives well in rich loam and leaf mould. Cuttings root in sandy loam, in bottom heat, if placed under a bell glass. It has not yet flowered in this country. The other species has not been introduced. $ C. maxima (greatest).* fl. cream-colour, yellow, lft. long, in short axillary racemes. Aaen 1078. (T.L. RA 25, 36.) S ‘ CAMOMILE. See Chamomile. CAMPANEA (from campana, a bell; alluding to the shape of the flowers). ORD. Gesneracew, Stove herbaceous climbing perennials, the only one at present introduced being C. grandiflora. For cultivation, see Gesnera. C, grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. in axillary tufts, at ends of long, axillary, and terminal peduncles; corolla white, lined and dotted with crimson. June. Jl. opposite, oval, acuminated, oblique, soft, crenated, stalked. Plant hairy. h. 2ft. Santa Fé, 1 (R. H. 1849, 241.) CAMPANULA (diminutive of campana, a bell; in refe- rence to the shape of the flowers). Bell-flower; Slipperwort. ORD. Campanulacee. A genus of mostly perennial—rarely annual or biennial—herbs. Flowers blue or white, for the most part pedunculate, usually racemose, rarely spicate or glomerate. Radical leaves usually different in form from the cauline ones, especially in size. All the species of this genus are elegant when in flower (see Fig. 339), and are very largely grown. The dwarf varieties make excellent subjects for pot culture, rockeries, or the fronts of borders. A rather rich sandy loam, with plenty of drainage, suits these plants. The forms of C. pyramidalis may be kept in cold frames during the winter, and firmly repotted in summer, the crown of the plant being kept just a trifle raised above the soil, or they are at times liable to damp off, through the water lodging around the necks. During hot weather, the pots should be plunged in a bed of ashes. Campanulas are easily raised from seeds, which should ' be sown in spring. As a rule, few plants are so easily The strong-growing kinds may be rdi garden soil, well enriched with manure, while the alpine kinds are easily managed on the rockery. Sow seeds of the annuals in April, and of the biennials in June, in the open, or ina cold frame. The perennials are chiefly propagated by dividing the roots, or by young cuttings, in spring—the latter is by far the best method of propagation with many of the species—or by seeds, Those kinds requiring special treatment are particularised, and those suitable to the rockery are so ‘designated. Perennials, except where other- wise mentioned. is General Culture. bluish, nearly erect, one on the i Sy ~ each romney oro ‘unnel-shaped. July. 1. slightly cilia’ a F Campanula—continued. ; ‘ + Tadical ones on = petioles, « te-spathulate, coarsely toothed ` at the apex; cauline ones sessile, obovate or linear, A. 6in. Cau . Alpine. " c . Allionii np: jl. usually blue, rarely white, subnutant, large, solitary. uly to September. Z, radical ones linear- lanceolate, nearly entire, ciliated ; lower ones rosulate, bluntish. Stem rather pilose. Root creeping. h. Zin. to 4in. Piedmontese Alps, &ec., 1820. A little gem, requiring a well-drained position, in rich sandy loam, with plenty of grit in it, and an abundance of moisture when growing. Syns. C. alpestris and C, nana. (B.M. _C, alpestris (rocky). A synonym of C. Allionii, Cc. alpina (alpine).* 1. deep blue, few or numerous, scattered in a yramidal manner along the whole stem. July. l. linear-lanceo- te, repandly-crenate, woolly; radical ones crowded, narrowed at the base. Stem glabrous or woolly. A. 3in. to 9in. Europe, 1779. Rockery. (B. M. 957.) C. americana (American). 7. erect, one to three from the axil of each bract; corollas blue, a little longer than the calycine lobes. July. ` l, radical ones rosulate, ovate, acute, a little cordate, tiolate, serrated ; cauline ones ovate-lanceolate, acuminated at th ends, serrulated. h. 3ft. to 6ft. North America, 1763. Borders. C. barbata (bearded).* f. nutant, disposed in a loose, often secund raceme ; icels one-flowered, rising from the axils of the superior leaves; corolla Bes blue or white (in the variety alba), glabrous outside, but woolly in the mouth. June. l. villous, nearly entire ; ical ones crowded, lanceolate; canline ones few, ligulate. h. 6in. to 18in. European Alps, 1752. This is best page! on the rockery. The white variety is very handsome. (B. M. 1258.) - C. Barrelierii (Barrelier’s). A synonym of C. fragilis. C. beto: folia (Betony-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary, the branchlets usually bearing three ; corollas purplish-blue, with a pale yellow base, tubular. May. l eo eg tom J or ovate, acute, crenate-toothed ; radical ones shortly petiolate. Stems much branched. Plant pilose. A. 14ft. Mount Olym in Bithynia, 1820. Borders. (S. F. G, 210.) C. bononiensis (Bononian).* jl. bluish-violet, rather small, numerous, disposed in long racemes. von l. serrulated, ovate, acuminate, dark green above, pale beneath ; radical ones cordate, er ati upper ones stem-clasping. k. 2ft. to 3ft, Europe, 1773. orders, There is also a very showy white-flowered variety, C. czspitosa (tufted).* fl. drooping, terminal, solitary, and sometimes three to four at the ies Bay each stem; corollas deep blue or pure white (in the variety alba). May to August. l, radical ones crowded, on short petioles, ovate, glandularly toothed, shining. Stems numerous, tufted. Root fibrous, creeping. h. 4in. to 6in. ‘Temperate parts of Runes, 1813. Rockery, delight- ing in rich fibrous loam and leaf mo nak termina : l., lower ones on long petioles, ovate-roundish, cordate, toothed - apper ones on short petioles, ovate, acute. Stems leafy, branched. 254 h. Qin. (B. M. 117.) s a Eos s go . C. ©. alba (white)* A. quite white, otherwise like tie type. ` See Fig. e . A a ~ b oa y ae Piss Fic. 341. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA PELVIFORMIS, Cc. c. i pelviformis (pelvis-formed).* fl. lilac, nearly 2in. across, numerously produced in lax panicles on much-branched stems, Qin. to 18in. Me: fragrant. August. A distinct see ing from C. c. turbinata. See Fig. 341. ~ Fic, 342. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA TURBINATA, Cc. c. turbinata (top-shaped).* corolla deep purple, campanulate. greyish-green, toothed, an tufts. Stems short, erect. Summer. _ ones oblong, sessile. A. 1ft. C. caucasica _ corollas glab colour. July. L tiolate ; u i lanceolate, sessile. terete, scabrous, pilose. h. 6i very pretty. „> x l. ovate, cordate, toothed, ji. nearly 2in. across, erect; l. ovate, rigid, ponten, with cordate bases, in stiff . 6in. to 12in. Transylvania, 1868, Borders or rockery. See Figs. 339 and 342. There is also a de- sirable variety named pallida, with very pale purple flowers. C. c. t, Hendersoni (Henderson’s). fl. rich mauve, in large pyra- T midal racemes, rather open. July to September. l, lower ones cor- E date, or ovate cordate, slightly crenulated, on long stalks ; upper A r Very handsome hybrid for borders. (Caucasian). fl. few, terminal and axillary, drooping ; rous outside, but bearded inside, of a violaceous-blue crenulated ; lower ones obovate, obtuse, pe- S Stems erect, branched, in. to 9in. Caucasus, 1804. Rockery ; A synonym of C. lactiflora. June. l. entire; čal ones te ones ovate-oblong. Stems numerous, glab h. 3in. Italy, &c., 1775. A rare little rockery deep gritty loam and leaf soil, between stones, C. Cervicaria. Throatworit, terminal, round, bracteate. July. 1. £ crenately serrated obovate, obtuse ; C. celtidifolia CNettle-tree-leaved),* C. cenisia (Mont rate Jl. deep blue, solitary, terminal, erect. cauline rous, or slightly pilose. em, requiring a B F. P. 3, 6.) J. blue, pilose outside; heads ; radical ones linear-lanceolate, bluntish, on short petioles; cauline ones linear-acuminated. Stem simple. h. lft. to 2ft. of Europe, 1768. Biennial. Borders. (L. B. C. 452.) Mountains C. collina (hill).* . deep blue, funnel-shaped, few, secund, dis - posed in a long raceme. July. l., lower ones on long petioles, _ ovate-oblong, crenulated ; middle ones lanceolate; upper ones r-acuminated. Stems simple, 1803. Borders. (B. M. 927.) rather pilose. h, lft. Caucasus, = C. colorata (coloured). fl. purple; corolla tubular, velvety ; = peduncles elongated, ‘termina and axillary. September.” y Campanula—continued. : scattered, lanceolate, acute, repandly denticulated. Stem f lia sea downy. Sikkim Himalayas, 1849.. This requires frame -~ „protection during winter. (B. M. 4555. C. dichotoma (forked). fl. bluish-purple, with a paler tube, drooping, terminal, solitary in the forks of the branches and stem. July. /., cãuline ones ovate, acute, a little crenated. Stem + erect, with dichotomous branches. Plant clothed with stiff hairs. h. aie South-western Europe, 1820. Annual. Borders. (S.F. G. C. drabifolia (Draba-leaved). jl. pedicellate, opposite the leaves ; corolla inflated, witha white tube and a violaceous-blue limb. July. l. elli tic-oblong, toothed. Stem many times forked, slightly erect. Plant hispid. h. 3in. Island of Samos, 1823. Annual. Rockery. ` (S. F. G. 215.) i C. Elatines (Elatine).* jl, scattered over the upper part of the a sometimes racemose, and sometimes SLR, ;_ corollas luish-purple. June to August. 7. cordate, coarsely and acutely toothed, ovate-acute; lower ones roundish. Stem branched. Plant downy. h. din. to 6in. Piedmont, 1823, Rockery. (A.F.P.3,7.) C. Erinus (Erinus),* fl. terminal and axillary, situated in the — angles of the forks of the branches ; corollas of a pale bluish-rose- pe colour, or white, pilose at the base, tubular, May to August. ý l. obovate or ovate, toothed. Stem much branched. Plant hispid. h. šin. to 9in. Europe, 1768. Annual. Rockery. (S. F. G. 214.) ~~ C. excisa (excised). fl. drooping; stem one-flowered ; corollas blue, funnel-shaped. June. J. entire, or remotely-denticulated, linear- acuminated. Stems numerous, érect, slender, simple, naked at top. h. 3in. to 6in. Switzerland and Transylvania, 1820. Rockery. A rare species, requiring to be treated like cenisia. (L. B.C. 561.) C. floribunda (many-flowered). A synonym of C. isophylla.~ 4 ©. fragilis (fragile).* jl. clear l lilac-purple, white in the centre, solitary or in pairs, axillary, ~ erect, or nearly so, on spreading =~ branches. July and August. l, _ radical ones reniform, or roundish- cordate, rather deeply lobed ; cau- — line ones broadly-ovate, slightly cordate, all stalked. A. 4in. to 6in. South Italy. Syn. C. Bar- relierit. (B. M. 6504.) mote o E e -a ar A A A Ar S ; l, radical ones reniform, on lon ioles; ~ Rockery, in rich (B. R. 1768.) C. glomerata (clustered).* £ sessile, disposed interminal heads on the branches and stems ; co- rollas bluish-vielet or white, glabrous, except the nerves out- side, funnel-shaped.. May to September. l. serrulated ; radical ones ovate, acute; bracts ovate, flowered variety, white-flowered form, sirable. Thee; are varieties oi i A are frequently described as dis- — tinct species. The following are- pe among the number: eee? Cervicaria- cervicaroides ( T © £5: ‘A. dluish-violet, termi and ax . Lower leaves on long petioles. Stem flexuous, hairy. Į. 4 elliptica (elliptical). f. bite ge capitate. l. on long petioles, elliptic; bracts large, often longer than the flowers. "C. g. niczeensis (Nice). fl. bluish- violet, disposed in short, dense spikes. J. approximate, ovate, acute, sessile. C. g. pusilla (diminutive).* fl. few, capitate. J. round, cordate. h. lin, to 2in. In addition to these, there arë aggregata and numerous — ies which Fig, 343. FLOWER-SPIKE OF CAMPANULA GLOMERATA, speciosa (= dahurica). -The latter is an excellent variety, with large heads of deep-coloured flowers. G (large-flowered). See Platyeodon grandi- florum, £ E s pai a -AN ENCYCLOPA:DIA 255 a OF HORTICULTURE. » of the stem. . June. 7. sessile, lanceolate, serrated. Stem simple, _ furrowed. ‘A. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1842. Borders. There ‘is also» a very showy white-flowered variety named alba, j C. haylodgensis (Hay Lodge). fl light big rather open, bell- ` shaped, few, he ends of the stems. Augntst. l, radical “ones tufted, roundish-cordate, with the margins slightly indented ; cauline ones ovate-cordate, conspicuously toothed, light green. A, Gin. to 9in. Rockery. ‘This is a hybrid, raised by Mr. Anderson- Henry, Hay Lodge, Edinburgh, probably between C, carpathica and C. pusilla. ' a C. hederacea (Ivy-like). See Wahlenbergia hederacea. ©. Hostii (Host’s).* A synonym of C., rotundifolia Hostii, C. isophylla (equal-leaved).* yl. numerous, erect, disposed in a_ eorymb ; corolla lilac-blue, with a grey centre, large, salver- be pte deeply five-lobed. August. J. broadly ovate, cor and toothed, Stems firm. North, Italy, 1868. Borders and rockery. SYN. C. floribunda. (B. M. 5745.) á C.i. alba (white).* fl. pure white; in other respects like the- + _ Species. It is a charming rockery plant, flowering very.freely. Yas : rin eam : = a P Na r * : 4 g Fic. 344. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA LACINIATA. « ‘C. laciniata (cut-leaved). fl. long-stalked, in lax panicles. Stem Lig MR Lo egg somewhat hairy. h, lft. Islands in Grecian 7 ripe » 1790. This biennial species is impatient of much = moisture Ta printer, and is therefore best kept in a cold ps ne. € . a y C. la | (milk-coloured-flowered).* jl. in loose panicles ; neles ere shor usually three-flowered ; corollas erect, a C Í f w fs a ti with blue, or quite”blue, as in the variety ~ acutely serra 1814. Borders, 2ft. + Caucasus, Fig. 339. (B. R. 241.) ome = lè AA ťia" e a EET rflana (Tangsdorfts) A. blue, either solitary or : + pe , : Campanula—continued. ar T Sampan Sg ak z . 3 C. grandis (large), * “fl. pale violet-blue, broadly bell-shaped, with C. latifolia (broad-leav. . fl. disposed in icate racemes ; large Pointed di Æ illary aadi temhate, on the upper part | peduncl ek i h blue, but sitere as white ? } ect, a plin ‘the. y alba) campanulately fannel-shaped, large. July. oaulize ones ge A ga nag 9 Stems simple, _ L largë, oblong; ‘ pee A . lft. to aft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 868.) w GL gfteondbe olly eens . „fl, tube of calyx very hispid. ` | less acuminated. Stem a t aves pilose and pale. Caucasus, 3823. Borders: « w gates yes ©. 1. macrantha (large-flowered).* "fl, corollas purplish-blue, - larger than thosewfthe type. Stem and leaves rather pilose ; _ teeth of leaves more distinct. A hybrid. Borders. pa C. Locfflingii (Leeffling’s). ` fy solitary, terminating the naked branchlets, loosely panicled, drooping; corolla blue or violaceous, with a deeper-coloured zone t beneath. iddle, white at the basé, both inside and out, funnel-shaped. July. l. crenulated ; lower ones ovate-reniform ; superior ones ovate, stem-clasping. * Stem much. branched. Annual.” h. 6in. to 18in, South-west Europe, 1818. (B. R,-29, 19.) * ' = | C: Loreyi (Lorey’s). A synonym of C. ramtosissima. .C. lyrata (lyrate). «jl. disposed in a long, many-flowered, loose raceme; corolla blue, tubular, with rather pilose, nerves. June. T., lower ones petiolate, cordate, ovate; acute, crenated ; superior ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate, ‘serrate-too Eastern Europe, Levant, &c., 1823. Bo è ed. Stem branched. 7 * s “fife. 346: CAMPANULA MACROSTYLA. C. macrostyla (large-styled). j. dull purple, reticulated with violet, solitary, on stout stalks; hairy towards the base. July. l., lower ones ovate-oblong, acute ; upper ones ovate-lanceolate, recurved, small for the size of the plant, hispid on both surfaces, and ciliated with bristles. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Taurus Mountains. Annual. Borders. The rigid habit, bristly, almost prickly, stem and leaves, curious calyx appendages, short gaping corolla, and wonderful stigma, mark this as the most singular Campanula hitherto introduced. See Fig. 346. C. Medium (middle-sized).* Canterbury Bells, (7. numerous, large; disposed in racemes; corolla blue, purple, and white, cam- anulate, inflated, single and double. July. 2. sessile, ovate- ceolate, crenately toothed. Stem erect, branched. A. lft. to 4ft. South Europe, 1597. See Fig. 347. A well-known and — very handsome biennial, of which there are. numerous ji : Borders. oe b ee Be C. muralis (wall).* A synonym of C. Pi lense C., nana (dwarf). A synonym of C. Allionii, ne C, nitida (shining).* f. blue or white, disposed in spicate racemes; corolla campanulately rotate. Summer. Z. in rosettes, leathery, very dark and shining green, oblong, ; cal ones linear-lanceolate, almost entire. Stem simple. A. 3in. to Qin. North America, 1731. Borders. There are also double blue and white flowered forms of this species. SYN. C. planiflora. crowded towards the ends of the : y hlagiana. oe in tew-flowered icles, not unlike those of C. rotundifolia. er entire o _h. Sin. to 9in, Mountains of Northern J ‘ C. patula (spreadi: . panicled, terminal, and axillary, | = agong pedi large, Dat corollas blue or white, NNARRaR AIII July. l, radical ones crowded, obovate, crenated ; « * 256 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Campanula—continued. p me s linear - lanceolate, sessile, nearly entire. Stems branched, Branches-diverging. Europe. Borders. (Sy. En. B. 873.) eS oe Fic. 347. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMPANULA MEDIUM, C. peregrina (foreign).* 1. disposed in a dense spicate raceme sessile ; corollas of a «Violet colour at the lowe. not so deep in funnel-s the middle, and paler towards the margins, haped. July. A crenated ; lower ones obovate; superior ones ovate, acute. Stem a angular. h. 2ft. Mount Lebanon, 1794. Borders. (B. M. 1257.) folia (Peach-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary, pedun- culate, soli , inclined, racemose ; corollas blue and all the intermediate shades to white, large, broadly campanulate. July. E brous, stiff, crenulated; radical ones lanceolate-obovate ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate. Stems eee h. 1ft. to 3ft. * Britain. (Sy. En. B. 871.) The forms of C. icefolia aré very fumerous in gardens. The following are well worth growing: alba, pure white, single-flowered; alba coronata, pure white, semi-double ; alba ve og flowers very double and Camellia-like, consti one of the best hardy flowers for cutting ; cærulea coronata, in form like the white; c@rulea /l.-pl., flowers semi-double. — a single flower, A. 3in. to 6in. Mount Ol , 1820, 1 i ympus, C. planifiora (fat-flowered). A synonym of C. nitida. C. ortenschlag’s).* f. light blue-purple, erect, or nearly so, ped, with spreading segments, several at the ends of ‘shoots, and one or two fn the upper axils. June, July. l, radical ‘ones broadly reniform, conspicuously but irregular] toothed, oñ long slender petioles ; whem ones panting from reniform to ovate. h, 6in. to on. South Europe. Rockery. Syn. C. muralis. (B. R. 1995.) : ©. primulefolia (Primula-leaved). disposed in icate raceme; corolla blue or purple, with whiten nir pokana campanulately rotate, nearly glabrous. July. l unequally and ly crenated ; radical ones lanceolate, bluntish; cauline ones = acute. Stem hispid, simple. A. lft. to 3ft. Por- tugal. ers. (B. M. 4879.) C. pulla (russet).* j. terminal, large for the size of the plant; corollas violaceous-blue, campanulate. June. l. glabrous, crenu- lately toothed; lower ones on short petioles, ovate-roundish ; i ages — ae ovate, sone. a rarely pilose = sandy peat and leaf soil. (L. B. C. 554) C. pumila (dwarf). A synonym of C. pusilla. = Campanula—continued. R = aes Fic. 348. UPPER PORTION OF FLOWERING STEM OF CAMPANULA PUNCTATA, C. punctata (dotted). f. whitish, spotted with red on the inner. surface; large, pendulous. J. ovate-acute, somewhat crenate. Stem simple, erect, few-flowered. A. lift. Siberia, Japan, &c. Border perennial. See Fig. 348. Cc. —- (small).* jl. axillary and terminal at the upper part of the slender stems, pendulous, bell-shaped, passing from deep blue. ~ to white. July, August. l, radical ones tufted, broadly ovate or roundish, slightly cordate, obtusely serrated, on petioles longer than the laminw; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, distinctly toothed, sessile. h. 4in. to 6in. Southern Europe. SYN. N aonig (B. M. 512.) There is a pale-coloured variety named ida, and a pure white variety named alba, both of which, as well as the species, are most desirable for the embellishment of He sg or for planting in sandy soil as a front line for a Pay fe SPs ~~ ae? 2 : INS EN AA == Fic. 349. cllipanets PYRAMIDALIS, showing Habit and Flower. a s + AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. a ‘ = Campanula—continued. es Campanula—continued. 3 a littl , req ni — hai gritty trachelioides ). © Sse band leaves, but ~ borelgon a against sl lu F, d'S: 1908. ) hren the idee caa mae white hairs. C. Rapunculus (little turnip).* Piupioip: aR, a rieka DR or M o EE ies if mes es = pedicellate, erect, forming a me, branched at the ig rg ae g h E k corolla blue or white, fu y- l, lower ones a see O S + a Sbalit; on short petioles, nearly- ones sessile, .. -with,a few branches towards th s come See Fig. 351. (Sy. En boidalis (rhomboi fi. ly drooping, few, dis- eo loose racemes, mere Hi aapi blue, campanulate. July. J. sessile, ovate, acute, serrate. Stem glabrous, o a little ilose, furnished with’ flower-bearing branches at top. lft. ʻe ft. Europe, 1775. Border. Syn. C. rhomboided. . (L. B. C. 603.) Š C. rhomboidea (diamond-leaved). A synonym of C. rhomboidalis, C. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* Blùe-bell; Hare-bell. fl. droop- ing, solitary, pedunculate, few on stem ; ; corolla deep blue, ` campanulate. June to August. l., radical ones petiolate, cordate roundish, crenately toothed ; *cautline ones linea: por lanceolate. Stems numerous,” A, 6in. to l2in. Britain.. (Sy. 870.) C. r. alba (white).* A. white, the pte se as sae of the type. Stems much more leafy. _ >% C. r. Hostii (Host’s).* | EEEN hie, much larger than those of the type, produced on stouter profusely branched stems. July, x ` August. Y radical ones d r only i ape very early state ; cauline ‘ones linear, acuminate, sometimes to 4in. long. syn. C. ` Hostii. See Fig. 339.. There is a white-flowered form of this, not quite so vigorous ey blue-flowered form, but the flowers are equal in size, > h. 2ft.. to 3ft. Europe. Yak tn ‘lanceola te, entire. Stem KERES furnished 6. ramosiséima (nu ach +h mhii initia white hanes middle part or base of ‘lo find. the lobes bluish. $ G. 362. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA violet ; “peduncles of th J x e e rg a ns aes ka SOLDANELLÆFLORA. flower at the apex. June, ss yee i rláucous; lower ones: c. i E m S e ; r. istinat (Soldanella-flowered).* corolla blue 3 _ obovate, crenated; middle ones ovate aneenlat s: superior ones | bemi ‘double, ae War tiation son oi cere iag, linear, entire. Stem branched. A. 6in, to 12in. South Europe, ; irs L li il et 1824. Annual. SYN.+C. Loreyi. (B. M. 2581.) r es ‘snple, Mende io oe) Al ee fore C. r. flore-albo Srne pa ered) only differs from the type in rotundifolia are Betty, and suitable for the front of borders, or havidg white flowers, the rockery ; rising from the crevices of the latter, with their Bee Fig: cogs laden with flowers, they are especially beautiiul. “CAMPANULA RAPUNCULLS. des _Rapunculus-like).* fl. droo ing, solitary, i e-formed racemes, secund, but He mae anging on ten specimens corollas bl violet, funnel- p fe eirda Det hin wid Prona or se , ns, but sim) it e Borders, (Sy. En. En. B, 86 Fic, 353. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CAMPANULA SARMATICA. 258 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Campanula—continued. : Campanula—continued.. a (Sarmatian).* fl. nutant, usually secund, terminal campanulate, bearded inside. July. J. scabrous, acumina; and , forming a long, loose, scattered raceme ; corolla pale coarsely and crenately toothed ; radical ones petiolate, Rectan blue, velve panis July. l. tomentose ; lower ones petiolate, Stem angular, simple or branched. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe, cordate, rather hastate, crenately toothed ; es gar mes sessile, Borders. (Sy. En. B. 867.) There are double blue, double white, oe serrate-toothed. Stems simple, straight, gowns. and variously shaded single forms of this species. tee Sy Scene Seen rare te OS C. trichocalycina (hairy-calyxed). fl. disposed in an almost ~ 3 f 5 simple terminal raceme, Fg ane S at the top, one to three _C, saxatilis (rock). fl. three to five, dis ina loose raceme; __ ting from each axil, at the time of Sanering erect, but after- corolla blue, tubular, nutant. — May. crenated; radical ones wards drooping; corolla profoundly five-cleft, funnel-shaped. rosulate, somewhat spathulate ; cauline ones ovate, acute. Stem July. l. on short petioles, ovate, acute, coarsely serrated. Stem sim) erect. A.6in. Crete, 1768. Rockery. Very rare. ple. h. lft. to Sft. Europe, 1823. Borders. C. Scheuchzeri (Scheuchzer’s).* fl. dark blue, pendent, on slender | C, Van Houttei (Van Houtte's .* fl. dark blue, bell-shaped, pen- 3 a stems, broadly bell-shaped. July, August. l., lower ones similar dulous, 2in. long, to those of C: pusilla; upper ones linear. A. Sin. to 6in. South | ones roundish ond MINAS Gir ani eel S nealing ‘once European Ane g ; ie ee ira goer obion ee pem sortated, a t. wile is a very fine ( er’s). fl. pale blue, panic ell-shape' yorid. | ring from it only in colour and other unimportant July, August. l, lower ones ovate, on long petioles, coarsely details is C. Burghalti, a handsome hybrid, found in gardens ; serrated; cauline ones oyate-lanceolate. h. lft. North-west the flowers are of a pale purple colour, very e, pendent. America, 1876. Rockery. These are two of the best border Bell-flowers in cultivation. C. sibirica (Siberian). fl. panicled, numerous, drooping; corollas | ©. versicolor (various-coloured). f. disposed in long spicate ~ bluish-violet, large. July. l crenulated ; radical ones crowded, racemes; corolla of a deep violaceous colour at bottom, pale in petiolate, obovate, obtuse ; cauline ones sessile, oblong-lanceolate, the middle, and the lobes pale violet, companulately rotate. undulated, acuminated. Plant beset with bristle-like hairs. July to September. J. serrated; radical ones petiolate, ovate, ==- Stem branched. k. lft. to 14ft, East Europe, 1783. Biennial. acute, rather cordate; cauline ones on short petioles, ovate- Borders. (B. M. 659.) t Soole, ane FG. wT) erect, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Greece, C. s. divergens (divergent).* fi. violaceous, rather large, at first teeta ET i erect, but p ammi mes in th Aapan state; peduncles many- C. Vidalii (Vidal’s). fl. large, racemose; corolla white, wax-like, flowered, and, like the stem, usually trichotomous, June. | between urceolate and campanulate, pendulous; disk singularly l, radical ones sub-spathulate, crenulated, narrowed at the base ; broad, surrounded by a thick bright orange-coloured annulus, cauline ones sessile, lanceolate, acuminated. Plant pilose, July and August, J, thick and fleshy, oblong spathulate, viscid, panicled, h. 1}ft. Siberia, 1814. Biennial. SYN. C. spathulata. coarsely serrated, h. lft. to 2ft. Azores, 1851. Perennial. Cool (S. B. F. G. ii., 256.) greenhouse or (during summer) herbaceous border, (B. M. 4748.) C. spathulata (spathulate), A synonym of C. sibirica divergens. C. speciosa (beautiful).* fl. pedicellate, disposed shee pramida raceme ; corolla blue, purple or white, lin. long, smooth outside, but often villous inside. June, July. l. sessile, repandly ; radical ones rosulate, linear-lanceolate ; cauline ones linear. Stem simple. A. 12in. to 18in. South-west Europe, 1820. Borders. . (B. M. 5 C. spicata at nee sessile, one to three from each bract; s ra e long, inti pted at the base ; corolla blue, funnel-shaped. . uly. J. sessile, nearly entire; radical ones crowded, linear- C. stricta = fl. almost sessile, few, solitary, spicate; corolla - blue, tubular. July. l. ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrated, pilose. + Stem branched, pilose. A, lft. to 2ft. Armenia, 1819. Biennial. C. Waldsteiniana (Waldstein’s).* fl. three to four at the top of. = each stem, one of which is terminal, and the others from the — axils of the superior leaves, always looking upwards ; reagent pg campanulate. June. l. greyish, sessile, lanceo- ate, serrated ; lower ones obtuse ; superior ones lon sumin “4 Stems erect, fiexuous, stiff, simple, numerous from the same root. “a h. 4in. to bin. Hungary, 1824. See Fig. 355. ee C. Wanneri (Wanner’s). A synonym of Symphyanan pe — p C. Zoysii (Zoys’s).* 7. pedicellate, drooping; coro ’ : f with five deeper-coloured lines, cylindrical, a a hana 4 | Le alt a ht ta Pt pl, niai: ae cauline ones obovate-lanceolate, f: blas in a * 3 ay h. 3in. Rae ay ge pe =. a little alpine gem, thriving in a ` p, i : : . ink in ri itty so Fic. 354. CAMPANULA THYRSOIDEA, showing Entire Plant and CAMP ANOL ER A large order of herbs or pee gece Jue or white; corolla regular, bell- C. thyrsoidea (thyrsoid), disposed i ik sub-shrubs. Flowers blue or w z Pativols sessile ; coroHa si phar a ee ie ne one shaped, usually five-lobed, Leaves alterfiate, va tipulate. lower ones lanceolate, obtuse; eauline ones linear-lanceolate, | The genus best known is Campanula; other genera are acute, pen Ferr pum SE ne and flowers. Plant | Adenophora, Jasione, and Phyteuma. ilose. h, 1ft. to l4ft. s of Europe, Biennial kery. FB. M. 120.) See Fig. 354. - Rockey. | CAMPANULATE. Bell-shaped. C. Tommasiniana (Tommasini’s).* jl, pale blue, tubular, slight] CAMPANUMÆA (altered from Campanula). ORD. — angled, in closely set, savera owai axillary Gant See, lacew. A nebo of greenhouse panse tu- Augast l nearly or quite sessile, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, | Campanu as i Aree ad i - ly serrated, there being no difference between the lower berous-rooted, twining perennials. Flowers involucrated, an ones, Stems at first erect, ultimately drooping through litary, on axillary and terminal peduncles. Leaves oppo- the weight of the flowers. h, in. to 12in. Italy. A very hand- | Saso noi s h St < somo species. site, petiolate, glaucescent beneath. Stems and branches ie eda = e 2 eN drooping a little, one to four | terete. They thrive best in a rich sandy loam, with a little - together, terminating the branchlets ; corolla variously coloured, | peat. Propagated by seeds and divisions. i = AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 259. OEE con timed C. gracilis (gracefu ji. pale blue; corolla membranous, with a tubular base, Sed throat, and slightly expanded, truncated limb. Z. on long petioles, ovate, blunt. Himalayas. SYN. Codo- nopsis gracilis. (C. H. P. t. xvi. ‘a.) `C. inflata (inflated.) fl. yellowish, with brownish veins; corolla herbaceous, ventricose; peduncles opposite the leaves, one- flowered, l alternate, ovate-cordate, acute. Himalayas. (C. H. P. t. xvi, C.) C. javanica (Javan). e yellowish, with brownish veins ; corolla herbaceous, very broadly campanulate, with five spreading lobes. l. variable, opposite and alternate, ovate-cordate, crenate. Hima- layas. (C. H. P. t. xvi. B.) CAMPEACHY WOOD, or Hematoxylon campechianum. CAMPHORA (Camphor, commercial name of its chief product). Camphor-tree. ORD. Laurineæ. Cool stove evergreen trees, now referred to genus Cinnamomum. The true Camphor of commerce is a product of the oil procured from the wood, branches, and leaves of this tree, by means of dry distillation. It thrives in a compost of peat and loam, and may be propagated by cuttings. Ca officinalis (officinal). fl. greenish-white. l. triple-nerved, lanceolate, ovate. h. 20ft: Cinnamomum Camphora. CAMPHOR-TREE. See Camphora. CAMPION, ROSE. See Lychnis. CAMPSIDIUM (from kampsis, a curving). ORD. Bignoniaceœ. A small genus of plants, the best-known (perhaps the only) species being a handsome greenhouse climber, having the anthers placed parallel. For culture, see Bignonia. C. chilense (Chilian). Pipil Boqui. fl. rich orange colour; corolla tubular, almost regular. l. pinnate, dark shining green. "h. 30ft. to 40ft. Chili. (a. C. 1870, 1182.) CAMPTERIA. See Pteris. CAMPTODIUM. See Nephrodium. CAMPTOPUS (ftom kamptos, curved, and pous, a foot; in allusion to the downwardly curved flower-stalk). ORD. Rubiacee. A curious shrub, requiring a moist stove temperature. Cuttings will root in sandy loam, under a lass, if placed in bottom heat. Camptopus is now LOGWOOD. See March to June. Japan, 1727. SYN. . “Beath. A. lott. Fornando Bo, 1865. (B. M. 5755.) CAMPTOSORUS. See Scolopendrium. CAMPYLOBOTRYS. See Hoffmannia. CAMPYLONEURON. See Polypodium. CAMWOOD. See Baphia. CANADA BALSAM. See Abies balsamea. CANADA RICE. See Zizania aquatica. CANADA TEA. See Gaultheria procumbens. CANALICULATE. Channelled, or furrowed. | CANARINA (so named from being a native of the eae Canary Islands). ORD. Campanulacee. A greenhouse | herbaceous perennial, of considerable beauty. It thrives best in a compost of loam, leaf mould, thoroughly decom- posed manure, and sand, in equal parts. The plant should übe repotted in January. Plenty of root space and perfect " are very essential to good culture; and when new growth commences, a little extra heat will considerably accelerate the development of the flowers. Water should be liberally supplied during the growing season. It may be readily propagated by dividing the root when repot- y ting; or by young euttings, placed in sandy soil, in a gentle warmth. C. Cam: . mith Teh fed nervosi droopike f. ofa a panan purple or Bona colour, apeties: anger Fong ince, F Plant See j pcre irregularly Isiands, 1686. CANARIUM (from Canari, its vernacular name in the Malay language). ORD. Burseraceœ. A rather large genus of stove trees. Flowers small, in axillary panicles; petals usually three, valvate, or slightly imbricate in the bud. Drupe ovoid or ellipsoid, often three-angled. Leaves large, impari-pinnate. For culture, see Boswellia. C. commune (common). fl. white, glomerate, nearly sessile, bracteate ; panicle terminal. l, leaflets seven to nine, on long stalks, ovate- oblong, bluntly acuminated, entire. India. The fruit has a thin olive skin, and when the nuts are mature, they contain a sweet kernel, which does not become rancid, and resembles a Sweet Chestnut ; they are also used for various economic purposes. (B. M. P. CANARY-BIRD FLOWER. peregrinum., CANAVALIA (from Canavali, the name of one of the species in Malabar). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of elegant twining or climbing stove herbs or sub- shrubs. Flowers in racemes, produced from the axils of the leaves; calyx bell-shaped, two-lipped ; corolla papilionaceous.. Leaves trifoliate. They are well adapted for training up the rafters in a stove or warm green- house. For culture, see ot ensis (Buenos ms bean puple; racemes dr . bonari , longer than the leaves. July and August, ae ovate, obtus coriaceous, glabrous. Buhos Ayres, 1824. 1199.) C. ensiformis (ensiform).* jl. white, red, pr ae, racemes longer than the leaves. — f leaflets ovate, acute. India, 17: Syn. C. gladiata. (B. M . 4027.) Cc. gladiata (sword-podded), Synonymous with C. ensiformis. C. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). fl. le. July, August, l., leaf- lets ovate arad Malabar, teed, ee * ve CANBIA (named in honour of W. M. Canby, of Wil- mington, Delaware). ORD. Papaveracee. A monotypic genus, remarkable for its persistent (not caducous) corolla. Sepals three, caducous; petals six, barely iin. in length stamens six to nine. See Tropeolum Fig. 356. CANBIA CANDIDA. B. candida (glossy white). yl. “White, solitary, B l. alternate, , amag mieh = h. iea lin. Doove in sandy soil in South-east California, in 1876. See Fig. 356. ' CANCELLATE. Latticed; resembling lattice-work. CANDELABRUM or CHANDELIER RRE. See Pandanus candelabrum. CANDLEBERRY MYRTLE. See Myrica ceri- CANDLEBERRY-TREE. Seo Aleurites triloba. a CANDLE- TRAE. See Parmentiera cerifera. 260 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, CANDOLLEA (named after Augustus Pyramus De Candolle, formerly Professor of Botany, at Geneva, and author of numerous botanical works). ORD. Dilleniacee. A genus of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs, natives of Australia. Flowers yellow, sub-solitary, at the tips of the branches; sepals five, oval, mucronate ; petals obovate or obcordate. They thrive in a compost of equal parts loam and peat, with which sufficient sand may be mixed to render the whole porous. Cuttings will root, if placed in a similar compost, under a hand glass; seeds are also sometimes obtainable. Fic. 357. FLOWERS AND BUDS OF CANDOLLEA CUNEIFORMIS, C, cuneiformis (wedge-shaped).* llow. July. l 7 gage eee blunt een to gp “Sa th ce . See Fig. 357. (B. M. 2711.) C. Huegelii (Huegel’s). fl. at tops of the branch h leaves, on short sok Pg sepals acuminate, Bg naar Png longer than the petals. May. l. linear, qui when young. A. oft. 1837. 0 quite entire, villous C. tetrandra (four-stamened). fl. yellow, solitary; petals emarginate. June. l. oblong, te, too a (Be 1845, 50) g, cunea thed. h. 7ft. 1842. CANDYTUFT. See Iberis. CANE-BRAKEE. A common name for different species of Arundinaria. CANELLA (a diminutive of canna, a reed; in allusion to the rolled bark, like cinnamon). ORD. Canellacew. The best-known species of this genus is a very ornamental and economically valuable stove evergreen tree, which thrives in a mixture of loam and sand. Well-ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, will root in sand, under a hand glass, with bottom heat, in April or May; but care should be taken not to deprive them of any of their leaves. Sweet says that large old cuttings are best. _ ©, alba (white).* 7. violet-colour, small, growing at the tops of branches in cluster, but upon divided Denun: L a eiei cuneated at the base, white, or glaucous beneath, some- = > coriaceous, sometimes full of pellucid dots. A. 15ft. The hole tree is y aromatic, and, when in blossom, perfumes the bourhood. flowers dried, and softened again in warm r, have a fragrant odour, nearly approaching to that of Musk. The leaves have a strong smell of Laurel. West Indies, &c., 1735. (T. L. 8. L, 8) z : CANELLACER. A Small order of West Indian or tropical American yar: allied to Bixinew, and from which it scarcely differs, except in having the albumen firmer, and with a smaller embryo. The genera are Canella and Cinnamodendron. CANESCENT. Hoary, approaching to white. & CANISTRUM (from canistrum, a basket; in allusion to the inflorescence resembling a basket of flowers), ORD. i Bromeliacew. Stove epiphytes, with showy inflorescence, and requiring the same treatment as Billbergia (which see). A * i x aa an mrka a = ered bracts scapes erect. ge Sao: w Sonic, ligulate-lora: icula! n eA is) » deflexed. Brazil, 1873. See Fig. Canistrum—continued. tue a a 8 Met FIG. 358, CANISTRUM AURANTIACUM. . oi n (ivory).* jl. white, green, disposed in a depressed head, the white ovaries of which give an appearance as of eggs ina basket. May. 2l. tufted, mottled, the central ones cream-coloured, surrounding the flower-heads. h. 2ft. SYNS, Guzmannia ns and Nidularium Lindeni. Brazil, 1876. (B. H. , 13, 14.) C. roseum (rose-coloured). fl. white, green; bracts rosy. 1879, _ L : 4 Fsrrognlaniy toothed.” Braai 1876 St Nidwarium tatfolum (B. H. 1874, 16.) ~ CANKER. This is a disease presenting very serious difficulties, principally in the cultivation of Apples and Pears. Both the-trees-and fruits, especially of some varieties, are, in many localities, so far injured as not to be worth cultivating. What causes the disease is not at all times known; indeed, it is, in most cases, but imper- fectly understood. Were the causes better known, the remedy might generally be much easier found. Some of the primary causes are cold and undrained soil, severe and careless pruning, extreme variations of temperature, and excessive growth, made late in the season, when it has not sufficient time to get well ripened. Trees that are badly Cankered may often be improved by lifting, and — . replanting in improved or better-drained soil. Immed the disease is detected in young trees, by the cracking of the bark or the skin of the fruits, measures should be taken to find the cause, if possible, and avert its progress. Some Pear-trees, in various localities, will not produce — fruit without Canker in the open garden, put they will a so when planted against a wall; and as such may ge i e very best varieties, trees should be placed in the latter position. The removal of large branches, late a spring, will sometimes produce Canker, ab the’ pori» where mu- tilation has taken place; and it ma, be cat k by P late pruning, which induces the growth of soft shoots tha are almost certain to be injured by severe frosts. The dif- ference in the seasons, as regards the amount of moisture, is one that can scarcely be provided against. One spring may be favourable to rapid growth, and the following may be most unfavourable, thereby arresting the natural flow of the sap until the latter part of the summer, when excessive growth will probably take place. Such checks invariably produce Canker. At times, the disease seems caused by the punctures of insects, in an early stage, on the stems or branches. In such instances, a thorough AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 961 Canker—continued. : cleansing, and a smearing of quicklime, made into a wash, often proves successful. Strong tobacco water will destroy insects, and a weak solution of sulphuric acid is also fatal to lichens and mosses, which should never be allowed to obtain a footing. The chief preventatives, therefore, are: Planting in well-drained soil; avoiding the use of any rank manure, to cause excessive growth; changing the old, or adding new, soil to injured trees; careful pruning, and the encouragement of early growth in spring, and subsequent well ripening in autumn. CANNA (derivation uncertain; according to some, trom cana, the Celtic name for cane, or reed). Indian Shot. ORD. Scitaminee. A large genus of stove herbaceous peren! nials, very extensively employed in sub-tropical and other ` methods of summer gardening. Flowers spathaceous; anther attached to the edge of the petal-like filament. Leaves very ornamental. Few plants are more easily grown, or more quickly propagated. Seeds of many of the finer sorts may be bought cheaply from respectable seedsmen. ‘These should be sown in heat, in February or is Dittictor ‘them, and a covering of l}in. or 2in. of earth is not excessive. They should be sown thinly, in pans. As Ca are gross} and have somewhat brittle roots in a young state, it is a good plan to sow the seed singly in small pots. This method preserves all the roots intact, and prevents any check in potting off or dividing the plants out of seed pans or boxes. When this is not done, the plants must be potted off singly, as soon as they have formed two leaves, 3in. pots being used for the first shift. The soil can hardly be too rich and porous. Equal parts rotted dung, loam, and sand, with a little peat, form Canna—continued. a capital mixture for them. The plants must be kept in a growing temperature of 60deg. or so, during their earlier stages, and shifted as required into larger pots. Under proper management, the roots will fill Gin. pots by the middle or end of May. They ought not to be planted out till the end of May or the first week in June. Should fairly rich soil and a sheltered place be selected for them, they will not only grow, but flower freely during the late summer and autumn months. Cannas are also very effec- tive indoors, either for greenhouse or room decoration. For these purposes they may be grown on in 8in., 10in., or even 12in., pots, with rich soil, and placed either in a stove, intermediate house, warm or cool conservatory, window, or room. Liberal supplies of manure water will be of very great benefit. Propagation is also effected by means of divisions; they form a root-stock very like some of the commoner and more free-growing Irises, each portion of tal | a = W S Y Fig. 359. CANNA INDICA, showing Habit, Flowers, and Leaves. which, with bud and roots attached, may be converted into an independent plant. The best mode of procedure is to divide the rootstock ine: may be placed in 4in. pots # bottom heat of 60deg. or so, thi action and grow rapidly, ey may also be propagated by division without bottom heat. Those who grow large quantities seldom put their plants in pots at all. Stored in pots or boxes for the winter, they are divided and placed singly in similar positions in the spring, and trans- ferred from such vessels into the open air. The best open site for Cannas is in a sheltered spot, with a good depth of rich soil, and plenty of moisture. In such a position, their noble leaves are not so much injured by rough winds. After flowering, or at the end of the season, they may be lifted and stored away in boxes, or in pots of earth, in dry, frost-proof sheds, or under greenhouse stages during winter. In warm, sheltered situations, with dry q mn Ei H. B Si $ © 5 a a : 262 y THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Canna—continued. bottoms, they winter safely in the open, provided their crowns are covered with 1ft. of litter or cocoa fibre refuse. But where the soil is wet and cold, or the situation bleak and unprotected, they should be lifted and stored away, as already described. Ac! variegata (variegated Achiras).* f. dark red. August. l bright sree green, striped with white and yellow. Better adapted for indoor culture than out. C. Annæi (M. Année’s).* fl. salmon-colour, large, well formed. June. J, large, green, glaucescent, ovate-acute, 2ft. long by 10in. wide. Stems vigorous, stiff, sea-green. h. bft. (R. H. 1861, 470.) Of this there are many forms, the best of which are: — C. A. discolor (two-coloured).* fi. rosy-yellow, few, small. Late summer. J, seinieol’s, 6 me light red, 24ft, long, 10in. wide. pr darkred. h. 3ft. to fulgida (red).* J. ree -red, large, well-opened. J. 20in. ion Gin vain w ide, eep purple, erect. Stems small, dark red. C. A. bows gg jl. carmine-rose colour, small, few. Late summer. J. 2ft. long, very narrow, age erect. Stems dark green, with a reddish base, numerous. h. 5ft. C. Auguste Ferrier (A. Ferrier’s).* fl. dingo- -red, medium- sized. apn p orike oval, erect, pointed, deep green, with narrow stripes and margins of dark ' purplish-red. Stem green, very thick, downy. h. 10ft. = C. aurantiaca (orange). Jl., segments of perianth rose-coloured outside, reddish or upper lip orange, lower one yellow, dotted with orange. large, broadly lanceolate, pale green; margins slightly aatdlated. h. 64ft. Brazil, 1824. C. Bihorelli (Bihorell’s).* 7. deep crimson, produced upon branch- ing spikes in great abundance.. l. red when young, Pit to deep bronze with age. A. 6ft. to 7ft. One of the best. C. Daniel Hooibrenk. f. bright e, freely Laie 0 l einen B eeg he, eats. wits becca margin. Stalk C; Depute Henon.* f . pure canary-colour, with a yellowish spikes numerous, , rising ora aaa the foliage toai a t ‘of 1}ft. l ovate-acute, erect. discolor (two-coloured).* fl. red. l v broad, ovate- oblong ; lower ones tinged with a blood-red ue ; upper ones streaked with purple. Stems h. 6ft. South wi America, 1872. (B. R. 1231.) eas eng = i, Bront large, with purple outer segmen rae Ga te-lanceola' paS tin, a scowl gine a le tinged. A oft, to Pee, Í 1820. (B. R. 775.) expansa-rubra sau’ J. large, with rounded bright purple segments. l. very large, gerard over 4ft. long, and nearly 2ft. broad, ovate, obtuse, spreading horizontally, dark red, Stems numerous, very thick. A. 4ft. to ft, C. flaccida (flaccid). /l. yellow, very large, not very unlike those of the native Iris pseudo-acorus. l. ovate-lanceolate, erect. h. 2ft. aam America, 1788. (L. B. C. 562. C. gigante: (giga antic).* fi. large, very ornamental, with orange- A, yoa peenaa and deep purple red inner segments. Summer. l. about 2ft. long; petioles covered with a velvety down. h. 6ft. South America, if (B. R. 206. C, indica (Indian).* f. rather ne, irregular ; spikes erect, with light yellow and lenges divisions. Summer. l. lar e, 'alter- nate, ovate-lanceolate. h. 3ft. to 6ft. West Indies, 1570. Fig. 359. (B. M. 454.) mn (magnificent). fl. orange-red, few, small. J. ovate, horizontally, green, rayed and margined with purplish- pria Stems violet, downy. h. 3ft. to 5ft. ae ). jl. rose, with a yellow spot on the S ieir Pronin, arken emanating porr reg agi l broa ovate-acuminate. to eae Asie) A ha i wie on blood-red, very large, only properly et l , Stem green, downy, somewhabreddish. A. 6fi. to aft, O 7 ae C. limbata y a h-red, disposed in long loose spikes ; spathes pil Native “country uncertain, 1818. GG c. 1. major gk r e f be ecm 2st. 8in. wide, spread downy. h. 5ft. to 6sft. Sp deep green. Stems a (blackish).* 1, -red, lanceolate, = Een Jong, 10in. to Iain, broad.” Stems purplish. kae the finest kinds. C. atro. has l h shade, passing into dark red, of a fi sony tata nceolate, acute. A, 3ft. 711.) ‘red, large. J. large, eeper hue than those ladies de Boe. bright a terma ay) Pe f brig! yellow, very large, Stems and ec ae agama ames fae ede he th a Canna—continued. Fic, 360, FLOWERING SPIKE OF CANNA SPECIOSA. C. speciosa (showy).* fl. sessile, i x pairs ; petals two, erect, bifid ; lip spotod, motil August. J. lanceolate. h. 3ft. Ni Nepaul, 1820. See Fig. 360. (B. M. BIT.) C. Van-Houttei (Van Houtie’s).* fl. bright S. large, ve abundanti; profit. re aor ge 2ft. to 24ft. be raat i owe rayed and margined with dark purplish-r ae Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s).* fl. with conti scarlet inter, 4 gae purplish outer segments. J. ovate-elliptic, narrowed at both ends = Abe ed with dark k poha, h. 3ft. Costa Rica, 1849. re are seve fal vaoia of this id best the: ere Chater, with very large dark red leaves, and 7 with deep green leaves, rayed and margined with dark red. we brina = small. l. Sar ares. ovate, » ne dee pce pone » ode dark red, rayed with violet-purple. Stems date rick violet-red. he 6ft. to tee CANNABINACEZ:. This order, of which the genus Cannabis (Hemp) is the type, is Beie into Urticaceæ. CANNABIS (from the Greek word “kannābis, used by Dioscorides, and that from Sanskrit canam). Hemp. ORD. Urticacee. A small genus, of but little ornamental value. Flowers racemose, diœcious.* Nut two-valved, within the closed calyx. ‘The undermentioned species is a hardy annual, of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Propa- gated by seeds, sown in spring. C. sativa (cultivated). fl. greenish. June. J, on long stalks; ts from five to seven, long, lanceolate, acuminated ; margins pod ig h. 4ft. to 10ft., or even 20ft. India, &c. This plant is cultivated very extensively for the sake of its val fibre. Well-grown L eave rat er an ornamental appearance during the summer [innethe. See Fig. 361, TAN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. . Fic. 361. Hean OF CANNABIS SATIVA. CANNON-BALL TREE. See Couroupita guia- Se pita guia CANSCORA (from Kansjan-Cora, the Malabar name of C. perfoliata, as yet unintroduced). ORD. Gentianacee. Small, erect, simple or branched, stove or greenhouse EA Flowers stalked or aub-seksile: Leaves opposite, sessile, or amplexicaul. Corolla funnel-shaped, with a four-cleft, unequal limb; the two outer segments equal, two lower ones combined a greater distance. Branches and stems tetragonal. They require treatment similar to Balsams, and grow best in a soil to which chalk or lime- stone debris is added. C. Parishii (Parish’s). jl. white. J. opposite, perfectly connate, so that the united two apparently form an sae Anas leaf. h. 2ft. Moulmein, 1864. Greenhouse. (B. M. 54 CANTERBURY BELLS. See Campanula Me- dium. US eeetus. See Chantarelle. the REESE e 9m . Polemoniacee. Very pretty erect, branched greenhouse evergreen Flowers in corymbs, at the termination of the rarely solitary and axillary. Leaves entire or almost pin- natifid, alternate, petiolate, elliptic, acuminated, or cuneate- oblong, glabrous, or downy on both surfaces wh n young. They are of easy culture in a compost of turfy loam, leaf- mould, and sand, if good drainage is allowed. Propagated by cuttings, placed in sand, under a hand glass. In the western parts of England, these plants—particularly C. buxifolia—thrive remarkably well in sheltered situations. C. bicolor (two-coloured), /l. solitary ; corolla with a short mer tube and scarlet limb. io h. 4ft. Pern, 1846, (B. M. 4729. C. buxifolia shaped, with a very long tu tube ; co ee April. cuneate-oblong, mucronulate, aite entire. h. 4ft. Peruvian Andes, 1849. An egant plant, hav ss tops ens. of branches, hey ere and young leaves, Gomes? Syn. C. See Fig. 362. I. 4582.) C. dependens (hanging). S¥nonymons with C. buxifolia. i Cc ae us-leaved).* corolla yellowish-white, curved ; i mens or long as Nine nannies Bf nant ir terminal, dense- ~ Howe rch. L elliptic or obovate acute, entire or sinuate- te. h. 3ft. Peru, 1846. (B. M. 4386.) JUTCHOUC. The ilast gummy substance known as yee which is the inspissated juice of various pann in tropical climates in different parts of e worl ae such as a: Ficus elastica, Hevea, various — species ia, Manihot, &c., &c. pesca See Helichrysum. CAP. coosmenay. See Physalis CAPE GUM. The gum of Acacia Karroo or A. capensis, Fig. 362, FLOWERING BRANCH OF CANTUA BUXIFOLIA. CAPE JESSAMINE. See Gardenia florida. CAPER-TREE. See Capparis. CAPILLARY. Very slender; resembling a hair. CAPITATE. CAPITULATE. Growing in small heads. CAPITULUM. A close head of flowers; the inflo- rescence of Composites. CAPPARIDEZ. An order of herbs or shrubs, rarely trees. Flowers clustered, or solitary; sepals four ` to eight, imbricate or valvate ; petals four, arranged Growing in a head. crosswise, sometimes, but rarely, five, or oak, rarely absent. Leaves alternate, very rarely opposite, stipulate or exstipulate. The order is distributed throughout the tropical and warm temperate regions of both hemispheres, the frutescent species being largely represented in America. ‘There are abont twenty-three genera—the best-known being Capparis, Cleome, and Crateva—and about 300 species. CAPPARIS (kapparis, old Greek name used by Dios- corides, from Persian kabar, Capers). Caper-tree. ORD. Capparidee. Greenhouse or stove evergreen shrubs, of considerable beauty. Calyx four-parted; petals four; stamens numerous; succeeded by a berry. They thrive best in a compost of well-drained sandy loam. Cuttings of ripe shoots will root in sand, under a hand glass, in 2 “ moist heat. This genus contains about 120 species, but it is very doubtful if more than six are to be found under — cultivation in this country. C. amygdalina (Almond-like).* white ; peduncles compressed, corymbiferous. l. elli iliptical oh nia aarnoned towards both ends, with a callous point; upper surf: surface mame? under sur- face, as well as the branches, covered with silvery "scaly dots. h. 6ft. West Indies, 1818. Steve. C. cynophallophora (Dog-phallus Jf white, large, fragrant; peduncles fow-flowered, orie an ony leaves, 4 ` smooth, leathery, oblong, on short } to 25ft. West Indies, 1752, Stove. (R. G. 1862, 351.) Sree C. odoratissima (sweetest-scented).* violet, sweet-scented, about the size of Myrtle, with yellow anthers; peduncles racemi- ferous at the top. surface smooth; under su bit. 1814. Stove. cove: ee a rart long f Footstalks iard sondes, ope i‘ s 264 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, Capparis—continued. * Fic. 363. FLOWER AND BUD OF CAPPARIS SPINOSA. C. spinosa (spiny).* Common Caper. fl. white, tinged with red on the outside ; pedicels solitary, AOE yt. by June. l. ovate, roundish, deciduous. k. 3ft. South Europe, 1596. This is an excellent aay ag shrub, and one which we have found per- on. a y in the southern counties of England. See Fig. Bes. CAPRIFOLIACEZ. A rather large order of shrubs or herbs, often twining. Flowers terminal, corymbose, or axillary; corolla superior, regular or irregular. Leaves os opposite, exstipulate. Well-known genera are: Linnea, Lonicera, Sambucus, and Viburnum. CAPRIFOLIUM. See Lonicera. (from kapto, to bite; on account of the CAPSICUM biting heat of the seeds and pericarp). ORD. Solanacee. Shrubs or sub-shrubs, rarely herbs. Peduncles extra- axillary, one-flowered. Leaves scattered, solitary, or twin, - and quite entire. Many of the species, although possess- _ ing considerable beauty, are but rarely grown, either for _ decoration or for the use of their fruit; consequently, we confine our specific enumeration to the Common Capsicum, _ the Bird Pepper or Chili, and the Bell Pepper. The first two of these have long been in cultivation, for use either in a green state for pickles and for making Chili vinegar, or ripened and ground as Cayenne Pepper. Some sorts are exceedingly ornamental for greenhouse decoration in winter, if plants are well grown in rather small pots, and the fruit ripened under glass. The varieties producing small pods are the hottest, and consequently best suited for making Cayenne Pepper. These are generally called Fic. 364. FRUIT OF LONG AND ROUND Carsicums. Chilies. All other varieties of Capsicum have a more or less pungent flavour, and those bearing larger pods are more profitable for use in a green state. The fruits of _ all are either red or yellow when ripe, and are of various ~ Sizes and shapes. Some are produced and stand erect on _ the upper side of the branches; others hang underneath, Capsicum— continued. , i Fig. 364 represents hanging fruits of Long and Round Capsicums, the shapes of which are: produced by both red and yellow varieties. i ; ; Cultivation. Being natives of trépical countries, Capsi- cums cannot always be depended upon to thoroughly ripen in the open air; but a good crop of green fruits may generally be obtained by preparing the plants early in the season, and planting out in a warm situation. Sow the seeds in February or early in March, in pots or pans, placing them in heat; and so soon as the plants are large enough, pot off singly into 3in. pots, still keeping them in heat until well rooted. Place them into 6in. or 7in. pots before they become starved ; and gradually harden off and plant out about 2ft. asunder, in June. The fruits ripen better if the plants are placed against a south wall and tacked on to it. The safest plan to obtain a crop of ripe fruits is to cultivate under glass. Pots of 7in. diameter are large enough. Rich soil must be used, and any spare frames are suitable in summer. Plenty of water and frequent syringings should be applied, as the plants are very liable to injury from red spider and other insects if this is in any way neglected. The fruits will keep some time after being ripe, but are never. better than when fresh gathered ; they may, however, be kept on the plants for a considerable period. Sorts. Chili, Long Red, Long Yellow, Small Red Cayenne, Round Red, and Round Yellow. Good ornamental varieties are: Little Gem, a very dwarf variety, of comparatively recent introduction, covered with small, erect, red pods; and Prince of Wales, free fruiting, with hanging bright yellow pods. C. annuum (annual). Common Capsicum. fl. white, solitary. June. Petioles glabrous. jr. oblong, pendulous, and erect, red or yellow, variable in shape. A. lft. to 2ft. South America, 1548, Bird Pepper or Chili. h; peduncles twin. r a ES Za al email well as the petiole, Branches angular, , h. 2ft. to 4ft. Tropical America, 1731. Greenhouse shrub. C. grossum (large). Bell Pepper. ji. white. July. India, 1759. — CAPSULAR. Like a capsule. CAPSULE. A dry dehiscent seed vessel or fruit, CARAGANA (Caragan is the name of O. arbores- cens among the Monguls). Siberian Pea-tree. ORD. Leguminose. Very ornamental hardy deciduous trees or shrubs. Flowers usually yellow, axillary, either solitary or crowded, but always single on thin stalks. Leaves abruptly, pinnate, the midrib ending in a bristle or spine; leaflets mucronate. They are well adapted for shrub- beries, and are of the easiest culture in sandy soil. Pro- pagated by cuttings, made{of the roots, or by seeds; the. low-growing shrubs by seeds and layers. is easily raised from seed, sown when ripe or in spring. C. Altagana (Altagana). fl. yellow; pedicels soli _ April to Shrub. is 5 A C. arborescens (tree-like).* /l. pale or bright yellow ; pedicel fascicles. reek May. > with toms to six pairs agavet-oblong villous leaflets ; petiole unarmed. ipui spi . . to 20ft. Siberia, 1752, Tree. (B.M. ieh ira Chamlagu lagu). ellow, ab _ be pon- S large m (Chae a aa May. a ing two ral f distant, oval, or obovate glabrous leaflets ; stipules spreac ing, . and ‘as well as the petioles, spinose. A. 2ft. to 4ft. China, 1775. Shrub. ee tescens (woody).* Jt. yellow, resupinate ; pedicels solitary. nie 1, with eves JE of ianfete: haa, waaa e the top of the iy -cuneated; stipules membranous; petiole fur- nished with a short spine at the apex. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1752, Shrub. (S. B. F. G. 3, 227.) There are one or two varieties of this species. aa, C. jubata (bearded).* f. white, suffused with red, few ; pedicels “solitary, very short. April. l. with four or five pairs of oblong- lanceolate, lanuginously-ciliated leaflets ; stipules setaceous 5 petioles somewhat spinose. h. lft. to aft. Siberia, 1796. Shrub. syn. Robinia jubata. (L. B. C. 522.) generally increased by grafting on C. arborescens, which r July. l. with six to eight pairs of glabrous, o roundish, e rebate leaflets ; petiole unarmed. Ah. 2ft. to ít. Dahuria, 1789. _ "a a